Thoth distribution@thoth.pub 20260403T164234

urn:uuid:a28326e3-e86b-4e6c-8538-4ed0306d4259 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a28326e3-e86b-4e6c-8538-4ed0306d4259 15 9781800644076 06 10.11647/OBP.0290 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 A Common Good Approach to Development Collective Dynamics of Development Processes 1 B01 21 0000-0003-1718-2608 Mathias Nebel 2 B01 Oscar Garza-Vázquez 3 B01 Clemens Sedmak 01 eng 00 400 03 20 development theory 04 HN49.C6 12 KCR B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC045000 20 development practice 12 KCP B2 Philosophy 10 SOC053000 20 common good 12 JHBC 10 SOC050000 12 JHBL 10 POL024000 20 society 12 HPS 20 human development 10 POL029000 12 HPQ 20 quality measurement 01 06 03 00 This edited collection proposes a common good approach to development theory and practice. Rather than focusing on the outcomes or conditions of development, the contributors concentrate on the quality of development processes, suggesting that a common good dynamic is key in order to trigger development.Resulting from more than three years of research by an international group of over fifty scholars, the volume advocates for a modern understanding of the common good—rather than a theological or metaphysical good—in societies by emphasising the social practice of ‘commoning’ at its core. It suggests that the dynamic equilibrium of common goods in a society should be at the centre of development efforts. For this purpose, it develops a matrix of common good dynamics, accounting for how institutions, social norms and common practices interconnect by identifying five key drivers not only of development, but human development (agency, governance, justice, stability, humanity). Based on this matrix, the contributors suggest a possible metric for measuring the quality of these dynamics. The last section of the book highlights the possibilities enabled by this approach through a series of case studies.The concept of the common good has recently enjoyed a revival and inspired practitioners keen to look beyond the shortcomings of political and economic liberalism. This book builds on those efforts to think beyond the agenda of twentieth-century development policies, and will be of interest to those working in the fields of development, economics, sociology, philosophy and political science. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgements Introduction Mathias Nebel and Oscar Garza-Vázquez 1. The Research Question 2. Why Do We Need a Common Good Approach? 3. A Common Good Approach to Development. Where Do We Stand? 4. Does a Common Good Approach to Development Undermines the Plurality of Modern Societies? 5. Why Measure Common Good Dynamics? 6. Structure of the Book References PART I: A COMMON GOOD APPROACH TO DEVELOPMENT Introduction to Part I Mathias Nebel, Oscar Garza-Vázquez and Clemens Sedmak 1. The Theoretical Framework: Common Goods and Systems of Common Goods Mathias Nebel 2. From Theory to Practice: A Matrix of Common Good Dynamics Mathias Nebel and Jorge Medina Delgadillo 3. Design and Reflection on the Metric of Common Dynamics Oscar Garza-Vázquez and Viviana Ramírez PART II: DISCUSSING THE NORMATIVE ELEMENTS OF COMMON GOOD DYNAMICS Introduction to Part I Mathias Nebel, Oscar Garza-Vázquez and Clemens Sedmak 4. Collective Agency Freedom as the Engine of a Common Good Dynamic: A Conceptual Proposal for Measurement Oscar Garza-Vázquez 5. The Systemic Outcome of Common Good Dynamics: Humanity Clemens Sedmak 6. Governance, Commoning and the Unequal Terms of Recognition Tom De Herdt and Denis Augustin Samnick 7. Organising Common Good Dynamics: Justice Rodolfo De la Torre 8. Development and Stability Flavio Comim PART III: CASE STUDIES AND APPLICATIONS Introduction to Part I Mathias Nebel, Oscar Garza-Vázquez and Clemens Sedmak 9. Do We Need a Common Good Approach to Development? Helen Alford 10. Bangsamoro: A Case Study in Governing for the Common Good Patrick Riordan S.J. 11. Assessing the Nexus of the Common Good: The Case of the Municipality of Atlixco, Mexico Valente Tallabs and Mathias Nebel 12. Assessing the Transformative Impact of Love-Based Microsocial Communities: From Existential Peripheries into the Nexus of the Common Good Simona Beretta List of Illustrations Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 7 Chapter 8 Chapter 11 Chapter 12 List of Tables Chapter 3 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Chapter 8 Chapter 11 Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0290_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220426 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800644045 06 15 9781800644052 06 15 9781800644069 06 15 9781800646742 06 15 9781800644090 06 15 9781800644076 06 15 9781800644083 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0290.epub 20 02 20220426 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0290 20 02 20220426 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5fb9a23a-bf8e-4527-9c9c-3786b7219285 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5fb9a23a-bf8e-4527-9c9c-3786b7219285 15 9781800647312 06 10.11647/obp.0300 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 A Complete Guide to Maggot Therapy Clinical Practice, Therapeutic Principles, Production, Distribution, and Ethics 1 B01 21 0000-0002-9158-2792 Frank Stadler 01 eng 00 468 03 B2 Health 20 maggot therapy 12 MB 10 MED000000 04 TP248.27.I56 20 clinical practice 12 MBNH 10 MED022000 12 MBN 10 MED050000 20 supply chain management 12 MMZ 20 social dimensions 20 principles of therapeutic action 20 medicinal maggot production 20 distribution logistics 20 ethical dimensions 01 06 03 00 Since the revival of maggot therapy in Western wound care approximately thirty years ago, there has been no comprehensive synthesis of what is known about its clinical practice, supply chain management, and social dimensions. This edited volume fills the information vacuum and, importantly, makes the current state of knowledge freely accessible. It is the first to provide sound, evidence-based information and guidance covering the entire supply chain from production to treatment.The chapters are arranged in five parts presenting the latest on clinical practice, the principles of therapeutic action, medicinal maggot production, distribution logistics, and the ethical dimensions of maggot therapy. The contributors have paid particular attention to the challenges encountered in compromised, low-resource healthcare settings such as disasters, conflict, and poverty.There are still many barriers to the widespread uptake of maggot therapy in healthcare settings. This book will be essential reading for a global audience of doctors, nurses, allied healthcare providers, students, and entrepreneurs with an interest in maggot-assisted wound care. It will be the go-to reference for those who plan, regulate, and coordinate healthcare, and want to establish a maggot therapy program, particularly in low- and middle-income and other compromised healthcare settings where maggot therapy can provide much-needed, affordable, and efficacious wound care. 04 00 How to Cite Acknowledgements Contributor Biographies 1. Introduction Frank Stadler Maggot Therapy and the Global Wound Burden Maggot Therapy Why a Book on Maggot Therapy? Past, Present, and Future References Part 1: Clinical Practice 2. Living with a Chronic Wound Rajna Ogrin and Kylie J. Elder Introduction Wellbeing in People Living with Chronic Wounds Physical Wellbeing Psychological Wellbeing Social Wellbeing Spiritual/Cultural Wellbeing How People with Chronic Wounds Seek, Access, and Experience Care Summary References 3. Wound Aetiologies, Patient Characteristics, and Healthcare Settings Amenable to Maggot Therapy Ronald A. Sherman and Frank Stadler Introduction Wounds Amenable to Maggot Therapy Population and Patient Characteristics Summary References 4. Indications, Contraindications, Interactions, and Side-effects of Maggot Therapy Ronald A. Sherman Introduction Indications for Maggot Therapy Contraindications and Relative Contraindications for Maggot Therapy Interactions between Maggot Therapy and Other Treatment Modalities Warnings and Adverse Events Associated with Maggot Therapy Summary References 5. Medicinal Maggot Application and Maggot Therapy Dressing Technology Ronald A. Sherman Introduction Maggot Therapy Dressings—Past and Present Applying Maggot Dressings Dressing Changes, Maintenance & Repair Dressing Duration and Removal Reapplication or Follow-up Treatment? Summary References 6. Clinical Integration of Maggot Therapy Benjamin L. Bullen, Ronald A. Sherman, Paul J. Chadwick and Frank Stadler Introduction Institutional and Professional Considerations Regulatory Considerations, Cost and Reimbursement Organisational Considerations Summary References Part 2: Therapeutic Principles 7. The Natural History of Medicinal Flies Michelle L. Harvey Introduction Life Histories Morphology Life-cycle and Developmental Traits of Calliphorid Flies Environmental Factors Affecting Calliphorid Fly Behaviour Calliphorid Interactions with Humans and Domesticated Animals Lucilia—Friend or Foe? Summary References 8. Maggot Debridement Yamni Nigam and Michael R. Wilson Introduction Efficacy of Maggot Therapy for Wound Debridement The Feeding Process and Maggot Enzymatic Action Identification of Maggot Enzymes in Debridement Summary References 9. The Antimicrobial Activity of Medicinal Maggots Yamni Nigam and Michael R. Wilson Introduction Historical Investigations into the Antimicrobial Activity of Maggots Resurgent Interest in Antibacterial Bioactivity from Maggots Evidence for the Antimicrobial Activity of Medicinal Maggots The Antimicrobial Compounds in Maggot Excretions and Secretions Summary References 10. Maggot-assisted Wound Healing Yamni Nigam and Michael R. Wilson Introduction Early Studies on Maggot-led Healing Randomised Controlled Trials on Wound Healing Using Maggots Scientific Mechanisms by Which Maggots Promote Wound Healing Summary References 11. Bioprospecting and Testing of New Fly Species for Maggot Therapy Patricia J. Thyssen, Franciéle S. Masiero and Frank Stadler Introduction Bioprospecting for Medicinal Fly Species Pre-clinical Trials to Assess Nutritional Strategy, Safety, and Therapeutic Efficacy of Medicinal Maggots Preclinical Research Protocols Clinical Trials Regulatory Approval Clinical Use and Commercial Production Summary References Part 3: Production of Medicinal Maggots 12. Laboratory and Insectary Infrastructure and Equipment Frank Stadler Introduction Production Laboratory Typology Building and Space Requirements Equipment Requirements Summary References 13. Fly Colony Establishment, Quality Control and Improvement Frank Stadler, Nikolas P. Johnston, Nathan J. Butterworth, and James F. Wallman Introduction Medicinal Fly Species Collecting Wild Flies Taxonomic Identification and Confirmation of Species Domestication of Fly Stock Strain Improvement Summary References 14. Medicinal Maggot Production Frank Stadler and Peter Takáč Introduction How to Care for Adult Flies How to Care for Maggots Pupariation Disinfection of Medicinal Maggots Incubation of Eggs Quality Control Supply Management and Perishability of Medicinal Maggots Scheduling of Production Activities Occupational Health and Safety Sustainable Production and Waste Management Medicinal Maggot Production in Healthcare Settings with Poor Medical Services Summary References 15. Establishment of a Medical Maggot Rearing Facility and Maggot Therapy Programme for Human and Veterinary Medicine in Kenya Peter Takáč, Milan Kozánek, Grace A. Murilla, Phoebe Mukiria, Bernard Wanyonyi Kinyosi, Judith K. Chemuliti, J. Kimani Wanjerie, Christopher K. Kibiwott, and Frank Stadler Introduction Maggot Therapy Technology Transfer and Training First Clinical Study of Maggot Therapy in Kenya Current Status of Maggot Therapy Summary References Part 4: Logistics 16. Packaging Technology Frank Stadler Introduction Primary and Secondary Packaging Transport Packaging Summary References 17. Distribution Logistics Frank Stadler Introduction Medicinal Maggot Distribution Models Lessons from Kenya and Other Low- and Middle-income Countries Summary References 18. Drone-assisted Medicinal Maggot Distribution in Compromised Healthcare Settings Frank Stadler and Peter Tatham Introduction Drones and Their Capabilities Drone Service Design Considerations Specifically for Medicinal Maggot Distribution Case Examples of Drone Technology that Could Meet Medicinal Maggot Distribution Needs Implementation of Drone-assisted Medicinal Maggot Distribution Summary References Part 5: Ethics 19. The Ethics of Maggot Therapy Frank Stadler Introduction Animal Ethics and the Humane Treatment of Medicinal Maggots The Healthcare Ethics of Maggot Therapy Summary References 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0300_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Griffith University 01 programname School of Medicine and Dentistry 16 BioTherapeutics, Education & Research (BTER) Foundation 01 programname School of Medicine and Dentistry Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220720 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800647282 06 15 9781800647299 06 15 9781800647305 06 15 9781800647343 06 15 9781800647336 06 15 9781800647312 06 15 9781800647329 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0300.epub 20 02 20220720 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0300 20 02 20220720 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:96d7f2cc-d864-4363-8caa-abd2c74fe35d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:96d7f2cc-d864-4363-8caa-abd2c74fe35d 15 9781805112099 06 10.11647/OBP.0387 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 A Country of Shepherds Cultural Stories of a Changing Mediterranean Landscape 1 A01 Kathleen Ann Myers 2 B06 Grady C. Wray 01 eng 00 258 03 B2 Environmental Studies 10 HIS045000 12 KNAC 93 NHD 04 SF55.S718 20 Shepherds 93 JBCC4 20 Pastoralism B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC055000 12 TV B2 European Studies 10 NAT011000 93 RNK 12 RNK 20 Sustainability 20 Ecology 12 HBJD 20 Spain 20 Case studies 01 06 03 00 This book draws on the life stories told by shepherds, farmers, and their families in the Andalusian region in Spain to sketch out the landscapes, actions, and challenges of people who work in pastoralism. Their narratives highlight how local practices interact with regional and European communities and policies, and they help us see a broader role for extensive grazing practices and sustainability. A Country of Shepherds is timely, reflecting the growing interest in ecological farming methods as well as the Spanish government’s recent work with UNESCO to recognise the seasonal movement of herd animals in the Iberian Peninsula as an Intangible Cultural Heritage. Demonstrating the critical role of tradition, cultural geographies, and sustainability in the Mediterranean, this book will appeal to academicians but also to general readers who seek to understand, in very human terms, the impact of the world-wide environmental crisis we are now experiencing. 04 00 About the Author Preface Acknowledgements Translator’s Note List of Illustrations Introduction Pastoralism in Spain Pastoral Practices and Shepherds’ Narratives Historical Practices and Cultural Narratives Life Stories and Pastoralism: Method and Scope New Pathways: Overview Pastoralism: A Contextual Background and Terminology Maps and Resources 1. New Directions in the Sierra Norte de Sevilla: Juan Vázquez Morán and Family 2. Teacher of Tradition: Pepe Millán and Family (Zahara de la Sierra, Parque Natural Sierra de Grazalema, Cádiz) 3. Transhumance, Diversification, and New Collaborations: Fortunato Guerrero Lara (Sierra de Cardeña y Montoro [Córdoba] and Sierra de Segura [Jaén]) 4. Inheriting a Farm: Marta Moya Espinosa, Castillo de las Guardas (Seville) 5. New Initiatives within Tradition: Ernestine Lüdeke and the Dehesa San Francisco and the “Fundación Monte Mediterráneo” (Santa Olalla del Cala [Huelva]) 6. The Scaffolding for the Future of Pastoralism: Collectives and Training Conclusions: Challenges and Opportunities Systemic Challenges A Path Forward Selected Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0387_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Indiana University Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240305 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805112068 06 15 9781805112075 06 15 9781805112082 06 15 9781805112112 06 15 9781805112099 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0387.epub 20 02 20240305 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0387 20 02 20240305 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:fdeb2a1b-af39-4165-889d-cc7a5a31d5fa 03 01 01 urn:uuid:fdeb2a1b-af39-4165-889d-cc7a5a31d5fa 15 9781800640382 06 10.11647/OBP.0226 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Acoustemologies in Contact Sounding Subjects and Modes of Listening in Early Modernity 1 B01 Emily Wilbourne 2 B01 Suzanne G. Cusick 01 eng 00 348 03 12 AVX 10 MUS051000 B2 Music 04 QC225.15 20 sound 12 AVA B2 History 20 identity 10 MUS007000 B2 American and Latin American Studies 20 difference 12 HBLH 10 MUS020000 20 subjectivity 20 early modernity 20 the body 20 Europe 20 musicology 20 cosmopolitanism 20 the canon 20 colonialism 20 empire 20 exploitation 20 decolonisation 20 race 20 slavery 20 global history 01 06 03 00 In this fascinating collection of essays, an international group of scholars explores the sonic consequences of transcultural contact in the early modern period. They examine how cultural configurations of sound impacted communication, comprehension, and the categorisation of people. Addressing questions of identity, difference, sound, and subjectivity in global early modernity, these authors share the conviction that the body itself is the most intimate of contact zones, and that the culturally contingent systems by which sounds made sense could be foreign to early modern listeners and to present day scholars.Drawing on a global range of archival evidence—from New France and New Spain, to the slave ships of the Middle Passage, to China, Europe, and the Mediterranean court environment—this collection challenges the privileged position of European acoustical practices within the discipline of global-historical musicology. The discussion of Black and non-European experiences demonstrates how the production of ‘the canon’ in the cosmopolitan centres of colonial empires was underpinned by processes of human exploitation and extraction of resources. As such, this text is a timely response to calls within the discipline to decolonise music history and to contextualise the canonical works of the European past.This volume is accessible to a wide and interdisciplinary audience, not only within musicology, but also to those interested in early modern global history, sound studies, race, and slavery. 04 00 Contents Notes on Contributors Introduction Emily Wilbourne and Suzanne G. Cusick 1. Listening as an Innu-French Contact Zone in the Jesuit Relations Olivia Bloechl 2. Native Song and Dance Affect in Seventeenth-Century Christian Festivals in New Spain Ireri E. Chávez Bárcenas 3. Performance in the Periphery: Colonial Encounters and Entertainments Patricia Akhimie 4. ‘Hideous Acclamations’ Glenda Goodman 5. Black Atlantic Acoustemologies and the Maritime Archive Danielle Skeehan 6. Little Black Giovanni’s Dream Emily Wilbourne 7. A Global Phonographic Revolution Zhuqing (Lester) S. Hu 8. ‘La stiava dolente in suono di canto’ Suzanne G. Cusick 9. ‘Now Despised, a Servant, Abandoned’ Nina Treadwell 10. ‘Non basta il suono, e la voce’ Jane Tylus Bibliography List of illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0226_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210119 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800640351 06 15 9781800640368 06 15 9781800640375 06 15 9781800646315 06 15 9781800640405 06 15 9781800640382 06 15 9781800640399 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0226 20 02 20210119 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0226.epub 20 02 20210119 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ee1ca965-4931-4e27-b070-222870280f45 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ee1ca965-4931-4e27-b070-222870280f45 15 9781805114338 06 10.11647/OBP.0432 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Active Speech Critical Perspectives on Teresa Deevy 1 B01 21 0000-0002-4660-2838 Úna Kealy 2 B01 21 0000-0001-5095-0344 Kate McCarthy 01 eng 00 360 03 93 1DDR 10 LIT013000 20 Teresa Deevy B2 Theatre 93 ATD B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 Irish drama, theatre, and performance 10 PER011030 20 Deaf 93 DSG 10 PER003100 20 Deafened 93 DNBF 10 SOC032000 20 Archive 10 BIO022000 20 Twentieth-century Ireland 01 06 03 00 'Active Speech' is a groundbreaking collection of scholarly essays and practitioner interviews focused on the work of Irish playwright Teresa Deevy. Acts of recovery in the 1980s and 1990s challenged Deevy’s exclusion from the literary canon, reclaiming her contributions as significant to Irish drama and theatre. The recent resurgence of scholarship and productions evidences that, as a deafened woman and Irish playwright, Deevy’s creative power continues to disrupt and tilt the canon of Irish drama, theatre, and performance.Essays within the collection explore how Deevy’s work interrogates early to mid-twentieth century Irish social norms and ideologies and provide a rich context for understanding her plays. The collection highlights the interdisciplinary nature of research on Deevy and offers insights on her work through archival research, literary analysis, and practitioner perspectives from Deaf and hearing theatremakers.One of the collection's strengths lies in its collaborative and inclusive approach, showcasing diverse methodologies and rigorous scholarship. The chapters on archival research and practitioner perspectives offer compelling models and avenues for future studies. This volume is an essential resource for scholars, educators, and theatremakers alike. 04 00 Foreword Teresa Deevy: A Journey of Discovery Acknowledgements Notes on Contributors List of Figures List of Abbreviations Teresa Deevy: Life, Scholarship, Practice ACCESS AND ARCHIVES 1. ‘Why Would Anyone Be Interested in My Old Aunt Teresa?’: Illuminating Teresa Deevy’s Legacy 2. The Teresa Deevy Archive and the Development of Collections and Curation in Maynooth University Library 3. TSI: Teresa Deevy, or What Do We Know about [The] Reapers? 4. Mysteries of the Teresa Deevy Archive: Reconsidering the plays of D.V. Goode DEEVY’S IRELAND: A COUNTRY IN CONTEXT 5. ‘Very Seldom Are Messages Properly Given’: Teresa Deevy’s Dark Matter 6. ‘I Must Just Make an Opening Elsewhere’: Teresa Deevy’s Involvement with Studio Theatre Practice, 1934–1958 7. ‘It Is Myself I Seen in Her’: Points of Departure in Teresa Deevy’s The King of Spain’s Daughter (1935) DRAMATURGY, GENRE, AND THEORY 8. Finding Money in the Walls: Uncovering the Feminist Power of Teresa Deevy’s Dramaturgy through an Embodied, Practice-Based Approach 9. Becoming a Domesticated Irish Woman: Teresa Deevy’s Critique of Idealised Representations of Womanhood in Katie Roche 10. The Liminal Space of Widowhood in Teresa Deevy’s Wife to James Whelan (1937) PRODUCTIONS AND PRACTITIONERS 11. Teresa Deevy’s Katie Roche: Art, Culture, and Performance 12. Teresa Deevy and Contemporary Performance Practice: Edited Transcript of Teresa Deevy Practitioner Panel Discussion 13. ‘You Can Feel the Change in the Air’: Reflecting on Talk Real Fine, Just Like a Lady, a Shapeshifting of Teresa Deevy’s The King of Spain’s Daughter Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0432_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250407 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805114307 06 15 9781805114314 06 15 9781805114321 06 15 9781805114345 06 15 9781805114338 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0432.epub 20 02 20250407 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0432 20 02 20250407 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b59def35-5712-44ed-8490-9073ab1c6cdc 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b59def35-5712-44ed-8490-9073ab1c6cdc 15 9781800640146 06 10.11647/OBP.0222 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 23996676 01 02 Open Reports Series 01 01 A European Public Investment Outlook 1 B01 21 0000-0001-9972-716X Floriana Cerniglia 2 B01 21 0000-0003-0121-4329 Francesco Saraceno 01 eng 00 224 03 10 BUS036000 B2 Economics 12 KFFM 20 state of public capital 10 BUS032000 20 European countries B2 European Studies 12 K 12 1QFE 10 BUS051000 B2 Politics and Sociology 20 public investment 20 growth 20 policy-making community 01 06 03 00 This outlook provides a focused assessment of the state of public capital in the major European countries and identifies areas where public investment could contribute more to stable and sustainable growth. A European Public Investment Outlook brings together contributions from a range of international authors from diverse intellectual and professional backgrounds, providing a valuable resource for the policy-making community in Europe to feed their discussion on public investment. The volume both offers sector-specific advice and highlights larger areas which should be prioritized in the policy debate (from transport to social capital, R&D and the environment).The outlook is structured into two parts: the chapters of Part I respectively explore public investment trends in France, Germany, Italy, Spain and Europe as a whole, and illuminate how the legacy of the 2008 Global Financial Crisis is one of insufficient public investment. Part II investigates some areas into which resources could be channelled to reverse the recent trend and provide European economies with an adequate public capital stock.The essays in this outlook collectively foster a broad approach to and definition of public investment, that is today more relevant than ever. Offering up a timely and clear case for the elimination of bias against investment in European fiscal rules, this outlook is a welcome contribution to the European debate, aimed both at policy makers and general readers 04 00 Contents Preface Franco Bassanini, Alberto Quadrio Curzio and Xavier Ragot Acknowledgements Author Biographies Introduction Floriana Cerniglia and Francesco Saraceno Part I — Outlook 1. Europe Needs More Public Investment Rocco Luigi Bubbico, Philipp-Bastian Brutscher and Debora Revoltella 2. Public Investment and Capital in France Mathieu Plane and Francesco Saraceno 3. Public Investment in Germany: The Need for a Big Push Sebastian Dullien, Ekaterina Jürgens and Sebastian Watzka 4. Public Investment Trends across Levels of Government in Italy Floriana Cerniglia and Federica Rossi 5. Trends and Patterns in Public Investment in Spain: A Medium- and Long-Run Perspective José Villaverde and Adolfo Maza Part II — Challenges 6. In Search of a Strategy for Public Investment in Research and Innovation Daniela Palma, Alberto Silvani and Alessandra Maria Stilo 7. Social Investment and Infrastructure Anton Hemerijck, Mariana Mazzucato and Edoardo Reviglio 8. From Trans-European (Ten-T) to Trans-Global (Twn-T) Transport Infrastructure Networks. A Conceptual Framework Paolo Costa, Hercules Haralambides and Roberto Roson 9. Ecological Transition D’Maris Coffman, Roberto Cardinale, Jing Meng and Zhifu Mi 10. The Contribution of European Cohesion Policy to Public Investment Francesco Prota, Gianfranco Viesti and Mauro Bux List of Illustrations List of Tables 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0222_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200612 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800640115 06 15 9781800640122 06 15 9781800640139 06 15 9781800646278 06 15 9781800640160 06 15 9781800640146 06 15 9781800640153 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0222.epub 20 02 20200612 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0222 20 02 20200612 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4fdbecb8-d6e5-414f-acf0-2b02266e01a1 03 01 01 urn:uuid:4fdbecb8-d6e5-414f-acf0-2b02266e01a1 15 9781805114697 06 10.11647/OBP.0440 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 A Field Guide to Cross-Cultural Research on Childhood Learning Theoretical, Methodological, Practical, and Ethical Considerations for an Interdisciplinary Field 1 B01 21 0000-0002-1250-6418 Sheina Lew-Levy 2 B01 21 0000-0002-1045-2583 Stephen Asatsa 01 eng 00 400 03 20 Cross-cultural childhood learning B2 Education 93 JMC 10 PSY004000 20 Inclusive developmental research 93 JHMC B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC047000 20 Child development research B2 Psychology and Psychoanalysis 10 SOC002010 B2 Anthropology 20 Ethics in childhood research 10 SOC019000 10 EDU037000 20 Global childhood studies 01 06 03 00 This volume addresses the critical gaps in developmental research on childhood learning by advocating for a more inclusive and cross-cultural approach. Recent studies highlight a concerning over-reliance on data from post-industrialized western countries, raising questions about the broader applicability of findings. This book seeks to provide a comprehensive solution, bridging the gap between theory and practice.It offers a unique guide for researchers by combining interdisciplinary perspectives from anthropology, psychology, education, and beyond. With over 60 contributors from 21 countries, the book weaves together diverse cultural insights, challenging the narrow scope of traditional research. Each chapter features multiple perspectives, creating a coherent and thoughtful discussion of essential topics such as cultural learning, childhood, and the historical and social forces shaping development.'A Field Guide to Cross-Cultural Research on Childhood Learning' goes beyond theoretical discussions by offering practical advice on fieldwork, ethics, and engaging policymakers. By centering marginalized voices and emphasizing community agency, it strives to democratize developmental research.The format is innovative, merging the breadth of encyclopedic entries with the depth of cohesive chapters. Moreover personal reflections and photographs embedded in the book will give readers a window into the experiences of those involved in cross-cultural research on children.This accessible, academically rigorous volume is a must-read for scholars seeking to advance inclusive and sustainable research on childhood learning, and anybody interested in child development in a worldwide perspective. 04 00 List of contributors Acknowledgements List of figures List of tables 1. Studying childhood learning across cultures Coordinated by Helen Elizabeth Davis 2. A history of cross-cultural research on childhood learning Coordinated by Tanya MacGillivray 3. Charting a middle course: Theory and methods in the practice of cross-cultural research Coordinated by Ivan Kroupin, Felix Riede, April Nowell, and Chantal Medaets 4. Research methods: A collage Coordinated by Elena Miu 5. Preparing for the field Coordinated by Adam Boyette 6. Negotiating fieldwork challenges: Voices from the field Coordinated by Jing Xu 7. Sharing your research Coordinated by Tanya MacGillivray 8. Learning to navigate change: Case studies in education across cultural boundaries Coordinated by Dustin Eirdosh 9. Policy: A brief guide to understanding and influencing real- world decision making Coordinated by Ilaria Pretelli 10. Looking forward, looking back Plates Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0440_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250509 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805114666 06 15 9781805114673 06 15 9781805114680 06 15 9781805114703 06 15 9781805114697 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0440 20 02 20250509 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0440.epub 20 02 20250509 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:528e4526-42e4-4e68-a0d5-f74a285c35a6 03 01 01 urn:uuid:528e4526-42e4-4e68-a0d5-f74a285c35a6 15 9781783745623 06 10.11647/OBP.0152 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 A Fleet Street In Every Town The Provincial Press in England, 1855-1900 1 A01 21 0000-0001-5943-475X Andrew Hobbs 01 eng 00 469 03 04 H63 2018 12 KNTJ B2 Media Studies and Journalism 10 SOC052000 20 Victorian culture B2 History 12 JFD 10 LAN008000 20 newspaper 04 PN5117 12 3JH B2 European Studies 20 local newspapers B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 print culture 20 journalism 01 06 03 00 At the heart of Victorian culture was the local weekly newspaper. More popular than books, more widely read than the London papers, the local press was a national phenomenon. This book redraws the Victorian cultural map, shifting our focus away from one centre, London, and towards the many centres of the provinces. It offers a new paradigm in which place, and a sense of place, are vital to the histories of the newspaper, reading and publishing.Hobbs offers new perspectives on the nineteenth century from an enormous yet neglected body of literature: the hundreds of local newspapers published and read across England. He reveals the people, processes and networks behind the publishing, maintaining a unique focus on readers and what they did with the local paper as individuals, families and communities. Case studies and an unusual mix of quantitative and qualitative evidence show that the vast majority of readers preferred the local paper, because it was about them and the places they loved.A Fleet Street in Every Town positions the local paper at the centre of debates on Victorian newspapers, periodicals, reading and publishing. It reorientates our view of the Victorian press away from metropolitan high culture and parliamentary politics, and towards the places where most people lived, loved and read. This is an essential book for anybody interested in nineteenth-century print culture, journalism and reading. 04 00 Acknowledgements Introduction 1. The Readers of the Local Press 2. Reading Places 3. Reading Times 4. What They Read: The Production of the Local Press in the 1860s 5. What They Read: The Production of the Local Press in the 1880s 6. Who Read What 7. Exploiting a Sense of Place 8. Class, Dialect and the Local Press: How ‘They’ Joined ‘Us’ 9. Win-win: The Local Press and Association Football 10. How Readers Used the Local Paper Conclusions Bibliography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0152_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20181213 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783745593 06 15 9781783745609 06 15 9781783745616 06 15 9781800645714 06 15 9781783746545 06 15 9781783745623 06 15 9781783745630 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0152.epub 20 02 20181213 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0152 20 02 20181213 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:570ffdb9-3689-4a11-8249-be669c5b2d61 03 01 01 urn:uuid:570ffdb9-3689-4a11-8249-be669c5b2d61 15 9781805117698 06 10.11647/OBP.0504 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Africa in Russian Imperial Culture Race, Empire, and Representation (1850-1917) 1 A01 Anita Frison 01 eng 00 364 03 B2 African Studies 04 DK189.2 10 HIS032020 93 NHH 20 Russian Imperial Culture 93 3MN 20 Africa B2 European Studies: Eastern European Studies 10 HIS001000 10 HIS054000 B2 History 20 National identity 93 NHTB 10 HIS035000 93 NHTQ B2 Politics and Sociology 20 Representation B2 Literature 20 Postcolonial Studies 01 06 03 00 This volume uncovers how Sub-Saharan Africa was imagined in Russian culture from 1850 to 1917. Drawing on travelogues, ethnographic studies, fiction, and museum collections, Anita Frison reveals how Russia—though lacking formal colonies in Africa—nonetheless engaged deeply with Western colonial discourse. Organized around themes of Strangers, Lands, Bodies, Collectors, and Disguises, the book explores how Russians represented African peoples, landscapes, and artifacts to negotiate questions of race, empire, and national identity. Challenging the notion of Russian ‘exceptionalism’, this book demonstrates that imperial attitudes toward Africa often prefigured Soviet anticolonial rhetoric, whilst simultaneously relying on the colonial paradigm. Richly documented and interdisciplinary, this study offers fresh insights for scholars of history, literature, and postcolonial studies, while remaining accessible to curious general readers. 04 00 Acknowledgements List of Illustrations A Note on Terminology Introduction 1. Strangers. Russians Discover Black Africa 2. Lands. Towards a Virtual Appropriation of the Continent 3. Bodies. Black People under Russian Scrutiny 4. Collectors. African Material Culture on Display 5. Disguises. Black Africa at the Service of the Arts Conclusion Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0504_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20260219 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805117667 06 15 9781805117674 06 15 9781805117681 06 15 9781805117704 06 15 9781805117698 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0504 20 02 20260219 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0504.epub 20 02 20260219 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b8a0df39-4e34-41db-9ae5-6482528df3cd 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b8a0df39-4e34-41db-9ae5-6482528df3cd 15 9781800649156 06 10.11647/OBP.0329 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 02 25150766 01 02 Applied Theatre Praxis 01 01 After the Miners’ Strike A39 and Cornish Political Theatre versus Thatcher’s Britain: Volume 1 1 A01 Paul Farmer 2 A15 21 0000-0001-8612-0422 Rebecca Hillman 3 A01 Mark Kilburn 01 eng 00 282 03 20 A39 93 AFKP 12 AN 10 ART060000 04 PN3307.G7 B2 Theatre 93 AB 12 AFKP 10 ART037000 20 Cornwall B2 History 10 HIS015070 93 NHD 20 political theatre B2 Politics and Sociology 12 WQH 12 1DBKEWC 10 HIS054000 20 miners' strike 93 NHTB 12 J 20 Thatcherism 20 1980s 12 JP 20 1990s 12 JPR 12 1DBKE 20 history 12 HBJ 12 3JJP 01 06 03 00 In this rich memoir, the first of two volumes, Paul Farmer traces the story of A39, the Cornish political theatre group he co-founded and ran from the mid-1980s to the early 1990s. Farmer offers a unique insight into A39’s creation, operation, and artistic practice during a period of convulsive political and social change. The reader is plunged into the national miners’ strike and the collapse of Cornish tin mining, the impact of Thatcherism and ‘Reaganomics’, and the experience of touring Germany on the brink of reunification, alongside the influence on A39 of writers Bertolt Brecht, John McGrath and Keith Johnstone. Farmer, a former bus driver turned artistic director, details the theatre group’s inception and development as it fought to break down social barriers, attract audiences, and survive with little more than a beaten-up Renault 12, a photocopier and two second-hand stage lights at its disposal: the book traces the progress from these raw materials to the development of an integrated community theatre practice for Cornwall.Farmer’s candour and humour enliven this unique insight into 1980s theatre and politics. It will appeal to anyone with an interest in theatre history, life in Cornwall, and the relationship between performance and society during a turbulent era. 04 00 Authors’ Biographies Acknowledgements Preface Introduction 1. A Tour through the Miners’ Strike 2. Into A39 3. One & All! 4. Street Theatre and Cabaret 5. Touring One & All! 6. A39 International 7. A39 and the Tin Crisis 8. A39 Into 1986: The State of Things 9. Building the New Show 10. ‘How much easier it is to honour the dead than to value the living’—The Tale of Trevithick’s Tower Plays 11. One & All! An unofficial history of Cornish tin mining 12. The Tale of Trevithick’s Tower Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0329_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230927 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800649125 06 15 9781800649132 06 15 9781800649149 06 15 9781800649187 06 15 9781800649170 06 15 9781800649156 06 15 9781805118312 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0329.epub 20 02 20230927 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0329 20 02 20230927 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:35941026-43eb-496f-b560-2c21a6dbbbfc 03 01 01 urn:uuid:35941026-43eb-496f-b560-2c21a6dbbbfc 15 9781783748785 06 10.11647/OBP.0197 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Agency Moral Identity and Free Will 1 A01 21 0000-0002-0864-2599 David Weissman 01 eng 00 210 03 20 agency 04 BJ1461 12 HP 10 PHI000000 B2 Philosophy 12 HPQ 10 PHI019000 04 W46 2020 12 HPS 10 PHI005000 01 06 03 00 There is agency in all we do: thinking, doing, or making. We invent a tune, play, or use it to celebrate an occasion. Or we make a conceptual leap and ask more abstract questions about the conditions for agency. They include autonomy and self-appraisal, each contested by arguments immersing us in circumstances we don’t control. But can it be true we that have no personal responsibility for all we think and do? 'Agency: Moral Identity and Free Will' proposes that deliberation, choice, and free will emerged within the evolutionary history of animals with a physical advantage: organisms having cell walls or exoskeletons had an internal space within which to protect themselves from external threats or encounters. This defense was both structural and active: such organisms could ignore intrusions or inhibit risky behavior. Their capacities evolved with time: inhibition became the power to deliberate and choose the manner of one’s responses. Hence the ability of humans and some other animals to determine their reactions to problematic situations or to information that alters values and choices. This is free will as a material power, not as the conclusion to a conceptual argument. Having it makes us morally responsible for much we do. It prefigures moral identity. Closely argued but plainly written, 'Agency: Moral Identity and Free Will' speaks for autonomy and responsibility when both are eclipsed by ideas that embed us in history or tradition. Our sense of moral choice and freedom is accurate. We are not altogether the creatures of our circumstances. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgments Introduction David Weissman Chapter One: Agency David Weissman 1. Semantics 2. Two Points of Reference 3. Individuality 4. Purpose/Intention 5. Sensibility 6. Thought and Perception 7. Competence and Skill 8. Effort 9. Partners 10. Efficacy 11. Oversight 12. Frustration 13. Will Chapter Two: Free Will David Weissman 1. Introduction 2. Background 3. Freedom To and Freedom From 4. Ontology 5. Universal Determinism 6. Explanation/Prediction 7. Cause or Capacity 8. Leibniz or Laplace 9. "Things Are Not Up to Us.” 10. Emergent Wholes, Their Properties and Powers 11. Character/Sensibility 12. Initiative 13. Productive Imagination 14. Consciousness 15. Choosing Freely 16. Last Thoughts Chapter Three: Socialization David Weissman 1. Conflicted Aims 2. Idiosyncrasy 3. Talent 4. Interiority 5. Social Space 6. Normativity 7. Socialization 8. Collaboration, Cooperation, Command 9. Cities 10. Disequilibrium Chapter Four: Autonomy David Weissman 1. Minerva 2. Semantics 3. Assertion 4. Self-Identification 5. Collaboration/Contention 6. Regulation 7. Oversight 8. In Itself, For Itself Chapter Five: Moral Identity David Weissman 1. Three Perspectives: Agents 2. Three Perspectives: Nodes 3. Three Perspectives: The Whole Afterword Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0197_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200401 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783748754 06 15 9781783748761 06 15 9781783748778 06 15 9781800646087 06 15 9781783748808 06 15 9781783748785 06 15 9781783748792 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0197 20 02 20200401 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0197.epub 20 02 20200401 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0229f930-1e01-40b8-b4a8-03ab57624ced 03 01 01 urn:uuid:0229f930-1e01-40b8-b4a8-03ab57624ced 15 9781783748181 06 10.11647/OBP.0188 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 A Lexicon of Medieval Nordic Law 1 A01 Jeffrey Love 2 A01 Inger Larsson 3 A01 Ulrika Djärv 4 A01 Christine Peel 5 A01 Erik Simensen 01 eng 00 586 03 12 1DN 04 KJC544.6 B2 Law 20 Lexicon 10 REF000000 12 2ACS 04 L38 2020 10 LAW000000 B2 Linguistics 20 Medieval Nordic Law 12 LAQ 20 medieval Scandinavia 10 REF008000 B2 Reference Books 10 FOR022000 12 LAF 20 vernacular legal terminology 12 CFM 01 06 03 00 'A Lexicon of Medieval Nordic Law' is an indispensable resource for scholars and students of medieval Scandinavia. This polyglot dictionary draws on the vast and vibrant range of vernacular legal terminology found in medieval Scandinavian texts – terminology which yields valuable insights into the quotidian realities of crime and retribution; the processes, application and execution of laws; and the cultural and societal concerns underlying the development and promulgation of such laws.Legal texts constitute an unparalleled – and often untapped – source of information for those studying the literature, languages and history of medieval and Viking Age Scandinavia. The Lexicon is a welcome contribution to the study of medieval Scandinavia on two counts: firstly, it makes accessible a wealth of vernacular historical documents for an English-speaking audience. Secondly, it presents legal terminologies that span the languages and geographies of medieval Scandinavia, drawing on twenty-five legal texts composed in Old Swedish, Old Icelandic, Old Norwegian, Old Danish, Old Gutnish and Old Faroese. By collating and juxtaposing legal terms, the Lexicon thus offers its readers a fascinating, comprehensive window into the legal milieu of medieval Scandinavia as a unified whole.It is in this respect that A Lexicon of Medieval Nordic Law differs from the other major lexica that came before it: where relevant, it gathers closely related terms from multiple Nordic languages beneath single headwords within single entries. This approach illuminates the differences (and similarities) in usage of specific lexical items and legal concepts across geographic areas and through time.This dictionary contains over 6000 Nordic headwords, and is laid out as a standard reference work. It is easily navigable, with a clear structure to each entry, providing English equivalents; textual references; phrases in which headwords frequently appear; cross-references to aid readers in locating synonyms or cognate terms within the lexicon; and references to published works. Roughly one quarter of the headwords supply semantic analysis and detailed information on the textual and historical contexts within which a term might appear, which help the reader to engage with the broader legal concepts underlying specific terms. The Lexicon is thus designed to provide its readers not only with succinct single definitions of Norse legal terms, but with a sense of the wider Scandinavian legal landscape and worldview within which these concepts were developed.A Lexicon of Medieval Nordic Law is an ongoing project with a digital counterpart (https://www.dhi.ac.uk/lmnl/) created within the department of Swedish Language and Multilingualism at Stockholm University. It is part of the wider ‘Medieval Nordic Laws’ project based at the University of Aberdeen.The Royal Swedish Academy of Letters, History and Antiquities, the Magnus Bergvalls Stiftelse and the Stiftelsen Konung Gustaf VI Adolfs fond för svensk kultur have generously contributed to this publication. 04 00 Introduction Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik Simensen Nordic to English Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik Simensen English to Nordic Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik Simensen Appendix A: Administrative, Judicial and Fiscal Subdivisions Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik Simensen Appendix B: Agriculture and Forestry Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik Simensen Appendix C: Borders, Boundaries and Boundary Markers Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik Simensen Appendix D1: The Monetary System Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik Simensen Appendix D2: Weights and Measures Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik Simensen Appendix E: Kinship Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik Simensen Appendix F: Calendar of Church Feast and Fast Days Jeffrey Love, Inger Larsson, Ulrika Djärv, Christine Peel and Erik Simensen 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0188_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200619 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783748150 06 15 9781783748167 06 15 9781783748174 06 15 9781800646001 06 15 9781783748204 06 15 9781783748181 06 15 9781783748198 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0188.epub 20 02 20200619 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0188 20 02 20200619 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:defda2f0-1003-419a-8c3c-ac8d0b1abd17 03 01 01 urn:uuid:defda2f0-1003-419a-8c3c-ac8d0b1abd17 15 9781783741557 06 10.11647/OBP.0064 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 A Musicology of Performance Theory and Method Based on Bach's Solos for Violin 1 A01 21 0000-0002-3249-0812 Dorottya Fabian 01 eng 00 354 03 12 AVA 04 ML410.B13 10 MUS020000 B2 Music 20 musical performance 12 AVGC4 20 J. S. Bach 10 MUS040000 12 AVH 10 MUS023040 20 violin 10 MUS006000 20 perception 20 baroque performance practice 10 MUS050000 01 06 03 00 This book examines the nature of musical performance. In it, Dorottya Fabian explores the contributions and limitations of some of these approaches to performance, be they theoretical, cultural, historical, perceptual, or analytical. Through a detailed investigation of recent recordings of J. S. Bach’s Six Sonatas and Partitas for Solo Violin, she demonstrates that music performance functions as a complex dynamical system. Only by crossing disciplinary boundaries, therefore, can we put the aural experience into words. A Musicology of Performance provides a model for such a method by adopting Deleuzian concepts and various empirical and interdisciplinary procedures.<break/>Fabian provides a case study in the repertoire, while presenting new insights into the state of baroque performance practice at the turn of the twenty-first century. Through its wealth of audio examples, tables, and graphs, the book offers both a sensory and a scholarly account of musical performance. These interactive elements map the connections between historically informed and mainstream performance styles, considering them in relation to broader cultural trends, violin schools, and individual artistic trajectories.<break/>A Musicology of Performance is a must read for academics and post-graduate students and an essential reference point for the study of music performance, the early music movement, and Bach’s opus. 04 00 Acknowledgments 1. Dancing to Architecture? 1.1 The Problems of Researching and Writing about Music Performance 1.2 Summary: Recordings, Aims and Method 2. Theoretical Matters 2.1 Cultural Theories 2.2 Analytical Theories 2.3 Music Performance and Complex Systems 2.4 Performance Studies, Oral Culture and Academia 2.5 Conclusion 3. Violinists, Violin Schools and Emerging Trends 3.1 Violinists 3.2 Violin Schools 3.3 The Influence of HIP on MSP 3.4 Diversity within Trends and Global Styles 3.5 Overall Findings and Individual Cases 3.6 Conclusion 4. Analyses of Performance Features 4.1 Tempo Choices 4.2 Vibrato 4.3 Ornamentation 4.4 Rhythm 4.5 Bowing, Articulation and Phrasing 4.6 Conclusions 5. Affect and Individual Difference: Towards a Holistic Account of Performance 5.1 Differences within the MSP and within the HIP Styles 5.2 Multiple Recordings of Violinists 5.3 The Holistic Analysis of Interpretations 5.4 Idiosyncratic Versions and Listeners’ Reactions 5.5 Conclusions 6. Conclusions and an Epilogue: The Complexity Model of Music Performance, Deleuze and Brain Laterality 6.1 Summary 6.2 Where to from Here?—Epilogue List of Audio Examples List of Tables List of Figures Discography References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0064_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Australian Academy of the Humanities 16 University of New South Wales Cambridge, UK 04 01 20150817 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741526 06 15 9781783741533 06 15 9781783741540 06 15 9781800644908 06 15 9781783746439 06 15 9781783741557 06 15 9781783741564 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0064 20 02 20150817 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0064.epub 20 02 20150817 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:99af261d-8a31-449e-bf26-20e0178b8ed1 03 01 01 urn:uuid:99af261d-8a31-449e-bf26-20e0178b8ed1 15 9781783743162 06 10.11647/OBP.0110 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 An Anglo-Norman Reader 1 A01 Jane Bliss 01 eng 00 414 03 20 anthology 12 DQ 10 LCO008000 B2 Literature 04 PR281 20 Anglo-Norman literature 12 CFP B2 European Studies 10 LCO017000 12 DSBB 20 English translation B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 10 LIT018000 10 LIT025040 20 medieval culture 20 History 20 short stories 20 grammar and glosses 20 letters 20 hagiography 20 homiletic 20 medieval studies 20 medievalism 01 06 03 00 This book is an anthology with a difference. It presents a distinctive variety of Anglo-Norman works, beginning in the twelfth century and ending in the nineteenth, covering a broad range of genres and writers, introduced in a lively and thought-provoking way. Facing-page translations, into accessible and engaging modern English, are provided throughout, bringing these texts to life for a contemporary audience.The collection offers a selection of fascinating passages, and whole texts, many of which are not anthologised or translated anywhere else. It explores little-known byways of Arthurian legend and stories of real-life crime and punishment; women’s voices tell history, write letters, berate pagans; advice is offered on how to win friends and influence people, how to cure people’s ailments and how to keep clear of the law; and stories from the Bible are retold with commentary, together with guidance on prayer and confession.Each text is introduced and elucidated with notes and full references, and the material is divided into three main sections based on Dean’s Catalogue: Story (a variety of narrative forms), Miscellany (including letters, law and medicine, and other non-fiction), and Religious (saints' lives, sermons, Bible commentary, and prayers). Passages in one genre have been chosen so as to reflect themes or stories that appear in another, so that the book can be enjoyed as a collection or used as a resource to dip into for selected texts.This anthology is essential reading for students and scholars of Anglo-Norman and medieval literature and culture. Wide-ranging and fully referenced, it can be used as a springboard for further study or relished in its own right by readers interested to discover Anglo-Norman literature that was written to amuse, instruct, entertain, or admonish medieval audiences. 04 00 Acknowledgements & Notes Copyright Acknowledgements Note for Ebook Editions Abbreviations Bible Books Introduction Selection of Texts Principal Themes and Topics Treatment of Texts Story History Wace’s Roman de Rou Description of England The French Chronicle of London Des Grantz Geanz Romance Roman de Thèbes (Amphiarax) Protheselaus Le Roman deFergus Le Roman du reisYder The Anglo-Norman Folie Tristan Short Stories TristanRossignol Two Fabliaux LeRoi d’Angleterre et le Jongleur d’Ely An Anglo-Norman Miscellany Satirical, Social, and Moral Le Roman des Franceis, by André de Coutances L’Apprise de Nurture Grammar and Glosses LaManiere de Langage Letters Maud Mortimer’s letters to the King Christine de Pisan’s letter to Isabelle of Bavaria Doctors, Lawyers, and Writers A MedicalCompendium Legal Texts ‘En autre ovre’ (Prologues) Religious Writings Biblical and Apocryphal Proverbes de Salemon (chapter 7) TheCreation, by Herman de Valenciennes Hagiography La Vie d’Edouard le Confesseur, by a Nun of Barking La Vie SeinteAudree, by Marie The Life of St. Catherine, by Clemence Homiletic Maurice de Sully: Credo and Pater Noster Sermon onJoshua Rossignos Eight Deadly Sins, attributed to Robert Grosseteste Nicole Bozon, from Contes Moralisés, 128: Bad Company Appendix ‘Et pis y avait quat’e: enne histouaire de ma graond’mé’, an adventure story Bibliography Primary Texts Secondary Texts Indexes Manuscripts Bible References General Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0110_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180208 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743131 06 15 9781783743148 06 15 9781783743155 06 15 9781800645295 06 15 9781783746125 06 15 9781783743162 06 15 9781783743179 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0110.epub 20 02 20180208 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0110 20 02 20180208 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c0ac83bf-018f-4175-8a47-071189ea022e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c0ac83bf-018f-4175-8a47-071189ea022e 15 9781805111177 06 10.11647/OBP.0360 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 An Anthology of Global Risk 1 B01 21 0000-0002-2834-0993 SJ Beard 2 B01 21 0000-0002-1244-3787 Tom Hobson 01 eng 00 716 03 20 Existential Risk Studies key texts 12 GPQD 04 HV549 93 JHB B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC026000 B2 Environmental Studies 20 Global Risk 93 GTQ 12 JFFS 10 POL033000 20 Global risk reduction 12 GTF 93 JPQB 10 POL028000 20 Human extinction 93 JBFF 12 JFF 10 SOC040000 20 Civilization collapse 20 Safeguard humanity 01 06 03 00 This anthology brings together a diversity of key texts in the emerging field of Existential Risk Studies. It serves to complement the previous volume The Era of Global Risk: An Introduction to Existential Risk Studies by providing open access to original research and insights in this rapidly evolving field. At its heart, this book highlights the ongoing development of new academic paradigms and theories of change that have emerged from a community of researchers in and around the Centre for the Study of Existential Risk. The chapters in this book challenge received notions of human extinction and civilization collapse and seek to chart new paths towards existential security and hope.The volume curates a series of research articles, including previously published and unpublished work, exploring the nature and ethics of catastrophic global risk, the tools and methodologies being developed to study it, the diverse drivers that are currently pushing it to unprecedented levels of danger, and the pathways and opportunities for reducing this. In each case, they go beyond simplistic and reductionist accounts of risk to understand how a diverse range of factors interact to shape both catastrophic threats and our vulnerability and exposure to them and reflect on different stakeholder communities, policy mechanisms, and theories of change that can help to mitigate and manage this risk. Bringing together experts from across diverse disciplines, the anthology provides an accessible survey of the current state of the art in this emerging field.The interdisciplinary and trans-disciplinary nature of the cutting-edge research presented here makes this volume a key resource for researchers and academics. However, the editors have also prepared introductions and research highlights that will make it accessible to an interested general audience as well. Whatever their level of experience, the volume aims to challenge readers to take on board the extent of the multiple dangers currently faced by humanity, and to think critically and proactively about reducing global risk. 04 00 Introduction I. HISTORY, CONCEPTS, AND NORMS 1. Ripples on the Great Sea of Life: A Brief History of Existential Risk Studies 2. Democratising Risk: In Search of a Methodology to Study Existential Risk 3. Classifying Global Catastrophic Risks 4. Governing Boring Apocalypses: A New Typology of Existential Vulnerabilities and Exposures for Existential Risk Research 5. Existential Risk, Creativity and Well-Adapted Science II. METHODS, TOOLS, AND APPROACHES 6. An Analysis and Evaluation of Methods Currently Used to Quantify the Likelihood of Existential Hazards 7. Scanning Horizons in Research, Policy and Practice 8. Exploring Artificial Intelligence Futures 9. Accumulating Evidence Using Crowdsourcing and Machine Learning: A Living Bibliography About Existential Risk and Global Catastrophic Risk 10. The Mortality of States (MOROS) Dataset 11. Enabling the Participatory Exploration of Alternative Futures With ParEvo III. RISK DRIVERS AND IMPACTS 12. Global Catastrophic Risk From Low Magnitude Volcanic Eruptions 13. Re-Framing the Threat of Global Warming: An Empirical Causal Loop Diagram of Climate Change, Food Insecurity and Societal Collapse 14. Existential Change: Lesson from Climate Change for Existential Risk 15. A Fate Worse Than Warming? Stratospheric Aerosol Injection and Catastrophic Risk 16. Bioengineering Horizon Scan 2020 17. Artificial Canaries: Early Warning Signs for Anticipatory and Democratic Governance of AI IV. POLICY, INSTITUTIONS, AND IMPACTS 18. Pathways to Linking Science and Policy in Global Risk 19. The Cartography of Global Catastrophic Governance 20. The Stepping Stones Approach to Nuclear Disarmament Diplomacy 21. It Takes a Village: The Shared Responsibility of “Raising” an Autonomous Weapon 22. Representation of Future Generations in United Kingdom Policy-Making 23. Financing Our Final Hour Contributors Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0360_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240903 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805111146 06 15 9781805111153 06 15 9781805111160 06 15 9781805111207 06 15 9781805111177 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0360.epub 20 02 20240903 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0360 20 02 20240903 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9373214b-3c69-444d-9635-da04e393d66a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:9373214b-3c69-444d-9635-da04e393d66a 15 9781805111887 06 10.11647/OBP.0383 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 (An)Archive Childhood, Memory, and the Cold War 1 B01 21 0000-0003-4681-6024 Zsuzsa Millei 2 B01 21 0000-0003-0963-1901 Nelli Piattoeva 3 B01 21 0000-0002-8897-8016 Iveta Silova 4 B01 Mnemo ZIN 01 eng 00 428 03 12 BM 20 Cold War 04 D843 93 JB B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC000000 B2 Biography 20 Childhood 10 HIS054000 12 JH 93 NHTB B2 History 12 JFF 93 JMC 20 Memory 10 PSY004000 10 BIO026000 93 DNC B2 European Studies 12 HBTW 20 State socialism 20 (An)Archive B2 Folklore and Ethnology 12 GTR 93 NHTW 10 POL011000 20 collective biography 12 JMC 10 SOC002000 10 HIS037100 20 Oral history 01 06 03 00 What was it like growing up during the Cold War? What can childhood memories tell us about state socialism and its aftermath? How can these intimate memories complicate history and redefine possible futures? These questions are at the heart of the (An)Archive: Childhood, Memory, and the Cold War. This edited collection stems from a collaboration between academics and artists who came together to collectively remember their own experiences of growing up on both sides of the ‘Iron Curtain’. Looking beyond official historical archives, the book gathers memories that have been erased or forgotten, delegitimized or essentialized, or, at best, reinterpreted nostalgically within the dominant frameworks of the East-West divide. And it reassembles and (re)stores these childhood memories in a form of an ‘anarchive’: a site for merging, mixing, connecting, but also juxtaposing personal experiences, public memory, political rhetoric, places, times, and artifacts. These acts and arts of collective remembering tell about possible futures―and the past’s futures―what life during the Cold War might have been but also what it has become.(An)Archive will be of particular interest to scholars in a variety of fields, but particularly to artists, educators, historians, social scientists, and others working with memory methodologies that range from collective biography to oral history, (auto)biography, autoethnography, and archives. 04 00 Acknowledgments Introduction. The Anarchive of Memories: Restor(y)ing Cold-War Childhoods 1. Who Do I Remember For? Memory as Genre and Dark Pleasures of Trauma Witnessing 2. ‘I Wanted to See the Man with that Mark on his Forehead’: A Historian, Her Childhood Experiences, and the Power of Memory 3. Passing Bye 4. The Other Side of the Curtain? Troubling Western Memories of (Post)socialism 5. You Can’t Go Home Again… Especially if You Have Never Had One 6. The Power of Other Worlds: Civilisational Frames and Child-Adult Intimacies in Socialist Childhoods 7. Growing up in Cold-War Argentina: Working through the (An)archives of Childhood Memories 8. The Secrets: Connections Across Divides 9. Mysterious Cotton Pieces: Childhood Memories of Menstruation 10. Lift Up Your Arms! Elite Athletes and Cold-War Childhoods 11. Children on their Own: Cold-War Childhood Memories of Unsupervised Times 12. Transcending the Border: Memory, Objects, and Alternative Memorialisation in Cold-War Childhoods 13. Anarchive and Arts-Based Research: Upcycling Rediscovered Memories and Materials 14. Anarchive, Oral Histories, and Teaching Comparative Cold-War Childhoods across Geographies and Generations 15. Connecting Across Divides: A Case Study in Public History of the (E-)Motion Comic ‘Ghost Train—Memories of Ghost Trains and Ghost Stations in Former East and West-Berlin’ 16. Re-membering Ceremonies: Childhood Memories of Our Relationships with Plants List of Figures and Other Illustrations About the Contributors Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0383_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Tampere University 01 grantnumber 3122800381 Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240422 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805111856 06 15 9781805111863 06 15 9781805111870 06 15 9781805111900 06 15 9781805111887 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0383.epub 20 02 20240422 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0383 20 02 20240422 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:8b5f00c1-f677-4b40-8835-c1717aabff68 03 01 01 urn:uuid:8b5f00c1-f677-4b40-8835-c1717aabff68 15 9781800642577 06 10.11647/OBP.0264 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Ancient Greek I A 21st Century Approach 1 A01 Philip S. Peek 01 eng 00 638 03 B2 Classics 12 DB 20 elementary textbook 10 LIT004190 04 PA258 12 2AHA 20 ancient Greek language B2 Classics: Greek Textbooks 10 FOR033000 10 EDU029080 20 Greek words 12 HBLA1 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 12 4KL 20 the essential word endings 12 CFP 20 the eight parts of speech 20 grammatical concepts 01 06 03 00 In this elementary textbook, Philip S. Peek draws on his twenty-five years of teaching experience to present the ancient Greek language in an imaginative and accessible way that promotes creativity, deep learning, and diversity.The course is built on three pillars: memory, analysis, and logic. Readers memorize the top 250 most frequently occurring ancient Greek words, the essential word endings, the eight parts of speech, and the grammatical concepts they will most frequently encounter when reading authentic ancient texts. Analysis and logic exercises enable the translation and parsing of genuine ancient Greek sentences, with compelling reading selections in English and in Greek offering starting points for contemplation, debate, and reflection. A series of embedded Learning Tips help teachers and students to think in practical and imaginative ways about how they learn.This combination of memory-based learning and concept- and skill-based learning gradually builds the confidence of the reader, teaching them how to learn by guiding them from a familiarity with the basics to proficiency in reading this beautiful language. Ancient Greek I: A 21st-Century Approach is written for high-school and university students, but is an instructive and rewarding text for anyone who wishes to learn ancient Greek. 04 00 Contents Preface Introduction Philip S. Peek Module 1 - The Greek Alphabet Philip S. Peek Module 2 - More Sounds and Punctuation Philip S. Peek Module 3 - Accents and Accenting Verbs I Philip S. Peek Module 4 - Adverbs Philip S. Peek Module 5 - Conjunctions and Accenting Verbs II Philip S. Peek Module 6 - Endings Create Meaning Philip S. Peek Guest Feature 1 - Stefan Hagel Teaches Us How to Sing Philip S. Peek Module 7 - Nouns, Pronouns, and their Case Functions Philip S. Peek Module 8 - Prepositions and Prefixes Philip S. Peek Module 9 - The Verb and μι-Verbs εἰμί, δίδωμι, τίθημι Philip S. Peek Module 10 - The Verbs ἔχω, ποιέω, ἔρχομαι, φημί Philip S. Peek Module 11 - The Definite Article and Persistent Accent Philip S. Peek Module 12 - ubstantive Adjectives and the Article Philip S. Peek Module 13 - Third Declension Nouns Philip S. Peek Self-Assessment Modules 1–13 Philip S. Peek Guest Feature 2 - Tom Holland on the Art of Translating Herodotos Philip S. Peek Module 14 - First Declension Nouns in –η and -ᾱ and τίς, τί; τις, τι; ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅτι Philip S. Peek Module 15 - Attributive and Predicate Position Philip S. Peek Module 16 - Second Declension Nouns Philip S. Peek Module 17 - The Future Indicative and Infinitive Active of ἔχω, ἐλαύνω, ἔρχομαι and the Dynamic Infinitive Philip S. Peek Module 18 - The Personal Pronouns; εἷς, οὐδείς, and μηδείς; the Dative and Accusative of Respect; Time Expressions Philip S. Peek Module 19 - οἶδα and the Present and Future Indicative and Infinitive Middle and Passive of ἐλαύνω, καλέω, φέρω, δίδωμι, τίθημι Philip S. Peek Guest Feature 3 - Joe Goodkin, Singer and Songwriter Philip S. Peek Module 20 - First and Second Declension Adjectives and Common Adjectives and Pronouns: αὐτός, οὗτος, ὅδε, ἐκεῖνος, and -ων, -ουσα, -ον Philip S. Peek Module 21 - First Declension Short Alpha Nouns Philip S. Peek Module 22 - The Relative Pronoun Philip S. Peek Self-Assessment Modules 14–22 Philip S. Peek Module 23 - The Imperfect and Aorist Indicative of λέγω, ἔχω, ἐργάζομαι, δίδωμι, τίθημι Philip S. Peek Module 24 - Contract Verbs Philip S. Peek Module 25 - The Infinitive in Indirect Statement and πρίν- and ὥστε-Clauses Philip S. Peek Guest Feature 4 - Amy R. Cohen on Performing and Translating Ancient Greek Drama Philip S. Peek Module 26 - Additional Common Adjectives: πᾶς, μέγας, πολύς, ἡδύς, ἀληθής, and -ᾱς, -ᾱσα, -αν Philip S. Peek Module 27 - Comparative and Superlative Adjectives and Adverbs; Dative of Degree of Difference Philip S. Peek Module 28 - εἰμί and εἶμι Philip S. Peek Module 29 - δείκνυμι and φημί Philip S. Peek Guest Feature 5 - Diane Rayor on Translating Sappho and Euripides Philip S. Peek Module 30 - ἵημι and ἵστημι Philip S. Peek Self-Assessment Modules 23–30 Philip S. Peek Appendix Philip S. Peek Answer Key Philip S. Peek References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0264_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Bowling Green State University Cambridge, UK 04 01 20211019 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800642546 06 15 9781800642553 06 15 9781800642560 06 15 9781800646551 06 15 9781800642591 06 15 9781800642577 06 15 9781800642584 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0264.epub 20 02 20211019 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0264 20 02 20211019 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b0d45084-d852-470d-b9f7-4719304f8a56 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b0d45084-d852-470d-b9f7-4719304f8a56 15 9781783741205 06 10.11647/OBP.0055 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Animals and Medicine The Contribution of Animal Experiments to the Control of Disease 1 A01 Jack Botting 2 B01 Regina Botting 3 A23 Adrian R. Morrison 01 eng 00 244 03 20 animal experiments 04 HV4915 12 MBX 10 MED039000 B2 Science 20 laboratory animals 12 MBN 10 MED022000 B2 Science: History of Science 20 history of medicine 20 vaccination 20 surgery 20 transplants 20 cancer research 01 06 03 00 'Animals and Medicine: The Contribution of Animal Experiments to the Control of Disease' offers a detailed, scholarly historical review of the critical role animal experiments have played in advancing medical knowledge. Laboratory animals have been essential to this progress, and the knowledge gained has saved countless lives—both human and animal. Unfortunately, those opposed to using animals in research have often employed doctored evidence to suggest that the practice has impeded medical progress. This volume presents the articles Jack Botting wrote for the Research Defence Society News from 1991 to 1996, papers which provided scientists with the information needed to rebut such claims. Collected, they can now reach a wider readership interested in understanding the part of animal experiments in the history of medicine—from the discovery of key vaccines to the advancement of research on a range of diseases, among them hypertension, kidney failure and cancer. This book is essential reading for anyone curious about the role of animal experimentation in the history of science from the nineteenth century to the present. 04 00 List of Illustrations Foreword by Adrian R. Morrison Introduction by Regina Botting I. Treatment of Infectious Diseases 1. Smallpox and After: An Early History of the Treatment and Prevention of Infections 2. Rabies 3. Lockjaw: Prevalent but Preventable 4. Pertussis Vaccine, Unfairly Maligned – At What Cost? 5. Vaccination: The Present and Future 6. The Conquest of Polio and the Contribution of Animal Experiments 7. Diphtheria: Understanding, Treatment and Prevention II. Development of Life-saving Procedures 8. Development of Dialysis to Treat Loss of Kidney Function 9. The Contribution of Animal Experiments to Kidney Transplantation 10. Cardiopulmonary Bypass: Making Surgery on the Heart Possible 11. Artificial Heart Valves: From Caged Ball to Bioprosthesis 12. Animals and Blood Transfusion III. Drugs for Organic Diseases 13. Animal Experiments and the Production of Insulin 14. Animals and Humans: Remarkably Similar 15. Early Animal Experiments in Anaesthesia 16. The Control of Malignant Hypertension 17. Penicillin and Laboratory Animals: The Animal Rights Myth 18. The History of Thalidomide 19. Misleading Research or Misleading Statistics: Animal Experiments and Cancer Research Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0055_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Biomedical Research Education Trust (BRET) Cambridge, UK 04 01 20150504 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741175 06 15 9781783741182 06 15 9781783741199 06 15 9781800644823 06 15 9781783741205 06 15 9781783741212 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0055.epub 20 02 20150504 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0055 20 02 20150504 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5a597468-a3eb-4026-b29e-eb93b8a7b0d6 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5a597468-a3eb-4026-b29e-eb93b8a7b0d6 15 9781783747290 06 10.11647/OBP.0172 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Annunciations Sacred Music for the Twenty-First Century 1 B01 21 0000-0002-7043-3253 George Corbett 01 eng 00 394 03 12 HRCS 20 Judeo-Christian tradition 04 ML3921.2 10 MUS048010 B2 Music B2 Archaeology and Religion 12 AVX 20 contemporary culture 10 MUS051000 12 AVA 10 MUS007000 20 sacred music 20 music composition 20 music performance 20 appreciation of music 20 Religious music 20 God 20 Old Testaments 20 New Testaments 20 Scriptural reflection 20 musical practice 01 06 03 00 Our contemporary culture is communicating ever-increasingly through the visual, through film, and through music. This makes it ever more urgent for theologians to explore the resources of art for enriching our understanding and experience of the Judeo-Christian tradition. Annunciations: Sacred Music for the twenty-First Century, edited by George Corbett, answers this need, evaluating the relationship between the sacred and the composition, performance, and appreciation of music.Through the theme of ‘annunciations’, this volume interrogates how, when, why, through and to whom God communicates in the Old and New Testaments. In doing so, it tackles the intimate relationship between Scriptural reflection and musical practice in the past, its present condition, and what the future might hold.Annunciations comprises three parts. Part I sets out flexible theological and compositional frameworks for a constructive relationship between the sacred and music. Part II presents the reflections of theologians and composers involved in collaborating on new pieces of sacred choral music, alongside the six new scores and links to the recordings. Part III considers the reality of programming and performing sacred works today.This volume provides an indispensable resource for scholars and artists working at the interface between theology and the arts, and for those involved in sacred music. However, it will also be of interest to anyone concerned with the ways in which the Divine communicates through word and artistry to humanity. 04 00 Acknowledgements Notes on the Contributors Introduction George Corbett Part I: Compositional and Theological Perspectives The Most Spiritual of the Arts: Music, Modernity, and the Search for the Sacred James MacMillan The Surrogate Priest: Reflecting on Vocation with Welsh Composer Paul Mealor Margaret McKerron with Paul Mealor Mary as a Model for Creative People: Establishing Theologian-Composer Partnerships with James MacMillan George Corbett When Gods Talk to Men: Reading Mary with the Annunciations of the Hebrew Bible and the Ancient Near East Madhavi Nevader Old Testament Typology: The Gospel Canticles in the Liturgy and Life of the Church William P. Hyland Composing for a Non-Professional Chapel Choir: Challenges and Opportunities Tom Wilkinson Part II: ‘Annunciations’ in the Hebrew Bible ‘Where are you?’: The Temptation of Adam and Eve (Genesis 3) Margaret McKerron Composer’s Reflections Anselm McDonnell ‘Hinneni’ Jacob Wrestling (Genesis 32.22-32) Marian Kelsey Composer’s Reflections Dominic de Grande ‘Whilst falling asleep, Savta told me of Jacob’ Setting Fire to Music: Theological and Aesthetic Approaches (Exodus 3) Rebekah Dyer Composer’s Reflections Kerensa Briggs ‘Exodus III’ A Dark Dream: God’s Calling of Samuel and the Ministry of Eli (1 Samuel 3) Caleb Froehlich Composer’s Reflections Seán Doherty ‘God Calls Samuel’ Elijah’s Silent Annunciation (1 Kings 19.8-15) Mary Stevens Composer’s Reflections Lisa Robertson ‘The Silent Word Sounds’ Musical Arguments and Gender Performance (Song of Songs 3.6-11) Kimberley Jane Anderson Composer’s Reflections Stuart Beatch ‘The Annunciation of Solomon’ Part III: Programming and Performing Sacred Music Sacred Art Music in the Catholic Liturgy: Perspectives from the Roman Catholic Church in Scotland Michael Ferguson Commissioning and Performing Sacred Music in the Anglican Church: A Perspective from Wells Cathedral Matthew Owens Music at the Borders of the Sacred: Handel, Elgar and Poulenc Michael Downes Sacred Music in Secular Spaces Jonathan Arnold Music and Theology: Some Reflections on ‘the Listener’s Share’ Gavin Hopps Index Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0172_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190501 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783747269 06 15 9781783747276 06 15 9781783747283 06 15 9781800645875 06 15 9781783747313 06 15 9781783747290 06 15 9781783747306 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0172 20 02 20190501 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0172.epub 20 02 20190501 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2925acef-56cf-4459-9a2f-cbf42625006f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2925acef-56cf-4459-9a2f-cbf42625006f 15 9781800647459 06 10.11647/OBP.0302 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 An Outline of Romanticism in the West 1 A01 21 0000-0003-0644-9530 John Claiborne Isbell 01 eng 00 252 03 12 D 10 LIT000000 B2 Literature 04 PN751 20 Romantic literature 12 DSBF 10 LIT004120 20 Romantic art 12 DS 20 Europe 10 LIT024030 20 Americas 12 DSC 10 LIT024040 12 DSK 10 LIT014000 20 Shelley 20 Staël 20 nationalism 20 politics 20 history 20 artistic inspiration 01 06 03 00 Navigating the landscape of Romantic literature and art across Europe and the Americas, An Outline of Romanticism in the West invites readers to embark upon a literary journey. Showcasing a breadth of theoretical and contextual approaches to the study of Romanticism, John Isbell provides an insightful contemporary overview of the field, paired with wide-ranging comparative reflections on the art and literature that helped shape it.Discussing seminal Romantic texts such as Mary Shelley’s Frankenstein, or Germaine de Staël’s Corinne ou l’Italie, Isbell provides a foundation through which to investigate core concepts, such as the continuum of Romance, the Romantic hero, and Romantic literature’s characteristic repudiation of its own Romanticism. Unusually for a single-author monograph, the book includes both published and unpublished material covering Romantic creation across Europe and the two Americas.Identifying Romanticism as an international movement, Isbell seeks to emphasise a theme frequently ignored by many academics: the roots of Romanticism, and its variations, as a national art. His arguments are supported by extensive interrogations of the political and historical contexts that moulded the outlooks of the writers and artists central to the period.An Outline of Romanticism in the West underlines the interplay between nationalism, history, and artistic inspiration, and will therefore be of value to students and scholars of literature and history, as well as to general readers with an interest in Romanticism in the West. 04 00 Acknowledgements Introduction Chapter One: Romanticism and the Nations of the West 1. German Lands, 1800. Novalis, Heinrich von Ofterdingen 2. France, 1807. Germaine de Staël, Corinne ou l’Italie (Corinne, or Italy) 3. Spain, 1814–1815. Francisco Goya, 3 de mayo 1808 (3rd May 1808) 4. The British Isles (England), 1818. Mary Shelley, Frankenstein; or, The Modern Prometheus 5. Russia, 1825–1832. Alexander Pushkin, Evgenii Onegin (Eugene Onegin) 6. The United States, 1826. James Fenimore Cooper, The Last of the Mohicans 7. Eastern Europe (Poland), 1834. Adam Mickiewicz, Pan Tadeusz 8. Northern Europe (Denmark), 1835–1837. Hans Christian Andersen, Eventyr (Fairy Tales) 9. The Italian Peninsula, 1835. Giacomo Leopardi, Canti (Cantos) 10. Latin America (Argentina), 1838/1871. Esteban Echeverría, El Matadero (The Slaughter Yard) 11. The Low Countries (Belgium), 1838. Hendrik Conscience, De Leeuw Van Vlaanderen (The Lion of Flanders) 12. Portugal, 1846. João de Almeida Garrett, Viagens na minha terra (Travels in My Homeland) Chapter Two: The Frankenstein Dilemma. Romantic Disavowals of Romanticism, 1800–1830 1. German Lands 2. The Swiss Confederation 3. The British Isles 4. Italy, Russia, Sweden 5. France 6. Conclusion Chapter Three: Romantic Novel and Verse Romance. Is There a Romance Continuum? 0. Prefatory Remarks on Terminology 1. German Lands 2. The British Isles 3. France 4. The Italian Peninsula 5. Northern and Eastern Europe 6. Iberia and the Low Countries 7. The Two Americas 8. Conclusion Chapter Four: Racine et Shakespeare’s Sleeping Partners. The Return of the Repressed 1. Private Life and Empire: Henri Beyle, 1803–1814 2. The Birth of Stendhal: Romantic Milan, 1814–1821 3. Paris in 1823–1825: Racine et Shakespeare 4. Conclusion Chapter Five: Thoughts on the Romantic Hero, 1776–1848 1. Prelude: Manon Lescaut and Jean-Jacques Rousseau 2. German Lands 3. France 4. The British Isles 5. The Italian Peninsula 6. Eastern and Northern Europe 7. Iberia and the Low Countries 8. The Americas 9. The Drama 10. Romantic Women Writers: The State of the Field 11. Conclusion Romanticism Outside the Western Ambit Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0302_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220905 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800647428 06 15 9781800647435 06 15 9781800647442 06 15 9781800647480 06 15 9781800647473 06 15 9781800647459 06 15 9781800647466 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0302.epub 20 02 20220905 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0302 20 02 20220905 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:66e0fd18-7917-42b1-b4f0-b05c33ce12a5 03 01 01 urn:uuid:66e0fd18-7917-42b1-b4f0-b05c33ce12a5 15 9781800643659 06 10.11647/OBP.0282 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Anthropology of Transformation From Europe to Asia and Back 1 B01 21 0000-0002-6449-122X Juraj Buzalka 2 B01 21 0000-0002-6895-7402 Agnieszka Pasieka 01 eng 00 280 03 20 anthropology B2 Anthropology 04 GN316 12 J 10 POL032000 12 JPF 10 POL005000 B2 Politics and Sociology 20 post-socialism 20 Chris Hann 12 JPFF 10 SOC002000 20 ethnography 12 JH 10 SOC002010 20 politics 20 economics 20 religion 01 06 03 00 This collection of essays is the result of the joint efforts of colleagues and students of the leading social anthropology and post-socialism theorist, Professor Chris Hann. With the thirtieth anniversary of the collapse of the Berlin Wall in 2019 as their catalyst, the authors reflect upon Chris Hann’s lifelong fieldwork in the discipline, spanning regions as diverse as East Central Europe, Turkey, and the Chinese north-west.The collapse of the Berlin Wall naturally triggered a plethora of analysis and scholarly research. Sociocultural anthropology, with its focus on ethnographic study and on the gradual evolution of social relations, sharply contrasted with the emphasis on dramatic rupture brought about by the 1989 transition. Continuing in this tradition, this volume, through micro-level analysis of societal transformation from the post-war years to the present day, provides an alternative perspective to the neoliberalist views often encountered in the scholarship on political and economic modernisation. The more nuanced analysis of social transformations proposed here is a particularly useful tool in the investigation of contemporary issues such as the COVID-19 pandemic, the refugee ‘crisis’, and the rise of right-wing populism in Eastern Europe and elsewhere. Anthropology of Transformation will be of interest to researchers in the fields of socio-cultural anthropology, religion and economics. Moreover, the book’s discussion of issues widely discussed beyond the field of academia such as neoliberalism and the welfare state, and populist and exclusionary politics, will appeal to non-specialist readers. 04 00 Contributor Biographies Introduction Juraj Buzalka and Agnieszka Pasieka Key Terms, or: The Title of the Volume Explained Chris Hann’s School of Anthropology On Method References 1. Voiced versus Acted Trust: Managing Social Uncertainty and Marginalisation in Rural Southern Italy and Central Eastern Europe Davide Torsello Analytical Approaches to Trust Methodology Voiced Trust Acted Trust Interpersonal Trust: The Kin Group Villagers Institutional Trust Conclusions References Appendix 2. Property Relations and Ethnic Conflict in Post-war Croatia: Reflections on Conceptual Approaches and Research Findings Carolin Leutloff-Grandits Introduction The Concept of Housing Relations and Their Transformation in Post-socialist, Post-war Croatia Housing Relations as Social Relations in Post-war, Post-socialist Knin The Housing Conflict, the Croatian State and the International Neoliberalist Policy The Re-entry of Ethno-nationalism through Spiritual Property Relations EU Accession and the Experience of Layered Time and Stagnation at the Margins of the Nation State Conclusions References 3. The ‘Post’ in Perspective: Revisiting the Post-socialist Religious Question in Central Asia and Central and Eastern Europe Julie McBrien and Vlad Naumescu Introduction Secularism and Religion between the ‘Posts’ Religious Transformations and Collective Dynamics Nationalism, State and New Political Mobilisations Conclusion References 4. “We Are Not Believers, We’re Workers”: The Synchrony of Work, Gender, and Religion in a Priestless Orthodox Community Agata Ładykowska Theoretical Considerations: Deorientalising Orthodoxy Prichud’e Priestless Orthodoxy Work and Prayer Conclusion References 5. The Moral Economy of Consensus and Informality in Uzbekistan Tommaso Trevisani Moral Economies in Post-socialist Eurasia Informal Economy in Uzbekistan The “Uzbek Path”, Informal Economy and Middle Strata Andijan and Its Consequences Navigating Everyday Informality in the Ferghana Valley Rationalising the “Dominant” Form of Integration Authoritarian Mode of Integration A Moral Economy of Consensus and Informality References 6. The Moral Dimension of (Un)Employment: Work and Fairness in an Eastern German Town Katerina Ivanova Introduction Work as a Moral Value before Socialism Work and Employment in the ‘Workers’ and Peasants’ State’ Zwickau Labour Market after 1989 Moral Dimension of Work Conclusion References 7. Beyond Blue Eyes? Xenophobia on the Eastern Margins of the European Union László Fosztó Introduction Ethnicity, (Dis)Embeddedness, and the Roma “The Two Romanias” and Emerging New (Dis)Integration Racialised Encounters with or without Migrants In Lieu of Conclusion: Refocus on the Local References 8. Post-Peasant Progressivism: On Liberal Tendencies in the Slovak Countryside Juraj Buzalka Populism and Transformations Post-socialist Memories Post-socialist Progressivism Liberal Ruralism Conclusion References 9. Swimming against the Tide: Right-wing Populism, Post-socialism and Beyond Agnieszka Pasieka Right-wing Populism and a (Missing) Anthropological Perspective Polish Labour Work and Populism, Work of Populism Conclusion References 10. Transoceania: Connecting the World beyond Eurasia Edyta Roszko Introduction Mobile Maritime Peoples, not Empires The Ocean Worlds Transoceania: From Terrestrial Divides to the Singularity and Connectedness of the Ocean An Emergent Thalassography of Transoceanic Connections Conclusion References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0282_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20221031 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800643628 06 15 9781800643635 06 15 9781800643642 06 15 9781800649439 06 15 9781800643673 06 15 9781800643659 06 15 9781800643666 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0282.epub 20 02 20221031 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0282 20 02 20221031 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:8e1c56e8-8690-46dd-b605-52d915b3b656 03 01 01 urn:uuid:8e1c56e8-8690-46dd-b605-52d915b3b656 15 9781805113195 06 10.11647/OBP.0406 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Antisemitism in Online Communication Transdisciplinary Approaches to Hate Speech in the Twenty-First Century 1 B01 21 0000-0003-2847-4542 Matthias J. Becker 2 B01 21 0000-0002-7595-1156 Laura Ascone 3 B01 21 0000-0003-0323-2627 Karolina Placzynta 4 B01 21 0009-0004-6622-4303 Chloé Vincent 01 eng 00 260 03 20 antisemitism B2 Media Studies and Journalism 04 PN4565.A58 10 SOC031000 93 UBJ 10 COM060140 20 hate speech B2 Politics and Sociology 93 UDBS 10 COM079000 93 JBFA 20 qualitative analysis 93 JBCT1 20 quantitative analysis 20 multimodal analysis 20 internet studies 20 social media studies 01 06 03 00 The normalisation of hate speech, including antisemitic rhetoric, poses a significant threat to social cohesion and democracy. While global efforts have been made to counter contemporary antisemitism, there is an urgent need to understand its online manifestations. Hate speech spreads easily across the internet, facilitated by anonymity and reinforced by algorithms that favour engaging--even if offensive--content. It often takes coded forms, making detection challenging.Antisemitism in Online Communication addresses these issues by analysing explicit and implicit antisemitic statements in mainstream online discourse. Drawing from disciplines such as corpus linguistics, computational linguistics, semiotics, history, and philosophy, this edited collection examines over 100,000 user comments from three language communities. Contributors explore various facets of online antisemitism, including its intersectionality with misogyny and its dissemination through memes and social networks. Through case studies, they examine the reproduction, support, and rejection of antisemitic tropes, alongside quantitative assessments of comment structures in online discussions. Additionally, the volume delves into the capabilities of content moderation tools and deep-learning models for automated hate speech detection. This multidisciplinary approach provides a comprehensive understanding of contemporary antisemitism in digital spaces, recognising the importance of addressing its insidious spread from multiple angles. 04 00 Acknowledgements Introduction 1. The Cases of Riley and Rooney 2. Jordan Peterson and Conservative Antisemitism Online: The Dethroning of an Intellectual Icon Following His Interview with Netanyahu 3. ‘Pop’ Antisemitism and Deviant Communities 4. “More Like Genocide” 5. Countering Antisemitism Online 6. Multimodal Cognitive Anchoring in Antisemitic Memes 7. Discussion Trees on Social Media 8. Algorithms Against Antisemitism? About the Authors List of Figures List of Tables Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0406_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Technische Universität Berlin 01 programname Open Access Publication Fund of the Technische Universität Berlin Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240621 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805113164 06 15 9781805113171 06 15 9781805113188 06 15 9781805113201 06 15 9781805113195 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0406 20 02 20240621 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0406.epub 20 02 20240621 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:857a5788-a709-4d56-8607-337c1cabd9a2 03 01 01 urn:uuid:857a5788-a709-4d56-8607-337c1cabd9a2 15 9781783744978 06 10.11647/OBP.0141 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 ANZUS and the Early Cold War Strategy and Diplomacy between Australia, New Zealand and the United States, 1945-1956 1 A01 21 0000-0002-2896-5993 Andrew Kelly 01 eng 00 215 03 12 HBJM 10 HIS004000 20 History B2 History 04 UA870 12 HBTW 10 HIS027030 B2 History: International Relations 20 treaty 12 HBLW3 10 HIS027110 20 nuclear 10 HIS027130 20 Pacific 10 HIS037070 20 security 20 foreign policy 20 alliance 01 06 03 00 The ANZUS Alliance was a defence arrangement between Australia, New Zealand and the United States that shaped international policy in the aftermath of the Second World War and the early stages of the Cold War. Forged by influential individuals and impacting on global events including the Japanese Peace Treaty, the Korean War and the Suez Crisis, the ANZUS Alliance was a crucial factor in the seismic changes that took place in the second half of the twentieth century. In this compact and accessible study Andrew Kelly lays out the tensions that underpinned the formation of the Alliance, as each power sought to extract maximum influence and prestige, and examines how the ANZUS powers worked together (or failed to do so) when responding to massive global events including the rise of the People’s Republic of China and the waning of the British Empire. Kelly comprehensively explores the reasons why Australia and New Zealand disagreed so regularly about mutual security issues, how US global leadership shaped ANZUS, and the British impact on the trilateral relationship, and outlines how these issues set the foundations for today’s world order. ANZUS and the Early Cold War is essential reading for historians of Australian, New Zealand and American international relations in the twentieth century. Its concise format and readable style will also appeal to general readers interested in the history and foreign policies of these nations, and to anyone who wants to know more about the individual and geopolitical tensions that beset any major alliance. 04 00 Acknowledgements List of Abbreviations Introduction: Disharmonious Allies Part One: Origins 1. Defence Problems in the Pacific 2. Japan, ANZAM, and the Bomb 3. Movement Toward an Alliance 4. ANZUS Negotiations Part Two: ANZUS in Force 5. Post-Treaty Issues 6. Crisis in Southeast Asia 7. A Horrible Dilemma in the Taiwan Straits 8. Suez Conclusion Bibliography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0141_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180907 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783744947 06 15 9781783744954 06 15 9781783744961 06 15 9781800645608 06 15 9781783746064 06 15 9781783744978 06 15 9781783744985 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0141 20 02 20180907 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0141.epub 20 02 20180907 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b0263f0c-48cd-4923-aef5-1b204636507c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b0263f0c-48cd-4923-aef5-1b204636507c 15 9781909254138 06 10.11647/OBP.0022 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/ 01 01 A People Passing Rude British Responses to Russian Culture 1 B01 21 0000-0002-2611-6090 Anthony Cross 01 eng 00 347 03 12 1DVUA 04 DA47.65 B2 History 10 LIT004240 20 Russian literature 12 DS 10 HIS032000 B2 History: International Relations 20 Russian art 10 ART049000 B2 European Studies 20 Russian history 20 Anglo-Russian relations B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 Russian music 20 Russia 20 United Kingdom 01 06 03 00 Described by the sixteenth-century English poet George Turbervile as "a people passing rude, to vices vile inclin’d", the Russians waited some three centuries before their subsequent cultural achievements—in music, art and particularly literature—achieved widespread recognition in Britain. The essays in this stimulating collection attest to the scope and variety of Russia’s influence on British culture. They move from the early nineteenth century—when Byron sent his hero Don Juan to meet Catherine the Great, and an English critic sought to come to terms with the challenge of Pushkin—to a series of Russian-themed exhibitions at venues including the Crystal Palace and Earls Court. The collection looks at British encounters with Russian music, the absorption with Dostoevskii and Chekhov, and finishes by shedding light on Britain’s engagement with Soviet film. Edited by Anthony Cross, one of the world’s foremost authorities on Anglo-Russian relations, A People Passing Rude is essential reading for anyone with an interest in British and Russian cultures and their complex relationship. 04 00 1. By Way of Introduction: British Reception, Perception and Recognition of Russian Culture Anthony Cross 2. Byron, Don Juan and Russia Peter Cochran 3. William Henry Leeds and Early British Responses to Russian Literature Anthony Cross 4. Russian Icons through British Eyes, 1830-1930 Richard Marks 5. The Crystal Palace Exhibition and Britain’s Encounter with Russia Scott Ruby 6. An 'Extraordinary Engagement': A Russian Opera Company in Victorian Britain Tamsin Alexander 7. Russian Folk Tales for English Readers: Two Personalities and Two Strategies in British Translation of the Late Nineteenth and Early Twentieth Centuries Tatiana Bogrdanova 8. 'Wilful Melancholy' or 'A Vigorous and Manly Optimism'?: Rosa Newmarch and the Struggle against Decadence in the British Reception of Russian Music, 1897-1917 Philip Ross Bullock 9. 'Infantine Smudges of Paint… Infantine Rudeness of Soul': British Reception of Russian Art at the Exhibitions of the Allied Artists’ Association, 1908-1911 Louise Hardiman 10. Crime and Publishing: How Dostoevskii Changed the British Murder Muireann Maguire 11. Stephen Graham and Russian Spirituality: The Pilgrim in Search of Salvation Michael Hughes 12. Jane Harrison as an Interpreter of Russian Culture in the 1910s-1920s Alexandra Smith 13. Aleksei Remizov’s English-language Translators: New Material Marilyn Schwinn Smith 14. Chekhov and the Buried Life of Katherine Mansfield Rachel Polonsky 15. 'A Gaul who has chosen impeccable Russian as his medium': Ivan Bunin and the English Myth of Russia in the Early Twentieth Century Svetlana Klimova 16. Russia and Russian Culture in The Criterion, 1922-1939 Olga Ushakova 17. 'Racy of the Soil': Filipp Maliavin’s London Exhibition of 1935 Nicola Kozicharow 18. Mrs Churchill Goes to Russia: The Wartime Gift-Exchange between Britain and the Soviet Union Claire Knight 19. Unity in Difference: The Representation of Life in the Soviet Union through Isotype Emma Minns 20. 'Sputniks and Sideboards': Exhibiting the Soviet 'Way of Life' in Cold War Britain, 1961-1979 Verity Clarkson 21. The British Reception of Russian Film, 1960-1990: The Role of Sight and Sound Julian Graffy 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0022_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20121101 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254107 06 15 9781909254114 06 15 9781909254121 06 15 9781800644496 06 15 9781909254138 06 15 9781909254145 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0022 20 02 20121101 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0022.epub 20 02 20121101 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:bcef0b82-b5b8-46e4-afb1-72bd42aba8da 03 01 01 urn:uuid:bcef0b82-b5b8-46e4-afb1-72bd42aba8da 15 9781800644250 06 10.11647/OBP.0293 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 A Philosophy of Cover Songs 1 A01 21 0000-0002-2446-3494 P.D. Magnus 01 eng 00 163 03 20 cover songs 12 HPJ 04 ML3470 10 MUS020000 B2 Philosophy 20 contemporary popular music 12 HP B2 Music 10 SCI075000 12 AV 20 musical performance 10 SOC026040 12 AVA 12 AVH 01 06 03 00 Cover songs are a familiar feature of contemporary popular music. Musicians describe their own performances as covers, and audiences use the category to organize their listening and appreciation. However, until now philosophers have not had much to say about them. In A Philosophy of Cover Songs, P.D. Magnus demonstrates that philosophy provides a valuable toolbox for thinking about covers; in turn, the philosophy of cover songs illustrates some general points about philosophical method.Lucidly written, the book is divided into three parts: how to think about covers, appreciating covers, and the metaphysics of covers and songs. Along the way, it explores a range of issues raised by covers, from the question of what precisely constitutes a cover, to the history and taxonomy of the category, the various relationships that hold between songs, performances, and tracks, and the appreciation and evaluation of covers.This unique and engaging book will be of interest to those working in philosophy of art, philosophy of music, popular music studies, music history, and musicology, as well as to readers with a general interest in popular music, covers, and how we think about them. 04 00 Introduction P.D. Magnus 1. What is a Cover? P.D. Magnus 2. Kinds, Covers, and Kinds of Covers P.D. Magnus Interlude: Cover Bands P.D. Magnus 3. Listening to Covers P.D. Magnus 4. The Semiotic Angle P.D. Magnus Interlude: Torment and Interpolations P.D. Magnus 5. Some Metaphysical Puzzles P.D. Magnus 6. How a Song is Like Ducks P.D. Magnus Epilogue P.D. Magnus References P.D. Magnus 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0293_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220428 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800644229 06 15 9781800644236 06 15 9781800644243 06 15 9781800646773 06 15 9781800644274 06 15 9781800644250 06 15 9781800644267 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0293 20 02 20220428 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0293.epub 20 02 20220428 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:01e3b2b0-db8b-4318-b8bf-e95dd1ffd59d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:01e3b2b0-db8b-4318-b8bf-e95dd1ffd59d 15 9781805115694 06 10.11647/OBP.0461 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 A Place of Dreams Desire, Deception and a Wartime Coming of Age 1 A01 21 0000-0003-2602-0029 Alison Twells 01 eng 00 366 03 04 D810.W7 93 DNBH 10 HIS058000 B2 Women and Gender Studies 20 Women's Wartime Diaries 93 FV 10 HIS054000 B2 History 20 World War II Romance 10 HIS058000 93 JBSF1 20 Working-Class Women's History 10 BIO022000 20 Microhistory and Life-Writing 93 NHW 93 1DDU-GB-EYK 20 Feminism and Historical Memory 10 HIS027100 20 Family History and Identity 10 LIT004290 93 NHWR7 10 SOC028000 01 06 03 00 This book is a compelling blend of mystery, history, and creative non-fiction, that brings to life the wartime story of Norah Hodgkinson (1925-2009), a working-class schoolgirl, later clerical worker, and a prolific diarist. The book opens with a sailor’s letter of thanks for a pair of socks that Norah had knitted for the Royal Navy Comforts Fund in 1940―a gift that led to an exciting romance with the sailor’s dashing airman brother. But as the author pieces together Norah’s diary entries and the sailor’s letters, questions emerge about the men’s identities and intentions. 'A Place of Dreams' uncovers a dark tale of male rivalry and wartime anonymity, and a young woman’s appetite for life and love amidst unexpected dangers. Blending microhistory with family history and life-writing, the author navigates the challenges of Norah’s tweet-like diary entries. Inviting the reader into Norah’s world, she explores ways of uncovering the lives of ordinary women, so often absent from official archives. A Place of Dreams is a timely story in the era of #MeToo, juxtaposing Norah’s wartime experiences with contemporary feminist writing to pose questions―about sex, desire, modesty, and shame—that Norah could not voice in 1940s England. By reflecting on the relevance of history today, the story explores whether narratives like Norah’s can spark broader conversations about “intimate justice” and its connection to politics and cultural change. On a personal level, it delves into what Norah’s wartime experience means to the author as a historian, feminist, Norah’s great-niece, and a mother of girls.This volume will appeal to readers with an interest in women’s lives in the past, and academics and students in the fields of women’s and gender history, the history of sexuality, the social and cultural history of war/WW2 studies, diary studies, and the relationships of history, fiction and life-writing. 04 00 1. Norah’s Suitcase 2. Norah’s Story 3. Norah Hodgkinson, Schoolgirl Diarist 4. A Poke in the Eye for Hitler 5. Jim Gilbert, Royal Navy Stoker 6. Dearest Dimples 7. I Believe You and I Have a Few Things in Common 8. Where Is That Photo? 9. I’m in Love with Him and I Don’t Care a Scrap 10. The Erotics of War 11. Poor Jim? 12. Went over Daleacre: The Likely and the Plausible 13. If You Love Danny He Is Yours 14. Glorious Letters from My Sweetheart 15. Danny Told Me a Thing or Two 16. Unconditional Surrender? 17. Please God … Waiting for Danny 18. Danny 19. Our Night of Love 20. A Terrific Surprise 21. Son of Danny 22. Men’s Regrets 23. Still Part of Me 24. A Mum’s Book? 25. Writing Norah’s Story 26. A Place of Dreams 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0461_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20251110 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805115663 06 15 9781805115670 06 15 9781805115687 06 15 9781805115700 06 15 9781805115694 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0461.epub 20 02 20251110 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0461 20 02 20251110 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:da3926c2-ddb8-4567-b13e-1be2fee655ab 03 01 01 urn:uuid:da3926c2-ddb8-4567-b13e-1be2fee655ab 15 9781805116943 06 10.11647/OBP.0486 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 A Portrait of Samuel Hartlib In Search of Universal Betterment 1 A01 Charles Webster 01 eng 00 312 03 B2 Biography 04 CT788.H34 10 HIS015040 93 NHB 20 Samuel Hartlib B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 Hartlib Circle 93 JNB 10 POL010000 10 BIO006000 20 Commonwealth and Protectorate 93 DNBH B2 History 20 17th-century intellectual networks 10 EDU016000 93 JPA 93 DSB 20 Hartlib Papers 10 LIT004120 20 English Civil War 01 06 03 00 The 2013 digitization of the vast Hartlib Papers archive highlighted the pressing need for a comprehensive modern study of Samuel Hartlib (1600–1662), a central figure in seventeenth-century intellectual life. Though educated in Eastern Europe, Hartlib spent his adult life in London, where he became a prolific correspondent and chronicler. His Ephemerides, spanning 1634 to 1660, and his extensive correspondence with leading thinkers across Britain and Protestant Europe offer an unparalleled window into the era’s religious, political, and scientific ferment.This volume goes beyond previous studies in both scope and depth, drawing extensively on archival sources and offering new interpretations of Hartlib’s network and influence. Organized chronologically, it explores the wide-ranging social, economic, and ideological pursuits of Hartlib and his collaborators—many of them renowned figures in their own right—and his close alignment with the Cromwellian cause.Providing the most complete portrait to date of the Hartlib circle’s emergence and impact, this study sets a new benchmark for scholarship and invites renewed engagement with one of the early modern period’s most visionary projects of knowledge, reform, and communication. 04 00 List of Illustrations Preface Acknowledgements List of Abbreviations Introduction 1. The Young Hartlib 1.1 Elbing 1.2 Brieg and Silesia 1.3 Cambridge 1.4 Elbing: The Antilian Adventure 1.5 John Dury 2. Communion of Saints 2.1 Academies and Educational Debate 2.2 Puritan Orientation 2.3 Communications and Status 2.4 Introducing Jan Amos Komenský 2.5 Evaluating Comenius 2.6 Diversification 2.7 Comenius in London 2.8 Israel’s Call 3. The Hartlibian Resurgence 3.1 Stabilisation 3.2 Active Reconstruction 3.3 Benjamin Worsley, Robert Boyle and William Petty 3.4 John Hall 3.5 William Rand 3.6 Apocalypticism 4. Man of the Moment 4.1 Changing Times 4.2 The Hartlib Partnership Continued 4.3 Education and Training 4.4 The Thirst for Betterment 4.5 Husbandry Revolution 5. Phosphore Redde Diem! 5.1 Family Affairs 5.2 Oppressive Pain 5.3 Hard Times 5.4 ‘Not Without Dust and Heat’ 5.5 From Pomiculture to the Good Old Cause 5.6 Address: The Hartlibian Panacea 5.7 Loose Ends 5.8 Extinction of the Ephemerides 5.9 Being of the Spirit Epilogue Bibliography Primary Sources: Publications by Samuel Hartlib Other Primary Sources Secondary Sources Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0486_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Hartlib Fund Cambridge, UK 04 01 20251107 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805116912 06 15 9781805116929 06 15 9781805116936 06 15 9781805116950 06 15 9781805116943 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0486.epub 20 02 20251107 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0486 20 02 20251107 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:69c69fef-ab46-45ab-96d5-d7c4e5d4bce4 03 01 01 urn:uuid:69c69fef-ab46-45ab-96d5-d7c4e5d4bce4 15 9781800640627 06 10.11647/OBP.0238 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 26347253 01 02 Global Communications 01 01 Arab Media Systems 1 B01 21 0000-0003-0061-243X Carola Richter 2 B01 21 0000-0002-2447-8485 Claudia Kozman 01 eng 00 416 03 12 1FB 10 LAN008000 B2 Media Studies and Journalism 20 media systems 04 P92.A65 20 Arab world 12 JFD 10 SOC052000 10 HIS003000 20 history 12 J 12 KNTJ 20 politics 20 society 20 economy 20 media 20 Middle East 20 North Africa 20 government 20 technology 20 media ownership models 20 transnational mobility 20 law 20 ownership patterns 20 infrastructure 20 diversity 20 religion 20 languages 20 overview 20 journalism 20 communication studies 20 political science 20 sociology 20 anthropology 01 06 03 00 This volume provides a comparative analysis of media systems in the Arab world, based on criteria informed by the historical, political, social, and economic factors influencing a country’s media. Reaching beyond classical western media system typologies, 'Arab Media Systems' brings together contributions from experts in the field of media in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) to provide valuable insights into the heterogeneity of this region’s media systems. It focuses on trends in government stances towards media, media ownership models, technological innovation, and the role of transnational mobility in shaping media structure and practices.Each chapter in the volume traces a specific country’s media – from Lebanon to Morocco – and assesses its media system in terms of historical roots, political and legal frameworks, media economy and ownership patterns, technology and infrastructure, and social factors (including diversity and equality in gender, age, ethnicities, religions, and languages).This book is a welcome contribution to the field of media studies, constituting the only edited collection in recent years to provide a comprehensive and systematic overview of Arab media systems. As such, it will be of great use to students and scholars in media, journalism and communication studies, as well as political scientists, sociologists, and anthropologists with an interest in the MENA region.This volume provides a comparative analysis of media systems in the Arab world, based on criteria informed by the historical, political, social, and economic factors influencing a country’s media. Reaching beyond classical western media system typologies, Arab Media Systems brings together contributions from experts in the field of media in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) to provide valuable insights into the heterogeneity of this region’s media systems. It focuses on trends in government stances towards media, media ownership models, technological innovation, and the role of transnational mobility in shaping media structure and practices.<break/>Each chapter in the volume traces a specific country’s media – from Lebanon to Morocco – and assesses its media system in terms of historical roots, political and legal frameworks, media economy and ownership patterns, technology and infrastructure, and social factors (including diversity and equality in gender, age, ethnicities, religions, and languages).This book is a welcome contribution to the field of media studies, constituting the only edited collection in recent years to provide a comprehensive and systematic overview of Arab media systems. As such, it will be of great use to students and scholars in media, journalism and communication studies, as well as political scientists, sociologists, and anthropologists with an interest in the MENA region.This volume provides a comparative analysis of media systems in the Arab world, based on criteria informed by the historical, political, social, and economic factors influencing a country’s media. Reaching beyond classical western media system typologies, Arab Media Systems brings together contributions from experts in the field of media in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) to provide valuable insights into the heterogeneity of this region’s media systems. It focuses on trends in government stances towards media, media ownership models, technological innovation, and the role of transnational mobility in shaping media structure and practices.Each chapter in the volume traces a specific country’s media – from Lebanon to Morocco – and assesses its media system in terms of historical roots, political and legal frameworks, media economy and ownership patterns, technology and infrastructure, and social factors (including diversity and equality in gender, age, ethnicities, religions, and languages).This book is a welcome contribution to the field of media studies, constituting the only edited collection in recent years to provide a comprehensive and systematic overview of Arab media systems. As such, it will be of great use to students and scholars in media, journalism and communication studies, as well as political scientists, sociologists, and anthropologists with an interest in the MENA region. 04 00 Contents Contributor Biographies Introduction Carola Richter and Claudia Kozman 1. Lebanon: A Faltering Mesh of Political and Commercial Interests Sarah El-Richani 2. Syria: A Fragmented Media System Yazan Badran 3. Palestine: Resilient Media Practices for National Liberation Gretchen King 4. Jordan: Media’s Sustainability during Hard Times Basim Tweissi 5. Iraq: Media between Democratic Freedom and Security Pressures Sahar Khalifa Salim 6. Saudi Arabia: From National Media to Global Player Marwan M. Kraidy 7. United Arab Emirates: Media for Sustainable Development Mohammad Ayish 8. Qatar: A Small Country with a Global Outlook Ehab Galal 9. Bahrain: Media-Assisted Authoritarianism Marc Owen Jones 10. Kuwait: From "Hollywood of the Gulf" to Social Media Diwaniyas Fatima Alsalem 11. Oman: Time for Fundamental Changes Abdullah K. Al-Kindi 12. Yemen: Unsettled Media for an Unsettled Country Abdulrahman M. Al-Shami 13. Egypt: A Divided and Restricted Media Landscape after the Transformation Hanan Badr 14. Sudan: Media under the Military–Democratic Pendulum Mahmoud M. Galander 15. Libya: From Jamahirization to Post-Revolutionary Chaos Carola Richter 16. Tunisia: The Transformative Media Landscape after the Revolution Noureddine Miladi 17. Algeria: The Costs of Clientelism Nacer-Eddine Layadi and Abdelhak Bouifer 18. Morocco: Competitive Authoritarianism in Media Reforms Bouziane Zaid and Mohammed Ibahrine Conclusion Carola Richter and Claudia Kozman Acknowledgements Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0238_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Freie Universität Berlin Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210303 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800640597 06 15 9781800640603 06 15 9781800640610 06 15 9781800646391 06 15 9781800640641 06 15 9781800640627 06 15 9781800640634 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0238 20 02 20210303 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0238.epub 20 02 20210303 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:06d1dc8d-788a-4050-bfb6-09931b388d27 03 01 01 urn:uuid:06d1dc8d-788a-4050-bfb6-09931b388d27 15 9781800649019 06 10.11647/OBP.0327 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 A Relational Realist Vision for Education Policy and Practice 1 A01 21 0009-0009-4597-147X Basem Adi 01 eng 00 191 03 10 EDU034000 12 JN 93 JNF 04 LC71 B2 Politics and Sociology 20 relational realism 10 EDU014000 B2 Education 20 education policy 12 JNF 93 JNFC 10 EDU040000 20 government policymaking 93 JNA 12 JNK 20 critical pedagogy 12 VSK 01 06 03 00 This volume argues that relational realism can help us to make better educational policy that is more effective in practice. Basem Adi draws on critical realism to thoroughly re-examine fundamental assumptions about how government policymaking works, developing an ontological basis from which to examine existing government approaches and imagine an alternative approach based on a relational realist-informed critical pedagogy.Adi casts familiar issues in a new light by drawing on a less familiar theoretical and meta-theoretical tradition, offering a critique that can be productively engaged with by many educational organizations to tackle the issues they face.A Relational Realist Vision for Education Policy and Practice will be of great interest to academics of sociology, critical realism, sociological theory and education, as well as policymakers and educators seeking a theoretical perspective on their work. 04 00 List of Figures Introduction 1. The Functionalist Symbolic Reference of UK Governance Models 2. Relational Realism as an Alternative General Sociological Approach 3. The Morphogenetic Paradigm: Conceptualising the Human in the Social 4. Social Capitalisation & the Making of Relational Goods 5. Student Development as the Referential Reality of Education 6. Morphogenetic Education with a Developmental Mission 7. A Summary of the Argument Presented Glossary of Key Terms References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0327_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230818 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800648982 06 15 9781800648999 06 15 9781800649002 06 15 9781800649040 06 15 9781800649033 06 15 9781800649019 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0327.epub 20 02 20230818 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0327 20 02 20230818 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b4e0cf33-734f-454e-aae6-fbb70d3294ac 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b4e0cf33-734f-454e-aae6-fbb70d3294ac 15 9781800643598 06 10.11647/OBP.0281 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 A Short History of Transport in Japan from Ancient Times to the Present 1 A01 John Andrew Black 01 eng 00 322 03 10 BUS032000 04 HE277 20 history B2 History 12 KNG B2 Asian Studies 10 HIS021000 20 Japan 12 WG 12 RPT 10 TRA000000 20 transport 12 1FP 20 political economy 10 TRA009000 12 1FPJ 20 New Institutional Economics 20 planning 20 maritime infrastructure 20 roads 20 rail 20 air transport 20 society 20 technology 01 06 03 00 A Short History of Transport in Japan from Ancient Times to the Present is a unique study: the first by a Western scholar to place the long-term development of Japanese infrastructure alongside an analysis of its evolving political economy. Drawing from New Institutional Economics, Black offers an historically informed critique of contemporary planning using the example of Japan’s historical institutions, their particular biases, and the power they have exerted over national and local transport, to identify how reformed institutional arrangements might develop more sustainable and equitable transport services.With chapters addressing each major form of transport, Black examines the predominant role of institutions and individuals – from seventeenth-century shoguns to post-war planners – in transforming Japan’s maritime infrastructure, its roads and waterways, and its adoption of rail and air transport. Using a multidisciplinary, comparative, and chronological approach, the book consults a range of technical, cultural, and political sources to tease out these interactions between society and technology.This spirited new contribution to transport studies will attract readers interested in institutional power, the history of transport, and the development of future infrastructure, as well as those with a general interest in Japan. 04 00 Table of Contents Foreword 序文 Preface Acknowledgements 1. Introduction John Andrew Black 2. Japanese Institutions and Organisations John Andrew Black 3. Ports and Shipping John Andrew Black 4. Canals, Rivers and Lakes John Andrew Black 5. Roads John Andrew Black 6. Railways John Andrew Black 7. Civil Aviation and Airports John Andrew Black 8. Urban Planning Institutions and the Integration of Land Use and Transport John Andrew Black 9. Conclusions John Andrew Black List of Figures List of Tables Index About the Cover About the Team 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0281_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220318 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800643567 06 15 9781800643574 06 15 9781800643581 06 15 9781800646674 06 15 9781800643611 06 15 9781800643598 06 15 9781800643604 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0281 20 02 20220318 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0281.epub 20 02 20220318 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:94ddce11-435d-4f94-a758-f6e3c1cc9783 03 01 01 urn:uuid:94ddce11-435d-4f94-a758-f6e3c1cc9783 15 9781805117742 06 10.11647/OBP.0505 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 A Society of Meta-Organizations 1 A01 21 0000-0001-9652-0841 Héloïse Berkowitz 01 eng 00 160 03 10 BUS085000 04 HS35 93 J 20 Meta-organizations B2 Politics and Sociology 10 BUS035000 B2 Business and Management 93 JHB 20 Social orders 10 BUS042000 B2 History: International Relations 93 JPP 20 Organizational theory 93 RNU 10 SOC026000 20 Sustainability transitions 20 Collective governance 93 JPS 01 06 03 00 Our contemporary societies are made of meta-organizations — organizations composed of other organizations. These range from international bodies like the International Whaling Commission, to national industry or business associations like the crowdfunding association Finance Participative France, to local associations such as fisheries co-management committees in Catalunya. Meta-organizations have become a defining feature of how actors coordinate, govern and make collective decisions. But what exactly makes them distinct, and why do they matter — both in theory and in practice?This book delves into the importance, characteristics and diversity of meta-organizations. It explores four interrelated perspectives: meta-organizations as a widespread, heterogeneous empirical phenomenon in contemporary society, as a conceptual framework that raises specific methodological challenges, as part of a broader theory of decision-based social orders, and ultimately as arenas where hegemonic and counter-hegemonic dynamics may unfold.By bridging theory and practice, this work offers new insights into how meta-organizations operate, how they can be studied and understood, the problems they raise and what they can achieve under certain conditions — making it essential reading for practitioners, students, scholars, and policymakers alike. 04 00 List of Illustrations List of Tables Acknowledgments Preface 1. Why Study Meta-Organizations? The context Motivations of the book: A distinctive meta-organizational approach 2. Meta-Organization as an Important Empirical Phenomenon in Contemporary Societies Meta-organizations are everywhere and are numerous Analysing the diversity of meta-organizations The significance of meta-organizations for contemporary societies: Roles and activities of meta-organizations Conclusion 3. The Conceptual Specificities of the Society of Meta-Organizations Why do meta-organizations matter as a dedicated concept? Methodological challenges of studying meta-organizations Developing a meta-organizational analytical perspective Conclusion 4. Theorizing Meta-Organizations and Social Orders The decisional perspective on social orders From infra- to (meta-)organizationality: An integrated framework Conclusion 5. Meta-Organizations as Spaces for (Counter)-Hegemonic Dynamics Imperatives and paradoxes of meta-organizations and transformations of social orders Meta-organization, macro-organization and the proliferation of ‘organizational monsters’ Shifting paradigms and imagining alternatives Conclusion 6. Meta-Organizations and the Transformations of Social Orders The manifestations and consequences of meta-organizational proliferation Meta-organizing sustainable transformations of social orders in territories Decisional and alternative organizing among organizations Conclusion Partial Glossary of Concepts References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0505_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Aix-Marseille Université 01 projectname Prix de la Recherche en Provence 2023 01 grantnumber ANR-22-CE26-0004 Cambridge, UK 04 01 20260212 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805117711 06 15 9781805117728 06 15 9781805117735 06 15 9781805117759 06 15 9781805117742 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0505 20 02 20260212 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0505.epub 20 02 20260212 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1e3ef1d6-a460-4b47-8d14-78c3d18e40c1 03 01 01 urn:uuid:1e3ef1d6-a460-4b47-8d14-78c3d18e40c1 15 9781783740406 06 10.11647/OBP.0043 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 A Time Travel Dialogue 1 A01 21 0000-0002-9507-8470 John W. Carroll 01 eng 00 91 03 04 BD638 12 PGZ B2 Philosophy 10 SCI066000 20 Time 12 HPJ 10 PHI013000 20 Time travel 20 Paradox 12 PH 20 Causal loop 20 Presentism 20 Branching time 01 06 03 00 Is time travel just a confusing plot device deployed by science fiction authors and Hollywood filmmakers to amaze and amuse? Or might empirical data prompt a scientific hypothesis of time travel? Structured on a fascinating dialogue involving a distinguished physicist, Dr. Rufus, a physics graduate student and a computer scientist this book probes an experimentally supported hypothesis of backwards time travel – and in so doing addresses key metaphysical issues, such as causation, identity over time and free will. The setting is the Jefferson National Laboratory during a period of five days in 2010. Dr. Rufus’s experimental search for the psi-lepton and the resulting intractable data spurs the discussion on time travel. She and her two colleagues are pushed by their observations to address the grandfather paradox and other puzzles about backwards causation, with attention also given to causal loops, multi-dimensional time, and the prospect that only the present exists. Sensible solutions to the main puzzles emerge, ultimately advancing the case for time travel really being possible. 'A Time Travel Dialogue' addresses the possibility of time travel, approaching familiar paradoxes in a rigorous, engaging, and fun manner. It follows in the long philosophical tradition of using dialogue to present philosophical ideas and arguments, but is ground breaking in its use of the dialogue format to introduce readers to the metaphysics of time travel, and is also distinctive in its use of lab results to drive philosophical analysis. The discussion of data that might decide whether time is one-dimensional (one timeline) or multi-dimensional (branching time) is especially novel. 04 00 List of Illustrations Introduction 1. Monday 2. Tuesday 3. Wednesday 4. Thursday 5. Friday Notes Credits and Acknowledgements 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0043_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20140801 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740376 06 15 9781783740383 06 15 9781783740390 06 15 9781800644700 06 15 9781783740406 06 15 9781783740413 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0043.epub 20 02 20140801 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0043 20 02 20140801 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:997dc2af-0ca8-4026-8a9f-2f36cce89904 03 01 01 urn:uuid:997dc2af-0ca8-4026-8a9f-2f36cce89904 15 9781805113294 06 10.11647/OBP.0408 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Augustus De Morgan, Polymath New Perspectives on his Life and Legacy 1 A01 21 0000-0002-0898-808X Karen Attar 2 A01 21 0000-0001-8731-312X Adrian Rice 3 A01 21 0009-0002-4270-8018 Christopher Stray 01 eng 00 384 03 20 Augustus De Morgan B2 Biography 10 MAT015000 93 PBX 04 QA29.D43 20 Biography 93 DNBT 10 HIS015060 B2 Mathematics 10 BIO019000 B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 93 JNB 20 Victorian England 10 BIO015000 20 History of Mathematics B2 Science: History of Science 20 Mathematics Education 20 Logic 01 06 03 00 When Augustus De Morgan died in 1871, he was described as ‘one of the profoundest mathematicians in the United Kingdom’ and even as ‘the greatest of our mathematicians’. But he was far more than just a mathematician. Because much of his voluminous written output on various subjects was scattered throughout journals and encyclopaedias, the breadth of his interests and contributions has been underappreciated by historians. Now, renewed interest in De Morgan’s life and work has coincided with the digitization of his extensive library, revealing the extent to which he pioneered and influenced the development of not merely mathematics but also logic, astronomy, the history of mathematics, education, and bibliography.<break/> <break/>This edited collection celebrates De Morgan as a polymath. Drawing together multiple elements of his activity from a range of publications and archives, its contributors re-assess his academic work, his place in his intellectual environment, and his legacy. The result offers new insight into De Morgan himself as well as the wider circles in which he moved, including his family life. 04 00 Introduction – De Morgan: Polymath PART I: SCIENTIFIC WORK 1. De Morgan and Mathematics 2. De Morgan and Logic 3. Augustus De Morgan, Astronomy and Almanacs 4. De Morgan, Periodicals and Encyclopaedias 5. Augustus De Morgan: Meta-Scientific Rebel PART II: BEYOND SCIENCE 151 6. De Morgan and Mathematics Education 7. De Morgan’s A Budget of Paradoxes 8. Augustus De Morgan and the Bloomsbury Milieu 9. De Morgan’s Family: Sophia and the Children PART III: THE BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORD 10. Augustus De Morgan’s Library Revisited: Its Context and Its Afterlife 11. Augustus De Morgan: The Archival Record 12. Bibliography of the Works of Augustus De Morgan List of Illustrations Notes on Contributors Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0408_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240904 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805113263 06 15 9781805113270 06 15 9781805113287 06 15 9781805113300 06 15 9781805113294 06 15 9781805118305 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0408 20 02 20240904 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0408.epub 20 02 20240904 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f0493e63-71ff-4d19-8006-04e16e885fd5 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f0493e63-71ff-4d19-8006-04e16e885fd5 15 9781800640689 06 10.11647/OBP.0231 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Auld Lang Syne A Song and its Culture 1 A01 21 0000-0003-0764-5496 Morag Josephine Grant 01 eng 00 358 03 20 Auld Lang Syne 12 AVA 04 ML3656.A95 10 MUS020000 B2 Music 12 AVC B2 Literature 10 MUS000000 20 song 12 AVGH B2 European Studies 20 group identity 10 POE005020 12 1DBKS B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 reception 12 HBTB 20 reuse 01 06 03 00 In Auld Lang Syne: A Song and its Culture, M. J. Grant explores the history of this iconic song, demonstrating how its association with ideas of fellowship, friendship and sociality has enabled it to become so significant for such a wide range of individuals and communities around the world.This engaging study traces different stages in the journey of Auld Lang Syne, from the precursors to the song made famous by Robert Burns to the traditions and rituals that emerged around the song in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, including its use as a song of parting, and as a song of New Year. Grant’s painstaking study investigates the origins of these varied traditions, and their impact on the transmission of the song right up to the present day.Grant uses Auld Lang Syne to explore the importance of songs and singing for group identity, arguing that it is the active practice of singing the song in group contexts that has made it so significant for so many. The book offers fascinating insights into the ways that Auld Lang Syne has been received, reused and remixed around the world, concluding with a chapter on more recent versions of the song back in Scotland.This highly original and accessible work will be of great interest to non-expert readers as well as scholars and students of musicology, cultural and social history, social anthropology and Scottish studies. The book contains a wealth of illustrations and includes links to many more, including manuscript sources. Audio examples are included for many of the musical examples. Grant’s extensive bibliography will moreover ease future referencing of the many sources consulted. 04 00 Contents Introduction Morag Josephine Grant 1. Elements of a Theory of Song Morag Josephine Grant 2. Auld Lang Syne: Context and Genesis Morag Josephine Grant 3. Burns’s Song Morag Josephine Grant 4. Auld Lang Syne in the Early Nineteenth Century Morag Josephine Grant 5. The Song of Union Morag Josephine Grant 6. The Song of Parting Morag Josephine Grant 7. The Folk’s Song Morag Josephine Grant 8. The Song of New Year Morag Josephine Grant 9. Take Leave, Brothers: The German Reception of Auld Lang Syne Morag Josephine Grant 10. A Song Abroad Morag Josephine Grant 11. Preliminary Conclusions: A Song and Its Culture Morag Josephine Grant 12. Auld Acquaintance: Auld Lang Syne Comes Home Morag Josephine Grant Appendix 1: Eight Jacobite Songs Related to Auld Lang Syne Morag Josephine Grant Appendix 2: Burns’s Auld Lang Syne—The Five Versions (B1-B5) Morag Josephine Grant Appendix 3: Seven Parodies and Contrafacta from The Universal Songster, vols. II-III (1829, 1834) Morag Josephine Grant Appendix 4: Eight Nineteenth-Century German Translations Morag Josephine Grant Appendix 5: Four Versions in Jèrriais Morag Josephine Grant Bibliography List of Illustrations Audio Examples Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0231_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20211203 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800640658 06 15 9781800640665 06 15 9781800640672 06 15 9781800646346 06 15 9781800640702 06 15 9781800640689 06 15 9781800640696 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0231.epub 20 02 20211203 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0231 20 02 20211203 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:664931f6-27ca-4409-bb47-5642ca60117e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:664931f6-27ca-4409-bb47-5642ca60117e 15 9781800641556 06 10.11647/OBP.0248 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 A Victorian Curate A Study of the Life and Career of the Rev. Dr John Hunt 1 A01 David Yeandle 01 eng 00 264 03 12 BG 10 BIO007000 B2 Biography 04 BX9225 20 Rev. Dr John Hunt 10 BIO006000 12 BJ 20 clergyman B2 European Studies 04 H86 10 BIO018000 B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 12 HRLB 20 Scottish 12 DS 10 HIS010000 20 intellectual 12 HBLL 10 HIS015060 20 publications 20 theology 20 Punch 20 London 20 St Ives 01 06 03 00 The Rev. Dr John Hunt (1827-1907) was not a typical clergyman in the Victorian Church of England. He was Scottish, of lowly birth, and lacking both social connections and private means. He was also a witty and fluent intellectual, whose publications stood alongside the most eminent of his peers during a period when theology was being redefined in the light of Darwin’s Origin of Species and other radical scientific advances.Hunt attracted notoriety and conflict as well as admiration and respect: he was the subject of articles in Punch and in the wider press concerning his clandestine dissection of a foetus in the crypt of a City church, while his Essay on Pantheism was proscribed by the Roman Catholic Church. He had many skirmishes with incumbents, both evangelical and catholic, and was dismissed from several of his curacies.This book analyses his career in London and St Ives (Cambs.) through the lens of his autobiographical narrative, Clergymen Made Scarce (1867). David Yeandle has examined a little-known copy of the text that includes manuscript annotations by Eliza Hunt, the wife of the author, which offer unique insight into the many anonymous and pseudonymous references in the text.'A Victorian Curate: A Study of the Life and Career of the Rev. Dr John Hunt' is an absorbing personal account of the corruption and turmoil in the Church of England at this time. It will appeal to anyone interested in this history, the relationship between science and religion in the nineteenth century, or the role of the curate in Victorian England. 04 00 Preface David Yeandle Introduction David Yeandle 1. John Hunt David Yeandle 2. Clergymen Made Scarce David Yeandle 3. Town Life David Yeandle 4. Essays and Reviews Controversy David Yeandle 5. Unemployment and Applications David Yeandle 6. Final Metropolitan Applications David Yeandle 7. The Anatomist Curate David Yeandle 8. Country Life David Yeandle 9. St Ives, Hunts David Yeandle 10. Conclusions David Yeandle 11. Postscript: John Hunt in Otford David Yeandle 12. Chronological Table of John Hunt’s Life David Yeandle Appendix: Documents and Press Quotations David Yeandle Appendix II David Yeandle Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0248_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210503 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800641525 06 15 9781800641532 06 15 9781800641549 06 15 9781800646469 06 15 9781800641570 06 15 9781800641556 06 15 9781800641563 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0248 20 02 20210503 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0248.epub 20 02 20210503 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f524857e-3881-416a-a5d4-f4f4ccda86a8 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f524857e-3881-416a-a5d4-f4f4ccda86a8 15 9781805114987 06 10.11647/OBP.0446 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Bacterial Genomes Trees and Networks 1 A01 21 0000-0001-7028-1803 Aswin Sai Narain Seshasayee 01 eng 00 254 03 20 Bacterial Genomics 93 MFN 10 SCI045000 B2 Science 20 Microbial Evolution 93 PSG 10 SCI027000 B2 Science: Applied Science 93 PSAJ 20 Regulatory Networks 10 SCI029000 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 20 Microbial Adaptation 93 PSD 10 SCI007000 20 biochemical processes 10 SCI049000 20 Molecular Microbiology 01 06 03 00 Microbes form the “unseen majority” of life on Earth, with bacteria at the forefront as both the architects of life’s chemical foundations and agents of disease. But their story is far more complex. Bacteria thrive in diverse and extreme environments, driven by the dynamic evolution of their genomes. These tiny organisms wield an extraordinary ability to adapt, balancing genetic changes across generations with rapid physiological responses to environmental shifts.In Bacterial Genomes, the evolutionary and regulatory processes that shape bacterial life are brought to life. This textbook offers a conceptual exploration of how bacterial genomes are organized, how they evolve, and how their genetic information is interpreted through intricate molecular networks. Drawing on both cutting-edge research and the historical milestones that shaped microbiology, it illuminates how bacteria navigate the intersection of genetic adaptation and ecological resilience.Designed for college students, interdisciplinary researchers, and even the determined amateur, Aswin Seshasayee moves beyond technical jargon to provide a thought-provoking synthesis of bacterial evolution and adaptation. Unlike traditional genomics texts, this book blends historical insights with contemporary discoveries, offering a fresh perspective on the role of bacteria in shaping the living world. 04 00 About the author List of figures and tables Preface 1. All creatures great and small 2. The molecules of bacteria and of life 3. The genome: how much DNA? 4. The ebb and flow of bacterial genomes 5. Reading and organising the genome Afterword Selected bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0446_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250228 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805114956 06 15 9781805114963 06 15 9781805114970 06 15 9781805114994 06 15 9781805114987 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0446 20 02 20250228 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0446.epub 20 02 20250228 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:721fc7c9-7531-40cd-9e59-ab1bef5fc261 03 01 01 urn:uuid:721fc7c9-7531-40cd-9e59-ab1bef5fc261 15 9781783742868 06 10.11647/OBP.0104 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Basic Knowledge and Conditions on Knowledge 1 A01 21 0000-0002-1375-4093 Mark McBride 01 eng 00 238 03 20 Basic knowledge 04 BD161 12 HPK 10 PHI004000 B2 Philosophy 20 epistemology 12 GTR 12 CFA 20 justifications 20 safety condition 20 conclusive reasons 20 sensitivity 01 06 03 00 How do we know what we know? In this stimulating and rigorous book, Mark McBride explores two sets of issues in contemporary epistemology: the problems that warrant transmission poses for the category of basic knowledge; and the status of conclusive reasons, sensitivity, and safety as conditions that are necessary for knowledge.To have basic knowledge is to know (have justification for) some proposition immediately, i.e., knowledge (justification) that doesn’t depend on justification for any other proposition. This book considers several puzzles that arise when you take seriously the possibility that we can have basic knowledge.McBride’s analysis draws together two vital strands in contemporary epistemology that are usually treated in isolation from each other. Additionally, its innovative arguments include a new application of the safety condition to the law.This book will be of interest to epistemologists―both professionals and students. 04 00 Publication Details Acknowledgements Introduction PART ONE — EXPLORING BASIC KNOWLEDGE Overview of Part One 1. Reflections on Moore’s ‘Proof’ 2. First Reflections on the Problem of Easy Knowledge 3. The Problem of Easy Knowledge: Towards a Solution 4. Evidence and Transmission Failure 5. A Puzzle for Dogmatism Interim Review PART TWO — CONDITIONS ON KNOWLEDGE: CONCLUSIVE REASONS, SENSITIVITY, AND SAFETY Overview of Part Two 6. Conclusive Reasons 7. Sensitivity 8. Safety 9. Safety: An Application Conclusion Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0104_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 National University of Singapore Cambridge, UK 04 01 20171030 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742837 06 15 9781783742844 06 15 9781783742851 06 15 9781800645233 06 15 9781783744381 06 15 9781783742868 06 15 9781783742875 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0104 20 02 20171030 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0104.epub 20 02 20171030 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:39aafd68-dc83-4951-badf-d1f146a38fd4 03 01 01 urn:uuid:39aafd68-dc83-4951-badf-d1f146a38fd4 15 9781800641044 06 10.11647/OBP.0225 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 B C, Before Computers On Information Technology from Writing to the Age of Digital Data 1 A01 Stephen Robertson 01 eng 00 171 03 10 COM059000 20 history of computer developments 04 T58.5 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 12 U 10 COM032000 20 digital age 12 GPF 04 R63 B2 Science 10 COM031000 20 computer 12 JNV B2 Science: History of Science 12 B B2 Information Technology and Computer Science 20 information technology revolution 20 data processing 12 UB 20 cryptography 20 visual art 20 music 20 postal system 01 06 03 00 The idea that the digital age has revolutionized our day-to-day experience of the world is nothing new, and has been amply recognized by cultural historians. In contrast, Stephen Robertson’s 'BC: Before Computers' is a work which questions the idea that the mid-twentieth century saw a single moment of rupture. It is about all the things that we had to learn, invent, and understand – all the ways we had to evolve our thinking – before we could enter the information technology revolution of the second half of the twentieth century. Its focus ranges from the beginnings of data processing, right back to such originary forms of human technology as the development of writing systems, gathering a whole history of revolutionary moments in the development of information technologies into a single, although not linear narrative.Treading the line between philosophy and technical history, Robertson draws on his extensive technical knowledge to produce a text which is both thought-provoking and accessible to a wide range of readers. The book is wide in scope, exploring the development of technologies in such diverse areas as cryptography, visual art and music, and the postal system. Through all this, it does not simply aim to tell the story of computer developments but to show that those developments rely on a long history of humans creating technologies for increasingly sophisticated methods of manipulating information.Through a clear structure and engaging style, it brings together a wealth of informative and conceptual explorations into the history of human technologies, and avoids assumptions about any prior knowledge on the part of the reader. As such, it has the potential to be of interest to the expert and the general reader alike. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgements Prologue Stephen Robertson 1 In the beginning… Stephen Robertson 2 Sending messages: the post Stephen Robertson 3 Sending messages: electricity Stephen Robertson 4 Spreading the word Stephen Robertson 5 More about the alphabet Stephen Robertson 6 Organising information Stephen Robertson 7 Picture and sound Stephen Robertson 8 On physics and physiology Stephen Robertson 9 On perspective—and music Stephen Robertson 10 Calculation Stephen Robertson 11 Data processing Stephen Robertson 12 Ciphers Stephen Robertson Epilogue Stephen Robertson Bibliography List of illustrations Index of topics Index of names 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0225_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20201022 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800640290 06 15 9781800640306 06 15 9781800640313 06 15 9781800646308 06 15 9781800641068 06 15 9781800641044 06 15 9781800641051 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0225 20 02 20201022 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0225.epub 20 02 20201022 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a373ccbd-0665-4faa-bc24-15542e5cb0cf 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a373ccbd-0665-4faa-bc24-15542e5cb0cf 15 9781783742516 06 10.11647/OBP.0097 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Behaviour, Development and Evolution 1 A01 Patrick Bateson 01 eng 00 134 03 20 behavioural development 04 BF713 12 PD 10 SCI070060 B2 Science B2 Anthropology 20 zoology 20 biology B2 Science: Applied Science 20 evolution 20 adaptability 20 imprinting 20 genetics 01 06 03 00 The role of parents in shaping the characters of their children, the causes of violence and crime, and the roots of personal unhappiness are central to humanity. Like so many fundamental questions about human existence, these issues all relate to behavioural development. In this lucid and accessible book, eminent biologist Professor Sir Patrick Bateson suggests that the nature/nurture dichotomy we often use to think about questions of development in both humans and animals is misleading. Instead, he argues that we should pay attention to whole systems, rather than to simple causes, when trying to understand the complexity of development.In his wide-ranging approach Bateson discusses why so much behaviour appears to be well- designed. He explores issues such as ‘imprinting’ and its importance to the attachment of offspring to their parents; the mutual benefits that characterise communication between parent and offspring; the importance of play in learning how to choose and control the optimal conditions in which to thrive; and the vital function of adaptability in the interplay between development and evolution.Bateson disputes the idea that a simple link can be found between genetics and behaviour. What an individual human or animal does in its life depends on the reciprocal character of its transactions with the world about it. This knowledge also points to ways in which an animal's own behaviour can provide the variation that influences the subsequent course of evolution.This has relevance not only for our scientific approaches to the systems of development and evolution, but also on how humans change institutional rules that have become dysfunctional, or design public health measures when mismatches occur between themselves and their environments. It affects how we think about ourselves and our own capacity for change. 04 00 Preface 1. Appearance of Design Design of machines Conflicts in motivation Conclusions 2. Imprinting and Attachment Attachment in humans Imprinting in the wild Individual recognition Conclusions 3. Rules and Reciprocity Models of development Alternative pathways Rules for changing the rules Coordination in development Conclusions 4. Discontinuities in Development Loss of continuity Conclusions 5. Early Experience and Later Behaviour Washing the brain Neurobiology Continuity and change Conclusions 6. Communication between Parents and Offspring Parents and offspring Conclusions 7. Avoiding Inbreeding and Incest Early experience and sexual attraction Incest taboos Conclusions 8. Genes in Development and Evolution Genes in development Heritability Epigenetics Selfish genes Conclusions 9. Active Role of Behaviour Environmental change Conclusions 10. Adaptability in Evolution Behaviour and evolution Conclusions 11. Concluding Remarks Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0097_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20170220 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742486 06 15 9781783742493 06 15 9781783742509 06 15 9781800645165 06 15 9781783745876 06 15 9781783742516 06 15 9781783742523 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0097.epub 20 02 20170220 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0097 20 02 20170220 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ca550949-164c-4c3a-8532-62c1d5fb1656 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ca550949-164c-4c3a-8532-62c1d5fb1656 15 9781805114079 06 10.11647/OBP.0427 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Being in Shadow and Light Academics in Post/Conflict Higher Education 1 B01 21 0000-0003-4005-0160 Dina Zoe Belluigi 01 eng 00 372 03 20 Academia in conflict 10 EDU015000 B2 Education 12 JNM 04 LC72 20 Academic identity 10 EDU034000 12 JNF B2 Politics and Sociology 12 NHTX 20 Political violence and education 10 SOC051000 20 Academic freedom 12 GTU 10 SOC066000 12 JBS 10 POL034000 20 Post-conflict reconstruction 20 Higher education and social change 10 HIS054000 12 JBFG 01 06 03 00 Academia and its citizens, during periods of political violence and social conflict, are often overlooked. When attention is given, the focus tends to be on student activism, access to higher education, or curriculum development. The experiences of academics affected by conflict remain under-researched, despite the crucial role they play as educators and in generating, documenting, preserving and challenging knowledges. This is particularly concerning given that academics have−and continue to be−at risk as targets of sanction, persecution and oppression.This edited volume seeks to address this gap by exploring, and evoking, the complexities of academic subjectivity, place and practice in contexts where intellectual and state authority are contested or in transition. It features contributions by academics, artists and memory activists who have stepped bravely outside of the parameters of their disciplines, with modes of enquiry and representation that include conversations, vignettes and case studies, critical ethnographies, oral life histories, interviews, poetry and collage. Within the ten chapters are consideration of conflicts within Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, England, Mexico, Nigeria, Northern Ireland, Palestine, South Africa, Sri Lanka, Syria and Venezuela. Being in Shadow and Light encourages a deeper understanding of academics’ navigation of these difficult conditions. The authors’ insider-outsider positioning brings forth the richness of ways through dilemmas−of omission, trauma, displacement, inheritance, injustice, distortion, desire. Grounding the many social, cultural, economic, and epistemic politics within academia, troubles the enclosure of ‘conflict’ in politics at the grand level, as if only within the realm of interest for state and international actors. Against sanitising the uncertainties and particularities of being an academic figure, the authors reflect on the states and sites of conflict as spaces which shape living. This work is a call to recognize, document and study the often-overlooked subjectivities and contributions of academics thinking and practicing within societies undergoing conflict(s) and in their aftermath. As such, it will be of interest to academics, students and staff working within universities, as well audiences interested in intellectuals and institutions in contexts undergoing change. 04 00 About the Editor and Contributors Acknowledgements Foreword Introduction: Evoking What It Is to Be in Shadow and Light PART I: PAST CONFLICTS AND THEIR LEGACIES 1. Truth and Reparations: A Conversation on the Participation of the Higher Education Sector in the Colombian Commission for the Clarification of Truth, Coexistence and Non-repetition2. The Whiteboard: Reflections on a Personal Archive of Apartheid-era Items from the Security Police of a University Town 3. Academics of Post-war Sri Lanka: Traces of Experiences and Impact 4. Being a Woman and a Researcher between Exile and Social Reconfiguration: An Interview with Hebe Vessuri 5. Hidden Legacies of the Troubles: Post-conflict Pedagogy as Resistance in Northern Irish Medical Education PART II: CONFLICTS IN THE PRESENT 6. ‘A Virtual Target Painted on my Back…’: Contested Constitutionalism in a Post-conflict Society 7. (Her)story between Shadow and Light: A Displaced Syrian Woman Academic 8. Home and Abroad: Exploring my Lived Experiences through Poetry and Narrative 9. The Lone Voice in the Academic Wilderness: Nigerian Academics’ Experiences in Industrial Conflicts 10. The Conflict of the Faculties, Again List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0427_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250106 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805114048 06 15 9781805114055 06 15 9781805114062 06 15 9781805114086 06 15 9781805114079 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0427 20 02 20250106 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0427.epub 20 02 20250106 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e76e054c-617d-4004-b68d-54739205df8d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:e76e054c-617d-4004-b68d-54739205df8d 15 9781783740154 06 10.11647/OBP.0040 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Beyond Holy Russia The Life and Times of Stephen Graham 1 A01 21 0000-0003-2169-3451 Michael Hughes 01 eng 00 369 03 B2 Archaeology and Religion 12 BGL 10 BIO007000 04 PR6013.R2 20 Stephen Graham B2 Literature 20 travel writing 10 TRV023000 12 WTL 04 Z58 12 1DVUA B2 European Studies 20 Russia 20 biography B2 European Studies: Eastern European Studies B2 History 20 religion B2 History: International Relations 01 06 03 00 This biography examines the long life of the traveller and author Stephen Graham. Graham walked across large parts of the Tsarist Empire in the years before 1917, describing his adventures in a series of books and articles that helped to shape attitudes towards Russia in Britain and the United States. In later years he travelled widely across Europe and North America, meeting some of the best known writers of the twentieth century, including H.G.Wells and Ernest Hemingway. Graham also wrote numerous novels and biographies that won him a wide readership on both sides of the Atlantic. This book traces Graham’s career as a world traveller, and provides a rich portrait of English, Russian and American literary life in the first half of the twentieth century. It also examines how many aspects of his life and writing coincide with contemporary concerns, including the development of New Age spirituality and the rise of environmental awareness. Beyond Holy Russia is based on extensive research in archives of private papers in Britain and the USA and on the many works of Graham himself. The author describes with admirable tact and clarity Graham’s heterodox and convoluted spiritual quest. The result is a fascinating portrait of a man who was for many years a significant literary figure on both sides of the Atlantic. 04 00 List of Illustrations Epigraph Acknowledgements Introduction 1. Chasing the Shadow 2. Searching for the Soul of Russia 3. The Slow Death of Holy Russia 4. The Pilgrim in Uniform 5. Searching for America 6. A Rising or Setting Sun? 7. New Horizons 8. A Time of Strife 9. The Pilgrim Reborn? Final Thoughts Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0040_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Scouloudi Foundation, Institute of Historical Research Cambridge, UK 04 01 20140219 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740123 06 15 9781783740130 06 15 9781783740147 06 15 9781800644670 06 15 9781783740154 06 15 9781783740161 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0040.epub 20 02 20140219 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0040 20 02 20140219 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:fe599a6c-ecd8-4ed3-a39e-5778cb9b77da 03 01 01 urn:uuid:fe599a6c-ecd8-4ed3-a39e-5778cb9b77da 15 9781783741700 06 10.11647/OBP.0061 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Beyond Price Essays on Birth and Death 1 A01 J. David Velleman 01 eng 00 232 03 20 bioethics 12 HPQ 10 PHI005000 B2 Philosophy 04 QH332 12 MBDC 10 MED050000 20 medical ethics B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 20 euthanasia 10 HEA028000 12 PSAD 20 assisted suicide 12 JHBZ 20 reproductive technology 20 donor conception 20 death and dying 01 06 03 00 In nine lively essays, bioethicist J. David Velleman challenges the prevailing consensus about assisted suicide and reproductive technology, articulating an original approach to the ethics of creating and ending human lives. He argues that assistance in dying is appropriate only at the point where talk of suicide is not, and he raises moral objections to anonymous donor conception. In their place, Velleman champions a morality of valuing personhood over happiness in making end-of-life decisions, and respecting the personhood of future children in making decisions about procreation. These controversial views are defended with philosophical rigor while remaining accessible to the general reader. Written over Velleman's 30 years of undergraduate teaching in bioethics, the essays have never before been collected and made available to a non-academic audience. They will open new lines of debate on issues of intense public interest. 04 00 1. Introduction 2. Against the Right to Die 3. A Right of Self-Termination? 4. Beyond Price 5. Family History 6. Persons in Prospect I. The Identity Problem II. The Gift of Life III. Love and Nonexistence 7. Well-Being and Time 8. So It Goes 9. Dying 10. The Rights to a Life Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0061_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20151008 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741670 06 15 9781783741687 06 15 9781783741694 06 15 9781800644885 06 15 9781783746408 06 15 9781783741700 06 15 9781783741717 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0061 20 02 20151008 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0061.epub 20 02 20151008 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:18965cb8-df48-45ff-8023-28e1c2d55fff 03 01 01 urn:uuid:18965cb8-df48-45ff-8023-28e1c2d55fff 15 9781805115137 06 10.11647/OBP.0449 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Bioethics A Coursebook 1 A01 COMPOST Collective 2 A01 Daan Kenis 3 A01 Mayli Mertens 4 A01 Franlu Vulliermet 5 A01 Varsha Aravind Paleri 6 A01 Yanni Ratajczyk 7 A01 Emma Moormann 8 A01 Christina Stadlbauer 9 A01 Bartaku Vandeput 10 A01 Nele Buyst 11 A01 Lisanne Meinen 12 A01 21 0000-0003-1062-7918 Kristien Hens 13 A01 Ina Devos 14 A01 Ilya Gordon Villafuerte 15 A01 Joke Struyf 01 eng 00 164 03 20 Bioethics education B2 Health 10 PHI005000 93 PSAD 20 Interdisciplinary ethics 93 JBFV B2 Philosophy 10 SCI008000 20 Biomedical sciences 10 MED050000 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 10 EDU029100 20 Philosophy and medicine 20 Ethical frameworks in biology 10 TEC059000 20 Teaching bioethics 01 06 03 00 This coursebook offers an expansive exploration of bioethics, an interdisciplinary field examining ethical, social, and legal dilemmas in medicine, life sciences, and beyond. It challenges conventional boundaries, embracing Van Rensselaer Potter’s vision of bioethics as a global, holistic ethics of life—integrating human health, environmental considerations, and transdisciplinary insights.Through engaging discussions, thought experiments, and case studies, the book empowers students to critically reflect on ethical questions without dictating rigid answers. Topics range from the historical roots of ethical thought to cutting-edge debates in molecular biology, such as epigenetics and exposomics, demonstrating how interconnected human, animal, and environmental health truly are. Central themes include the limits of scientific knowledge, the biases shaping research, and the evolving interplay between moral philosophy and empirical science.Students will encounter key philosophical frameworks—ontology, epistemology, and ethics—woven into practical bioethical applications. Feminist philosophy, experimental bioethics, and embedded ethics enrich this perspective, urging readers to question assumptions, embrace diverse viewpoints, and connect ethical principles with real-world science.Targeted at students in philosophy, biology, biomedical sciences, and bioengineering, this book is a toolkit for future thinkers, fostering a nuanced understanding of how ethical science advances humanity in a complex, ever-changing world. 04 00 AUTHORS BIOGRAPHIES 1. BIOETHICS: A GLOBAL APPROACH Introduction Our approach to bioethics: an ethico-onto-epistemology Philosophical method Conclusion Bibliography 2. MORAL THEORIES Introduction Utilitarianism Deontological ethics Care ethics Conclusion Bibliography 3. ENVIRONMENTAL ETHICS Introduction Deep ecology Ecofeminism Environmental justice Conclusion Bibliography 4. HEALTH CARE ETHICS Introduction Doing (medical) ethics Medical and clinical ethics: the patientphysician relationship Ethics of medical AI Reproductive ethics Public health ethics Research ethics in biomedical research Conclusion Bibliography 5. ANIMAL ETHICS AND ANIMAL EXPERIMENTATION Animal ethics Animal experimentation Conclusion Bibliography 6. EPIGENETICS Introductory remarks Introduction to epigenetics Ethics of epigenetics One finding, many ethical and political claims Parental responsibility in epigenetics Conclusion Bibliography 7. SYNTHETIC BIOLOGY What is synthetic biology? Conceptual issues in SynBio Ethics of SynBio SynBio and non-dualism Conclusion Bibliography 8. LITERARY BIOETHICS Introduction Literary form and genres Genre and different media (Bio)ethical questions in fiction Conclusion Bibliography 9. BIOETHICS AND (BIO)ART What is BioArt? The ethics of BioArt BioArt and bioethics How BioArt can contribute to ethical considerations towards the ‘unknown’ Conclusion Bibliography INDEX 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0449_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250512 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805115106 06 15 9781805115113 06 15 9781805115120 06 15 9781805115144 06 15 9781805115137 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0449 20 02 20250512 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0449.epub 20 02 20250512 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ed4cbb96-d5fc-4d1e-a336-198591a97508 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ed4cbb96-d5fc-4d1e-a336-198591a97508 15 9781805112938 06 10.11647/OBP.0401 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Bitter-Sweet Democracy? Analyzing citizens' resentment towards politics in Belgium 1 B01 21 0000-0003-2495-7993 Louise Knops 2 B01 21 0000-0002-7579-9107 Karen Celis 3 B01 21 0000-0001-5049-1862 Virginie Van Ingelgom 4 B01 21 0000-0001-7219-4527 Heidi Mercenier 5 B01 21 0000-0001-6037-2015 François Randour 01 eng 00 336 03 04 DH696 12 JPHV 93 JPHV 10 POL007000 B2 Politics and Sociology 20 Representative democracy B2 European Studies 93 JP 12 JP 10 POL058000 20 Political resentment 12 1DDB 93 1DDB 20 Citizen trust 20 Democratic innovations 20 Belgium 20 Populism 01 06 03 00 Discussions about the ‘crisis of representative democracy’ have dominated scholarly and public discourse for some time now. But what does this phrase actually entail, and what is its relevance today? How do citizens themselves experience, feel and respond to this ‘crisis’? Bitter-Sweet Democracy grapples with the complexities of these questions in the context of citizens’ relations to politics in Belgium—a nation that has experienced political instability and protests as well as social mobilization and democratic vitality in recent years.This timely and compelling volume offers new, empirical evidence on the state of trust, democracy and representation in Belgium; it further introduces an innovative methodological and conceptual framework to study this ‘crisis’, specifically by developing the concept of political resentment. The essays in this collection span diverse topics, from citizens’ conceptions of democracy itself and the expression of political resentment among socioeconomically disadvantaged groups, to the influence of different emotional dimensions of resentment on protest behaviours. By adopting a distinctive affective lens and by building upon the specific case of Belgium, this volume contributes to the broader conversation on political resentment and the critical role of emotions in contemporary politics.Bitter-Sweet Democracy will be invaluable for scholars researching the relationship between emotions and politics, political representation and democracy, and citizen-led conceptualizations of politics. It will also appeal to decision-makers and citizens seeking to understand the challenges facing democracy, as well as a wider audience of academics and students in the fields of political science, political psychology and sociology. 04 00 Acknowledgements Contributors 1. Political resentment: an empirical and conceptual introduction 2. Studying political resentment: a methodological overview 3. Who feels resentful? 4. Emotive participants? Emotions, apathy, and protest participation 5. Illustrations of political resentment among disadvantaged people 6. Congruent, yet resentful? Issue incongruence, resentment and party position knowledge 7. Dissatisfied partisans and the unrepresented: how feeling represented by at least some representatives matters 8. Resentment and time: clashing temporalities in citizens’ relation to politics 9. Is this really democracy? An analysis of citizens’ resentment and conceptions of democracy 10. What do resentful citizens want from democracy? 11. Resentment, democracy and inequality Concluding reflections Methodological appendix Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0401_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240906 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805112907 06 15 9781805112914 06 15 9781805112921 06 15 9781805112952 06 15 9781805112938 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0401.epub 20 02 20240906 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0401 20 02 20240906 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c7ded4f3-4850-44eb-bd5b-e196a2254d3f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c7ded4f3-4850-44eb-bd5b-e196a2254d3f 15 9781783740055 06 10.11647/OBP.0027 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/ 01 01 Bourdieu and Literature 1 A01 John R.W. Speller 01 eng 00 208 03 12 DSA 04 HM479.B68 B2 Literature 20 Pierre Bourdieu 10 SOC026000 B2 European Studies 12 JHBA 20 literary theory 10 PHI040000 12 2ADF B2 European Studies: French Studies 20 reception 20 sociology 20 cultural theory 20 French literature 20 structuralism 20 post-structuralism 20 science and literature 01 06 03 00 Bourdieu and Literature is a wide-ranging, rigorous and accessible introduction to the relationship between Pierre Bourdieu's work and literary studies. It provides a comprehensive overview and critical assessment of his contributions to literary theory and his thinking about authors and literary works. One of the foremost French intellectuals of the post-war era, Bourdieu has become a standard point of reference in the fields of anthropology, linguistics, art history, cultural studies, politics, and sociology, but his longstanding interest in literature has often been overlooked. This study explores the impact of literature on Bourdieu's intellectual itinerary, and how his literary understanding intersected with his sociological theory and thinking about cultural policy. This is the first full-length study of Bourdieu's work on literature in English, and it provides an invaluable resource for students and scholars of literary studies, cultural theory and sociology. 04 00 Introduction 1. Positions The field of reception The field of production Lévi-Strauss and structuralism The death of intellectuals Post-structuralism Appendix: the composition of Les Règles de l’Art 2. Methods Epistemological preliminaries The author’s point of view The field of power The literary field Habitus and trajectory The space of possibilities World literary space Appendix: Reflexivity and reading 3. Autonomy The evolution of the literary field Art and money Zola and the Dreyfus affair Reversals Autonomy and value 4. Science and Literature L’Éducation Sentimentale ‘Le démontage impie de la fiction’ Cross-overs Fiction and realism 5. Literature and Cultural Politics The production of the dominant ideology ‘La Pensée Tietmeyer’ On aesthetics and ideology A politics of form For a collective intellectual 6. Literature and Cultural Policy Reproduction and distinction Proposals for the future of education Between the state and the free market For a corporatism of the universal Conclusion References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0027_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20111130 02 WORLD 06 15 9781906924423 06 15 9781906924430 06 15 9781906924447 06 15 9781800644540 06 15 9781783740055 06 15 9781783740062 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0027 20 02 20111130 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0027.epub 20 02 20111130 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:68aa204d-fd02-4718-85af-0782933fdb5e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:68aa204d-fd02-4718-85af-0782933fdb5e 15 9781800648388 06 10.11647/OBP.0318 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Breaking Conventions Five Couples in Search of Marriage-Career Balance at the Turn of the Nineteenth Century 1 A01 Patricia Auspos 01 eng 00 470 03 04 HQ1075 93 JBSF1 12 JFSJ1 B2 Politics and Sociology 20 relationships 10 SOC028000 20 gender 93 JHBK 12 LNMB 10 SOC026010 B2 Women and Gender Studies B2 Biography 10 HIS037060 20 marriage 93 NHB 12 VFVG 10 HIS029000 B2 History 12 JHBK 93 NHK 20 profession 12 HB 10 HIS015060 20 letters 93 NHD 12 HBLL 20 journals 12 1KB 20 autobiography 12 1DBK 20 social dynamics 20 masculinity 20 women 01 06 03 00 This rich history illuminates the lives and partnerships of five married couples – two British, three American – whose unions defied the conventions of their time and anticipated social changes that were to come in the ensuing century. In all five marriages, both husband and wife enjoyed thriving professional lives: a shocking circumstance at a time when wealthy white married women were not supposed to have careers, and career women were not supposed to marry. Patricia Auspos examines what we can learn from the relationships of the Palmers, the Youngs, the Parsons, the Webbs, and the Mitchells, exploring the implications of their experiences for our understanding of the history of gender equality and of professional work. In expert and lucid fashion, Auspos draws out the interconnections between the institutions of marriage and professional life at a time when both were undergoing critical changes, by looking specifically at how a pioneering generation tried to combine the two.Based on extensive archival research and drawing on mostly unpublished letters, journals, pocket diaries, poetry, and autobiographical writings, Breaking Conventions tells the intimate stories of five path-breaking marriages and the social dynamics they confronted and revealed. This book will appeal to scholars, students, and anyone interested in women’s studies, gender studies, masculinity studies, histories of women in the professions, and the history of marriage. 04 00 List of Illustrations ix List of Abbreviations xi Acknowledgements xiii Introduction: Love, Power, and Profession in Early Dual Career Marriages 1 1. The Making of a Victorian Myth: Alice Freeman Palmer and George Herbert Palmer 27 2. A “Two Person Career”: Grace Chisholm Young and William Henry Young 93 3. Separate Careers, Separate Lives: Elsie Clews Parsons and Herbert Parsons 175 4. A Partnership of Equals: Beatrice and Sidney Webb 259 5. Having It All: Lucy Sprague Mitchell and Wesley Clair Mitchell 329 Epilogue 405 Selected Bibliography 423 Index 443 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0318_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230713 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800648357 06 15 9781800648364 06 15 9781800648371 06 15 9781800648418 06 15 9781800648401 06 15 9781800648388 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0318 20 02 20230713 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0318.epub 20 02 20230713 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2befcccc-79c4-4fe9-9960-c0945f61c36c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2befcccc-79c4-4fe9-9960-c0945f61c36c 15 9781805113249 06 10.11647/OBP.0407 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 02 27552624 01 02 Studies on Mathematics Education and Society 01 01 Breaking Images Iconoclastic Analyses of Mathematics and its Education 1 B01 21 0009-0007-5230-1904 Brian Greer 2 B01 21 0000-0003-1055-2418 David Kollosche 3 B01 21 0000-0002-1528-796X Ole Skovsmose 01 eng 00 600 03 10 EDU029010 B2 Mathematics 20 Mathematics education 93 PB 04 QA10.7 B2 Education 10 MAT015000 93 PBB 20 School mathematics 20 Human agency 10 MAT000000 93 YPMF 20 Philosophy of mathematics 20 Historical dimensions 20 Cultural dimensions 20 politics and mathematics 01 06 03 00 Mathematics is an activity—something we do—not just something inert that we study. This rich collection begins from that premise to explore the various social influences, institutional forces and lived realities that shape and mould the study and practice of mathematics, and are moulded by it in turn.These twenty-one essays explore questions of mathematics as a topic of philosophy, but also the nature and purpose of mathematics education and the role of mathematics in moulding citizens. It challenges the biases and prejudices inherent within uninformed histories of mathematics, including problems of white supremacy, the denial of cultural difference and the global homogenization of teaching methods. In particular, the book contrasts the effectiveness of mathematics and science in modelling physical phenomena and solving technical problems with its ineffectiveness in modelling social phenomena and solving human problems, and urges us to consider how mathematics might better meet the urgent crises of our age.The book addresses anybody who is interested in reflecting on the role of mathematics in society from different perspectives. It allows mathematicians to ponder about the cultural connections of mathematics and provides new perspectives for philosophical, sociological and cultural studies of mathematics. Because of the book’s emphasis on education in mathematics, it is especially interesting for mathematics teachers and teacher educators to challenge their understanding of the subject. 04 00 1. Beginning 2. Why and how people develop mathematics 3. Hardy’s deep sigh 4. Formalism, structuralism, and the doctrine of neutrality 5. Dehumanisation through mathematics 6. A short commentary on Kollosche’s ‘Dehumanisation through mathematics’ 7. Intuition revived 8. Human mathematics 9. The case of Ramanujan: Investigating social and sociomathematical norms outside the mathematics classroom 10. A performative and relational Ethnomathematics 11. A critical conception of mathematics 12. Art and anti-mathematics 13. How children, under instruction, develop mathematical understanding 14. Rethinking mathematics education 15. Networks, controversies, and the political in mathematics education research 16. Globalisation of mathematics education and the world’s first monoculture: Assessment spread’s association with consumerism and human capital 17. Bringing ethnomathematical perspectives into classrooms 18. Mathematics education as a racialized field 19. Gender, mathematics, and mathematics education 20. Societal perceptions of mathematics and mathematics education 21. Beginning again List of Figures List of Tables Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0407_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20241211 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805113218 06 15 9781805113225 06 15 9781805113232 06 15 9781805113256 06 15 9781805113249 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0407.epub 20 02 20241211 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0407 20 02 20241211 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f5893de5-e698-4086-985e-ae6f47512d46 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f5893de5-e698-4086-985e-ae6f47512d46 15 9781805117513 06 10.11647/OBP.0500 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Broken Illness and Disability in Antônio Francisco Lisboa, Camilo Castelo Branco, Clarice Lispector, Victor Willing, Paula Rego and Ana Palma 1 A01 Maria Manuel Lisboa 01 eng 00 230 03 93 DSB 20 Illness and creativity 10 LIT004280 04 NX650.D59 B2 Visual Arts 93 AGB 20 Disability studies 10 LIT004290 B2 Psychology and Psychoanalysis B2 History 93 MBX 20 Mental health in art 10 SOC032000 20 Chronic illness 93 JBFM B2 Literature 20 Gender and illness 93 JBSF11 20 Transnational literature 01 06 03 00 'Broken: Illness and Disability in Antônio Francisco Lisboa, Camilo Castelo Branco, Clarice Lispector, Victor Willing, Paula Rego and Ana Palma' traces the lives and works of six major artists and writers from Portugal, Brazil, and Britain through the lens of 'being broken'—in body, mind, or both. Spanning from the eighteenth century to the present, the volume explores how sociopolitical and somatic factors such as mental illness, psychological abuse, arthritis, genital mutilation, and multiple sclerosis shaped their creativity, while also reflecting broader national, social, sexual, and political pressures. Engaging both literature and visual art, the book offers an original and provocative perspective that unsettles conventional narratives of health, gender, and identity in Lusophone and transnational contexts. By situating canonical figures alongside emerging voices, 'Broken' bridges generations and disciplines, revealing how art and fiction transform experiences of illness and disability into critical insights on society, history, and power. 04 00 Acknowledgements Author’s Biography List of Illustrations A Note on Texts, Translations and Images Introduction: Faulty Merchandise 1. Little Cripples: Antônio Francisco Lisboa (‘O Aleijadinho’) 2. Camilo Castelo Branco’s A brasileira de Prazins: ‘When in Danger or in Doubt, Run in Circles, Scream and Shout’ 3. ‘I Know Where You Were Last Night’: Clarice Lispector or When Stars Become Supernovas 4. Victor Willing: Being There 5. Paula Rego: A Brick through a Window Never Comes with a Love Note 6. Menstrous/Monstrous: Bleeding, Amenorrhea and Feminine Hygiene in the Art of Ana Palma and Paula Rego INTERVIEWS AND RECOLLECTIONS Interview with Lila Nunes Interview with Ana Palma In memoriam: Paula Rego and the Stories Left Untold Helder Macedo (Translated by Maria Manuel Lisboa) Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0500_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Cambridge Cambridge, UK 04 01 20251211 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805117483 06 15 9781805117490 06 15 9781805117506 06 15 9781805117520 06 15 9781805117513 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0500 20 02 20251211 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0500.epub 20 02 20251211 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0301a229-71ac-472a-914b-69ba15515524 03 01 01 urn:uuid:0301a229-71ac-472a-914b-69ba15515524 15 9781805112815 06 10.11647/OBP.0399 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Byron and Trinity Memorials, Marbles and Ruins 1 B01 Adrian Poole 01 eng 00 102 03 12 DS 93 DSBD 10 LIT004120 B2 Literature 20 Lord Byron 04 PR4388 93 DN 12 DSC B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 10 LIT024030 20 Trinity College, University of Cambridge 12 BGL 20 Bicentennial commemoration 93 DS B2 European Studies 10 LIT024040 20 Memorials, marbles, and ancient ruins 20 Greece 20 Albert Bertel Thorvaldsen 01 06 03 00 This collection of essays reprints previously published writings about Trinity College Cambridge's most celebrated writer, Lord Byron, for the bicentennial commemoration of his death on 19 April 1824. Bringing together diverse contributions from a series of scholars, three of them fellows of Trinity College, it explores various aspects of Byron’s life and writing. The collection draws out the relationships between ‘memorials, marbles and ruins’, themes always prominent in his thinking and feeling. The earliest essay reprinted here dates from the bicentenary of Byron’s birth in 1788. Thirty-six years and two centuries later, this collection honours a figure of enduring, complex significance, with whom Trinity College is proud to be associated. It will be of value to scholars and students of Byron, as well as those interested in his life, in the bi-centenary year of his death. 04 00 Acknowledgements About the Contributors List of Illustrations Foreword 1. Lord Byron and Trinity: A Bicentenary Portrait 2. Pretensions to Permanency: Thorvaldsen’s Bust and Statue of Byron 3. On the Statue of Lord Byron by Thorwaldsen in Trinity College Library, Cambridge 4. Poets and Travellers 5. Byron, Stephens and the Future of Ruins Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0399_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240321 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805112785 06 15 9781805112792 06 15 9781805112808 06 15 9781805112839 06 15 9781805112815 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0399.epub 20 02 20240321 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0399 20 02 20240321 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2731819e-7b4a-456c-a737-25080105ef6f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2731819e-7b4a-456c-a737-25080105ef6f 15 9781805115281 06 10.11647/OBP.0452 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 02 2054362X 01 02 World Oral Literature Series 01 01 Careful Village and Other 'Khashag' from Tibet The Amdo Comedies of Menla Jyab 1 A01 Menla Jyab 2 B06 21 0000-0002-3671-641X Timothy Thurston 3 B06 21 0000-0001-5468-2180 Tsering Samdrup 4 B01 21 0000-0002-3671-641X Timothy Thurston 5 B01 21 0000-0001-5468-2180 Tsering Samdrup 01 eng 00 328 03 93 ATY B2 Folklore and Ethnology 04 PL3748.S58 10 SOC002010 20 Tibetan cultural revival B2 Asian Studies 93 JHMC 20 Khashag spoken dialogues 10 PER011020 93 DSA 10 LIT008000 B2 Literature 20 Menla Jyab comedies 10 HIS008000 93 NHF B2 Other languages 20 Tibetan expressive culture B2 Anthropology 93 CFB 10 LAN009050 20 Post-Mao Tibetan literature 93 AVA 20 Cross-cultural performance analysis 10 MUS015000 01 06 03 00 This volume offers a unique glimpse into the world of khashag, a vibrant genre of Tibetan spoken comic dialogues from the area Tibetans call Amdo, with the first ever publication of 11 annotated translations of scripts by its leading performer, Menla Jyab. Emerging in the 1980s during a period of cultural revival in Tibetan communities, khashag fused traditional Tibetan expression with influences from Han Chinese xiangsheng (crosstalk), evolving into a medium of sharp societal critique and joyous entertainment. Menla Jyab, a pioneering performer, used his platform in radio, television, to craft comedies described as ‘having meaning in every line’. Drawing on a decade and a half of Tim Thurston’s research and his and Tsering Samdrup’s close connections with Menla Jyab, this groundbreaking work brings these culturally significant performances to English-speaking audiences for the first time. This richly contextualized volume explores the genre’s linguistic intricacies, performative brilliance, and cultural resonance, highlighting its role in overcoming literacy barriers to reach a broad audience. The translations, based on published scripts and transcribed recordings, are accompanied by insightful notes that illuminate the subtle interplay of humor, critique, and identity in Tibetan life. Careful Village is an indispensable resource for scholars and enthusiasts of Tibetan culture, performance studies, and oral traditions. 04 00 Statement about Romanization and Languages Acknowledgements Foreword Mark Turin Translators’ Introduction: Contextualizing Amdo Tibetan Comedy in Post-Mao China Timothy Thurston and Tsering Samdrup 1. The Artist སྒྱུ་རྩལ་པ། 2. Boasting ལབ་རྒྱག་པ། 3. The Dream རྨིི་ལམ། 4. All-good Menla སྨན་བླ་ཀུན་བཟང་། 5. Elders’ Conversations ལོ ོ་ལོོན་ཚོོའིི་ཁ་བརྡ། 6. Please, Dear Leader དཔོོན་པོོ་མཁྱེེན། 7. The Telephone ཁ་པར། 8. Careful Village’s Grassland Dispute སེེམས་ཆུང་སྡེེ་བའིི་ས་རྩོོད། 9. Careful Village’s Bride སེེམས་ཆུང་སྡེེ་བའིི་མནའ་མ། 10. Careful Village’s Wedding སེེམས་ཆུང་སྡེེ་བའིི་སྟོོན་མོོ། 11. Careful Village’s Thief སེེམས་ཆུང་སྡེེ་བའིི་རྐུན་མ། Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0452_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250916 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805115250 06 15 9781805115267 06 15 9781805115274 06 15 9781805115298 06 15 9781805115281 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0452 20 02 20250916 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0452.epub 20 02 20250916 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:35194e59-fa50-4192-86d2-b7a99c680312 03 01 01 urn:uuid:35194e59-fa50-4192-86d2-b7a99c680312 15 9781800648524 06 10.11647/OBP.0320 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Chance Encounters A Bioethics for a Damaged Planet 1 A01 21 0000-0003-1062-7918 Kristien Hens 2 A12 Christina Stadlbauer 3 A12 Bart H.M. Vandeput 01 eng 00 266 03 20 bioethics B2 Health 12 JFM 10 MED050000 04 QH332 12 JFMG 10 MED058090 B2 Philosophy 20 philosophy of biology 12 PSAD 10 PSY022020 20 role of the philosopher 12 MJNA 10 SCI072000 20 scientific research 20 improve the quality and coherence 12 JHB 10 SCI101000 12 PDR 20 research 01 06 03 00 In this rigorous and necessary book, Kristien Hens brings together bioethics and the philosophy of biology to argue that it is ethically necessary for scientific research to include a place for the philosopher. As well as ethical, their role is conceptual: they can improve the quality and coherence of scientific research by ensuring that particular concepts are used consistently and thoughtfully across interdisciplinary projects. Hens argues that chance and uncertainty play a central part in bioethics, but that these qualities can be in tension with the attempt to establish a given theory as scientific knowledge: in describing organisms and practices, in a sense we create the world. Hens contends that this is necessarily an ethical activity.Examining genetic research, biomedical ethics, autism research and the concept of risk, Hens illustrates that there is no ‘universal’ or ‘neutral’ state of scientific and clinical knowledge, and that attending to the situatedness of individual experience is essential to understand the world around us, to know its (and our) limitations, and to forge an ethical future.Chance Encounters is aimed at a broad audience of researchers in bioethics, philosophy, anthropology, sociology, as well as biomedical and environmental scientists. It will also be relevant to policymakers, and the artwork by Christina Stadlbauer and Bartaku will be of interest to artists and writers working at the intersection of art and science. 04 00 Note to the reader regarding the choice of images and sketches vii Prologue: Van Rensselaer Potter ix 1. A Foundation for Bioethics: Van Rensselaer Potter’s Legacy 1 2. Overview of the Arguments 9 PART ONE: SCIENCE 13 3. Research Ethics all the Way Down 17 The Curious Case of Paulo Macchiarini 17 What Is Philosophy For? 21 4. Against Dualisms 25 Debating Nature and Nurture 26 Genes-Environment 31 Epigenetics 41 5. Development and Ethics 51 Development and Environment 51 Development and Ethics 54 PART TWO: CHANCE AND CREATIVITY 65 6. A Dog Is a Dog Is a Dog: Of Nature and Values 69 7. A Process Ontology for Bioethics 77 Prehensions and Actual Occasions 77 Whiteheadian Fallacies 82 8. Time, Culture and Creativity 87 Time Is of the Essence 87 World-Making: Creating and Being Created 92 9. Symbiosis and Interdependency 101 PART THREE: EXPERIENCE 109 10. Medical Ethics and Environmental Ethics 113 11. Diseases, Disorders, Disabilities, and Norms 117 Diseases: What They Are and Why It Matters 117 Disability 122 Canguilhem and The World-Making of Disease Judgements 125 The Strange Case of Human Enhancement 130 12. Standpoints 143 Epistemic Standpoints and Epistemic (In)Justices 144 The Role of the Bioethicist: Diplomats and Idiots 149 PART FOUR: TROUBLES 155 13. Bringing Back the Environment 159 14. Caring Responsibilities 167 15. Unforgetting The Past 175 16. A Creative and Forward-Looking Bioethics 181 PART FIVE: BIOETHICS 187 17. Concepts: Risks 191 18. Development: Autism Research 205 19. Trouble: Crocodiles and Mice 211 20. Creativity: A Game Inspiring A Bioethicist 219 Epilogue: Thinking With 225 Bibliography 231 Index 245 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0320_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20221209 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800648494 06 15 9781800648500 06 15 9781800648517 06 15 9781800648555 06 15 9781800648548 06 15 9781800648524 06 15 9781800648531 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0320 20 02 20221209 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0320.epub 20 02 20221209 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6f57b880-de4e-4ebe-841c-ae0164f07dd9 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6f57b880-de4e-4ebe-841c-ae0164f07dd9 15 9781800642515 06 10.11647/OBP.0283 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Characters in Film and Other Media Theory, Analysis, Interpretation 1 A01 21 0000-0003-1937-5999 Jens Eder 2 B06 21 0000-0003-1937-5999 Jens Eder 3 B06 Stephen Lowry 01 eng 00 874 03 12 AP 20 Character Theory B2 Film and Photography 93 JHBC 04 PN1995.9.C36 10 SOC024000 12 APFA 93 ATFN 20 Film and Photography B2 Media Studies and Journalism 10 PER004060 12 APFD 93 ATFA 20 Film Analysis 10 PER004030 20 Media Characters 20 Psychological Representation 20 Cultural Symbols 20 Emotional Responses 01 06 03 00 Characters are central to the creation and experience of films and other media. Their cultural significance is profound, but they also raise a wide range of questions.This book provides a comprehensive theory that guides the analysis and interpretation of characters across four dimensions: as represented beings with physical, psychological, and social characteristics; as artefacts with aesthetic structures; as meaningful symbols; and as symptoms of socio-cultural origins and effects. Integrating insights from film, media, and literary studies as well as philosophy, psychology and sociology, the book offers a broad range of approaches for understanding characters and the emotional responses they evoke. Richly illustrated and offering practical tools, along with case studies of numerous characters from different genres of films, this book will be invaluable to scholars and students of film and media studies and related disciplines, as well as artistic practitioners. 04 00 Endorsements Preface to the English Edition Acknowledgements List of Figures List of Diagrams List of Tables 1. Introduction 1.1 The Relationship Between Character, Action, and Plot 1.2 Why Character Analysis? 1.3 Searching for a Theoretical Foundation 1.4 The Structure of the Book PART I: THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS (T) 2. Research on Characters: An Overview (T) 2.1 From Antiquity to the Nineteenth Century 2.2 Differentiation in the Twentieth Century 2.3 Polyphony and Possibilities of Integration in the Early Twenty-First Century 2.4 The Current State of Research 3. What Are Characters, How Are They Created and Experienced? (T) 3.1 Definition and Ontology: What Are Characters? 3.2 Communication and Meaning: How Do Characters Originate? 3.3 Reception: How Are Characters Understood and Experienced? 3.4 Consequences for the Analysis of Characters PART II: HOW TO ANALYSE CHARACTERS 4. A Basic Model for Analysis: The Character Clock 4.1 Characters as Represented Beings, Symbols, Symptoms, and Artefacts—and Their Reception 4.2 General Kinds of Characters 4.3 Expanding the Model: Contexts and Affects 4.4 Differentiating the Model: The Specificity and Mediality of Characters 4.5 Integrating the Structural Aspects: The Marriage of Maria Braun 4.6 Approaching Characters’ Realities: Yellow Fever 4.7 How to Use the Character Clock 4.8 Guidelines for Getting Started: The Most General Questions of Character Analysis PART III: CHARACTERS AS REPRESENTED BEINGS 5. Grasping Represented Beings: Forming Mental Models of Characters (T) 5.1 Character Models and Their Structure 5.2 Factors of Character Reception I: Social Perception and Cognition 5.3 Factors of Character Reception II: The Mediality of Characters 5.4 Modes of Constructing Character Models: Typification and Individualisation 6. Analysing Represented Beings: An Anthropological Heuristic 6.1 Overview: Grasping Represented Beings 6.2 Corporeality and External Behaviour 6.3 Sociality 6.4 Psyche: Inner Life and Personality 6.5 Overview: Focal Points and Connections of Character Traits 6.6 Transformation and Deconstruction of Represented Beings 6.7 Guidelines for Analysis: Questions about Characters as Represented Beings PART IV: CHARACTERS AS ARTEFACTS 7. Shaping Characters with Cinematic Means: Sensuality and Structure 7.1 Cinematic Techniques and the Aesthetics of Characters 7.2 The Structure of Character Development: How Information Is Provided 7.3 Guidelines for Analysis: Questions about Character Construction 8. Characters as Artefacts: Aesthetic Qualities and Conventions 8.1 Dimensions of Characters as Artefacts: Realism, Stereotypicality, Complexity, and Other Contested Qualities 8.2 Character Conceptions as Conventions of Representation 8.3 Conclusion and an Example: Sensory Qualities, Dramatic Composition, and Structures of Characters as Artefacts in Casablanca 8.4 Guidelines for Analysis: Questions about Artefact Qualities and Character Conceptions PART V: CHARACTERS IN CONTEXT: MOTIVATION, ACTION, AND CONSTELLATION 9. Motivation and Plot: Characters’ Needs, Goals, and Actions 9.1 Varieties of Motivation 9.2 Motivation and Conflict 9.3 Motivational Systems, Personality, and Identity 9.4 Guidelines for Analysis: Questions about Action and Motivation 10. Character Constellations as Social and Aesthetic Systems 10.1 Hierarchies of Attention: Main and Secondary Characters 10.2 The Orchestration of Characters and Their Traits: Analogies and Contrasts 10.3 Functional Relations: Characters’ Roles in Narrative and Plot 10.4 Conflict Constellations: Protagonists and Antagonists 10.5 Interactions, Relationships, and Values: The Character Constellation as a Social System 10.6 Overview: Typical Character Constellations in Different Kinds of Films 10.7 An Example: The Character Constellation in Casablanca 10.8 Guidelines for Analysis: Questions on Character Constellations and Stereotyping PART VI: CHARACTERS AS SYMBOLS AND SYMPTOMS: INTERPRETATION AND IMPACT 11. Characters as Symbols: How Characters Convey Higher-Level Meanings 11.1 Characters and Their Higher-Level Meanings 11.2 Characters in Larger Webs of Meaning 11.3 Guidelines for Analysis: Questions on Characters as Symbols 12. Characters as Symptoms: How Characters Interact with Reality 12.1 The Causes of Characters 12.2 The Uses and Effects of Characters 12.3 An Example: Characters as Symbols and Symptoms in Casablanca 12.4 Guidelines for Analysis: Questions on Characters as Symptoms PART VII: IMAGINATIVE AND AFFECTIVE INVOLVEMENT WITH CHARACTERS 13. Imaginative Involvement with Characters: A Matter of Perspective 13.1 Current Theories of Involvement with Characters 13.2 Perspective, Identification, Empathy: Conceptual Foundations 13.3 Perspectives on and with Characters 13.4 Identification and Empathy 13.5 Cinematic Methods of Shaping Perspectives 13.6 Polyphony of Perspectivation: Characters, Narrators, and Filmmakers 13.7 Common Perspective Structures in Film 13.8 Imaginative Closeness and Distance to Characters 13.9 Guidelines for Analysis: Questions on Perspective and Imaginative Closeness 14. Affective Involvement with Characters: Sympathy, Empathy, and Beyond 14.1 A Theoretical Basis: Concepts and Layers of Cinematic Affect 14.2 Cues, Dispositions, and Forms of Involvement with Characters 14.3 Perspectival Appraisal and Involvement with Represented Beings 14.4 Forms, Cues, and Contexts of Affective Involvement with Characters: An Overview 14.5 Typical Development Patterns of Affective Involvement 14.6 An Example: Affective Involvement with Characters in Casablanca 14.7 Guidelines for Analysis: Questions on Affective Involvement with Characters PART VIII: A SUMMARY AND A CASE STUDY 15. Summary: Fundamentals of Character Theory and Analysis 15.1 A Theoretical Basis and a Model for Analysis 15.2 How Can Characters Be Understood in Their Different Dimensions? A Conceptual Toolbox 15.3 Experiencing Characters: Imaginative Closeness and Affective Involvement 15.4 Limitations, Implications, and Applications of the Theory: The Variety of Characters 16. A Challenging Case: Characters and the Weight of Reality in Death and the Maiden 701 16.1 Characterisation and Mental Modelling in the Prologue and Exposition 16.2 Character Models and Artefact Qualities at the End of the First Act 16.3 Affective Involvement with the Characters at the First Plot Point 16.4 Conflict Structure, Motivation, and Side-Taking in the Second Act 16.5 Perspective Relations and Imaginative Closeness up to the Climax 16.6 The Characters’ Thematic Meanings at the Film’s Ending 16.7 The Characters as Artefacts and Their Mediality in Film and Theatre 16.8 Symptomatology, Evaluation, and the Weight of Reality Bibliography Filmography Index of Films Index of Topics 1 (T) indicates chapters with a primary focus on theoretical groundwork. 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0283_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Brandenburger Staatsministerium für Wissenschaft, Forschung und Kultur 01 programname Publication Fund for Open Access Monographs of the State of Brandenburg Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250729 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800642485 06 15 9781800642492 06 15 9781800642508 06 15 9781800646681 06 15 9781800642515 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0283.epub 20 02 20250729 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0283 20 02 20250729 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c92dfb53-44b4-4938-ad3e-3d3aeabc51eb 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c92dfb53-44b4-4938-ad3e-3d3aeabc51eb 15 9781805110422 06 10.11647/OBP.0347 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Cheap Print and Street Literature of the Long Eighteenth Century 1 B01 David Atkinson 2 B01 Steve Roud 01 eng 00 396 03 12 AFH 93 AFH 10 ART048000 20 Eighteenth-century trade B2 Literature 04 PR448.P64 93 AGA 10 ART023000 12 HBLL B2 History of the Book 20 Street literature 10 ANT005000 20 Ballads B2 History 12 JFCA 93 WCS 20 Chapbooks 10 HIS054000 12 JFCD 93 NHTB 12 KNTP 20 Popular prints 12 JHMC 20 Printers 12 1DBK 20 Book trade 01 06 03 00 This deeply researched collection offers a comprehensive introduction to the eighteenth-century trade in street literature – ballads, chapbooks, and popular prints – in England and Scotland. Offering detailed studies of a selection of the printers, types of publication, and places of publication that constituted the cheap and popular print trade during the period, these essays delve into ballads, slip songs, story books, pictures, and more to push back against neat divisions between low and high culture, or popular and high literature.The breadth and depth of the contributions give a much fuller and more nuanced picture of what was being widely published and read during this period than has previously been available. It will be of great value to scholars and students of eighteenth-century popular culture and literature, print history and the book trade, ballad and folk studies, children’s literature, and social history. 04 00 List of Abbreviations 1. Introduction 2. Charles and Sarah Bates and the Transition from Black-Letter 3. Pictures on the Street: Cheap Pictorial Prints in Eighteenth-Century Britain 4. Popular Print in a Regional Capital: Street Literature and Public Controversy in Norwich, 1701–1800 5. Anthony Soulby, Chapbook Printer of Penrith (1740–1816) 6. Chapmen’s Books Printed for Henry Woodgate and Samuel Brooks (1757–61) 7. Slip Songs and Engraved Song Sheets 8. ‘The Arethusa’: Slip Songs and the Mainstream Canon 9. Story Books, Godly Books, Ballads, and Song Books: The Chapbook in Scotland, 1740–1820 10. Alphabet Pies, Animal Quacks, and Ugly Sisters: John Evans and the Growth of Cheap Books for Children 11. Street Literature and Cheap Fiction 12. Afterword Select Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0347_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230904 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805110392 06 15 9781805110408 06 15 9781805110415 06 15 9781805110453 06 15 9781805110446 06 15 9781805110422 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0347.epub 20 02 20230904 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0347 20 02 20230904 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7fe53b7d-a76c-4257-ad4f-e9cc0f7297c1 03 01 01 urn:uuid:7fe53b7d-a76c-4257-ad4f-e9cc0f7297c1 15 9781800640207 06 10.11647/OBP.0223 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 25150766 01 02 Applied Theatre Praxis 01 01 Chronicles from Kashmir An Annotated, Multimedia Script 1 A01 21 0000-0002-6864-692X Nandita Dinesh 01 eng 00 252 03 12 AN 20 Chronicles from Kashmir 10 DRA005000 04 PN1590.S6 B2 Theatre 12 ANF 20 site-adaptive 10 SOC002010 12 JH 10 SOC053000 20 theatrical performance 20 Ensemble Kashmir Theatre Akademi 12 JPWS 12 JWXK 20 Kashmir 20 EKTA 20 Bhawani Bashir Yasir 01 06 03 00 What is happening in Kashmir?’Chronicles from Kashmir explores this question through a site-adaptive 24-hour theatrical performance. Developed between 2013 and 2018 by the Ensemble Kashmir Theatre Akademi and Nandita Dinesh, the play uses a durational, promenade format to immerse its audience within a multitude of perspectives on life in Kashmir. From a wedding celebration that is interrupted by curfew, to schoolboys divided by policing strategies, and soldiers struggling with a toxic mixture of boredom and trauma, Chronicles from Kashmir uses performance, installation and collaborative creation to grapple with Kashmir’s conflicts through the lenses of outsiders, insiders, and everyone in between.Due to varying degrees of censorship and suppression, the play has not been performed live since 2017. This book is, therefore, an attempt to keep Chronicles from Kashmir alive by including filmed scenes, a script, contextual questions, a glossary, and illuminating introductions by Nandita Dinesh and EKTA founder Bhawani Bashir Yasir. A valuable Open Access resource for practitioners, educators and students of performance and conflict, this book is also stimulating reading for anybody who has asked, ‘What is happening in Kashmir?’This playscript includes: Twenty filmed scenes of the play in performance<break/> A range of contextual questions to stimulate discussion on staging site-adaptive theatre in places of conflict<break/> A helpful glossary 04 00 Contents Videos: Chronicles from Kashmir GLOSSARY Summaries and Deconstructions Nandita Dinesh The Schedule Nandita Dinesh The Journey Begins Nandita Dinesh Scene 0: Framing the Experience Nandita Dinesh Scene One: The Experiment Nandita Dinesh Scene Two: The Departure Nandita Dinesh Scene Three: The Man & the Woman Nandita Dinesh INSTALLATION A Nandita Dinesh Scene Four: The Artists Nandita Dinesh Scene Five: The Puppets Nandita Dinesh INSTALLATION A Nandita Dinesh Scene Six: The Incarcerated Nandita Dinesh Scene Seven: The Soldiers Nandita Dinesh Scene Eight: The Argumentation Cultures Nandita Dinesh The First Coalition Nandita Dinesh Scene Nine: The Sikhs Nandita Dinesh Scene Ten: The Apples Nandita Dinesh INSTALLATION A Nandita Dinesh The Second Coalition Nandita Dinesh Scene Eleven: The Village-City Love Affair Nandita Dinesh A WEDDING and a CURFEWED NIGHT Nandita Dinesh Scene Twelve: The Mirrors & a Poetic Lament Nandita Dinesh The Third Coalition Nandita Dinesh Scene Thirteen: The Pelters Nandita Dinesh Scene Fourteen: The Banalities Nandita Dinesh Scene Fifteen: The Time Nandita Dinesh INSTALLATION A Nandita Dinesh Scene Sixteen: The Women Nandita Dinesh Scene Seventeen: The Game Show Nandita Dinesh INSTALLATION A Nandita Dinesh Scene Eighteen: The Hideout Nandita Dinesh Scene Nineteen: The Return Nandita Dinesh Scene Twenty: The Seesaws Nandita Dinesh Scene Twenty-One: The Disappeared & the Police Nandita Dinesh Scene Twenty-Two: The Hope Nandita Dinesh The Last Coalition Nandita Dinesh Bibliography About the Team 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0223_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200914 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800640177 06 15 9781800640184 06 15 9781800640191 06 15 9781800646285 06 15 9781800640221 06 15 9781800640207 06 15 9781800640214 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0223.epub 20 02 20200914 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0223 20 02 20200914 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c5fe7f09-7dfb-4637-82c8-653a6cb683e7 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c5fe7f09-7dfb-4637-82c8-653a6cb683e7 15 9781906924638 06 10.11647/OBP.0016 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/ 10 02 20542445 01 02 Classics Textbooks 01 01 Cicero, Against Verres, 2.1.53–86 Latin Text with Introduction, Study Questions, Commentary and English Translation 1 A01 Ingo Gildenhard 01 eng 00 212 03 12 HBLA1 10 HIS002020 20 Latin 04 PA6279.A4 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 20 A-Level Latin 12 CFP B2 Classics 10 LIT004190 12 4KL 20 Ancient Rome B2 Classics: Latin Textbooks 10 FOR033000 20 rhetoric 20 Ancient History 20 legal history 20 Latin textbook 20 language 20 Latin commentary 20 translation 20 Cicero 20 interactive textbook 20 Roman law 01 06 03 00 Looting, despoiling temples, attempted rape and judicial murder: these are just some of the themes of this classic piece of writing by one of the world’s greatest orators. This particular passage is from the second book of Cicero’s Speeches against Verres, who was a former Roman magistrate on trial for serious misconduct. Cicero presents the lurid details of Verres’ alleged crimes in exquisite and sophisticated prose. This volume provides a portion of the original text of Cicero’s speech in Latin, a detailed commentary, study aids, and a translation. As a literary artefact, the speech gives us insight into how the supreme master of Latin eloquence developed what we would now call rhetorical "spin”. As an historical document, it provides a window into the dark underbelly of Rome’s imperial expansion and exploitation of the Near East. Ingo Gildenhard’s illuminating commentary on this A-Level set text will be of particular interest to students of Latin at both high school and undergraduate level. It will also be a valuable resource to Latin teachers and to anyone interested in Cicero, language and rhetoric, and the legal culture of Ancient Rome. 04 00 Acknowledgements Preface Introduction Latin text and study questions Commentary List of abbreviations List of rhetorical terms Translation Appendix: issues for further discussion Map 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0016_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20111118 02 WORLD 06 15 9781906924539 06 15 9781906924546 06 15 9781906924553 06 15 9781800644434 06 15 9781906924638 06 15 9781906924645 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0016 20 02 20111118 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0016.epub 20 02 20111118 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a03ba4d1-1576-41d0-9e8b-d74eccb682e2 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a03ba4d1-1576-41d0-9e8b-d74eccb682e2 15 9781783740802 06 10.11647/OBP.0045 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542445 01 02 Classics Textbooks 01 01 Cicero, On Pompey's Command (De Imperio), 27-49 Latin Text, Study Aids with Vocabulary, Commentary, and Translation 1 A01 Ingo Gildenhard 2 A01 Louise Hodgson 01 eng 00 292 03 20 Cicero 04 DG258 12 HBLA1 10 LIT004190 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 12 CFP B2 Classics 10 FOR033000 20 Pompey 12 4KL B2 Classics: Latin Textbooks 20 De Imperio 10 HIS002020 20 Pirates 20 Ancient Rome 20 Roman Republic 01 06 03 00 In republican times, one of Rome's deadliest enemies was King Mithridates of Pontus. In 66 BCE, after decades of inconclusive struggle, the tribune Manilius proposed a bill that would give supreme command in the war against Mithridates to Pompey the Great, who had just swept the Mediterranean clean of another menace: the pirates. While powerful aristocrats objected to the proposal, which would endow Pompey with unprecedented powers, the bill proved hugely popular among the people, and one of the praetors, Marcus Tullius Cicero, also hastened to lend it his support. In his first ever political speech, variously entitled pro lege Manilia or de imperio Gnaei Pompei, Cicero argues that the war against Mithridates requires the appointment of a perfect general and that the only man to live up to such lofty standards is Pompey. In the section under consideration here, Cicero defines the most important hallmarks of the ideal military commander and tries to demonstrate that Pompey is his living embodiment. This course book offers a portion of the original Latin text, study aids with vocabulary, and a commentary. Designed to stretch and stimulate readers, the incisive commentary will be of particular interest to students of Latin at both AS and undergraduate level. It extends beyond detailed linguistic analysis and historical background to encourage critical engagement with Cicero's prose and discussion of the most recent scholarly thought. 04 00 1. Preface and acknowledgements 2. Introduction: why does the set text matter? 3. Latin text with study questions and vocabulary aid The Only Way is Pompey (§27) The Perfect General, Pompey the Kid, and Mr. Experience (§28) His Excellence (and Excellences) (§29) Witnesses to the Truth! (§30) Pacifying the Pond, or: Pompey and the Pirates (§31) The Pirates of the Mediterranean (§32) Pirates ante portas! (§33) Pompey’s Cruise Control (I): ‘I Have a Fleet – and Need for Speed’ (§34) Pompey’s Cruise Control (II): ‘I Have a Fleet – and Need for Speed’ (§35) ‘Thou Art More Lovely and More Temperate’: Pompey’s Soft Sides (§36) SPQR Confidential (§37) Of Locusts and Leeches (§38) Pompey the Peaceful, or: Imperialism with Gloves (§39) No Sight-Seeing or Souvenirs for the Perfect General (§40) Saint Pompey (§41) Peace for our Time (§42) Rumour and Renown: Pompey’s auctoritas (§43) Case Study I: The Socio-Economics of Pompey’s auctoritas (§44) Case Study II: Pompey’s auctoritas and psychological warfare (§45) Auctoritas Supreme (§46) Felicitas, or how not to ‘Sull(a)y’ Pompey (§47) The Darling of the Gods (§48) Summing Up (§49) 4. Commentary 5. Further resources Chronological table: the parallel lives of Pompey and Cicero The speech in summary, or: what a Roman citizen may have heard in the forum Translation of §§ 27-49 The protagonists: Cicero – Pompey – Manilius The historical context (the contio, imperial expansion, civil wars, the shadow of Sulla, extraordinary commands) List of rhetorical terms 6. Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0045_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20140903 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740772 06 15 9781783740789 06 15 9781783740796 06 15 9781800644724 06 15 9781783740802 06 15 9781783740819 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0045.epub 20 02 20140903 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0045 20 02 20140903 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7e753cbc-c74b-4214-a565-2300f544be77 03 01 01 urn:uuid:7e753cbc-c74b-4214-a565-2300f544be77 15 9781783745920 06 10.11647/OBP.0156 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542445 01 02 Classics Textbooks 01 01 Cicero, Philippic 2, 44–50, 78–92, 100–119 Latin Text, Study Aids with Vocabulary, and Commentary 1 A01 Ingo Gildenhard 01 eng 00 488 03 20 Cicero B2 Classics 12 DB 10 LIT004190 04 PA6280.A32 B2 Classics: Latin Textbooks 12 HBLA1 10 LIT025030 20 Philippics 12 4KL 20 Julius Caesar B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 12 CFP 20 Mark Antony 20 the Senate 20 rhetoric 20 original Latin text 20 vocabulary aids 20 study questions 20 commentary 20 A-Level 01 06 03 00 Cicero composed his incendiary Philippics only a few months after Rome was rocked by the brutal assassination of Julius Caesar. In the tumultuous aftermath of Caesar’s death, Cicero and Mark Antony found themselves on opposing sides of an increasingly bitter and dangerous battle for control. Philippic 2 was a weapon in that war.<break/>Conceived as Cicero’s response to a verbal attack from Antony in the Senate, Philippic 2 is a rhetorical firework that ranges from abusive references to Antony’s supposedly sordid sex life to a sustained critique of what Cicero saw as Antony’s tyrannical ambitions. Vituperatively brilliant and politically committed, it is both a carefully crafted literary artefact and an explosive example of crisis rhetoric. It ultimately led to Cicero’s own gruesome death.<break/>This course book offers a portion of the original Latin text, vocabulary aids, study questions, and an extensive commentary. Designed to stretch and stimulate readers, Ingo Gildenhard’s volume will be of particular interest to students of Latin studying for A-Level or on undergraduate courses. It extends beyond detailed linguistic analysis to encourage critical engagement with Cicero, his oratory, the politics of late-republican Rome, and the transhistorical import of Cicero’s politics of verbal (and physical) violence. 04 00 Preface and Acknowledgements Introduction 1. Contexts and Paratexts 2. The Second Philippic as a Rhetorical Artifact – and Invective Oratory 3. Why Read Cicero’s Second Philippic Today? Text Commentary § 44 A Glance at Teenage Antony: Insolvent, Transgendered, Pimped, and Groomed § 45 Desire and Domesticity: Antony’s Escapades as Curio’s Toy-Boy § 46 Family Therapy: Cicero as Counselor § 47 Hitting ‘Fast-Forward’, or: How to Pull Off a Praeteritio § 48 Antony Adrift § 49 Credit for Murder § 50 With Caesar in Gaul: Profligacy and Profiteering § 78 Caesar’s Approach to HR, or Why Antony Has What it Takes § 79 The Art of Nepotism § 80 Antony Augur, Addled and Addling § 81 Compounding Ignorance through Impudence § 82 Antony Galloping after Caesar Only to Hold his Horses § 83 Antony’s Fake Auspices § 84 On to the Lupercalia… § 85 Vive le roi! Le roi est mort § 86 Antony as Willing Slave and Would-Be King-Maker § 87 Historical Precedent Demands Antony’s Instant Execution § 88 Antony on the Ides of March § 89 No Compromise with a Public Enemy! § 90 Antony’s Finest Hour § 91 Antony as Dr Jekyll and Mr Hyde § 92 Selling the Empire § 100 Further Forgeries and a Veteran Foundation § 101 Revels and Remunerations § 102 Antony Colonized a Colony! § 103 Antony’s Enrichment Activities § 104 Animal House § 105 Animal House: The Sequel § 106 Antony Cocooned § 107 Symbolic Strutting after Caesar § 108 Swords Galore, or: Antony’s Return to Rome § 109 Playing Fast and Loose with Caesar’s Legislation § 110 Caesar: Dead Duck or Deified Dictator? § 111 A Final Look at Antony’s Illoquence § 112 The Senate Under Armour § 113 The Res Publica Has Watchers! § 114 Caesar’s Assassination: A Deed of Unprecedented Exemplarity § 115 Looking for the Taste of (Genuine) Glory… § 116 Caesar You Are Not! § 117 Once Burnt Lesson Learnt! § 118 Here I Stand. I Can Do Naught Else § 119 Give Me Liberty or Give Me Death! Bibliography 1. On-line Resources 2. Secondary Literatur 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0156_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 King's College, University of Cambridge Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180903 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783745890 06 15 9781783745906 06 15 9781783745913 06 15 9781800645745 06 15 9781783746255 06 15 9781783745920 06 15 9781783745937 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0156.epub 20 02 20180903 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0156 20 02 20180903 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:60ca9f14-9160-4674-b20b-cb35778ea983 03 01 01 urn:uuid:60ca9f14-9160-4674-b20b-cb35778ea983 15 9781800641495 06 10.11647/OBP.0247 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Circulation and Control Artistic Culture and Intellectual Property in the Nineteenth Century 1 B01 Marie-Stéphanie Delamaire 2 B01 Will Slauter 01 eng 00 542 03 04 K1420.5 B2 Law 10 LAW050010 12 LNR 20 production of images 20 circulation of images 10 HIS000000 B2 Law: Intellectual Property 12 LNRC 12 KNTP 20 lithographs 10 PHO000000 B2 Visual Arts 10 BIO001000 20 engravings 12 HBTB B2 Material Culture 12 AV 20 paintings 12 BGF 20 dagerreotypes 12 APF 20 stereoscopic view 12 AJ 20 sculpture 20 visual art 20 copyright 20 patents 20 art history 20 law 20 publishing 20 graphic arts 20 intellectual property 20 culture 20 economics 20 technology 20 nineteenth century 20 history 01 06 03 00 The nineteenth century witnessed a series of revolutions in the production and circulation of images. From lithographs and engraved reproductions of paintings to daguerreotypes, stereoscopic views, and mass-produced sculptures, works of visual art became available in a wider range of media than ever before. But the circulation and reproduction of artworks also raised new questions about the legal rights of painters, sculptors, engravers, photographers, architects, collectors, publishers, and subjects of representation (such as sitters in paintings or photographs). Copyright and patent laws tussled with informal cultural norms and business strategies as individuals and groups attempted to exert some degree of control over these visual creations. With contributions by art historians, legal scholars, historians of publishing, and specialists of painting, photography, sculpture, and graphic arts, this rich collection of essays explores the relationship between intellectual property laws and the cultural, economic, and technological factors that transformed the pictorial landscape during the nineteenth century.This book will be valuable reading for historians of art and visual culture; legal scholars who work on the history of copyright and patent law; and literary scholars and historians who work in the field of book history. It will also resonate with anyone interested in current debates about the circulation and control of images in our digital age. 04 00 Contributor Biographies Acknowledgements 1. Law, Culture, and Industry: Toward a History of Intellectual Property for Visual Works in the Long Nineteenth Century Marie-Stéphanie Delamaire and Will Slauter 2. The First Copyright Case under the 1735 Engravings Act: The Germination of Visual Copyright? Isabella Alexander and Cristina S. Martinez 3. Who Owns Washington? Gilbert Stuart and the Battle for Artistic Property in the Early American Republic Marie-Stéphanie Delamaire 4. The Scope of Artistic Copyright in Nineteenth-Century England Simon Stern 5. The ‘Death of Chatterton’ Case: Reproductive Engraving, Stereoscopic Photography, and Copyright for Paintings circa 1860 Will Slauter 6. Before an Image Was Worth a Thousand Words: Ben-Hur and Copyright’s Right of Derivatives Oren Bracha 7. The Frame Maker/Picture Dealer: A Crucial Intermediary in the Nineteenth-Century American Popular Print Market Erika Piola 8. Piracy, Copyright, and the Transnational Trade in Illustrations of News in the Mid-Nineteenth Century Thomas Smits 9. (Re)Assembling Reference Books and Recycling Images: The Wood Engravings of the W. & R. Chambers Firm Rose Roberto 10. Architectural Copyright, Painters and Public Space in Mid-Nineteenth-Century Britain Elena Cooper and Marta Iljadica 11. Nineteenth-Century American Sculpture and United States Design Patents Karen Lemmey 12. New or Improved? American Photography and Patents ca. 1840s to 1860s Shannon Perich 13. King Tāwhiao’s Photograph: Copyright, Celebrity, and the Commercial Image in Nineteenth-Century New Zealand Jill Haley 14. ‘Photography VS the Press’: Copyright Law and the Rise of the Photographically Illustrated Press Katherine Mintie List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0247_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Winterthur Museum, Garden & Library 16 French National Centre for Scientific Research Cambridge, UK 04 01 20211008 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800641464 06 15 9781800641471 06 15 9781800641488 06 15 9781800646452 06 15 9781800641518 06 15 9781800641495 06 15 9781800641501 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0247 20 02 20211008 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0247.epub 20 02 20211008 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:030fd82f-e32b-4905-923d-9e1f3c470e3f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:030fd82f-e32b-4905-923d-9e1f3c470e3f 15 9781805115595 06 10.11647/OBP.0459 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 City of Capital and Labour The Making and Transformation of Industrial Manchester 1 A01 Tom Saunders 01 eng 00 334 03 93 3ML B2 Anthropology 10 HIS037050 04 HN398.M27 20 Industrial Revolution 93 AM 10 HIS037060 B2 History 20 Manchester architecture 93 AMVD 10 ARC005070 B2 Politics and Sociology 20 Urban transformation 10 ARC014000 B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 Social history 93 TNKX B2 Architecture 20 Built environment 10 SOC026030 20 Class relations 10 SOC050000 01 06 03 00 This compelling book explores the evolution of industrial Manchester, offering a fresh perspective on its built environment through the lens of architecture, archaeology, and social history. Richly illustrated and designed for both academic and general audiences, it sheds new light on Manchester’s transformation during the Industrial Revolution, highlighting how the city’s physical form shaped and was shaped by its socio-economic and cultural dynamics.By analysing architectural styles, building types, land use, and spatial relationships, the study identifies distinct phases of development from the early eighteenth to early twentieth century. It delves into how Manchester’s material landscape mediated industrialisation and social tensions, reflecting the emergence of both bourgeois and proletarian communities. The book argues that the city’s evolving physical structure was deeply intertwined with the capitalist logic of class relations, where architecture and urban spaces became arenas for competing social identities.Through mapping the enduring physical traces of these changes, and using a Marxist lens to examine shifting power structures in cities, the book underscores Manchester’s role as a microcosm of industrial and urban transformation. It invites readers to rediscover the city’s industrial heritage, emphasising the importance of its historic buildings in understanding the socio-economic forces that shaped modern urban life—before they are irrevocably altered by contemporary redevelopment. 04 00 Acknowledgements List of Illustrations Introduction 1. The Georgian Boom Town, c.1720–c.1780 2. The ‘Shock City’ of Industrial Capitalism, c.1780–c.1840 3. City of Triumphant Liberalism, c.1840–c.1860 4. City of Civic Pride and Industrial Paternalism, c.1860–c.1890 5. City Of Ambition and Popular Culture, c.1890–c.1920 Conclusion Bibliography Index About the Team 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0459_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250815 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805115564 06 15 9781805115571 06 15 9781805115588 06 15 9781805115601 06 15 9781805115595 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0459 20 02 20250815 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0459.epub 20 02 20250815 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:fd4d3c2a-355f-4bc0-83cb-1cd6764976e7 03 01 01 urn:uuid:fd4d3c2a-355f-4bc0-83cb-1cd6764976e7 15 9781800641167 06 10.11647/OBP.0242 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Classical Music Contemporary Perspectives and Challenges 1 B01 Michael Beckerman 2 B01 Paul Boghossian 01 eng 00 252 03 12 AVA 20 classical music 04 ML3916 10 MUS006000 B2 Music 12 AVGC4 20 composers 10 MUS020000 12 AVH 10 MUS007000 20 musicians 20 twenty-first century 20 performers 20 academics 20 journalists 20 arts administrators 20 traditions 20 challenges 20 diversity 20 governance 20 identity 20 perception 20 challenges 20 financial stability 20 non-profit arts organizations 20 case studies 01 06 03 00 This kaleidoscopic collection reflects on the multifaceted world of classical music as it advances through the twenty-first century. With insights drawn from leading composers, performers, academics, journalists, and arts administrators, special focus is placed on classical music’s defining traditions, challenges and contemporary scope. Innovative in structure and approach, the volume comprises two parts. The first provides detailed analyses of issues central to classical music in the present day, including diversity, governance, the identity and perception of classical music, and the challenges facing the achievement of financial stability in non-profit arts organizations. The second part offers case studies, from Miami to Seoul, of the innovative ways in which some arts organizations have responded to the challenges analyzed in the first part. Introductory material, as well as several of the essays, provide some preliminary thoughts about the impact of the crisis year 2020 on the world of classical music.Classical Music: Contemporary Perspectives and Challenges will be a valuable and engaging resource for all readers interested in the development of the arts and classical music, especially academics, arts administrators and organizers, and classical music practitioners and audiences.<break/> 04 00 Table of Contents List of Illustrations Author Biographies Preface Paul Boghossian Introduction Michael Beckerman 1. The Enduring Value of Classical Music in the Western Tradition Ellen Harris and Michael Beckerman 2. The Live Concert Experience: Its Nature and Value Christopher Peacocke and Kit Fine 3. Education and Classical Music Michael Beckerman, Ara Guzelimian, Ellen Harris and Jenny Judge 4. Music Education and Child Development Assal Habibi, Hanna Damasio and Antonio Damasio 5. A Report on New Music Alex Ross 6. The Evolving Role of Music Journalism Zachary Woolfe and Alex Ross 7. The Serious Business of the Arts: Good Governance in Twenty-First-Century America Deborah Borda 8. Audience Building and Financial Health in the Nonprofit Performing Arts: Current Literature and Unanswered Questions (Executive Summary) Francie Ostrower and Thad Calabrese 9. Are Labor and Management (Finally) Working Together to Save the Day? The COVID-19 Crisis in Orchestras Matthew VanBesien 10. Diversity, Equity, Inclusion, and Racial Injustice in the Classical Music Professions: A Call to Action Susan Feder and Anthony McGill 11. The Interface between Classical Music and Technology Laurent Bayle and Catherine Provenzano 12. Expanding Audiences in Miami: The New World Symphony’s New Audiences Initiative Howard Herring and Craig Hall 13. Attracting New Audiences at the BBC Tom Service 14. Contemporary Classical Music: A Komodo Dragon? New Opportunities Exemplified by a Concert Series in South Korea Unsuk Chin and Maris Gothoni 15. The Philharmonie de Paris, the Démos Project, and New Directions in Classical Music Laurent Bayle 16. What Classical Music Can Learn from the Plastic Arts Olivier Berggruen Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0242_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210330 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800641136 06 15 9781800641143 06 15 9781800641150 06 15 9781800646421 06 15 9781800641181 06 15 9781800641167 06 15 9781800641174 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0242.epub 20 02 20210330 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0242 20 02 20210330 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e94b6342-2de7-4160-b25b-ee17eda7bd61 03 01 01 urn:uuid:e94b6342-2de7-4160-b25b-ee17eda7bd61 15 9781805110767 06 10.11647/OBP.0353 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Classical Music Futures Practices of Innovation 1 B01 Neil Thomas Smith 2 B01 Peter Peters 3 B01 Karoly Molina 01 eng 00 430 03 12 AVA 93 AVLA 20 Classical music 10 MUS006000 B2 Music 12 AVGC 93 AVM 20 Innovations 10 MUS020000 B2 Politics and Sociology 93 AVA 12 AVGC4 20 Interdisciplinary 10 MUS041000 20 Decolonization of classical music 12 YQB 20 Technology 20 Community engagement 01 06 03 00 This volume brings together contributions from a wide range of international academics and practitioners. It traces innovations within classical music practice, showing how these offer divergent visions for its future. The interdisciplinary contributions to the volume highlight the way contrasting ideas of the future can effect change in the present. A rich balance of theoretical and practical discussion brings authority to this collection, which lays the foundations for timely responses to challenges ranging from the concept of the musical work, and the colonial values within Western musical culture, to unsustainable models of orchestral touring. The authors highlight how labour to meet the demands of particular futures for classical music might impact its creation and consumption, presenting case studies to capture the mediating roles of technology and community engagement.This book will be of interest to scholars and students in the fields of musicology and the sociology of music, as well as a general audience of practitioners, freelance musicians, music administrators and educators. 04 00 Notes on Contributors Classical Music Futures: An Introduction Whose Future? Roundtable 1: Whose Future? Classical Music has a Diversity ProblemRoundtable 2: Documenting Change: The Role of Best-Practice GuidelinesUntil George Floyd: An Afrofuturist Perspective on the Future of Classical Music and OperaThe Voice Party - A New Opera for a New Political Era Future Musicians Becoming a Classical Musician of the Future: The Effects of Training and Experience on Performer Attitudes to InnovationThe Global Conservatoire: Towards an integrated Approach to Developing 21st-Century ArtistsMeaningful Music in Healthcare: Professional Development and Discovered Identities of Classical Musicians Working in Hospital Wards Innovating Institutions Roundtable 3: Orchestras in a Changing ClimateIs it time for Brahms again?The Environmental Sustainability of Symphony Orchestras: Challenges and Potential Solutions Learning from the Art Museum The ‘Museum Problem’ Revisited: Learning from Contemporary Art ConservationFuturing Classical Music Through Contemporary Visual Art: Innovative Performance and Listening in the Works of the Artist Anri Sala Space and Proximity Changing Rooms: A Diary of Spatial InnovationMonsieur Croche – Concerts at Eye LevelStrategies of Proximity: Breaking Away from the Standard Classical ConcertAudiences of the Future - How can Streamed Music Performance Replicate the Live Music Experience? Artificial Intelligence Artificial Intelligence and the Symphony OrchestraGhosts of the Hidden Layer List of Illustrations List of Audio Files Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0353_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Maastricht University Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240130 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805110736 06 15 9781805110743 06 15 9781805110750 06 15 9781805110798 06 15 9781805110767 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0353.epub 20 02 20240130 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0353 20 02 20240130 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c9f10a55-e6ec-475b-aabf-2acef4eb92c2 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c9f10a55-e6ec-475b-aabf-2acef4eb92c2 15 9781805114857 06 10.11647/OBP.0443 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Color, Healthcare and Bioethics 1 A01 21 0000-0002-3224-7943 Henk ten Have 01 eng 00 244 03 20 Color and Healthcare 93 PSAD 10 SCI036000 B2 Science 20 Bioethics and Perception 93 JM B2 Philosophy 10 SCI075000 93 AGZC B2 Health 10 PHI005000 20 Psychology of Color 93 ABA 10 MED000000 20 Medical Aesthetics B2 Psychology and Psychoanalysis 20 Ethics of Visual Perception 93 M 10 PSY013000 10 ART007000 20 Emotional Impact of Color 01 06 03 00 This book explores the profound, yet often overlooked, role of color in healthcare and bioethics, arguing that color is far more than a visual or aesthetic element—it actively shapes human experience, perception, and ethical reasoning. Traditionally regarded as secondary to objective medical observations or rational ethical debates, color has been marginalized in these fields, considered subjective and inconsequential. However, this book reveals that color is critical in diagnostic and therapeutic practices and that it subconsciously influences moral interpretations in bioethics. Through examples like the ‘blue hour’—a time of day associated with melancholy and creativity—readers are invited to consider color not just as a physical phenomenon explained by wavelengths and visual physiology, but as a medium rich with emotional and metaphorical meaning. From ‘feeling blue’ to seeing the world in ‘black and white’, color conveys complex messages that inform our perceptions of health, morality, and identity. By bridging the gap between science, emotion, and ethics, this book illuminates how colors impact our worldviews, urging readers to consider the subtle yet significant ways that color influences our understanding of ourselves and the world around us. 04 00 About the Author List of Illustrations 1. Introduction: Color, Healthcare and Bioethics 2. The Nature of Color 3. The Power of Color 4. Color and Healthcare 5. Color and Bioethics 6. A Colorful Bioethics Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0443_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250328 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805114826 06 15 9781805114833 06 15 9781805114840 06 15 9781805114864 06 15 9781805114857 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0443.epub 20 02 20250328 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0443 20 02 20250328 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:98776400-e985-488d-a3f1-9d88879db3cf 03 01 01 urn:uuid:98776400-e985-488d-a3f1-9d88879db3cf 15 9781783741151 06 10.11647/OBP.0059 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Complexity, Security and Civil Society in East Asia Foreign Policies and the Korean Peninsula 1 B01 Peter Hayes 2 B01 Kiho Yi 01 eng 00 470 03 20 Civil society B2 History 12 JPSD 10 POL011010 04 UA832.5 12 1FP 20 civic diplomacy B2 History: International Relations 10 POL054000 12 JPSF 20 nuclear weapons B2 Politics and Sociology 20 urban insecurity 20 energy 20 climate change 20 China 20 Korea 20 Japan 01 06 03 00 Complexity, Security and Civil Society in East Asia offers the latest understanding of complex global problems including nuclear weapons, urban insecurity, energy, and climate change in the region. Detailed case studies in China, North and South Korea, and Japan demonstrate the importance of civil society and 'civic diplomacy' in reaching shared solutions to these problems in East Asia and beyond. Each chapter describes regional civil society initiatives that tackle complex challenges to East Asia’s security. In so doing the book presents key pressure points at which civil society can push for constructive changes ― especially ones that reduce the North Korean threat to its neighbors. Unusually, this book is both theoretical and practical. Complexity, Security and Civil Society in East Asia identifies strategies that can be led by civil society and negotiated by its diplomats to realize peace, security and sustainability worldwide. It shows that networked civic diplomacy offers solutions to these urgent issues in ways that official ‘complex diplomacy’ cannot. By providing a new theoretical framework based on empirical observation, the book is a must read for diplomats, scholars, students, journalists, activists and individual readers seeking insight into how to solve the crucial issues of our time. 04 00 Contributors Preface by Peter Hayes and Kiho Yi 1. Introduction by Peter Hayes, Kiho Yi, and Joan Diamond 2. Global Problems, Complexity, and Civil Society in East Asia by Peter Hayes and Richard Tanter 3. Energy Security and the Role of Green Economies in East Asia by David von Hippel with Yi Wang, Kae Takase, Tetsunari Iida, Myungrae Cho, and Sun-Jin Yun 4. Urban Security and Complexity in Northeast Asia by Sanghun Lee and Takayuki Minato with Peter Hayes 5. Complexity and Weapons of Mass Destruction in Northeast Asia by Peter Hayes and Roger Cavazos 6. The Implications of Civic Diplomacy for ROK Foreign Policy by Kiho Yi and Peter Hayes with Joan Diamond, Steven Denney, Christopher Green, and Jungmin Seo 7. Anticipating Complex Northeast Asian Futures by Peter Hayes, Joan Diamond, and Kiho Yi Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0059_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 The Nautilus Institute for Security and Sustainability Cambridge, UK 04 01 20150622 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741120 06 15 9781783741137 06 15 9781783741144 06 15 9781800644861 06 15 9781783746446 06 15 9781783741151 06 15 9781783741168 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0059.epub 20 02 20150622 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0059 20 02 20150622 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:517963d1-a56a-4250-8a07-56743ba60d95 03 01 01 urn:uuid:517963d1-a56a-4250-8a07-56743ba60d95 15 9781783740956 06 10.11647/OBP.0050 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Democracy and Power The Delhi Lectures 1 A01 Noam Chomsky 2 A24 Jean Drèze 01 eng 00 192 03 04 JC423 12 JPHV 20 Noam Chomsky 10 POL007000 B2 Politics and Sociology 20 India 12 JPFF 10 POL042000 12 JPA 20 lectures 10 POL000000 20 democracy 20 society 20 propaganda 20 nationality 01 06 03 00 Noam Chomsky visited India in 1996 and 2001 and spoke on a wide range of subjects, from democracy and corporate propaganda to the nature of the world order and the role of intellectuals in society. He captivated audiences with his lucid challenge of dominant political analyses, the engaging style of his talks, and his commitment to social equality as well as individual freedom.Chomsky’s early insights into the workings of power in the modern world remain timely and compelling. Published for the first time, this series of lectures also provides the reader with an invaluable introduction to the essential ideas of one of the leading thinkers of our time. 04 00 Introduction: Chomsky in India by Jean Drèze 1. World Orders, Old and New 2. The Vicissitudes of Democracy: Part 1 3. The Vicissitudes of Democracy: Part 2 4. The Nationality Question in the Contemporary World 5. Militarism, Democracy and People’s Right to Information Appendix: An Interview with Noam Chomsky 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0050_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20141207 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740925 06 15 9781783740932 06 15 9781783740949 06 15 9781800644779 06 15 9781783740956 06 15 9781783740963 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0050.epub 20 02 20141207 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0050 20 02 20141207 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a3277d2b-86a7-449e-bef9-aa5c5a70ca6b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a3277d2b-86a7-449e-bef9-aa5c5a70ca6b 15 9781800643116 06 10.11647/OBP.0273 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Democratising Participatory Research Pathways to Social Justice from the South 1 A01 Carmen Martinez-Vargas 01 eng 00 260 03 04 HM520 12 KCR 20 participatory research B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC045000 12 KCP 10 SOC053000 20 social justice 20 intersectionality 12 JHBC 10 SOC050000 20 Global South 12 JHBL 10 POL024000 20 colonialism 12 HPS 10 POL029000 12 HPQ 10 POL045000 20 research 20 democracy 12 HBTR 20 Capabilities Approach 20 Democratic Capabilities Research 20 South Africa 20 Global North 01 06 03 00 In this book Carmen Martinez-Vargas explores how academic participatory research and the way it is carried out can contribute to more, or less, social justice. Adopting theoretical and empirical approaches, and addressing multiple complex, intersectional issues, this book offers inspiration for scholars and practitioners to open up alternative pathways to social justice, viewed through a Global South lens.Martinez-Vargas examines the colonial roots of research and emphasises the importance of problematising current practices and limitations in order to establish more just and democratic participatory research practices. Although practitioners have been challenging the Western roots of research and participatory research for decades, their goals can be compromised by pluralities and contradictions in the field. This book aims not to replicate past participatory research approaches, but to offer an innovative theoretical foundation—the Capabilities Approach—and an innovative participatory practice called ‘Democratic Capabilities Research’.Democratising Participatory Research is not only timely and relevant in South Africa, but also in the Global North owing to the current crisis of values jeopardising the peaceful existence of diverse societies. The book gives essential recommendations for capabilities and human development scholars to reframe their perspectives and uses of the Capabilities Approach, as well as for participatory practitioners to critically reflect on their practices and their often limited conceptualisation of participation. 04 00 Acronyms Acknowledgements 1. Introduction Carmen Martinez-Vargas 2. Coloniality and Decoloniality in the Global South Higher-Education Context Carmen Martinez-Vargas 3. Traditions and Limitations of Participatory Research Carmen Martinez-Vargas 4. Democratising Participatory Research: A Capabilitarian Conceptualisation Carmen Martinez-Vargas 5. Co-Researchers’ Valued Capabilities Carmen Martinez-Vargas 6. The South African DCR Project: Undergraduates as Researchers Carmen Martinez-Vargas 7. Broadening Our Participatory Evaluations: A Southern Capabilitarian Perspective Carmen Martinez-Vargas 8. DCR for Socially Just Higher Education: Perspectives from the South Carmen Martinez-Vargas 9. Redrawing Our Epistemic Horizon Carmen Martinez-Vargas List of Figures List of Tables Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0273_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220120 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800643086 06 15 9781800643093 06 15 9781800643109 06 15 9781800646612 06 15 9781800643130 06 15 9781800643116 06 15 9781800643123 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0273 20 02 20220120 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0273.epub 20 02 20220120 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:60450f84-3e18-4beb-bafe-87c78b5a0159 03 01 01 urn:uuid:60450f84-3e18-4beb-bafe-87c78b5a0159 15 9781909254930 06 10.11647/OBP.0098 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542178 01 02 Open Book Classics 01 01 Denis Diderot 'Rameau's Nephew' - 'Le Neveu de Rameau' A Multi-Media Bilingual Edition 1 A01 Denis Diderot 2 B01 Marian Hobson 3 B06 Kate E. Tunstall 4 B06 Caroline Warman 5 B25 Pascal Duc 01 eng 01 fre 00 262 03 20 Denis Diderot B2 European Studies 12 HP 10 PHI000000 04 PQ1979.A66 12 AVH B2 European Studies: French Studies 10 MUS020000 20 satyre 20 dialogue 10 MUS028000 B2 Philosophy 10 LIT004150 20 translation 20 composers 20 opera 01 06 03 00 In a famous Parisian chess café, a down-and-out, HIM, accosts a former acquaintance, ME, who has made good, more or less. They talk about chess, about genius, about good and evil, about music, they gossip about the society in which they move, one of extreme inequality, of corruption, of envy, and about the circle of hangers-on in which the down-and-out abides. The down-and-out from time to time is possessed with movements almost like spasms, in which he imitates, he gestures, he rants. And towards half past five, when the warning bell of the Opera sounds, they part, going their separate ways.Probably completed in 1772-73, Denis Diderot’s Rameau’s Nephew fascinated Goethe, Hegel, Engels and Freud in turn, achieving a literary-philosophical status that no other work by Diderot shares. This interactive, multi-media and bilingual edition offers a brand new translation of Diderot’s famous dialogue, and it also gives the reader much more. Portraits and biographies of the numerous individuals mentioned in the text, from minor actresses to senior government officials, enable the reader to see the people Diderot describes, and provide a window onto the complex social and political context that forms the backdrop to the dialogue. Links to musical pieces specially selected by Pascal Duc and performed by students of the Conservatoire national supérieur de musique et de danse de Paris, illuminate the wider musical context of the work, enlarging it far beyond its now widely understood relation to opéra comique.This new edition includes: - Introduction - Original text - English translation - Embedded audio-files - Explanatory Notes - Interactive Material 04 00 List of Musical Pieces Preface to the Second Edition by Marian Hobson Rameau’s Nephew translated by Kate E. Tunstall, Caroline Warman Le Neveu de Rameau French edition ed. by Georges Monval (Paris: Plon, 1891) Notes by Marian Hobson List of Illustrations Contributors Acknowledgments 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0098_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20160620 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254909 06 15 9781909254916 06 15 9781909254923 06 15 9781800645172 06 15 9781783746316 06 15 9781909254930 06 15 9781909254947 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0098.epub 20 02 20160620 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0098 20 02 20160620 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b3989be1-9115-4635-b766-92f6ebfabef1 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b3989be1-9115-4635-b766-92f6ebfabef1 15 9781783740109 06 10.11647/OBP.0044 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Denis Diderot's 'Rameau's Nephew' A Multi-media Edition 1 A01 Denis Diderot 2 B01 Marian Hobson 3 B06 Kate E. Tunstall 4 B06 Caroline Warman 5 B25 Pascal Duc 01 eng 01 fre 00 173 03 20 Denis Diderot 12 HP 10 PHI000000 12 AVH 10 MUS020000 20 satyre 20 dialogue 10 MUS028000 20 translation 20 composers 20 opera 01 06 03 00 In a famous Parisian chess café, a down-and-out, HIM, accosts a former acquaintance, ME, who has made good, more or less. They talk about chess, about genius, about good and evil, about music, they gossip about the society in which they move, one of extreme inequality, of corruption, of envy, and about the circle of hangers-on in which the down-and-out abides. The down-and-out from time to time is possessed with movements almost like spasms, in which he imitates, he gestures, he rants. And towards half past five, when the warning bell of the Opera sounds, they part, going their separate ways. Probably completed in 1772-73, Denis Diderot's Rameau's Nephew fascinated Goethe, Hegel, Engels and Freud in turn, achieving a literary-philosophical status that no other work by Diderot shares. This interactive, multi-media edition offers a brand new translation of Diderot's famous dialogue, and it also gives the reader much more. Portraits and biographies of the numerous individuals mentioned in the text, from minor actresses to senior government officials,enable the reader to see the people Diderot describes, and provide a window onto the complex social and political context that forms the backdrop to the dialogue. Links to musical pieces specially selected by Pascal Duc and performed by students of the Conservatoire nationale de musique, Paris, illuminate the wider musical context of the work, enlarging it far beyond its now widely understood relation to opéra comique. 04 00 Contributors List of Illustrations List of Musical Pieces Acknowledgments Preface Rameau’s Nephew Notes 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0044_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 08 01 20140824 13 20230404 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740079 06 15 9781783740086 06 15 9781783740093 06 15 9781800644717 06 15 9781783740109 06 15 9781783740116 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0044 20 02 20140824 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0044.epub 20 02 20140824 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b1d331d5-3081-4789-ac46-68466c021a48 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b1d331d5-3081-4789-ac46-68466c021a48 15 9781805110354 06 10.11647/OBP.0346 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Destins de femmes French Women Writers, 1750-1850 1 A01 21 0000-0003-0644-9530 John Claiborne Isbell 01 eng 00 201 03 12 2ADF 93 DS B2 European Studies 20 French women writers 10 LIT004150 04 Z2173.5.W6 12 DS B2 European Studies: French Studies 93 JBSF1 10 LIT004290 20 politics 04 PQ149 12 DSA 93 DSBD 10 LIT024030 B2 Literature 20 revolutions 93 DSBF 12 DSR 10 LIT024040 20 Romantic art B2 Women and Gender Studies 12 JFSJ1 20 women's rights 12 HBLL 20 multi-genre writers 20 Romanticism 01 06 03 00 Destins de femmes is the first comprehensive overview of French women writers during the turbulent period of 1750-1850. John Isbell provides an essential collection that illuminates the impact women writers had on French literature and politics during a time marked by three revolutions, the influx of Romantic art, and rapid technological change. Each of the book’s thirty chapters introduces a prominent work by a different female author writing in French during the period, from Germaine de Staël to George Sand, from the admired salon libertine Marie du Deffand to Flora Tristan, tireless campaigner for socialism and women’s rights. Isbell draws from multi-genre writers working in prose, poetry and correspondence and addresses the breadth of women’s contribution to the literature of the age. Isbell also details the important events which shaped the writers’ lives and contextualises their work amidst the liberties both given and taken away from women during the period. This anthology fills a significant gap in the secondary literature on this transformative century, which often overlooks women who were working and active. It invites a further gendered investigation of the impact of revolution and Romanticism on the content and nature of French women’s writing, and will therefore be appropriate for both general readers, students, and academics analysing history and literature through a feminist lens. 04 00 Acknowledgements vii Introduction ix 1. Marie de Vichy-Chamrond, Marquise du Deffand 1 2. Marie Jeanne Riccoboni 7 3. Louise Florence Pétronille Tardieu d’Esclavelles d’Épinay 13 4. Julie Jeanne Éléonore de Lespinasse 19 5. Suzanne Necker 23 6. Isabelle Agnès Élisabeth de Charrière 29 7. Stéphanie Félicité, Marquise de Sillery, Comtesse de Genlis 33 8. Marie Olympe Gouze [Olympe de Gouges] 39 9. Marie Jeanne ‘Manon’ Roland de la Platière 45 10. Marie Louise Élisabeth Vigée Le Brun 51 11. Adélaïde Marie Émilie de Souza-Botelho 57 12. Sophie de Grouchy or Sophie de Condorcet 63 13. Beate Barbara Juliane Freifrau von Krüdener 69 14. Anne Louise Germaine, Baronne de Staël-Holstein 75 15. Constance Marie Pipelet or Constance, Princesse de Salm 83 16. Henriette Lucie Dillon, Marquise de La Tour-du-Pin Gouvernet 87 17. Marie Sophie Risteau Cottin 91 18. Marie Françoise Sophie Gay 95 19. Claire Louisa Rose Bonne, Duchesse de Duras 101 20. Claire Élisabeth Jeanne, Comtesse de Rémusat 107 21. Adélaïde Charlotte Louise Éléonore, Comtesse de Boigne 111 22. Marceline Félicité Josèphe Desbordes-Valmore 117 23. Hortense Thérèse Sigismonde Sophie Alexandrine Allart de Méritens 123 24. Flore Célestine Thérèse Henriette Tristán y Moscoso [Flora Tristan] 129 25. Delphine Gay de Girardin [Vicomte de Launay] 137 26. Amantine Lucile Aurore Dupin, Baronne Dudevant [George Sand] 143 27. Louise Angélique Bertin 151 28. Marie Catherine Sophie de Flavigny, Comtesse d’Agoult [Daniel Stern] 155 29. Julienne Joséphine Gauvin [Juliette Drouet] 161 30. Louise Colet 167 Index 173 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0346_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230719 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805110323 06 15 9781805110330 06 15 9781805110347 06 15 9781805110385 06 15 9781805110378 06 15 9781805110354 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0346.epub 20 02 20230719 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0346 20 02 20230719 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:594ddcb6-2363-47c8-858e-76af2283e486 03 01 01 urn:uuid:594ddcb6-2363-47c8-858e-76af2283e486 15 9781783742264 06 10.11647/OBP.0092 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Dickens’s Working Notes for 'Dombey and Son' 1 A01 Tony Laing 01 eng 00 224 03 20 critical edition 12 DSK 10 LIT004120 B2 Literature 04 PR4588 B2 European Studies 10 LIT024040 20 working notes 20 Dombey and Son B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 transcription 20 commentary 20 worksheets 01 06 03 00 This critical edition of the working notes for Dombey and Son (1848) is ideal for readers who wish to know more about Dickens’s craft and creativity. Drawing on the author’s manuscript in the Victoria and Albert Museum, London—and containing hyperlinked facsimiles—Dickens’s Working Notes for Dombey and Son offers a new digital transcription with a fresh commentary by Tony Laing. Unique and innovative, this is the only edition to make Dickens’s working methods visible.John Mullan has called Dombey and Son Dickens’s "first great novel.” Set amid the coming of the railways, it tells the story of a powerful man—typical of the commercial and banking magnates of the period—and the effect he has on his family and those around him. Laing presents the worksheets and other materials (transcribed for the first time) that together grew into the novel. Reading the book alongside this edition of the notes will enlarge the understanding of Dickens’s art among teachers, students, researchers and Dickens enthusiasts.As cultural tastes shift from print to digital, Dickens’s Working Notes will help preserve Dickens’s work for the future. The magnifying and linking functions of the edition mean that the notes are more easily and usefully—not to mention accessibly—exhibited here than elsewhere. Laing gives present-day readers the chance not only to recapture the effect of serial publication but also to gain greater insight into the making of a work which by general agreement, and Dickens’s own admission, has a special place in his development as a novelist.This close analysis of Dickens’s working notes uses Zoomify, allowing the reader of the HTML edition to greatly magnify the manuscript photographs and enabling more detailed examination. 04 00 Thanks Acknowledgements Foreword Abbreviations, references and cross-references General abbreviations used throughout References Cross-references Section 1. Introduction to the working notes Dickens’s "green cover” novels History of the working notes Materials of the working notes Section 2. Transcribing the worksheets Basic issues Special issues Comparison with other transcriptions Section 3. Procedures in the worksheets Formatting the worksheet Entries on the left-hand half Entries on the right-hand half Entries in the double number Section 4. Introduction to the worksheets Introduction to the facsimiles Numbering the entries in the transcriptions Deletion in transcription Dickens’s order of work as shown in the commentaries Abbreviations and other conventions in the commentaries Section 5. The worksheets Worksheet for No.1 (verso) Worksheet for No.1 (recto) Worksheet for No.2 Worksheet for No.3 Worksheet for No.4 Worksheet for No.5 Worksheet for No.6 Worksheet for No.7 Worksheet for No.8 Worksheet for No.9 Worksheet for No.10 Worksheet for No.11 Worksheet for No.12 Worksheet for No.13 Worksheet for No.14 Worksheet for No.15 Worksheet for No.16 Worksheet for No.17 Worksheet for No.18 Worksheet for Nos.19 & 20 Section 6. Overview Preliminary entries and the number of chapters Chapter titles: When and where they are entered and revised Memory, speech-making and planning Chapter descriptions as plans Chapter descriptions as summaries Development of number and chapter planning in each quarter Afterword Appendices A. Chapter number, title and length by part issue and date B. Chapter title history with purpose and features of chapter description C. Transcription of the List of Chapter Headings D. Revisions to chapter titles in manuscript, worksheet and List E. False starts in the manuscript at chapter openings F. Use of blue inks in worksheet, manuscript, List and proofs Bibliography Endnotes 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0092_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20170904 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742233 06 15 9781783742240 06 15 9781783742257 06 15 9781800645110 06 15 9781783746149 06 15 9781783742264 06 15 9781783742271 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0092.epub 20 02 20170904 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0092 20 02 20170904 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4d3adf77-c72b-4b69-bf5a-a042a38a837a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:4d3adf77-c72b-4b69-bf5a-a042a38a837a 15 9781783741106 06 10.11647/OBP.0053 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Dictionary of the British English Spelling System 1 A01 21 0000-0002-9054-5156 Greg Brooks 01 eng 00 522 03 20 British English 12 EBD 10 LAN019000 B2 Linguistics 04 PE1143 12 CFH 10 LAN011000 B2 Reference Books 20 spelling 12 CBD 20 dictionary 10 FOR007000 20 phonetics 20 phonics 20 graphemes phoneme correspondence 01 06 03 00 This book will tell all you need to know about British English spelling. It’s a reference work intended for anyone interested in the English language, especially those who teach it, whatever the age or mother tongue of their students. It will be particularly useful to those wishing to produce well-designed materials for teaching initial literacy via phonics, for teaching English as a foreign or second language, and for teacher training.<break/>English spelling is notoriously complicated and difficult to learn; it is correctly described as much less regular and predictable than any other alphabetic orthography. However, there is more regularity in the English spelling system than is generally appreciated. This book provides, for the first time, a thorough account of the whole complex system. It does so by describing how phonemes relate to graphemes and vice versa. It enables searches for particular words, so that one can easily find, not the meanings or pronunciations of words, but the other words with which those with unusual phoneme-grapheme/grapheme-phoneme correspondences keep company. <break/>Other unique features of this book include teacher-friendly lists of correspondences and various regularities not described by previous authorities, for example the strong tendency for the letter-name vowel phonemes (the names of the letters <a, e, i, o, u>) to be spelt with those single letters in non-final syllables. 04 00 List of tables About the author Acknowledgments A 40-year gestation How to use this book 1. Introduction 2. The phonemes of spoken English 3. The phoneme-grapheme correspondences of English, 1: Consonants 4. How do you know when to write a consonant letter double? 5. The phoneme-grapheme correspondences of English, 2: Vowels 6. Some spelling rules for vowels 7. Special processes 8. The graphemes of written English 9. The grapheme-phoneme correspondences of English, 1: Graphemes beginning with consonant letters 10. The grapheme-phoneme correspondences of English, 2: Graphemes beginning with vowel letters 11. Evaluating some pronunciation rules for vowel graphemes Appendix A: Assumptions and technicalities Appendix B: Pedagogically selected lists of phoneme-grapheme and grapheme-phoneme correspondences References 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0053_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20150330 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741076 06 15 9781783741083 06 15 9781783741090 06 15 9781800644809 06 15 9781783741106 06 15 9781783741113 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0053.epub 20 02 20150330 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0053 20 02 20150330 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:364c223d-9c90-4ceb-90e2-51be7d84e923 03 01 01 urn:uuid:364c223d-9c90-4ceb-90e2-51be7d84e923 15 9781783744015 06 10.11647/OBP.0127 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542178 01 02 Open Book Classics 01 01 Die Europaidee im Zeitalter der Aufklärung 1 B01 Rotraud von Kulessa 2 B01 21 0000-0002-6061-8502 Catriona Seth 01 ger 00 180 03 12 DQ 20 Europa 10 LCO008000 B2 Philosophy 20 Aufklärung B2 European Studies 12 HP 10 PHI034000 20 Frieden 12 HPS 10 PHI019000 12 1QFE 20 Europäische Union 10 HIS010000 20 Anthologie 20 gemeinsame Werte 20 Rousseau 20 Voltaire 20 Kant 20 Hume 01 06 03 00 Angesichts der aktuellen Herausforderungen – nicht zuletzt politischer Natur – mit denen sich viele europäische Staaten konfrontiert sehen, haben sich die Aufklärungsforscher entschlossen, auf die Geschichte der Europaidee zurückzukommen. Bereits im 18. Jahrhundert und zuvor besann man sich auf gemeinsame Werte und eine gemeinsame Geschichte; die damals gestellten Fragen ähneln in vielen Bereichen den heutigen. Die Autoren und Philosophen der Aufklärung haben so bereits über die Möglichkeiten einer europäischen Einigung zwecks Sicherung des Friedens auf dem Kontinent nachgedacht. Die Texte der vorliegenden Anthologie, verfasst sowohl von den großen Denkern der Zeit (Rousseau, Montesquieu, Voltaire, Kant, Hume oder Germaine de Staël) wie auch von weniger bekannten oder gar in Vergessenheit geratenen, präsentieren, mit einigen chronologischen Exkursen (von Sully bis Victor Hugo), die Ideen der Denker eines weit gefassten 18. Jahrhunderts zu Europa, seiner Geschichte, seiner Vielfalt, aber auch zu den Gemeinsamkeiten der Nationen, die trotz ihrer Vielfalt eine geographische Einheit bilden. Die Texte zeigen uns so die historischen Ursprünge des Projektes der europäischen Einigung, erörtern die Vorteile einer assoziierten Türkei und einer Einbindung des Maghreb sowie die Bedeutung des europäischen Handels. Sie verweisen auch auf die durch die historischen Unruhen verursachten Ängste wie auch auf die Zukunftsperspektiven eines vereinten Europas. 04 00 Vorwort 1. Friedrich Schiller, „Ode an die Freude" Eine Hymne für Europa 2. Maximilien de Béthune, Herzog von Sully, Denkwürdigkeiten Das große Projekt des Heinrich IV. 3. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Der Traktat vom ewigen Frieden Europa: ein Friedensprojekt 4. Jean-Jacques Rousseau,Auszug aus dem Projekt für den ewigen Frieden Die Überprüfung des Projektes von Saint Pierre 5. Immanuel Kant, Zum ewigen Frieden. Ein philosophischer Entwurf Der universelle Frieden 6. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Der Traktat vom ewigen Frieden Welcher Umfang für die europäische Union? 7. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Urteil über den ewigen Frieden Die Europäische Union—ein unrealistisches Projekt? 8. Edward Gibbon, Geschichte des Verfalls und Untergangs des Römischen Reichs Der Blick über die nationalen Grenzen hinaus 9. Louis de Jaucourt, Artikel „Europa" in Enzyklopädie oder ein durchdachtes Wörterbuch der Wissenschaften, der Künste und Berufe Europa in der Enzyklopädie 10. Diego de Torres Villarroel, Die fantastische Reise des Großen Piscátor von Salamanca Die Geographie Europas 11. Anonym, Ergänzungsband zur Enzyklopädie Geschichte und Politik 12. Maximilien de Béthune, Herzog von Sully, Denkwürdigkeiten Ein europäisches Parlament avant la lettre? 13. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Der Traktat vom ewigen Frieden Europa und der Islam 14. Voltaire, Essay über die Sitten Der Reichtum Europas: das kulturelle Erbe! 15. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Skizze einer historischen Abhandlung über den Fortschritt der Menschheit Regeln und befrieden 16. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint-Pierre, Der Traktat vom ewigen Frieden Die Nachbarschaft zu Russland 17. Voltaire,Das Zeitalter Ludwig XIV. Das christliche Europa als große Republik? 18. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, das Muster aller Nationen oder das französische Europa Einheit in der Vielfalt? 19. Charles-Louis de Secondat, Baron von La Brède und von Montesquieu, Vom Geist der Gesetze Der europäische Handel 20. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Der Traktat vom ewigen Frieden Die religiöse Toleranz 21. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli. Paris, das Muster aller Nationen oder das französische Europa Der Reichtum der europäischen Küche 22. Charles-Louis de Secondat, Baron von La Brède und von Montesquieu,Persische Briefe Europa aus Sicht der Perser 23. Germaine de Staël, Über Literatur Nordeuropäische und südeuropäische Literaturen: ein Vergleich 24. François-Ignace d’Espiard de La Borde, Vom Geist der Nationen Nationalcharaktäre 25. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, Das Muster aller Nationen oder das französische Europa Sprachliche Vielfalt in Europa 26. August Wilhem Schlegel, „Abriss von den europäischen Verhältnissen der Deutschen Literatur" in Kritische Schriften Die Rolle Deutschlands für die europäische Kultur 27. Gabriel-François Coyer, Reise nach Italien und nach Holland Die Entführung der Europa 28. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Der Traktat vom ewigen Frieden Die Handelsunion? 29. Charles de Villers, Verfassungen der drei freien Handelsstädte Ein gemeinsamer europäischer Markt 30. Stanislas Leszczynski, Gespräch eines Europäers mit einem Inselbewohner des Königreiches von Dumocala Das Reich der Vernunft 31. Tomás de Iriarte,„Tee und Salbei"in Fabeln Verbreitung des Reichtums 32. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, Das Muster aller Nationen oder das französische Europa Europäisches Gesellschaftsleben 33. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Der Traktat vom ewigen Frieden Die Sicherheit der europäischen Grenzen 34. Marie Leprince de Beaumont, Magazin für junge Leute, besonders junge Frauenzimmer Das koloniale Europa 35. Louis-Jules Barbon Mancini-Mazarini-Nivernois, Herzog von Nevers,Die Fabeln des Mancini-Nivernois Ein anderer Weg der Erziehung? 36. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, Das Muster aller Nationen oder das französische Europa Die Bedeutung des Handels 37. Johann Gottfried Herder, Ideen zur Philosophie der Geschichte der Menschheit Diversität und Einheit Europas 38. Françoise de Graffigny, Briefe einer Peruanerin Kritik der europäischen Sitten 39. David Hume, Vermischte Schriften über die Handlung, die Manufakturen und die andern Quellen des Reichtums und der Macht eines Staats Die europäische Zivilisation 40. Ludovico Antonio Muratori, Abhandlung über das öffentliche Glück Der Fortschritt des Rechts in Europa 41. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, Das Muster aller Nationen oder das französische Europa Annäherung der Europäer 42. Germaine de Staël, Corinna oder Italien Italien als Wiege der europäischen Kultur 43. Marie-Anne du Boccage, Briefe über England, Holland und Italien Europa und die französische Mode 44. Friedrich Schlegel, „Reise nach Frankreich"in Europa. Eine Zeitschrift Europa zwischen Niedergang und Erneuerung 45. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Der Traktat vom ewigen Frieden Sprachlicher Reichtum Europas 46. Novalis, Die Christenheit oder Europa Das spirituelle Erwachen 47. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, das Muster aller Nationen oder das französische Europa Das Café: ein Ort des gesellschaftlichen Lebens in Europa 48. Johann Gottfried Herder, Ideen zur Philosophie der Geschichte der Menschheit Das Glück in Europa 49. Germaine de Staël, Deutschland Die Ursprünge der europäischen Einigung 50. JoséCadalso,Marokkanische Briefe Die europäische Vielfalt aus dem fremdem Blick 51. William Robertson, Geschichte der Regierung Kaiser Carls des V. Seefahrt und Handelsbeziehungen 52. Johann Gottfried Herder, Ideen zur Philosophie der Geschichte der Menschheit Europa und seine lange Migrationsgeschichte 53. William Robertson, Auszüge aus der Einleitung zur Geschichte der Regierung Kaiser Carls des V. Einheit in der Vielfalt 54. Diego de Torres Villarroel, „Sonnett" Die politische Einheit Europas 55. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Unterhaltende und moralische Briefe über die zeitgenössischen Sitten Wem ähneln die Europäer? 56. James Boswell, Tagebuch einer Reise nach den Hebridischen Inseln mit Doktor Samuel Johnson Kosmopolitismus 57. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, Das Muster aller Nationen oder das französische Europa Das französische Europa 58. David Hume,Vermischte Schriften über die Handlung, die Manufakturen und die anderen Quellen des Reichtums und der Macht eines Staats Politisches Gleichgewicht und der Frieden in der Zukunft 59. José Cadalso, Marokkanische Briefe Die Gelehrtenrepublik 60. Jean-Charles Simonde de Sismondi, Von der Literatur Südeuropas Wird Europa in Zukunft überholt sein? 61. Germaine de Staël, Deutschland Gemeinschaft der Philosophen 62. Louis-Antoine-Léon de Saint-Just, Rede vom 13. ventôse des Jahres II Eine neue Idee in Europa 63. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Skizze einer historischen Abhandlung über den Fortschritt des Menschen Eine humanitäre Vision 64. Jean-François Melon, Essay zur Wirtschaftspolitik Das Gleichgewicht der Mächte herstellen 65. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Überlegungen zur Regierung von Polen Tendenz zu einer kulturellen Vereinheitlichung? 66. José Cadalso, Marokkanische Briefe Europa und Afrika 67. Immanuel Kant, Idee zu einer universellen Geschichte in weltbürgerlicher Absicht Die Erfüllung der Ziele der Natur 68. Napoleon, zitiert vonEmmanuel-Auguste-Dieudonné-Marius de Las Cases in Denkwürdigkeiten von Sankt Helena Europa regieren 69. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Skizze einer historischen Abhandlung über den Fortschritt des Menschen Die Welt kennen, um sie zu verbessern 70. Benjamin Constant, Über den Geist der Eroberung und der widerrechtlichen Aneignung im Zusammenhang mit der europäischen Zivilisation Das Ende der Kriege in Europa? 71. Napoleon, zitiert vonEmmanuel-Auguste-Dieudonné-Marius de Las Cases, Denkwürdigkeiten von Sankt Helena Zukunftsvisionen 72. José Cadalso, Brief an Tomás de Iriarte Kritik am Eurozentrismus 73. Napoleon, zitiert vonEmmanuel-Auguste-Dieudonné-Marius de Las Cases, Denkwürdigkeiten von Sankt Helena Politische Hegemonie und europäische Einigung 74. Alexandre Frédéric Jacques de Masson de Pezay, Abende in der Schweiz, im Elsass und in der Franche-Comté Europa ohne Grenzen 75. Jean-Charles Simonde de Sismondi, Die Literatur Südeurops Zahlreiche Einflüsse 76. Johannes von Müller,Briefe an Carl Victor von Bonstetten Welche Zukunft für Europa? 77. Benjamin Constant, Die Freiheit der Alten verglichen mit der der Modernen Der Charakter des modernen Austausches 78. Pierre-Simon Laplace, Vorstellung des Systems der Welt Die Einheit der Maße 79. Victor Hugo, Der Rhein Die deutsch-französische Freundschaft als Garant für Frieden in Europa Bibliographie 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0127_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Oxford 16 Augsburg University 16 The Société française d’étude du XVIIIe siècle Cambridge, UK 04 01 20170821 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743988 06 15 9781783743995 06 15 9781783744008 06 15 9781800645462 06 15 9781783744091 06 15 9781783744015 06 15 9781783744022 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0127 20 02 20170821 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0127.epub 20 02 20170821 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0cf03817-370e-4a1a-b754-1f25a49bd074 03 01 01 urn:uuid:0cf03817-370e-4a1a-b754-1f25a49bd074 15 9781805113898 06 10.11647/OBP.0423 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Digital Humanities in the India Rim Contemporary Scholarship in Australia and India 1 B01 21 0000-0001-8676-4420 Hart Cohen 2 B01 21 0000-0001-5940-8201 Ujjwal Jana 3 B01 21 0000-0002-8806-1726 Myra Gurney 01 eng 00 372 03 93 1F 04 AZ195 20 Digital Humanities B2 Digital Humanities 10 SOC008020 93 1MBF 10 COM079010 20 Indian and Australian DH B2 Politics and Sociology B2 Asian Studies 20 Ethics and Politics in DH 10 SOC052000 93 UXA 20 DH and Literature 93 JBCT1 10 PHI005000 20 DH Methods and Methodology 20 Technology in DH 20 DH and Culture 20 DH and Law 01 06 03 00 This varied collection delves into illuminating examples of Digital Humanities research and practice currently being undertaken by academics in India and Australia, and seeks to understand the shared challenges as well as the points of similarity and difference between them. From the influence of Netflix on International Relations to contemporary digital adaptations of Mary Shelley’s Frankenstein, via detours into erobotics (empathic robots) and the cultural specificity of online dating, these essays convey the distinctive breadth and imagination of research in this field.Digital Humanities is a relatively new discipline in the India Rim, and this novelty has created space for innovative research ideas, as well as the use of traditional methodologies and software in different ways within these unique cultural spaces that could potentially influence how Digital Humanities is conceptualised internationally. For example, drawing on Indian classical logic leads to novel designs and applications of computation.This lively volume offers a fresh look at the Digital Humanities and an important overview of the work taking place in a region other than the Western countries that typically dominate the field. It has much to offer both experienced researchers and those new to the Digital Humanities. 04 00 Acknowledgments About the authors Preface 1. Introduction Part 1: Digital Humanities: Institutions, Ethics, Politics 2. Mapping Digital Humanities at Western Sydney University 3. Netflix and the shaping of global politics 4. Digital justice: Interactions and rituals in the virtual courtroom 5. Artificial Intelligence, ethics and empathy: How empathic AI applications impact humanity Part 2: Digital Humanities and Literature 6. Digital hermeneutics: Interpretation and the interpretational 7. ‘Aboutness’ and semantic knowledge: A corpus-driven analysis of Yajnavalkya Smriti on the status and rights of women 8. Building a book history database: A novice voice 9. Are we ready to ‘screw around’ together?  Barriers to institutionalisation of DH pedagogy in literature departments 10. Literary masterpiece as a literary bank: A digital representation of intertextual references in T. S. Eliot’s The Waste Land 11. Hypertext as a ‘palimpsestuous’ construct: Analysing Shelley Jackson’s Patchwork Girl 12. Narratives of the self: Comments and confessions on Facebook Part 3: Digital Humanities and Technology: Methods and Methodology 13. Code against code: Creative coding as research methodology 14. Digital Humanities for a different purpose 15. Online dating: Transformations of marriage arrangements through digital media technologies in Australia’s Indian community 16. The digital mediation of film archives from the Strehlow Research Centre Afterword Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0423_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20241106 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805113874 06 15 9781805113881 06 15 9781805112976 06 15 9781805113904 06 15 9781805113898 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0423 20 02 20241106 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0423.epub 20 02 20241106 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1d4812e4-c491-4465-8e92-64e4f13662f1 03 01 01 urn:uuid:1d4812e4-c491-4465-8e92-64e4f13662f1 15 9781909254282 06 10.11647/OBP.0024 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/ 10 02 20542429 01 02 Digital Humanities Series 01 01 Digital Humanities Pedagogy Practices, Principles and Politics 1 B01 Brett D. Hirsch 01 eng 00 449 03 04 AZ182 20 Digital humanities B2 Digital Humanities 10 EDU029030 12 JNT 10 EDU029050 B2 Education 12 H 20 pedagogy 10 COM087000 20 humanities 12 JNM 20 teaching digital humanities 20 humanities computing 20 website development 20 media studies 01 06 03 00 Academic institutions are starting to recognize the growing public interest in digital humanities research, and there is an increasing demand from students for formal training in its methods. Despite the pressure on practitioners to develop innovative courses, scholarship in this area has tended to focus on research methods, theories and results rather than critical pedagogy and the actual practice of teaching. The essays in this collection offer a timely intervention in digital humanities scholarship, bringing together established and emerging scholars from a variety of humanities disciplines across the world. The first section offers views on the practical realities of teaching digital humanities at undergraduate and graduate levels, presenting case studies and snapshots of the authors’ experiences alongside models for future courses and reflections on pedagogical successes and failures. The next section proposes strategies for teaching foundational digital humanities methods across a variety of scholarly disciplines, and the book concludes with wider debates about the place of digital humanities in the academy, from the field’s cultural assumptions and social obligations to its political visions. Digital Humanities Pedagogy broadens the ways in which both scholars and practitioners can think about this emerging discipline, ensuring its ongoing development, vitality and long-term sustainability. 04 00 Acknowledgments Notes on Contributors Introduction </Parentheses>: Digital Humanities and the Place of Pedagogy Brett D. Hirsch Part 1. Practices The PhD in Digital Humanities Willard McCarty Hands-On Teaching Digital Humanities: A Didactic Analysis of a Summer School Course on Digital Editing Malte Rehbein and Christiane Fritze Teaching Digital Skills in an Archives and Public History Curriculum Peter J. Wosh, Cathy Moran Hajo, and Esther Katz Digital Humanities and the First-Year Writing Course Olin Bjork Teaching Digital Humanities through Digital Cultural Mapping Chris Johanson, Elaine Sullivan, Janice Reiff, Diane Favro, Todd Presner and Willeke Wendrich Looking for Whitman: A Multi-Campus Experiment in Digital Pedagogy Matthew K. Gold Acculturation in the Digital Humanities Community Geoffrey Rockwell and Stéfan Sinclair Part 2. Principles Teaching Skills or Teaching Methodology? Simon Mahony and Elena Pierazzo Programming with Humanists: Reflections on Raising an Army of Hacker-Scholars in the Digital Humanities Stephen Ramsay Teaching Computer-Assisted Text Analysis: Approaches to Learning New Methodologies Stéfan Sinclair and Geoffrey Rockwell Pedagogical Principles of Digital Historiography Joshua Sternfeld Nomadic Archives: Remix and the Drift to Praxis Virginia Kuhn and Vicki Callahan Part 3. Politics They Have Come, Why Don’t We Build It? On the Digital Future of Humanities Jon Saklofske, Estelle Clements and Richard Cunningham Opening Up Digital Humanities Education Lisa Spiro Multiliteracies in the Undergraduate Digital Humanities Curriculum: Skills, Principles and Habits of Mind Tanya Clement Teaching Digital Rhetoric: Wikipedia, Collaboration and the Politics of Free Knowledge Melanie Kill Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0024_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Western Australia 01 programname The University of Western Australia Research Development Award Cambridge, UK 04 01 20121220 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254251 06 15 9781909254268 06 15 9781909254275 06 15 9781800644519 06 15 9781909254282 06 15 9781909254299 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0024.epub 20 02 20121220 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0024 20 02 20121220 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:43d96298-a683-4098-9492-bba1466cb8e0 03 01 01 urn:uuid:43d96298-a683-4098-9492-bba1466cb8e0 15 9781783742417 06 10.11647/OBP.0095 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542429 01 02 Digital Humanities Series 01 01 Digital Scholarly Editing Theories and Practices 1 B01 21 0000-0001-9662-1271 Matthew James Driscoll 2 B01 Elena Pierazzo 01 eng 00 290 03 B2 Digital Humanities 20 Digital scholarly editing 12 H 10 LIT000000 04 Z286.E43 10 COM087000 20 digital humanities 12 U 10 COM065000 12 D 20 textual scholarship 20 computer technology 20 theories 20 practices 01 06 03 00 This volume presents the state of the art in digital scholarly editing. Drawing together the work of established and emerging researchers, it gives pause at a crucial moment in the history of technology in order to offer a sustained reflection on the practices involved in producing, editing and reading digital scholarly editions—and the theories that underpin them.The unrelenting progress of computer technology has changed the nature of textual scholarship at the most fundamental level: the way editors and scholars work, the tools they use to do such work and the research questions they attempt to answer have all been affected. Each of the essays in Digital Scholarly Editing approaches these changes with a different methodological consideration in mind. Together, they make a compelling case for re-evaluating the foundation of the discipline—one that tests its assertions against manuscripts and printed works from across literary history, and the globe. The sheer breadth of Digital Scholarly Editing, along with its successful integration of theory and practice, help redefine a rapidly-changing field, as its firm grounding and future-looking ambit ensure the work will be an indispensable starting point for further scholarship. This collection is essential reading for editors, scholars, students and readers who are invested in the future of textual scholarship and the digital humanities. 04 00 Notes on Contributors Foreword by Hans Walter Gabler 1. Introduction: Old Wine in New Bottles? By Matthew James Driscoll and Elena Pierazzo SECTION 1: THEORIES 2. What is a Scholarly Digital Edition? By Patrick Sahle 3. Modelling Digital Scholarly Editing: From Plato to Heraclitus. By Elena Pierazzo 4. A Protocol for Scholarly Digital Editions? The Italian Point of View. By Marina Buzzoni 5. Barely Beyond the Book? By Joris van Zundert 6. Exogenetic Digital Editing and Enactive Cognition. By Dirk Van Hulle 7. Reading or Using a Digital Edition? Reader Roles in Scholarly Editions. By Krista Stinne Greve Rasmussen SECTION 2: PRACTICES 8. Building A Social Edition of the Devonshire Manuscript. By Ray Siemens, Constance Crompton, Daniel Powell and Alyssa Arbuckle, with Maggie Shirley and the Devonshire Manuscript Editorial Group 9. A Catalogue of Digital Editions. By Greta Franzini, Melissa Terras and Simon Mahony 10. Early Modern Correspondence: A New Challenge for Digital Editions. By Camille Desenclos 11. Beyond Variants: Some Digital Desiderata for the Critical Apparatus of Ancient Greek and Latin Texts. By Cynthia Damon 12. The Battle We Forgot to Fight: Should We Make a Case for Digital Editions? By Roberto Rosselli Del Turco Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0095_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20160815 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742387 06 15 9781783742394 06 15 9781783742400 06 15 9781800645141 06 15 9781783746279 06 15 9781783742417 06 15 9781783742424 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0095.epub 20 02 20160815 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0095 20 02 20160815 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:912c2731-3ca1-4ad9-b601-5d968da6b030 03 01 01 urn:uuid:912c2731-3ca1-4ad9-b601-5d968da6b030 15 9781783748426 06 10.11647/OBP.0192 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Digital Technology and the Practices of Humanities Research 1 B01 21 0000-0001-9991-1637 Jennifer Edmond 01 eng 00 294 03 04 AZ186 B2 Digital Humanities 10 EDU037000 12 H 20 technology B2 Education 20 humanities 12 JNV 10 TEC000000 20 digitisation B2 Information Technology and Computer Science 20 scholarly identity 20 scholarship 20 scholarly publishing 20 digital age 01 06 03 00 How does technology impact research practices in the humanities? How does digitisation shape scholarly identity? How do we negotiate trust in the digital realm? What is scholarship, what forms can it take, and how does it acquire authority?This diverse set of essays demonstrate the importance of asking such questions, bringing together established and emerging scholars from a variety of disciplines, at a time when data is increasingly being incorporated as an input and output in humanities sources and publications. Major themes addressed include the changing nature of scholarly publishing in a digital age, the different kinds of ‘gate-keepers’ for scholarship, and the difficulties of effectively assessing the impact of digital resources. The essays bring theoretical and practical perspectives into conversation, offering readers not only comprehensive examinations of past and present discourse on digital scholarship, but tightly-focused case studies.This timely volume illuminates the different forces underlying the shifting practices in humanities research today, with especial focus on how humanists take ownership of, and are empowered by, technology in unexpected ways. Digital Technology and the Practices of Humanities Research is essential reading for scholars, students, and general readers interested in the changing culture of research practices in the humanities, and in the future of the digital humanities on the whole. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgements Notes on the Contributors 1. Introduction: Power, Practices, and the Gatekeepers of Humanistic Research in the Digital Age Jennifer Edmond 2. Publishing in the Digital Humanities: The Treacle of the Academic Tradition Adriaan van der Weel and Fleur Praal 3. Academic Publishing: New Opportunities for the Culture of Supply and the Nature of Demand Jennifer Edmond and Laurent Romary 4. The Impact of Digital Resources Claire Warwick and Claire Bailey-Ross 5. Violins in the Subway: Scarcity Correlations, Evaluative Cultures, and Disciplinary Authority in the Digital Humanities Martin Paul Eve 6. 'Black Boxes' and True Colour — A Rhetoric of Scholarly Code Joris Van Zundert, Smiljana Antonijević and Tara Andrews 7. The Evaluation and Peer Review of Digital Scholarship in the Humanities: Experiences, Discussions, and Histories Julianne Nyhan 8. Critical Mass: The Listserv and the Early Online Community as a Case Study in the Unanticipated Consequences of Innovation in Scholarly Communication Daniel Paul O'Donnell 9. Springing the Floor for a Different Kind of Dance: Building DARIAH as a Twenty-First-Century Research Infrastructure for the Arts and Humanities Jennifer Edmond, Frank Fischer, Laurent Romary and Toma Tasovac 10. The Risk of Losing the Thick Description: Data Management Challenges Faced by the Arts and Humanities in the Evolving FAIR Data Ecosystem Erzsébet Tóth-Czifra Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0192_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200130 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783748396 06 15 9781783748402 06 15 9781783748419 06 15 9781800646049 06 15 9781783748440 06 15 9781783748426 06 15 9781783748433 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0192.epub 20 02 20200130 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0192 20 02 20200130 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:270b51a0-d993-4be6-ae92-d3bb06a68955 03 01 01 urn:uuid:270b51a0-d993-4be6-ae92-d3bb06a68955 15 9781805110637 06 10.11647/OBP.0350 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Digital Transformation Understanding Business Goals, Risks, Processes, and Decisions 1 A01 21 0000-0002-2488-4854 Mathias Cöster 2 A01 21 0000-0001-6502-9670 Mats Danielson 3 A01 21 0000-0002-0665-1889 Love Ekenberg 4 A01 Cecilia Gullberg 5 A01 Gard Titlestad 6 A01 21 0000-0002-0671-6072 Alf Westelius 7 A01 Gunnar Wettergren 01 eng 00 322 03 B2 Business and Management 10 COM005000 20 digitisation 04 HD45 12 UF 93 UFL 10 BUS063000 20 efficiency B2 Information Technology and Computer Science 12 KJC 93 KJC 10 BUS092000 93 KCM 12 KJD 20 organisations 20 business goals 20 strategies 20 information structure 20 decision making 20 risk assessment 20 project management 20 procurement 01 06 03 00 Whilst digitisation is far from a new concept, many assume that simply introducing automation and information systems in various forms will be enough to make their organisation’s operations more efficient. This misconception can often lead to disarray and costly mistakes. Digital Transformation: Understanding Business Goals, Risks, Processes, and Decisions shows how to avoid such issues via careful consideration of what an enterprise really needs. Unlike many other books on digital transformation, the authors do not dwell on database design or the details of implementing information systems. Instead, they emphasise the importance of a clear understanding of all aspects of an organisation in order to effectively implement and manage digital systems, from business goals and strategies to structuring information and making decisions, risk assessments, project management, organising, and procuring services and products. Organised in eleven chapters, and drawing on examples from all over the world, this book will be of interest to university students of business administration, management, information systems, and computer science, as well as practitioners seeking to better understand how to handle digital transformation in their own organisation. 04 00 Preface 1. Introduction 2. Organisational Goals, Strategies, and Digitisation 3. Business Models and Digitisation 4. The Organisation of Digitisation 5. Structured Decisions and Decision Processes 6. Procurement Competence 7. Probability and Risk Management 8. Project Portfolios 9. Managing Projects 10. Globally Sustainable Digital Transformation 11. What Is This All About? Appendix List of Illustrations Index About the Authors 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0350_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Bergen Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230802 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805110606 06 15 9781805110613 06 15 9781805110620 06 15 9781805110668 06 15 9781805110651 06 15 9781805110637 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0350 20 02 20230802 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0350.epub 20 02 20230802 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:efd4453c-0eba-4f38-b9e1-9cc0e7cbb29f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:efd4453c-0eba-4f38-b9e1-9cc0e7cbb29f 15 9781800649330 06 10.11647/OBP.0332 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Dire Straits-Education Reforms Ideology, Vested Interests and Evidence 1 A01 Montserrat Gomendio 2 A01 José Ignacio Wert 01 eng 00 362 03 10 EDU034000 B2 Education 20 educational emergency 12 JN 04 LB2806.23 10 EDU014000 20 education reforms 12 JNF 10 EDU040000 20 education policies 12 JNK 20 comparison 12 VSK 20 policies around the world 01 06 03 00 Responding to an ‘educational emergency’ generated largely by the difficulties of implementing education reforms, this book compares education policies around the world in order to understand what works where. To address the key question of why education reforms are so difficult, the authors take into account a broad range of relevant factors, such as governance, ideology, and stakeholder conflicts of interest, and their interactions with one another. Drawing on their experiences as policymakers in the Spanish government and as governmental advisors worldwide, Montserrat Gomendio and Jose Ignacio Wert produce a publication like no other, shifting the usual Eurocentric narrative and shedding light on frequently overlooked educational policies from elsewhere. In this context, they dive deeper into details of educational failures and successes, the processes of implementation and investment priorities in different countries. They provide revealing accounts of stakeholder conflicts of interest and the challenges of implementing educational reform during a financial crisis.The authors also investigate why the evidence from international large-scale assessments (ILSAs) has, contrary to expectation, not generated improvements in most education systems. Gomendio and Wert investigate the evolution of different education systems, closely examining their advances or declines. Gomendio and Wert’s expert voices illuminate the current state of global education systems and the necessary changes to ensure long-awaited improvements. This is a revelatory and informative resource for policymakers, teachers and academics alike. 04 00 About the Authors ix Preface xi 1. The Functions and Role of Modern Education Systems: A Brief Summary 1 1.1 The Origins of Modern Education 1 1.2 The Social Function of Modern Education 5 1.3 To What Extent Do People Care about Education? 9 1.4 The Goals of Education in the Knowledge Society 11 1.5 Digitalisation: A Game Changer 13 1.6 COVID-19: An Unexpected Disruption and an Accelerator of Change 16 1.7 Why Are Reforms So Difficult? 18 2. Education and Ideology (Or Is It the Other Way Around?) 19 2.1. Ideology and Education: What Do We Mean? 19 2.2 The Role of the State as an Education Provider 21 2.3 Equity and the Function of Education: Equaliser or Enabler? 31 2.4 The Shape of Education: Architecture, Teachers, Curricula and Assessments 40 2.5 Funding of Education and Ideology 63 2.6 Conclusions 68 3. The Governance of Education Systems: How They Constrain or Facilitate the Implementation of Reforms 73 3.1 Why Governance Matters 73 3.2 The Power of Governments 74 3.3 The Dilemmas of Multi-Level States: When Power Is Shared between Different Levels of Government 80 3.4 The Process of Decentralisation: A Bumpy Road 86 3.5 Funding. Who Raises the Money and Who Spends it? 89 3.6 The Role of Stakeholders 96 3.7 A Special Case: Governance of VET Systems 106 3.8. Conclusions 114 4. ILSAs: Do They Count? 119 4.1 What Do International Metrics Measure? 119 4.2. ILSAs: What Do They Tell Us? 122 Differences between and within Countries 122 4.3. ILSAs: Trends Over Time 128 4.4. Evidence from ILSAs on Effective Policies 134 4.5. Conclusions 176 5. Does the Evidence Count? 187 5.1. What Can We Learn from Top-Performing Countries? 187 5.2. What Can We Learn from Low Performers? The Latin American Story 206 5.3. What Have Countries Learned from the PISA Shock? 214 5.4. What Can We Learn from Countries that Improve in Europe? 222 5.5. What Can We Learn from Countries where PISA Has a Huge Media Impact but No Policy Reactions? 233 5.6 Conclusions 237 6. Spain: An Inside Story 245 6.1. A Rough Start 245 6.2. Laws, Laws, Laws …. Are They Any Good? 248 6.3. An Education Reform in the Middle of a Storm 253 6.4. Aims, Policies and Impact of the Education Reform 257 6.5. Back to the Future 264 6.6. What Has Been the Role of PISA? 266 7. Education Reforms: The Interaction between Ideology, Governance, Conflicts of Interest and Evidence 269 7.1. Who Cares about Education and Why? 269 7.2. Ideological Battles: What Are They About? 270 7.3. Reform: Who Decides What, Who Funds, Who Has a Say, Who Has the Power to Block 274 7.4. International Evidence versus Conflicts of Interest: Who is David and Who is Goliath? 279 7.5. The Geography of Education Success 292 7.6. Is the World a Better Place with Data? 296 References 299 Index 331 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0332_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230214 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800649309 06 15 9781800649316 06 15 9781800649323 06 15 9781800649361 06 15 9781800649354 06 15 9781800649330 06 15 9781800649347 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0332.epub 20 02 20230214 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0332 20 02 20230214 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:78bbcc00-a336-4eb6-b4b5-0c57beec0295 03 01 01 urn:uuid:78bbcc00-a336-4eb6-b4b5-0c57beec0295 15 9781783748549 06 10.11647/OBP.0203 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Discourses We Live By Narratives of Educational and Social Endeavour 1 B01 21 0000-0002-3594-9780 Hazel R. Wright 2 B01 21 0000-0001-5042-6024 Marianne Høyen 01 eng 00 684 03 20 discourses that shape people’s lives 10 EDU000000 B2 Education 12 J 04 LB1028 10 EDU009000 12 JN 20 narrative researchers B2 Politics and Sociology 10 EDU051000 12 JNF 10 SOC000000 12 YQJ 10 SOC026000 01 06 03 00 What are the influences that govern how people view their worlds? What are the embedded values and practices that underpin the ways people think and act?Discourses We Live By approaches these questions through narrative research, in a process that uses words, images, activities or artefacts to ask people – either individually or collectively within social groupings – to examine, discuss, portray or otherwise make public their place in the world, their sense of belonging to (and identity within) the physical and cultural space they inhabit.This book is a rich and multifaceted collection of twenty-eight chapters that use varied lenses to examine the discourses that shape people’s lives. The contributors are themselves from many backgrounds – different academic disciplines within the humanities and social sciences, diverse professional practices and a range of countries and cultures. They represent a broad spectrum of age, status and outlook, and variously apply their research methods – but share a common interest in people, their lives, thoughts and actions. Gathering such eclectic experiences as those of student-teachers in Kenya, a released prisoner in Denmark, academics in Colombia, a group of migrants learning English, and gambling addiction support-workers in Italy, alongside more mainstream educational themes, the book presents a fascinating array of insights.Discourses We Live By will be essential reading for adult educators and practitioners, those involved with educational and professional practice, narrative researchers, and many sociologists. It will appeal to all who want to know how narratives shape the way we live and the way we talk about our lives. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgements Organization of the Book Notes on Contributors Narrative, Discourse, and Biography: An Introductory Story Marianne Høyen and Hazel R. Wright I. Discourses we live within: Frameworks that structure 1. Truth and Narrative: How and Why Stories Matter Janet Dyson 2. From Experience to Language in Narrative Practices in Therapeutic Education in France Hervé Breton 3. Narratives of Fundamentalism, Negative Capability and the Democratic Imperative Alan Bainbridge and Linden West 4. Understandings of the Natural World from a Generational Perspective Hazel R. Wright II. Discourses we work within: Of the workplace 5. Opposing Cultures: Science and Humanities Teaching in Danish Schools Marianne Høyen and Mumiah Rasmusen 6. Shaping ‘the Good Teacher’ in Danish and Kenyan Teacher Education Kari Kragh Blume Dahl 7. Irish Adult Educators Find Fulfilment amid Poor Employment Conditions Sarah Bates Evoy 8. Nurture Groups: Perspectives from Teaching Assistants Who Lead Them in Britain Tristan Middleton III. Discourses we work through: Challenges to overcome 9. Punishment Discourses in Everyday Life Khum Raj Pathak 10. Irish Students Turning First-Year Transition Obstacles into Successful Progression Vera Sheridan 11. Care Leavers in Italy: From ‘Vulnerable’ Children to ‘Autonomous’ Adults? Laura Formenti, Andrea Galimberti and Mirella Ferrari 12. What Game Are We Playing? Narrative Work that Supports Gamblers Micaela Castiglioni and Carola Girotti IV. Discourses we work around: Managing constraining circumstances 13. A Danish Prisoner Narrative: The Tension from a Multifaceted Identity During (Re-)Entry to Society Charlotte Mathiassen 14. Inclusion and Exclusion in Colombian Education, Captured through Life Stories Miguel Alberto González González 15. Navigating Grades and Learning in the Swedish Upper Secondary School Where Neoliberal Values Prevail Patric Wallin 16. Adult Education as a Means to Enable Polish Citizens to Question Media Coverage of Political Messages Marta Zientek V. Discourses that explore or reveal diversity: Facing choice and change 17. Examining a Kazakh Student’s Biographical Narrative and the Discourses She Lives By Rob Evans 18. The Needs of Low-Literate Migrants When Learning the English Language Monica Mascarenhas 19. Uncovering Habitus in Life Stories of Muslim Converts Simone R. Rasmussen 20. Participatory Approaches in Critical Migration Research: The Example of an Austrian Documentary Film Annette Sprung VI. Discourses to support diversity: Projects that empower 21. Decolonizing and Indigenizing Discourses in a Canadian Context Adrienne S. Chan 22. Embedding Feminist Pedagogies of Care in Research to Better Support San Youth in South Africa Outi Ylitapio-Mäntylä and Mari Mäkiranta 23. From Defender to Offender: British Female Ex-Military Re-Joining Civilian Society Linda Cooper 24. UK Senior Citizens Learn Filmmaking as a Creative Pathway to Reflection and Fulfilment Teresa Brayshaw and Jenny Granville VII. Discourses through a Self-reflexive lens: Thoughts from researchers 25. Diversifying Discourses of Progression to UK Higher Education Through Narrative Approaches Laura Mazzoli Smith 26. Using Journaling and Autoethnography to Create Counter-Narratives of School Exclusion in Britain Helen Woodley 27. Reflections on a Creative Arts Project to Explore the Resilience of Young Adults with a Muslim Background in Finland Helena Oikarinen-Jabai 28. Discourses, Cultural narratives, and Genre in Biographical Narratives: A Personal Overview Marianne Horsdal Learning from Narratives, Discourses and Biographical Research: An Afterword Hazel R. Wright and Marianne Høyen List of Illustrations Index About the Team 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0203_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200703 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783748518 06 15 9781783748525 06 15 9781783748532 06 15 9781800646148 06 15 9781783748563 06 15 9781783748549 06 15 9781783748556 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0203 20 02 20200703 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0203.epub 20 02 20200703 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1312613f-e01a-499a-b0d0-7289d5b9013d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:1312613f-e01a-499a-b0d0-7289d5b9013d 15 9781783749966 06 10.11647/OBP.0219 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 26326914 01 02 Semitic Languages and Cultures 01 01 Diversity and Rabbinization Jewish Texts and Societies between 400 and 1000 CE 1 B01 Gavin McDowell 2 B01 Ron Naiweld 3 B01 Daniel Stökl Ben Ezra 01 eng 00 502 03 B2 Cambridge Semitic Languages and Cultures 20 cultural diversity 12 JF 10 REL006020 B2 History 12 JFSR1 10 LAN009010 20 religious diversity B2 Archaeology and Religion 12 CFF 20 Jewish communities 12 CFP 20 Late Antiquity 20 Early Middle Age 20 rabbis 01 06 03 00 This volume is dedicated to the cultural and religious diversity in Jewish communities from Late Antiquity to the Early Middle Age and the growing influence of the rabbis within these communities during the same period. Drawing on available textual and material evidence, the fourteen essays presented here, written by leading experts in their fields, span a significant chronological and geographical range and cover material that has not yet received sufficient attention in scholarship.The volume is divided into four parts. The first focuses on the vantage point of the synagogue; the second and third on non-rabbinic Judaism in, respectively, the Near East and Europe; the final part turns from diversity within Judaism to the process of "rabbinization" as represented in some unusual rabbinic texts.Diversity and Rabbinization is a welcome contribution to the historical study of Judaism in all its complexity. It presents fresh perspectives on critical questions and allows us to rethink the tension between multiplicity and unity in Judaism during the first millennium CE. 04 00 Contents Contributors Introduction Gavin McDowell, Ron Naiweld and Daniel Stökl Ben Ezra Part 1. The Synagogue 1. Diversity in the Ancient Synagogue of Roman-Byzantine Palestine: Historical Implications Lee I. Levine 2. Society and the Self in Early Piyyut Michael D. Swartz 3. Some Remarks about Non-Rabbinic Judaism, Rabbinization, and Synagogal Judaism José Costa Part 2. Evidence for Non-Rabbinic Judaism: The Near East 4. In Search of Non-Rabbinic Judaism in Sasanian Babylonia Geoffrey Herman 5. Varieties of Non-Rabbinic Judaism in Geonic and Contemporaneous Sources Robert Brody 6. Karaites and Sadducees Download Yoram Erder 7. The Judaism of the Ancient Kingdom of Ḥimyar in Arabia: A Discreet Conversion Christian Julien Robin Part 3. Evidence for Non-Rabbinic Judaism: Europe 8. The Didascalus Annas: A Jewish Political and Intellectual Figure from the West Capucine Nemo-Pekelman 9. Rabbis in Southern Italian Jewish Inscriptions from Late Antiquity to the Early Middle Ages Giancarlo Lacerenza 10. Jewish Demographics and Economics at the Onset of the European Middle Ages Michael Toch Part 4. Rabbinization 11. The Rabbinization Tractates and the Propagation of Rabbinic Ideology in the Late Talmudic Period Ron Naiweld 12. Who is the Target of Toledot Yeshu? Daniel Stökl Ben Ezra 13. Rabbinization of Non-Rabbinic Material in Pirqe de-Rabbi Eliezer Gavin McDowell 14. Seder Eliyahu Rabbah: Rabbinic Tradition for a Non-Rabbinic Society Günter Stemberger Afterword: Rabbinization and the Persistence of Diversity in Jewish Culture in Late Antiquity Ra‘anan Boustan List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0219_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210430 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783749935 06 15 9781783749942 06 15 9781783749959 06 15 9781800646247 06 15 9781783749980 06 15 9781783749966 06 15 9781783749973 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0219.epub 20 02 20210430 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0219 20 02 20210430 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:02fbde7d-48ca-4515-9dec-8f962960993f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:02fbde7d-48ca-4515-9dec-8f962960993f 15 9781805111047 06 10.11647/OBP.0357 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Divine Style Walt Whitman and the King James Bible 1 A01 F. W. Dobbs-Allsopp 01 eng 00 404 03 12 D 93 DNT 10 LCO002000 B2 Literature 04 PS3242.B5 20 Walt Whitman 12 DS 93 DS 20 King James Bible 10 LCO022040 B2 Literature: Comparative Literature B2 American and Latin American Studies 12 DSA 93 DSBF 10 LIT004020 20 Nineteenth-Century American poetry 12 1KBB 20 Free verse 10 LIT024040 93 QRMF1 12 HRCG 20 'Leaves of Grass' 10 LIT025040 10 BIB006000 20 Literature scholarship 01 06 03 00 In exploring the seminal works of Walt Whitman, the great American poet, many commentators have acknowledged the underlying influence of The King James Bible. However, a study has yet to elucidate the precise manner in which the Bible has shaped Whitman’s poetic style.This is the deficit that F. W. Dobbs-Allsopp seeks to address in his new piece of literary scholarship: 'Divine Style: Walt Whitman and the King James Bible'. Dobbs-Allsopp, Professor of Old Testament at Princeton Theological Seminary, explicitly approaches Whitman from the perspective of a biblical scholar.Utilising his wealth of expertise in this field, he constructs a compelling, erudite and methodical argument for the King James Bible’s importance in the evolution of Whitman’s style – from his signature long lines to the prevalence of parallelism and tendency towards parataxis in his works. 'Divine Style' focuses on Whitman’s output in the years preceding the release of his 1855 opus 'Leaves of Grass' through the general period of the book’s first three editions. In this, Dobbs-Allsopp’s exploration of the period is exhaustive – covering not just Leaves of Grass but recently recovered notebooks, newly digitised manuscripts and additions to the corpus, such as the novel 'Life and Adventures of Jack Engle'.This is a work of careful, detailed scholarship, offering an authoritative commentary that will be a valuable resource for students of Whitman, biblical scholars and scholars of literature more generally. 04 00 Acknowledgements Abbreviations List of Figures Prefatory Note on Links Introduction 1. Whitman on the Bible 2. The Bible in Whitman: Quotation, Allusion, Echo 3. Whitman’s Line: “Found” in the KJB? 4. Parallelism: In the (Hebrew) Bible and in Whitman 5. “The Divine Style”: An American Prose Style Poeticized Afterword Selected Bibliography Index Writings of Walt Whitman Biblical References Subject Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0357_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240116 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805111016 06 15 9781805111023 06 15 9781805111030 06 15 9781805111078 06 15 9781805111047 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0357.epub 20 02 20240116 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0357 20 02 20240116 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b31b6f95-4dd4-4fa9-9c55-803ce2fd36ff 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b31b6f95-4dd4-4fa9-9c55-803ce2fd36ff 15 9781800641976 06 10.11647/OBP.0255 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 02 2514250X 01 02 Open Field Guides Series 01 01 Documentary Making for Digital Humanists 1 A01 21 0000-0002-5785-1071 Darren R. Reid 2 A01 Brett Sanders 01 eng 00 296 03 12 APFR 20 digital technologies B2 Film and Photography 10 PER004110 04 PN1995.9.D6 12 H 20 humanities B2 Media Studies and Journalism 10 TEC000000 12 CAL 20 digital documentaries B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 20 online distribution 12 U 01 06 03 00 This fluent and comprehensive field guide responds to increased interest, across the humanities, in the ways in which digital technologies can disrupt and open up new research and pedagogical avenues. It is designed to help scholars and students engage with their subjects using an audio-visual grammar, and to allow readers to efficiently gain the technical and theoretical skills necessary to create and disseminate their own trans-media projects.Documentary Making for Digital Humanists sets out the fundamentals of filmmaking, explores academic discourse on digital documentaries and online distribution, and considers the place of this discourse in the evolving academic landscape. The book walks its readers through the intellectual and practical processes of creating digital media and documentary projects. It is further equipped with video elements, supplementing specific chapters and providing brief and accessible introductions to the key components of the filmmaking process.This will be a valuable resource to humanist scholars and students seeking to embrace new media production and the digital landscape, and to those researchers interested in using means beyond the written word to disseminate their work. It constitutes a welcome contribution to the burgeoning field of digital humanities, as the first practical guide of its kind designed to facilitate humanist interactions with digital filmmaking, and to empower scholars and students alike to create and distribute new media audio-visual artefacts. 04 00 Introduction Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 1. The Humanist Auteur Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 2. Learning to Love the Camera Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 3. The Production Process Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 4. Concept and Planning Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 5. Collaboration Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 6. Precedent Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 7. Choosing Your Filmmaking Equipment Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 8. Core Methods Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 9. Settings, Lenses, Focus, and Exposure Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 10. Composing a Shot — Tips and Techniques Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 11. Shots and Compositions Considered Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 12. The Visual Language of Cinema Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 13. Interviews Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 14. Recording Audio and Creating Soundscapes Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 15. Light Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 16. Camera Movement Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 17. The Two-Page Film School Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 18. Post-Mortem: Making a Short Documentary about the 2016 Presidential Election Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 19. Post-Production Workflow Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 20. The Three-Act Structure Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 21. The Protagonist Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 22. Assembly Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 23. Editing Workflow in Adobe Premiere Pro Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders 24. Distribution and Dissemination Darren R. Reid and Brett Sanders Bibliography Illustrations 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0255_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20211102 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800641945 06 15 9781800641952 06 15 9781800641969 06 15 9781800646490 06 15 9781800641990 06 15 9781800641976 06 15 9781800641983 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0255.epub 20 02 20211102 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0255 20 02 20211102 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2d74b1a9-c3b0-4278-8cad-856fadc6a19d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2d74b1a9-c3b0-4278-8cad-856fadc6a19d 15 9781783744497 06 10.11647/OBP.0134 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542178 01 02 Open Book Classics 01 01 Don Carlos Infante of Spain A Dramatic Poem 1 A01 Friedrich Schiller 2 B06 Flora Kimmich 3 A24 John Guthrie 01 eng 01 ger 00 214 03 12 DSG 20 Frederich Schiller 10 LIT004170 B2 Literature 04 PT2473.D5 12 AN 20 Don Carlos Infante of Spain B2 European Studies 10 LIT013000 B2 European Studies: German Studies 20 german drama 20 iambic pentameter 20 translation 20 commentary 20 glossary 20 European literature and history 01 06 03 00 Schiller’s Don Carlos, written ten years before his great Wallenstein trilogy, testifies to the young playwright’s growing power. First performed in 1787, it stands at the culmination of Schiller’s formative development as a dramatist and is the first play written in his characteristic iambic pentameter. Don Carlos plunges the audience into the dangerous political and personal struggles that rupture the court of the Spanish King Philip II in 1658. The autocratic king’s son Don Carlos is caught between his political ideals, fostered by his friendship with the charismatic Marquis Posa, and his doomed love for his stepmother Elisabeth of Valois. These twin passions set him against his father, the brooding and tormented Philip, and the terrible power of the Catholic Church, represented in the play by the indelible figure of the Grand Inquisitor.Schiller described Don Carlos as "a family portrait in a princely house.” It interweaves political machinations with powerful personal relationships to create a complex and resonant tragedy. The conflict between absolutism and liberty appealed not only to audiences but also to other artists and gave rise to several operas, not least to Verdi’s great Don Carlos of 1867. The play, which the playwright never finished to his satisfaction, lives on nonetheless among his best-loved works and is translated here with flair and skill by Flora Kimmich. Like her translations of Schiller’s Wallenstein and his Fiesco’s Conspiracy at Genoa, this is a lively and accessible rendering of a classic text. As with all books in the Open Book Classics series, it is supported by an introduction and notes that will inform and enlighten both the student and the general reader. 04 00 Translator’s Note Additional Resources Introduction by John Guthrie Don Carlos Infante of Spain Characters Act One Act Two Act Three Act Four Act Five Notes 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0134_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180604 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783744466 06 15 9781783744473 06 15 9781783744480 06 15 9781800645530 06 15 9781783745944 06 15 9781783744497 06 15 9781783744503 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0134 20 02 20180604 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0134.epub 20 02 20180604 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b190b3c5-88c0-4e4a-939a-26995b7ff95c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b190b3c5-88c0-4e4a-939a-26995b7ff95c 15 9781783748488 06 10.11647/OBP.0193 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Earth 2020 An Insider’s Guide to a Rapidly Changing Planet 1 B01 21 0000-0003-0212-2151 Philippe D. Tortell 01 eng 00 288 03 20 Earth Day B2 Environmental Studies 04 GE149 10 NAT010000 12 RNKH 04 E26 20 Earth’s environment 10 NAT011000 12 RND 20 Earth’s natural systems 10 SCI026000 01 06 03 00 Fifty years have passed since the first Earth Day, on 22 April 1970. This accessible, incisive, and timely collection of essays brings together a diverse set of expert voices to examine how the Earth’s environment has changed over this past half century, and what lies in store for our planet over the coming fifty years.Earth 2020: An Insider’s Guide to a Rapidly Changing Planet responds to a public increasingly concerned about the deterioration of Earth’s natural systems, offering readers a wealth of perspectives on our shared ecological past, and on the future trajectory of planet Earth.Written by world-leading thinkers on the front-lines of global change research and policy, this multi-disciplinary collection maintains a dual focus: some essays investigate specific facets of the physical Earth system, while others explore the social, legal and political dimensions shaping the human environmental footprint. In doing so, the essays collectively highlight the urgent need for collaboration across diverse domains of expertise in addressing one of the most significant challenges facing us today.Earth 2020 is essential reading for everyone seeking a deeper understanding of the past, present and future of our planet, and the role of humanity in shaping this trajectory. 04 00 Acknowledgements Introduction Philippe D. Tortell Earth Sounds Philippe D. Tortell Impatient Earth John Harte and Robert Socolow Climate 1970-2020 Tapio Schneider Politics and Law Elizabeth May Carbon David Archer Everyday Biodiversity Jeffrey R. Smith and Gretchen C. Daily Energy Elizabeth J. Wilson and Elias Grove Nielsen Forests Sally N. Aitken Environmental Economics Don Fullerton Air Jon Abbatt Geoengineering Douglas G. MacMartin and Katharine L. Ricke Ice Julian Dowdeswell Imaging Earth Edward Burtynsky Mother Earth Deborah McGregor Sea Level Rise, 1970-2070: A View from the Future Robert E. Kopp Climate Negotiation Rosemary Lyster Weather Neville Nicholls Knowing Earth Sheila Jasanoff Fish U. Rashid Sumaila and Daniel Pauly The Global Chemical Experiment Elsie Sunderland and Charlotte Wagner Land Navin Ramankutty and Hannah Wittman Oceans 2020 David M. Karl Earth and Plastic Roland Geyer Fresh Water Janet G. Hering Media Candis Callison Space Junk Alice Gorman Saving the Boat Zoe Craig-Sparrow and Grace Nosek-Sparrow Index Author Biographies 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0193_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200422 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783748457 06 15 9781783748464 06 15 9781783748471 06 15 9781800646056 06 15 9781783748501 06 15 9781783748488 06 15 9781783748495 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0193.epub 20 02 20200422 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0193 20 02 20200422 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4b0a4b51-a5b3-46fe-8029-b1a11a0039d3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:4b0a4b51-a5b3-46fe-8029-b1a11a0039d3 15 9781800643178 06 10.11647/OBP.0274 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Ecocene Politics 1 A01 21 0000-0001-5829-4644 Mihnea Tănăsescu 01 eng 00 212 03 20 ecology 10 NAT010000 B2 Politics and Sociology 12 RNKC 20 Ecocene B2 Environmental Studies 10 NAT011000 12 RNKH 20 politics 12 RND 10 SCI026000 20 ethics 20 mutualism 20 modernity 20 philosophy 20 Māori 20 Anthropocene 01 06 03 00 Anchored in the diverse ecological practices of communities in southern Italy and Aotearoa/New Zealand, this book devises a unique and considered theoretical response to the shortcomings of global politics in the Ecocene—a new temporal epoch characterised by the increasingly frequent intrusion of ecological processes into political life.Dismantling the use of the term ‘Anthropocene’ as a descriptor for our current ecological and political paradigm, this bold and resolutely original contribution proposes a restorative ethics of mutualism. An emancipatory theory intended to re-invigorate human agency in the face of contemporary ecological challenges, it posits an effective means to combat the environmental destruction engendered by modernity.Using ecology alongside European moral and Māori philosophies to re-conceptualise the ecological remit of politics, this book’s granular approach questions the role played by contemporary political ontologies in the separation of humans and environments, offering an in-depth view of their renewed interrelation under mutualism.Ecocene Politics will be essential to researchers and students in the fields of politics, philosophy, sociology, anthropology, and geography. It will be of further interest to those working in the fields of political ecology, environmental humanities, and Anthropocene studies, as well as to general readers seeking a theoretical approach to the political issues posed by current ecological crises. 04 00 Acknowledgments Contents 1. Introduction: Thinking Politically through the New Era Mihnea Tănăsescu 2. Volumes, Part I Mihnea Tănăsescu Intermezzo I: Loss and Recomposition Part I Mihnea Tănăsescu 2. Volumes, Part I Mihnea Tănăsescu 4. Renovative Practice Mihnea Tănăsescu 5. Ecopolitical Ethics, Part I Mihnea Tănăsescu 5. Ecopolitical Ethics, Part I Mihnea Tănăsescu Intermezzo I: Loss and Recomposition Part I Mihnea Tănăsescu 7. Mutualism Mihnea Tănăsescu Outro Mihnea Tănăsescu Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0274_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Vrije Universiteit Brussel 16 Research Foundation Flanders (FWO) Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220425 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800643147 06 15 9781800643154 06 15 9781800643161 06 15 9781800646803 06 15 9781800643192 06 15 9781800643178 06 15 9781800643185 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0274.epub 20 02 20220425 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0274 20 02 20220425 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a5e6aa48-02ba-48e4-887f-1c100a532de8 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a5e6aa48-02ba-48e4-887f-1c100a532de8 15 9781906924805 06 10.11647/OBP.0020 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/ 01 01 Economic Fables 1 A01 21 0000-0003-1574-2659 Ariel Rubinstein 01 eng 00 264 03 10 BIO021000 B2 Economics 04 HB71 12 KCA 20 Microeconomics 10 BUS044000 20 economic models 20 economic theory 20 game theory 20 John Nash 20 Hotelling's Game 20 Beautiful Mind 01 06 03 00 I had the good fortune to grow up in a wonderful area of Jerusalem, surrounded by a diverse range of people: Rabbi Meizel, the communist Sala Marcel, my widowed Aunt Hannah, and the intellectual Yaacovson. As far as I'm concerned, the opinion of such people is just as authoritative for making social and economic decisions as the opinion of an expert using a model. Part memoir, part crash-course in economic theory, this deeply engaging book by one of the world's foremost economists looks at economic ideas through a personal lens. Together with an introduction to some of the central concepts in modern economic thought, Ariel Rubinstein offers some powerful and entertaining reflections on his childhood, family and career. In doing so, he challenges many of the central tenets of game theory, and sheds light on the role economics can play in society at large. The book is as thought-provoking for seasoned economists as it is enlightening for newcomers to the field. Sylvia Nasar, author of A Beautiful Mind, describes Economics Fables as a "wonderfully inviting introduction to game theory, rich in personalities, history and sense of place. Ariel Rubinstein is not only a brilliant theorist with a knack for lucid exposition, but a gifted storyteller. Students will find the ideas surprisingly accessible. Aspiring scholars, wondering whether a life of the mind is worth pursuing, will find his personal journey of intellectual discovery thrilling." 04 00 Chapter 0: Introduction Chapter 1: Rational, Irrational Chapter 2: Game Theory: A Beautiful Mind Chapter 3: The Jungle Tale and the Market Tale Chapter 4: Economics, Pragmatics and Seven Traps Chapter 5: (Sort of) Economic Policy Bibliographical Notes Acknowledgements 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0020_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20120420 02 WORLD 06 15 9781906924775 06 15 9781906924799 06 15 9781800644472 06 15 9781906924805 06 15 9781906924812 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0020 20 02 20120420 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0020.epub 20 02 20120420 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:86c64385-5b9f-47b7-8cbd-fbd9c1960f53 03 01 01 urn:uuid:86c64385-5b9f-47b7-8cbd-fbd9c1960f53 15 9781805117049 06 10.11647/OBP.0489 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Education 2.0 Chronicles of Technological and Cultural Change in Egypt 1 B01 Linda Herrera 01 eng 00 562 03 10 EDU034000 B2 Education 20 Egypt 93 JNF 04 LA1646 93 1QFG 10 EDU043000 20 Education reform 20 Digital transformation 10 EDU039000 93 JP 93 1FB 10 EDU016000 20 Public education 20 Hybrid learning 10 SOC042000 20 Distance learning 01 06 03 00 Education 2.0 offers a compelling portrait of Egypt’s bold attempt to overhaul its public education system amid sweeping political and technological transformation. Drawing on extensive oral history interviews, this book traces the launch and rollout of the ‘New Education System’ initiated by the Ministry of Education in 2018, designed to modernize curriculum, pedagogy, and assessment in the digital age and change the ‘culture of learning’. The volume moves fluidly from macro-level state planning to the lived experiences of teachers and students, exploring the promises and pitfalls of top-down reform. Conducted partly during the COVID-19 pandemic, the research captures Egypt’s first large-scale experiment with hybrid and distance learning. Interviews with key actors—from policymakers and tech developers to students and educators—reveal competing visions, unintended consequences, and the challenges of culturally transforming education systems in a middle-income country where private tutoring is rife, the sector is chronically under resourced, and politics overshadows policy.This book is essential reading for scholars, practitioners, and policymakers interested in education reform, digital transformation, and the role of the state in shaping learning futures in the Global South. It is also an excellent case study for courses in Middle East studies and comparative and international education. 04 00 Acknowledgements Contributor Biographies List of Figures List of Abbreviations 1. Introduction: Learning from Egypt’s Historic Education 2.0 Reforms Linda Herrera I: ORAL HISTORIES OF EDUCATION POLICY INNOVATION AND CHANGE 2. Becoming and Being the Minister of Education: Interview with Tarek Shawki Linda Herrera 3. ‘An Orchestra Without a Conductor’: The Need for Strategic Management of Egypt’s Education System Tarek Shawki (Edited by Linda Herrera) 4. The Road to the Egyptian Knowledge Bank: Interview with Tarek Shawki Linda Herrera 5. ‘We Break the Rules’: Interview with Deena Boraie Linda Herrera 6. Rethinking Assessments for the Digital Age: Interview with Deena Boraie Linda Herrera 7. Envisioning a New Curriculum for the Primary Stage: Interview with Nelly El Zayat Linda Herrera 8. Advocating for Children with Special Needs: Interview with Ingy Mashhour Linda Herrera 9. Media Messaging about Education Reform: Interview with Yousra Allam Linda Herrera 10. UNICEF’s Life Skills Framework Comes to Egypt: Interview with Manar Ahmed Sharouda Linda Herrera 11. A Life in Education from Academia to the World Bank: Interview with Juan Manual Moreno Linda Herrera 12. The World Bank’s Involvement in Education Reform: Interview with Amira Kazem Linda Herrera 13. Redesigning the Curriculum for the Twenty-First Century: Interview with Nawal Shalaby Linda Herrera 14. Discovery Education and Private Sector Partnerships: Interview with Emily Waters Ebtehal Elghamrawy and Linda Herrera 15. Nahdet Misr, Legacy Publisher for the New Arabic Textbooks: Interview with Dalia Ibrahim and Dahlia Fouad Linda Herrera 16. Rewriting Arabic Books for a New Generation of Readers: Interview with Nevine El Souefi Linda Herrera 17. National Geographic Learning Joins Education 2.0: Interview with Tom Kelley Nariman Moustafa and Linda Herrera 18. Motivations for the Digital Transformation of Education: Interview with Ahmed Daher Linda Herrera and Hany Zayed 19. Coordinating the State’s Knowledge Project: Interview with Mahmoud Dawoud and Mahmoud Hussein Linda Herrera 20. The Dream of Developing a Knowledge Bank for All: Interview with Majed M. Al Sadek Linda Herrera 21. Building the Knowledge Bank from Scratch: Interview with Mohamed El-Araby Linda Herrera 22. Making Education Entertaining: Interview with Mai Magdy Linda Herrera 23. Digital Transformation and the Changing EdTech Landscape in Egypt Hany Zayed II: TEACHER AND STUDENT PERSPECTIVES 24. The Learning Journey of a High School Student from the Historic Class of 2021 Linda Herrera and Nairy AbdElShafy 25. The Rise, Fall, and Aftermath of Take-Home Research Projects Linda Herrera and Heba Shama 26. ‘Survival of the Fittest’: A High School Student’s Perspective on Learning, Ethics, and Why Students Cheat Linda Herrera 27. Teachers in Search of Their Identity: A View from Ismailia during Times of Change Mohamed Elsayed and Menna Ahmed 28. Primary School Teachers Leverage Social Media for Professional Development Linda Herrera, Menna Ahmed Saieed, and Ayman Alhusseini 29. A New Curriculum and a Pandemic: Primary Teachers’ Strategies Nevine El Souefi Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0489_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign Cambridge, UK 04 01 20251117 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805117018 06 15 9781805117025 06 15 9781805117032 06 15 9781805117056 06 15 9781805117049 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0489 20 02 20251117 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0489.epub 20 02 20251117 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:667003ac-b7c4-416e-9bb1-412c09dd895d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:667003ac-b7c4-416e-9bb1-412c09dd895d 15 9781805112365 06 10.11647/OBP.0392 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Eliza Orme’s Ambitions Politics and the Law in Victorian London 1 A01 21 0000-0001-7160-9436 Leslie Howsam 01 eng 00 176 03 12 BGH 10 BIO022000 93 DNB 20 Eliza Orme 04 KD632.O76 B2 Women and Gender Studies 12 1DBK 10 HIS015000 B2 History 20 History of British women in higher education 93 NHD B2 Biography 93 JBSF1 12 JFSJ1 10 SOC028000 20 Women's suffrage B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 12 HBLL 93 JPL 20 late-Victorian and Edwardian ages 10 POL015000 12 HBJD1 10 HIS037060 20 Legal community 20 Women's professional lives 01 06 03 00 Why are some figures hidden from history? Eliza Orme, despite becoming the first woman in Britain to earn a university degree in Law in 1888, leading both a political organization and a labour investigation in 1892, and participating actively in the women’s suffrage movement into the early twentieth century, is one such figure. Framed as a ‘research memoir’, Eliza Orme’s Ambitions fills out earlier scant accounts of this intriguing life, while speculating about why it has been overlooked. Established historian Leslie Howsam shapes the story around her own persistent curiosity in the context of a transformed research landscape, where important letters and explosive newspaper accounts have only recently come to light. These materials show how Orme’s career ambitions brought her into conflict with the male-dominated legal community of her time, while her political ambitions were cut short by disputes with other women activists whose notions of political strategy she repudiated. In public, Orme was a formidable debater for the causes she supported and against opponents whose strategies—even for women’s suffrage—she repudiated. In private, she was generous, warm, and witty, close to friends, family, and her female partner. Howsam’s account of uncovering Orme’s professional and personal trajectory will appeal to academic and non-academic readers interested in the progress and setbacks women experienced in the late-Victorian and Edwardian decades. 04 00 About the Author List of Illustrations Prologue 1. An Unthinkable Job for a Woman 2. Before Law, 1848 to 1871 3. The Commitment to Law: 1872 to 1888 4. Private Life 5. Public Figure: 1888 to about 1903 6. Journalism and Authorship 7. Last Years 8. Who Was Eliza Orme? Appendices Eliza Orme: A Partial Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0392_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240308 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805112334 06 15 9781805112341 06 15 9781805112358 06 15 9781805112389 06 15 9781805112365 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0392.epub 20 02 20240308 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0392 20 02 20240308 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2b63a26d-0db1-4200-983f-8b69d9821d8b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2b63a26d-0db1-4200-983f-8b69d9821d8b 15 9781783748006 06 10.11647/OBP.0185 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 23996676 01 02 Open Reports Series 01 01 Engaging Researchers with Data Management The Cookbook 1 B01 21 0000-0002-4369-196X Connie Clare 2 B01 21 0000-0001-9111-182X Maria Cruz 3 B01 Elli Papadopoulou 4 B01 21 0000-0002-4737-5673 James Savage 5 B01 21 0000-0001-8520-5598 Marta Teperek 6 B01 21 0000-0003-3214-4271 Yan Wang 01 eng 00 170 03 10 COM021030 B2 Digital Humanities 20 Effective Research Data Management 12 GPS 04 Q180.55.E4 12 GP 20 RDM B2 Reference Books 10 SCI043000 20 data 12 KJMV6 10 REF020000 20 research integrity 10 SOC024000 12 UNC 20 reproducible research 12 UNF 20 support to researchers 01 06 03 00 Effective Research Data Management (RDM) is a key component of research integrity and reproducible research, and its importance is increasingly emphasised by funding bodies, governments, and research institutions around the world. However, many researchers are unfamiliar with RDM best practices, and research support staff are faced with the difficult task of delivering support to researchers across different disciplines and career stages. What strategies can institutions use to solve these problems?Engaging Researchers with Data Management is an invaluable collection of 24 case studies, drawn from institutions across the globe, that demonstrate clearly and practically how to engage the research community with RDM. These case studies together illustrate the variety of innovative strategies research institutions have developed to engage with their researchers about managing research data. Each study is presented concisely and clearly, highlighting the essential ingredients that led to its success and challenges encountered along the way. By interviewing key staff about their experiences and the organisational context, the authors of this book have created an essential resource for organisations looking to increase engagement with their research communities.This handbook is a collaboration by research institutions, for research institutions. It aims not only to inspire and engage, but also to help drive cultural change towards better data management. It has been written for anyone interested in RDM, or simply, good research practice. 04 00 Acknowledgements Foreword I. Introduction II. Methodology III. How to Use this Cookbook CASE STUDIES Research Data Management Policy: The Holy Grail of Data Management Support? Finding Triggers for Engagement Engagement through Training Dedicated Events to Gauge Interest and Build Networks Networks of Data Champions Dedicated Consultants to Offer One-to-One Support with Data Interviews and Case Studies Engage with Senior Researchers through Archiving Contributors List of Illustrations and Tables 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0185_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20191009 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783747979 06 15 9781783747986 06 15 9781783747993 06 15 9781800645974 06 15 9781783748020 06 15 9781783748006 06 15 9781783748013 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0185 20 02 20191009 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0185.epub 20 02 20191009 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:cedb58f1-b88f-476c-b7c8-bc5869a2a6ba 03 01 01 urn:uuid:cedb58f1-b88f-476c-b7c8-bc5869a2a6ba 15 9781800643956 06 10.11647/OBP.0288 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Engaging with Everyday Sounds 1 A01 21 0000-0003-3677-7076 Marcel Cobussen 01 eng 00 118 03 12 AVA 04 BF323.L5 20 exploration 10 MUS020000 B2 Politics and Sociology 12 JHMC B2 Media Studies and Journalism 20 sounds in everyday life 10 TEC001000 20 human actions 10 MUS054000 B2 Philosophy 12 TTA 20 emotions 12 HPS 12 HPX 20 imagination 20 sonic studies 20 sonic materialism 01 06 03 00 'Engaging With Everyday Sounds' is a rich and inspiring exploration of the role of sounds in everyday life, including their impact on human actions, emotions, and imagination. Marcel Cobussen intertwines sonic studies with philosophy, sound art, sociology and more to create an impressively lucid and innovative guide to sonic materialism, calling for a re-sensitization to our acoustic environment and arguing that everyday sounds have (micro)political, social, and ethical impact to which we should attend. Exploring the intellectual history of sound studies as well as local, global, and temporal sonic geographies, Cobussen weaves audio files, images, and journal excerpts into his work to create a multimodal monograph that explores the relationships of humans, nonhumans, and their environments through sound. This accessible and interdisciplinary collection of short, powerful essays will be valuable reading for both academics and the general reader interested in sound studies, sound art, philosophy, or the sociology of everyday life—and for anyone keen to think about the sonic in new and engaging ways. 04 00 1 Introduction 9 Welcome 10 On a Trip 2 Framing 15 Towards a Sonic Materialism #1: Rethinking Space Through Sound 17 Why Bother About Sounds? 19 Objectives 21 Disclaimers 23 Methodology 26 Towards a Sonic Materialism #2: Beyond Philosophy 27 Towards a Sonic Materialism #3: The World as Movement 30 Field Recordings 32 Photos 33 Towards a Sonic Materialism #4: Auditory Ontoepistemology 36 Towards a Sonic Materialism #5: Deconstructing Identity 3 The Familiarity of Everyday Sounds 41 The Domestic Sonic Ambiance 45 John Cage 47 Towards a Sonic Materialism #6: Deconstructing Anthropocentrism 49 The Trap 51 Disciplining Everyday Sounds 53 Windows and Doors 55 Documenting Ordinary Sonic Ambiances 58 Aural Lingering 4 The Unfamiliarity of Everyday Sounds 61 Meeting the Unfamiliar Accidentally 63 Meeting the Unfamiliar in the Familiar 64 Meeting the Unfamiliar in Audio Files 66 Meeting the Unfamiliar Abroad 72 Meeting the Unfamiliar through Apparatuses 75 Meeting the Unfamiliar through Aesthetics 77 Towards a Sonic Materialism #7: Possibilities 5 The Ethics and Politics of Everyday Sounds 81 Sonic Solastalgia 83 Everyday Sounds and the Social 87 Everyday Sounds and Politics 90 Everyday Sounds and Ethics 93 Everyday Sounds and Listening 6 Coda 99 The Role of (Non-)Art 103 (Non-)Art at Home 105 (Non-)Art Outside 109 Acknowledgments 111 Goodbye 113 Index 114 References 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0288_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20221130 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800643925 06 15 9781800643932 06 15 9781800643949 06 15 9781800646728 06 15 9781800643970 06 15 9781800643956 06 15 9781800643963 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0288.epub 20 02 20221130 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0288 20 02 20221130 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:296c6880-6212-48d2-b327-2c13b6e28d5f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:296c6880-6212-48d2-b327-2c13b6e28d5f 15 9781783747535 06 10.11647/OBP.0177 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Conservation Biology in Sub-Saharan Africa 1 A01 21 0000-0002-7230-1449 John W. Wilson 2 A01 21 0000-0002-3748-9853 Richard B. Primack 01 eng 00 694 03 12 1HF B2 Environmental Studies 10 NAT010000 04 QH77.A37 93 RNC 20 Sub-Saharan Africa 10 NAT011000 93 RNK 12 RNKH 20 textbook B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides B2 African Studies 20 conservation 12 RNC 10 SCI026000 93 WNC 20 biodiversity 10 NAT001000 20 environmental laws 20 protected areas management 20 sustainability 20 poverty 20 human-wildlife conflict 20 Africa 20 textbook 01 06 03 00 Conservation Biology in Sub-Saharan Africa comprehensively explores the challenges and potential solutions to key conservation issues in Sub-Saharan Africa.Easy to read, this lucid and accessible textbook includes fifteen chapters that cover a full range of conservation topics, including threats to biodiversity, environmental laws, and protected areas management, as well as related topics such as sustainability, poverty, and human-wildlife conflict. This rich resource also includes a background discussion of what conservation biology is, a wide range of theoretical approaches to the subject, and concrete examples of conservation practice in specific African contexts. Strategies are outlined to protect biodiversity whilst promoting economic development in the region.Boxes covering specific themes written by scientists who live and work throughout the region are included in each chapter, together with recommended readings and suggested discussion topics. Each chapter also includes an extensive bibliography.Conservation Biology in Sub-Saharan Africa provides the most up-to-date study in the field. It is an essential resource, available on-line without charge, for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as a handy guide for professionals working to stop the rapid loss of biodiversity in Sub-Saharan Africa and elsewhere. 04 00 Contents List of Boxes Foreword Preface Acknowledgements List of Acronyms Chapter 1: What is Conservation Biology? Chapter 2: Introduction to Sub-Saharan Africa Chapter 3: What is Biodiversity? Chapter 4: Why Should We Protect Biodiversity? Chapter 5: The Scramble for Space Chapter 6: Our Warming World Chapter 7: Pollution, Overharvesting, Invasive Species, and Disease Chapter 8: Extinction is Forever Chapter 9: Applied Population Biology Chapter 10: Conserving Ecosystems Chapter 11: Preventing Extinctions Chapter 12: Biodiversity and the Law Chapter 13: The Importance of Protected Areas Chapter 14: Conservation on Unprotected Lands Chapter 15: An Agenda for the Future Appendix A: Selected Sources of Information Appendix B: Selected Environmental Organisations Appendix C: Obtaining Conservation Funding Appendix D: Environmental Calendar Glossary Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0177_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 The Lounsbery Foundation Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190908 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783747504 06 15 9781783747511 06 15 9781783747528 06 15 9781800645912 06 15 9781783747559 06 15 9781783747535 06 15 9781783747542 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0177 20 02 20190908 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0177.epub 20 02 20190908 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:97dc49bd-eea8-4a4d-8290-974634bc1342 03 01 01 urn:uuid:97dc49bd-eea8-4a4d-8290-974634bc1342 15 9781800642812 06 10.11647/OBP.0268 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Coping A Philosophical Guide 1 A01 21 0000-0002-3937-1373 Luc Bovens 01 eng 00 172 03 04 BF335 12 HPQ 10 PHI005000 20 philosophical essay B2 Philosophy 12 HPC 20 life’s challenges 10 PHI031000 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 10 EDU040000 12 YQZ 01 06 03 00 Coping and Philosophy is a collection of philosophical essays on how we deal with life’s challenges. We hope for better times, but what is hope and is it a good thing to hope? How do we look back and make sense of our lives in the face of death? What is the nature of love and how do we deal with its hardships? What makes for a genuine apology and is there too much or too little apologizing in this world? Can we effect changes in ourselves to adapt to our circumstances? And how can we sense of all the counsel that people have: be grateful, don’t cry over spilled milk, eat well, …This volume is a perfect companion text for courses such as Philosophy of Life, The Meaning of Life, or for a moral psychology component in an Ethics course. The material is written for readers who are new to philosophy and progresses in short blog-style sections. It draws on literature, music, podcasts, and news items. Each chapter has a set of questions for discussion or essay writing and suggestions for material to explore the topic further. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgments Author and Illustrator Biographies Why This Book? Luc Bovens 1. Hope Luc Bovens 2. Death Luc Bovens 3. Love Luc Bovens 4. Reconciliation Luc Bovens 5. Self-Management Luc Bovens 6. Counsel Luc Bovens Final Words Luc Bovens Additional Teaching Materials Luc Bovens Discussion Questions Luc Bovens Links Luc Bovens Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0268_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill 01 programname Parr Center for Ethics Cambridge, UK 04 01 20211202 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800642782 06 15 9781800642799 06 15 9781800642805 06 15 9781800646599 06 15 9781800642836 06 15 9781800642812 06 15 9781800642829 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0268.epub 20 02 20211202 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0268 20 02 20211202 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4dd2b6e6-1576-455d-868d-d9bae4f92230 03 01 01 urn:uuid:4dd2b6e6-1576-455d-868d-d9bae4f92230 15 9781805115335 06 10.11647/OBP.0453 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Coral Conservation Global Evidence for the Effects of Actions 1 A01 21 0000-0002-7448-8497 Ann Thornton 2 A01 21 0000-0002-7594-6453 William H. Morgan 3 A01 Eleanor K. Bladon 4 A01 21 0000-0003-3294-7592 Rebecca K. Smith 5 A01 21 0000-0002-6498-0437 William J. Sutherland 01 eng 00 450 03 20 Coral conservation B2 Environmental Studies 10 NAT025000 93 RBKC 20 Marine biodiversity 10 NAT011000 93 WNCS 20 Evidence-based restoration 93 PSPM 10 SCI026000 20 Climate change impacts 93 RNK 10 SCI039000 20 Marine Protected Areas 10 POL044000 93 RNKH 20 Coral reef ecosystems 93 RND 01 06 03 00 Coral Conservation: Global evidence for the effects of actions provides an essential resource for anyone dedicated to conserving or restoring corals. This comprehensive synthesis of global scientific evidence examines the effectiveness of conservation and restoration actions targeting stony, soft and cold-water coral species inhabiting a diverse range of marine habitats in tropical, temperate and arctic waters from shallow coasts to the deep sea. Addressing the urgent threats posed by climate change, invasive species, overfishing, and habitat destruction, this work summarizes evidence from actions in three core themes: protecting healthy reefs, mitigating human impacts, and undertaking active restoration. From establishing Marine Protected Areas to innovative techniques like coral gardening, the synopsis summarizes the evidence for practical actions and offers insights into their outcomes and applicability.Designed to guide decision-makers—resource managers, conservationists, policymakers, and local advocates—as well as those curious to learn about actions that could help corals, this accessible guide provides succinct information to support evidence-based conservation. By identifying the existing evidence and highlighting gaps in the knowledge, Coral Conservation can support practitioners and policymakers to allocate resources effectively by prioritising actions that work. By doing more of what works, we can reverse the loss of coral species and restore these vital habitats for the benefit of current and future generations.The authors consulted an international group of coral experts and conservationists to produce this synopsis. Funding was provided by A.G. Leventis Foundation and Oceankind. Coral Conservation is the 25th publication in the Conservation Evidence Series Synopses, and is freely available from the online Conservation Evidence database (www.conservationevidence.com) ensuring that users have ongoing access to updated research and assessments. Others in the series include Eel Conservation in Inland Habitats, Biodiversity of Marine Artificial Structures, Sub-tidal Benthic Invertebrate Conservation, Marine and Freshwater Mammal Conservation, and Marine Fish Conservation. 04 00 Advisory Board About the authors Acknowledgements 1. About this book 2. Threat: Residential and commercial development 3. Threat: Aquaculture & agriculture 4. Threat: Energy production and mining 5. Threat: Transportation and service corridors 6. Threat: Biological resource use 7. Threat: Human intrusions and disturbances 8. Invasive alien and other problematic species 9. Threat: Pollution 10. Threat: Climate change and severe weather 11. Habitat protection 12. Habitat restoration and creation 13. Species management 14. Education and awareness References Appendix 1: English language journals (and years) searched Appendix 2: Non-English language journals (and years) searched Appendix 3: Reports (and years) searched Appendix 4: Literature reviewed for the Coral Conservation Synopsis Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0453_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250422 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805115304 06 15 9781805115311 06 15 9781805115328 06 15 9781805115342 06 15 9781805115335 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0453 20 02 20250422 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0453.epub 20 02 20250422 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e5ade02a-2f32-495a-b879-98b54df04c0a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:e5ade02a-2f32-495a-b879-98b54df04c0a 15 9781783741359 06 10.11647/OBP.0068 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20595751 01 02 Dickinson College Commentaries 01 01 Cornelius Nepos, Life of Hannibal Latin Text, Notes, Maps, Illustrations and Vocabulary 1 A01 21 0000-0002-7593-6917 Bret Mulligan 01 eng 00 174 03 B2 Classics 20 Cornelius Nepos 12 DB 04 DG249 10 LIT004190 B2 Classics: Latin Textbooks 10 FOR016000 20 Hannibal 12 HBLA1 12 CFP 20 Chartage 10 HIS002020 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 20 Ancient Rome 20 Punic wars 20 Latin literature 01 06 03 00 Trebia. Trasimene. Cannae. With three stunning victories, Hannibal humbled Rome and nearly shattered its empire. Even today Hannibal's brilliant, if ultimately unsuccessful, campaign against Rome during the Second Punic War (218-202 BC) make him one of history's most celebrated military leaders. This biography by Cornelius Nepos (c. 100-27 BC) sketches Hannibal's life from the time he began traveling with his father's army as a young boy, through his sixteen-year invasion of Italy and his tumultuous political career in Carthage, to his perilous exile and eventual suicide in the East.As Rome completed its bloody transition from dysfunctional republic to stable monarchy, Nepos labored to complete an innovative and influential collection of concise biographies. Putting aside the detailed, chronological accounts of military campaigns and political machinations that characterized most writing about history, Nepos surveyed Roman and Greek history for distinguished men who excelled in a range of prestigious occupations. In the exploits and achievements of these illustrious men, Nepos hoped that his readers would find models for the honorable conduct of their own lives. Although most of Nepos' works have been lost, we are fortunate to have his biography of Hannibal. Nepos offers a surprisingly balanced portrayal of a man that most Roman authors vilified as the most monstrous foe that Rome had ever faced.Nepos' straightforward style and his preference for common vocabulary make Life of Hannibal accessible for those who are just beginning to read continuous Latin prose, while the historical interest of the subject make it compelling for readers of every ability.This book contains embedded audio files of the original text read aloud by Christopher Francese. 04 00 Preface Acknowledgements List of Illustrations 1. Life of Nepos 2. Reading Nepos 3. Historical Context and Hannibal Bibliography Chronology of Hannibal’s Life Text of Nepos’ Life of Hannibal Notes Full Vocabulary for Nepos’ Life of Hannibal and Prologus to the Lives of Outstanding Commanders Preface Acknowledgements List of Illustrations 1. Life of Nepos 2. Reading Nepos 3. Historical Context and Hannibal Bibliography Chronology of Hannibal’s Life Text of Nepos’ Life of Hannibal Notes Full Vocabulary for Nepos’ Life of Hannibal and Prologus to the Lives of Outstanding Commanders 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0068_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20151005 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741328 06 15 9781783741335 06 15 9781783741342 06 15 9781800644946 06 15 9781783746392 06 15 9781783741359 06 15 9781783741366 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0068.epub 20 02 20151005 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0068 20 02 20151005 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6c86acc9-89a0-4b17-bcdd-520d33fc4f54 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6c86acc9-89a0-4b17-bcdd-520d33fc4f54 15 9781783749324 06 10.11647/OBP.0206 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Creative Multilingualism A Manifesto 1 B01 21 0000-0002-3485-5037 Katrin Kohl 2 B01 21 0000-0002-0295-724X Rajinder Dudrah 3 B01 21 0000-0002-8074-8064 Andrew Gosler 4 B01 21 0000-0002-7743-3977 Suzanne Graham 5 B01 Martin Maiden 6 B01 21 0000-0002-3356-7391 Wen-chin Ouyang 01 eng 00 334 03 12 C 10 EDU000000 B2 Education 20 Multilingualism 04 P115 12 CB 20 human condition 10 LAN000000 B2 Linguistics 12 CF 20 Creative Multilingualism 10 LAN009000 12 CFDM 20 language 20 humanities 20 social sciences 20 natural sciences 01 06 03 00 Multilingualism is integral to the human condition. Hinging on the concept of Creative Multilingualism – the idea that language diversity and creativity are mutually enriching – this timely and thought-provoking volume shows how the concept provides a matrix for experimentation with ideas, approaches and methods.The book presents four years of joint research on Creative Multilingualism conducted across disciplines, from the humanities through to the social and natural sciences. It is structured as a manifesto, comprising ten major statements which are unpacked and explored through various case studies across ten chapters. They encompass areas including the rich relationship between language diversity and diversity of identity, thought and expression; the interaction between language diversity and biodiversity; the ‘prismatic’ unfolding of meaning in translation; the benefits of linguistic creativity in a classroom-setting; and the ingenuity underpinning ‘conlangs’ (‘constructed languages’) such as Tolkien’s Quenya and Sindarin, designed to give imagined peoples a distinctive medium capable of expressing their cultural identity.Creative Multilingualism: A Manifesto is a welcome contribution to the field of modern languages, highlighting the intricate relationship between multilingualism and creativity, and, crucially, reaching beyond an Anglo-centric view of the world. Intended to spark further research and discussion, this book appeals to young people interested in languages, language learning and cultural exchange. It will be a valuable resource for academics, educators, policy makers and parents of bilingual or multilingual children. Its accessible style also speaks to general readers interested in the role of language diversity in our everyday lives, and the untapped creative potential of multilingualism. 04 00 Contents Creative Multilingualism – A Manifesto Introducing Creative Multilingualism Katrin Kohl and Wen-chin Ouyang 1. The Creative Power of Metaphor Katrin Kohl, Marianna Bolognesi and Ana Werkmann Horvat 2. Creating a Meaningful World: Nature in Name, Metaphor and Myth Karen Park, Felice S. Wyndham, Andrew Gosler and John Fanshawe 3. Not as 'Foreign' as You Think: Creating Bridges of Understanding across Languages Martin Maiden, Chiara Cappellaro and Aditi Lahiri 4. A Breath of Fresh Air… Ivan Vyrypaev's Oxygen (2002): From Moscow to Birmingham via Oxford Rajinder Dudrah, Julie Curtis, Philip Ross Bullock and Noah Birksted-Breen 5. Multilingualism and Creativity in World Literature Wen-chin Ouyang 6. Prismatic Translation Matthew Reynolds, Sowon S. Park and Kate Clanchy 7. Getting Creative in the Languages Classroom Suzanne Graham, Linda Fisher, Julia Hofweber and Heike Krüsemann 8. Inspiring Language Learners Jane Hiddleston, Laura Lonsdale, Chiara Cappellaro and Daniel Tyler-McTighe 9. Languages at Work Katrin Kohl and Jonathan Black 10. Creating Languages Katrin Kohl Why Learn a Language? Katrin Kohl Find Out More Bibliography List of Illustrations Notes on the Authors and Contributors Acknowledgements Index About the publishing team 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0206_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC) 01 programname Open World Research Initiative Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200520 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783749294 06 15 9781783749300 06 15 9781783749317 06 15 9781800646162 06 15 9781783749348 06 15 9781783749324 06 15 9781783749331 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0206.epub 20 02 20200520 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0206 20 02 20200520 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:10ddfb3d-3434-46f8-a3bb-14dfc0ce9591 03 01 01 urn:uuid:10ddfb3d-3434-46f8-a3bb-14dfc0ce9591 15 9781783740703 06 10.11647/OBP.0047 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Cultural Heritage Ethics Between Theory and Practice 1 B01 Sandis Constantine 01 eng 00 228 03 B2 Archaeology and Religion 10 ART056000 04 CC135 20 Cultural Heritage 12 JFC 20 Curation 12 HBTB B2 Philosophy 10 POL038000 12 GM 20 Preservation 10 SOC002010 B2 Visual Arts 20 Cultural Heritage Management 20 Ethics 01 06 03 00 Theory without practice is empty, practice without theory is blind, to adapt a phrase from Immanuel Kant. The sentiment could not be truer of cultural heritage ethics. This intra-disciplinary book bridges the gap between theory and practice by bringing together a stellar cast of academics, activists, consultants, journalists, lawyers, and museum practitioners, each contributing their own expertise to the wider debate of what cultural heritage means in the twenty-first century.Cultural Heritage Ethics provides cutting-edge arguments built on case studies of cultural heritage and its management in a range of geographical and cultural contexts. Moreover, the volume feels the pulse of the debate on heritage ethics by discussing timely issues such as access, acquisition, archaeological practice, curatorship, education, ethnology, historiography, integrity, legislation, memory, museum management, ownership, preservation, protection, public trust, restitution, human rights, stewardship, and tourism.This volume is neither a textbook nor a manifesto for any particular approach to heritage ethics, but a snapshot of different positions and approaches that will inspire both thought and action. Cultural Heritage Ethics provides invaluable reading for students and teachers of philosophy of archaeology, history and moral philosophy – and for anyone interested in the theory and practice of cultural preservation. 04 00 Notes on Contributors Preface and Acknowledgments Introduction I. Meaning and Memory 1. Constantine Sandis, Culture, Heritage, and Ethics 2. James Fox, Poppy Politics: Remembrance of Things Present 3. Benjamin Ramm, The Meaning of the Public in an Age of Privatisation II. History and Archaeology 4. Nira Wickramasinghe, History as Heritage: Producing the Present in Post-War Sri Lanka 5. William St Clair, Looking at the Acropolis of Athens from Modern Times to Antiquity 6. Sudeshna Guha, South Asian Heritage and Archaeological Practices 7. Geoffrey Scarre, The Ethics of Digging III. Ownership and Restitution 8. Sir John Boardman, 'National' Heritage and Scholarship 9. Tom Flynn, Fear of Cultural Objects 10. Sir Mark Jones, Restitution IV. Management and Protection 11. Michael F. Brown, The Possibilities and Perils of Heritage Management 12. Geoffrey Belcher, Values in World Heritage Sites 13. Marie Cornu, Safeguarding Heritage: From Legal Rights over Objects to Legal Rights for Individuals and Communities? Appendix Links to Selected International Conventions and Charters on Cultural Heritage 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0047_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20141013 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740673 06 15 9781783740680 06 15 9781783740697 06 15 9781800644748 06 15 9781783740703 06 15 9781783740710 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0047.epub 20 02 20141013 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0047 20 02 20141013 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3f8f3736-e9e2-4db6-b232-021e65f952b6 03 01 01 urn:uuid:3f8f3736-e9e2-4db6-b232-021e65f952b6 15 9781800649767 06 10.11647/OBP.0339 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Decolonial Ecologies The Reinvention of Natural History in Latin American Art 1 A01 Joanna Page 01 eng 00 296 03 B2 American and Latin American Studies 20 contemporary artists 12 HBT 10 HIS000000 04 N6750 12 HBTR 10 HIS024000 20 Latin America B2 Visual Arts 20 collecting nature B2 Environmental Studies 10 POL045000 12 WN 12 ABA 10 ART044000 20 organizing nature 12 1KL 20 displaying nature 10 SCI020000 10 HIS054000 20 new aesthetic 12 RNA 20 political perspectives 12 RNT 01 06 03 00 In Decolonial Ecologies: The Reinvention of Natural History in Latin American Art, Joanna Page illuminates the ways in which contemporary artists in Latin America are reinventing historical methods of collecting, organizing, and displaying nature in order to develop new aesthetic and political perspectives on the past and the present.Page brings together an entirely new corpus of artistic projects from Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Mexico, and Peru that engage critically and creatively with forms as diverse as the medieval bestiary, baroque cabinets of curiosities, atlases created by European travellers to the New World, the floras and herbaria composed by eighteenth- and nineteenth-century naturalists, and the dioramas designed for natural history museums. She explores how artists develop decolonial and post-anthropocentric perspectives on the collections and expeditions that were central to the evolution of European natural history. Their works forge a critique of the rationalizing approach to nature taken by modern Western science, reconnecting it with forms of popular, indigenous and spiritual knowledge and experience that it has systematically excluded since the Enlightenment.Drawing on photography, video, illustration, sculpture, and installation, this vividly illustrated and lucidly written book (also available in premium quality in hardback edition) explores how these artworks might also deconstruct the apocalyptic visions of environmental change that often dominate Western thought, developing a renewed understanding of alternative ways in which humans might co-inhabit the natural world. 04 00 List of Illustrations Acknowledgments Introduction 1. Bestiaries and the Art of Cryptozoology 2. New Cabinets of Curiosities 3. Floras, Herbaria, and Botanical Illustration 4. Retracing Voyages of Science and Conquest 5. Albums, Atlases, and their Afterlives 6. Taxidermy and Natural History Dioramas Conclusion Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0339_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230614 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800649736 06 15 9781800649743 06 15 9781800649750 06 15 9781800649798 06 15 9781800649781 06 15 9781800649767 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0339.epub 20 02 20230614 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0339 20 02 20230614 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2b031e1a-678b-4dcb-becb-cbd0f0ce9182 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2b031e1a-678b-4dcb-becb-cbd0f0ce9182 15 9781783743063 06 10.11647/OBP.0108 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Deliberation, Representation, Equity Research Approaches, Tools and Algorithms for Participatory Processes 1 A01 21 0000-0002-0665-1889 Love Ekenberg 2 A01 Karin Hansson 3 A01 21 0000-0001-6502-9670 Mats Danielson 4 A01 Göran Cars 01 eng 00 380 03 10 COM079010 04 JF799 12 JPA B2 Politics and Sociology 20 Public interaction 20 e-democracy B2 Information Technology and Computer Science 12 JFF 12 JPHV 20 participatory decision making 20 elicitation 12 UBJ 20 participatory democracy 20 urban planning 20 social policy 20 communication design 20 participatory art 20 decision theory 20 risk analysis and computer sciences 01 06 03 00 What can we learn about the development of public interaction in e-democracy from a drama delivered by mobile headphones to an audience standing around a shopping center in a Stockholm suburb?<break/>In democratic societies there is widespread acknowledgment of the need to incorporate citizens’ input in decision-making processes in more or less structured ways. But participatory decision making is balancing on the borders of inclusion, structure, precision and accuracy. To simply enable more participation will not yield enhanced democracy, and there is a clear need for more elaborated elicitation and decision analytical tools.<break/>This rigorous and thought-provoking volume draws on a stimulating variety of international case studies, from flood risk management in the Red River Delta of Vietnam, to the consideration of alternatives to gold mining in Roșia Montană in Transylvania, to the application of multi-criteria decision analysis in evaluating the impact of e-learning opportunities at Uganda's Makerere University.<break/>Editors Love Ekenberg (senior research scholar, International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis [IIASA], Laxenburg, professor of Computer and Systems Sciences, Stockholm University), Karin Hansson (artist and research fellow, Department of Computer and Systems Sciences, Stockholm University), Mats Danielson (vice president and professor of Computer and Systems Sciences, Stockholm University, affiliate researcher, IIASA) and Göran Cars (professor of Societal Planning and Environment, Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm) draw innovative collaborations between mathematics, social science, and the arts.<break/>They develop new problem formulations and solutions, with the aim of carrying decisions from agenda setting and problem awareness through to feasible courses of action by setting objectives, alternative generation, consequence assessments, and trade-off clarifications.<break/>As a result, this book is important new reading for decision makers in government, public administration and urban planning, as well as students and researchers in the fields of participatory democracy, urban planning, social policy, communication design, participatory art, decision theory, risk analysis and computer and systems sciences. 04 00 Contributors Prologue Introduction CONCEPTUALISATION 1. Interdisciplinarity and Mixed Methods 2. The Concept of Democracy 3. Art as a Creative and Critical Public Space 4. Plural Democracy ELICITATION 5. Criteria Weight Elicitation – A Comparative Study 6. Cardinal and Rank Ordering of Criteria with Clouds 7. Attitude Ranking 8. Evaluating ICT and Development 9. A Mobile Urban Drama as a Model for Interactive Elicitation CALCULATION 10. Multi-Criteria Decision Making 11. Comparing MCDA Methods 12. Algorithms for Decision Analysis APPLICATIONS 13. A Model for Flood Risk Management: Bac Hung Hai 14. A Model for Flood Risk Management: Tisza 15. Roşia Montană Gold Exploitation 16. Decision Making in Urban Planning 17. Actory: Visualising Reputational Power to Promote Deliberation 18. Njaru: Developing Tools for Deliberation in Multiple Public Spheres 19. Evaluation of an Online Learning Environment 20. A Low Carbon Society by 2050 – The Stockholm-Mälar Region Case Epilogue Publications 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0108_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20170123 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743032 06 15 9781783743049 06 15 9781783743056 06 15 9781800645271 06 15 9781783746170 06 15 9781783743063 06 15 9781783743070 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0108.epub 20 02 20170123 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0108 20 02 20170123 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:bc253bff-cf00-433d-89a2-031500b888ff 03 01 01 urn:uuid:bc253bff-cf00-433d-89a2-031500b888ff 15 9781783745982 06 10.11647/OBP.0157 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 23996676 01 02 Open Reports Series 01 01 Delivering on the Promise of Democracy Visual Case Studies in Educational Equity and Transformation 1 A01 Sukhwant Jhaj 01 eng 00 90 03 20 colleges 10 EDU001030 B2 Education 12 JN 04 LC3731 10 EDU008000 12 JNFN 20 universities 10 EDU048000 12 JNK 20 student success 12 1KB 10 EDU036000 20 racial/ethnic disparities 20 socioeconomic disparities 20 National Louis University 20 Delaware State University 20 Florida International University 20 Georgia State University 20 Johnson C. Smith University 20 Mercy College 20 Portland State University 20 visual case study 01 06 03 00 Many educators can recite the faults of their schools or universities, but far fewer can recognize and develop existing strengths to benefit a wider audience. Sukhwant Jhaj has crafted a refreshing new look at how imaginative leadership and a shift in perspective can propel institutions to reach at-risk or underrepresented members of their communities. Delivering on the Promise of Democracy pulls back the curtain on seven high-performing universities to reveal which daily decisions, including listening to the community, embracing conflict, and implementing effective strategies through routine, guide administrators in achieving exceptional results. Through in-depth interviews that offer a close look at these seven universities, Jhaj traces a new trajectory for higher education: a call to question a university's effectiveness through its accessibility to the community it serves.Jhaj's book will inspire anybody interested in widening access to education with its call to renew their institution's mission through powerful and effective leadership. 04 00 Acknowledgments Forward Jeffrey J. Selingo Introduction Florida International University Interview with Mark B. Rosenberg Florida International University Visual Case Study Johnson C. Smith University Interview with Ronald L. Carter Johnson C. Smith University Visual Case Study National Louis University Interview with Nivine Megahed National Louis University Visual Case Study Georgia State University Interview with Mark P. Becker Georgia State University Visual Case Study Delaware State University Interview with Harry L. Williams Delaware State University Visual Case Study Mercy College Interview with Tim Hall Mercy College Visual Case Study Portland State University Interview with Wim Wiewel Portland State University Visual Case Study 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0157_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 The Société française d’étude du XVIIIe siècle Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190116 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783745951 06 15 9781783745968 06 15 9781783745975 06 15 9781800645752 06 15 9781783746927 06 15 9781783745982 06 15 9781783745999 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0157 20 02 20190116 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0157.epub 20 02 20190116 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:57e78b54-1a77-4f57-8179-87034682ee9e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:57e78b54-1a77-4f57-8179-87034682ee9e 15 9781800642874 06 10.11647/OBP.0269 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Epidicus by Plautus An Annotated Latin Text, with a Prose Translation 1 A01 Catherine Tracy 01 eng 02 lat 00 196 03 B2 Classics 12 DB 20 Epidicus 10 LIT004190 04 PA6570.E6 20 comedy 12 HBLA1 10 LIT025030 B2 Theatre 12 4KL B2 Classics: Latin Textbooks 20 Plautus 12 CFP 20 Latin 20 translation 20 Roman play 01 06 03 00 Epidicus, a light-hearted comedy by Plautus about the machinations of a trickster slave and the inadequacies of his bumbling masters, appears here in both its original Latin and a sparkling new translation by Catherine Tracy. Epidicus, the cunning slave, is charged with finding his master’s illegitimate daughter and the secret girlfriend of his master’s son, but a comedy of mistaken identities and competing interests ensues. Amid the mayhem, Epidicus aims to win his freedom whilst risking some of the grislier punishments the Romans inflicted on their unfortunate slaves.This parallel edition in both Latin and English, with its accessible introduction and comprehensive notes, guides the reader through this popular Roman play. Tracy explores Epidicus’s roots in Greek drama, its rich social resonances for a Roman audience and its life in performance. She transforms Plautus' colloquial Latin poetry into lively modern English prose, illuminating the play’s many comedic references to the world of the Roman republic.This fine introduction to an enduring play will be of great use and enjoyment for undergraduate students of Latin drama and the general reader alike. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgments Introduction Catherine Tracy Latin Text of Epidicus with Language Notes Catherine Tracy The Play in Latin Translation of Plautus’s Epidicus The Play in English Catherine Tracy Works Cited Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0269_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20211123 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800642843 06 15 9781800642850 06 15 9781800642867 06 15 9781800646605 06 15 9781800642898 06 15 9781800642874 06 15 9781800642881 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0269 20 02 20211123 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0269.epub 20 02 20211123 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:af162e8a-23ab-49e6-896d-e53b9d6c0039 03 01 01 urn:uuid:af162e8a-23ab-49e6-896d-e53b9d6c0039 15 9781783741502 06 10.11647/OBP.0056 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Essays in Conveyancing and Property Law in Honour of Professor Robert Rennie 1 B01 Frankie McCarthy 2 B01 21 0000-0002-5423-8917 James Chalmers 3 B01 Stephen Bogle 01 eng 00 420 03 20 Conveyancing 04 KDC433.A75 B2 Law 10 LAW074000 12 LNS 10 LAW021000 12 LNSH5 20 Property Law 12 LN 20 Professor Robert Rennie 20 Scotland 20 Scottish Law 01 06 03 00 Professor Robert Rennie has been one of the most influential voices in Scots private law over the past thirty years. Highly respected as both an academic and a practitioner, his contribution to the development of property law and practice has been substantial and unique. This volume celebrates his retirement from the Chair of Conveyancing at the University of Glasgow in 2014 with a selection of essays written by his peers and colleagues from the judiciary, academia and legal practice.<break/>Each chapter covers a topic of particular interest to Professor Rennie during his career, from the historical development of property law rules through to the latest developments in conveyancing practice and the evolution of the rules of professional negligence. Although primarily Scottish in focus, the contributions will have much of interest to lawyers in any jurisdiction struggling with similar practical problems, particularly those with similar legal roots including the Netherlands and South Africa. As a whole, the collection is highly recommended to students, practitioners and academics. 04 00 Contributors Preface 1. Robert Rennie: A Career Retrospective by Lord Bonomy ACQUIRING PROPERTY 2. "Tell Me, Don’t Show Me” and the Fall and Rise of the Conveyancer by Professor Kenneth G C Reid 3. A Puzzling Case about Possession by Lord Hope of Craighead 4. "It’s in the Post”: Distance Contracting in Scotland 1681-1855 by Professor Hector L MacQueen 5. Assignation of All Sums Securities by Dr Ross Anderson DEFECTS IN ACQUISITION AND HOW TO FIX THEM 6. Property Law, Fiduciary Obligations and the Constructive Trust by Lord Hodge 7. The Offside Goals Rule and Fraud on Creditors by Dr John MacLeod 8. A New Era in Conveyancing: Advance Notices and the Land Registration etc. (Scotland) Act 2012 by Ann Stewart 9. Bona Fide Acquisition: New in Scottish Land Law? by Professor David Carey Miller ENJOYING PROPERTY 10. Res merae facultatis: Through a Glass Darkly by Sheriff Douglas J Cusine 11. The Use of Praedial Servitudes to Benefit Land outside the Dominant Tenement by Professor Roderick R M Paisley 12. Enforcing Repairing Obligations by Specific Implement by Professor Angus McAllister 13. Two Questions in the Law of Leases by Lord Gill THE FUTURE OF PROPERTY LAW 14. Conveyancing: A Bright Digital Future? by Professor Stewart Brymer 15. Islamic Mortgages and Scots Law by Professor George Gretton 16. Completion of the Land Register: The Scottish Approach by John King PROFESSIONAL NEGLIGENCE IN PRINCIPLE AND PRACTICE 17. Primary Clients, Secondary Clients, Surrogate Clients and Non-clients: The Expanding Duty of Care of Scottish Solicitors by Kenneth Swinton 18. The Court and the Conveyancing Expert by Lady Paton 19. The Role of the Expert Witness in Professional Negligence Litigation by Gerald F Hanretty QC 20. Robert Rennie: A Bibliography by Bernadette O’Neill Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0056_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 The Clark Foundation for Legal Education and the School of Law, University of Glasgow Cambridge, UK 04 01 20150511 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741472 06 15 9781783741489 06 15 9781783741496 06 15 9781800644830 06 15 9781783746477 06 15 9781783741502 06 15 9781783741519 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0056 20 02 20150511 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0056.epub 20 02 20150511 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:98d053d6-dcc2-409a-8841-9f19920b49ee 03 01 01 urn:uuid:98d053d6-dcc2-409a-8841-9f19920b49ee 15 9781783741809 06 10.11647/OBP.0081 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20543611 01 02 Yeats Annual 01 01 Essays in Honour of Eamonn Cantwell Yeats Annual No. 20 1 B01 Warwick Gould 01 eng 00 505 03 12 DSC 10 LIT014000 B2 Literature 04 PR5906 20 William Butler Yeats B2 European Studies 20 Ireland 10 LIT004120 B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 Irish poetry 10 POE005020 20 Eliot 20 Yeats Annual 20 Warwick Gould 20 Eamonn Cantwell 20 Institute of English Studies 20 rare books 01 06 03 00 This number of Yeats Annual collects the essays resulting from the University College Cork/ESB International Annual W. B. Yeats Lectures Series (2003-2008) by Roy Foster, Warwick Gould, John Kelly, Paul Muldoon, Bernard O’Donoghue and Helen Vendler. Those that were available in pamphlet form are now collectors’ items, but here is the complete series.These revised essays cover such themes as Yeats and the Refrain, Yeats as a Love Poet, Yeats, Ireland and Europe, the puzzles he created and solved with his art of poetic sequences, and his long and crucial interaction with the emerging T. S. Eliot. The series was inaugurated by a study of Yeats and his Books, which marked the gift to the Boole Library, Cork, of Dr Eamonn Cantwell’s collection of rare editions of books by Yeats (here catalogued by Crónán Ó Doibhlin). Many of the volume’s fifty-six plates offer images of artists’ designs and resulting first editions.This bibliographical theme is continued with Colin Smythe’s census of surviving copies of Yeats’s earliest separate publication, Mosada (1886) and a resultant piece by Warwick Gould on that dramatic poem’s source in the legend of the Phantom Ship. John Kelly reveals Yeats’s ghost-writing for Sarah Allgood; Geert Lernout discovers the source for Yeats’s ‘Tulka’, Günther Schmigalle unearths his surprising connexions with American communist colonists in Virginia, while Deirdre Toomey edits some new letters to the French anarchist, Auguste Hamon—all providing new annotation for standard editions. The volume is rounded with review essays by Colin McDowell (on A Vision, and Yeats, Hone and Berkeley), shorter reviews of current studies by Michael Edwards, Jad Adams and Deirdre Toomey, and obituaries of Jon Stallworthy (Nicolas Barker) and Katharine Worth (Richard Cave). 04 00 List of Illustrations Abbreviations Editorial Board Notes on Contributors Introduction Acknowledgements and Editorial Information ESSAYS IN HONOUR OF EAMONN CANTWELL Yeats and his Books by Warwick Gould ‘Philosophy and Passion’: W. B. Yeats, Ireland and Europe by R. F. Foster Yeats the Love Poet by Bernard O’Donoghue The Puzzle of Sequence: Two Political Poems by Helen Vendler Moving on Silence: Yeats and the Refrain as Symbol by Paul Muldoon Eliot and Yeats by John Kelly The Cantwell Collection by Crónán Ó Doibhlin RESEARCH UPDATES AND OBITUARIES W. B. Yeats’s Mosada by Colin Smythe Yeats and the Flying Dutchman by Warwick Gould Yeats and Tukaram: ‘An Asylum for my Affections’ by Geert Lernout ‘I am sitting in a café with two French-Americans’: W. B. Yeats, Max Dauthendey, James and Theodosia Durand. Durand’s ‘Communistic Manifesto’ by Günther Schmigalle Three Letters from Yeats to the Anarchist, Augustin Hamon by Deirdre Toomey Ghost-writing for Sara Allgood by John Kelly Jon Stallworthy (1935–2014) by Nicolas Barker Katharine Worth (1922–2015) by Richard Allen Cave ‘MASTERING WHAT IS MOST ABSTRACT’: A FORUM ON A VISION A Vision: The Revised 1937 Edition, edited by Margaret Mills Harper and Catherine E. Paul, The Collected Works of W. B. Yeats, Vol. XIV. A Review Essay by Colin McDowell An Afterword: The Macmillan Archive and Editorial Policy by Warwick Gould God-appointed Berkeley and W. J. Mc Cormack’s ‘We Irish’ in Europe: Yeats, Berkeley and Joseph Hone. A Review Essay by Colin McDowell Winifred Dawson, The Porter’s Daughter: The Life of Amy Audrey Locke by Jad Adams Brian Arkins, The Thought of W. B. Yeats; J. P. Mahaffy, Rambles & Studies in Greece, with an Introduction and Commentary by Brian Arkins by Michael Edwards Olivia Shakespear, Beauty’s Hour, edited by Anne Margaret Daniel by Deirdre Toomey Publications Received 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0081_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20161205 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741779 06 15 9781783741786 06 15 9781783741793 06 15 9781800645028 06 15 9781783741809 06 15 9781783741816 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0081 20 02 20161205 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0081.epub 20 02 20161205 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:24689aa7-af74-4238-ad75-a9469f094068 03 01 01 urn:uuid:24689aa7-af74-4238-ad75-a9469f094068 15 9781783747597 06 10.11647/OBP.0178 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Essays on Paula Rego Smile When You Think about Hell 1 A01 Maria Manuel Lisboa 01 eng 00 510 03 12 AFC 10 ART037000 04 N7133.R44 20 Paula Rego B2 Women and Gender Studies B2 Biography 12 JFFK 20 Portugual 10 SOC010000 20 artist 12 JPSL 10 POL007000 B2 Visual Arts B2 Literature 20 personal history 12 VFVX 01 06 03 00 In these powerful and stylishly written essays, Maria Manuel Lisboa dissects the work of Paula Rego, the Portuguese-born artist considered one of the greatest artists of modern times. Focusing primarily on Rego’s work since the 1980s, Lisboa explores the complex relationships between violence and nurturing, power and impotence, politics and the family that run through Rego’s art.Taking a historicist approach to the evolution of the artist’s work, Lisboa embeds the works within Rego’s personal history as well as Portugal’s (and indeed other nations’) stories, and reveals the interrelationship between political significance and the raw emotion that lies at the heart of Rego’s uncompromising iconographic style. Fundamental to Lisboa’s analysis is an understanding that apparent opposites – male and female, sacred and profane, aggression and submissiveness – often co-exist in Rego’s work in a way that is both disturbing and destabilising.This collection of essays brings together both unpublished and previously published work to make a significant contribution to scholarship about Paula Rego. It will also be of interest to scholars and students of contemporary painting, Portuguese and British feminist art, and the political and ideological aspects of the visual arts. 04 00 Acknowledgments A Note on Images Prologue: A Patriot for Me 1. Past History and Deaths Foretold: A Map of Memory 2. (He)art History or a Death in the Family: The Late 80s 3. The Sins of the Fathers: Mother and Land Revisited in the Late 90s 4. An Interesting Condition: The Abortion Pastels 5. Brave New Worlds: The Birthing of Nations in First Mass in Brazil 6. I Am Coming to Your Kingdom, Prince Horrendous: Scary Stories for Baby, Perfect Stranger and Me 7. Paula and the Madonna: Who’s That Girl? 8. Epilogue: Let Me Count the Ways I Love You Appendix A Translation of Alexandre Herculano’s A Dama Pé de Cabra (The Lady with a Cloven Hoof) Appendix B Translation of Hélia Correia’s ‘Fascinação’ (‘Enchantment’) Works Cited List of Illustrations E-figures Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0178_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190924 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783747566 06 15 9781783747573 06 15 9781783747580 06 15 9781800645929 06 15 9781783747610 06 15 9781783747597 06 15 9781783747603 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0178.epub 20 02 20190924 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0178 20 02 20190924 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f76ab190-35f4-4136-86dd-d7fa02ccaebb 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f76ab190-35f4-4136-86dd-d7fa02ccaebb 15 9781783743919 06 10.11647/OBP.0125 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Ethics for A-Level 1 A01 21 0000-0003-2327-0743 Mark Dimmock 2 A01 Andrew Fisher 01 eng 00 262 03 04 BJ66 12 HPQ 10 PHI005000 20 textbook B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 20 A-Level 12 HPC 10 PHI031000 B2 Philosophy 10 EDU040000 20 morality 12 YQZ 20 moral theory 20 normative ethics 20 metaethics 20 applied ethics 20 business ethics 20 sexual ethics 20 AQA Philosophy 20 OCR Religious Studies 01 06 03 00 What does pleasure have to do with morality? What role, if any, should intuition have in the formation of moral theory? If something is ‘simulated’, can it be immoral? <break/>This accessible and wide-ranging textbook explores these questions and many more. Key ideas in the fields of normative ethics, metaethics and applied ethics are explained rigorously and systematically, with a vivid writing style that enlivens the topics with energy and wit. Individual theories are discussed in detail in the first part of the book, before these positions are applied to a wide range of contemporary situations including business ethics, sexual ethics, and the acceptability of eating animals. A wealth of real-life examples, set out with depth and care, illuminate the complexities of different ethical approaches while conveying their modern-day relevance.<break/>This concise and highly engaging resource is tailored to the Ethics components of AQA Philosophy and OCR Religious Studies, with a clear and practical layout that includes end-of-chapter summaries, key terms, and common mistakes to avoid. It should also be of practical use for those teaching Philosophy as part of the International Baccalaureate. <break/>Ethics for A-Level is of particular value to students and teachers, but Fisher and Dimmock’s precise and scholarly approach will appeal to anyone seeking a rigorous and lively introduction to the challenging subject of ethics. 04 00 PREFACE 1. Exam Specification Details 2. Book Structure References INTRODUCTION 1. Philosophy, Ethics and Thinking 2. Respecting Ethics 3. The A-Level Student 4. Doing Ethics Well: Legality versus Morality 5. Doing Ethics Well: Prudential Reasons versus Moral Reasons 6. Doing Ethics Well: Prescriptive versus Descriptive Claims 7. Doing Ethics Well: Thought-Experiments 8. Doing Ethics Well: Understanding Disagreement Summary Questions and Tasks References PART I - NORMATIVE ETHICS CHAPTER 1: UTILITARIANISM 1. Utilitarianism: An Introduction 2. Hedonism 3. Nozick’s Experience Machine 4. The Foundations of Bentham’s Utilitarianism 5. The Structure of Bentham’s Utilitarianism 6. Hedonic Calculus 7. Problems with Bentham’s Utilitarianism 8. Mill’s Utilitarian Proof 9. Mill’s Qualitative Utilitarianism 10. Mill’s Rule Utilitarianism versus Bentham’s Act Utilitarianism 11. Strong versus Weak Rule Utilitarianism 12. Comparing the Classical Utilitarians 13. Non-Hedonistic Contemporary Utilitarianism: Peter Singer and Preference Utilitarianism Summary Common Student Mistakes Issues to Consider Key Terminology References CHAPTER 2: KANTIAN ETHICS 1. An Introduction to Kantian Ethics 2. Some Key Ideas 3. Acting for the Sake of Duty and Acting in Accordance with Duty 4. Categorical and Hypothetical Imperatives 5. The First Formulation of the Categorical Imperative 6. Perfect and Imperfect Duties 7. Second Formulation of the Categorical Imperative 8. The Third Formulation of the Categorical Imperative and Summary 9. Kant on Suicide 10. Problems and Responses: Conflicting Duties 11. Problems and Responses: The Role of Intuitions 12. Problem and Responses: Categorical Imperatives and Etiquette 13. Problems and Responses: The Domain of Morality Summary Common Student Mistakes Issues to Consider Key Terminology References CHAPTER 3: ARISTOTELIAN VIRTUE ETHICS 1. Aristotelian Virtue Ethics Introduction 2. The Function Argument 3. Aristotelian Goodness 4. Eudaimonia and Virtue 5. Developing the Virtues 6. Practical Wisdom (Phronesis) 7. Voluntary Actions, Involuntary Actions and Moral Responsibility 8. Objection: Unclear Guidance 9. Objection: Clashing Virtues 10. Objection: Circularity 11. Objection: Contribution to Eudaimonia 12. Moral Good and Individual Good Summary Common Student Mistakes Issues to Consider Key Terminology References CHAPTER 4: AQUINAS’S NATURAL LAW THEORY 1. Introduction to Aquinas 2. Motivating Natural Law Theory: The Euthyphro Dilemma and Divine Command Theory 3. Natural Law Theory 4. Summary of Aquinas’s Natural Law Theory 5. Putting this into Practice: The Doctrine of Double Effect (DDE) 6. Some Thoughts about Natural Law Theory Summary Common Student Mistakes Issues to Consider Key Terminology References CHAPTER 5: FLETCHER’S SITUATION ETHICS 1. Situation Ethics Introduction 2. Fletcher’s Overall Framework 3. The Four Working Principles of Situationism 4. How to Work out What to Do: Conscience as a Verb not a Noun 5. The Six Propositions of Situation Ethics 6. Problems with Fletcher’s Situationism Summary Common Student Mistakes Issues to Consider Key Terminology References PART II - METAETHICS CHAPTER 6: METAETHICAL THEORIES 1. Metaethics: Introduction 2. The Value of Metaethics 3. Cognitivism versus Non-Cognitivism 4. Realism versus Anti-Realism 5. The Metaethical Map 6. Cognitivist and Realist Theory One: Naturalism 7. Objections to Naturalism 8. Cognitivist and Realist Theory Two: Non-Naturalism 9. Objections to Intuitionism 10. Cognitivist and Anti-Realist Theory One: Moral Error Theory 11. Objections to Moral Error Theory 12. Non-Cognitivism 13. Non-Cognitivist and Anti-Realist Theory One: Emotivism 14. Objections to Emotivism 15. Non-Cognitivist and Anti-Realist Theory Two: Prescriptivism 16. Objections to Prescriptivism Summary Common Student Mistakes Issues to Consider Key Terminology References PART III - APPLIED ETHICS CHAPTER 7: EUTHANASIA 1. Euthanasia Introduction 2. Key Terms 3. Case One: Persistent Vegetative State 4. Case Two: Incurable and Terminal Illness 5. Pro-Euthanasia: Argument One 6. Pro-Euthanasia: Argument Two 7. Pro-Euthanasia: Argument Three 8. Anti-Euthanasia: Argument One 9. Anti-Euthanasia: Argument Two 10. Anti-Euthanasia: Argument Three 11. Anti-Euthanasia: Argument Four 12. Allowing versus Doing Summary Common Student Mistakes Issues to Consider Key Terminology References CHAPTER 8: BUSINESS ETHICS 1. Introduction to Business Ethics 2. Employers and Employees 3. Businesses and Customers 4. A Business and the Environment 5. Business and Globalization Summary Common Student Mistakes Issues to Consider Key Terminology References CHAPTER 9: CONSCIENCE 1. Introduction 2. The History of Conscience 3. Aquinas on Conscience 4. Freud and the Conscience 5. Freud’s Psychosexual Development Theory Summary Common Student Mistakes Issues to Consider Key Terminology References CHAPTER 10: SEXUAL ETHICS 1. Philosophy of Sex Introduction 2. What Is It to "Have Sex”? 3. Natural Law and Sex 4. Kant and Sex 5. Sex and Utilitarianism 6. Sex and the Virtue Theory Summary Common Student Mistakes Issues to Consider Key Terminology References CHAPTER 11: STEALING 1. Stealing: Introduction 2. Defining Stealing 3. Kantian Ethics on Stealing 4. Act and Preference Utilitarianism on Stealing 5. Rule Utilitarianism on Stealing 6. Virtue Ethics on Stealing 7. Metaethics and Stealing Summary Common Student Mistakes Issues to Consider Key Terminology References CHAPTER 12: SIMULATED KILLING 1. Introduction 2. Utilitarianism and Simulated Killing 3. The Kantian and the Virtue Ethics Approach 4. Films and Plays 5. The Paradox of Tragedy (or More Correctly the Paradox of "Negative Emotions”) Summary Common Student Mistakes Issues to Consider Key Terminology References CHAPTER 13: TELLING LIES 1. Introduction 2. What Is It to Lie? 3. Utilitarianism 4. The Kantian and Lying 5. Some Final Thoughts about the Political Context Summary Common Student Mistakes Issues to Consider Key Terminology References CHAPTER 14: EATING ANIMALS 1. Eating Animals Introduction 2. Justifying Meat Eating 3. Act Utilitarianism 4. Challenges to Bentham 5. Utilitarian Reasons for Eating Animals 6. Kantian Ethics and Eating Animals 7. Virtue Ethics and Eating Animals 8. Cora Diamond Summary Common Student Mistakes Issues to Consider Key Terminology References GLOSSARY 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0125_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20170731 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743889 06 15 9781783743896 06 15 9781783743902 06 15 9781800645448 06 15 9781783744084 06 15 9781783743919 06 15 9781783743926 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0125 20 02 20170731 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0125.epub 20 02 20170731 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:58c9b3ee-6fa7-480d-943d-c2e81baca4bb 03 01 01 urn:uuid:58c9b3ee-6fa7-480d-943d-c2e81baca4bb 15 9781783747894 06 10.11647/OBP.0366 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Ethics of Socially Disruptive Technologies An Introduction 1 B01 21 0000-0002-9553-5651 Ibo van de Poel 2 B01 21 0000-0001-8659-2390 Lily Eva Frank 3 B01 21 0000-0001-9990-4736 Julia Hermann 4 B01 21 0000-0001-9239-3048 Jeroen Hopster 5 B01 21 0000-0003-4388-4427 Dominic Lenzi 6 B01 21 0000-0002-3836-5932 Sven Nyholm 7 B01 21 0000-0002-2244-2083 Behnam Taebi 8 B01 21 0000-0002-8929-9728 Elena Ziliotti 01 eng 00 186 03 04 BJ59 12 HPQ 10 PHI005000 B2 Politics and Sociology 93 QDTQ 20 technology B2 Philosophy 20 society 12 T 93 TB 10 TEC000000 20 artificial wombs 93 PDR B2 Science 12 TB 10 TEC052000 20 climate engineering 12 J B2 Media Studies and Journalism B2 Information Technology and Computer Science 20 social media 12 UBJ 20 social robots 20 artificial intelligence 01 06 03 00 Technologies shape who we are, how we organize our societies and how we relate to nature. For example, social media challenges democracy; artificial intelligence raises the question of what is unique to humans; and the possibility to create artificial wombs may affect notions of motherhood and birth. Some have suggested that we address global warming by engineering the climate, but how does this impact our responsibility to future generations and our relation to nature?This book shows how technologies can be socially and conceptually disruptive and investigates how to come to terms with this disruptive potential.Four technologies are studied: social media, social robots, climate engineering and artificial wombs. The authors highlight the disruptive potential of these technologies, and the new questions this raises. The book also discusses responses to conceptual disruption, like conceptual engineering, the deliberate revision of concepts. 04 00 List of abbreviations Contributor Biographies Acknowledgements Foreword 1: Introduction 2. Social Media and Democracy 3. Social Robots and Society 4. Climate Engineering and the Future of Justice 5. Ectogestative Technology and the Beginning of Life 6. Conceptual Disruption and the Ethics of Technology Glossary Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0366_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Dutch Research Council 01 programname Gravitation Program of the Dutch Ministry of Education, Culture, and Science 01 grantnumber 024.004.031 Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230905 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805110163 06 15 9781805110170 06 15 9781805110576 06 15 9781800649873 06 15 9781805110507 06 15 9781783747894 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0366 20 02 20230905 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0366.epub 20 02 20230905 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:79014435-af8c-43a7-b570-1781b6a452fe 03 01 01 urn:uuid:79014435-af8c-43a7-b570-1781b6a452fe 15 9781805112990 06 10.11647/OBP.0402 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Etosha Pan to the Skeleton Coast Conservation Histories, Policies and Practices in North-west Namibia 1 B01 21 0000-0002-0522-8843 Sian Sullivan 2 B01 21 0000-0001-9640-6942 Ute Dieckmann 3 B01 21 0000-0002-9793-6950 Selma Lendelvo 01 eng 00 590 03 20 conservation B2 Environmental Studies 10 NAT011000 93 RNK 12 RNK 04 S934.N3 B2 African Studies 20 Etosha-Kunene, Namibia 10 POL044000 93 RND 12 RND 04 S934.N3 20 biodiversity 93 RNF 12 RNF 10 SCI026000 12 1HFM 93 1HFMN 20 historical injustices 12 1HFMN 20 environmental policy 20 community-based natural resource management (CBNRM) 01 06 03 00 Etosha Pan to the Skeleton Coast examines the conservation histories and concerns of one of southern Africa’s most iconic conservation regions: the variously connected ‘Etosha-Kunene’ areas of north-central and north-west Namibia. This cross-disciplinary volume brings together contributions from a Namibian and international group of scholars and conservation practitioners, working on topics ranging from colonial histories to water management, perceptions of ‘wildlife’ and the politics of belonging. Together, these essays confront a critical question: how can the conservation of biodiversity-rich landscapes be reconciled with historical injustices of social exclusion and marginalisation?The book is organised in five parts: the first provides a historical backdrop for the book’s detailed case studies, focusing on environmental and conservation policy and legislation; the second investigates post-Independence approaches to conservation; the third focuses on ‘Etosha-Kunene’ ecologies and related management issues; the fourth explores how historical circumstances shape present conservation and cultural landscapes; and the fifth addresses contemporary complexities of lion conservation and community-based natural resource management (CBNRM).By offering a comprehensive overview of evolving conservation boundaries, policies and practices in the region, this timely volume paves the way for the future design of conservation initiatives that more fully consider and integrate historical and cultural knowledge and diversity. Essential reading for conservation practitioners, policymakers, and academic researchers alike, this volume also serves as a valuable resource for university students interested in conservation studies and histories of conservation.The content of this book has been updated. 04 00 Acknowledgements Note on Orthography The Authors List of Abbreviations Preface Etosha-Kunene conservation conversations: An introduction I. CONSERVATION HISTORIES IN ETOSHA-KUNENE 1. Etosha-Kunene, from “pre-colonial” to German colonial times 2. Spatial severance and nature conservation: Apartheid histories in Etosha-Kunene 3. CBNRM and landscape approaches to conservation in Etosha-Kunene, post-Independence II. SOCIAL LIVES OF ETOSHA-KUNENE CONSERVATION, POST-INDEPENDENCE 4. Haiǁom resettlement, legal action and political representation 5. Environmentalities of Namibian conservancies: How communal area residents govern conservation in return 6. The politics of authority, belonging and mobility in disputing land in southern Kaoko Elsemi 7. The emergence of a hybrid hydro-scape in northern Kunene 8. Eliciting empathy and connectedness toward different species in north-west Namibia III. ETOSHA-KUNENE ECOLOGIES 9. Giraffes and their impact on key tree species in the Etendeka Tourism Concession, north-west Namibia 10. Are mountain and plains zebra hybridising in north-west Namibia? 11. Communities and elephants in the northern highlands, Kunene Region, Namibia IV. HISTORICISING CONSERVATION AND COMMUNITY TERRITORIES IN ETOSHA-KUNENE 12. Cultural heritage and histories of the Northern Namib / Skeleton Coast National Park 13. Historicising the Palmwag Tourism Concession, north-west Namibia 14. Living next to Etosha National Park: The case of Ehi-Rovipuka 15. ‘Walking through places’: Exploring the former lifeworld of Haiǁom in Etosha 16. History and social complexities for San at Tsintsabis resettlement farm, Namibia V. PEOPLE, LIONS AND CBNRM 17. Integrating remote sensing data with CBNRM for desert-adapted lion conservation 18. Lion Rangers’ use of SMART for lion conservation in Kunene 19. Relationships between humans and lions in wildlife corridors through CBNRM in north-west Namibia Conclusion: Realising conservation in Etosha-Kunene Appendix: Chronology of conservation legislation and key policies relevant for “Etosha-Kunene”, Namibia List of Images and Videos List of Tables Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0402_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240802 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805112969 06 15 9781805112983 06 15 9781805113010 06 15 9781805112990 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0402 20 02 20240802 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0402.epub 20 02 20240802 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d90e1915-1d2a-40e6-a94c-79f671031224 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d90e1915-1d2a-40e6-a94c-79f671031224 15 9781783744442 06 10.11647/OBP.0133 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Europa im Geisterkrieg. Studien zu Nietzsche 1 A01 21 0000-0002-5726-1450 Werner Stegmaier 2 B01 21 0000-0002-5080-036X Andrea C. Bertino 01 ger 00 638 03 04 B3317 12 HP 20 Nietzsche 10 PHI000000 B2 Philosophy 12 HPCD 10 PHI005000 20 Philosophie 12 HPQ 20 Wahrheit 20 Zarathustra 20 Vernunft 20 gute Europäer 01 06 03 00 Der Band vereinigt 20 Studien zu Nietzsche von Werner Stegmaier, der in den vergangenen drei Jahrzehnten der internationalen Nietzsche-Forschung starke Impulse gegeben und zuletzt achtzehn Jahre lang, zusammen mit Günter Abel, die Nietzsche-Studien, das international führende Organ der Nietzsche-Forschung, geleitet und die Monographien und Texte zur Nietzsche-Forschung herausgegeben hat. Die Studien handeln von Grundfragen der Philosophie Nietzsches. Sie setzen ein (I) mit seiner Neubestimmung der Wahrheit und der Philosophie und (II) seiner Verzeitlichung des Denkens unter (III) Verzicht auf ,die Vernunft‘ bei der Bestimmung des Menschen, interpretieren von hier aus (IV) die Anti-Lehren von Nietzsches Zarathustra, umreißen (V) Nietzsches Ethik für ,gute Europäer‘ und schließen (VI) mit der Interpretation von Nietzsches Selbsteinschätzung als Schicksal der Philosophie und der Menschheit (Ecce Homo, Warum ich ein Schicksal bin 1) und einer Einschätzung von Nietzsches Zukunft, die schon seit über einem Jahrhundert begonnen hat. Werner Stegmaier, Jahrgang 1946, war Gründungsdirektor des Instituts für Philosophie der Universität Greifswald nach dem Zusammenbruch der Sowjetunion und baute das Nord- und osteuropäische Forum für Philosophie auf, das Institute für Philosophie rund um die Ostsee neu miteinander ins Gespräch brachte und dort zu philosophischen Neuorientierungen beitrug. Er hat auf vielfältigen Gebieten gearbeitet, unter anderem zur Metaphysik und ihrem Grundbegriff der Substanz, zu großen Philosophen von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart, zur philosophischen Aktualität der jüdischen Tradition, vor allem aber zur Philosophie Nietzsches. Dabei ging es ihm stets um Fragen der Ersten Philosophie, insbesondere die, was unsere Realität ausmacht, wie sie durch Zeichen und Kommunikation vermittelt wird, wie Begriffe in der Zeit existieren und womit man es beim Denken zu tun hat. Er führte den Begriff der Orientierung als elementaren Begriff der Philosophie ein und entwickelte eine umfassende Philosophie der Orientierung. 04 00 Vorwort des Herausgebers Detailliertes Inhaltsverzeichnis Zitierte Editionen und Siglen Einleitung I. Wahrheit und Philosophie 1. Nietzsches Neubestimmung der Wahrheit 2. Nietzsches Neubestimmung der Philosophie II. Zeit, Evolution und Verzeitlichung des Denkens 3. Zeit der Vorstellung. Nietzsches Vorstellung der Zeit 4. Darwin, Darwinismus, Nietzsche. Zum Problem der Evolution 5. Geist. Hegel, Nietzsche und die Gegenwart 6. Nietzsches Verzeitlichung des Denkens III. Verzicht auf ,die Vernunft‘ bei der Bestimmung des Menschen 7. Nietzsches Zeichen 8. Nietzsches und Luhmanns Aufklärung der Aufklärung: Der Verzicht auf ,die Vernunft’ 9. zusammen mit Andrea Christian Bertino: Nietzsches Anthropologiekritik IV. Zarathustras Anti-Lehren 10. Anti-Lehren. Szene und Lehre in Friedrich Nietzsches Also sprach Zarathustra 11. Der See des Menschen, das Meer des Übermenschen und der Brunnen des Geistes. Fluss und Fassung einer Metapher Friedrich Nietzsches 12. Oh Mensch! Gieb Acht! Kontextuelle Interpretation des Mitternachts-Lieds aus Nietzsches Also sprach Zarathustra V. Ethik für gute Europäer 13. Affekte und Moral. Nietzsches Umwertung auch der Affekte 14. Die Nöte des Lebens und die Freiheit für andere Moralen. Nietzsches Moralkritik und Nietzsches Ethik 15. Schuld und Rang. Nietzsches Vorschlag zur Überwindung des Schuldkomplexes 16. Nietzsche, die Juden und Europa 17. Nietzsches Kritik der Toleranz 18. Zum zeitlichen Frieden VI. Nietzsches Zukunft 19. Schicksal Nietzsche? Zu Nietzsches Selbsteinschätzung als Schicksal der Philosophie und der Menschheit (Ecce homo, Warum ich ein Schicksal bin 1) 20. Nietzsches Zukunft Nachklang 21. Nietzsches Scherze Anhang Nachweis der Erstveröffentlichungen Veröffentlichungen von Werner Stegmaier zur Philosophie Nietzsches Personenregister 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0133_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180619 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783744411 06 15 9781783744428 06 15 9781783744435 06 15 9781800645523 06 15 9781783745647 06 15 9781783744442 06 15 9781783744459 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0133 20 02 20180619 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0133.epub 20 02 20180619 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a0a8d5f1-12d0-4d51-973d-ed1dfa73f01f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a0a8d5f1-12d0-4d51-973d-ed1dfa73f01f 15 9781783743964 06 10.11647/OBP.0126 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Exploring the Interior Essays on Literary and Cultural History 1 A01 Karl S. Guthke 01 eng 00 366 03 12 D 20 Europe 10 LIT004130 B2 Literature 04 PN751 20 Enlightenment B2 European Studies 04 G88 12 JFCX 10 LIT024030 12 3J 20 geographical exploration B2 Literature: Comparative Literature 20 indigenous populations 20 interest in human nature 20 exploration of the self 20 literary and cultural history 01 06 03 00 In this fascinating collection of essays Harvard Emeritus Professor Karl S. Guthke examines the ways in which, for European scholars and writers of the eighteenth and early nineteenth century, world-wide geographical exploration led to an exploration of the self. Guthke explains how in the age of Enlightenment and beyond intellectual developments were fuelled by excitement about what Ulrich Im Hof called "the grand opening-up of the wide world”, especially of the interior of the non-European continents. This outward turn was complemented by a fascination with "the world within” as anthropology and ethnology focused on the humanity of the indigenous populations of far-away lands – an interest in human nature that suggested a way for Europeans to understand themselves, encapsulated in Gauguin’s Tahitian rumination "What are we?”The essays in the first half of the book discuss first- or second-hand, physical or mental encounters with the exotic lands and populations beyond the supposed cradle of civilisation. The works of literature and documents of cultural life featured in these essays bear testimony to the crossing not only of geographical, ethnological, and cultural borders but also of borders of a variety of intellectual activities and interests. The second section examines the growing interest in astronomy and the engagement with imagined worlds in the universe, again with a view to understanding homo sapiens, as compared now to the extra-terrestrials that were confidently assumed to exist. The final group of essays focuses on the exploration of the landscape of what was called "the universe within”; featuring, among a variety of other texts, Schiller’s plays The Maid of Orleans and William Tell, these essays observe and analyse what Erich Heller termed "The Artist’s Journey into the Interior.”This collection, which travels from the interior of continents to the interior of the mind, is itself a set of explorations that revel in the discovery of what was half-hidden in language. Written by a scholar of international repute, it is eye-opening reading for all those with an interest in the literary and cultural history of (and since) the Enlightenment. 04 00 Preface Introduction: From the Interior of Continents to the Interior of the Mind I. "THE GREAT MAP OF MANKIND UNROLLED” 1. Faust and the Cannibals: Geographical Horizons in the Sixteenth Century 2. "Errand into the Wilderness”: The American Careers of Some Cambridge Divines in the Pre-Commonwealth Era 3. At Home in the World: Scholars and Scientists Expanding Horizons 4. In the Wake of Captain Cook: Global versus Humanistic Education in the Age of Goethe 5. Opening Goethe’s Weimar to the World: Travellers from Great Britain and America 6. In a "Far-Off Land”: B. Traven’s Mexican Stories II. WORLDS IN THE STARRY SKIES 7. Nightmare and Utopia: Extraterrestrials from Galileo to Goethe 8. Lessing’s Science: Exploring Life in the Universe III. THE UNIVERSE WITHIN 9. A Saint with Blood on her Hands: Schiller’s Joan of Arc 10. The Curse of Good Deeds: Schiller’s William Tell 11. Revelation or Deceit? Last Words in Detective Novels 12. Genius and Insanity: Nietzsche’s Collapse as Seen from Paraguay Acknowledgements Selective Bibliography for Further Reading Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0126_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Anne and Jim Rothenberg Fund for Humanities Research, Harvard University Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180524 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743933 06 15 9781783743940 06 15 9781783743957 06 15 9781800645455 06 15 9781783745289 06 15 9781783743964 06 15 9781783743971 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0126 20 02 20180524 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0126.epub 20 02 20180524 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3795e166-413c-4568-8c19-1117689ef14b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:3795e166-413c-4568-8c19-1117689ef14b 15 9781909254039 06 10.11647/OBP.0031 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/3.0/ 01 01 Feeding the City Work and Food Culture of the Mumbai Dabbawalas 1 A01 Sara Roncaglia 2 B06 Angela Arnone 3 A24 Pier Giorgio Solinas 01 eng 01 ita 00 234 03 B2 Anthropology 20 Dabbawalas 04 GT2853.I5 12 JHMC 10 SOC002010 B2 Asian Studies 10 BUS070120 12 KNDF 20 Mumbai 20 India 12 JHM 20 food industry 20 food distribution 20 food culture 20 co-operative 20 'gastrosemantics' 01 06 03 00 Every day in Mumbai 5,000 dabbawalas (literally translated as "those who carry boxes") distribute a staggering 200,000 home-cooked lunchboxes to the city’s workers and students. Giving employment and status to thousands of largely illiterate villagers from Mumbai's hinterland, this co-operative has been in operation since the late nineteenth century. It provides one of the most efficient delivery networks in the world: only one lunch in six million goes astray. Feeding the City is an ethnographic study of the fascinating inner workings of Mumbai's dabbawalas. Cultural anthropologist Sara Roncaglia explains how they cater to the various dietary requirements of a diverse and increasingly global city, where the preparation and consumption of food is pervaded with religious and cultural significance. Developing the idea of "gastrosemantics" – a language with which to discuss the broader implications of cooking and eating – Roncaglia's study helps us to rethink our relationship to food at a local and global level. The publication of this book is financed by the generous support of interested readers and organisations, who made donations using the crowd-funding website unglue.it 04 00 Acknowledgements Preface Introduction 1. Bombay-Mumbai and the Dabbawalas: Origin and Development of a Parallel Economy 2. Dabbawala Ethics in Transition 3. Nutan Mumbai Tiffin Box Suppliers Charity Trust: The Shaping of Dabbawala Relations Conclusions: Tastes and Cultures Appendix: Theory and Practice for an Ethnography of Diversities Glossary Select Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0031_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20130715 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254008 06 15 9781909254015 06 15 9781909254022 06 15 9781800644588 06 15 9781909254039 06 15 9781909254046 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0031.epub 20 02 20130715 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0031 20 02 20130715 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2c89b491-012a-4d97-af8b-361dbff26488 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2c89b491-012a-4d97-af8b-361dbff26488 15 9781805111733 06 10.11647/OBP.0380 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Feeling Colour Chromatic Embodiment in Film Culture, 1950s–1960s 1 A01 21 0000-0003-3077-7331 Bregt Lameris 01 eng 00 306 03 12 ABA 93 AGA 20 Colour film B2 Film and Photography 10 PER004030 10 ART015000 93 ATF 20 Film studies 12 JMA B2 Media Studies and Journalism 93 JHMC 12 JMR 20 Mid-20th-century culture 10 PSY013000 93 AGZC 12 APF 20 Cross-modal synesthesia 10 SOC002010 12 AGZ 20 Colour psychology 10 SCI034000 10 ART007000 20 psychedelic culture 01 06 03 00 The shift back from quasi monochrome to coloured motion picture during the 1950s and 1960s famously provided moviegoers the dazzling opportunity to more fully engage their senses, all the while opening new modes of affective possibilities for filmmakers. Set against the intersection of media studies, emotion theory, biology, and digital humanities, Feeling Colour: Chromatic Embodiment in Film Culture (1950s-1960s) delves into the role colour played in the oft-fraught relationship between cinema and its audiences. This transnational analysis of an extensive range of midcentury cinematography examines the multilayered effects which extend beyond the silver screen, offering a high-level theoretical elaboration and in-depth historical exploration of both experimental and mainstream movies. Lameris takes an interdisciplinary perspective, examining the different ways colour creates—or was believed to create—embodied reactions. From perception theory and 'putting the nerves in motion’, to colour psychology and how to ‘steer’ the spectator, to cross-modal perception (or ‘synaesthesia’), Lameris asks how how colours and feelings in film are entangled in the colour cultures, discourses and beliefs of a particular historical context. With its influential cultural scholarly contribution and accessible writing style, this book will delight both students and specialists in film and media studies. In addition, those interested in the history and use of color in advertising, neuroscience, gender studies, and emotion will find the book engaging and useful. 04 00 Introduction Chapter One: Feeling Film Colours: Theoretical Framework PART I: Stirring up the Eye with Colour Chapter Two: Colour Contrasts, Culture and Perception Chapter Three: Shocking, Shifting, Straining Chapter Four: Oscillating Op Art PART II: Colour Psychologies Chapter Five: How Can Colours (Be) Control(led) Chapter Six: Coloured Light. Vibrations, Temperature and Mood PART III: Touching and Tasting in Colour Chapter Seven: Colour, Taste and Food Chapter Eight: Touching Colours Coda: Hallucinating Colours Bibliography Filmography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0380_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Open University in the Netherlands 01 programname Open Access Stimulation Fund Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250306 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805111702 06 15 9781805111719 06 15 9781805111726 06 15 9781805111757 06 15 9781805111733 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0380.epub 20 02 20250306 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0380 20 02 20250306 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:64002b81-bdb2-486b-af25-9175b311e00c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:64002b81-bdb2-486b-af25-9175b311e00c 15 9781805111979 06 10.11647/OBP.0385 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Feliks Volkhovskii A Revolutionary Life 1 A01 21 0000-0003-2169-3451 Michael Hughes 01 eng 00 354 03 B2 Biography 04 DK254.V6155 20 Feliks Volkhovskii (1846-1914) 12 HBJD 10 HIS032000 93 NHQ 12 BGL 10 BIO000000 93 DNB B2 European Studies: Eastern European Studies 20 Russian revolutionary movement 93 DS 12 DSB B2 History 10 LIT000000 20 Siberian exile 12 JP 93 JPS 10 POL011000 20 Socialist Revolutionary Party 10 HIS037040 20 Russian émigrés in England 20 Imperial Russia 01 06 03 00 Feliks Volkhovskii (1846-1914) was a significant figure in the Russian revolutionary movement of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. He lived through pivotal changes ranging from the rise of ‘nihilism’ in the 1860s and the growth of populism in the 1870s, through to the creation of the Socialist Revolutionary Party in the early 1900s. Imprisoned three times before he turned thirty, he spent ten years in Siberian exile before fleeing abroad to join the fight against tsarist autocracy from western Europe.Following Volkhovskii’s arrival in Britain in 1890, he played a central role in the campaign to win sympathy for the Russian revolutionary movement, editing newspapers and journals including Free Russia. He also helped to smuggle propaganda into Russia as well as becoming one of the most prominent figures in the émigré leadership of the Socialist Revolutionaries. Throughout his life, Volkhovskii was also a prolific writer of poetry and short stories, and was on good terms with many leading literary figures of the time including Ford Maddox Ford and Edward and Constance Garnett. Michael Hughes’s groundbreaking new biography provides a vivid history of this notable but hitherto neglected figure of both the political and literary worlds. Based on ten years of research in archives across the world and drawing on sources in multiple languages, this masterful biography explores how Volkhovskii’s life illuminates broader intellectual and historical questions about the Russian revolutionary movement. It is essential reading for anyone interested in late Imperial Russia and the Russian revolution.Shortlisted for the James Tait Black Prize in Biography. 04 00 Preface 1. Introduction 2. The Making of a Revolutionary 3. Prison, Poetry and Exile 4. Selling Revolution 5. Spies and Trials 6. Returning to the Revolutionary Fray 7. Final Years 8. Conclusion Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0385_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Lancaster University Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240628 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805111948 06 15 9781805111955 06 15 9781805111962 06 15 9781805111993 06 15 9781805111979 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0385.epub 20 02 20240628 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0385 20 02 20240628 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5da7830b-6d55-4eb4-899e-cb2a13b30111 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5da7830b-6d55-4eb4-899e-cb2a13b30111 15 9781783740451 06 10.11647/OBP.0058 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542178 01 02 Open Book Classics 01 01 Fiesco's Conspiracy at Genoa 1 A01 Friedrich Schiller 2 A24 John Guthrie 3 B06 Flora Kimmich 01 eng 01 ger 00 150 03 10 DRA004020 12 DSG 20 Friedrich Schiller B2 Literature 04 PT2468 12 AN 20 drama B2 European Studies 10 LIT013000 B2 European Studies: German Studies 20 Fiesco 10 LIT004170 20 conspiracy 20 Genoa 20 play 20 translation 01 06 03 00 Within two years of the success of his first play Die Räuber on the German stage in 1781, Schiller wrote a drama based on a rebellion in sixteenth century Italy, its title: The Conspiracy of Fiesco at Genoa. A Republican Tragedy. At the head of the conspiracy stood Gian Luigi de’ Fieschi (1524–1547), Schiller’s Count Fiesco, a clever, courageous and charismatic figure, an epicurean and unhesitant egoist, politically ambitious, but unsure of his aims and principles. He is one of Schiller’s mysterious, protean characters who secures both our admiration and disgust. With Fiesco as tragic hero Schiller examines the complex entanglement of morality and politics in his own times that was to preoccupy him throughout his career.The play was a moderate success when performed in Mannheim in 1784; it was more popular in Berlin where, during Schiller’s lifetime, it was performed many times in a version by Carl Plümicke, which however radically altered the play’s meaning. There have been some noteworthy productions on the German stage and television, even if it has remained somewhat in the shadow of Schiller’ other works. In the English-speaking world it is all but unknown and very seldom performed. This translation aims to remedy that oversight. 04 00 Introduction by John Guthrie Fiesco’s Conspiracy at Genoa Translated by Flora Kimmich Notes to the Text by John Guthrie Select Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0058_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20150527 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740420 06 15 9781783740437 06 15 9781783740444 06 15 9781800644854 06 15 9781783746453 06 15 9781783740451 06 15 9781783740468 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0058 20 02 20150527 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0058.epub 20 02 20150527 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:936e40ed-ea14-48ac-9766-6acae46ba1e3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:936e40ed-ea14-48ac-9766-6acae46ba1e3 15 9781805112037 06 10.11647/OBP.0386 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 02 23996676 01 02 Open Reports Series 01 01 Financing Investment in Times of High Public Debt 2023 European Public Investment Outlook 1 B01 21 0000-0001-9972-716X Floriana Cerniglia 2 B01 21 0000-0003-0121-4329 Francesco Saraceno 3 B01 Andrew Watt 01 eng 00 248 03 10 BUS036000 B2 Economics 20 Financing 04 HC240 12 KFFM 93 KFFM 10 BUS032000 20 European economics B2 European Studies 12 K 93 KCS 12 1QFE 10 BUS051000 20 Investment 93 KFFD B2 Politics and Sociology 20 Public debt 20 Infrastructure 20 Governance 01 06 03 00 The fourth book in the ‘European Public Investment Outlook’ series focuses on the urgent issue of how to finance needed investment in critical tangible and intangible infrastructure given high levels of public debt, a thorny problem facing many governments across Europe. Drawing on expertise from academics, researchers at public policy institutes and international governance bodies, the contributors analyse the current situation and prospects and propose feasible solutions.Financing Investment in Times of High Public Debt offers a powerful combination of high-level analysis of cross-continental policies and trends, with close examination of specific contexts in France, Italy, Germany and Spain. The chapters in Part II explore challenges including how to finance climate investments, the extent to which national promotional banks can offer solutions, EU budget reform and recent trends in tax progressivity.This book is essential reading for economists, policymakers, and anyone interested in implementing and financing public policy in Europe and wanting to better understand the intricacies of EU governance and institutions. 04 00 Acknowledgements Preface Introduction PART I. State of the Art 1. Europe 2. Financing Public Investment in France 3. Germany Lacks Political Will to Finance Needed Public-Investment Boost 4. Italy’s Public Investments. The NRRP and Beyond 5. Public Investment, Deficit and Public Debt in Spain, 1995–2022 PART II. Challenges 6. Escaping Fragmentation and Secular Stagnation. The EU Policy Mix and Investment Financing 7. From Crisis to Crisis, Can Europe Count on National Promotional Banks as Silver Bullets? 8. Making Green Public Investments a Reality in the EU Fiscal Framework and the EU Budget 9. Financing Climate Investment in the EU: the Role of Monetary and Financial Policies 10. In Search of Lost Time: An Ensemble of Policies to Restore Fiscal Progressivity and Address the Climate Challenge 11. European Public Goods 12. Options for a Permanent EU Sovereign Fund: Meeting the Climate-Investment Challenge and Promoting Macroeconomic Stability Contributor Biographies List of Figures List of Tables 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0386_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20231212 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805112006 06 15 9781805112013 06 15 9781805112020 06 15 9781805112051 06 15 9781805112044 06 15 9781805112037 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0386 20 02 20231212 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0386.epub 20 02 20231212 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a94e57a8-fe20-4100-9796-0b8954a57cc8 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a94e57a8-fe20-4100-9796-0b8954a57cc8 15 9781805110071 06 10.11647/OBP.0315 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 02 2054362X 01 02 World Oral Literature Series 01 01 Folktales of Mayotte, an African Island 1 A01 Lee Haring 2 A23 21 0000-0002-2262-0986 Mark Turin 01 eng 00 198 03 B2 Folklore and Ethnology 04 GR360.M348 12 JFHF 93 JHMC 20 oral narrators 10 SOC002010 93 JBGB 12 JHMC 20 literary skills B2 Literature 10 SOC011000 12 HBTD B2 Other languages 20 versatility B2 African Studies 20 small African island B2 Anthropology 20 French ethnographer 20 interview 20 1970s-80s 20 ancient values 20 preservation 20 postcolonial world 20 island of Mayotte 01 06 03 00 The book uncovers the versatility and literary skills of oral narrators in a small African island. Relying on the researches of three French ethnographers who interviewed storytellers in the 1970s-80s, Lee Haring shows a once-colonised people using verbal art to preserve ancient values in the postcolonial world, when the island of Mayotte was transforming itself from a neglected colony to an overseas department of France. The author’s innovation is to read ethnographic researches as play scripts—to see printed folktales as accounts of live performances. One storyteller after another comments symbolically on what it is like to be a formerly colonised population. Storytelling women, in particular, combine diverse plots and characters to create traditional-sounding stories, which could not have been predicted from the African, Malagasy, Indian, and European traditions coexisting in Mayotte. Haring’s account shows them to be particularly skilled at irony and ambiguity, conveying both submissive and rebellious attitudes in their tales. He makes Mayotte storytelling accessible to a new, English-speaking audience and demonstrates that traditional storytellers in those years were preserving, but also critiquing, their inherited social order in a changing world. Their creative intentions, cultural influences and widely different narrative styles constitute Mayotte’s system of the arts of the word.Literary specialists, folklore enthusiasts, and people who like reading stories will find much to appreciate in this engaging and sophisticated book. 04 00 Foreword 1 Mark Turin Preface 3 A Note on the Text 9 1. Mayotte Is Ours 11 2. Varieties of Performing 49 3. Giving an Account of Herself 121 Works Cited 175 List of Illustrations 183 Index 185 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0315_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230713 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805110040 06 15 9781805110057 06 15 9781805110064 06 15 9781805110101 06 15 9781805110095 06 15 9781805110071 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0315.epub 20 02 20230713 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0315 20 02 20230713 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:83b7409e-f076-4598-965e-9e15615be247 03 01 01 urn:uuid:83b7409e-f076-4598-965e-9e15615be247 15 9781783741960 06 10.11647/OBP.0085 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Forests and Food Addressing Hunger and Nutrition Across Sustainable Landscapes 1 B01 21 0000-0001-7766-6773 Bhaskar Vira 2 B01 Christoph Wildburger 3 B01 Stephanie Mansourian 01 eng 00 288 03 B2 Environmental Studies 20 Forests 04 HD9000 10 NAT014000 12 RND 20 food 10 NAT011000 12 RNU 10 HEA017000 20 hunger 12 MBNH3 20 nutrition 20 malnutrition 20 ecology 20 agriculture 20 environment 01 06 03 00 As population estimates for 2050 reach over 9 billion, issues of food security and nutrition have been dominating academic and policy debates. A total of 805 million people are undernourished worldwide and malnutrition affects nearly every country on the planet. Despite impressive productivity increases, there is growing evidence that conventional agricultural strategies fall short of eliminating global hunger, as well as having long-term ecological consequences. Forests can play an important role in complementing agricultural production to address the Sustainable Development Goals on zero hunger. Forests and trees can be managed to provide better and more nutritionally-balanced diets, greater control over food inputs – particularly during lean seasons and periods of vulnerability (especially for marginalised groups) – and deliver ecosystem services for crop production. However forests are undergoing a rapid process of degradation, a complex process that governments are struggling to reverse.This volume provides important evidence and insights about the potential of forests to reducing global hunger and malnutrition, exploring the different roles of landscapes, and the governance approaches that are required for the equitable delivery of these benefits. Forests and Food is essential reading for researchers, students, NGOs and government departments responsible for agriculture, forestry, food security and poverty alleviation around the globe. 04 00 Preface: Connecting the Dots by Alexander Buck Acknowledgements Acronyms, Units and Symbols 1 Introduction: Forests, Trees and Landscapes for Food Security and Nutrition Coordinating lead author: Bhaskar Vira Lead authors: Bina Agarwal, Ramni Jamnadass, Daniela Kleinschmit, Stepha McMullin, Stephanie Mansourian, Henry Neufeldt, John A. Parrotta, Terry Sunderland and Christoph Wildburger 1.1 Problem Statement: Can Forests and Tree-based Systems Contribute to Food Security and Nutrition? 1.2 Prevailing Paradigms about Forests, Agriculture, Food Security and Nutrition 1.3 Policy Context and Scope 1.4 Structure of the Narrative 1.5 Forests and Tree-based Landscapes for Food Security and Nutrition: A Brief Preview 1.5.1 Direct and Indirect Contributions of Forests and Tree-based Systems to Food Security and Nutrition 1.5.2 Drivers Affecting the Relationship between Forest-tree Landscapes and Food 1.5.3 Trade-offs, Conflicts and Synergies in Land Use, and Responses 1.6 Evidence and Knowledge Gaps References 2 Understanding the Roles of Forests and Tree-based Systems in Food Provision Coordinating lead authors: Ramni Jamnadass and Stepha McMullin Lead authors: Miyuki Iiyama and Ian K. Dawson Contributing authors: Bronwen Powell, Celine Termote, Amy Ickowitz, Katja Kehlenbeck, Barbara Vinceti, Nathalie van Vliet, Gudrun Keding, Barbara Stadlmayr, Patrick Van Damme, Sammy Carsan, Terry Sunderland, Mary Njenga, Amos Gyau, Paolo Cerutti, Jolien Schure, Christophe Kouame, Beatrice Darko Obiri, Daniel Ofori, Bina Agarwal, Henry Neufeldt, Ann Degrande and Anca Serban 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Food Security and Nutrition 2.3 The Direct Roles of Forests and Tree-based Systems 2.3.1 Foods Provided by Forests and Tree-based Systems 2.3.2 Dietary Choices, Access to Resources and Behavioural Change 2.4 The Indirect Roles of Forests and Tree-based Systems 2.4.1 Income and other Livelihood Opportunities 2.4.2 Provision of Ecosystem Services 2.5 Conclusions References 3 The Historical, Environmental and Socio-economic Context of Forests and Tree-based Systems for Food Security and Nutrition Coordinating lead author: John A. Parrotta Lead authors: Jennie Dey de Pryck, Beatrice Darko Obiri, Christine Padoch, Bronwen Powell and Chris Sandbrook Contributing authors: Bina Agarwal, Amy Ickowitz, Katy Jeary, Anca Serban, Terry Sunderland and Tran Nam Tu 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Forests and Tree-based Systems: An Overview 3.2.1 Historical Overview and the Role of Traditional Knowledge 3.2.2 Managed Forests, Woodlands and Parklands 3.2.3 Shifting Cultivation Systems 3.2.4 Agroforestry Systems 3.2.5 Single-species Tree Crop Production Systems 3.3 The Influence of Forest Landscape Configuration Management and Use on Food Security and Nutrition 3.3.1 Interactions between Landscape Components 3.3.2 The Influence of Landscape Use and Management of Forests and Tree-Based Systems on Nutrition 3.4 The Socio-economic Organisation of Forests and Tree-based Systems 3.4.1 Introduction 3.4.2 Land, Tree and Related Natural Resource Tenure 3.4.3 Gender, Rights to Land and Trees, and Food Security 3.4.4 Human Capital, Control and Decision-making in Forests and Tree-based Systems 3.4.5 Financial Capital and Credit: Using and Investing in Forests and Trees 3.5 Conclusions References 4 Drivers of Forests and Tree-based Systems for Food Security and Nutrition Coordinating lead author: Daniela Kleinschmit Lead authors: Bimbika Sijapati Basnett, Adrian Martin, Nitin D. Rai and Carsten Smith-Hall Contributing authors: Neil M. Dawson, Gordon Hickey, Henry Neufeldt, Hemant R. Ojha and Solomon Zena Walelign 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Environmental Drivers 4.3 Social Drivers 4.4 Economic Drivers 4.5 Governance 4.6 Conclusions References 5 Response Options Across the Landscape Coordinating lead author: Terry Sunderland Lead authors: Frédéric Baudron, Amy Ickowitz, Christine Padoch, Mirjam Ros-Tonen, Chris Sandbrook and Bhaskar Vira Contributing authors: Josephine Chambers, Elizabeth Deakin, Samson Foli, Katy Jeary, John A. Parrotta, Bronwen Powell, James Reed, Sarah Ayeri Ogalleh, Henry Neufeldt and Anca Serban 5.1 Introduction 5.2 The Role of Landscape Configurations 5.2.1 Temporal Dynamics within Landscapes 5.2.2 Trade-offs and Choices at the Landscape Scale 5.3 Land Sparing and Land Sharing 5.4 Landscapes and Localised Food Systems 5.5 "Nutrition-sensitive” Landscapes 5.6 Landscape Governance 5.7 Conclusions References 6 Public Sector, Private Sector and Socio-cultural Response Options Coordinating lead author: Henry Neufeldt Lead authors: Pablo Pacheco, Hemant R. Ojha, Sarah Ayeri Ogalleh, Jason Donovan and Lisa Fuchs Contributing authors: Daniela Kleinschmit, Patti Kristjanson, Godwin Kowero, Vincent O. Oeba and Bronwen Powell 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Governance Responses to Enhance Linkages between Forests and Tree-based Systems and Food Security and Nutrition 6.2.1 Introduction 6.2.2 Reforms Related to Tenure and Resource Rights 6.2.3 Decentralisation and Community Participation in Forest Management 6.2.4 Regulating Markets 6.2.5 Catalysing Governance Reform 6.3 Private Sector-driven Initiatives for Enhancing Governance in Food Systems 6.3.1 Introduction 6.3.2 The Challenges of Sustainability and Inclusiveness in Food Supply 6.3.3 Global Initiatives to Support Sustainable Finance and Supply 6.3.4 Emerging Corporate Sustainability Initiatives 6.3.5 "Hybrid” Models for Sustainable and Inclusive Supply 6.4 Socio-cultural Response Options 6.4.1 Introduction 6.4.2 Changing Urban Demand 6.4.3 Behaviour Change and Education to Improve Dietary Choices 6.4.4 Reducing Inequalities and Promoting Gender-responsive Interventions and Policies 6.4.5 Social Mobilisation for Food Security 6.5 Conclusions References 7 Conclusions Coordinating lead author: Bhaskar Vira Lead authors: Ramni Jamnadass, Daniela Kleinschmit, Stepha McMullin, Stephanie Mansourian, Henry Neufeldt, John A. Parrotta, Terry Sunderland and Christoph Wildburger 7.1 Forests and Trees Matter for Food Security and Nutrition 7.2 Governing Multi-functional Landscapes for Food Security and Nutrition 7.3 The Importance of Secure Tenure and Local Control 7.4 Reimagining Forests and Food Security 7.5 Knowledge Gaps 7.6 Looking Ahead: The Importance of Forest and Tree-based Systems for Food Security and Nutrition Appendix 1: Glossary Appendix 2: List of Panel Members, Authors and Reviewers 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0085_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20151115 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741939 06 15 9781783741946 06 15 9781783741953 06 15 9781800645059 06 15 9781783746385 06 15 9781783741960 06 15 9781783741977 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0085.epub 20 02 20151115 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0085 20 02 20151115 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:36c67121-30a5-431f-a790-053e88f6bb49 03 01 01 urn:uuid:36c67121-30a5-431f-a790-053e88f6bb49 15 9781800642218 06 10.11647/OBP.0259 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Forms of Life and Subjectivity Rethinking Sartre’s Philosophy 1 A01 21 0000-0002-9338-8061 Daniel Rueda Garrido 01 eng 00 352 03 04 B2430.S34 12 HP 20 life 10 PHI018000 B2 Philosophy 12 PDX 10 PHI006000 20 subjectivity 12 HPJ 20 Sartre 10 SCI075000 12 HPCF3 20 philosophy 10 SOC026040 20 ontology 20 phenomenology 20 forms of life 20 identity 20 power 20 conversion 20 intersubjectivity 20 freedom 20 facticity 20 imitation 20 reproduction 20 capitalism 20 art 20 cultural studies 20 psychology 20 anthropology 20 social sciences 01 06 03 00 'Forms of Life and Subjectivity: Rethinking Sartre’s Philosophy' explores the fundamental question of why we act as we do. Informed by an ontological and phenomenological approach, and building mainly, but not exclusively, on the thought of Sartre, Daniel Rueda Garrido considers the concept of a "form of life” as a term that bridges the gap between subjective identity and communities.This first systematic ontology of "forms of life” seeks to understand why we act in certain ways, and why we cling to certain identities, such as nationalisms, social movements, cultural minorities, racism, or religion. The answer, as Rueda Garrido argues, depends on an understanding of ourselves as "forms of life” that remains sensitive to the relationship between ontology and power, between what we want to be and what we ought to be.Structured in seven chapters, Rueda Garrido’s investigation yields illuminating and timely discussions of conversion, the constitution of subjectivity as an intersubjective self, the distinction between imitation and reproduction, the relationship between freedom and facticity, and the dialectical process by which two particular ways of being and acting enter into a situation of assimilation-resistance, as exemplified by capitalist and artistic forms of life.This ambitious and original work will be of great interest to scholars and students of philosophy, social sciences, cultural studies, psychology and anthropology. Its wide-ranging reflection on the human being and society will also appeal to the general reader of philosophy. 04 00 Preface Introduction 1. The Phenomenological Ontology of Forms of Life 2. Forms of Life and Ontological Conversion 3. Habits, Identification and Forms of Life 4. Forms of Life, Imitation and Conscious Will 5. Dialectics, Forms of Life and Subjectivity 6. The Capitalist Form of Life and its Subjectivity 7. Forms of Life and Subjectivities of Other Communities in the Capitalist Era Conclusion Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0259_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20211102 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800642188 06 15 9781800642195 06 15 9781800642201 06 15 9781800646520 06 15 9781800642232 06 15 9781800642218 06 15 9781800642225 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0259 20 02 20211102 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0259.epub 20 02 20211102 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:dbbf7e0d-95cb-4575-aaad-cd4dcc4964bc 03 01 01 urn:uuid:dbbf7e0d-95cb-4575-aaad-cd4dcc4964bc 15 9781805110286 06 10.11647/OBP.0345 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 For Palestine Essays from the Tom Hurndall Memorial Lecture Group 1 B01 21 0000-0001-5950-464X Ian Parker 01 eng 00 296 03 12 1FBP 04 DS119.7 10 HIS019000 20 invasion of Iraq 93 NHG B2 Politics and Sociology 12 1FBH 10 HIS054000 93 NHTB 20 Tom Hurndall 12 AMA 10 HIS027170 93 NHWR9 20 photography 12 JFC 93 JHMC 20 Middle East 10 SOC002010 12 JF 20 Palestine 20 conflict 12 HBTB 20 Zionism 20 politics 20 sociology 01 06 03 00 “I am not afraid to look.” – Tom Hurndall, 2003.On the eve of the invasion of Iraq in February 2003, Tom Hurndall, a photography student at Manchester Metropolitan University, travelled from Manchester to the Middle East to witness the horrors in Iraq and then later in Palestine. Tom was shot in the head by an Israeli soldier on 11 April 2003 whilst attempting to rescue two children trapped by Israeli sniper fire. He later died in hospital on 13 January 2004 without gaining consciousness. He is remembered for his determination to bear witness to the conflict in Palestine and his bravery to capture the atrocities directed towards the suppression of the Palestine people. This book is a collection of lectures written by reputable scholars who offer diverse perspectives on the historical, political and cultural struggles in Palestine. Encompassed in the pages are sixteen chapters produced for the Tom Hurndall Memorial Lecture Group. Unlike predecessors of this topic, this book offers a thought-provoking and comprehensive analysis of Palestine, including architectural, cultural, legal, sociological, and psychological questions, providing a larger scope of study that has not yet been done before. Ultimately, this book explores oppression in Palestine and beyond in the Middle East.The vast study and in-depth exploration makes this an ideal book for those who are interested in the Palestine conflict, Zionism, Israel and further conflict in the Middle East, as well as a necessity for those who are studying the topic in education settings. 04 00 The Sixteen Tom Hurndall Memorial Lectures Acknowledgements Contributors Foreword Introduction 1. The Key to Peace: The Return of the Refugees Salman Abu Sitta 2. Human Rights in the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Richard Kuper 3. New-Old Thinking on Palestine Ilan Pappe 4. Can Palestinians Regain the Initiative for Ending the Occupation? Kamel Hawwash 5. Reflections on the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Avi Shlaim 6. Being Palestinian Karma Nabulsi 7. Dismantling the Image of the Palestinian Homosexual: Exploring the Role of Alqaws Wala AlQaisiya, Ghaith Hilal and Haneen Maikey 8. Archaeology, Architecture and the Politics of Verticality Eyal Weizman 9. Israeli Apartheid: A Matter of Law Daniel Machover 10. Dismantling Racism and Settler Colonialism: Challenges for the BDS Movement Rania Masri 11. The Oslo Accords and Palestine’s Political Economy in the Shadow of Regional Turmoil Adam Hanieh 12. Evicting Palestine Penny Green and Amelia Smith 13. Resisting Cybercide, Strengthening Solidarity: Standing up to Israel’s Digital Occupation Miriyam Aouragh 14. Israel’s Nation-State Law and Its Consequences for Palestinians Salma Karmi-Ayyoub 15. The Crafting of the News: The British Media and the Israel-Palestine Question Tim Llewellyn 16. Palestine is a Four-letter Word: Psychoanalytic Innocence and Its Malcontents Lara Sheehi List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0345_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230626 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805110255 06 15 9781805110262 06 15 9781805110279 06 15 9781805110316 06 15 9781805110309 06 15 9781805110286 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0345.epub 20 02 20230626 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0345 20 02 20230626 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1654967f-82f1-4ed0-ae81-7ebbfb9c183d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:1654967f-82f1-4ed0-ae81-7ebbfb9c183d 15 9781909254473 06 10.11647/OBP.0029 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/ 01 01 Foundations for Moral Relativism 1 A01 J. David Velleman 01 eng 00 119 03 20 Ethics 12 HPQ 10 PHI005000 12 HPS 20 Metaethics 12 HR 20 Moral Philosophy 20 Social Philosophy 20 Moral Relativism 20 Moral Disagreement 20 Perspectivalism 01 06 03 00 In Foundations for Moral Relativism a distinguished moral philosopher tames a bugbear of current debate about cultural difference. J. David Velleman shows that different communities can indeed be subject to incompatible moralities, because their local mores are rationally binding. At the same time, he explains why the mores of different communities, even when incompatible, are still variations on the same moral themes. The book thus maps out a universe of many moral worlds without, as Velleman puts it, "moral black holes”. The five self-standing chapters discuss such diverse topics as online avatars and virtual worlds, lying in Russian and truth-telling in Quechua, the pleasure of solitude and the fear of absurdity. Accessibly written, Foundations for Moral Relativism presupposes no prior training in philosophy. 04 00 Acknowledgments I. Introduction II. Virtual Selves III. Doables IV. Foundations for Moral Relativism V. Sociality and Solitude VI. Life Absurd? Don’t Be Ridiculous Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0029_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 08 01 20130417 13 20230404 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254442 06 15 9781909254459 06 15 9781909254466 06 15 9781800644564 06 15 9781909254473 06 15 9781909254480 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0029.epub 20 02 20130417 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0029 20 02 20130417 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:00766beb-0597-48a8-ba70-dd2b8382ec37 03 01 01 urn:uuid:00766beb-0597-48a8-ba70-dd2b8382ec37 15 9781783740352 06 10.11647/OBP.0086 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Foundations for Moral Relativism Second Expanded Edition 1 A01 J. David Velleman 01 eng 00 156 03 04 BJ1500.R37 20 Ethics 12 HPQ 10 PHI005000 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 12 HPS 20 Metaethics B2 Philosophy 12 HR 20 Moral Philosophy 20 Social Philosophy 20 Moral Relativism 20 Moral Disagreement 20 Perspectivalism 01 06 03 00 In this new edition of Foundations for Moral Relativism a distinguished moral philosopher tames a bugbear of current debate about cultural difference. J. David Velleman shows that different communities can indeed be subject to incompatible moralities, because their local mores are rationally binding. At the same time, he explains why the mores of different communities, even when incompatible, are still variations on the same moral themes. The book thus maps out a universe of many moral worlds without, as Velleman puts it, "moral black holes”. The six self-standing chapters discuss such diverse topics as online avatars and virtual worlds, lying in Russian and truth-telling in Quechua, the pleasure of solitude and the fear of absurdity. Accessibly written, this book presupposes no prior training in philosophy.<break/> 04 00 Acknowledgments I. Introduction II. Virtual Selves III. Morality Here and There 1. Kant Among the Sherpas 2. Aristotle in Bali IV. Doables V. Foundations for Moral Relativism VI. Sociality and Solitude VII. Life Absurd? Don’t Be Ridiculous Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0086_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20151123 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740321 06 15 9781783740338 06 15 9781783740345 06 15 9781800645066 06 15 9781783746378 06 15 9781783740352 06 15 9781783740369 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0086.epub 20 02 20151123 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0086 20 02 20151123 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:cbf83d93-4076-47c4-896a-30bd90f179cb 03 01 01 urn:uuid:cbf83d93-4076-47c4-896a-30bd90f179cb 15 9781800647961 06 10.11647/OBP.0311 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 ‘Fragile States’ in an Unequal World The Role of the g7+ in International Diplomacy and Development Cooperation 1 A01 21 0000-0002-5557-6176 Isabel Rocha de Siqueira 01 eng 00 256 03 04 JC330.2 12 JP 20 people 10 POL011010 B2 Politics and Sociology 20 g7+ 12 JPS 10 POL034000 20 International Diplomacy and Development Cooperation 12 JPSD 10 POL043000 20 conflict-affected states 12 JPWH 10 POL029000 20 find your voice 12 LASD 10 POL041000 20 use your survival skills 20 work with passion 20 decide how much to concede 20 act responsibly 01 06 03 00 This is a book about people. ‘Fragile States’ in an Unequal World: The Role of the g7+ in International Diplomacy and Development Cooperation introduces the members of the g7+, a group formed by 20 conflict-affected states: why they came to believe in politics and policy; how they feel about their work, their family and their communities; and what they want to leave behind for the next generations. It is the story of their personal and collective values, their mistakes, and the challenges they faced, and it will resonate with anyone who has tried to organize and work with a group of very different people.This book is also a contribution for those seeking to influence international policy, especially from a disadvantageous position. It explores how to find your voice, use your survival skills, work with passion, decide how much to concede and act responsibly. Together, these lessons illuminate the paths that individual members have walked as they found their own voices, as well as how the g7+ fights to speak collectively. The book ends with a glimpse of the way forward, as Isabel Rocha de Siqueira encourages younger generations to engage with politics and policy generously, with hope for the future.Combining literature and hard facts – along with other elements such as illustrations, cartoon strips and photographs to tell the previously untold stories of public servants in poor, conflict-affected countries, the book offers an original (and very human) micro and macro perspective on the politics of development. It will be of interest to professionals in major development organisations, students and professors in development courses, policymakers, public servants, civil society, activists working for major international NGOs, and journalists who report on the development industry, as well as those with a general interest in international development cooperation, international diplomacy and other related fields. 04 00 Figures and Illustrations ix Foreword xi Acknowledgements xiii Acronyms and Abbreviations xv 1. A Book about People: The Stories of the g7+ 1 Behind the Scenes 7 The Book 11 2. How to Find a Voice: On Being an Accidental Diplomat for the New Deal 15 The Need to Listen 20 Trust is the Most Valuable Currency 24 Be Wary of the Annotated Agenda: Donor Pressures and the Problem of Empty Participation 27 The Search for a Voice 31 Avoid Hoarseness: Trying to Keep Up with SDG 16 38 Have your People in the Room: Seeking UN Observer Status 47 3. How to Use your Survival Skills (to Survive Monitoring and Evaluation): On Patience, Opportunities and Cooperation 57 Find Yourself Something Sacred and Go Beyond Survival: Valuing Peace and Solidarity 60 Have Patience But Be Strategic About It: The Symbolism of Fragile-to-Fragile Cooperation (F2F) 67 Seize and Multiply Opportunities for Yourself and Others: The Paths Towards Greater Equality 76 Make Changes and See Things Through 84 4. How to Work with Passion: On the Value of Doing Things Together 87 Togetherness Is a Value and a Practice: Harnessing Commonalities in Order to Move Forward 91 Living with Frustration but Leaving No-One Behind: Monitoring the SDGs 96 Putting Solidarity into Practice: Conflict Mediation in the Central African Republic 105 Challenges to Passion and Solidarity: Seeking Flexibility in the Face of an Obsession with Templates 113 5. How to Decide Where your Pride Fits: The ‘Fragile States’ Label and the Need for a Unified Front 119 Proud to Start With: Raising the Ownership Flag 124 How to Decide Where your Pride Belongs: Shame and the World of International Experts 130 The Micro and Macro Challenges to Pride: Geopolitical Negotiations and National Priorities 141 What (Then) of Pride? 149 6. How to Act Responsibly: On the Sense of Duty 151 Advocating for Context and Country Leadership on Peace and Development 165 Making Sure Assessments Do Not Become Ends in Themselves 169 Multiplying Impacts: Responsibilities Go Up and Down 171 Strengthening Within: Finding Cohesion with a Diverse Group 176 Engendering Interest and Responsibility in the Next Generations 179 7. The Way Forward 181 The Next Generations 185 Bibliography 189 Videos 197 g7+ Publications 198 ANNEX I: g7+ Statements — A Selection 199 1. 10 April 2010, Dili, Timor-Leste 199 2. Port-au-Prince 203 3. Lomé 204 4. Kabul 205 5. Lisbon 207 ANNEX II: Fragility Spectrum 209 ANNEX III: g7+ Fragility Assessments 211 ANNEX IV: Chronology of g7+’s Main Events Since 2010 213 ANNEX V: 2030 Agenda: Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 215 ANNEX VI: 20 Targets Chosen in a 2016 Technical Meeting 217 ANNEX VII: g7+ Statement of Solidarity and Cooperation: ‘A call for concerted support in our efforts to curb COVID-19’ (March 2020) 221 Index 225 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0311_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20221026 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800647930 06 15 9781800647947 06 15 9781800647954 06 15 9781800647992 06 15 9781800647985 06 15 9781800647961 06 15 9781800647978 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0311.epub 20 02 20221026 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0311 20 02 20221026 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3083819d-1084-418a-85d4-4f71c2fea139 03 01 01 urn:uuid:3083819d-1084-418a-85d4-4f71c2fea139 15 9781783745524 06 10.11647/OBP.0151 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 From Darkness to Light Writers in Museums 1798-1898 1 B01 21 0000-0002-2778-6168 Rosella Mamoli Zorzi 2 B01 Katherine Manthorne 01 eng 00 392 03 10 ART000000 20 museum lighting 04 NK2115.5.L5 B2 Visual Arts 12 WTHM 12 A 10 ART059000 20 exhibition spaces B2 Material Culture 12 AB 20 America 10 ARC007010 12 AG 20 Japan 20 Western Europe 20 nineteenth century 20 twentieth century 01 06 03 00 From Darkness to Light explores from a variety of angles the subject of museum lighting in exhibition spaces in America, Japan, and Western Europe throughout the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.Written by an array of international experts, these collected essays gather perspectives from a diverse range of cultural sensibilities. From sensitive discussions of Tintoretto’s unique approach to the play of light and darkness as exhibited in the Scuola Grande di San Rocco in Venice, to the development of museum lighting as part of Japanese artistic self-fashioning, via the story of an epic American painting on tour, museum illumination in the work of Henry James, and lighting alterations at Chatsworth (to name only a few topics) this book is a treasure trove of illuminating contributions.The collection is at once a refreshing insight for the enthusiastic museum-goer, who is brought to an awareness of the exhibit in its immediate environment, and a wide-ranging scholarly compendium for the professional who seeks to proceed in their academic or curatorial work with a more enlightened sense of the lighted space. 04 00 Acknowledgments Notes on Contributors Introduction: From Darkness to Light: Writers in Museums 1798–1898 Rosella Mamoli Zorzi and Katherine Manthorne Part I: On Light 1. Tintoretto: An Unexpected Light. Lightnings, Haloes, Embers and Other Glowing Lights. Melania G. Mazzucco 2. The Artificial Lighting Available to European and American Museums, 1800–1915 David E. Nye Part II: On Light at the Scuola Grande di San Rocco and in Venice 3. Tintoretto in San Rocco Between Light and Darkness Maria Agnese Chiari Moretto Wiel 4. John Ruskin and Henry James in the Enchanting Darkness of the Scuola Grande di San Rocco Rosella Mamoli Zorzi 5. Light at the Scuola Grande di San Rocco Demetrio Sonaglioni 6. The Light in the Venice Ducal Palace Camillo Tonini 7. Latent in Darkness: John Ruskin’s Virtual Guide to the Academy of Fine Arts in Venice Emma Sdegno 8. Venice, Art and Light in French Literature: 1831–1916 Cristina Beltrami Part III: On Light in American Museums 9. One Hundred Gems of Light: The Peale Family Introduces Gaslight to America Burton K. Kummerow 10. Illuminating the Big Picture: Frederic Church’s Heart of the Andes Viewed by Writers Katherine Manthorne 11. Italian Genius in American Light: The James Jackson Jarves Collection at Yale Kathleen Lawrence 12. Shedding Light on the History of Lighting at the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum Holly Salmon 13. Seeing Beauty: Light and Design at the Freer Gallery, ca. 1923 Lee Glazer Part IV: On Light in Museum and Mansions in England, France, and Spain 14. Lighting up the Darkness: The National Gallery, London Sarah Quill 15. Sir John Soane Helen Dorey 16. Chatsworth, a Modern English Mansion Marina Coslovi 17. Daylight and Gold: In the Galleries With Henry James Paula Deitz 18. Remarks on Illumination in Nineteenth-Century American Travel Writings on Madrid’s Prado Museum Pere Gifra-Adroher Part V: On Light in Italian Museums 19. To Look (and to See) in the Nineteenth Century: At the Uffizi and Elsewhere Cristina Acidini 20. Ways of Perceiving: The Passionate Pilgrims’ Gaze in Nineteenth-Century Italy Margherita Ciacci 21. ‘In the Quiet Hours and the Deep Dusk, These Things too Recovered Their Advantage’: Henry James on Light in European Museums Joshua Parker 22. ‘Shedding Light on Old Italian Masters’: Timothy Cole’s Series for the Century Page S. Knox 23. ‘Into the Broad Sunlight’: Anne Hampton Brewster’s Chronicle of Gilded Age Rome Adrienne Baxter Bell Part VI: On Light in Museums in Japan 24. In Praise of Shadows: Ernest Fenollosa and the Origins of Japanese Museum Culture Dorsey Kleitz and Sandra Lucore Postscript 25. Premonitions: Shakespeare to James Sergio Perosa 26. The Museum on Stage: From Plato’s Myth to Today’s Perception Alberto Pasetti Bombardella 27. Time and Light Antonio Foscari Bibliography List of Illustrations 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0151_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190312 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783745494 06 15 9781783745500 06 15 9781783745517 06 15 9781800645707 06 15 9781783747238 06 15 9781783745524 06 15 9781783745531 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0151.epub 20 02 20190312 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0151 20 02 20190312 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5bf6450f-99a7-4375-ad94-d5bde1b0282c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5bf6450f-99a7-4375-ad94-d5bde1b0282c 15 9781783740659 06 10.11647/OBP.0052 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 From Dust to Digital Ten Years of the Endangered Archives Programme 1 B01 Maja Kominko 01 eng 00 722 03 20 Archives 10 ART056000 12 GLP B2 Material Culture 04 Z701.3.D54 B2 Archaeology and Religion 20 documentary heritage 12 JFC 10 SOC002010 B2 Digital Humanities 12 JFCD 20 preservation 20 digitisation 20 Endangered Archives Programme 20 cultural heritage 20 British Library 01 06 03 00 Much of world’s documentary heritage rests in vulnerable, little-known and often inaccessible archives. Many of these archives preserve information that may cast new light on historical phenomena and lead to their reinterpretation. But such rich collections are often at risk of being lost before the history they capture is recorded. This volume celebrates the tenth anniversary of the Endangered Archives Programme at the British Library, established to document and publish online formerly inaccessible and neglected archives from across the globe. From Dust to Digital showcases the historical significance of the collections identified, catalogued and digitised through the Programme, bringing together articles on 19 of the 244 projects supported since its inception. These contributions demonstrate the range of materials documented — including rock inscriptions, manuscripts, archival records, newspapers, photographs and sound archives — and the wide geographical scope of the Programme. Many of the documents are published here for the first time, illustrating the potential these collections have to further our understanding of history. 04 00 Acknowledgements List of illustrations List of recordings Notes on contributors Introduction by Lisbet Rausing and Peter Baldwin Preserving the past: creating the Endangered Archives Programme by Barry Supple The Endangered Archives Programme after ten years by Anthea Case What the Endangered Archives Programme does Crumb trails, threads and traces: endangered archives and history by Maja Kominko PART I. INSCRIPTIONS 1. The “written landscape” of the central Sahara: recording and digitising the Tifinagh inscriptions in the Tadrart Acacus Mountains by Stefano Biagetti, Ali Ait Kaci and Savino di Lernia PART II. MANUSCRIPTS 2. Metadata and endangered archives: lessons from the Ahom manuscripts project by Stephen Morey 3. Unravelling Lepcha manuscripts by Heleen Plaisier 4. Technological aspects of the monastic manuscript collection at May Wäyni, Ethiopia by Jacek Tomaszewski and Michael Gervers 5. Localising Islamic knowledge: acquisition and copying of the Riyadha Mosque manuscript collection in Lamu, Kenya by Anne Bang 6. In the shadow of Timbuktu: the manuscripts of Djenné by Sophie Sarin PART III. DOCUMENTARY ARCHIVES 7. The first Gypsy/Roma organisations, churches and newspapers by Elena Mariushakova and Veselin Popov 8. Sacred boundaries: parishes and the making of space in the colonial Andes by Gabriela Ramos 9. Researching the history of slavery in Colombia and Brazil through ecclesiastical and notarial archives by Jane Landers, Pablo Gómez, José Polo Acuña and Courtney J. Campbell 10. Convict labour in early colonial Northern Nigeria: a preliminary study by Mohammed Bashir Salau 11. Murid Ajami sources of knowledge: the myth and the reality by Fallou Ngom 12. Digitisation of Islamic manuscripts and periodicals in Jerusalem and Acre by Qasem Abu Harb PART IV. PHOTOGRAPHIC ARCHIVES 13. A charlatan’s album: cartes-de-visite from Bolivia, Argentina and Paraguay (1860-1880) by Irina Podgorny 14. Hearing images, tasting pictures: making sense of Christian mission photography in the Lushai Hills District, Northeast India (1870-1920) by Kyle Jackson 15. The photographs of Baluev: capturing the “socialist transformation” of the Krasnoyarsk northern frontier, 1938-1939 by David Anderson, Mikhail S. Batashev and Craig Campbell 16. Archiving a Cameroonian photographic studio by David Zeitlyn PART V. SOUND ARCHIVES 17. Music for a revolution: the sound archives of Radio Télévision Guinée by Graeme Counsel 18. Conservation of the Iranian Golha radio programmes and the heritage of Persian classical poetry and music by Jane Lewisohn 19. The use of sound archives for the investigation, teaching and safeguarding of endangered languages in Russia by Tjeerd De Graaf and Victor Denisov Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0052_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 British Library Cambridge, UK 04 01 20150216 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740628 06 15 9781783740635 06 15 9781783740642 06 15 9781800644793 06 15 9781783740659 06 15 9781783740666 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0052.epub 20 02 20150216 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0052 20 02 20150216 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d16896b7-691e-4620-9adb-1d7a42c69bde 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d16896b7-691e-4620-9adb-1d7a42c69bde 15 9781800642157 06 10.11647/OBP.0258 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 From Goethe to Gundolf Essays on German Literature and Culture 1 A01 21 0000-0002-4928-4513 Roger Paulin 01 eng 00 422 03 12 D 20 German Literature 10 LIT004170 B2 Literature 04 PR2971.G3 B2 European Studies 20 German Culture 12 JFCX 10 LIT004130 04 P39 B2 European Studies: German Studies 12 FC 20 Goethe 10 LIT024030 12 3J 10 FIC102000 20 Schiller 12 1DFG 20 Schlegels 12 2ACG 20 Gundolf 01 06 03 00 From Goethe to Gundolf: Essays on German Literature and Culture is a collection of Roger Paulin’s groundbreaking essays, spanning the last forty years. The work represents his major research interests of Romanticism and the reception of Shakespeare in Germany, but also explores a broader range of themes, from poetry and the public memorialization of poets to fairy stories - all meticulously researched, yet highly accessible.As a comprehensive examination of German literary history in the period 1700-1900, the collection not only includes accounts of the lives and work of Goethe, Schiller, the Schlegels, and Gundolf (amongst others), serving to nuance our understanding of these figures in history, but also considers diverse (and often underexplored) topics, from academic freedom to the rise of travel literature.The essays have been reformulated, corrected, and updated to add references to recent works. However, the core foundations of the originals remain, and just as when they were first published, the value of these essays – to researchers, students, and all those who are interested in German literary history – cannot be overstated. 04 00 Foreword Goethe and Schiller: Goethezeit 1. Goethe: Die Leiden des jungen Werthers Roger Paulin 2. Goethe and Stolberg in Italy: The Consequences for Romantic Art Roger Paulin 3. Schiller: Wallenstein Roger Paulin 4. Laocoon, Dante, Shakespeare, August Wilhelm Schlegel and the Overcoming of Tragedy Roger Paulin 5. Adding Stones to the Edifice: Patterns of German Biography Roger Paulin 6. Kleist’s Metamorphoses: Some Remarks on the Use of Mythology in Penthesilea Roger Paulin 7. Goethe, the Brothers Grimm and Academic Freedom Roger Paulin ROMANTICISM 8. Fairy Stories for Very Sophisticated Children: Ludwig Tieck’s Phantasus Roger Paulin 9. Gundolf’s Romanticism Roger Paulin NINETEENTH CENTURY 10. Some Remarks on the New Edition of the Works of Wilhelm Müller Roger Paulin 11. Heine and Shakespeare Download Roger Paulin 12. The ‘Schillerfeier’ of 1859 and the ‘Shakespearefest’ of 1864: With Some Remarks on Theodor Fontane’s Contributions Roger Paulin 13. Under the Horse’s Tail: The Poets, Statuary and the Literary Canon in Nineteenth-Century Germany Roger Paulin POETRY 14. Friedrich Gottlieb Klopstock: ‘Der Zürchersee’ Roger Paulin 15. Annette von Droste-Hülshoff Roger Paulin 16. Rilke: Duino Elegy Ten: In memoriam Leslie Seiffert, 1934–90 Roger Paulin BOOKS 17. Julius Hare’s German Books in Trinity College Library, Cambridge Roger Paulin Bibliography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0258_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210824 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800642126 06 15 9781800642133 06 15 9781800642140 06 15 9781800646513 06 15 9781800642171 06 15 9781800642157 06 15 9781800642164 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0258.epub 20 02 20210824 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0258 20 02 20210824 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3a167e24-36b5-4d0e-b55f-af6be9a7c827 03 01 01 urn:uuid:3a167e24-36b5-4d0e-b55f-af6be9a7c827 15 9781906924904 06 10.11647/OBP.0026 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ 01 01 Frontier Encounters Knowledge and Practice at the Russian, Chinese and Mongolian Border 1 B01 21 0000-0002-0007-2931 Franck Billé 2 B01 Grégory Delaplace 3 B01 Caroline Humphrey 01 eng 00 291 03 04 DS740.5.R8 B2 History 12 JHMC 20 Russia 10 SOC002010 20 China B2 Folklore and Ethnology 10 HIS003000 12 RGCP B2 History: International Relations 20 Mongolia 10 POL011010 20 anthropology B2 Asian Studies 20 Asia B2 Politics and Sociology B2 Anthropology 20 international relations 01 06 03 00 China and Russia are rising economic and political powers that share thousands of miles of border. Yet, despite their proximity, their practical, local interactions with each other — and with their third neighbour Mongolia — are rarely discussed. The three countries share a boundary, but their traditions, languages and worldviews are remarkably different. Frontier Encounters presents a wide range of views on how the borders between these unique countries are enacted, produced, and crossed. It sheds light on global uncertainties: China’s search for energy resources and the employment of its huge population, Russia’s fear of Chinese migration, and the precarious economic independence of Mongolia as its neighbours negotiate to extract its plentiful resources. Bringing together anthropologists, sociologists and economists, this timely collection of essays offers new perspectives on an area that is currently of enormous economic, strategic and geo-political relevance. This collective volume is the outcome of a network project funded by the ESRC (RES-075-25_0022) entitled "Where Empires Meet: The Border Economies of Russia, China and Mongolia”. The project, based at the Mongolia and Inner Asia Studies Unit (University of Cambridge), ran from 28 January 2010 to 27 January 2011. That project formed the foundation for a new and ongoing research project "The life of borders: where China and Russia meet" which commenced in October 2012. 04 00 1. A Slightly Complicated Door: The Ethnography and Conceptualisation of North Asian Borders Grégory Delaplace 2. On Ideas of the Border in the Russian and Chinese Social Imaginaries Franck Billé 3. Rethinking Borders in Empire and Nation at the Foot of the Willow Palisade Uradyn E. Bulag 4. Concepts of "Russia" and their Relation to the Border with China Caroline Humphrey 5. Chinese Migrants and Anti-Chinese Sentiments in Russian Society Viktor Dyatlov 6. The Case of the Amur as a Cross-Border Zone of Illegality Natalia Ryzhova 7. Prostitution and the Transformation of the Chinese Trading Town of Ereen Gaëlle Lacaze 8. Ritual, Memory and the Buriad Diaspora Notion of Home Sayana Namsaraeva 9. Politicisation of Quasi-Indigenousness on the Russo-Chinese Frontier Ivan Peshkov 10. People of the Border: The Destiny of the Shenehen Buryats Marina Baldano 11. The Persistence of the Nation-State at the Chinese-Kazakh Border Ross Anthony 12. Neighbours and their Ruins: Remembering Foreign Presences in Mongolia Grégory Delaplace Appendix 1: Border-Crossing Infrastructure: The Case of the Russian-Mongolian Border Valentin Batomunkuev Appendix 2: Maps 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0026_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 The Department of Social Anthropology, University of Cambridge Cambridge, UK 04 01 20120801 02 WORLD 06 15 9781906924874 06 15 9781906924881 06 15 9781906924898 06 15 9781800644533 06 15 9781906924904 06 15 9781906924911 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0026.epub 20 02 20120801 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0026 20 02 20120801 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1471f4c3-a88c-4301-b98a-7193be6dde4b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:1471f4c3-a88c-4301-b98a-7193be6dde4b 15 9781783748600 06 10.11647/OBP.0198 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Gallucci's Commentary on Dürer’s 'Four Books on Human Proportion' Renaissance Proportion Theory 1 A01 21 0000-0002-0578-6052 James Hutson 01 eng 01 ita 00 226 03 12 ACND 10 ART015080 20 Giovanni Paolo Gallucci 04 N7570 B2 Visual Arts 12 ABA 20 Albrecht Dürer 04 G35 10 SOC002000 20 Four Books on Human Proportion 12 JHMP 20 arts education 20 relationships between beauty and proportion 01 06 03 00 In 1591, Giovanni Paolo Gallucci published his Della simmetria dei corpi humani, an Italian translation of Albrecht Dürer’s Four Books on Human Proportion. While Dürer’s treatise had been translated earlier in the sixteenth-century into French and Latin, it was Gallucci’s Italian translation that endured in popularity as the most cited version of the text in later Baroque treatises, covering topics that were seen as central to arts education, connoisseurship, patronage, and the wider appreciation of the studia humanitatis in general.The text centres on the relationships between beauty and proportion, macrocosm and microcosm: relationships that were not only essential to the visual arts in the early modern era, but that cut across a range of disciplines – music, physiognomics and humoral readings, astronomy, astrology and cosmology, theology and philosophy, even mnemonics and poetry. In his version of the text, Gallucci expanded the educational potential of the treatise by adding a Preface, a Life of Dürer, and a Fifth Book providing a philosophical framework within which to interpret Dürer’s previous sections.This translation is the first to make these original contributions by Gallucci accessible to an English-speaking audience. Gallucci’s contributions illuminate the significance of symmetry and proportion in the contemporary education of the early modern era, informing our understanding of the intellectual history of this period, and the development of art theory and criticism. This is a valuable resource to early modern scholars and students alike, especially those specialising in history of art, philosophy, history of science, and poetry. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgments On the Translation Introduction James Hutson On the Symmetry of Human Bodies Giovanni Paolo Gallucci Bibliography List of Illustrations Index of Proper Names 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0198_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200325 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783748877 06 15 9781783748884 06 15 9781783748891 06 15 9781800646094 06 15 9781783748624 06 15 9781783748600 06 15 9781783748617 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0198 20 02 20200325 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0198.epub 20 02 20200325 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0e22307d-4b0d-4c3e-8f97-f199ae8377f6 03 01 01 urn:uuid:0e22307d-4b0d-4c3e-8f97-f199ae8377f6 15 9781805114512 06 10.11647/OBP.0436 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Gender-Based Violence in Arts and Culture Perspectives on Education and Work 1 B01 Marie Buscatto 2 B01 21 0000-0001-7248-4671 Sari Karttunen 3 B01 Mathilde Provansal 01 eng 00 231 03 20 Gender-Based Violence (GBV) 04 HV6250.4.W65 93 JBFK 10 SOC032000 B2 Women and Gender Studies B2 Education 93 JBSF1 10 SOC028000 20 sociology 20 Cultural studies 93 JBSF11 B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC051000 20 art and cultural work 93 JBFK2 10 SOC031000 B2 Theatre 93 ATX 20 gender studies 10 PER000000 20 artistic education 01 06 03 00 This book offers a groundbreaking exploration of the pervasive issue of gender-based violence (GBV) within the realms of art and cultural production. This collection of essays delves into both the overt and subtle forms of GBV. It spans sexual harassment, assault, and the everyday sexism ingrained in creative workplaces and art schools, in both professional and private dimensions. The book covers a wide array of artistic sectors—opera, visual arts, music, and theatre—across diverse global contexts, from Europe to Asia and North America.By incorporating feminist and sociological theories, the essays not only examine the structural power dynamics that perpetuate GBV but also highlight efforts to challenge and dismantle these systems. The book addresses both criminal acts of violence and the "ordinary" forms of sexism that pervade artistic spaces, making visible the normalized patterns of behavior that maintain gender inequality. The volume is divided into three parts: the production of GBV, its representations in cultural work, and the initiatives to counteract it.A crucial contribution to ongoing discussions of workplace and educational inequality, this timely volume fills a notable gap in research on gender-based violence within the arts. Its methodological rigor and international perspective ensure that it will serve as a key resource for scholars, practitioners, and advocates alike. 04 00 Contributor Biographies 1. Introduction: A Comprehensive Understanding of Gender-Based Violence in Artistic and Cultural Worlds Marie Buscatto, Sari Karttunen and Mathilde Provansal PART I: GENDER-BASED VIOLENCE, POWER RELATIONS AND THE REPRODUCTION OF GENDER INEQUALITIES 2. French Opera: A Professional World Haunted by Gender-Based Violence Marie Buscatto, Soline Helbert and Ionela Roharik 3. Navigating the Boundary between Subjection and Agency: Gender-Based Violence in the Japanese Popular Music Industry Chiharu Chujo 4. Gender-Based Violence in French Art Schools and the Reproduction of Gender Inequality in Contemporary Art Mathilde Provansal PART II: CREATING REPRESENTATIONS OF GENDER-BASED VIOLENCE IN ART AND CULTURE 5. The Helsinki School: Gendered Image Shaping and Gender-Based Violence in a Photography Branding Project Leena-Maija Rossi and Sari Karttunen 6. Creating Content about Gender-Based Violence and Sexuality while Being Subjected to Sexual Harassment: Experiences of UK Screen Industries Workers Anna Bull PART III: CHALLENGING GENDER-BASED VIOLENCE IN ARTISTIC WORK 7. Playing Is Not Consenting: Sexual Harassment in New York Theatre Bleuwenn Lechaux 8. From Rumours to Calling Out: Denunciations of Gender-Based Violence in Electronic Dance Music in France Alice Laurent-Camena Conclusion Marie Buscatto, Sari Karttunen and Mathilde Provansal Afterword Paula-Irene Villa 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0436_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250623 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805114482 06 15 9781805114499 06 15 9781805114505 06 15 9781805114529 06 15 9781805114512 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0436 20 02 20250623 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0436.epub 20 02 20250623 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:812c14fc-2289-4e18-b3a6-abe2286b27f4 03 01 01 urn:uuid:812c14fc-2289-4e18-b3a6-abe2286b27f4 15 9781800648876 06 10.11647/OBP.0325 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Genetic Inroads into the Art of James Joyce 1 A01 Hans Walter Gabler 01 eng 00 458 03 12 DS 93 DSB 20 James Joyce 10 LIT024000 B2 Literature 04 PR6019.O9 20 Composition analysis 93 DSBH 12 DSK B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 10 LIT004130 B2 European Studies 20 Genetic editing 10 LIT024050 93 PSAK 12 U 12 DSBH 20 Joyce's Ulysses 20 Literary analysis 01 06 03 00 This book is a treasure trove comprising core writings from Hans Walter Gabler‘s seminal work on James Joyce, spanning fifty years from the analysis of composition he undertook towards a critical text of A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man, through the Critical and Synoptic Edition of Ulysses, to Gabler‘s latest essays on (appropriately enough) Joyce’s sustained artistic innovation. Not only does this span of essays trace the evolution of Gabler’s thinking about Joyce’s originality and creative energy. It also reflects the development and maturation of Gabler‘s own genetic criticism and his methodology of genetic editing, which grows in depth and complexity across the collection. The reader will explore Joyce’s life and works through Gabler’s incisive eye, while also examining a progress of his reflections on his edition of Ulysses and the past controversy that beset it.This classic compendium combining well-seasoned scholarship and fresh criticism is an essential read for critics of Modernism, digital humanists, scholars and students of James Joyce, and anyone interested in the art of literary analysis. 04 00 Introduction Towards a Critical Text of James Joyce’s A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man The Genesis of A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man James Joyce’s Dubliners Critical Edition 1993 James Joyce’s A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man Critical Edition 1993 Seeing James Joyce’s Ulysses into the Digital Age: Forty Years of Steering an Edition Through Turbulences of Scholarship and Reception James Joyce’s Text in Progress The Rocky Road to Ulysses James Joyce’s Hamlet Chapter From Hamlet to Scylla & Charybdis: Experience into Art Emergence of James Joyce’s Dialogue Poetics Structures of Memory and Orientation:Steering a Course Through Wandering Rocks Composing Penelope Towards the Condition of Music Ulysses 1922 and the Golden Mean: Shaping His Text Into Book ‘Love, yes. Word known to all men.’ Ulysses 1984: To Edit and Read in Flow of Composition 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0325_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240226 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800648845 06 15 9781800648852 06 15 9781800648869 06 15 9781800648906 06 15 9781800648876 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0325.epub 20 02 20240226 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0325 20 02 20240226 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3a1cb594-e934-4490-9fb2-cb05881db59b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:3a1cb594-e934-4490-9fb2-cb05881db59b 15 9781805114024 06 10.11647/OBP.0426 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Genetic Narratology Analysing Narrative across Versions 1 B01 21 0000-0002-7066-6313 Dirk Van Hulle 01 eng 00 320 03 20 Genetic Narratology 93 GTD 10 LIT006000 B2 Literature 04 PN3355 93 FX 10 LIT007000 B2 Literature: Comparative Literature 20 Narrative Theory 93 DS 10 LIT024000 20 Writing Process 93 DSA 10 LAN005050 20 Textual Variants 20 Manuscript Studies 20 Story Genesis 01 06 03 00 Genetic Narratology is the first full-length volume to merge genetic criticism with narratology, offering an innovative approach to understanding literature. By examining the creative process behind literary works through drafts, manuscripts and revisions, this book reveals how narratives are shaped in real time.Through diverse case studies—from Charlotte Brontë to Stephen King—this collection demonstrates how the material processes of writing influence narrative structure, pacing, and even the ‘untold’. By integrating genetic criticism with narratological methods, contributors explore how stories evolve, providing fresh insights into time, space, character, and suspense.Bridging the gap between the production and reception of texts, this volume makes a compelling case for incorporating genetic methods into broader narratological frameworks, enhancing not only our understanding of the genesis of literary works, ultimately enriching the reading experience, but also our awareness of the ways we narrativise this genesis.The book will be of interest to students and researchers alike, offering a new set of tools for analysing narrative across different versions. 04 00 Acknowledgments Notes on Contributors 1. An Introduction to Genetic Narratology: Geneses of Narratives and Narratives of Geneses 2. Metagenesis: Manuscripts, and How Metanarration and Metafiction Contribute to Their Analysis 3.The Structures of Narrative Imagination: Reading an Outline of Theodor Fontane’s Novel Die Poggenpuhls as a Test Case for Genetic Narratology 4. A Lodger Returns: Change in Narrative Voice Across Epigenetic Versions and Works 5. Melville’s Cancelled Note-to-Self: The Development of a ‘Ragged’ Narrative Across the Drafts of Billy Budd 6. ‘The puzzle pieces fit too late’: Posthumous Narratological Changes in Arthur Quiller-Couch and Daphne Du Maurier’s Castle Dor 7. Prototyping the Narrative Skeleton: Story Structure, Types of Narration and Vestigial Elements in the Genesis of James Joyce’s ‘Ithaca’ Episode 8. Drafting ‘Anon’ and Killing Anon: Virginia Woolf and the Genesis of English Literary Language 9. Beckett’s ‘Arabian Nights of the Mind’: Unnarratability, Denarrat(ivisat)ion and Narrative Closure in the Radio Play Cascando 10. A Genetic and Biographical Analysis of Barbara Pym’s Companion Character 11. Also for Irony: Historical Realism and the Move of a Chapter for the Final Version of V. (1963), by Thomas Pynchon 12. You Don’t Get Scared of Monsters, You Get Scared for People: Creating Suspense across Versions in Stephen King’s IT 13. Genetic Narratology and the Novelistic Cycle across Versions 14. ‘Indolence, interruption, business, and pleasure’: Narratological Rupture in The Last Samurai 15. Nanogenetic Econarratology: Where Narratology Meets Keystroke Logging Data 16. On the Value of Variants and Textual Genesis for Interpretation: Some Remarks on a New Relationship between Historical-Critical Editing, Genetic Criticism and Narratology Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0426_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Research Foundation Flanders (FWO) 01 projectname Creating Suspense Across Versions: Genetic Narratology and Stephen King’s IT 01 grantnumber G007422N Cambridge, UK 04 01 20241217 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805113997 06 15 9781805114000 06 15 9781805114017 06 15 9781805114031 06 15 9781805114024 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0426 20 02 20241217 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0426.epub 20 02 20241217 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:101eb7c2-f15f-41f9-b53a-dfccd4b28301 03 01 01 urn:uuid:101eb7c2-f15f-41f9-b53a-dfccd4b28301 15 9781783749386 06 10.11647/OBP.0212 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 26347253 01 02 Global Communications 01 01 Global Warming in Local Discourses How Communities around the World Make Sense of Climate Change 1 B01 21 0000-0001-7994-3914 Michael Brüggemann 2 B01 21 0000-0003-4013-6183 Simone Rödder 01 eng 00 286 03 20 climate change B2 Environmental Studies 04 QC981.8.G56 12 RN 10 SCI019000 20 international politics B2 Media Studies and Journalism 12 RNT 10 SCI026000 20 local communities 12 RNA 10 SCI042000 12 JFD 10 SOC026040 20 transnational discourses 20 Greenland 12 J 20 Tanzania 20 culture 20 geography 20 sense-making 20 sustainability 01 06 03 00 Global news on anthropogenic climate change is shaped by international politics, scientific reports and voices from transnational protest movements. This timely volume asks how local communities engage with these transnational discourses.The chapters in this volume present a range of compelling case studies drawn from a broad cross-section of local communities around the world, reflecting diverse cultural and geographical contexts. From Greenland to northern Tanzania, it illuminates how different understandings evolve in diverse cultural and geographical contexts while also revealing some common patterns of how people make sense of climate change. Global Warming in Local Discourses constitutes a significant, new contribution to understanding the multi-perspectivity of our debates on climate change, further highlighting the need for interdisciplinary study within this area.It will be a valuable resource to those studying climate and science communication; those interested in understanding the various roles played by journalism, NGOs, politics and science in shaping public understandings of climate change, as well as those exploring the intersections of the global and the local in debates on the sustainable transformation of societies. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgements Author Biographies We are Climate Change: Climate Debates Between Transnational and Local Discourses Michael Brüggemann and Simone Rödder The Case of "Costa del Nuuk”: Greenlanders Make Sense of Global Climate Change Freja C. Eriksen Communication and Knowledge Transfer on Climate Change in the Philippines: The Case of Palawan Thomas Friedrich Sense-Making of COP 21 among Rural and City Residents: The Role of Space in Media Reception Imke Hoppe, Fenja De Silva-Schmidt, Michael Brüggemann and Dorothee Arlt What Does Climate Change Mean to Us, the Maasai? How Climate-Change Discourse is Translated in Maasailand, Northern Tanzania Sara de Wit Living on the Frontier: Laypeople’s Perceptions and Communication of Climate Change in the Coastal Region of Bangladesh Shameem Mahmud Extreme Weather Events and Local Impacts of Climate Change: The Scientific Perspective Friederike E. L. Otto List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0212_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20201014 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783749591 06 15 9781783749607 06 15 9781800641259 06 15 9781800646186 06 15 9781783749409 06 15 9781783749386 06 15 9781783749393 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0212 20 02 20201014 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0212.epub 20 02 20201014 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:32e99c61-2352-4a88-bb9a-bd81f113ba1e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:32e99c61-2352-4a88-bb9a-bd81f113ba1e 15 9781783740550 06 10.11647/OBP.0048 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 God's Babies Natalism and Bible Interpretation in Modern America 1 A01 21 0000-0003-4753-6382 John McKeown 01 eng 00 260 03 B2 Anthropology 20 Christianlity 12 HRAM 04 QP251 10 REL006050 B2 Archaeology and Religion 12 HRCG3 20 Natalism 10 REL012030 B2 American and Latin American Studies 20 family 10 NAT011000 12 RNA 20 fecundity 20 Bible 20 ecology 20 biodiversity 01 06 03 00 The human population's annual total consumption is not sustainable by one planet. This unprecedented situation calls for a reformation in religious cultures that promote a large ideal family size. Many observers assume that Christianity is inevitably part of this problem because it promotes "family values" and statistically, in America and elsewhere, has a higher birthrate than nonreligious people. This book explores diverse ideas about human reproduction in the church past and present. It investigates an extreme fringe of U.S. Protestantism, including the Quiverfull movement, that use Old Testament "fruitful" verses to support natalist ideas explicitly promoting higher fecundity. It also challenges the claim by some natalists that Martin Luther in the 16th century advocated similar ideas. This book argues that natalism is inappropriate as a Christian application of Scripture, especially since rich populations’ total footprints are detrimental to biodiversity and to human welfare. It explores the ancient cultural context of the Bible verses quoted by natalists. Challenging the assumption that religion normally promotes fecundity, the book finds surprising exceptions among early Christians (with a special focus on Saint Augustine) since they advocated spiritual fecundity in preference to biological fecundity. Finally the book uses a hermeneutic lens derived from Genesis 1, and prioritising the modern problem of biodiversity, to provide ecological interpretations of the Bible's "fruitful" verses. 04 00 Acknowledgements Foreword by David Clough 1. Natalism: A Popular Use of the Bible 2. Protestant Natalism in the U.S. 3. Martin Luther: Forerunner of Natalism? 4. The Old Testament Context 5. Augustine on Fruitfulness 6. An Ecological Critique of Natalism 7. Conclusion Appendix Abbreviations Works Cited Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0048_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20141217 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740529 06 15 9781783740536 06 15 9781783740543 06 15 9781800644755 06 15 9781783740550 06 15 9781783740567 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0048.epub 20 02 20141217 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0048 20 02 20141217 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a18317ff-cc01-4357-9e46-d3880ef0b64d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a18317ff-cc01-4357-9e46-d3880ef0b64d 15 9781805116004 06 10.11647/OBP.0467 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 02 2977845X 01 02 Publications of the Philological Society 01 01 Grammar of Etulo A Niger-Congo (Idomoid) Language 1 A01 21 0009-0002-2440-6139 Chikelu I. Ezenwafor-Afuecheta 01 eng 00 296 03 B2 African Studies 93 CF 20 Etulo Language 10 LAN009000 04 PL8160.E881 93 CFK 10 LAN009010 B2 Linguistics 20 Niger-Congo Languages 93 2H 20 Idomoid Languages 10 LAN011000 20 African Linguistics 93 JH 10 LAN009060 93 2HC 20 Linguistic Typology 10 SOC002010 20 Language Documentation 01 06 03 00 This work provides the first detailed linguistic description of the grammar of Etulo, a language spoken in Nigeria by a minority group in Benue and Taraba states. This description establishes Etulo as a tone language characterised by a predominant SVO word order, non-inflectional morphology, prominent aspectual values, obligatory complement verbs and verb serialization, among other features. This grammar also serves as a foundation for further description of the Etulo grammar and for the development of pedagogical materials needed in Etulo language teaching.Within the Benue-Congo sub group of languages, Etulo is classified as an Idomoid language alongside seven other languages with which it shares striking linguistic similarities. These include Idoma, Igede, Yatye, Alago, Akweya, Akpa, and Eloyi, none of which has yet received a robust linguistic description in the form of a grammar. This work therefore serves as a reference work not only for Etulo, but also for other Idomoid languages yet to be described.This volume will be of interest to researchers of African linguistics in general and Idomoid languages in particular, as well as Africanists, comparative linguists and language typologists more generally. 04 00 1. General Introduction 2. The Phonology of Etulo 3. Morphological Processes 4. Word Classes 5. Aspects of Etulo Syntax 6. Valency, Transitivity and Serialization 7. Tense, Aspect and Modality 8. General Conclusion Appendix 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0467_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 The Philological Society Cambridge, UK 04 01 20251020 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805115977 06 15 9781805115984 06 15 9781805115991 06 15 9781805116011 06 15 9781805116004 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0467 20 02 20251020 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0467.epub 20 02 20251020 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:660325d3-5730-426e-b900-eee7a7a6fa4c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:660325d3-5730-426e-b900-eee7a7a6fa4c 15 9781800649088 06 10.11647/OBP.0328 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 02 23996676 01 02 Open Reports Series 01 01 Greening Europe 2022 European Public Investment Outlook 1 B01 21 0000-0001-9972-716X Floriana Cerniglia 2 B01 21 0000-0003-0121-4329 Francesco Saraceno 01 eng 00 244 03 10 BUS036000 B2 Economics 20 European Public Investment Outlook 04 GE190.E85 12 K 10 BUS032000 B2 European Studies 12 KFFM 20 public investment 12 1QFE 10 BUS051000 20 green ventures B2 Politics and Sociology 20 international organizations 10 POL044000 12 RND 20 International Monetary Fund 20 European Investment Bank 20 European Commission 20 academic departments 20 policy institutes 20 economy 20 sustainable path 01 06 03 00 The third installment of the ‘European Public Investment Outlook’ series is an important and timely publication that draws together recent analyses to recommend significant increases in public investment in green ventures. Compelling data from key economists affiliated with international organizations like the International Monetary Fund, European Investment Bank and the European Commission, as well as academic departments and policy institutes are a clarion call for green investment to boost the economy and put the planet on a sustainable path.Like its predecessors, the book presents the issues in a lucid and navigable manner. Part I explores the EU’s current levels of green public investment, as well as the challenges ahead in achieving net zero carbon emissions after years of decreasing funding and the obstacles presented by the COVID-19 pandemic and the Russian invasion of Ukraine. The public investment trends of France, Germany, Italy and Spain are systematically evaluated, as well as the REPowerEU policy – accelerated in Spring 2022 – to move away from Russia’s supply of fossil fuels. Part II focuses on the investment needed for green transition; the important economic and fiscal effects and benefits this would bring; and the reality of what is required before 2030 to achieve the EU’s carbon-neutral targets by 2050.Greening Europe is essential reading for economists, environmentalists, and policymakers. It should also be of interest to anyone who wants to understand the cost implications of the ‘carbon-neutral’ policies that governments have promised, and the urgent need to change our approach towards energy usage. 04 00 Acknowledgements xi Preface xiii Franco Bassanini, Alberto Quadrio Curzio, and Xavier Ragot Introduction xvii Floriana Cerniglia and Francesco Saraceno References xxv Part I: Outlook 1 1. Challenges for Public Investment in the EU: The Role of Policy, Energy Security and Climate Transition 3 Andrea Brasili, Atanas Kolev, Debora Revoltella, and Jochen Schanz Introduction 3 1.1 Public Investment in the EU: Trends and Outlook 4 1.4 Capital Transfers Are Set to Remain above Average 12 1.5 Security of Energy Supply and the Climate Transition 13 1.6 Energy Dependence Indicators 13 1.7 Improving Security of Energy Supply in the EU: REPowerEU 17 1.8 Conclusion 20 References 21 2. Public Investment and Low-carbon Transition in France: Not Enough of a Good Thing? 23 Meriem Hamdi-Cherif, Paul Malliet, Mathieu Plane, Frederic Reynes, Francesco Saraceno, and Alexandre Tourbah Introduction 23 2.1 Public Investment before the Pandemic: On a Downwards Trend since 2010 23 2.2 Public Investment during the Pandemic 29 2.3 Challenges and Perspectives of Low-carbon Investment: The Case of Infrastructures 30 2.4 Modelling Framework: The ThreeME Model 34 2.5 Macroeconomic Consequences of Additional Investment in Low-carbon Infrastructure 34 Conclusion 38 References 39 3. Public Investment in Germany: Squaring the Circle 41 Katja Rietzler and Andrew Watt 3.1 A Decade of Investment 41 3.2 Some Progress since 2019 42 3.3 War in Ukraine and High Inflation 44 3.4 Stability Programme Suggests that Additional Investment Is Mostly Military 45 3.5 The Critical Issue of Local Government Financing 47 3.6 The German Recovery and Resilience Plan 49 3.7 The Way to Sufficient Investment Spending 50 References 51 4. NRRP—Italy’s Strategic Reform and Investment Programme: Sustaining an Ecological Transition 55 Giovanni Barbieri, Floriana Cerniglia, Giuseppe F. Gori, and Patrizia Lattarulo Introduction 55 4.1 Public Investment and the NRRP-Italian Public Works Schedule 56 4.2 Ecological Transition and Green Investments in the Italian NRRP 60 4.3 Related Reforms 65 4.4 Multilevel Governance and the Role of Local Governments 66 4.5 Conclusions 68 References 70 5. Current Challenges in the Spanish Energy Market 71 José Villaverde, Lucía Ibáñez Luzon, Daniel Balsalobre-Lorente, and Adolfo Maza Introduction 71 5.1 Evolution of the Spanish Energy Sector: A Retrospective Review 71 5.2 Public Policies for a Green Transition (2020–2030) 75 5.3 Current Scenario after the COVID-19 Pandemic and the Russian Invasion of Ukraine 79 5.4 REPowerEU 80 5.5 Final Conclusions and Policy Recommendations 83 References 84 Part II: Challenges 85 6. How Big Are Green Spending Multipliers? 87 Nicoletta Batini, Mario Di Serio, Matteo Fragetta, Giovanni Melina, and Anthony Waldron Introduction 87 6.1 Results 88 6.2 Green Energy versus Non-Green Energy Spending Multipliers 89 6.3 Green Land Use versus Non-Green Land Use Multipliers 91 6.4 Conclusions 93 References 94 7. Europe’s Green Investment Requirements and the Role of Next Generation EU 97 Klaas Lenaerts, Simone Tagliapietra, and Guntram B. Wolff Introduction 97 7.1 Overall Priorities 98 7.2 A More Detailed Examination 100 7.3 Conclusion 104 References 105 8. The Public Spending Needs of Reaching the EU’s Climate Targets 107 Claudio Baccianti Introduction 107 8.1 A Sectoral View of the Public Spending Needs in the EU 108 8.2 Conclusion 124 References 125 9. The Investment Needs for REPowerEU 129 Miguel Gil Tertre and Bert Saveyn Introduction 129 9.1 Drivers of Natural Gas Demand Reduction in REPowerEU 131 9.2. Investment Needs 132 9.3 Why Should the Potential for Natural Gas Reduction Be Higher than 155 bcm? 140 9.4 Conclusion 141 References 142 Annex on Price Trajectories between 2020 and 2050 for Gas, Oil and Coal 142 10. Public Spending for Future Generations: Recent Trends in EU Countries 145 Lorenzo Ferrari and Valentina Meliciani Introduction 145 10.1 GFCF and EFG in the EU 147 10.2 Trends in the EFG in the EU and Comparisons with the GFCF 148 10.3. Comparative and Absolute Advantage: International Comparisons 156 10.4 Conclusions and Policy Considerations 162 References 164 11. Assessing the Quality of Green Finance Standards 165 Xi Liang and Hannah Gao 11.1 What Are Green Finance Standards? 166 11.2 What Are the Differences between Green Finance Standards? 170 11.3 Nuclear and Natural Gas as Green Investments? 171 11.4 Does Green Finance Product Deserve Public Financial Incentive? 172 References 175 12. Green Investments: Two Possible Interpretations of the “Do No Significant Harm” Principle 177 Claudio De Vincenti Introduction 177 12.1 The DNSH Principle in the EU Documents 177 12.2 An Evaluation: The Need to Get out of an Impasse 179 12.3 An Open Mind Approach to the DNSH Principle 182 12.4 The War, REPowerEU and Taxo4 183 12.5 We Need a Flapping of Wings 185 References 185 13. Towards a Socially Just Green Transition: The Role of Welfare States and Public Finances 187 Cinzia Alcidi, Francesco Corti, Daniel Gros, and Alessandro Liscai Introduction 187 13.1 The EU Initiatives to Address the Socio-Ecological Transition 189 13.2 How to Tackle the Persisting Social Infrastructural Gap in the EU 190 13.3 A European Golden Rule for Social Investment 192 13.4 Amortisation of Public Investments 195 13.5 Conclusions 196 References 197 Contributor Biographies 201 List of Illustrations 211 List of Tables 213 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0328_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20221207 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800649057 06 15 9781800649064 06 15 9781800649071 06 15 9781800649118 06 15 9781800649101 06 15 9781800649088 06 15 9781800649095 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0328.epub 20 02 20221207 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0328 20 02 20221207 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d3cbec05-fe9d-462a-8658-ad68fd17a1f8 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d3cbec05-fe9d-462a-8658-ad68fd17a1f8 15 9781805113485 06 10.11647/OBP.0413 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Grotesque and Performance in the Art of Aubrey Beardsley 1 A01 21 0000-0002-5737-7947 Evanghelia Stead 01 eng 00 292 03 93 ABA 10 ART015100 20 Aubrey Beardsley 04 NC242.B3 B2 Visual Arts 93 AFH 10 ART015030 B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 grotesque 93 AF 10 ART024000 B2 Material Culture 20 media and print culture 93 AFF 10 ART009000 20 media performance 20 fin-de-siècle 20 British and comparative art 01 06 03 00 “If I am not grotesque, I am nothing.”This insightful study illuminates previously unexplored aspects of Aubrey Beardsley’s relationship to the grotesque and his use of media, particularly his manipulation of the periodical press. For the first time and with keen intelligence, Evanghelia Stead fully reveals the aesthetic importance of Beardsley’s Bon-Mots vignettes, as well as the relationship between Darwinism, his innovative foetus motif, and Decadence itself.Beautifully illustrated throughout, the book calls on histories of culture and aesthetics to show how the artist reworked traditional imagery and manipulated it beyond recognition—revealing for instance the influence of cathedral grotesques on Beardsley’s own grotesque performances. Stead also demonstrates his major impact on Italian, French, American and German creative minds through the periodical press.Rich in original thought and detailed, comparative analysis, this book is an invigorating and enlightening read for scholars of Aubrey Beardsley, as well as for anyone interested in nineteenth-century visual culture, art history, art criticism, print culture, illustration, grotesque iconography, and cultural history. 04 00 List of Abbreviations Introductory Note and Acknowledgements Introduction: Breaking the Mould of Victorianism 1. Grotesque Vignettes and the “All Margin” Book 2. A Foetal Laboratory and Its Influence 3. A Dandy’s Portico of Portraits 4. Beardsley Images and the “Europe of Reviews” 5. Paris Performance Alive and Dead Bibliography and Iconography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0413_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Université de Versailles Saint-Quentin-en-Yvelines Cambridge, UK 04 01 20241011 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805113454 06 15 9781805113461 06 15 9781805113478 06 15 9781805113492 06 15 9781805113485 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0413 20 02 20241011 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0413.epub 20 02 20241011 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ab3a9d7f-c9b9-42bf-9942-45f68b40bcd6 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ab3a9d7f-c9b9-42bf-9942-45f68b40bcd6 15 9781783745838 06 10.11647/OBP.0155 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Hanging on to the Edges Essays on Science, Society and the Academic Life 1 A01 Daniel Nettle 01 eng 00 262 03 12 HP B2 Politics and Sociology 04 Q175.55 20 science 10 SOC026000 12 HPS 10 SCI080000 B2 Science 20 social science 20 interdisciplinary studies 12 PSX 10 SCI008000 B2 Science: History of Science 20 biology 20 scientific theories 20 academic research 20 human behaviour 20 behavioural studies 01 06 03 00 What does it mean to be a scientist working today; specifically, a scientist whose subject matter is human life? Scientists often overstate their claim to certainty, sorting the world into categorical distinctions that obstruct rather than clarify its complexities. In this book Daniel Nettle urges the reader to unpick such distinctions—biological versus social sciences, mind versus body, and nature versus nurture—and look instead for the for puzzles and anomalies, the points of connection and overlap. These essays, converted from often humorous, sometimes autobiographical blog posts, form an extended meditation on the possibilities and frustrations of the life scientific. Pragmatically arguing from the intersection between social and biological sciences, Nettle reappraises the virtues of policy initiatives such as Universal Basic Income and income redistribution, highlighting the traps researchers and politicians are liable to encounter. This provocative, intelligent and self-critical volume is a testament to the possibilities of interdisciplinary study—whose virtues Nettle stridently defends—drawing from and having implications for a wide cross-section of academic inquiry. This will appeal to anybody curious about the implications of social and biological sciences for increasingly topical political concerns. It comes particularly recommended to Sciences and Social Sciences students and to scholars seeking to extend the scope of their field in collaboration with other disciplines. 04 00 Introduction PART ONE 1. How my theory explains everything: and can make you happier, healthier, and wealthier 2. What we talk about when we talk about biology 3. The cultural and the agentic 4. What is cultural evolution like? 5. Is it explanation yet? PART TWO 6. The mill that grinds young people old 7. Why inequality is bad 8. Let them eat cake! 9. The worst thing about poverty is not having enough money 10. Getting your head around the Universal Basic Income PART THREE 11. The need for discipline 12. Waking up and going out to work in the uncanny valley 13. Staying in the game 14. Morale is high (since I gave up hope) Acknowledgements} Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0155_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20181015 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783745807 06 15 9781783745814 06 15 9781783745821 06 15 9781800645738 06 15 9781783746088 06 15 9781783745838 06 15 9781783745845 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0155.epub 20 02 20181015 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0155 20 02 20181015 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6cd799a2-9eae-4264-8b89-d5b7adc667eb 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6cd799a2-9eae-4264-8b89-d5b7adc667eb 15 9781800649699 06 10.11647/OBP.0338 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Having Too Much Philosophical Essays on Limitarianism 1 B01 21 0000-0002-2893-1814 Ingrid Robeyns 01 eng 00 414 03 04 B105.L44 12 HP 20 limitarianism 10 PHI000000 B2 Philosophy 93 QD B2 Economics 12 HPCF 20 material resources 10 PHI019000 93 QDTS 20 economic limitarianism 12 HPS 93 KCP 10 PHI034000 B2 Politics and Sociology 20 ecological limitarianism 12 KCA 10 POL023000 93 RND 20 future generations 10 POL044000 12 RNA 20 political thought 20 distributive justice 20 intergenerational justice 01 06 03 00 Having Too Much is the first academic volume devoted to limitarianism: the idea that the use of economic or ecosystem resources should not exceed certain limits. This concept has deep roots in economic and political thought. One can find similar statements of such limits in thinkers such as Plato, Aquinas, and Spinoza. But Having Too Much is the first time in contemporary political philosophy that limitarianism is explored at length and in detail. Bringing together in one place the best writing from key theorists of limitarianism, this book is an essential contribution to political philosophy in general, and theories of distributive justice in particular. Including some of the key published articles as well as new chapters, Having Too Much is necessary reading for scholars and students of political theory and philosophy, as well as anyone interested in questions of distributive justice. 04 00 Preface vii Ingrid Robeyns 1. Introducing the Philosophy of Limitarianism 1 Ingrid Robeyns 2. Having Too Much 15 Ingrid Robeyns 3. Limits to Wealth in the History of Western Philosophy 61 Matthias Kramm and Ingrid Robeyns 4. Autonomy-Based Reasons for Limitarianism 91 Danielle Zwarthoed 5. Limitarianism: Pattern, Principle, or Presumption? 129 Dick Timmer 6. The Limits of Limitarianism 151 Robert Huseby 7. Why Limitarianism? 175 Ingrid Robeyns 8. Presumptive Limitarianism: A Reply to Huseby 203 Dick Timmer 9. Sufficiency, Limits, and Multi-Threshold Views 219 Colin Hickey 10. A Neo-Republican Argument for Limitarianism 247 Elena Icardi 11. The Self-Respect Argument for Limitarianism 271 Christian Neuhäuser 12: Climate Change, Distributive Justice, and “Pre-Institutional” Limits on Resource Appropriation 297 Colin Hickey 13: Ecological Limits: Science, Justice, Policy, and the Good Life 335 Fergus Green 14: Limitarianism and Future Generations 361 Tim Meijers Contributor Biographies 391 Index 395 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0338_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 European Research Council 01 programname European Union’s Horizon 2020 Research and Innovation Programme 01 projectname ERC Consolidators Grant 01 grantnumber 726153 Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230706 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800649668 06 15 9781800649675 06 15 9781800649682 06 15 9781800649729 06 15 9781800649712 06 15 9781800649699 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0338 20 02 20230706 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0338.epub 20 02 20230706 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:192a1dd3-738d-4092-80b8-b8eb367d07bb 03 01 01 urn:uuid:192a1dd3-738d-4092-80b8-b8eb367d07bb 15 9781800649552 06 10.11647/OBP.0335 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Health Care in the Information Society Volume 1 - From Adventure of Ideas to Anarchy of Transition 1 A01 David Ingram 01 eng 00 510 03 20 Information technology B2 Information Technology and Computer Science 93 PSAX 04 R858 10 SCI102000 12 U B2 Health 20 Health informatics 12 MBF 10 SCI010000 93 TCB 93 MBN 12 MBNH 10 MED078000 20 UK's National Health Service 93 MBGR 12 MBP 10 MED106000 20 OpenEHR 12 JKS 10 MED058090 20 public domain 20 Standardized care information utility 01 06 03 00 In this fascinating book David Ingram traces the history of information technology and health informatics from its pioneers in the middle of the twentieth century to its latest developments. The book is distinctive in its broad scope and coverage and as the eyewitness account of an author who became the first UK professor appointed with the mission to bridge information technology with everyday medicine, health, and care. In this role, he has been a co-founder and leader of two rapidly growing initiatives, openEHR and OpenEyes, which stem from international collaborations of universities, health services and industries. These open source and open platform technologies have struck a widely resonant chord worldwide through their focus on community interest endeavours and open access to their methods and outputs. Set against the history of extremely costly, burdensome, and serially unsuccessful top-down attempts of governments to tackle the domain, the book argues for a greater focus on shared endeavours of this kind, contributing towards a standardized care information utility that incorporates methods and resources evolved, shared, and sustained in the public domain. As information technologies are now at the very core of health care, shaping the relationship between medical services and communities, professions, organisations and industries this book is important reading for politicians, health care academics, administrators and providers, and to anybody interested in the future of health services in the digital age. 04 00 Author’s Biography Preface Prologue PART ONE—ADVENTURE OF IDEAS 1. Introduction—Connecting for Health 2 Knowledge, Language and Reason—From Ancient Times to the Information Age 3. Observation and Measurement—From Cubits to Qubits 4. Models and Simulations—The Third Arm of Science 5. Information and Engineering—The Interface of Science and Society Acknowledgements Donors Contents in Detail List of Inukbooks List of Figures Initial List of Additional Resources References Index of Names 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0335_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20231117 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800649521 06 15 9781800649538 06 15 9781800649545 06 15 9781800649583 06 15 9781800649576 06 15 9781800649552 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0335.epub 20 02 20231117 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0335 20 02 20231117 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:757336e7-a85e-4707-91ea-7476f363c993 03 01 01 urn:uuid:757336e7-a85e-4707-91ea-7476f363c993 15 9781805111917 06 10.11647/OBP.0384 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Health Care in the Information Society Volume 2 - From Anarchy of Transition to Programme for Reform 1 A01 David Ingram 01 eng 00 619 03 20 Information technology B2 Information Technology and Computer Science 93 PSAX 04 R858 10 SCI102000 12 U B2 Health 20 Health informatics 12 MBF 10 SCI010000 93 TCB 93 MBN 12 MBNH 10 MED078000 20 UK's National Health Service 93 MBGR 12 MBP 10 MED106000 20 OpenEHR 12 JKS 10 MED058090 20 public domain 20 Standardized care information utility 01 06 03 00 In this fascinating book David Ingram traces the history of information technology and health informatics from its pioneers in the middle of the twentieth century to its latest developments.The book is distinctive in its broad scope and coverage and as the eyewitness account of an author who became the first UK professor appointed with the mission to bridge information technology with everyday medicine, health, and care. In this role, he has been a co-founder and leader of two rapidly growing initiatives, openEHR and OpenEyes, which stem from international collaborations of universities, health services and industries. These open source and open platform technologies have struck a widely resonant chord worldwide through their focus on community interest endeavours and open access to their methods and outputs.Set against the history of extremely costly, burdensome, and serially unsuccessful top-down attempts of governments to tackle the domain, the book argues for a greater focus on shared endeavours of this kind, contributing towards a standardized care information utility that incorporates methods and resources evolved, shared, and sustained in the public domain.As information technologies are now at the very core of health care, shaping the relationship between medical services and communities, professions, organisations and industries this book is important reading for politicians, health care academics, administrators and providers, and to anybody interested in the future of health services in the digital age. 04 00 PART TWO—ANARCHY OF TRANSITION 6. Life and Information—Co-evolving Sciences 7. Health Care and Information Technology—Co-evolving Services PART THREE—PROGRAMME FOR REFORM 8. Care Information as a Utility—What Is Needed and Why? 8½. Halfway Houses towards openCare—Stories of GEHR, openEHR and OpenEyes 9. Creating and Sustaining the Care Information Utility—How, Where and by Whom? 10. Half and Whole—Halfway between Information Age and Information Society Postscript Acknowledgements Donors Contents in Detail List of Inukbooks List of Figures List of Tables Initial List of Additional Resources References Index of Names 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0384_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20231117 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800648036 06 15 9781800648050 06 15 9781800648067 06 15 9781805111931 06 15 9781805111924 06 15 9781805111917 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0384.epub 20 02 20231117 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0384 20 02 20231117 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d677775d-99a8-49a2-b752-cb9afb9134bb 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d677775d-99a8-49a2-b752-cb9afb9134bb 15 9781800643901 06 10.11647/OBP.0373 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Heavy Metal Earth’s Minerals and the Future of Sustainable Societies 1 B01 21 0000-0003-0212-2151 Philippe D. Tortell 01 eng 00 278 03 B2 Environmental Studies 04 HD9506.A2 20 minerals 12 RB 93 RNK 10 SCI031000 20 mining B2 Politics and Sociology 12 RBG 93 RBK 10 TEC036000 20 environmental sustainability 10 NAT015000 93 RBG 12 RBGD 20 geology 10 NAT011000 20 engineering 20 Indigenous resistance 01 06 03 00 Heavy Metal: Earth’s Minerals and the Future of Sustainable Societies brings together world-leading experts from across the globe to reimagine the future of mineral exploration and mining in a post-fossil fuel world.Minerals and metals – for batteries, circuit boards, wiring and other components – are essential to a digital, carbon-neutral economy. But how can we grapple with the environmental, social and geopolitical challenges caused by the extraction and use of these critical resources?Concise, accessible, and engaging, the essays in this timely collection intertwine a broad spectrum of disciplines to help us understand and reimagine our relationship with minerals. Exploring a wide range of themes, from the colonial history of mining and Indigenous resistance, to new frontiers in exploration geology, waste management and recycling, this book draws on experts from fields as diverse as geology, mining engineering, law, economics and public policy. The book also explores mineral resources through an artistic lens, with a collection of stunning images from the Canadian photographer Edward Burtynsky, and excerpts of a new musical work, the Heavy Metal Suite. This thought-provoking and ultimately hopeful book guides us towards a more responsible, ethical and sustainable use of metals and minerals. It is essential reading for anyone interested in how we supply the resources needed for a carbon-neutral economic future. 04 00 Acknowledgements Contributor Biographies Introduction Colonialism and Mining The Future Demand and Supply of Critical Minerals Where We Find Metals Ocean Minerals Mines in the Sky Mining in Icy Worlds Landscapes of Extraction Black Panther and an Afrofuturist Vision for Mining The Face of Mining Indigenous Mining: Ancient Wisdom and Modern Practice Can Small Mining Be Beautiful? A Closer Relationship with Our Metals A Matter of Trust The Heavy Metal Suite The Copper Supply Gap: Mining Bigger and Deeper Lithium Metal and Water Mine Waste Microbial Mining A New Life for Old Metals The End of Endlessness Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0373_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240408 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783749560 06 15 9781783749584 06 15 9781800649774 06 15 9781805110439 06 15 9781800643901 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0373.epub 20 02 20240408 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0373 20 02 20240408 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:8566bac8-86dc-4948-a045-35d1ec76e5f7 03 01 01 urn:uuid:8566bac8-86dc-4948-a045-35d1ec76e5f7 15 9781805117353 06 10.11647/OBP.0496 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Heroines of Greek and Roman Myth An Intermediate Latin Reader 1 A01 Maxwell Teitel Paule 01 eng 00 180 03 93 2ADL B2 Classics: Latin Textbooks 10 FOR016000 20 Latin 04 PA2095 20 Ancient Rome 93 DB 10 LAN012000 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 20 classical myth 10 LAN020000 93 QRS B2 Women and Gender Studies 10 LCO022070 20 women in ancient Rome 20 anthology 10 LCO003000 20 learning guides 01 06 03 00 This volume offers students a fresh approach to reading Latin through the lens of women’s stories in classical myth. Too often, the myths encountered in Latin classrooms center on men, while women are pushed to the margins or depicted primarily as victims of violence. This reader deliberately shifts focus, presenting narratives of nine heroines without requiring students to navigate accounts of sexual assault—an important consideration when the challenge of mastering Latin syntax is already demanding.The stories, carefully adapted from ancient sources, progress in grammatical and stylistic difficulty, beginning with accessible prose and gradually building toward the complexity of authentic classical Latin. Drawing on Dickinson College’s Latin Core Vocabulary, the book ensures that learners are practicing the most useful words, while less common terms are glossed in-line to promote fluid reading rather than constant translation.Designed for students completing an introductory Latin sequence or beginning an intermediate course, the volume reinforces core grammar through repeated exposure while introducing more authentic word order and stylistic patterns in later chapters. Both practical and engaging, this book smooths the transition from textbook Latin to unadapted texts, making the voices of classical heroines central to the learning experience. 04 00 Acknowledgements List of Illustrations A Note to Readers Atalanta Dido Iphis and Ianthe Camilla Medea Circe Ariadne Clytemnestra Cloelia Appendix A: Translations Appendix B: Suggestions for Further Reading Appendix C: Dickinson College Latin Core Vocabulary 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0496_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20260105 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805117322 06 15 9781805117339 06 15 9781805117346 06 15 9781805117360 06 15 9781805117353 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0496 20 02 20260105 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0496.epub 20 02 20260105 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:116a814c-5ccb-484f-9a1c-a17f3003c083 03 01 01 urn:uuid:116a814c-5ccb-484f-9a1c-a17f3003c083 15 9781805111306 06 10.11647/OBP.0363 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Higher Education for Good Teaching and Learning Futures 1 B01 21 0000-0002-1239-7493 Laura Czerniewicz 2 B01 21 0000-0001-9266-7598 Catherine Cronin 01 eng 00 658 03 10 EDU034000 B2 Education 20 Higher Education 12 JN 93 JNF 04 LC191.9 10 EDU014000 12 JNF 93 JNFC 20 performance indicators B2 Politics and Sociology 10 EDU040000 93 JNA 12 JNK 20 resilience tactics 20 Universities 20 HE system 01 06 03 00 After decades of turbulence and acute crises in recent years, how can we build a better future for Higher Education?Thoughtfully edited by Laura Czerniewicz and Catherine Cronin, this rich and diverse collection by academics and professionals from across 17 countries and many disciplines offers a variety of answers to this question. It addresses the need to set new values for universities, trapped today in narratives dominated by financial incentives and performance indicators, and examines those “wicked” problems which need multiple solutions, resolutions, experiments, and imaginaries.This mix of new and well-established voices provides hopeful new ways of thinking about Higher Education across a range of contexts, and how to concretise initiatives to deal with local and global challenges. In an unusual and refreshing way, the contributors provide insights about resilience tactics and collective actions across different levels of higher education using an array of styles and formats including essays, poetry, and speculative fiction. With its interdisciplinary appeal, this book presents itself as a provocative and inspiring resource for universities, students, and scholars. Higher Education for Good courageously offers critique, hope, and purpose for the practice and the trajectory of Higher Education. 04 00 List of Artwork About the editors About the authors and artists List of peer-reviewers Acknowledgements Foreword Jonathan Jansen Preface Carolina Guzmán-Valenzuela SECTION I Finding Fortitude and Hope Higher education for good Catherine Cronin and Laura Czerniewicz 1. Writing from the wreckage: Austerity and the public university Robin DeRosa 2. Counters to despair Sherri Spelic SECTION II Making Sense of the Unknown and Emergent 3. On public goods, cursing, and finding hope in the (neoliberal) twilight zone Su-Ming Khoo 4. Imagining higher education as infrastructures of care Leslie Chan, Mona Ghali, and Paul Prinsloo 5. Why decolonising “knowledge” matters: Deliberations for educators on that made fragile Dina Zoe Belluigi 6. Closing the factory: Reimagining higher education as commons Jim Luke 7. Fostering the gift: On property regimes and teaching pedagogies in higher education Andreas Wittel 8. A meditation on global further education, in haiku form Jess Auerbach Jahajeeah 9. Artificial intelligence for good? Challenges and possibilities of AI in higher education from a data justice perspective Ekaterina Pechenkina 10. HE4Good assemblages: FemEdTech Quilt of Care and Justice in Open Education Frances Bell, Lorna Campbell, Giulia Forsythe, Lou Mycroft, and Anne-Marie Scott SECTION III Considering Alternative Futures 11. Calm in the storm Paola Corti and Chrissi Nerantzi 12. Visioning futures of higher education for the common good Mpine Makoe 13. Speculative futures for higher education: weaving perspectives for good Elizabeth Childs, George Veletsianos, Amber Donahue, Tamara Leary, Kyla McLeod, and Anne-Marie Scott 14. “Vibrant, open and accessible”: Students’ visions of higher education futures Sharon Flynn, Julie Byrne, Maeve Devoy, Jonathon Johnston, Rob Lowney, Eimer Magee, Kate Molloy, David Moloney, Morag Munro, Fernandos Ongolly, Jasmine Ryan, Suzanne Stone, Michaela Waters, and Kyle Wright 15. Vulnerability and generosity: The good future for Australian higher education Kate Bowles SECTION IV Making Change through Teaching, Assessment and Learning Design 16. A design justice approach to Universal Design for Learning: Perspectives from the Global South Aleya Ramparsad Banwari, Philip Dambisya, Benedict Khumalo, and Kristin van Tonder 17. Humanising learning design with digital pragmatism Kate Molloy and Clare Thomson 18. Advancing ‘openness’ as a strategy against platformisation in education Tel Amiel and Janaina do Rozário Diniz 19. Imagination and justice: Teaching the future(s) of higher education through Africanfuturist speculative fiction Felicitas Macgilchrist and Eamon Costello 20. One-one coco full basket — on the value of critical pedagogy of caring for learning and teaching in higher education Carol Hordatt Gentles 21. Critical data literacies for good Caroline Kuhn, Judith Pete, and Juliana E. Raffaghelli 22. Collaboratively reimagining teaching and learning Flora Fabian, Jonathan Harle, Perpetua Kalimasi, Rehema Kilonzo, Gloria Lamaro, Albert Luswata, David Monk, Edwin Ngowi, Femi Nzegwu, and Damary Sikalieh 23. The only way is ethics: A dialogue of assessment and social good Tim Fawns and Juuso Nieminen, but not necessarily in that order SECTION V (Re)making HE Systems and Structures 24. Cultivating sustainable blended and open learning ecosystems Patricia Arinto, Primo Garcia, and Ana Katrina Marcial 25. Making higher education institutions as open knowledge institutions Pradeep Kumar Misra and Sanjaya Mishra 26. “It’s about transforming lives!”: Supporting students in post pandemic higher education Vicki Trowler 27. Who cares about procurement? Anne-Marie Scott and Brenna Clarke Gray Afterword: Higher education for good Raewyn Connell The last word: “Making noises through our work” Jyoti Arora Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0363_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20231025 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805111276 06 15 9781805111283 06 15 9781805111290 06 15 9781805111337 06 15 9781805111320 06 15 9781805111306 06 15 9781805114710 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0363.epub 20 02 20231025 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0363 20 02 20231025 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a9936786-cf39-4831-89b4-c8b47b1f3926 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a9936786-cf39-4831-89b4-c8b47b1f3926 15 9781805116202 06 10.11647/OBP.0471 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Historicizing IQ Testing Intelligence Assessments and their Role in Norwegian Society from the 1900s to the Present 1 B01 Håkon Aamot Caspersen 2 B01 Jon Røyne Kyllingstad 01 eng 00 496 03 04 BF431.5.N8 20 Intelligence Testing 93 JMA 10 PSY042000 B2 Psychology and Psychoanalysis B2 Education 10 HIS054000 20 IQ History 93 JNDH 10 HIS010000 B2 History 93 MBX 20 Psychological Assessment 10 EDU030000 93 MKM 20 Norwegian Education 20 Forensic Psychiatry 93 PDX 10 PSY015000 93 NHTB 10 SOC026000 20 Transnational Psychology 93 1DNN 10 LAW041000 01 06 03 00 Intelligence testing has shaped modern society in profound ways, influencing education, psychology, law, and governance. This volume offers the first comprehensive study of the history of IQ testing in a Nordic country, shedding new light on its development, adaptation, and societal impact in Norway.By tracing the evolution of intelligence tests—from their role in schools and special education to forensic psychiatry and criminal law—the book uncovers the tensions surrounding their use. Are these tests instruments of empowerment or tools of control? How have they shaped access to education, healthcare, and legal rights?A key focus of this study is the transnational movement of intelligence tests, particularly between Norway, the USA, and other Nordic nations. It explores how tests have been translated, adapted, standardized, and used, raising questions about their claims to measure universal intelligence.This volume challenges assumptions about IQ testing, placing practices of testing and the tests themselves at the center of historical analysis. By examining the Norwegian case, it contributes fresh insights to international scholarship, offering a vital perspective on the global history of intelligence measurement. Essential reading for historians, psychologists, and educators, this book redefines our understanding of intelligence testing in a changing world. 04 00 Notes on Contributors List of Illustrations Preface and Acknowledgments Historicizing IQ Testing in Norway: Introduction 1. Between Change and Stability: The Thorny Adaptation Process of the Stanford–Binet Intelligence Scale in Norway 2. The Scandinavian Space of IQ Testing: Between Normal and Special Education, 1918–1940 3. A Legal History of Intelligence, Testing, and Criminal Unaccountability 4. IQ Testing and Sterilization in Norway, 1930 to 1960 5. Tools of the Trade: Psychotechnics, IQ Testing and the Making of the Psychological Profession in Norway, 1925–1947 6. From Segregation to Integration and the Role of Testing in a Norwegian Educational Psychology Office, 1953–1980 7. IQ Testing Today in Norway’s Educational Psychological Services 8. ‘Children Got Slightly Smarter with Fish for Lunch’: The WPPSI Test, Randomized Trials, and Optimized Kindergartens 9. A Norwegian Terman–Merrill and the Shelf Life of Intelligence Tests 10. “Culture” and Representability in the Norwegian Standardization of WISC-R 11. ‘A Violation of the Child’s Integrity and of Parental Rights’: The 1959 Controversy on IQ Testing of Norwegian Schoolchildren 12. Tests, Metrics, and the Making of the Norwegian School, 1950–2025 13. Drawing Boundaries, Building Barriers: Twentieth-Century US and Norwegian Intelligence Testing from a Comparative Perspective 14. IQ Testing, Education, Reification, and “Race” in Norway’s Social Democratic Welfare State Afterword Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0471_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Oslo Cambridge, UK 04 01 20260302 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805116172 06 15 9781805116189 06 15 9781805116196 06 15 9781805116219 06 15 9781805116202 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0471.epub 20 02 20260302 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0471 20 02 20260302 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b7790cae-1901-446e-b529-b5fe393d8061 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b7790cae-1901-446e-b529-b5fe393d8061 15 9781783740253 06 10.11647/OBP.0074 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 History of International Relations A Non-European Perspective 1 A01 21 0000-0002-8110-6514 Erik Ringmar 01 eng 00 216 03 10 EDU016000 12 H 20 international relations 04 JZ1305 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 12 HB 10 HIS000000 B2 History 20 non-European perspective 10 HIS037000 B2 History: International Relations 20 International Relations courses 20 East Asia 10 HIS054000 B2 Politics and Sociology 10 HIS039000 20 pre-Columbian Central and South America 20 Africa 20 Polynesia 20 Mongols in Central Asia 20 Arabs in the Mediterranean 20 the Indian Ocean 20 Indic and Sinic societies in South East Asia 20 the Europeans 20 colonial expansion 20 decolonization 20 neo-colonialism 20 globalization 01 06 03 00 Existing textbooks on international relations treat history in a cursory fashion and perpetuate a Euro-centric perspective. This textbook pioneers a new approach by historicizing the material traditionally taught in International Relations courses, and by explicitly focusing on non-European cases, debates and issues.The volume is divided into three parts. The first part focuses on the international systems that traditionally existed in Europe, East Asia, pre-Columbian Central and South America, Africa and Polynesia. The second part discusses the ways in which these international systems were brought into contact with each other through the agency of Mongols in Central Asia, Arabs in the Mediterranean and the Indian Ocean, Indic and Sinic societies in South East Asia, and the Europeans through their travels and colonial expansion. The concluding section concerns contemporary issues: the processes of decolonization, neo-colonialism and globalization – and their consequences on contemporary society.History of International Relations provides a unique textbook for undergraduate and graduate students of international relations, and anybody interested in international relations theory, history, and contemporary politics. 04 00 The Author Acknowledgments This book Introduction China and East Asia India and Indianization The Muslim Caliphates The Mongol Khanates Africa The Americas European Expansion Afterthoughts: Walls and Bridges 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0074_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190731 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740222 06 15 9781783740239 06 15 9781783740246 06 15 9781800644984 06 15 9781783747788 06 15 9781783740253 06 15 9781783740260 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0074.epub 20 02 20190731 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0074 20 02 20190731 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:40602082-0711-4126-8046-4d21df9ca1b3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:40602082-0711-4126-8046-4d21df9ca1b3 15 9781800642690 06 10.11647/OBP.0266 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Horos Ancient Boundaries and the Ecology of Stone 1 A01 Thea Potter 01 eng 00 348 03 04 B188 12 DB 20 horos 10 PHI046000 B2 Philosophy 20 Athenians B2 Classics 12 HPCA 10 PHI000000 20 concept of horos 12 H 10 PHI002000 20 Aristotle 10 EDU040000 12 HP 10 LIT004190 20 Plato 12 YQZ 12 DSBB 20 Homer 20 classical Athenian society 01 06 03 00 In Horos, Thea Potter explores the complex relationship between classical philosophy and the ‘horos’, a stone that Athenians erected to mark the boundaries of their marketplace, their gravestones, their roads and their private property.Potter weaves this history into a meditation on the ancient philosophical concept of horos, the foundational project of determination and definition, arguing that it is central to the development of classical philosophy and the marketplace.Horos challenges many significant interpretations of ancient thought. With nuance and insight, Potter combines the works of Aristotle, Plato, Homer and archaic Greek inscriptions with the twentieth-century continental philosophy of Heidegger, Derrida and Walter Benjamin. The result is a powerful study of the theme of boundaries in classical Athenian society as evidenced by boundary stones, law and exchange, ontology, insurgency and occupation.The innovative book will be of interest to scholars in the fields of ancient Greek social history, philosophy, and literature, as well as to the general reader who is curious to know more about classical life and philosophy. 04 00 Abbreviations List of Illustrations Acknowledgements Prologue Introduction Thea Potter 1. A New Ancient Petrography Thea Potter 2. Does the Letter Matter? Thea Potter 3. Breaking the Law Thea Potter 4. Terminological Horizons Thea Potter 5. The Presence of the Lithic Thea Potter 6. Geophilia Entombed or the Boundary of a Woman’s Mind Thea Potter 7. Solon’s Petromorphic Biopolitics Thea Potter 8. I Am the Boundary of the Market Thea Potter Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0266_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220107 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800642669 06 15 9781800642676 06 15 9781800642683 06 15 9781800646575 06 15 9781800642713 06 15 9781800642690 06 15 9781800642706 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0266.epub 20 02 20220107 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0266 20 02 20220107 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:717ad3ce-9120-4ffd-8aad-15bc55e16e81 03 01 01 urn:uuid:717ad3ce-9120-4ffd-8aad-15bc55e16e81 15 9781805115649 06 10.11647/OBP.0460 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Housing, Heritage and Urbanisation in the Middle East and North Africa 1 B01 21 0000-0002-8778-5132 Lilia Makhloufi 01 eng 00 218 03 B2 Anthropology 10 ARC010000 20 Housing and Heritage 04 NA7418 93 RPC 93 AMVD B2 History 10 SOC026030 20 Urban Development 93 JBCC B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC003000 20 Sustainable Cities B2 Architecture 20 Architecture and Society 10 POL002000 20 Cultural Identity 10 HIS026000 10 TEC010000 20 Urban Planning 01 06 03 00 This book explores the interconnection between housing, heritage and urbanisation. Bringing together architects, archaeologists, urban sociologists, urban designers, urban planners and landscape architects, this multi-authored and interdisciplinary volume presents diverse case studies from the Middle East and North Africa, shedding light on the past, present and future of residential spaces.With its focus to traditional, modern and contemporary housing in Egypt, Iran, Morocco, Syria and Tunisia, Housing, Heritage and Urbanisation in the Middle East and North Africa explores the correlation between architecture, urban planning and society. The contributors critique the impact of rapid urbanisation and global architectural standardisation, which often goes beyond local identity. Instead, they advocate for a sustainable urban development rooted in community needs and cultural heritage.Ultimately, this volume argues that successful urban planning must balance modernity with tradition, ensuring that housing reflects the lived experiences of its inhabitants. A crucial read for scholars and practitioners, it reaffirms that sustainable cities must be shaped by local needs, not just global trends. 04 00 Scientific and Review Committees Notes on Contributors List of Illustrations List of Tables Preface Lilia Makhloufi Introduction: Housing and Local Heritage Lilia Makhloufi I. Old Cities and Traditional Housing in Syria 1. Endangered Residential Vestiges of the Mamluk Period in the Old City of Damascus: The Case of the al-Aglani and al-Tawil Houses Imane Fayyad 2. The Past in the Present: Urban Heritage Destruction and Housing in Syria Nibal Muhesen II. Modern Cities and Residential Design in Morocco 3. Housing and Local Identity through the Prism of Urban Planning Policy in Morocco Soufiane Essebbar 4. Taking Ownership of Colonial Heritage in Casablanca Nezha Alaoui 5. Postcolonial Marrakesh: Issues with the Conception and Reception of the Medina Assia Lamzah III. Contemporary Cities and Residential Identities in Egypt 6. Urban Identity in a Polarised Metropolis: Examining the Strengths and Weaknesses of Informal Settlements and Gated Communities in the Greater Cairo Area Yossr Abouelnour 7. Post-Relocation Socio-Economic Study of an Occupational Community in Egypt: Assessing the Social Effects of Relocating the Fishermen Community of El-Mex, Alexandria Asmaa Abdelhalim IV. Metropolitan Cities and Residential Facades in Iran and Tunisia 8. A Comparative Study of Residential Facades in Tehran and Iranian Architectural Principles: Challenges and Strategies Honey Fadaie 9. Envelope Impact on the Thermal Performance of a Contemporary Building in Downtown Tunis Athar Chabchoub and Fakher Kharrat Conclusion: Housing in the Global Context of Urbanisation Lilia Makhloufi Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0460_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Arab-German Young Academy of Sciences and Humanities Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250603 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805115618 06 15 9781805115625 06 15 9781805115632 06 15 9781805115656 06 15 9781805115649 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0460.epub 20 02 20250603 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0460 20 02 20250603 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:66364150-35ae-4741-848f-45b56752fdd3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:66364150-35ae-4741-848f-45b56752fdd3 15 9781805111610 06 10.11647/OBP.0378 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 How Divine Images Became Art Essays on the Rediscovery, Study and Collecting of Medieval Icons in the Belle Époque 1 A01 Oleg Tarasov 2 B06 Stella Rock 01 eng 00 228 03 93 AGA 10 ART015070 20 Divine Images 12 HBLC1 04 N7956.A1 B2 Visual Arts 93 AB B2 Archaeology and Religion 10 ART035000 20 Art history 12 HBLL B2 European Studies: Eastern European Studies 12 HRC 93 QR 10 REL000000 20 Russian medieval art 12 HBTB 10 HIS037010 20 Italian primitives 93 NH 20 Belle Epoque 10 HIS054000 20 Formalist art theory 10 HIS037060 01 06 03 00 How Divine Images Became Art tells the story of the parallel ‘discovery’ of Russian medieval art and of the Italian ‘primitives’ at the beginning of the twentieth century. While these two developments are well-known, they are usually studied in isolation. Tarasov’s study has the great merit of showing the connection between the art world in Russia and the West, and its impact in the cultural history of the continent in the pre-war period. Drawing on a profound familiarity with Russian sources, some of which are little known to Western scholars, and on equally expert knowledge of Western material and scholarship, Oleg Tarasov presents a fresh perspective on early twentieth-century Russian and Western art. The author demonstrates that during the Belle Époque, the interest in medieval Russian icons and Italian ‘primitives’ lead to the recognition of both as distinctive art forms conveying a powerful spiritual message. Formalist art theory and its influence on art collecting played a major role in this recognition of aesthetic and moral value of ‘primitive’ paintings, and was instrumental in reshaping the perception of divine images as artworks.Ultimately, this monograph represents a significant contribution to our understanding of early twentieth-century art; it will be of interest to art scholars, students and anyone interested in the spiritual and aesthetic revival of religious paintings in the Belle Époque. 04 00 Acknowledgements Introduction 1. Fashion, Taste and Form 2. From Images of Italy to Early Russian Art 3. The New Museum of Medieval Icons 4. Florenskii, Metaphysics and Reverse Perspective Conclusion Bibliography List of Figures Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0378_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240209 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805111580 06 15 9781805111597 06 15 9781805111603 06 15 9781805111634 06 15 9781805111610 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0378.epub 20 02 20240209 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0378 20 02 20240209 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7b9b68c6-8bb6-42c5-8b19-bf5e56b7293e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:7b9b68c6-8bb6-42c5-8b19-bf5e56b7293e 15 9781909254084 06 10.11647/OBP.0034 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ 10 02 2054362X 01 02 World Oral Literature Series 01 01 How to Read a Folktale The 'Ibonia' Epic from Madagascar 1 A01 Lee Haring 2 A23 21 0000-0002-2262-0986 Mark Turin 01 eng 00 163 03 B2 Folklore and Ethnology 04 GR357 20 Ibonia 12 JFHF 10 SOC002010 B2 Anthropology 12 JHMC 20 Madagascar 10 SOC011000 12 DC 20 folktale B2 Literature 20 Malagasy people B2 Other languages B2 African Studies 20 anthropology 20 folklore 20 literary criticism 20 World Oral Literature Projec 01 06 03 00 How to Read a Folktale offers the first English translation of Ibonia, a spellbinding tale of old Madagascar. Ibonia is a folktale on epic scale. Much of its plot sounds familiar: a powerful royal hero attempts to rescue his betrothed from an evil adversary and, after a series of tests and duels, he and his lover are joyfully united with a marriage that affirms the royal lineage. These fairytale elements link Ibonia with European folktales, but the tale is still very much a product of Madagascar. It contains African-style praise poetry for the hero; it presents Indonesian-style riddles and poems; and it inflates the form of folktale into epic proportions. Recorded when the Malagasy people were experiencing European contact for the first time, Ibonia proclaims the power of the ancestors against the foreigner. Through Ibonia, Lee Haring expertly helps readers to understand the very nature of folktales. His definitive translation, originally published in 1994, has now been fully revised to emphasize its poetic qualities, while his new introduction and detailed notes give insight into the fascinating imagination and symbols of the Malagasy. Haring’s research connects this exotic narrative with fundamental questions not only of anthropology but also of literary criticism. 04 00 Foreword to Ibonia Preface 1. Introduction: What Ibonia is and How to Read it 2. How to Read Ibonia: Folkloric Restatement 3. What it is: Texts, Plural 4. Texture and Structure: How it is Made 5. Context, History, Interpretation 6. Ibonia, He of the Clear and Captivating Glance There Is No Child Her Quest for Conception The Locust Becomes a Baby The Baby Chooses a Wife and Refuses Names His Quest for a Birthplace Yet Unnamed Refusing Names from Princes The Name for a Perfected Man Power Stone Man Shakes He Refuses More Names Games He Arms Himself He Is Tested He Combats Beast and Man He Refuses Other Wives The Disguised Flayer An Old Man Becomes Stone Man’s Rival Victory: "Dead, I Do Not Leave You on Earth; Living, I Give You to No Man” Return of the Royal Couple Ibonia Prescribes Laws and Bids Farewell Appendix: Versions and Variants Text 0, "Rasoanor”. Antandroy, 1650s. Translated from Étienne de Flacourt (1661) Text 2, "Ibonia”. Merina tale collected in 1875–1877. James Sibree Jr. (1884) Text 3, Merina tale collected in 1875–1877. Summary by John Richardson (1877) Text 6, "The king of the north and the king of the south”. Merina tale collected in 1907–1910 at Alasora, region of Antananarivo. Translated from Charles Renel, Charles (1910) Text 7, "Iafolavitra the adulterer”. Tanala tale collected in 1907–1910 in Ikongo region, Farafangana province. Translated from Charles Renel (1910) Text 8, "Soavololonapanga”. Bara tale, ca. 1934. Translated from Raymond Decary (1964) Text 9, "The childless couple”. Antankarana tale, collected in 1907–1910 at Manakana, Vohemar province. Translated from Charles Renel (1910) Text 14, "The story of Ravato-Rabonia”. Sakalava, 1970s. Translated from Suzanne Chazan-Gillig (1991) Works Cited Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0034_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20131008 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254053 06 15 9781909254060 06 15 9781909254077 06 15 9781800644618 06 15 9781909254084 06 15 9781909254091 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0034.epub 20 02 20131008 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0034 20 02 20131008 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:23651a20-a26e-4253-b0a9-c8b5bf1409c7 03 01 01 urn:uuid:23651a20-a26e-4253-b0a9-c8b5bf1409c7 15 9781783743018 06 10.11647/OBP.0107 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Human and Machine Consciousness 1 A01 21 0000-0002-3075-655X David Gamez 01 eng 00 234 03 04 B105.C477 12 HPM 10 PHI015000 B2 Science 20 scientific study of consciousness 20 brain 12 PDA 10 SCI089000 B2 Science: Applied Science 20 artificial intelligence B2 Philosophy 12 PSAN 10 SCI075000 10 COM004000 20 experience 12 UYQ 12 JMT 10 OCC000000 20 states of consciousness 01 06 03 00 Consciousness is widely perceived as one of the most fundamental, interesting and difficult problems of our time. However, we still know next to nothing about the relationship between consciousness and the brain and we can only speculate about the consciousness of animals and machines. Human and Machine Consciousness presents a new foundation for the scientific study of consciousness. It sets out a bold interpretation of consciousness that neutralizes the philosophical problems and explains how we can make scientific predictions about the consciousness of animals, brain-damaged patients and machines. Gamez interprets the scientific study of consciousness as a search for mathematical theories that map between measurements of consciousness and measurements of the physical world. We can use artificial intelligence to discover these theories and they could make accurate predictions about the consciousness of humans, animals and artificial systems. Human and Machine Consciousness also provides original insights into unusual conscious experiences, such as hallucinations, religious experiences and out-of-body states, and demonstrates how ‘designer’ states of consciousness could be created in the future.Gamez explains difficult concepts in a clear way that closely engages with scientific research. His punchy, concise prose is packed with vivid examples, making it suitable for the educated general reader as well as philosophers and scientists. Problems are brought to life in colourful illustrations and a helpful summary is given at the end of each chapter. The endnotes provide detailed discussions of individual points and full references to the scientific and philosophical literature. 04 00 List of Illustrations 1. Introduction 2. The Emergence of the Concept of Consciousness 3. The Philosophy and Science of Consciousness 4. The Measurement of Consciousness 5. From Correlates to Theories of Consciousness 6. Physical Theories of Consciousness 7. Information Theories of Consciousness 8. Computation Theories of Consciousness 9. Predictions and Deductions about Consciousness 10. Modification and Enhancement of Consciousness 11. Machine Consciousness 12. Conclusion Appendix: Definitions, Assumptions, Lemmas and Constraints Endnotes Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0107_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180307 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742981 06 15 9781783742998 06 15 9781783743001 06 15 9781800645264 06 15 9781783744886 06 15 9781783743018 06 15 9781783743025 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0107.epub 20 02 20180307 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0107 20 02 20180307 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:27def25d-48ad-470d-9fbe-1ddc8376e1cb 03 01 01 urn:uuid:27def25d-48ad-470d-9fbe-1ddc8376e1cb 15 9781800642096 06 10.11647/OBP.0257 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Human Cultures through the Scientific Lens Essays in Evolutionary Cognitive Anthropology 1 A01 21 0000-0002-0911-1212 Pascal Boyer 01 eng 00 290 03 20 anthropology B2 Anthropology 04 GN502 12 JH 10 SOC002000 12 JHM B2 Politics and Sociology 20 psychology 10 SOC002010 20 human evolution 12 JHMC 10 SOC002020 12 PSA 10 SCI080000 20 social science 20 evolutionary biology 10 SCI086000 20 experimental psychology 20 economics 20 history 20 ritual 20 neuroscience 20 ethology 20 political science 01 06 03 00 This volume brings together a collection of seven articles previously published by the author, with a new introduction reframing the articles in the context of past and present questions in anthropology, psychology and human evolution. It promotes the perspective of ‘integrated’ social science, in which social science questions are addressed in a deliberately eclectic manner, combining results and models from evolutionary biology, experimental psychology, economics, anthropology and history. It thus constitutes a welcome contribution to a gradually emerging approach to social science based on E. O. Wilson’s concept of ‘consilience’.Human Cultures through the Scientific Lens spans a wide range of topics, from an examination of ritual behaviour, integrating neuro-science, ethology and anthropology to explain why humans engage in ritual actions (both cultural and individual), to the motivation of conflicts between groups. As such, the collection gives readers a comprehensive and accessible introduction to the applications of an evolutionary paradigm in the social sciences.This volume will be a useful resource for scholars and students in the social sciences (particularly psychology, anthropology, evolutionary biology and the political sciences), as well as a general readership interested in the social sciences. 04 00 The Naturalness of (Many) Social Institutions: Evolved Cognition as their Foundation Pascal Boyer and Michael Bang Petersen Why Ritualized Behavior?: Precaution Systems and Action Parsing in Developmental, Pathological and Cultural Rituals Pascal Boyer and Pierre Liénard Safety, Threat, and Stress in Intergroup Relations: A Coalitional Index Model Pascal Boyer, Rengin Firat and Florian van Leeuwen Folk-Economic Beliefs: An Evolutionary Cognitive Model Pascal Boyer and Michael Bang Petersen 1. Anthropology, Useful and Scientific: An Introduction Pascal Boyer 2. Institutions and Human Nature Download Pascal Boyer The Naturalness of (Many) Social Institutions: Evolved Cognition as their Foundation Pascal Boyer and Michael Bang Petersen 3. Why Ritualized Behavior? Pascal Boyer Why Ritualized Behavior?: Precaution Systems and Action Parsing in Developmental, Pathological and Cultural Rituals Pascal Boyer and Pierre Liénard 4. Social Groups and Adapted Minds Pascal Boyer Safety, Threat, and Stress in Intergroup Relations: A Coalitional Index Model Pascal Boyer, Rengin Firat and Florian van Leeuwen 5. How People Think about the Economy Pascal Boyer Folk-Economic Beliefs: An Evolutionary Cognitive Model Pascal Boyer and Michael Bang Petersen 6. Detecting Mental Disorder Pascal Boyer Intuitive Expectations and the Detection of Mental Disorder: A Cognitive Background to Folk-Psychiatries Pascal Boyer 7. The Ideal of Integrated Social Science Pascal Boyer Modes of Scholarship in the Study of Culture Pascal Boyer List of Tables and Illustrations 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0257_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210709 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800642065 06 15 9781800642072 06 15 9781800642089 06 15 9781800642119 06 15 9781800642096 06 15 9781800642102 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0257.epub 20 02 20210709 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0257 20 02 20210709 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:15df404f-ab6a-491a-8fb0-1293fe105097 03 01 01 urn:uuid:15df404f-ab6a-491a-8fb0-1293fe105097 15 9781800641730 06 10.11647/OBP.0251 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Human Evolutionary Demography 1 B01 21 0000-0002-7552-5851 Oskar Burger 2 B01 21 0000-0001-9755-0436 Ronald Lee 3 B01 21 0000-0002-4315-0223 Rebecca Sear 01 eng 00 780 03 20 Human evolutionary demography 12 J 93 JB 04 QH355 B2 Science: Applied Science 10 SOC000000 20 Interdisciplinary 12 JH 93 JHM B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC002000 20 Demographic patterns 93 JHMC 12 JHMC 10 SOC002010 20 Evolutionary processes 12 JHBD 93 JHBD 10 SOC006000 20 Social science 20 Evolutionary theory 01 06 03 00 Human evolutionary demography is an emerging field blending natural science with social science. This edited volume provides a much-needed, interdisciplinary introduction to the field and highlights cutting-edge research for interested readers and researchers in demography, the evolutionary behavioural sciences, biology, and related disciplines. By bridging the boundaries between social and biological sciences, the volume stresses the importance of a unified understanding of both in order to grasp past and current demographic patterns. Demographic traits, and traits related to demographic outcomes, including fertility and mortality rates, marriage, parental care, menopause, and cooperative behavior are subject to evolutionary processes. Bringing an understanding of evolution into demography therefore incorporates valuable insights into this field; just as knowledge of demography is key to understanding evolutionary processes. By asking questions about old patterns from a new perspective, the volume—composed of contributions from established and early-career academics—demonstrates that a combination of social science research and evolutionary theory offers holistic understandings and approaches that benefit both fields. Human Evolutionary Demography introduces an emerging field in an accessible style. It is suitable for graduate courses in demography, as well as upper-level undergraduates. Its range of research is sure to be of interest to academics working on demographic topics (anthropologists, sociologists, demographers), natural scientists working on evolutionary processes, and disciplines which cross-cut natural and social science, such as evolutionary psychology, human behavioral ecology, cultural evolution, and evolutionary medicine. As an accessible introduction, it should interest readers whether or not they are currently familiar with human evolutionary demography. 04 00 Acknowledgements 1. Human Evolutionary Demography: Introduction and Rationale Section 1: The Rationale, Motivations and Questions in Human Evolutionary Demography 2. Evolution in the History of Population Thought 3. A Biologist’s Perspective on Human Evolutionary Demography 4. Anthropological and Evolutionary Demography Section 2: Evolutionary Ecology and Demography 5. Controversies and Unfinished Business in Hadza Demography and Evolutionary Ecology 6. Ecological Evolutionary Demography: Understanding Variation in Demographic Behaviour 7. Contextual Effects on Fertility and Mortality: Complementary Contributions from Demography and Evolutionary Life History Theory Section 3: Evolutionary Demography Through Tinbergen’s Eyes 8. Why Do We Do What We Do? Analysing the Evolutionary Function of Reproductive Behaviour 9. My Family and Other Animals: Human Demography Under a Comparative Cross-Species Lens 10. The Role of Ontogeny in Understanding Human Demographic Behaviour 11. How It Works: The Biological Mechanisms that Generate Demographic Diversity Section 4: Genetic Evolutionary Demography 12. Genetic Evolutionary Demography 13. Genetics and Reproductive Behaviour: A Review Section 5: The Measurement and Interpretation of Selection and Fitness 14. Measuring Selection for Quantitative Traits in Human Populations 15. Demographic Sources of Variation in Fitness 16. Ageing in the Wild, Residual Demography and Discovery of a Stationary Population Equality 17. Human Mortality from Beginning to End: What Does Natural Selection Have to Do with It? Section 6: Evolution of the Human Life Cycle 18. Sociality, Food Sharing, and the Evolution of Life Histories 19. Evolutionary Demography of the Great Apes 20. Did Grandmothers Enhance Reproductive Success in Historic Populations?: Testing Evolutionary Theories on Historical Demographic Data in Scandinavia and North America 21. The Challenges of Evolutionary Biodemography and the Example of Menopause Section 7: Evolutionary Demography of Family Structures, Households and Cultural Transmission 22. A Theory of Culture for Evolutionary Demography 23. Bateman’s Principles and the Study of Evolutionary Demography 24. What Are Couples Made of? Union Formation in High-income Societies 25. Cooperation and Competition Begin at Home: Bridging Household Ecology and Human Evolutionary Demography 26. Historical Family Reconstitution Databases in the Study of Kinship Influences on Demographic Outcomes Section 8: Evolutionary Demography of Population Health and Human Well-Being 27. The Impact of Social Dynamics on Life History Trajectory and Demographic Traits: Insights from the “Producer-Scrounger” Game 28. Pathways of Density Dependence and Natural Selection in Modern Humans 29. Evolutionary Approaches to Population Health: Insights on Polygynous Marriage, “Child Marriage” and Female Genital Mutilation/Cutting 30. The Biodemography of Human Health in Contemporary Non-industrial Populations: Insights from the Tsimane Health and Life History Project 31. Trade-Offs between Mortality Components in Life History Evolution: The Case of Cancers 32. Human Evolutionary Demography: Closing Thoughts Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0251_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240614 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800641709 06 15 9781800641716 06 15 9781800641723 06 15 9781800646827 06 15 9781800641730 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0251 20 02 20240614 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0251.epub 20 02 20240614 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e598f578-acf0-45f4-8f36-fbd456fbb4f9 03 01 01 urn:uuid:e598f578-acf0-45f4-8f36-fbd456fbb4f9 15 9781805115182 06 10.11647/OBP.0450 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Humans, Dogs and Other Beings Myths, Stories, and History in the Land of Genghis Khan 1 A01 21 0000-0002-7748-7449 Baasanjav Terbish 01 eng 00 292 03 93 2FV B2 Anthropology 20 Mongolian nomadic traditions 10 SOC002010 B2 Asian Studies 20 Human-animal coexistence 93 JBSL 10 SOC011000 20 Ethnography of Mongolia 10 HIS050000 93 JHMC 20 Cultural anthropology 10 NAT001000 93 PGK 20 Mongol cosmology and animals 93 RNCB 10 SCI070060 10 HIS028000 20 Nomadic life and biodiversity 01 06 03 00 Step into the windswept steppes of Mongolia and explore a world where humans and animals have coexisted for centuries in a delicate, profound dance. This groundbreaking book examines the complex relationships between the Mongols and four animals—dogs, marmots, cats, and camels—shedding light on a nomadic culture that is deeply intertwined with its natural environment. Drawing from rich ethnographic accounts, historical records, and personal memoir, the author, of Mongol origin, offers a vivid narrative that intertwines cultural insights with intimate reflections.Each chapter delves into the dual nature of these animals: as both beings of Mongol cosmology and as tangible, living creatures that shape and are shaped by human lives. From the fierce loyalty and sharp temper of dogs to the culinary and medicinal significance of marmots, the mortal symbolism of cats, and the nurturing bond embodied by camels, these animals reveal unique facets of Mongol life and values.Through these stories, the book invites readers to consider universal questions about humanity’s relationship with animals, our evolving cultures, and the shared fears, loves, and beliefs that define us. Insightful and evocative, this work is a must-read for anyone intrigued by human-animal connections, nomadic traditions, and the anthropology of coexistence. 04 00 Author’s Bibliography Introduction 1. Culture and Cosmology 2. The Dog 3. The Marmot 4. The Cat 5. The Camel Epilogue Acknowledgements Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0450_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250403 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805115151 06 15 9781805115168 06 15 9781805115175 06 15 9781805115199 06 15 9781805115182 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0450 20 02 20250403 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0450.epub 20 02 20250403 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6dd2c092-828a-47d8-b2d0-a4a68519acc8 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6dd2c092-828a-47d8-b2d0-a4a68519acc8 15 9781805116462 06 10.11647/OBP.0476 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Hylo Narrans Echoes of Material Marronage 1 A01 21 0000-0002-4447-1192 Kevin Toksöz Fairbairn 01 eng 00 272 03 93 ABA 20 Acoustic Agency 10 ART060000 B2 Music 04 TS565 20 Experimental Instrumentation 10 PHI018000 B2 Philosophy 93 TTA 93 JBCC 20 Material Sonicity 10 SOC026030 20 Hylo Narrans 93 QDHR5 10 TEC001000 20 Sonic Marronage 20 Intermaterial Listening 01 06 03 00 This book explores the acoustic agency of brass as a vital medium through which histories of extraction, resistance, and collective creativity resonate. Blending metalwork, experimental instrument-building, and philosophical inquiry, the book listens closely to brass not just as material, but as storyteller—what the author calls hylo narrans, echoing Sylvia Wynter’s invocation of homo narrans. Grounded in their practice spanning artisanal craftsmanship and industrial labor, the author examines how materials respond, resist, and reshape meaning within the workshop, the concert hall, and the broader social fabric. By introducing chimeracords—hybrid sound objects forged from factory detritus—and their affordance for sonic experimentation, 'Hylo Narrans' challenges Western narratives of purity, utility, and control, inviting readers to consider alternative storylines posed by materials-in-flight. Weaving theories of marronage through situated acoustic knowledge, this book is essential reading for those working at the intersection of sound, matter, and community. It speaks to experimental musicians, sound artists, artistic researchers, and theorists interested in how sonic materiality relates to social space, cultural memory, and communal wellbeing. With a deep commitment to sonic collectivity and intermaterial dialogue, this volume reimagines the workshop as a site of resistance, resonance, and relational creativity. 04 00 List of Figures List of Audio Recordings List of Video Recordings Preface Introduction 1. Monochord 2. Place-Thought 3. Extrusion 4. Purity 5. Hylo Narrans 6. Marronage References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0476_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20251022 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805116431 06 15 9781805116448 06 15 9781805116455 06 15 9781805116479 06 15 9781805116462 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0476.epub 20 02 20251022 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0476 20 02 20251022 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:859a1313-7b02-4c66-8010-dbe533c4412a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:859a1313-7b02-4c66-8010-dbe533c4412a 15 9781783746583 06 10.11647/OBP.0160 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542178 01 02 Open Book Classics 01 01 Hyperion, or the Hermit in Greece 1 B06 21 0000-0001-5136-9607 Howard Gaskill 01 eng 01 ger 00 234 03 12 D 20 Friedrich Hölderlin 10 LIT004170 B2 Literature 04 PT2359.H2 B2 European Studies 12 FC 10 FOR009000 20 novel B2 European Studies: German Studies 10 FIC032000 12 FQ 20 Hyperion 20 fictional epistolary autobiography 20 European Romanticism 01 06 03 00 Friedrich Hölderlin’s only novel, Hyperion (1797–99), is a fictional epistolary autobiography that juxtaposes narration with critical reflection. Returning to Greece after German exile, following his part in the abortive uprising against the occupying Turks (1770), and his failure as both a lover and a revolutionary, Hyperion assumes a hermitic existence, during which he writes his letters. Confronting and commenting on his own past, with all its joy and grief, the narrator undergoes a transformation that culminates in the realisation of his true vocation.Though Hölderlin is now established as a great lyric poet, recognition of his novel as a supreme achievement of European Romanticism has been belated in the Anglophone world. Incorporating the aesthetic evangelism that is a characteristic feature of the age, Hyperion preaches a message of redemption through beauty. The resolution of the contradictions and antinomies raised in the novel is found in the act of articulation itself. To a degree remarkable in a prose work of any length, what it means is inseparable from how it means. In this skilful translation, Gaskill conveys the beautiful music and rhythms of Hölderlin’s language to an English-speaking reader. 04 00 Hyperion, or the Hermit in Greece Volume One Foreword Book One Book Two Volume Two Book One Book Two Afterword Acknowledgments Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Index of Proper Names 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0160_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190225 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783746552 06 15 9781783746569 06 15 9781783746576 06 15 9781800645783 06 15 9781783746675 06 15 9781783746583 06 15 9781783746590 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0160.epub 20 02 20190225 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0160 20 02 20190225 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1f591391-7497-4447-8c06-d25006a1b922 03 01 01 urn:uuid:1f591391-7497-4447-8c06-d25006a1b922 15 9781783745197 06 10.11647/OBP.0145 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Image, Knife, and Gluepot Early Assemblage in Manuscript and Print 1 A01 21 0000-0002-1633-7607 Kathryn M. Rudy 01 eng 00 374 03 12 DSBB B2 History of the Book 10 LIT011000 20 Medieval manuscripts 12 HRLC 20 Netherlandish book of hours 20 1500 20 manuscript 20 history of early books 20 medievalism 20 medieval studies 01 06 03 00 In this ingenious study, Kathryn Rudy takes the reader on a journey to trace the birth, life and afterlife of a Netherlandish book of hours made in 1500. Image, Knife, and Gluepot painstakingly reconstructs the process by which this manuscript was created and discusses its significance as a text at the forefront of fifteenth-century book production, when the invention of mechanically-produced images led to the creation of new multimedia objects. Rudy then travels to the nineteenth century to examine the phenomenon of manuscript books being pillaged for their prints and drawings: she has diligently tracked down the dismembered parts of this book of hours for the first time. Image, Knife, and Gluepot also documents Rudy’s twenty-first-century research process, as she hunts through archives while grappling with the logistics and occasionally the limits of academic research.This is a timely volume, focusing on questions of materiality at the forefront of medieval and literary studies. Beautifully illustrated throughout, its use of original material and its striking interdisciplinary approach, combining book and art history, make it a significant academic achievement.Image, Knife, and Gluepot is a valuable text for any scholar in the fields of medieval studies, the history of early books and publishing, cultural history or material culture. Written in Rudy’s inimitable style, it will also be rewarding for any student enrolled in a course on manuscript production, as well as non-specialists interested in the afterlives of manuscripts and prints. 04 00 Abbreviations Acknowledgments Bibliographical Note A Note on Images Introduction: Hybrid Books in Flux Cut, Pasted, and Cut Again: The Fate of 140 German and Netherlandish Single-Leaf Prints at the Hands of a Limburg Franciscan and a Modern Connoisseur The Beghards of Maastricht and their Commercial Pursuits Israhel’s Roundels The Logic of Accession Numbers The Knife as a Tool for Creativity Silhouettes and Doubles The Thin Red Line Foliation A Group of Woodcuts, Possibly Netherlandish Appropriating German Engravings Painted Prints from the Circle of Israhel van Meckenem Monogrammist A Attributions Recapitulation Book Production A Sheaf of Drawings Revolutionary Upheavals and the Dispersal of the Prints The Missing Images: In Paris? Rothschild Tross, Again Holes and Patterns Conclusions A Novel Function for the Calendar in Add. Ms. 24332 Calendars and the Principle of Interchangeable Parts Book Technologies and Social Networks A Book for Children Jan van Emmerick Conclusions The Beghards in the Sixteenth Century Another Hoard of Prints From Maastricht The Calendar of Add. 31002 Similarities Between Add. 24332 and Add. 31002 25 Years Later Dating the Later Manuscript Israhel van Meckenem Conclusion: Changes Over Three Decades Manuscripts with Prints: A Sticky Idea Patterns Hiding in Plain Sight: Prints from Another Drugulin Manuscript The Dregs in Paris Berlin Bleeding into a Chalice Manuscripts Still Intact Israhel van Meckenem as a Master of Self-Promotion Conclusions: Some Assembly Required List of Illustrations E-figures Bibliography General Index Index of Manuscripts and Prints 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0145_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Royal Society of Edinburgh Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190716 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783745166 06 15 9781783745173 06 15 9781783745180 06 15 9781800645646 06 15 9781783747252 06 15 9781783745197 06 15 9781783745203 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0145.epub 20 02 20190716 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0145 20 02 20190716 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0fa566ac-0af2-41c3-a425-83c5ea2c5225 03 01 01 urn:uuid:0fa566ac-0af2-41c3-a425-83c5ea2c5225 15 9781805115038 06 10.11647/OBP.0447 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Imagery of Hate Online 1 B01 21 0000-0003-2847-4542 Matthias J. Becker 2 B01 21 0009-0006-1714-2015 Marcus Scheiber 3 B01 Uffa Jensen 01 eng 00 276 03 93 JBCT1 B2 Media Studies and Journalism 10 SOC052000 20 Visual Hate Speech 93 JBFA 20 Multimodal Communication B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC051000 20 Online Hate Ideologies 93 QRAM9 10 SOC031000 10 COM060140 20 Digital Media and Propaganda 93 JBFA1 20 Antisemitism in Digital Spaces 10 COM053000 93 UDBS 10 PSY031000 20 Social Media and Hate Speech 01 06 03 00 This edited volume explores the evolving role of visual and multimodal expressions in spreading hate ideologies within digital communication. In digital spaces, hate speech is increasingly conveyed through memes, images, and videos, blending textual and pictorial elements to perpetuate harmful stereotypes and other exclusionary narratives. While historical perspectives on hate imagery are well-documented, this collection emphasises the pressing need for contemporary analysis of visual and multimodal communication in digital environments.Featuring contributions from interdisciplinary experts, this volume investigates the content, structure, and dynamics of normalisation of visual hate speech. By examining memes, manipulated images, and other visual artifacts, it reveals how hateful content gains traction in digital public spheres, often blurring traditional boundaries of acceptability. Through rigorous case studies and theoretical insights, the anthology provides a comprehensive understanding of how multimodality shapes hate discourse and its societal impact.Grounded in empirical research, this collection also addresses the challenges of defining and analysing hate ideologies, offering nuanced frameworks for distinguishing legitimate critique from hate-based narratives. Decoding Visual Hate is an essential resource for scholars, policymakers, teachers, and digital communicators seeking to combat the proliferation of visual hate and foster more inclusive online spaces. 04 00 About the Authors List of Figures List of Tables 1. Introduction Marcus Scheiber and Matthias J. Becker 2. The “Happy Merchant” as an antisemitic hate picture: A historical perspective on visual antisemitism Uffa Jensen 3. Memetic antisemitism: How memes teach age-old hatred Lev Topor 4. Extremist internet memes as a means of persuasion: A visual rhetorical approach Eemeli Hakoköngäs and Otto Halmesvaara 5. Same tools, different target: Countering hate speech with memes Carmen Aguilera-Carnerero, Matthias J. Becker, and Marcus Scheiber 6. Memefication of antisemitism: Antisemitic content on TikTok—a multimodal ethnographic analysis Mohamed Salhi and Yasmine Goldhorn 7. Unveiling populist tactics on TikTok: A multimodal critical discursive psychology approach Inari Sakki 8. Pictured hate: A visual discourse analysis of derogatory memes on Telegram Lisa Bogerts, Wyn Brodersen, Maik Fielitz, and Pablo Jost 9. Studying soft hate speech online: Synthesising approaches from multimodality research and argumentation theory Dimitris Serafis and Janina Wildfeuer 10. Analysing deepfakes: A discourse-semiotic approach Marcus Scheiber Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0447_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Technische Universität Berlin Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250502 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805115007 06 15 9781805115014 06 15 9781805115021 06 15 9781805115045 06 15 9781805115038 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0447 20 02 20250502 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0447.epub 20 02 20250502 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ead69e08-8bbd-4f87-a5bf-7d5f3b714899 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ead69e08-8bbd-4f87-a5bf-7d5f3b714899 15 9781805115236 06 10.11647/OBP.0451 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Improvising Otherwise A Decolonial Feminist Approach to Improvisation in Early Modern English Culture 1 A01 Fatima Lahham 01 eng 00 196 03 93 AVA 20 Early Music 10 MUS020000 B2 Music 20 Feminist Ear 93 JBSF11 B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC028000 20 Decolonial Methodologies 93 GTS 10 PER011020 20 Improvisation Studies 10 SOC008000 10 ART009000 20 Ottoman-English Relations 20 Historical Performance Practices 01 06 03 00 This volume redefines how we approach early music and cultural histories, intertwining feminist, decolonial, and creative perspectives. Fatima Lahham delves into the improvisational practices of early modern England, situating them within a rich tapestry of musical sources, theological texts, travel narratives, and natural histories. Inspired by Sara Ahmed’s notion of the “feminist ear,” the book amplifies voices and histories often unheard, re-examining the cultural interplay between England and the Ottoman Empire in the seventeenth century.This groundbreaking study bridges disciplines and engages with critical race studies to explore decolonial methodologies. Lahham challenges traditional historiographies, integrating improvisation studies and early modern creativity to transform our understanding of historical performance and inspire new practices today. Tracks from her album punctuate the text, fostering an innovative, multi-modal reading experience, while creative prompts invite readers to craft their own improvisations.At once scholarly and imaginative, this book expands the boundaries of historically informed performance and cultural studies. By mobilizing improvisation as a tool for understanding and re-imagining history, Imagining Otherwise offers a vital contribution to early music, feminist theory, and the study of England’s global engagements. 04 00 Acknowledgements List of Figures List of Audio Recordings Introduction 1. Improvising the Human: Extemporary Practice and the Body in Early Modern England 2. Improvising Encounter: Travelogue Reading as World-Making Interlude: Bees on the Moon 3. Improvising Nature: Transposable Tongues of the Nightingale 4. Improvising Text: Historical Performance and a Decolonial Imaginary Epilogue Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0451_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250430 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805115205 06 15 9781805115212 06 15 9781805115229 06 15 9781805115243 06 15 9781805115236 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0451 20 02 20250430 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0451.epub 20 02 20250430 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:50516c2a-154e-4758-9b94-586987af2b7f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:50516c2a-154e-4758-9b94-586987af2b7f 15 9781783743766 06 10.11647/OBP.0122 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Information and Empire Mechanisms of Communication in Russia, 1600-1854 1 B01 21 0000-0002-0514-7314 Simon Franklin 2 B01 21 0000-0002-3747-5160 Katherine Bowers 01 eng 00 440 03 12 HBTB 10 HIS032000 B2 History 04 P92.R8 20 Russian Empire 20 communication B2 European Studies 04 I54 12 JFC B2 European Studies: Eastern European Studies 20 information 20 postal service 20 news circulation 20 maps and atlases 20 signs and monuments 20 history of communication 01 06 03 00 From the mid-sixteenth to the mid-nineteenth century Russia was transformed from a moderate-sized, land-locked principality into the largest empire on earth. How did systems of information and communication shape and reflect this extraordinary change?Information and Mechanisms of Communication in Russia, 1600-1850 brings together a range of contributions to shed some light on this complex question. Communication networks such as the postal service and the gathering and circulation of news are examined alongside the growth of a bureaucratic apparatus that informed the government about its country and its people. The inscription of space is considered from the point of view of mapping and the changing public ‘graphosphere’ of signs and monuments. More than a series of institutional histories, this book is concerned with the way Russia discovered itself, envisioned itself and represented itself to its people.Innovative and scholarly, this collection breaks new ground in its approach to communication and information as a field of study in Russia. More broadly, it is an accessible contribution to pre-modern information studies, taking as its basis a country whose history often serves to challenge habitual Western models of development. It is important reading not only for specialists in Russian Studies, but also for students and non-Russianists who are interested in the history of information and communications. 04 00 Acknowledgments Notes on Contributors Introduction by Simon Franklin I. MAP-MAKING 1. Early Mapping: The Tsardom in Manuscript by Valerie Kivelson 2. New Technology and the Mapping of Empire: The Adoption of the Astrolabe by Aleksei Golubinskii II. INTERNATIONAL NEWS AND POST 3. Muscovy and the European Information Revolution: Creating the Mechanisms for Obtaining Foreign News by Daniel C. Waugh and Ingrid Maier 4. How Was Western Europe Informed about Muscovy? The Razin Rebellion in Focus by Ingrid Maier III. NEWS AND POST IN RUSSIA 5. Communication and Obligation: The Postal System of the Russian Empire, 1700–1850 by John Randolph 6. Information and Efficiency: Russian Newspapers, ca.1700–1850 by Alison K. Smith 7. What Was News and How Was It Communicated in Pre-Modern Russia? by Daniel C. Waugh IV. INSTITUTIONAL KNOWLEDGE AND COMMUNICATION 8. Bureaucracy and Knowledge Creation: The Apothecary Chancery by Clare Griffin 9. What Could the Empress Know About Her Money? Russian Poll Tax Revenues in the Eighteenth Century by Elena Korchmina 10. Communication and Official Enlightenment: The Journal of the Ministry of Public Education, 1834–1855 by Ekaterina Basargina V. INFORMATION AND PUBLIC DISPLAY 11. Information in Plain Sight: The Formation of the Public Graphosphere by Simon Franklin 12. Experiencing Information: An Early Nineteenth-Century Stroll Along Nevskii Prospekt by Katherine Bowers Selected Further Reading List of Figures Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0122_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20171127 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743735 06 15 9781783743742 06 15 9781783743759 06 15 9781800645417 06 15 9781783744527 06 15 9781783743766 06 15 9781783743773 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0122.epub 20 02 20171127 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0122 20 02 20171127 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1549f31d-4783-4a63-a050-90ffafd77328 03 01 01 urn:uuid:1549f31d-4783-4a63-a050-90ffafd77328 15 9781783748242 06 10.11647/OBP.0189 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Infrastructure Investment in Indonesia A Focus on Ports 1 B01 21 0000-0001-6497-7759 Colin Duffield 2 B01 21 0000-0002-4800-9130 Felix Kin Peng Hui 3 B01 Sally Wilson 01 eng 00 394 03 10 BUS036000 B2 Economics 04 HE560.I5 20 Infrastructure 12 KFFM 10 BUS032000 20 Indonesia B2 Politics and Sociology 12 TNFH 12 1FMN B2 Asian Studies 10 BUS013000 20 Ports 12 K 20 major infrastructure projects 20 Australia 12 RPT 20 infrastructure investment 20 port planning and development 20 engineering 20 law 20 planning 01 06 03 00 Infrastructure Investment in Indonesia: A Focus on Ports presents an important and original collation of current material investigating the efficient facilitation of major infrastructure projects in Indonesia and Australia, with an emphasis on infrastructure investment and a focus on port planning and development.This interdisciplinary collection—spanning the disciplines of engineering, law and planning—draws helpfully on a range of practical and theoretical perspectives. It is the collaborative effort of leading experts in the fields of infrastructure project initiation and financing, and is based on international research conducted by the University of Melbourne, Universitas Indonesia and Universitas Gadjah Mada.The volume opens with a macroscopic perspective, outlining the broader economic situations confronting Indonesia and Australia, before adopting a more microscopic perspective to closely examine the issues surrounding major infrastructure investment in both countries. Detailed case studies are provided, key challenges are identified, and evidence-based solutions are offered. These solutions respond to such topical issues as how to overcome delays in infrastructure project initiation; how to enhance project decision-making for the selection and evaluation of projects; how to improve overall efficiency in the arrangement of project finance and governance; and how to increase the return provided by investment in infrastructure. Special focus is given to proposed improvements to the portal cities of Indonesia in the areas of major infrastructure project governance, policies, engagement, operation and processes.By rigorously investigating the economic, transport, finance and policy aspects of infrastructure investment, this book will be a valuable resource for policy makers and government officials in Indonesia and Australia, infrastructure investment organisations, and companies involved in exporting services between Indonesia and Australia. This book will also be of interest to researchers and students of infrastructure planning and financing, setting a solid foundation for subsequent investigations of financing options for large-scale infrastructure developments. 04 00 Acknowledgements Preface Foreword Author biographies Infrastructure Investment in Indonesia — The Economic Context C. F. Duffield, R. Duffield, and S. Wilson Infrastructure Planning, Challenges and Risks C. F. Duffield, R. Duffield, and S. Wilson Funding and Financing Infrastructure: Indonesia and Australia C. F. Duffield, R. Duffield, and S. Wilson Efficient Facilitation of Major Infrastructure Projects C. F. Duffield, F. K. P. Hui, and V. Behal Port and Hinterlands J. Black and V. Roso Comparative Efficiency Analysis of Australian and Indonesian Ports F. K. P. Hui, C. F. Duffield, A. Chin, and H. Huang Innovation in Port Development S. Wahyuni Revealing Indonesian Port Competitiveness S. Wahyuni, A. Azadi Taufik, F. K. P. Hui Initial Investigation into the Effectiveness of Australian Ports’ Governance and Management Structures H. Al-Daghlas, F. K. P. Hui, and C. F. Duffield Alternative Ways to Finance Major Port Projects W. W. Galih and R. Prijadi The Critical Importance of Land Transport when Considering Port Development D. Parikesit, S. Basalim, and W. W. Wibowo Potential Infrastructure Enhancements for Ports and Cities C. F. Duffield, S. Wahyuni, D. Parikesit, F.Hui, and S. Wilson Appendix List of Illustrations and Tables 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0189_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20191118 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783748211 06 15 9781783748228 06 15 9781783748235 06 15 9781800646018 06 15 9781783748266 06 15 9781783748242 06 15 9781783748259 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0189 20 02 20191118 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0189.epub 20 02 20191118 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1692a92d-f86a-4155-9e6c-16f38586b7fc 03 01 01 urn:uuid:1692a92d-f86a-4155-9e6c-16f38586b7fc 15 9781783742318 06 10.11647/OBP.0093 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Intellectual Property and Public Health in the Developing World 1 A01 Monirul Azam 01 eng 00 348 03 B2 Health 20 Intellectual property 10 LAW050020 12 LNR 04 RM671.5.D44 B2 Law 10 LAW093000 12 LNRD 20 pharmaceutical patents B2 Law: Intellectual Property 12 LNTM2 10 MED078000 20 patent protection 20 developing World 12 MBGR 20 Bangladesh 20 publich health 20 TRIPS 01 06 03 00 Across the world, developing countries are attempting to balance the international standards of intellectual property concerning pharmaceutical patents against the urgent need for accessible and affordable medicines. In this timely and necessary book, Monirul Azam examines the attempts of several developing countries to walk this fine line. He evaluates the experiences of Brazil, China, India, and South Africa for lessons to guide Bangladesh and developing nations everywhere. Azam's legal expertise, concern for public welfare, and compelling grasp of principal case studies make Intellectual Property and Public Health in the Developing World a definitive work.The developing world is striving to meet the requirements of the World Trade Organization's TRIPS Agreement on intellectual property. This book sets out with lucidity and insight the background of the TRIPS Agreement and its implications for pharmaceutical patents, the consequences for developing countries, and the efforts of certain representative nations to comply with international stipulations while still maintaining local industry and public health. Azam then brings the weight of this research to bear on the particular case of Bangladesh, offering a number of specific policy recommendations for the Bangladeshi government—and for governments the world over.Intellectual Property and Public Health in the Developing World is a must-read for public policy-makers, academics and students, non-governmental organizations, and readers everywhere who are interested in making sure that developing nations meet the health care needs of their people. 04 00 Preface List of Tables List of Figures Abbreviations Abstract 1. Setting the Scene 1.1 Background 1.2 The Advent of TRIPS and Pharmaceutical Patents 1.3 The Requirements of TRIPS 1.4 TRIPS Flexibilities and the Doha Declaration 1.5 The Experiences of Brazil, China, India and South Africa 1.6 The Role of the WHO 1.7 Research Questions and Methodology 1.8 Chapter Summary 2. Case Study on Bangladesh’s Pharmaceutical Industry, Legislative and Institutional Framework and Pricing of Pharmaceuticals 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Legislative Framework: Pharmaceutical Patents and Pharmaceutical Regulation 2.2.1 Patent Regime: Patent Law and the Patent Office 2.2.2 Pharmaceutical Regulations: Relevant Laws and the Regulatory Body 2.2.3 Changes Required in Patent Law and Pharmaceutical Regulation in Bangladesh 2.3 The Pharmaceutical Industry in Bangladesh 2.3.1 The Nature and Size of Firms 2.3.2 Competitive Scenario 2.3.3 Local Sales, Export and Import 2.3.4 Production Capacity and Range 2.3.5 Use of Technology 2.3.6 Innovation Capacity and Research and Development 2.3.7 Government Incentives for Supply of Raw Materials and Exports 2.3.8 Human Resources 2.4 (Potential) Effects of Pharmaceutical Patents on the Pricing of Drugs in Bangladesh 2.5 Waiver for the Least Developed Countries and the Pharmaceutical Industry in Bangladesh: Opportunities and Challenges 2.6 Which Way for Bangladesh? 3. The Experiences of TRIPS-compliant Patent Law Reform in Brazil, China, India and South Africa—Lessons for Bangladesh 3.1 Background 3.2 The Journey Towards TRIPS and Obligations for Patent Law Reforms 3.2.1 Patentable Subject Matter 3.2.2 Rights and Obligations of Patentees 3.2.3 The Term of Patent Protection 3.2.4 Enforcement Obligations 3.2.5 Exceptions and Limitations of Exclusive Rights 3.2.6 Provisions on August 30 Decision (Implementation of Para. 6 of the Doha Declaration) 3.3 The Experience of Brazil 3.4 The Experience of China 3.5 The Experience of India 3.6 The Experience of South Africa 3.7 Comparative Review and Lessons for the LDCs, including Bangladesh 3.8 Concluding Remarks 4. The Globalising Standard of Patent Protection in WTO Law and Policy Options for the LDCs: The Context of Bangladesh 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Legislative Options for Bangladesh 4.2.1 A High Threshold and Exclusion Clause 4.2.2 Best Mode Disclosure and Disclosure of the Source of Genetic Resources and Traditional Knowledge 4.2.3 Narrowing the Scope of Patent Claims 4.2.4 Exceptions to Product Patent Rights 4.2.5 Early Working (or Bolar Exceptions), Research and Experimental Use 4.2.6 Parallel Imports 4.2.7 Strong Compulsory Licensing Mechanisms 4.2.8 Prior Use Exceptions 4.2.9 Pre-grant and Post-grant Opposition 4.2.10 Duration of Patent Protection 4.2.11 Do Not Adopt Overprotective Enforcement Provisions 4.3 Government Intervention Options 4.3.1 Drug Price Control 4.3.2 National Competition Law 4.3.3 Patent Prize System 4.3.4 Limit Data Protection 4.3.5 Patent Pool on Country-specific Diseases 4.3.6 Avoiding Bilateral Investment Treaties or Free Trade Agreements that Erode TRIPS Flexibilities 4.3.7 Utilisation of the Transitional Period for Pharmaceutical Patents 4.3.8 Provision for Process Patent during the Transitional Period and Adoption of a Utility Model Law 4.3.9 Special Investment Protection Regime, Open Drug Innovation Model and Promotion of Social Business Model in the Pharmaceutical Sector 4.4 Conclusion 5. Has the TRIPS Waiver Helped the Least Developed Countries Progress Towards Innovation and Compliance? 5.1 Background: TRIPS Waivers for the LDCs and Designing a Plan of Action for Graduation and Progression Towards Innovation and Compliance 5.2 Extending the LDC Transition Period: Is it a Measure for Making a Viable Technological Base or Simply a Waste of Time? 5.3 The Case of Bangladesh: Has the Country Gained from its LDC Status and the Transition Period? 5.4 Progress Towards Graduation and Compliance 5.4.1 When and How Might LDCs Graduate from this Category? 5.4.2 Competitiveness of the Local (Pharmaceutical) Industry and a Plan for Graduation from the LDC Category and Progress towards TRIPS Compliance: The Context of Bangladesh 5.5 Progress towards Graduation and Compliance: Institutional and Infrastructural Issues in Bangladesh 5.5.1 Capacity Building in the Department of Patents, Designs and Trademarks, and Intellectual Property-related Institutional and Infrastructural Issues 5.5.2 Capacity Building in the Directorate of Drug Administration and Public Health-related Institutional and Infrastructural Issues 5.6 Adopting a National Development-centred Intellectual Property Policy and a National Health Strategy Integrating Long-term Innovation and Access Objectives 5.7 Collaboration between Univeristies, Industry and Government and Public-Private Partnerships 5.8 Limitations and Further Research 5.9 Concluding Remarks Bibliography Appendices Appendix 1: Status of Patents in Bangladesh (1972–2012) Appendix 2: Relevant Provisions of the TRIPS Agreement Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0093_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20160530 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742288 06 15 9781783742295 06 15 9781783742301 06 15 9781800645127 06 15 9781783746323 06 15 9781783742318 06 15 9781783742325 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0093.epub 20 02 20160530 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0093 20 02 20160530 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d8684167-c98b-4da0-87ae-0a28e563ec1b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d8684167-c98b-4da0-87ae-0a28e563ec1b 15 9781805116615 06 10.11647/OBP.0479 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Interprofessional Approach to Refugee Health A Practical Guide for Interdisciplinary Health and Social Care Teams 1 B01 21 0000-0003-2442-3043 Emer McGowan 2 B01 Djenana Jalovcic 3 B01 Sarah Quinn 01 eng 00 406 03 20 asylum B2 Health 93 MBN 10 MED078000 04 RA564.9.R43 20 infectious disease 93 JBFH 10 MED058000 10 MED003000 93 MQC 20 refugee 93 JKSN 20 refugee health 10 SOC007000 93 MBP 10 SOC016000 20 trauma 20 infectious diseases 10 SOC025000 01 06 03 00 As global displacement reaches unprecedented levels, health and social care professionals increasingly find themselves supporting people with refugee experience whose health and wellbeing needs are complex, urgent, and often unmet. This timely and practical book provides essential guidance for professionals—particularly those new to working in this context—on how to deliver compassionate, culturally responsive, and effective care to forcibly displaced individuals and communities.Drawing on personal narratives of displacement, international research, global best practices, and firsthand professional experience, this volume addresses the many challenges refugees face in accessing appropriate health and social care, including trauma, chronic illness, mental health conditions, housing insecurity, and language barriers. Contributions from a diverse range of professionals—across nursing, occupational therapy, psychology, psychotherapy, physiotherapy, speech and language therapy, and more—highlight the interprofessional collaboration necessary to meet these multifaceted needs.Through real-life case studies, reflective prompts, and a strong focus on person-centred, equitable care, this book centres the lived experiences of refugees and emphasizes the importance of listening, learning, and adapting care to each individual’s story. A vital resource for practitioners, students, policymakers, and educators, this book bridges the gap between evidence and practice and empowers professionals to build inclusive and responsive systems of care for those affected by forced migration. 04 00 Foreword Introduction 1. Global Migrations and Persons with Refugee Experiences 2. Refugee Rights Are Human Right 3. Providing Person-Centred Care, Creating Therapeutic Space and Recognizing the Needs of Service Users 4. Recognizing the Needs of Refugees: A Healthcare Access Lens 5. Pathways to Healing: Expressive Arts Practice with Adolescent Refugees 6. Promoting Interaction and Mutual Learning Between Local and Refugee Communities 7. Evidence-Informed Practice and Learning Through Critical Reflection 8. Engagement and Disengagement: Reflecting on the Challenges for Professionals in Supporting Those Seeking Refuge 9. Ethical Practice and Personal Conduct in Refugee Health 10. Culturally Responsive Practice in Refugee Health 11. Cross-Cultural Communication in Refugee Health 12. Advanced Clinical Reasoning 13. Advocacy and Empowerment in the Context of Refugee Health 14. Flight and Post-Traumatic Stress: Their Influence on a Person’s Identity 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0479_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Western Norway University of Applied Sciences Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250909 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805116585 06 15 9781805116592 06 15 9781805116608 06 15 9781805116622 06 15 9781805116615 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0479.epub 20 02 20250909 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0479 20 02 20250909 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d6850e99-33ce-4cae-ac7c-bd82cf23432b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d6850e99-33ce-4cae-ac7c-bd82cf23432b 15 9781783740604 06 10.11647/OBP.0042 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 In the Lands of the Romanovs An Annotated Bibliography of First-hand English-language Accounts of the Russian Empire (1613-1917) 1 A01 21 0000-0002-2611-6090 Anthony Cross 01 eng 00 438 03 20 Bibliography 12 GBCR B2 History 10 REF004000 04 Z2508 B2 European Studies 20 Romanovs 10 TRV023000 12 WTL 12 1DVUA B2 European Studies: Eastern European Studies 20 Russia B2 Reference Books 20 Russian Tsars 20 Travel Accounts 01 06 03 00 Over the course of more than three centuries of Romanov rule in Russia, foreign visitors and residents produced a vast corpus of literature conveying their experiences and impressions of the country. The product of years of painstaking research by one of the world’s foremost authorities on Anglo-Russian relations, In the Lands of the Romanovs is the realization of a major bibliographical project that records the details of over 1200 English-language accounts of the Russian Empire. Ranging chronologically from the accession of Mikhail Fedorovich in 1613 to the abdication of Nicholas II in 1917, this is the most comprehensive bibliography of first-hand accounts of Russia ever to be published. Far more than an inventory of accounts by travellers and tourists, Anthony Cross’s ambitious and wide-ranging work includes personal records of residence in or visits to Russia by writers ranging from diplomats to merchants, physicians to clergymen, gardeners to governesses, as well as by participants in the French invasion of 1812 and in the Crimean War of 1854-56.<break/>Providing full bibliographical details and concise but informative annotation for each entry, this substantial bibliography will be an invaluable tool for anyone with an interest in contacts between Russia and the West during the centuries of Romanov rule. 04 00 List of Illustrations Preface Introduction 1. Reigns of the First Romanovs: Mikhail Fedorovich (1613-1645), Aleksei Mikhailovich (1645-1676), and Fedor Alekseevich (1676-1682) 2. Reigns of Peter I (1682-1725), including joint reign with Ivan V (1682-1696) and regency of Sophia (1686-1689), and Catherine I (1725-1727) 3. Reigns of Peter II (1727-1730), Anna Ivanovna (1730-1740), Ivan VI (1740-1741), and Elizabeth (1741-1762) 4. Reigns of Peter III (1762) and Catherine II (1762-1796) 5. Reign of Paul I (1796-1801) 6. Reign of Alexander I (1801-1825) 7. Reign of Nicholas I (1825-1855) 8. The Crimean War (28 March 1854-27 April 1856) 9. Reign of Alexander II (1855-1881) 10. Reign of Alexander III (1881-1894) 11. Reign of Nicholas II (1894-1917) Bibliography of Bibliographies Index of Authors 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0042_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Cambridge University Library Cambridge, UK 04 01 20140427 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740574 06 15 9781783740581 06 15 9781783740598 06 15 9781800644694 06 15 9781783740604 06 15 9781783740611 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0042.epub 20 02 20140427 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0042 20 02 20140427 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4455a769-d374-4eed-8e6a-84c220757c0d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:4455a769-d374-4eed-8e6a-84c220757c0d 15 9781783749058 06 10.11647/OBP.0200 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Introducing Vigilant Audiences 1 B01 21 0000-0001-8476-673X Daniel Trottier 2 B01 Rashid Gabdulhakov 3 B01 Qian Huang 01 eng 00 360 03 20 digital vigilantism 12 HPS B2 Media Studies and Journalism 04 P96.A83 10 SOC052000 10 COM060140 20 digital audience 12 JFD B2 Politics and Sociology 10 POL010000 20 social platform 12 UD 10 SOC026040 20 social life 20 political life 20 contemporary media landscape 20 digital media 01 06 03 00 This ground-breaking collection of essays examines the scope and consequences of digital vigilantism – a phenomenon emerging on a global scale, which sees digital audiences using social platforms to shape social and political life. Longstanding forms of moral scrutiny and justice seeking are disseminated through our contemporary media landscape, and researchers are increasingly recognising the significance of societal impacts effected by digital media.The authors engage with a range of cross-disciplinary perspectives in order to explore the actions of a vigilant digital audience – denunciation, shaming, doxing – and to consider the role of the press and other public figures in supporting or contesting these activities. In turn, the volume illuminates several tensions underlying these justice seeking activities – from their capacity to reproduce categorical forms of discrimination, to the diverse motivations of the wider audiences who participate in vigilant denunciations.This timely volume presents thoughtful case studies drawn both from high-profile Anglo-American contexts, and from developments in regions that have received less coverage in English-language scholarship. It is distinctive in its focus on the contested boundary between policing and entertainment, and on the various contexts in which the desire to seek retribution converges with the desire to consume entertainment.Introducing Vigilant Audiences will be of great value to researchers and students of sociology, politics, criminology, critical security studies, and media and communication. It will be of further interest to those who wish to understand recent cases of citizen-led justice seeking in their global context. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgements Notes on Contributors Introducing Vigilant Audiences ‘For the Greater Good?’ Vigilantism in Online Pop Culture Fandoms Contesting the Vulgar Hanmai Performance from Kuaishou: Online Vigilantism toward Chinese Underclass Youths on Social Media Platforms ‘I don’t think that’s very funny’: Scrutiny of Comedy in the Digital Age Criticism of Moral Policing in Russia: Controversies around Lev Protiv in Moscow Far-Right Digital Vigilantism as Technical Mediation: Anti-Immigration Activism on YouTube Empowerment, Social Distrust or Co-production of Security: A Case Study of Digital Vigilantism in Morocco ‘This Web Page Should Not Exist’: A Case Study of Online Shaming in Slovenia ‘Make them famous’: Digital Vigilantism and Virtuous Denunciation after Charlottesville Doxing as Audience Vigilantism against Hate Speech Citizens as Aides or Adversaries? Police Responses to Digital Vigilantism More Eyes on Crime?: The Rhetoric of Mediated Mugshots Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0200_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20201014 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783749027 06 15 9781783749034 06 15 9781783749041 06 15 9781800646117 06 15 9781783749072 06 15 9781783749058 06 15 9781783749065 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0200 20 02 20201014 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0200.epub 20 02 20201014 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a5a08fcc-4060-4738-abe7-c93ec292e390 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a5a08fcc-4060-4738-abe7-c93ec292e390 15 9781805114413 06 10.11647/OBP.0434 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 02 23996676 01 02 Open Reports Series 01 01 Investing in the Structural Transformation 2024 European Public Investment Outlook 1 B01 21 0000-0001-9972-716X Floriana Cerniglia 2 B01 21 0000-0003-0121-4329 Francesco Saraceno 01 eng 00 210 03 10 BUS039000 B2 Economics 04 HD3616.E8 93 LBBM3 20 Public investment 10 BUS051000 B2 European Studies 93 KCB 20 Structural transformation 93 1D 10 BUS068000 20 European economy B2 Politics and Sociology 10 BUS032000 20 Fiscal policy 10 POL024000 20 Sustainable growth 01 06 03 00 The fifth volume in the European Public Investment Outlook series explores how Europe can drive structural transformation through strategic public investment. Reflecting on the lessons from the 2008–2020 polycrisis and recent economic challenges, this timely book examines fiscal policy's role in both stabilization and long-term economic development.Part I, ‘State of the Art’, reviews current public investment and industrial policies in major European economies, including France, Germany, Italy, and Spain. It provides detailed analyses of each country's approach to fostering structural transformation through public investment.Part II, ‘Challenges’, addresses the diverse obstacles and opportunities facing Europe’s industrial policy. It emphasizes a multidimensional strategy to overcome bottlenecks in key sectors and drive transformation. Topics include the role of industrial policy in the green transition, creating a cohesive strategy for Europe, enhancing economic security, trends in European Union defence spending, sustainable mobility, and financing structural investment beyond 2027.This volume is essential reading for researchers, economists, and policymakers focused on understanding and implementing effective public policy in Europe, and will further appeal to anyone interested in EU governance and public investment strategies more broadly. 04 00 List of Figures List of Tables Acknowledgements Preface Introduction PART I—STATE OF THE ART 1. Public Investment and Industrial Policy: A Case for More European Union Coordination 2. Public Investment and Industrial Policy in France 3. Germany: Additional Investment Needs Require Reform of the Debt Brake 4. Italy, NRRP, and Industrial Policy 5. Public Investment and Structural Transformation in Spain PART II—CHALLENGES 6. A New Industrial Policy as the Key to the Green Transition 7. A “True” Industrial Policy for Europe is a Technology and Innovation Policy 8. Industrial Policy and Security. The European Union and the Double Challenge: Strengthening Competitiveness and Enhancing Economic Security 9. Trends in Defence Spending in the European Union 10. Sustainable Mobility and Industrial Policy 11. Financing Structural Investment after 2027 Contributor Biographies 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0434_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20241211 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805114383 06 15 9781805114390 06 15 9781805114406 06 15 9781805114420 06 15 9781805114413 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0434.epub 20 02 20241211 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0434 20 02 20241211 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ad55c2c5-9769-4648-9c42-dc4cef1f1c99 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ad55c2c5-9769-4648-9c42-dc4cef1f1c99 15 9781906924959 06 10.11647/OBP.0021 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ 01 01 Is Behavioral Economics Doomed? The Ordinary versus the Extraordinary 1 A01 David K. Levine 01 eng 00 152 03 10 BUS044000 B2 Economics 20 Economics 04 HB74.P8 12 KCC 10 BUS069030 20 Microeconomics 20 Economic models 20 Economic theory 20 Game theory 20 Rationality 20 Psychology 01 06 03 00 It is fashionable to criticize economic theory for focusing too much on rationality and ignoring the imperfect and emotional way in which real economic decisions are reached. All of us facing the global economic crisis wonder just how rational economic men and women can be. Behavioral economics—an effort to incorporate psychological ideas into economics—has become all the rage. This book by well-known economist David K. Levine questions the idea that behavioral economics is the answer to economic problems. It explores the successes and failures of contemporary economics both inside and outside the laboratory. It then asks whether popular behavioral theories of psychological biases are solutions to the failures. It not only provides an overview of popular behavioral theories and their history, but also gives the reader the tools for scrutinizing them. Levine’s book is essential reading for students and teachers of economic theory and anyone interested in the psychology of economics. 04 00 1. Introduction 2. Does Economic Theory Work? 3. Why Is The World So Irrational? 4. Does Economic Theory Fail? 5. You Can Fool Some Of The People... 6. Behavioral Theories I: Biases and Irrationality 7. Behavioral Theories II: Time and Uncertainty 8. Learning and Friends 9. Conclusion: Psychology, Neuroscience and Economics 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0021_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20120917 02 WORLD 06 15 9781906924928 06 15 9781906924935 06 15 9781906924942 06 15 9781800644489 06 15 9781906924959 06 15 9781906924966 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0021.epub 20 02 20120917 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0021 20 02 20120917 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2ceb72f2-ddde-45a7-84a9-27523849f8f5 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2ceb72f2-ddde-45a7-84a9-27523849f8f5 15 9781783749782 06 10.11647/OBP.0216 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Jane Austen Reflections of a Reader 1 A01 Nora Bartlett 2 B01 Jane Stabler 01 eng 00 252 03 12 D 10 FIC027070 20 Jane Austen B2 Literature 04 PR4037 04 B37 12 DSBF B2 European Studies 20 fiction 10 LIT024040 B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 human behaviour 10 LIT004120 20 family relationships 10 LIT000000 20 sickness 20 hypochondria 20 love 20 romance 20 literary criticism 20 regency 20 nineteenth century 01 06 03 00 This volume presents an exhilarating and insightful collection of essays on Jane Austen – distilling the author’s deep understanding and appreciation of Austen’s works across a lifetime. The volume is both intra- and inter-textual in focus, ranging from perceptive analysis of individual scenes to the exploration of motifs across Austen’s fiction.Full of astute connections, these lively discussions hinge on the study of human behaviour – from family relationships to sickness and hypochondria – highlighting Austen’s artful literary techniques and her powers of human observation.Jane Austen: Reflections of a Reader by (the late) Nora Bartlett is a brilliant contribution to the field of Jane Austen studies, both in its accessible style (which preserves the oral register of the original lectures), and in its foregrounding of the reader in a warm, compelling and incisive conversation about Austen’s works. As such, it will appeal widely to all lovers of Jane Austen, whether first-time readers, students or scholars.<break/> 04 00 Contents Preface Jane Stabler A Note on Texts 1. Reading Pride and Prejudice over Fifty Years Nora Bartlett 2. Sense and Sensibility Nora Bartlett 3. Mothers and Daughters in Jane Austen Nora Bartlett 4. Mrs. Jennings Nora Bartlett 5. Lady Susan Nora Bartlett 6. In Sickness and in Health: Courting and Nursing in Some Jane Austen Novels Nora Bartlett 7. Food in Jane Austen’s Fiction Nora Bartlett 8. Emma and Harriet: Walking Companions Nora Bartlett 9. Emma in the Snow Nora Bartlett 10. What’s Wrong with Mansfield Park Nora Bartlett 11. Jane Austen and Grandparents Nora Bartlett 12. Jane Austen and Burns Nora Bartlett 13. Sanditon and Suspense Nora Bartlett Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0216_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210203 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783749751 06 15 9781783749768 06 15 9781783749775 06 15 9781800646216 06 15 9781783749805 06 15 9781783749782 06 15 9781783749799 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0216 20 02 20210203 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0216.epub 20 02 20210203 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b0f368a7-40d5-45f1-9f01-45a84f14da85 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b0f368a7-40d5-45f1-9f01-45a84f14da85 15 9781800643055 06 10.11647/OBP.0371 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Jesus and the Making of the Modern Mind, 1380-1520 1 A01 Luke Clossey 01 eng 00 800 03 B2 Archaeology and Religion 04 BT304.3 12 HBLC1 20 Jesus 93 QRAX 10 REL015000 12 HBJD B2 History 20 Medieval 93 QRAC 10 REL075000 12 HBLC 10 HIS037010 93 NHDJ 20 Renaissance 12 HRCA 20 Religion 20 Social and intellectual history 01 06 03 00 For his fifteenth-century followers, Jesus was everywhere – from baptism to bloodcults to bowling. This sweeping and unconventional investigation looks at Jesus across one hundred forty years of social, cultural, and intellectual history. Mystics married him, Renaissance artists painted him in three dimensions, Muslim poets praised his life-giving breath, and Christopher (“Christ-bearing”) Columbus brought the symbol of his cross to the Americas. Beyond the European periphery, this global study follows Jesus across – and sometimes between – religious boundaries, from Greenland to Kongo to China.Amidst this diversity, Jesus and the Making of the Modern Mind, 1380-1520 offers readers sympathetic and immersive insight into the religious realities of its subjects. To this end, this book identifies two perspectives: one uncovers hidden meanings and unexpected connections, while the other restricts Jesus to the space and time of human history. Minds that believed in Jesus, and those that opposed him, made use of both perspectives to make sense of their worlds.This book includes over one hundred images, tables and audio clips. 04 00 Acknowledgements Abbreviations INTRODUCTION 1. The Book in a Nutshell 2. The Two Kens 3. The Development of the Jesus Cult 4. The Many Lives of Jesus SPACES 5. Jesus Places 6. Internal Frontiers between Jews, Christians, Muslims 7. Expansion of the Jesus Cult TANGIBLES 8. Jesus Objects 9. The Eucharist in Its Liturgical Context 10. Making Canon IDEAS 11. Interpreting Canon 12. Ways of Knowing 13. Nicholas of Cusa’s Jesus SIGHTS 14. Art and the Deep Ken 15. Art and the Plain Ken 16. Extraordinary Jesus Images SOUNDS 17. Language and Power 18. Elevated Speech and Song ORIENTATIONS 19. Resembling Jesus 20. Intimacy with Jesus 21. Ethics, Pacifism, Vegetarianism 22. Afterword: History between the Kens List of Illustrations List of Tables List of Audio Clips Glossary Appendix A: Historiographical Context Appendix B: Historical Development of the Plain Ken in Christianity Appendix C: The Plain and Deep Kens Select Bibliography List of Manuscripts Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0371_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240502 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800648180 06 15 9781783749577 06 15 9781805110019 06 15 9781800643079 06 15 9781800643055 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0371 20 02 20240502 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0371.epub 20 02 20240502 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c0358331-a0f1-4d63-9bb0-e458dd534846 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c0358331-a0f1-4d63-9bb0-e458dd534846 15 9781805114178 06 10.11647/OBP.0429 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Joyce’s Choices New Textual Parallels in James Joyce’s ‘Dubliners’, ‘A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man’, and ‘Ulysses' 1 A01 21 0000-0003-2455-3323 R. H. Winnick 01 eng 00 504 03 93 DSBH 20 James Joyce 10 LIT020000 B2 Literature 04 PR6019.O9 93 DSM 20 Dubliners 10 LIT000000 B2 Literature: Comparative Literature 93 DSA B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 10 LIT004120 20 Portrait 10 LIT024050 20 Ulysses 20 Textual Parallels 20 Intertextuality 01 06 03 00 This major new study of the textual parallels that permeate James Joyce’s three most widely read works––'Dubliners', 'A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man', and 'Ulysses'––documents and discusses some eight hundred instances, just over seven hundred of them in 'Ulysses' alone, of previously unrecognized, unidentified, or misidentified echoes, most of them verbatim, of antecedent texts ranging from major and minor works of English, Irish, Italian, French and other literatures to the poems, plays, popular songs, hymns, comic operas, triple-deckers, dime novels, penny dreadfuls, and print advertisements of his own day.By meticulously identifying hundreds of previously unknown instances of such intertextual echoes, such conscious or unconscious literary borrowings, Winnick’s study complements prior works on Joyce’s allusive practices by, among others, Weldon Thornton, Don Gifford, and, most recently and comprehensively, Sam Slote, Marc A. Mamigonian, and John Turner, shedding important new light on Joyce’s reading, thematic intentions, and creative technique. 04 00 About the Author Preface I. DUBLINERS The Sisters An Encounter Araby Eveline After the Race Two Gallants A Little Cloud Counterparts A Painful Case Ivy Day in the Committee Room A Mother Grace The Dead II. A PORTRAIT OF THE ARTIST Portrait, Chapter 1 Portrait, Chapter 2 Portrait, Chapter 3 Portrait, Chapter 4 Portrait, Chapter 5 III. ULYSSES 1. ‘Telemachus’ 2. ‘Nestor’ 3. ‘Proteus’ 4. ‘Calypso’ 5. ‘Lotus-Eaters’ 6. ‘Hades’ 7. ‘Aeolus’ 8. ‘Lestrygonians’ 9. ‘Scylla and Charybdis’ 10. ‘Wandering Rocks’ 11. ‘Sirens’ 12. ‘Cyclops’ 13. ‘Nausicaa’ 14. ‘Oxen of the Sun’ 15. ‘Circe’ 16. ‘Eumaeus’ 17. ‘Ithaca’ 18. ‘Penelope’ Select Bibliography Index of Antecedent Writers and Works Discussed 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0429_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20251110 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805114147 06 15 9781805114154 06 15 9781805114161 06 15 9781805114185 06 15 9781805114178 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0429 20 02 20251110 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0429.epub 20 02 20251110 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:df7eb598-914a-49eb-9cbd-9766bd06be84 03 01 01 urn:uuid:df7eb598-914a-49eb-9cbd-9766bd06be84 15 9781783743261 06 10.11647/OBP.0112 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 23996676 01 02 Open Reports Series 01 01 Just Managing? What it Means for the Families of Austerity Britain 1 A01 Mark O'Brien 2 A01 Paul Kyprianou 01 eng 00 245 03 20 Britain B2 Economics 04 HC260.P6 12 KCR 10 SOC045000 20 British politics 12 KCP B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC053000 20 austerity 12 JHBC 10 POL024000 12 JHBL 10 POL029000 20 statistics 20 Liverpool 10 SOC050000 20 National Minimun Wage 20 low income 01 06 03 00 The 'just about managing'. 'Hardworking families'. 'Alarm-clock Britain'. In recent years British political discourse has been filled with these slogans, as politicians claim to speak on behalf of families who are in work, but struggling to get by. This book allows us to hear from some of these families directly.At a time when the impact of austerity is more relevant than ever, Just Managing? cuts through the debates and sloganeering to give some of the real people behind the headlines and statistics a chance to tell their stories. It tracks the lives of thirty working families in Liverpool over one year, as they struggle to manage on incomes at or around the National Minimum Wage. Their accounts are placed within the economic and political context that has shaped their experiences and that of millions of other working families across the country.This book is required reading for anyone seeking to understand what life is like at the sharp end of 'austerity Britain’. 04 00 Preface PART I: BACK TO THE FUTURE? 1. Understanding Poverty: Then and Now 2. The Getting By? Study PART II: THE BIG ISSUES 3. Money Matters 4. Working Life 5. Meeting Basic Needs 6. Home and Family Life PART III: JUST MANAGING? PERSPECTIVES ON POVERTY 7. Family Views: ‘Who’s to Blame?’ 8. Liars, Thieves and Honest Scousers Appendix I: How the Research Was Conducted Appendix II: Family Circumstances and Spending References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0112_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20170529 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743230 06 15 9781783743247 06 15 9781783743254 06 15 9781800645318 06 15 9781783744176 06 15 9781783743261 06 15 9781783743278 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0112 20 02 20170529 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0112.epub 20 02 20170529 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:485fd9ca-2628-4b5c-b428-986e88b237e3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:485fd9ca-2628-4b5c-b428-986e88b237e3 15 9781805113973 06 10.11647/OBP.0425 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Knowledge A Human Interest Story 1 A01 21 0000-0002-0830-141X Brian Weatherson 01 eng 00 284 03 04 BD183 20 Interest-Relative Epistemology 10 PHI004000 B2 Philosophy 93 QDTK 93 JBCC9 20 Nyāya Epistemology 10 PHI009000 10 PHI000000 93 QDTL 20 Rational Action 20 Knowledge and Belief 10 PHI011000 20 Inquiry and Reasoning 20 High-Stakes Scenarios 01 06 03 00 In this book the author argues for a groundbreaking perspective that knowledge is inherently interest-relative. This means that what one knows is influenced not just by belief, evidence, and truth, but crucially by the purposes those beliefs serve. Drawing from classical Nyāya epistemologies, the book asserts that knowledge rationalizes action: if you know something, it is sensible to act on it—and the best way to square this with an anti-sceptical epistemology is to say that knowledge is interest-relative.While versions of this view have been debated, they haven’t gained wide acceptance. The author addresses common objections with a refined formulation and explores how this perspective elucidates the role of knowledge in inquiry, daily life, and the history of thought. Key distinctions include the impact of “long odds” situations on knowledge, the distinctive role knowledge has a starting point for inquiry, and the importance of using non-ideal models in theorising about knowledge.Building on decades of scholarship, the author offers a cohesive theory that integrates and clarifies previous works, demonstrating that not only knowledge but also belief, rational belief, and evidence are interest-relative. This book is essential for those seeking a deeper understanding of the intricate relationship between knowledge and practical interests. 04 00 Preface 1. Overture 2. Interests 3. Belief 4. Knowledge 5. Inquiry 6. Ties 7. Changes 8. Rationality 9. Evidence 10. Power References List of Tables Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0425_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20241121 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805113942 06 15 9781805113959 06 15 9781805113966 06 15 9781805113980 06 15 9781805113973 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0425 20 02 20241121 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0425.epub 20 02 20241121 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c5e415c4-1ed1-4c58-abae-b1476689a867 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c5e415c4-1ed1-4c58-abae-b1476689a867 15 9781783741861 06 10.11647/OBP.0083 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Knowledge and the Norm of Assertion An Essay in Philosophical Science 1 A01 John Turri 01 eng 00 126 03 12 HPK 20 Language 04 P95.55 10 PHI004000 B2 Science 12 GTR 20 knowledge 10 SCI090000 B2 Science: History of Science 20 assertion 12 CFA B2 Philosophy 10 PSY008000 10 PHI038000 20 philosophy 20 psychology 20 cognitive science 20 biology 01 06 03 00 Language is a human universal reflecting our deeply social nature. Among its essential functions, language enables us to quickly and efficiently share information. We tell each other that many things are true—that is, we routinely make assertions. Information shared this way plays a critical role in the decisions and plans we make. In Knowledge and the Norm of Assertion, a distinguished philosopher and cognitive scientist investigates the rules or norms that structure our social practice of assertion. Combining evidence from philosophy, psychology, and biology, John Turri shows that knowledge is the central norm of assertion and explains why knowledge plays this role.Concise, comprehensive, non-technical, and thoroughly accessible, this volume quickly brings readers to the cutting edge of a major research program at the intersection of philosophy and science. It presupposes no philosophical or scientific training. It will be of interest to philosophers and scientists, is suitable for use in graduate and undergraduate courses, and will appeal to general readers interested in human nature, social cognition, and communication. 04 00 Acknowledgments Introduction 1. Evidence and Argument Observational Data Experimental Data The Argument The Explanation 2. Extensions and Connections Know How Guaranteed Knowledge Knowledge Valued Outstanding Questions Reaching Understanding Liar’s Knowledge 3. Objections and Replies Ignorant Assertions Excuses, Excuses Irrelevant Assessments Weak Challenges Pre-Theoretic Data Apocryphal Paradox Unbelievable Objections Certain Competition No Contest 4. Prospects and Horizons What "Should”? Good Enough? Super Norm? Why Knowledge? Coda References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0083_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 The Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada Cambridge, UK 04 01 20160226 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741830 06 15 9781783741847 06 15 9781783741854 06 15 9781800645035 06 15 9781783746330 06 15 9781783741861 06 15 9781783741878 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0083.epub 20 02 20160226 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0083 20 02 20160226 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9fc774fa-3a18-42d8-89e3-b5a23d822dd6 03 01 01 urn:uuid:9fc774fa-3a18-42d8-89e3-b5a23d822dd6 15 9781783747825 06 10.11647/OBP.0182 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Labour and Value Rethinking Marx’s Theory of Exploitation 1 A01 Ernesto Screpanti 01 eng 00 142 03 04 BJ1474.5 B2 Economics 10 EDU016000 12 H 20 Marx’s theory of exploitation 12 HB 10 HIS000000 20 Marxist thought B2 Politics and Sociology 20 contemporary philosophy 12 HBG 10 HIS037000 20 economic theory 10 HIS054000 20 abstract labor 10 HIS039000 20 labor value 20 Marxist economics 01 06 03 00 In this book Ernesto Screpanti provides a rigorous examination of Marx’s theory of exploitation, one of the cornerstones of Marxist thought. With precision and clarity, he identifies the holes in traditional readings of Marx’s theory before advancing his own original interpretation, drawing on contemporary philosophy and economic theory to provide a refreshingly interdisciplinary exegesis.Screpanti’s arguments are delivered with perspicuity and verve: this is a book that aims to spark a debate. He exposes ambiguities present in Marx’s exposition of his own theory, especially when dealing with the employment contract and the notions of ‘abstract labor’ and ‘labor value’, and he argues that these ambiguities have given rise to misunderstandings in previous analyses of Marx’s theory of exploitation. Screpanti’s own interpretation is a meticulously argued counterpoint to these traditional interpretations.Labour and Value is a significant contribution to the theory of economics, particularly Marxist economics. It will also be of great interest to scholars in other disciplines including sociology, political science, and moral and political philosophy. Screpanti’s clear and engaging writing style will attract the interested general reader as well as the academic theorist. 04 00 Acknowledgments Introduction 1. Abstract Labour as a Natural Substance 2. Abstract Labour as a Historical Reality 3. Labour Subsumption and Exploitation 4. Values and Prices 5. Measures of Exploitation Conclusions: Rethinking Exploitation Appendix 1. Reproduction Conditions Appendix 2. Advanced or Postponed Wage Payments? References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0182_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20191002 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783747795 06 15 9781783747801 06 15 9781783747818 06 15 9781800645950 06 15 9781783747849 06 15 9781783747825 06 15 9781783747832 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0182 20 02 20191002 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0182.epub 20 02 20191002 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a60caa40-2ce7-4044-afdd-721c94ed5617 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a60caa40-2ce7-4044-afdd-721c94ed5617 15 9781800648241 06 10.11647/OBP.0316 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 02 27552624 01 02 Studies on Mathematics Education and Society 01 01 Landscapes of Investigation Contributions to Critical Mathematics Education 1 B01 21 0000-0003-0458-275X Miriam Godoy Penteado 2 B01 21 0000-0002-1528-796X Ole Skovsmose 01 eng 00 360 03 10 MAT000000 B2 Mathematics 12 PB 04 QA11.2 20 social injustice B2 Education 10 MAT027000 20 mathematics 12 PBB 10 EDU044000 20 primary education 12 YQM 10 EDU007000 12 JNA 20 secondary education 10 EDU060020 12 JNAM 20 university 10 EDU029010 12 JNU 20 teacher education 01 06 03 00 Creating landscapes of investigation is a primary concern of critical mathematics education. It enables us to organise educational processes so that students and teachers are able to get involved in explorations guided by dialogical interactions. It attempts to address explicit or implicit forms of social injustice by means of mathematics, and also to promote a critical conception of mathematics, challenging the assumption that the subject represents objectivity and neutrality. Landscapes of Investigation provides many illustrations of how this can be done in primary, secondary, and university education. It also illustrates how exploring landscapes of investigation can contribute to mathematics teacher education programmes.This edited volume is the result of a collaboration established through the Colloquium in Research in Critical Mathematics Education, which took place in 2016, 2018, and 2019 in Brazil. Its twenty-eight contributors are young researchers from Brazil, Chile, Colombia, India, Mexico and the USA, who are dedicated to the further development of critical mathematics education.Organised in eighteen chapters, the volume presents examples of engaging students from a diversity of social and economic backgrounds, age ranges, and abilities across different countries. The chapters present original findings on the social aspects of all levels of mathematics education. Landscapes of Investigation is of particular relevance to those with an interest in the potential of mathematics education to challenge social injustices. 04 00 Acknowledgements Miriam Godoy Penteado and Ole Skovsmose Preface Miriam Godoy Penteado and Ole Skovsmose 1. Entering Landscapes of Investigation Ole Skovsmose 2. Let’s Go Shopping Fanny Gutiérrez and Yael Rodríguez 3. Media and Racism Reginaldo Ramos de Britto 4. Bringing the Debate over Marijuana Legalisation into the Mathematics Classroom Agustín Méndez Andrade and Mario Sánchez Aguilar 5. Mathematics Embedded in Community-Based Practices: Landscape of Investigation for Examining Social (In)Justice? Arindam Bose 6. Aspects of Democracy in Different Contexts of Mathematics Classes Raquel Milani, Ana Carolina Faustino, Lessandra Marcelly Sousa da Silva, Débora Vieira de Souza Carneiro, Jeimy Marcela Cortés Suaréz and Reginaldo Ramos de Britto 7. Collaborative Learning within Critical Mathematics Education Bülent Avcı 8. Global Citizenship Manuella Heloisa de Souza Carrijo 9. About Unfinishedness, Dreams and Landscapes of Investigation Daniela Alves Soares 10. Dialogue in Eternity: Children, Mathematics, and Landscapes of Investigation Ana Carolina Faustino 11. Inclusive Landscapes of Investigation Ole Skovsmose 12. Meetings amongst Deaf and Hearing Students in the Mathematics Classroom Amanda Queiroz Moura and Miriam Godoy Penteado 13. Inclusion and Landscapes of Investigation: A Case of Elementary Education Íria Bonfim Gaviolli and Miriam Godoy Penteado 14. Landscapes of Investigation with Seniors Guilherme Henrique Gomes da Silva, Rejane Siqueira Julio and Rafaela Nascimento da Silva 15. The Investigative Approach to Talking about Inclusion in Mathematics Teacher Education Denner Dias Barros 16. Opening an Exercise: Prospective Mathematics Teachers Entering into Landscapes of Investigation Raquel Milani 17. The Impact of Income Tax on the Teaching Profession: A Debate Involving Social Justice Renato Douglas Ribeiro, Daniela Alves Soares, Adriana de Souza Lima, Lucicleide Bezerra and Edyenis Frango 18. Critical Mathematics Education in Action: To Be or Not to Be Paula Andrea Grawieski Civiero and Fátima Peres Zago de Oliveira Contributor Biographies List of Figures List of Tables Subject Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0316_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20221209 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800648210 06 15 9781800648227 06 15 9781800648234 06 15 9781800648272 06 15 9781800648265 06 15 9781800648241 06 15 9781800648258 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0316 20 02 20221209 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0316.epub 20 02 20221209 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:fb82dd5f-fc55-4bda-9a0e-d890bb2a70d2 03 01 01 urn:uuid:fb82dd5f-fc55-4bda-9a0e-d890bb2a70d2 15 9781800642034 06 10.11647/OBP.0256 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Learning, Marginalization, and Improving the Quality of Education in Low-income Countries 1 B01 Daniel A. Wagner 2 B01 Nathan M. Castillo 3 B01 Suzanne Grant Lewis 01 eng 00 488 03 10 EDU001030 12 JN 04 LC213 20 learning B2 Politics and Sociology 10 EDU008000 B2 Education 12 JNFN 20 Sustainable Development Goal on Education 12 1QFG 10 EDU048000 20 Learning at the Bottom of the Pyramid 10 EDU036000 20 quality of education 01 06 03 00 Improving learning evidence and outcomes for those most in need in developing countries is at the heart of the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goal on Education (SDG4). This timely volume brings together contributions on current empirical research and analysis of emerging trends that focus on improving the quality of education through better policy and practice, particularly for those who need improved 'learning at the bottom of the pyramid' (LBOP).This volume brings together academic research experts, government officials and field-based practitioners. National and global experts present multiple broad thematic papers – ranging from the effects of migration and improving teaching to the potential of educational technologies, and better metrics for understanding and financing education. In addition, local experts, practitioners and policymakers describe their own work on LBOP issues being undertaken in Kenya, India, Mexico and Ivory Coast. The contributors argue persuasively that learning equity is a moral imperative, but also one that will have educational, economic and social impacts. They further outline how achieving SDG4 will take renewed and persistent effort by stakeholders to use better measurement tools to promote learning achievement among poor and marginalized children.This volume builds on the second international conference on Learning at the Bottom of the Pyramid (LBOP2).* It will be an indispensable resource for policymakers, researchers and government thinktanks, and local experts, as well as any readers interested in the implementation of learning equity across the globe. 04 00 Preface Contents Contributor Biographies Acknowledgements Introduction Daniel A. Wagner 1. Diversity and Equity in Education: Policy, Practice, and Options for Reaching Children at the Bottom of the Pyramid Lauren Pisani and Amy Jo Dowd 2. Education on the Move: How Migration Affects Learning Outcomes Jo Kelcey, Ozen Guven and Dana Burde 3. Teaching at the Bottom of the Pyramid: Teacher Education in Poor and Marginalized Communities Kwame Akyeampong 4. Improving the Impact of Educational Technologies on Learning Within Low-Income Contexts Nathan M. Castillo, Taskeen Adam and Björn Haßler 5. Reducing Inequality in Education Using “Smaller, Quicker, Cheaper” Assessments Luis Crouch and Timothy S. Slade 6. Not All Pyramids Are the Same: Relative Learning Exclusion and Its Evolution Over Time Dirk Van Damme, Tijana Prokic-Breuer and Stan Vermeulen 7. Financing Education at the Bottom of the Pyramid Samer Al-Samarrai and Luis Benveniste 8. Mexico: Education and Learning at the Bottom of the Pyramid Sylvia Schmelkes del Valle, Héctor Robles Vásquez and Annette Santos del Real 9. India: Learning in the Margin: Reflections on Indian Policies and Programs for Education of the Disadvantaged Rangachar Govinda 10. India: Learning Challenges for the Marginalized Udaya Narayana Singh, Rajarshi Singh and Padmakali Banerjee 11. India: The Role of Civil Society Organizations and Scalable Technology Solutions for Marginalized Communities Lorie Novak 12. Ivory Coast: Children at the Bottom of the Pyramid and Government Policies François Joseph Azoh and Zamblé Théodore Goin Bi 13. Ivory Coast: Promoting Learning Outcomes at the Bottom of the Pyramid Kaja Jasińska and Sosthène Guei 14. Kenya: Education, Learning and Policy-Framing for Children at the Bottom of the Pyramid Sara Ruto, Ann Gachoya and Virginia Ngindiru 15. Kenya: Free Primary and Day Secondary Education Policies and Their Contributions to Learning at the Bottom of the Pyramid Emmanuel O. Manyasa and Mercy G. Karogo 16. Kenya: Disability and Learning at the Bottom of the Pyramid John K. Mugo, Diana Makau and David K. Njengere 17. Kenya: Education in Marginalized Communities Joyce Kinyanjui Afterword: The Challenge Ahead for Learning at the Bottom of the Pyramid Rachel Hinton and Asyia Kazmi List of Illustrations List of Tables Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0256_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Pennsylvania 16 IIEP-UNESCO 16 Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220221 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800642003 06 15 9781800642010 06 15 9781800642027 06 15 9781800646506 06 15 9781800642058 06 15 9781800642034 06 15 9781800642041 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0256.epub 20 02 20220221 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0256 20 02 20220221 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d9e671dd-ab2a-4fd0-ada3-4925449a63a8 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d9e671dd-ab2a-4fd0-ada3-4925449a63a8 15 9781906924591 06 10.11647/OBP.0017 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/ 01 01 Letters of Blood and Other Works in English 1 A01 Göran Printz-Påhlson 2 B01 Robert Archambeau 3 A15 Lars-Håkan Svensson 4 A23 Elinor Shaffer 01 eng 00 261 03 12 DCF B2 Literature 10 POE005030 20 Poetry 04 PT9876.26.R5 12 DSA 10 LIT014000 B2 Other languages 20 Swedish poetry 12 1DNS B2 Literature: Comparative Literature 20 Swedish literature 20 Sweden 20 The Words of the Tribe 20 modernism 20 Scandinavia 20 Scandinavian literature 20 American poetry 20 primitivism 20 literary theory 20 literary materialism 20 literary criticism 01 06 03 00 This collection brings together for the first time select works in English by the major Swedish modernist poet and critic Göran Printz-Påhlson. It was Printz-Påhlson who introduced poetic modernism to Scandinavia, and his essays and poems delve deeply into English, American, and continental modernist traditions. As well as Letters of Blood, the collection includes the full text of "The Words of the Tribe", a major statement on modern poetics, in which Printz-Påhlson explores the significance of primitivism in Romanticism and Modernism, and the nature of metaphor and literary materialism. The collection also includes essays on style, irony, realism, and the relationship between historical drama and historical fiction, as well as studies of American poetry. Printz-Påhlson’s poetry in English continues to explore these themes by different, often surprisingly innovative, means. 04 00 Acknowledgements Contributors Foreword by Elinor Shaffer Inbetween: Locating Göran Printz-Påhlson by Robert Archambeau 'The Overall Wandering of Mirroring Mind': Some Notes on Göran Printz-Påhlson by Lars-Håkan Svensson The Words of the Tribe: Primitivism, Reductionism, and Materialism in Modern Poetics Part One: Linguistic Primitivism in Modernism and Romanticism Part Two: Linguistic Reductionism in Poetry Criticism Part Three: The Material Word: From Imagism to New Criticism to Intertextualism Part Four: The Polity of Metaphor and the Purity of Diction Other Prose Part Five: Style, Irony, Metaphor and Meaning Part Six: Realism as Negation Part Seven: Historical Drama and Historical Fiction: The Example of Stindberg Part Eight: The Canon of Literary Modernism: A Note on Abstraction in the Poetry of Erik Lindegren Part Nine: The Tradition of Contemporary Swedish Poetry Part Ten: Kierkegaard the Poet Part Eleven: Surface and Accident: John Ashbery Part Twelve: The Voyages of John Matthias Letters of Blood: Poems One: My Interview with I.A. Richards Generation Televisiondreamroutines The Longest-Running Show on Television The Enormous Comics Poem Unnamed Botchuana Two: Aelius Lamia: Tanka for Robert Hass Odradek Turing Machine Broendal Two Prose Poems Sir Charles Babbage Returns to Trinity College Man-Made Monster Surreptitiously Regarding Idyllic Scene Joe Hill in Prison Remember the Rosenbergs When Beaumont and Tocqueville First Visited Sing-Sing Three Baroque Arias from Gradiva Three: Comedians Acrobats on the Radio To John at Summer Solstice, Before His Return Part Four: The Green-Ey’d Monster Select Bibliography of Works by Göran Printz-Påhlson A Note on the Text 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0017_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Swedish Academy Cambridge, UK 04 01 20111130 02 WORLD 06 15 9781906924560 06 15 9781906924577 06 15 9781906924584 06 15 9781800644441 06 15 9781906924591 06 15 9781906924607 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0017.epub 20 02 20111130 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0017 20 02 20111130 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c699f257-f3e4-4c98-9a3f-741c6a40b62a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c699f257-f3e4-4c98-9a3f-741c6a40b62a 15 9781783743469 06 10.11647/OBP.0116 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542178 01 02 Open Book Classics 01 01 L’idée de l’Europe au Siècle des Lumières 1 B01 Rotraud von Kulessa 2 B01 21 0000-0002-6061-8502 Catriona Seth 01 eng 00 174 03 04 CB411 12 DQ 20 Europe 10 LCO008000 B2 Philosophy B2 European Studies 12 HP 10 PHI034000 20 Siècle des Lumières 12 HPS 20 paix 10 PHI019000 12 1QFE 10 HIS010000 20 union européenne 20 anthologie 20 Rousseau 20 Voltaire 20 Kant 20 Hume 01 06 03 00 Face aux défis – entre autres politiques – auxquels sont confrontés différents pays européens, les chercheurs dix-huitiémistes ont souhaité revenir sur des expressions anciennes de valeurs partagées et les interrogations passées sur des questions qui restent souvent d’actualité. Au Siècle des Lumières, nombre d’hommes et de femmes de lettres ont envisagé l’avenir du continent en particulier pour entériner leur souhait de garantir la paix en Europe. Les textes, réunis dans cette anthologie, et signés des grands écrivains du temps (Rousseau, Montesquieu, Voltaire, Kant, Hume ou encore Staël), comme d’oubliés de l’histoire, présentent, avec quelques excursus chronologiques (de Sully à Hugo) les réflexions de penseurs d’un dix-huitième siècle aux bornes chronologiques étendues – l’émergence et la chute de l’Empire engendrent des bouleversements nombreux –, sur l’Europe, son histoire, sa diversité, mais aussi sur ce qu’ont en commun les nations qui composent, dans leur variété, un ensemble géographique. Ils mettent en évidence les origines historiques d’un projet d’union européenne, le souhait de consolider les liens du continent avec le Maghreb ou la Turquie, l’importance accordée au commerce et les inquiétudes suscitées par les sursauts de l’histoire, mais aussi l’espoir placé dans les générations futures.La Société française d’étude du XVIIIe siècle, l’Université d’Augsburg, l’Université d’Oxford ont généreusement contribué à la publication de ce volume.In view of the challenges—many of which are political—that different European countries are currently facing, scholars who work on the 18th century have compiled this anthology which includes earlier recognitions of common values and past considerations of questions which often remain pertinent nowadays. During the Enlightenment, many men and women of letters envisaged the continent’s future in particular when stressing their hope that peace could be secured in Europe. The texts gathered here, and signed by major thinkers of the time (Rousseau, Montesquieu, Voltaire, Kant, Hume or Staël for instance), as well as by writers history has forgotten, present the reflections, with a couple of chronological extensions (from Sully to Victor Hugo) of authors from the long eighteenth century—the French Empire and the fall of Napoleon generated numerous upheavals—on Europe, its history, its diversity, but also on what the nations, which, in all their diversity, make up a geographical unit, have in common. They show the historical origins of the project of a European union, the desire to consolidate the continent’s ties to the Maghreb or to Turkey, the importance granted to commerce and the worries engendered by history’s convulsions, but also the hope vested in future generations. 04 00 Préface 1. Friedrich Schiller, « Ode à la joie » Un hymne pour l’Europe 2. Maximilien de Béthune, duc de Sully, Mémoires Le grand dessein d’Henri IV 3. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Projet pour rendre la paix perpétuelle L’Europe : un projet pour la paix 4. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Extrait du Projet de paix perpétuelle Examen du projet de l’abbé de Saint-Pierre 5. Emmanuel Kant, Essai philosophique sur la paix perpétuelle La paix universelle 6. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Projet pour rendre la paix perpétuelle Quelle dimension donner à l’Union européenne ? 7. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Jugement sur la paix perpétuelle L’Union européenne : un projet peu réaliste ? 8. Edward Gibbon, Histoire de la décadence et de la chute de l’Empire romain Voir au-delà des limites nationales 9. Louis de Jaucourt, Article « Europe » dans l’Encyclopédie ou Dictionnaire raisonné des sciences, des arts et des métiers L’Europe dans l’Encyclopédie 10. Diego de Torres Villarroel, Voyage fantastique du Grand Piscátor de Salamanque La géographie de l’Europe 11. Anonyme, Supplément à l’Encyclopédie Histoire et enjeux politiques 12. Maximilien de Béthune, duc de Sully, Mémoires Un Parlement européen avant la lettre ? 13. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Projet pour rendre la paix perpétuelle L’Europe et l’Islam 14. Voltaire, Essai sur les mœurs La richesse de l’Europe : son héritage culturel ! 15. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Esquisse d’un tableau historique des progrès de l’esprit humain Régler pour apaiser 16. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Projet pour rendre la paix perpétuelle Le voisinage de la Russie 17. Voltaire, Le siècle de Louis XIV L’Europe chrétienne comme grande République ? 18. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères ou l’Europe française L’unité dans la diversité ? 19. Charles-Louis de Secondat, baron de La Brède et de Montesquieu, L’Esprit des lois Le commerce européen 20. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Projet pour rendre la paix perpétuelle La tolérance religieuse 21. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères ou l’Europe française La richesse de la cuisine européenne 22. Charles-Louis de Secondat, baron de La Brède et de Montesquieu, Lettres persanes L’Europe vue par les Persans 23. Germaine de Staël, De la littérature considérée dans ses rapports avec les institutions sociales La littérature du Nord au Sud 24. François-Ignace d’Espiard de La Borde, Esprit des nations Des caractères nationaux 25. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères ou l’Europe française La diversité linguistique en Europe 26. August Wilhem Schlegel, Résumé des rapports européens de la littérature allemande Le rôle de l’Allemagne dans la culture européenne 27. Gabriel-François Coyer, Voyage d’Italie et de Hollande L’enlèvement d’Europe 28. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Projet pour rendre la paix perpétuelle L’union économique ? 29. Charles de Villers, Constitutions des trois villes libres-hanséatiques Un marché commun européen 30. Stanislas Leszczynski, Entretien d’un Européen avec un insulaire du Royaume de Dumocala L’empire de la raison 31. Tomás de Iriarte, « Le Thé et la Sauge », Fables littéraires La circulation des richesses 32. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères ou l’Europe française La sociabilité européenne 33. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Projet pour rendre la paix perpétuelle La Sûreté des frontières de l’Europe 34. Marie Leprince de Beaumont, Magasin des adolescentes L’Europe coloniale 35. Louis-Jules Barbon Mancini-Mazarini-Nivernois, duc de Nevers, Fables de Mancini-Nivernois Une autre voie pour l’éducation ? 36. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères ou l’Europe française L’importance du commerce 37. Johann Gottfried Herder, Idées sur la philosophie de l’histoire de l’humanité Diversité et unité de l’Europe 38. Françoise de Graffigny, Lettres d’une Péruvienne Critique des mœurs européennes 39. David Hume, Discours politiques La civilisation européenne 40. Louis-Antoine Muratori, Traité sur le bonheur public Le progrès de la justice en Europe 41. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères ou l’Europe française Rapprochement des Européens 42. Germaine de Staël, Corinne ou l’Italie L’Italie et les origines de la culture européenne 43. Marie-Anne du Boccage, Lettres sur l’Angleterre, la Hollande et l’Italie L’Europe et la mode française 44. Friedrich Schlegel, Voyage en France L’Europe entre déclin et renouveau 45. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Projet pour rendre la paix perpétuelle Richesse linguistique de l’Europe 46. Novalis, La Chrétienté ou l’Europe Un avènement spirituel 47. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères ou l’Europe française Le café : endroit de sociabilité européen 48. Johann Gottfried Herder, Idées sur la philosophie de l’histoire de l’humanité Le bonheur en Europe 49. Germaine de Staël, De l’Allemagne Aux origines de l’unité européenne 50. José Cadalso, Lettres marocaines La diversité européenne à travers le regard étranger 51. William Robertson, Histoire du règne de l’empereur Charles-Quint Navigation et échanges commerciaux 52. Johann Gottfried Herder, Idées sur la philosophie de l’histoire de l’humanité L’Europe et sa longue histoire de migrations 53. William Robertson, Extraits de l’Introduction à l’histoire de Charles-Quint L’union dans la diversité 54. Diego de Torres Villarroel, « Sonnet », Divertissements de la Muse L’Europe, unité politique 55. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Lettres récréatives et morales sur les mœurs du temps À quoi ressemblent les Européens ? 56. James Boswell, Journal d’un tour des Hébrides avec Samuel Johnson Se vouloir cosmopolite 57. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, le modèle des nations étrangères ou l’Europe française L’Europe à l’heure française 58. David Hume, Discours politiques de Monsieur Hume Équilibre des pouvoirs et paix future 59. José Cadalso, Lettres marocaines Une république des savants 60. Jean-Charles Simonde de Sismondi, De la littérature du Midi de l’Europe L’Europe dépassée à l’avenir ? 61. Germaine de Staël, De l’Allemagne L’union des philosophes 62. Louis-Antoine-Léon de Saint-Just, « Discours de 1794 » Une idée neuve en Europe 63. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Esquisse d’un tableau historique des progrès de l’esprit humain Une vision humanitaire 64. Jean-François Melon, Essai Politique sur le Commerce Atteindre l’équilibre des pouvoirs 65. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Considérations sur le Gouvernement de Pologne Vers une uniformisation culturelle ? 66. José Cadalso, Lettres marocaines L’Europe et l’Afrique 67. Emmanuel Kant, Idée d’une histoire universelle du point de vue cosmopolitique L’accomplissement des buts de la Nature 68. Napoléon, cité par Emmanuel-Auguste-Dieudonné-Marius de Las Cases, Mémorial de Sainte-Hélène Gouverner l’Europe? 69. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Esquisse d’un tableau historique des progrès de l’esprit humain Connaître le monde pour le rendre meilleur 70. Benjamin Constant, De l’esprit de conquête et de l’usurpation dans leurs rapports avec la civilisation européenne La fin des guerres en Europe ? 71. Napoléon, cité par Emmanuel-Auguste-Dieudonné-Marius de Las Cases, Mémorial de Sainte-Hélène Visions d’avenir 72. José Cadalso, Lettre à Tomás de Iriarte Critique de l’eurocentrisme 73. Napoléon, Correspondance de Napoléon Ier Hégémonie politique et union européenne 74. Alexandre-Frédéric-Jacques de Masson de Pezay, Les soirées Helvétiennes, Alsaciennes et Franc-Comtoises L’Europe sans frontières 75. Jean-Charles Simonde de Sismondi, De la littérature du Midi de l’Europe Des Influences multiples 76. Jean de Müller, Lettres de Jean de Müller à ses amis MM. de Bonstetten et Gleim Quel avenir pour l’Europe ? 77. Benjamin Constant, De la liberté des anciens comparée à celle des modernes Le caractère des échanges modernes 78. Pierre-Simon Laplace, Exposition du système du monde L’Unité par les mesures 79. Victor Hugo, « Le Rhin » Le couple franco-allemand comme pilier de la paix en Europe Bibliographie 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0116_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 The Société française d’étude du XVIIIe siècle 16 Augsburg University 16 University of Oxford Cambridge, UK 04 01 20170501 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743438 06 15 9781783743445 06 15 9781783743452 06 15 9781800645356 06 15 9781783746156 06 15 9781783743469 06 15 9781783743476 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0116 20 02 20170501 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0116.epub 20 02 20170501 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a795aafb-d189-4d15-8e64-b9a3fbfa8e09 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a795aafb-d189-4d15-8e64-b9a3fbfa8e09 15 9781783745470 06 10.11647/OBP.0150 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Life Histories of Etnos Theory in Russia and Beyond 1 B01 21 0000-0002-9624-5867 David G. Anderson 2 B01 21 0000-0003-3782-9296 Dmitry V Arzyutov 3 B01 21 0000-0001-9988-9556 Sergei S. Alymov 01 eng 00 448 03 B2 Anthropology 20 etnos 04 GN585.F6 12 J 10 SOC000000 20 collective identities B2 European Studies 12 JH 10 SOC002000 B2 European Studies: Eastern European Studies 12 JHMC 20 language 10 SOC002010 12 JFC 20 traditions 20 ethnicity 20 national identity 20 Eurasia 01 06 03 00 The idea of etnos came into being over a hundred years ago as a way of understanding the collective identities of people with a common language and shared traditions. In the twentieth century, the concept came to be associated with Soviet state-building, and it fell sharply out of favour. Yet outside the academy, etnos-style arguments not only persist, but are a vibrant part of regional anthropological traditions. Life Histories of Etnos Theory in Russia and Beyond makes a powerful argument for reconsidering the importance of etnos in our understanding of ethnicity and national identity across Eurasia. The collection brings to life a rich archive of previously unpublished letters, fieldnotes, and photographic collections of the theory’s early proponents. Using contemporary fieldwork and case studies, the volume shows how the ideas of these ethnographers continue to impact and shape identities in various regional theatres from Ukraine to the Russian North to the Manchurian steppes of what is now China. Through writing a life history of these collectivist concepts, the contributors to this volume unveil a world where the assumptions of liberal individualism do not hold. In doing so, they demonstrate how notions of belonging are not fleeting but persistent, multi-generational, and bio-social. 04 00 Contributors Acknowledgments 1. Grounding Etnos Theory: An Introduction David G. Anderson, Sergei S. Alymov and Dmitry V. Arzyutov 2. Etnos Thinking in the Long Twentieth Century Sergei S. Alymov, David G. Anderson and Dmitry V. Arzyutov 3. Ukrainian Roots of the Theory of Etnos Sergei S. Alymov 4. Mapping Etnos: The Geographic Imagination of Fёdor Volkov and his Students Sergei S. Alymov and Svetlana V. Podrezova 5. Notes from His "Snail’s Shell”: Shirokogoroff’s Fieldwork and the Groundwork for Etnos Thinking David G. Anderson 6. Order out of Chaos: Anthropology and Politics of Sergei M. Shirokogoroff Dmitry V. Arzyutov 7. Chasing Shadows: Sharing Photographs from Former Northwest Manchuria Jocelyne Dudding 8. "The Sea is Our Field”: Pomor Identity in Russian Ethnography Masha Shaw and Natalie Wahnsiedler 9. Epilogue: Why Etnos (Still) Matters Nathaniel Knight List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0150_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190206 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783745449 06 15 9781783745456 06 15 9781783745463 06 15 9781800645691 06 15 9781783746859 06 15 9781783745470 06 15 9781783745487 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0150 20 02 20190206 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0150.epub 20 02 20190206 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a3cc91bc-258f-4d24-bc12-45f662cbe22f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a3cc91bc-258f-4d24-bc12-45f662cbe22f 15 9781800647527 06 10.11647/OBP.0303 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Life, Re-Scaled The Biological Imagination in Twenty-First-Century Literature and Performance 1 B01 21 0000-0003-0839-3120 Liliane Campos 2 B01 Pierre-Louis Patoine 01 eng 00 418 03 12 DS 20 life sciences 10 LIT000000 B2 Literature 04 PN55 12 DSK 20 fiction 10 SCI020000 B2 Science 12 FA 20 poetry 10 SCI008000 10 ART060000 20 comics 12 DSB 20 performance 12 PS 20 ethics 12 RNT 12 AFKP 20 philosophy 20 politics 20 biological imagination 01 06 03 00 This edited volume explores new engagements with the life sciences in contemporary fiction, poetry, comics and performance. The gathered case studies investigate how recent creative work reframes the human within microscopic or macroscopic scales, from cellular biology to systems ecology, and engages with the ethical, philosophical, and political issues raised by the twenty-first century’s shifting views of life. The collection thus examines literature and performance as spaces that shape our contemporary biological imagination.Comprised of thirteen chapters by an international group of academics, Life, Re-Scaled: The Biological Imagination in Twenty-First-Century Literature and Performance engages with four main areas of biological study: ‘Invisible scales: cells, microbes and mycelium’, ‘Neuro-medical imaging and diagnosis’, ‘Pandemic imaginaries’, and ‘Ecological scales’. The authors examine these concepts in emerging forms such as plant theatre, climate change art, ecofiction and pandemic fiction, including the work of Jeff Vandermeer, Jon McGregor, Jeff Lemire, and Extinction Rebellion’s Red Rebel Brigade performances.This valuable resource moves beyond the biological paradigms that were central to the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, to outline the specificity of a contemporary imagination. Life, Re-Scaled is crucial reading for academics, scholars, and authors alike, as it proposes an unprecedented overview of the relationship between literature, performance and the life sciences in the twenty-first century. 04 00 Acknowledgements Notes on Contributors List of Illustrations 1. Introduction Liliane Campos and Pierre-Louis Patoine Imagination, Science and Power Questions of Scale Aesthetic Trends Chapter Presentation Works Cited 2. Human Environmental Aesthetics: The Molecular Sublime and the Molecular Grotesque Paul Hamann-Rose The Molecular Sublime Imagining Microbes: From the Molecular Sublime to the Molecular Grotesque Molecular Landscapes: New Ways of Reading the Anthropocene Conclusion: The Big Moment of the Very Small Works Cited 3. Still Life and Vital Matter in Gillian Clarke’s Poetry Sophie Laniel-Musitelli The Poetry of Stone Playing with Scale Images of Metamorphosis and Development Sounding the Flesh Science in the Landscape Works Cited 4. Mycoaesthetics: Weird Fungi and Jeff VanderMeer’s Annihilation Derek Woods Weird Ecology, Weird Fiction Wood Wide Web as Ecological Genome The Fungal Kingdom Works Cited 5. To Be or Not to Be a Patient: Challenging Biomedical Categories in Joshua Ferris’s The Unnamed Pascale Antolin Challenging Medical Knowledge and Classifications Challenging Neurological Reduction Challenging Social and Literary Categories Works Cited 6. Neurocomics and Neuroimaging: David B.’s Epileptic and Matteo Farinella and Hana Roš’s Neurocomic Jason Tougaw The Tools of Comics The Tools of Neuroimaging A Person Surrounds This Brain Works Cited 7. The Fiction of the Empty Pandemic City: Race and Diaspora in Ling Ma’s Severance Rishi Goyal Works Cited 8. Dead Gods and Geontopower: An Ecocritical Reading of Jeff Lemire’s Sweet Tooth Kristin M. Ferebee Works Cited 9. Depopulating the Novel: Post-Catastrophe Fiction, Scale, and the Population Unconscious Pieter Vermeulen The Population Unconscious Cosy Catastrophe Population between Science and Speculation in Science Fiction Survival at Scale in Post-Catastrophe Science Fiction Utopian and Realist Fictions Conclusion: Downscaling Survival Works Cited 10. The Everyday Pluriverse: Ecosystem Modelling in Reservoir 13 Ben De Bruyn Introduction: The Rural Mesocosm Noticing Nonhuman Narratives Visualising Coexistence, Part I Modelling Interspecies Assemblages Visualising Coexistence, Part II Conclusion: Scale and Stoicism in the Everyday Anthropocene Works Cited 11. The Narrative and Aesthetic Strategies of Climate Change Comics Susan M. Squier Making the Global Threat Personal Anthropomorphic Figures Biography and Autobiography Scientific Distance Versus Intimate Experience Works Cited 12. Displacing the Human: Representing Ecological Crisis on Stage Kirsten E. Shepherd-Barr and Hannah Simpson ‘It’s Actually Not About Us’: The Paradox of Human-Centric Ecological Drama Shifting the Boundaries: The Spatial, the Temporal, and the Sensory ‘Fragments, Shards, Whispers’: Imagining the Impossible Other Conclusion Works Cited 13. Staging Larger Scales and Deep Entanglements: The Choice of Immersion in Four Ecological Performances Eliane Beaufils Intermingling Life Forms and Scales Forms of Displacement by Immersion Reading Signs The Place of the Spectator A Diplomatic Theatre Works Cited Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0303_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Sorbonne Nouvelle University 01 programname PRISMES laboratory 16 Institut Universitaire de France Cambridge, UK 04 01 20221011 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800647497 06 15 9781800647503 06 15 9781800647510 06 15 9781800647558 06 15 9781800647541 06 15 9781800647527 06 15 9781800647534 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0303.epub 20 02 20221011 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0303 20 02 20221011 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5c55effb-2a3e-4e0d-a46d-edad7830fd8e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5c55effb-2a3e-4e0d-a46d-edad7830fd8e 15 9781783747207 06 10.11647/OBP.0171 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Lifestyle in Siberia and the Russian North 1 B01 Joachim Otto Habeck 01 eng 00 488 03 04 DK757.3 12 J 20 lifestyle B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC000000 B2 Anthropology 12 JH 20 Siberia 10 SOC002000 12 JHMC 20 Russian North 10 SOC002010 20 Anthropology 12 JFC 12 1DVUA 01 06 03 00 Lifestyle in Siberia and the Russian North breaks new ground by exploring the concept of lifestyle from a distinctly anthropological perspective. Showcasing the collective work of ten experienced scholars in the field, the book goes beyond concepts of tradition that have often been the focus of previous research, to explain how political, economic and technological changes in Russia have created a wide range of new possibilities and constraints in the pursuit of different ways of life.Each contribution is drawn from meticulous first-hand field research, and the authors engage with theoretical questions such as whether and how the concept of lifestyle can be extended beyond its conventionally urban, Euro-American context and employed in a markedly different setting. Lifestyle in Siberia and the Russian North builds on the contributors’ clear commitment to diversifying the field and providing a novel and intimate insight into this vast and dynamic region.This book provides inspiring reading for students and teachers of Anthropology, Sociology and Cultural Studies and for anyone interested in Russia and its regions. By providing ethnographic case studies, it is also a useful basis for teaching anthropological methods and concepts, both at graduate and undergraduate level. Rigorous and innovative, it marks an important contribution to the study of Siberia and the Russian North. 04 00 Note on transliteration Notes on Contributors Preface Introduction: Studying Lifestyle in Russia Joachim Otto Habeck Implications of Infrastructure and Technological Change for Lifestyles in Siberia Dennis Zuev and Joachim Otto Habeck Lifestyle and Creative Engagement with Rural Space in Northwest Russia Masha Shaw (née Maria Nakhshina) Holiday Convergences, Holiday Divergences: Siberian Leisure Mobilities Under Late Socialism and After Luděk Brož and Joachim Otto Habeck Spatial imaginaries and personal topographies in Siberian life stories: analysing movement and place in biographical narratives Joseph J. Long Something like Happiness: Home Photography in the Inquiry of Lifestyles Jaroslava Panáková Soviet Kul’tura in Post-Soviet Identification: The Aesthetics of Ethnicity in Sakha (Yakutia) Eleanor Peers Ethnicity on the Move: National-Cultural Organisations in Siberia Artem Rabogoshvili "We are not Playing Life, We Live Here”: Playful Appropriation of Ancestral Memory in a Youth Camp in Western Siberia Ina Schröder A Taste for Play: Lifestyle and Live-Action Role-playing in Siberia and the Russian Far East Tatiana Barchunova and Joachim Otto Habeck Conclusions Joachim Otto Habeck Appendix: On Research Design and Methods Joachim Otto Habeck and Jaroslava Panáková List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0171_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20191122 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783747177 06 15 9781783747184 06 15 9781783747191 06 15 9781800645868 06 15 9781783747221 06 15 9781783747207 06 15 9781783747214 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0171 20 02 20191122 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0171.epub 20 02 20191122 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6090bfc8-3143-4599-b0dd-17705f754e8c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6090bfc8-3143-4599-b0dd-17705f754e8c 15 9781800641105 06 10.11647/OBP.0240 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Like Nobody's Business An Insider's Guide to How US University Finances Really Work 1 A01 21 0000-0002-3566-0004 Andrew C. Comrie 01 eng 00 486 03 10 EDU001030 B2 Education 12 JN 04 LB2342 20 university finances B2 Business and Management 10 EDU008000 12 JNK 20 tuition fees 12 1KB 10 EDU036000 20 research 10 BUS032000 20 donations 12 K 10 BUS051000 01 06 03 00 How do university finances really work?From flagship public research universities to small, private liberal arts colleges, there are few aspects of these institutions associated with more confusion, myths or lack of understanding than how they fund themselves and function in the business of higher education. Using simple, approachable explanations supported by clear illustrations, this book takes the reader on an engaging and enlightening tour of how the money flows. How does the university really pay for itself? Why do tuition and fees rise so fast? Why do universities lose money on research? Do most donations go to athletics?Grounded in hard data, original analyses, and the practical experience of a seasoned administrator, this book provides refreshingly clear answers and comprehensive insights for anyone on or off campus who is interested in the business of the university: how it earns its money, how it spends it, and how it all works. 04 00 Contents 1. Introduction Andrew Comrie 2. Institutional Revenues Andrew Comrie 3. Institutional Expenditures Andrew Comrie 4. Public Funding: Grant Aid, Loans and Appropriations Andrew Comrie 5. Human Resources Andrew Comrie 6. Academic Affairs Andrew Comrie 7. Student Affairs Andrew Comrie 8. Research Andrew Comrie 9. Public Service, Cooperative Extension, and Community Engagement Andrew Comrie 10. Facilities & Finance Andrew Comrie 11. Health Sciences, Hospitals & Medical Schools Andrew Comrie 12. Athletics Andrew Comrie 13. Fundraising Andrew Comrie 14. Outcomes & Futures Andrew Comrie Epilogue Andrew Comrie Acknowledgements About the Author Appendices References Figures Box Figures Tables Boxes Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0240_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210223 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800641075 06 15 9781800641082 06 15 9781800641099 06 15 9781800646414 06 15 9781800641129 06 15 9781800641105 06 15 9781800641112 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0240.epub 20 02 20210223 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0240 20 02 20210223 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:25a2f70a-832d-4c8d-b28f-75f838b6e171 03 01 01 urn:uuid:25a2f70a-832d-4c8d-b28f-75f838b6e171 15 9781783749904 06 10.11647/OBP.0218 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Liminal Spaces Migration and Women of the Guyanese Diaspora 1 B01 Grace Aneiza Ali 01 eng 00 232 03 12 AG 04 F2381 20 migration B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC008000 12 JFFN 20 migration narratives 10 SOC007000 B2 Women and Gender Studies 12 JFS 10 SOC028000 20 women 20 Guyana 20 Guyanese women 20 from the 1950s 20 visual exhibition 20 essays 20 artworks 20 memoir 20 creative non-fiction 20 poetry 20 photography 20 art and curatorial essays 20 notion of homeland 20 accountability 01 06 03 00 Liminal Spaces is an intimate exploration into the migration narratives of fifteen women of Guyanese heritage. It spans diverse inter-generational perspectives – from those who leave Guyana, and those who are left – and seven seminal decades of Guyana’s history – from the 1950s to the present day – bringing the voices of women to the fore. The volume is conceived of as a visual exhibition on the page; a four-part journey navigating the contributors’ essays and artworks, allowing the reader to trace the migration path of Guyanese women from their moment of departure, to their arrival on diasporic soils, to their reunion with Guyana.Eloquent and visually stunning, Liminal Spaces unpacks the global realities of migration, challenging and disrupting dominant narratives associated with Guyana, its colonial past, and its post-colonial present as a ‘disappearing nation’. Multimodal in approach, the volume combines memoir, creative non-fiction, poetry, photography, art and curatorial essays to collectively examine the mutable notion of ‘homeland’, and grapple with ideas of place and accountability.This volume is a welcome contribution to the scholarly field of international migration, transnationalism, and diaspora, both in its creative methodological approach, and in its subject area – as one of the only studies published on Guyanese diaspora. It will be of great interest to those studying women and migration, and scholars and students of diaspora studies. 04 00 Contents Notes on the Contributors Introduction: Liminal Spaces Grace Ali Part I: Mothering Lands Grace Ali 1. Surrogate Skin: Portrait of Mother (Land) Keisha Scarville 2. Until I Hear from You Erika DeFreitas 3. Electric Dreams Natalie Hopkinson and Serena Hopkinson Part II: The Ones Who Leave… The Ones Who Are Left Grace Ali 4. The Geography of Separation Grace Ali 5. Transplantation Dominique Hunter 6. Those Who Remain: Portraits of Amerindian Women Khadija Benn Part III: Transitions Grace Ali 8. So I Pick Up Me New-World-Self Grace Nichols 10. Memories from Yonder Christie Neptune 11. A Trace | Evidence of Time Past Sandra Brewster Part IV: Returns, Reunions, and Rituals Grace Ali 12. Concrete and Filigree Michelle Joan Wilkinson 13. A Daughter’s Journey from Indenture to Windrush Maria del Pilar Kaladeen Postface: A Brief History of Migration from Guyana Grace Ali List of Illustrations Acknowledgments 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0218_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200929 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783749874 06 15 9781783749881 06 15 9781783749898 06 15 9781800646230 06 15 9781783749928 06 15 9781783749904 06 15 9781783749911 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0218 20 02 20200929 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0218.epub 20 02 20200929 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9845c8a9-b283-4cb8-8961-d41e5fe795f1 03 01 01 urn:uuid:9845c8a9-b283-4cb8-8961-d41e5fe795f1 15 9781783742769 06 10.11647/OBP.0102 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Literature Against Criticism University English and Contemporary Fiction in Conflict 1 A01 21 0000-0002-5589-8511 Martin Paul Eve 01 eng 00 248 03 20 Contemporary fiction 12 DS 10 LIT000000 B2 Literature 20 Academia 12 DSK 10 LIT024060 B2 Literature: Comparative Literature B2 European Studies 12 FA 10 FIC019000 20 University English B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 10 LIT004020 20 metafiction B2 American and Latin American Studies 20 Jennifer Egan 20 Ishmael Reed 20 Tom McCarthy 20 Sarah Waters 20 Percival Everett 20 Roberto Bolaño 01 06 03 00 This is a book about the power game currently being played out between two symbiotic cultural institutions: the university and the novel. As the number of hyper-knowledgeable literary fans grows, students and researchers in English departments waiver between dismissing and harnessing voices outside the academy. Meanwhile, the role that the university plays in contemporary literary fiction is becoming increasingly complex and metafictional, moving far beyond the ‘campus novel’ of the mid-twentieth century.Martin Paul Eve’s engaging and far-reaching study explores the novel's contribution to the ongoing displacement of cultural authority away from university English. Spanning the works of Jennifer Egan, Ishmael Reed, Tom McCarthy, Sarah Waters, Percival Everett, Roberto Bolaño and many others, Literature Against Criticism forces us to re-think our previous notions about the relationship between those who write literary fiction and those who critique it. 04 00 About the Author Style Acknowledgements Part I: Introduction 1. Authors, Institutions, and Markets 2. What, Where? Part II: Critique 3. Aesthetic Critique 4. Political Critique Part III: Legitimation 5. Sincerity and Truth 6. Labour and Theory Part IV: Discipline 7. Genre and Class 8. Discipline and Publish Part V: The End 9. Conclusion Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0102_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Birkbeck, University of London Cambridge, UK 04 01 20161017 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742738 06 15 9781783742745 06 15 9781783742752 06 15 9781800645219 06 15 9781783746231 06 15 9781783742769 06 15 9781783742776 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0102 20 02 20161017 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0102.epub 20 02 20161017 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f957ab3d-c925-4bf2-82fa-9809007753e7 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f957ab3d-c925-4bf2-82fa-9809007753e7 15 9781783748068 06 10.11647/OBP.0186 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Living Earth Community Multiple Ways of Being and Knowing 1 B01 Sam Mickey 2 B01 Mary Evelyn Tucker 3 B01 John Grim 01 eng 00 286 03 20 Earth B2 Environmental Studies 04 GF41 12 RN 10 SCI019000 B2 Anthropology 20 environment 04 L577 12 RNT 10 SCI026000 B2 Politics and Sociology 12 RNA 20 scholars 10 SCI042000 20 ecosystems 12 J 10 SOC026040 20 ecological knowledge 12 PSAF 20 scientific knowledge 20 ecological crisis 01 06 03 00 Living Earth Community: Multiple Ways of Being and Knowing is a celebration of the diversity of ways in which humans can relate to the world around them, and an invitation to its readers to partake in planetary coexistence. Innovative, informative, and highly accessible, this interdisciplinary anthology of essays brings together scholars, writers and educators across the sciences and humanities, in a collaborative effort to illuminate the different ways of being in the world and the different kinds of knowledge they entail – from the ecological knowledge of Indigenous communities, to the scientific knowledge of a biologist and the embodied knowledge communicated through storytelling.This anthology examines the interplay between Nature and Culture in the setting of our current age of ecological crisis, stressing the importance of addressing these ecological crises occurring around the planet through multiple perspectives. These perspectives are exemplified through diverse case studies – from the political and ethical implications of thinking with forests, to the capacity of storytelling to motivate action, to the worldview of the Indigenous Okanagan community in British Columbia.Living Earth Community: Multiple Ways of Being and Knowing synthesizes insights from across a range of academic fields, and highlights the potential for synergy between disciplinary approaches and inquiries. This anthology is essential reading not only for researchers and students, but for anyone interested in the ways in which humans interact with the community of life on Earth, especially during this current period of environmental emergency. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgments Notes on the Contributors PrefaceDownload Sam Mickey Introduction: Ways of Knowing, Ways of Valuing Nature John Grim and Mary Evelyn Tucker Section I: Presences in the More-Than-Human World 1. Creaturely Migrations on a Breathing Planet: Some Reflections David Abram 2. Learning a Dead Birdsong: Hopes' echoEscape.1 in 'The Place Where You Go to Listen' Julianne Lutz Warren 3. Humilities, Animalities, and Self-Actualizations in a Living Earth Community Paul Waldau Section II: Thinking in Latin American Forests 4. Anthropology as Cosmic Diplomacy: Toward an Ecological Ethics for Times of Environmental Fragmentation Eduardo Kohn 5. Reanimating the World: Amazonian Shamanism Frédérique Apffel-Marglin 6. The Obligations of a Biologist and Eden No More Thomas E. Lovejoy Section III: Practices from Contemporary Asian Traditions and Ecology 7. Fluid Histories: Oceans as Metaphor and the Nature of History Prasenjit Duara 8. Affectual Insight: Love as a Way of Being and Knowing David L. Haberman 9. Confucian Cosmology and Ecological Ethics: Qi, Li, and the Role of the Human Mary Evelyn Tucker Section IV: Storytelling: Blending Ecology and Humanities 10. Contemplative Studies of the 'Natural' World Download David Haskell 11. Science, Storytelling, and Students: The National Geographic Society's On Campus Initiative Timothy Brown 12. Listening for Coastal Futures: The Conservatory Project Willis Jenkins 13. Imaginal Ecology Brooke Williams Section V: Relationships of Resilience within Indigenous Lands 14. An Okanagan Worldview of Society Jeannette Armstrong 15. Indigenous Language Resurgence and the Living Earth Community Mark Turin 16. Sensing, Minding, and Creating John Grim 17. Land, Indigeneity, and Hybrid Ontologies Paul Burow, Samara Brock, Download and Michael Dove Section VI: The Weave of Earth and Cosmos 18. Gaia and a Second Axial Age Sean Kelly 19. The Human Quest to Live in a Cosmos Heather Eaton 20. Learning to Weave Earth and Cosmos Mitchell Thomashow List of Illustration Index About the team 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0186_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200507 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783748037 06 15 9781783748044 06 15 9781783748051 06 15 9781800645981 06 15 9781783748082 06 15 9781783748068 06 15 9781783748075 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0186 20 02 20200507 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0186.epub 20 02 20200507 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:545f9f42-87c0-415e-9086-eee27925c85b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:545f9f42-87c0-415e-9086-eee27925c85b 15 9781783743865 06 10.11647/OBP.0124 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 2054362X 01 02 World Oral Literature Series 01 01 Long Narrative Songs from the Mongghul of Northeast Tibet Texts in Mongghul, Chinese, and English 1 B06 Li Dechun 2 B01 Gerald Roche 3 A24 21 0000-0002-2262-0986 Mark Turin 01 eng 00 470 03 12 DS B2 Folklore and Ethnology 10 LCO004000 20 Mongghul oral literature 04 PL431.M67 B2 Anthropology 12 DCQ 04 L66 10 LIT022000 20 narrative songs 12 2GD 10 LIT008000 B2 Literature 20 multilingualism B2 Other languages 20 Tibet B2 Asian Studies 20 China’s ethnic minorities 20 pre-colonial multilingualism 01 06 03 00 Containing ballads of martial heroism, tales of tragic lovers and visions of the nature of the world, Long Narrative Songs from the Mongghul of Northeast Tibet: Texts in Mongghul, Chinese, and English is a rich repository of songs collected amongst the Mongghul of the Seven Valleys, on the northeast Tibetan Plateau in western China. These songs represent the apogee of Mongghul oral literature, and they provide valuable insights into the lives of Mongghul people—their hopes, dreams, and worries. They bear testimony to the impressive plurilingual repertoire commanded by some Mongghul singers: the original texts in Tibetan, Mongghul, and Chinese are here presented in Mongghul, Chinese, and English.The kaleidoscope of stories told in these songs include that of Marshall Qi, a chieftain from the Seven Valleys who travels to Luoyang with his Mongghul army to battle rebels; Laarimbu and Qiimunso, a pair of star-crossed lovers who take revenge from beyond the grave on the families that kept them apart; and the Crop-Planting Song and the Sheep Song, which map the physical and spiritual terrain of the Mongghul people, vividly describing the physical and cosmological world in which they exist.This collection of songs is supported by an Introduction by Gerald Roche that provides an understanding of their traditional context, and shows that these works offer insights into the practices of multilingualism in Tibet. Long Narrative Songs from the Mongghul of Northeast Tibet is vital reading for researchers and others working on oral literature, as well as those who study Inner Asia, Tibet, and China’s ethnic minorities. Finally, this book is of interest to linguistic anthropologists and sociolinguists, particularly those working on small-scale multilingualism and pre-colonial multilingualism. 04 00 Acknowledgements Authors’ biographies Preface by Mark Turin Introduction: Translanguaging in Song– Orature and Plurilingualism in Northeast Tibet by Gerald Roche 1. The Ballad of Taipinggoor 2. The Ballad of Marshal Qi 3. Laarimbu and Qiimunso 4. The Song of the Dildima Bird 5. The Song of the Calf 6. The Crop-Planting Song 7. The Song of the Sheep About the Texts References Selected Non-English Terms 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0124_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Melbourne Cambridge, UK 04 01 20171030 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743834 06 15 9781783743841 06 15 9781783743858 06 15 9781800645431 06 15 9781783744398 06 15 9781783743865 06 15 9781783743872 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0124.epub 20 02 20171030 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0124 20 02 20171030 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:734b7fea-08d8-41a9-aa78-ff28a796db9b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:734b7fea-08d8-41a9-aa78-ff28a796db9b 15 9781783747412 06 10.11647/OBP.0175 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542178 01 02 Open Book Classics 01 01 Love and Intrigue A Bourgeois Tragedy 1 B06 Flora Kimmich 2 A24 21 0000-0002-4928-4513 Roger Paulin 01 eng 01 ger 00 128 03 12 DSG 20 Friedrich Schiller 10 LIT004170 B2 Literature 04 PT2468.K2 12 AN B2 European Studies 10 LIT013000 20 play B2 European Studies: German Studies 20 translation 20 Kabale und Liebe 20 social constraint 20 youthful passion 20 Duke of Württemberg 20 love affair 20 class 20 Germany 20 domestic tragedy 20 Roger Paulin 01 06 03 00 Schiller’s play Kabale und Liebe, usually translated into English as Love and Intrigue, represents the disastrous consequences that follow when social constraint, youthful passion, and ruthless scheming collide in a narrow setting. Written between 1782 and 1784, the play bears the marks of life at the court of the despotic Duke of Württemberg, from which Schiller had just fled, and of a fraught liaison he entered shortly after his flight. It tells the tale of a love affair that crosses the boundaries of class, between a fiery and rebellious young nobleman and the beautiful and dutiful daughter of a musician. Their affair becomes entangled in the competing purposes of malign and not-so-malign figures present at an obscure and sordid princely court somewhere in Germany. It all leads to a climactic murder–suicide.Love and Intrigue, the third of Schiller’s canonical plays (after The Robbers and Fiesco’s Conspiracy at Genoa), belongs to the genre of domestic tragedy, with a small cast and an action indoors. It takes place as the highly conventional world of the late eighteenth century stands poised to erupt, and these tensions pervade its setting and emerge in its action. This lively play brims with comedy and tragedy expressed in a colorful, highly colloquial, sometimes scandalous prose well captured in Flora Kimmich’s skilled and informed translation. An authoritative essay by Roger Paulin introduces the reader to the play.As with all books in the Open Book Classics series, this translation is supported by an introduction and notes that situate an old text in its period and help both the student and the general reader read it with ease and with pleasure. 04 00 Translator’s Note Introduction Roger Paulin Love And Intrigue. A Bourgeois Tragedy Act One Act Two Act Three Act Four Act Five Notes 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0175_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190521 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783747382 06 15 9781783747399 06 15 9781783747405 06 15 9781800645899 06 15 9781783747436 06 15 9781783747412 06 15 9781783747429 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0175 20 02 20190521 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0175.epub 20 02 20190521 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7e1baee7-9aa3-47b2-b857-2c8296051c5c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:7e1baee7-9aa3-47b2-b857-2c8296051c5c 15 9781783743513 06 10.11647/OBP.0117 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Love and its Critics From the Song of Songs to Shakespeare and Milton’s Eden 1 A01 21 0000-0003-3383-8101 Michael Bryson 2 A01 Arpi Movsesian 01 eng 00 576 03 12 DSGS 10 LIT004190 B2 Literature 20 love 04 PN56.L6 12 DSC 10 LIT020000 B2 Literature: Comparative Literature 20 poetry 12 DSA B2 European Studies 10 LIT011000 20 Western canon 12 DSBB B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 hermeneutics 10 LIT014000 20 critical reception 12 DSBD 10 LIT019000 20 troubadour poets 20 fin’amor 01 06 03 00 This book is a history of love and the challenge love offers to the laws and customs of its times and places, as told through poetry from the Song of Songs to John Milton’s Paradise Lost. It is also an account of the critical reception afforded to such literature, and the ways in which criticism has attempted to stifle this challenge.Bryson and Movsesian argue that the poetry they explore celebrates and reinvents the love the troubadour poets of the eleventh and twelfth centuries called fin’amor: love as an end in itself, mutual and freely chosen even in the face of social, religious, or political retribution. Neither eros nor agape, neither exclusively of the body, nor solely of the spirit, this love is a middle path. Alongside this tradition has grown a critical movement that employs a 'hermeneutics of suspicion', in Paul Ricoeur’s phrase, to claim that passionate love poetry is not what it seems, and should be properly understood as worship of God, subordination to Empire, or an entanglement with the structures of language itself – in short, the very things it resists.<break/>The book engages with some of the seminal literature of the Western canon, including the Bible, the poetry of Ovid, and works by English authors such as William Shakespeare and John Donne, and with criticism that stretches from the earliest readings of the Song of Songs to contemporary academic literature. Lively and enjoyable in its style, it attempts to restore a sense of pleasure to the reading of poetry, and to puncture critical insistence that literature must be outwitted. It will be of value to professional, graduate, and advanced undergraduate scholars of literature, and to the educated general reader interested in treatments of love in poetry throughout history. 04 00 Acknowledgements A Note on Sources and Languages 1. Love and Authority: Love Poetry and its Critics I. The Poetry of Love II. Love’s Nemesis: Demands for Obedience III. Love’s Critics: The Hermeneutics of Suspicion and the Authoritarian Approach to Criticism IV. The Critics: Poetry Is About Poetry V. The Critics: The Author Is Dead (or Merely Irrelevant) 2. Channeled, Reformulated, and Controlled: Love Poetry from the Song of Songs to Aeneas and Dido I. Love Poetry and the Critics who Allegorize: The Song of Songs II. Love Poetry and the Critics who Reduce: Ovid’s Amores and Ars Amatoria III. Love or Obedience in Virgil: Aeneas and Dido IV. Love or Obedience in Ovid: Aeneas, Dido, and the Critics who Dismiss 3. Love and its Absences in Late Latin and Greek Poetry I. Love in the Poetry of Late Antiquity: Latin II. Love in the Poetry of Late Antiquity: Greek 4. The Troubadours and Fin’amor: Love, Choice, and the Individual I. Why "Courtly Love” Is Not Love II. The Troubadours and Their Critics III. The Troubadours and Love 5. Fin’amor Castrated: Abelard, Heloise, and the Critics who Deny 6. The Albigensian Crusade and the Death of Fin’amor in Medieval French and English Poetry I. The Death of Fin’amor: The Albigensian Crusade and its Aftermath II. Post-Fin’amor French Poetry: The Roman de la Rose III. Post-Fin’amor English Romance: Love of God and Country in Havelok the Dane and King Horn IV. Post-Fin’amor English Poetry: Mocking "Courtly Love” in Chaucer—the Knight and the Miller V. Post-Fin’amor English Poetry: Mocking "Auctoritee” in Chaucer—the Wife of Bath 7. The Ladder of Love in Italian Poetry and Prose, and the Reactions of the Sixteenth-Century Sonneteers I. The Platonic Ladder of Love II. Post-Fin’amor Italian Poetry: The Sicilian School to Dante and Petrarch III. Post-Fin’amor Italian Prose: Il Libro del Cortegiano (The Book of the Courtier) IV. The Sixteenth-Century: Post-Fin’amor Transitions in Petrarchan-Influenced Poetry 8. Shakespeare: The Return of Fin’amor I. The Value of the Individual in the Sonnets II. Shakespeare’s Plays: Children as Property III. Love as Resistance: Silvia and Hermia IV. Love as Resistance: Juliet and the Critics who Disdain 9. Love and its Costs in Seventeenth-Century Literature I. Carpe Diem in Life and Marriage: John Donne and the Critics who Distance II. The Lyricist of Carpe Diem: Robert Herrick and the Critics who Distort 10. Paradise Lost: Love in Eden, and the Critics who Obey Epilogue. Belonging to Poetry: A Reparative Reading Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0117_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 California State University Northridge Cambridge, UK 04 01 20170710 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743483 06 15 9781783743490 06 15 9781783743506 06 15 9781800645363 06 15 9781783746163 06 15 9781783743513 06 15 9781783743520 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0117.epub 20 02 20170710 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0117 20 02 20170710 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d9fd9a50-2db5-40f8-a7fe-87ef41cf6a2a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d9fd9a50-2db5-40f8-a7fe-87ef41cf6a2a 15 9781805118046 06 10.11647/OBP.0511 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Make/Unmake Play at the Centre of Culture Change 1 A01 Anna Beresin 01 eng 00 198 03 B2 Education 93 JHMC 20 play 10 SOC047000 93 5LC 20 playgrounds B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC002010 B2 Anthropology 10 EDU009000 93 JNA 20 makerspaces 20 childhood studies 10 PSY004000 20 culture change 10 POL038000 20 UNICEF 01 06 03 00 Anna Beresin’s 'Make/Unmake' is an engaging and deeply original exploration of children’s play as a powerful cultural force. Drawing on ethnographic research and vivid travel writing, the author journeys to the Midlands region of England to observe three remarkable play-based programs: the Maker{Futures} Mobile Makerspace, the Pitsmoor Adventure Playground, and the GLUE Collective. She captures the voices of playworkers, teachers, and artists and documents the ingenuity of children turning objects into tools of imagination and change.At a moment when children’s opportunities for material play are shrinking, this book confronts urgent questions: Who gets to play? Who is left out? The work resonates with UNICEF’s recent call to address inequality, climate pressures, and technological shifts shaping children’s lives today. By centring under-resourced communities, gender equity, and cultural representation, this volume reframes play as both a process of making and unmaking the world—an act of resilience, creativity, and collective transformation.This book will appeal to scholars and students in childhood studies, play studies, education, and cultural anthropology, as well as practitioners, teachers, policymakers, and all who are committed to protecting children’s right to play. 04 00 Introduction: To Make and Unmake in the Land of Steel PART I: PLAY AT THE CENTRE 1. Loose Parts: The Pitsmoor Adventure Playground 2. Loose Arts: The GLUE Collective 3. Sneaky Play: The Maker{Futures} Mobile Maker Space Interlude PART II: PROGRAMS AS SITES OF CULTURE CHANGE 4. Modelling Inclusion in the Makerspace 5. Talking about Colonialism in the GLUE Garden 6. ‘100 Languages Spoken Here’: The Playground as Sanctuary Conclusion: Play at the Centre of Culture Change Bibliography List of Figures Acknowledgements Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0511_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20260305 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805118015 06 15 9781805118022 06 15 9781805118039 06 15 9781805118053 06 15 9781805118046 06 15 9781805118978 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0511 20 02 20260305 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0511.epub 20 02 20260305 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6a925328-3ee3-430c-9efd-874369445548 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6a925328-3ee3-430c-9efd-874369445548 15 9781783747139 06 10.11647/OBP.0170 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Make We Merry More and Less An Anthology of Medieval English Popular Literature 1 A01 Douglas Gray 2 B01 Jane Bliss 01 eng 00 418 03 12 DQ 20 Essays on Medieval English Popular Literature 10 LCO017000 B2 Literature 04 PR275.P65 20 anthology 12 CFP B2 European Studies 10 LCO009000 12 DSBB B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 popular medieval literature 20 twelfth century 20 literary and popular culture 20 songs 20 drama 20 ballads 20 Douglas Gray 20 Jane Bliss 20 medieval studies 20 medievalism 01 06 03 00 Conceived as a companion volume to the well-received Simple Forms: Essays on Medieval English Popular Literature (2015), Make We Merry More and Less is a comprehensive anthology of popular medieval literature from the twelfth century onwards. Uniquely, the book is divided by genre, allowing readers to make connections between texts usually presented individually.This anthology offers a fruitful exploration of the boundary between literary and popular culture, and showcases an impressive breadth of literature, including songs, drama, and ballads. Familiar texts such as the visions of Margery Kempe and the Paston family letters are featured alongside lesser-known works, often oral. This striking diversity extends to the language: the anthology includes Scottish literature and original translations of Latin and French texts.The illuminating introduction offers essential information that will enhance the reader’s enjoyment of the chosen texts. Each of the chapters is accompanied by a clear summary explaining the particular delights of the literature selected and the rationale behind the choices made. An invaluable resource to gain an in-depth understanding of the culture of the period, this is essential reading for any student or scholar of medieval English literature, and for anyone interested in folklore or popular material of the time.The book was left unfinished at Gray's death; it is here edited by Jane Bliss. 04 00 Acknowledgements Abbreviations Editor’s Preface Introduction Chapter 1: Voices from the Past Chapter 2: Ballads Chapter 3: Romances Chapter 4: Tales and Legends Chapter 5: Merry Tales Chapter 6: Animal Tales Chapter 7: Proverbs and Riddles Chapter 8: Satire Chapter 9: Songs Chapter 10: Drama Appendix Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0170_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 The Faculty of English, University of Oxford Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190806 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783747108 06 15 9781783747115 06 15 9781783747122 06 15 9781800645851 06 15 9781783747153 06 15 9781783747139 06 15 9781783747146 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0170.epub 20 02 20190806 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0170 20 02 20190806 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:481a87ba-d5ad-481b-9e95-f578757d50c3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:481a87ba-d5ad-481b-9e95-f578757d50c3 15 9781800643239 06 10.11647/OBP.0275 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Making the Void Fruitful Yeats as Spiritual Seeker and Petrarchan Lover 1 A01 Patrick J. Keane 01 eng 00 270 03 12 D 10 LIT000000 B2 Literature 04 PR5907 20 William Butler Yeats 12 DS B2 European Studies 10 LIT014000 20 poetry 12 DSC B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 10 LIT004120 20 twentieth century 20 Ireland 20 the occult 20 T. S. Eliot 20 W. H. Auden 20 life 20 death 20 close reading 20 eroticism 20 Muse 20 Maud Gonne 20 plays 20 poems 20 Petrarch 20 Romantics 20 spirituality 20 Blake 20 Nietzsche 20 Donne 20 the thinking of the body 20 Anglophone literature 01 06 03 00 Shedding fresh light on the life and work of William Butler Yeats—widely acclaimed as the major English-language poet of the twentieth century—this new study by leading scholar Patrick J. Keane questions established understandings of the Irish poet’s long fascination with the occult: a fixation that repelled literary contemporaries T.S. Eliot and W.H. Auden, but which enhanced Yeats’s vision of life and death.Through close reading of selected poems, the first section of Making the Void Fruitful assesses Yeats’s spiritualised treatment of corporeal themes, exploring sex and eroticism as the expression of a duality inherent to his ontological and supernatural convictions. The power-producing tension in Yeats’s work is not only intellectual but emotional. At its vital centre is his Muse: the beautiful political firebrand, Maud Gonne, whose activist Republican politics he considered his one real rival. Through close engagement with the poems and plays she inspired, the second section explores Yeats’s complex relationship with Maud, an obsessive and unrequited love which he sublimated and transformed into the greatest body of Muse poetry since Petrarch, in whose tradition of spiritualized eroticism Yeats, perhaps the last of the great Romantics, was consciously writing.Shaped by the conviction that no modern poet exceeded Yeats in animating the enduring themes of love and spirituality through poetry, this book emphasises the influence, of Blake, Nietzsche, and John Donne, on what Yeats called ‘the thinking of the body’. Grounded firmly in the textual materiality of Yeats’s oeuvre, this book will be of interest to researchers and students of W.B. Yeats, as well as to those in the fields of Anglophone literatures and cultures, and philosophy. 04 00 Contents Abbreviations Acknowledgments Part One - W. B. Yeats as Spiritual Seeker General Prologue: The Thinking of the Body Patrick Keane 1. Introduction: Bodily Decrepitude and the Imagination Patrick Keane 2. Hermeticism, Theosophy, Gnosticism Patrick Keane 3. The Seeker Patrick Keane 4. The Byzantium Poems; Apocalypse in ‘The Secret Rose’ and ‘The Second Coming’ Patrick Keane 5. Gnosis and Self-Redemption Patrick Keane 6. Sex, Philosophy, and the Occult Patrick Keane 7. Mountain Visions and Other Last Things Patrick Keane Part Two - Love’s Labyrinth: Yeats as Petrarchan Poet (The Maud Gonne Poems) Preface to Part Two Patrick Keane 8. Poet and Muse Patrick Keane 9. Maud Gonne, and Yeats as Petrarchan Lover Patrick Keane 10. The Poems: A Sampling Patrick Keane 11. Rose, Wind, and the Seven Woods Patrick Keane 12. Maud as Helen: The Green Helmet Poems Patrick Keane 13. Responsibilities and The Wild Swans at Coole Patrick Keane 14. ‘A Bronze Head’ and Beyond Patrick Keane 15. Thought Distracted: ‘Man and the Echo,’ ‘Politics,’ and Conclusion Patrick Keane Eulogy: Harold Bloom (1930–2019) Patrick Keane Select Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0275_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20211217 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800643208 06 15 9781800643215 06 15 9781800643222 06 15 9781800646629 06 15 9781800643253 06 15 9781800643239 06 15 9781800643246 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0275 20 02 20211217 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0275.epub 20 02 20211217 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e8709199-42c9-48b2-b127-1ffc6b1b7a6f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:e8709199-42c9-48b2-b127-1ffc6b1b7a6f 15 9781783748846 06 10.11647/OBP.0215 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Margery Spring Rice Pioneer of Women’s Health in the Early Twentieth Century 1 A01 Lucy Pollard 01 eng 00 220 03 12 BG 10 BIO000000 B2 Biography 04 HQ1595.S65 20 Margery Spring Rice 12 BGT 10 BIO022000 B2 Women and Gender Studies 20 women’s health 10 BIO017000 20 family planning B2 Health 12 MBNH4 10 BIO032000 B2 European Studies 20 suffragist B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 North Kensington birth control clinic 20 birth control 20 biography 20 letters 20 diaries 20 family tree 01 06 03 00 This book vividly presents the story of Margery Spring Rice, an instrumental figure in the movements of women’s health and family planning in the first half of the twentieth century. Margery Spring Rice, née Garrett, was born into a family of formidable female trailblazers – niece of physician and suffragist Elizabeth Garrett Anderson, and of Millicent Fawcett, a leading suffragist and campaigner for equal rights for women. Margery Spring Rice continued this legacy with her co-founding of the North Kensington birth control clinic in 1924, three years after Marie Stopes founded the first clinic in Britain.Engaging and accessible, this biography weaves together Spring Rice’s personal and professional lives, adopting a chronological approach which highlights how the one impacted the other. Her life unfolds against the turbulent backdrop of the early twentieth century – a period which sees the entry of women into higher education, and the upheaval and societal upshots of two world wars. Within this context, Spring Rice emerges as a dynamic figure who dedicated her life to social causes, and whose actions time and again bear out her habitual belief that, contrary to the Shakespearian dictum, ‘valour is the better part of discretion’.This is the first biography of Margery Spring Rice, drawing extensively on letters, diaries and other archival material, and equipping the text with family trees and photographs. It will be of great interest to a range of social historians, especially those researching the birth control movement; female friendships, female philanthropists, and feminist activism in the twentieth century; and the history of medicine and public health. 04 00 Content Preface and Acknowledgements Note on Sources Family Trees 1. Cherished daughter (1887–1907) Lucy Pollard 2. Independence (1907–1912) Lucy Pollard 3. Loss (1912–1916) Lucy Pollard 4. False Starts (1916–1924) Lucy Pollard 5. Finding a Cause (1924–1931) Lucy Pollard 6. A Single Woman (1931–1936) Lucy Pollard 7. War Again (1936–1945) Lucy Pollard 8. Matriarch (1945–1956) Lucy Pollard 9. Running down (1956–1970) Lucy Pollard Bibliography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0215_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200423 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783748815 06 15 9781783748822 06 15 9781783748839 06 15 9781800646209 06 15 9781783748860 06 15 9781783748846 06 15 9781783748853 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0215 20 02 20200423 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0215.epub 20 02 20200423 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:856d73cf-af87-4a0e-a56f-d7f43d9240ba 03 01 01 urn:uuid:856d73cf-af87-4a0e-a56f-d7f43d9240ba 15 9781783749843 06 10.11647/OBP.0217 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542178 01 02 Open Book Classics 01 01 Maria Stuart 1 B06 Flora Kimmich 2 A24 21 0000-0002-4928-4513 Roger Paulin 01 eng 01 ger 00 140 03 12 DSG 20 Friedrich Schiller 10 LIT004170 B2 Literature 04 PN2093 12 AN B2 European Studies 20 play B2 European Studies: German Studies 20 translation 20 Maria Stuart 20 Germany 20 succession 20 classical tragedy 20 historic drama 20 Roger Paulin 20 Flora Kimmich 01 06 03 00 Maria Stuart, described as Schiller’s most perfect play, is a finely balanced, inventive account of the last day of the captive Queen of Scotland, caught up in a great contest for the throne of England after the death of Henry VIII and over the question of England’s religious confession. Hope for and doubt about Mary’s deliverance grow in the first two acts, given to the Scottish and the English queen respectively, reach crisis at the center of the play, where the two queens meet in a famous scene in a castle park, and die away in acts four and five, as the action advances to its inevitable end. The play is at once classical tragedy of great fineness, costume drama of the highest order—a spectacle on the stage—and one of the great moments in the long tradition of classical rhetoric, as Elizabeth’s ministers argue for and against execution of a royal prisoner.Flora Kimmich’s new translation carefully preserves the spirit of the original: the pathos and passion of Mary in captivity, the high seriousness of Elizabeth’s ministers in council, and the robust comedy of that queen’s untidy private life. Notes to the text identify the many historical figures who appear in the text, describe the political setting of the action, and draw attention to the structure of the play.Roger Paulin’s introduction discusses the many threads of the conflict in Maria Stuart and enriches our understanding of this much-loved, much-produced play.Maria Stuart is the last of a series of five new translations of Schiller’s major plays, accompanied by notes to the text and an authoritative introduction. 04 00 Contents Translator’s Note Flora Kimmich Introduction Roger Paulin Maria Stuart Friedrich Schiller and Flora Kimmich Characters Act One Act Two Act Three Act Four Act Five Short Life of Mary Stuart Flora Kimmich Endnotes Flora Kimmich 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0217_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20201113 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783749812 06 15 9781783749829 06 15 9781783749836 06 15 9781800646223 06 15 9781783749867 06 15 9781783749843 06 15 9781783749850 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0217 20 02 20201113 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0217.epub 20 02 20201113 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:98af0a55-8014-499e-8e51-6b0fa74ae1d7 03 01 01 urn:uuid:98af0a55-8014-499e-8e51-6b0fa74ae1d7 15 9781800643413 06 10.11647/OBP.0278 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Mary Warnock Ethics, Education and Public Policy in Post-War Britain 1 A01 Philip Graham 01 eng 00 362 03 04 B1674.W3354 12 BG 10 BIO000000 B2 Education 20 ethics 10 BIO022000 20 cultural history 12 HP B2 Women and Gender Studies B2 Biography 20 Education 12 PDX 10 SCI075000 12 BGT 10 BIO032000 B2 European Studies 20 Social Sciences 20 Biography B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 12 JN 10 SOC026040 12 JNF 12 YQJ 01 06 03 00 This biography illuminates the life and thought of Baroness Mary Warnock, whose active years spanned the second half of the twentieth century, a period during which opportunities for middle-class women rapidly and vastly improved.Warnock was described as ‘probably the most celebrated philosopher in Britain.’ She began her career as an Oxford University philosophy don and went on to become headmistress of an independent girls’ school. Warnock subsequently chaired two select committees which produced reports of lasting significance, first to children with special needs, and second to childless couples. She then became Mistress of Girton College, Cambridge, and an active member of the House of Lords. Alongside these positions, Warnock wrote twenty books, ranging from the fields of philosophy to education and medical ethics. Her ideas were largely in tune with contemporary progressive thinking but late in life Warnock’s extreme championing of assisted dying for older people won her enemies even among progressives.This authorised biography, written by a friend of the subject, will be of great value to the general reader with an interest in philosophy, ethics, twentieth-century cultural history, and the changing role of women from the 1950s onwards. 04 00 Contents Preface Philip Graham 1. Changing Times for Women (1950–2000): Two Views from the Top Philip Graham 2. Blissful Beginnings Philip Graham 3. Emerging Philip Graham 4. The Good Life Philip Graham 5. Fitting It All In Philip Graham 6. What Are Schools For? Philip Graham 7. All Change for Special Education Philip Graham 8. Infertility Philip Graham 9. What Are Universities For? Philip Graham 10. Art and Nature Philip Graham 11. The Manner of Our Deaths Philip Graham List of Figures Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0278_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20211210 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800643383 06 15 9781800643390 06 15 9781800643406 06 15 9781800646643 06 15 9781800643437 06 15 9781800643413 06 15 9781800643420 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0278 20 02 20211210 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0278.epub 20 02 20211210 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7b9888c3-ccb1-41a2-aff9-a2103e688ae3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:7b9888c3-ccb1-41a2-aff9-a2103e688ae3 15 9781909254572 06 10.11647/OBP.0051 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Measuring the Master Race Physical Anthropology in Norway 1890-1945 1 A01 Jon Røyne Kyllingstad 01 eng 01 nor 00 276 03 B2 Anthropology 04 GN50.45.N6 12 JHMP 20 Race 10 SOC002020 12 1DN 10 HIS044000 B2 History 20 ideology B2 European Studies 12 JPFQ 20 Nazism 10 SOC031000 20 Norwegian physical anthropology B2 Science: History of Science 20 Scandinavia B2 Science 20 nationalism 20 national identity 01 06 03 00 The notion of a superior ‘Germanic’ or ‘Nordic’ race was a central theme in the ideology of the Nazis. But it was also a commonly accepted idea in the early twentieth century, and an actual scientific concept originating from anthropological research on the physical characteristics of Europeans. The Scandinavian Peninsula was considered to be the historical cradle and the core area of this ‘master race’.This book investigates the role played by Scandinavian scholars in inventing this so-called superior race, and discusses how this concept put its stamp on Norwegian physical anthropology, prehistory, national identity, and on the Norwegian eugenics movement. It also explores the decline and scientific disputation of these ideas in the 1930s as they came to be associated with the ‘genetic cleansing’ of Nazi Germany.This is the first comprehensive study on Norwegian physical anthropology, and its findings shed new light on current political and scientific debates about race across the globe. 04 00 List of Illustrations Foreword Introduction 1. The Origin of the Long-Skulled Germanic Race 2. The Germanic Race and Norwegian Nationalism 3. The Germanic Race and Norwegian Anthropology, 1880-1910 4. Norwegian Nationhood and the Germanic Race, 1890-1910 5. Racial Hygiene and the Nordic Race, 1900-1933 6. Halfdan Bryn and the Nordic Race 7. The Schreiners and the Science of Race 8. From Collaboration to Conflict: The Racial Survey of 1923-1929 9. Science and Ideology, 1925–1945 10. The Fall of the Nordic Master Race Selected Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0051_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Norsk Teknisk Museum Cambridge, UK 04 01 20141222 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254541 06 15 9781909254558 06 15 9781909254565 06 15 9781800644786 06 15 9781909254572 06 15 9781909254589 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0051.epub 20 02 20141222 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0051 20 02 20141222 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b56b58e5-a98c-4eb8-826d-b3a7e515eef8 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b56b58e5-a98c-4eb8-826d-b3a7e515eef8 15 9781800640801 06 10.11647/OBP.0233 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Mendl Mann’s 'The Fall of Berlin' 1 B06 21 0000-0003-4522-9936 Maurice Wolfthal 01 eng 01 yid 00 248 03 20 autobiography 10 HIS022000 12 JFC B2 Literature 20 fiction 12 HBLW 10 HIS010010 B2 Other languages 10 HIS037070 B2 History 20 Jewish 12 JFSR1 12 1DFG B2 European Studies 20 Red Army B2 European Studies: German Studies 20 Poland 20 Nazis 20 USSR 20 Yiddish 20 anti-Semitism 20 Berlin 20 patriotism 20 Stalinism 20 Second World War 20 Jewish history 20 World War II 20 Yiddish language 20 Eastern Europe 01 06 03 00 Mendl Mann’s autobiographical novel The Fall of Berlin tells the painful yet compelling story of life as a Jewish soldier in the Red Army. Menakhem Isaacovich is a Polish Jew who, after fleeing the Nazis, finds refuge in the USSR. Translated into English from the original Yiddish by Maurice Wolfthal, the narrative follows Menakhem as he fights on the front line in Stalin’s Red Army against Hitler and the Nazis who are destroying his homeland of Poland and exterminating the Jews.<break/> <break/>Menakhem encounters anti-Semitism on various occasions throughout the novel, and struggles to comprehend how seemingly normal people could hold such appalling views. As Mann writes, it is odd that "vicious, insidious anti-Semitism could reside in a person with elevated feelings, an average person, a decent person”. The Fall of Berlin is both a striking and timelylook at the struggle that many Jewish soldiers faced.An affecting and unique book, which eloquently explores a variety of themes – such as anti-Semitism, patriotism, Stalinism and life as a Jewish soldier in the Second World War – this is essential reading for anyone interested in the Yiddish language, Jewish history, and the history of World War II. 04 00 Contents Introduction Maurice Wolfthal At the Gates of Moscow Maurice Wolfthal At the Vistula Maurice Wolfthal The Fall of Berlin Mendl Mann and Maurice Wolfthal Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0233_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20201203 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800640771 06 15 9781800640788 06 15 9781800640795 06 15 9781800646360 06 15 9781800640825 06 15 9781800640801 06 15 9781800640818 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0233 20 02 20201203 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0233.epub 20 02 20201203 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6010b178-c36c-4f77-8e10-ca850eba2d55 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6010b178-c36c-4f77-8e10-ca850eba2d55 15 9781783742011 06 10.11647/OBP.0087 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Metaethics from a First Person Standpoint An Introduction to Moral Philosophy 1 A01 Catherine Wilson 01 eng 00 132 03 04 BJ1012 12 HP 20 Metaethics 10 PHI000000 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 12 HPQ 20 moral philosophy 10 PHI005000 B2 Philosophy 20 moral judgement 20 moral knowledge 01 06 03 00 Metaethics from a First Person Standpoint addresses in a novel format the major topics and themes of contemporary metaethics, the study of the analysis of moral thought and judgement. Metathetics is less concerned with what practices are right or wrong than with what we mean by ‘right’ and ‘wrong.’Looking at a wide spectrum of topics including moral language, realism and anti-realism, reasons and motives, relativism, and moral progress, this book engages students and general readers in order to enhance their understanding of morality and moral discourse as cultural practices. Catherine Wilson innovatively employs a first-person narrator to report step-by-step an individual’s reflections, beginning from a position of radical scepticism, on the possibility of objective moral knowledge. The reader is invited to follow along with this reasoning, and to challenge or agree with each major point. Incrementally, the narrator is led to certain definite conclusions about ‘oughts’ and norms in connection with self-interest, prudence, social norms, and finally morality. Scepticism is overcome, and the narrator arrives at a good understanding of how moral knowledge and moral progress are possible, though frequently long in coming. Accessibly written, Metaethics from a First Person Standpoint presupposes no prior training in philosophy and is a must-read for philosophers, students and general readers interested in gaining a better understanding of morality as a personal philosophical quest. 04 00 Introduction and Acknowledgements Enquiry I Enquiry II Enquiry III Enquiry IV Enquiry V Enquiry VI Enquiry VII Enquiry VIII Enquiry IX Summary Endnotes Suggestions for Further Study 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0087_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20160118 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741984 06 15 9781783741991 06 15 9781783742004 06 15 9781800645073 06 15 9781783746354 06 15 9781783742011 06 15 9781783742028 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0087.epub 20 02 20160118 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0087 20 02 20160118 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:049c7cf2-2a0c-4c27-9129-84f132fd7cee 03 01 01 urn:uuid:049c7cf2-2a0c-4c27-9129-84f132fd7cee 15 9781805112273 06 10.11647/OBP.0390 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Meta-Xenakis New Perspectives on Iannis Xenakis’s Life, Work, and Legacies 1 B01 Sharon Kanach 2 B01 Peter Nelson 01 eng 00 834 03 12 AVGC6 93 AVN 20 Iannis Xenakis 04 ML410.X45 10 MUS050000 B2 Music 93 AGA 10 ARC006000 12 AVH B2 Biography 20 music composition 20 aesthetics 10 ART015110 12 AVGW 93 QDTN 20 architecture 93 AVM 10 PHI001000 10 PER000000 20 twentieth century’s European culture 10 MUS020000 01 06 03 00 Meta-Xenakis offers readers a comprehensive collection of insights into the history, works and legacy of Iannis Xenakis, one of the twentieth century’s most significant creative figures. It presents a transcontinental engagement with his life and output, focusing as much on the impact of the questions he posed as on the accomplishments of his body of work. This volume evolved out of the multi-modal, international Meta-Xenakis Consortium’s artistic and scholarly events commemorating his centenary. Informative and comprehensive, contributions span subjects including music composition, creative pedagogy, aesthetics, game theory, architecture, and the social and political contexts in which Xenakis operated. The book is organized in eight sections, centered on different facets of Xenakis’s work and reception. It includes a digital archive of audio and visual media from the events staged throughout 2022, as well as computer software.Bringing into conversation the diverse perspectives and insights of researchers, musicians and artists, this volume serves as a foundational resource for future research on the life and work of Xenakis. It will be of interest to students, scholars, and practitioners across a range of disciplines including music, architecture, cybernetics and computation, and the digital arts. 04 00 Notes on Contributors Acknowledgements Preface The Meta-Xenakis Team Leaders Introduction: Meta-Xenakis Prolegomenon: Meta-materiality in the Thought and Creative Activity of Iannis Xenakis XENAKIS BEFORE XENAKIS 1. Iannis Xenakis’s Theater Studies: An Unknown Aspect of the Composer’s Life during the Occupation 2. Iannis Xenakis through his Letters at the KSYME Archive XENAKIS WITHOUT BORDERS 3. Iannis Xenakis in Berlin 4. Debating the Noise: The Reception of Iannis Xenakis’s Music in Serbia as a Part of the SFRY (1960–90) 5. Iannis Xenakis in Japan: Productive Performances and Reception of Texts NEW CONTEXTS FOR UNDERSTANDING XENAKIS 6. Iannis Xenakis’s Free Stochastic Music Program as an Aid to Analysis 7. Continuum versus Disruptum: A Poetic-philosophical Approach to the Instrumental and Vocal Works of Iannis Xenakis 8. Iannis Xenakis’s Materialism: On the Dialectic of Real-time Computation 9. Iannis Xenakis’s Philosophy of Music, Stochastics, and the Postmodern Sublime 10. Jean-Étienne Marie and Iannis Xenakis: The Vision of an Artistic Engineer and a Theorist of Microtonal Music 11. On the Link between the Exact Sciences and Music in Iannis Xenakis’s Creative Work 12. Activating Sound Phenomena in the Music of Iannis Xenakis 13. Spatial Movement of Sound Vectors NEW PERSPECTIVES ON XENAKIS’S WORKS 14. The CIX Archives: Revalorizations and Hidden Treasures 15. Game Theory and Formal Structure in Iannis Xenakis’s Duel (1959) 16. A Myth of Recurrence in Iannis Xenakis’s La Légende d’Eer 17. Iannis Xenakis’s Hibiki Hana Ma and the Japanese Team for Tekkhokan (Steel Pavilion) at Expo ’70, Osaka 18. Iannis Xenakis’s Pithoprakta: A Phenomenological Approach 19. Performing Iannis Xenakis’s Polyrhythms: A Perception-informed Approach to Renotation 20. An Approach to the Epistemic Potential of the UPIC XENAKIS AND ARCHITECTURE 21. Seeing Music and Listening to Architecture: Iannis Xenakis and La Philharmonie de Paris 22. Iannis Xenakis/Le Corbusier:A Confrontation en sol dur 23. Polytropos: Iannis Xenakis, Engineer in Music and Architecture LIVING TESTIMONY 24. Liberated Music. A Loving Testimony 25. La Légende de Xenakis: Meta Xenakis 26. Creating and Learning with UPIC 27. Music, Science, Architecture: Two Conversations with Iannis Xenakis 28. The Pythagorean Wall: A Visual and Auditory Drama 29. Iannis Xenakis, Inventor of Music—Composer, Engineer, and Architect: The Voice of the “Inexpressible” and of “Revelation” 30. The UPIC System of Iannis Xenakis: Autoethnography as Rapprochement META-XENAKIS (OR WHERE DO WE GO FROM HERE?) 31. UPISketch: New Perspectives 32. Somax2 and Reinterpreting Iannis Xenakis 33. Xenos: A Xenharmonic Dynamic Stochastic Synthesis Virtual Instrument 34. Light Tectonics: The New Aesthetics in Iannis Xenakis’s Work 35. Phoenix-Albatross: An Approach to Iannis Xenakis’s Work on Game Theory through Live Coding and Networked Dance 36. Mapping the Influence: Iannis Xenakis’s GENDYN Algorithms as a Means for Creative Explorations in Live Improvised Feedback Music 37. Notes on A Catalog of Difference 38. The Algorithmic Music of Iannis Xenakis—What’s Next? 39. The Process of Creating a Computational System: A Collective Audiovisual Composition 40. The Xenakis Networked Performance Marathon 2022: An Experiment in Networked Performance Collaboration Inspired by Iannis Xenakis META-XENAKIS: SUSTAINABLE RESOURCES 41. The Xenakis Networked Performance Marathon 2022 (Sustainable Resources) 42. Japanese Society for Electronic Music (JSEM) Concert—A Tribute Celebrating Iannis Xenakis’s Centennial 43. Meta-Xenakis Concert at Suntory Hall, Tokyo 44. The Establishment of the CMRC—KSYME in Athens: A Virtual Exhibit 45. In Memoriam, Joel Chadabe 46. A New Documentary: Iannis Xenakis: Music of the Universe 47. Reportage of a UPISketch Workshop in Japan 48. Polytope XXI: A Tribute to Iannis Xenakis 49. An Architecture of Alchemy: A Cinematic Painting 50. The Iranian Context of Iannis Xenakis’s Persepolis 51. Iannis Xenakis, 1922–2001 Appendix List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0390_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20241009 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805112242 06 15 9781805112259 06 15 9781805112266 06 15 9781805112297 06 15 9781805112273 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0390.epub 20 02 20241009 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0390 20 02 20241009 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:53591faf-c78d-43c4-938d-bdab951e875e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:53591faf-c78d-43c4-938d-bdab951e875e 15 9781800641617 06 10.11647/OBP.0249 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Middlemarch Epigraphs and Mirrors 1 A01 21 0000-0003-1621-1964 Adam Roberts 01 eng 00 160 03 12 D 10 FIC027070 B2 Literature 20 Middlemarch 04 PN6081 12 DSBF B2 European Studies 20 George Eliot 10 LIT004120 20 epigraph B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 10 LIT000000 20 Casaubon 10 LIT024040 20 Adam Roberts 01 06 03 00 In Middlemarch, George Eliot draws a character passionately absorbed by abstruse allusion and obscure epigraphs. Casaubon’s obsession is a cautionary tale, but Adam Roberts nonetheless sees in him an invitation to take Eliot’s use of epigraphy and allusion seriously, and this book is an attempt to do just that.Roberts considers the epigraph as a mirror that refracts the meaning of a text, and that thus carries important resonances for the way Eliot’s novels generate their meanings. In this lively and provoking study, he tracks down those allusions and quotations that have hitherto gone unidentified by scholars, examining their relationship to the text in which they sit to unfurl a broader argument about the novel – both this novel, and the novel form itself.Middlemarch: Epigraphs and Mirrors is both a study of George Eliot and a meditation on the textuality of fiction. It is essential reading for specialists and students of George Eliot, the nineteenth century novel, and intertextuality. It will also richly reward anyone who has ever taken pleasure in Middlemarch. 04 00 Contents Introduction Adam Roberts 1. Eliot’s Double Mirror Adam Roberts 2. Sappho’s Apple Adam Roberts 3. Lydgate Winces: Character and Realism Adam Roberts 4. Hypocrisy and the Judgment of Men Adam Roberts 5. Ladislaw Adam Roberts 6. Myth, Middlemarch and the Mill: Out in Mid-Sea Adam Roberts 7. Epigraphy: Beginnings and Ends Adam Roberts Postscript: The Flute inside the Bell Adam Roberts Bibliography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0249_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210331 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800641587 06 15 9781800641594 06 15 9781800641600 06 15 9781800646476 06 15 9781800641631 06 15 9781800641617 06 15 9781800641624 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0249.epub 20 02 20210331 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0249 20 02 20210331 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d3aa6575-216f-42fe-86a9-c7105b841a96 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d3aa6575-216f-42fe-86a9-c7105b841a96 15 9781800649262 06 10.11647/OBP.0331 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Migrant Academics’ Narratives of Precarity and Resilience in Europe 1 B01 21 0000-0002-7477-1655 Olga Burlyuk 2 B01 21 0000-0002-3840-708X Ladan Rahbari 01 eng 00 280 03 12 JFFN 04 LB1778.4.E85 20 narratives B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC007000 B2 Education 12 JFSJ 20 migrant academics 10 SOC032000 20 autobiography 12 MBPK 10 MED102000 20 autoethnography 10 EDU014000 12 JHBL 10 EDU040000 12 JFSL1 20 mobility 20 precarity 20 resilience 20 care 20 solidarity 20 discrimination 20 exclusion 20 intersectionality 20 gender 20 race 01 06 03 00 This volume consists of narratives of migrant academics from the Global South within academia in the Global North. The autobiographic and autoethnographic contributions to this collection aim to decolonise the discourse around academic mobility by highlighting experiences of precarity, resilience, care and solidarity in the academic margins. The authors use precarity to analyse the state of affairs in the academy, from hiring practices to ‘culturally’ accepted division of labour, systematic forms of discrimination, racialisation, and gendered hierarchies, etc. Building on precarity as a critical concept for challenging social exclusion or forming political collectives, the authors move away from conventional academic styles, instead adopting autobiography and autoethnography as methods of intersectional scholarly analysis. This approach creatively challenges the divisions between the system and the individual, the mind and the soul, the objective and the subjective, as well as science, theory, and art.This volume will be of interest not only to scholars within the field of migration studies, but also to instructors and students of sociology, postcolonial studies, gender and race studies, and critical border studies. The volume’s interdisciplinary approach also seeks to address university diversity officers, managers, key decision-makers, and other readers directly or indirectly involved in contemporary academia. The format and style of its contributions are wide-ranging (including poetry and creative prose), thus making it accessible and readable for a general audience. 04 00 Introduction ix Ladan Rahbari and Olga Burlyuk (Non)Belonging xxxi 1. A Journey to the ‘Self’: From Precarity as Non-belonging to the Search for Common Ground 1 Vera Axyonova 2. Unbelonging as a Postcolonial Predicament: My Tryst With European Academia 9 Sanam Roohi 3. Unlearning 21 Mihnea Tănăsescu (In)Visible Inclusions and Exclusions 31 4. Who Do the Dead Belong to? Considering the (In)Visibility of Death as an Outsider in France 33 Norah Kiereri 5. The Invisible Migrant: The (Im)Possibility of Getting Behind the Iron Curtain of Western Academia as an Eastern European Academic 43 Martina Vitáčková 6. Of Academia, Status, and Knowing Your Place 51 Dragana Stojmenovska 7. A Stroll through the Darkness: The Mental Health Struggles of a Migrant Academic 61 Anonymous Contributor Borders, Mobility, and Academic ‘Nomadism’ 69 8. Eighty Dates around the World: On Gender, Academic Mobility, and Reproductive Pressure 71 Maryna Shevtsova 9. Have You Ever Heard of British Hospitality? Neither Have I 83 Vjosa Musliu 10. On Being a ‘Migrant Academic,’ Precarious Passports, and Invisible Struggles 95 Tara Asgarilaleh The Complexities of Privilege and Precarity 103 11. Becoming White? 105 Apostolos Andrikopoulos 12. Academic Mobility the ‘Other’ Way: Embodying Simultaneous Privilege and Precarity 117 Karolina Kluczewska 13. ‘A Small Plot of New Land at All Times’: A Narrative of a Vulnerability Mortified 129 Bojan Savić 14. Conversation with San Precario 137 Alexander Strelkov Gendered Precarity and Sexualization 143 15. Survival in Silence: Of Guilt and Grief at the Intersection of Precarity, Exile, and Womanhood in Neoliberal Academia 145 Aslı Vatansever 16. To the Center and Back: My Journey Through the Odds of Gendered Precarity in Academia 155 Emanuela Mangiarotti 17. A Smart Hot Russian Girl from Odessa: When Gender Meets Ethnicity in Academia 163 Olga Burlyuk Embodied Differences and (Non)Whiteness 181 18. Wiping the Smudge off the Window: The Darkest Time as a Student in Europe 183 Lydia Namatende-Sakwa 19. A Letter to Future Adoptee Researchers: On Being a Researcher of Color in Belgium 191 Atamhi Cawayu 20. Inside the Migrant Academic’s Body: Strategic Outsider within Toxic Substructures 201 Sama Khosravi Ooryad 21. ‘Who Deserves a Chair?’ Performative Kinships and Microaggressions in the European Academy 213 Ladan Rahbari Afterword: Reflections on Migrant Academics’ Narratives 225 Umut Erel Authors’ Biographies 231 Index 241 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0331_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230511 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800649231 06 15 9781800649248 06 15 9781800649255 06 15 9781800649293 06 15 9781800649286 06 15 9781800649262 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0331 20 02 20230511 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0331.epub 20 02 20230511 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:711883c2-5b8d-498e-a7e0-9525bcf95a00 03 01 01 urn:uuid:711883c2-5b8d-498e-a7e0-9525bcf95a00 15 9781783743360 06 10.11647/OBP.0114 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Mobilities, Boundaries, and Travelling Ideas Rethinking Translocality Beyond Central Asia and the Caucasus 1 B01 Manja Stephan-Emmrich 2 B01 21 0000-0001-5228-0858 Philipp Schröder 01 eng 00 380 03 12 JHMC 04 JV6121 B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC002010 20 translocality 12 1FC B2 Anthropology 20 Central Asia 10 SOC015000 20 Caucasus B2 History 12 JH B2 History: International Relations 12 JPS 20 locality 20 globalization 12 RGCP 20 cross‐regional networks 20 Area Studies 01 06 03 00 This collection brings together a variety of anthropological, historical and sociological case studies from Central Asia and the Caucasus to examine the concept of translocality. The chapters scrutinize the capacity of translocality to describe, in new ways, the multiple mobilities, exchange practices and globalizing processes that link places, people and institutions in Central Asia and the Caucasus with others in Russia, China and the United Arab Emirates.Illuminating translocality as a productive concept for studying cross‐regional connectivities and networks, this volume is an important contribution to a lively field of academic discourse. Following new directions in Area Studies, the chapters aim to overcome ‘territorial containers’ such as the nation‐state or local community, and instead emphasize the significance of processes of translation and negotiation for understanding how meaningful localities emerge beyond conventional boundaries.<break/>Structured by the four themes ‘crossing boundaries’, ‘travelling ideas’, ‘social and economic movements’ and ‘pious endeavours’, this volume proposes three conceptual approaches to translocality: firstly, to trace how it is embodied, narrated, virtualized or institutionalized within or in reference to physical or imagined localities; secondly, to understand locality as a relational concept rather than a geographically bounded unit; and thirdly, to consider cross‐border traders, travelling students, business people and refugees as examples of non-elite mobilities that provide alternative ways to think about what ‘global’ means today.Mobilities, Boundaries, and Travelling Ideas will be of interest to students and scholars of the anthropology, history and sociology of Central Asia and the Caucasus, as well as for those interested in new approaches to Area Studies. 04 00 Preface Foreword Nathan Light Introduction: Mobilities, Boundaries, and Travelling Ideas Beyond Central Asia and the Caucasus: A Translocal Perspective Manja Stephan-Emmrich and Philipp Schröder Part 1: Crossing Boundaries: Mobilities Then and Now 1. Emigration Within, Across, and Beyond Central Asia in the Early Soviet Period from a Perspective of Translocality Kamoludin Abdullaev 2. Crossing Economic and Cultural Boundaries: Tajik Middlemen in the Translocal ‘Dubai Business’ Sector Abdullah Mirzoev and Manja Stephan-Emmrich Part 2: Travelling Ideas: Sacred and Secular 3. Sacred Lineages in Central Asia: Translocality and Identity Azim Malikov 4. Explicating Translocal Organization of Everyday Life: Stories From Rural Uzbekistan Elena Kim 5. A Sense of Multiple Belonging: Translocal Relations and Narratives of Change Within a Dungan Community Henryk Alff Part 3: Movements from Below: Economic and Social 6. ‘New History’ as a Translocal Field Svetlana Jacquesson 7. Informal Trade and Globalization in the Caucasus and Post-Soviet Eurasia Susanne Fehlings 8. The Economics of Translocality — Epistemographic Observations from Fieldwork on Traders In(-Between) Russia, China, and Kyrgyzstan Philipp Schröder Part 4: Pious Endeavours: Near and Far 9. iPhones, Emotions, Mediations: Tracing Translocality in the Pious Endeavours of Tajik Migrants in the United Arab Emirates Manja Stephan-Emmrich 10. Translocality and the Folding of Post-Soviet Urban Space in Bishkek: Hijrah from ‘Botanika’ to ‘Botanicheskii Jamaat’ Emil Nasritdinov Afterword: On Transitive Concepts and Local Imaginations — Studying Mobilities from a Translocal Perspective Barak Kalir Notes on Contributors Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0114_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Volkswagen Foundation Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180417 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743339 06 15 9781783743346 06 15 9781783743353 06 15 9781800645332 06 15 9781783744992 06 15 9781783743360 06 15 9781783743377 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0114 20 02 20180417 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0114.epub 20 02 20180417 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2a057156-7370-4741-afa1-a5b19fb11da6 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2a057156-7370-4741-afa1-a5b19fb11da6 15 9781800648951 06 10.11647/OBP.0369 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Modelling Between Digital and Humanities Thinking in Practice 1 A01 21 0000-0003-4247-1073 Arianna Ciula 2 A01 21 0000-0002-7766-6287 Øyvind Eide 3 A01 21 0000-0001-5927-897X Cristina Marras 4 A01 21 0000-0002-8648-2033 Patrick Sahle 01 eng 00 236 03 04 AZ105 12 CFK B2 Digital Humanities 93 GLM 10 LAN025000 20 Modelling 20 Computational models B2 Information Technology and Computer Science 12 JHBC 93 JHBC 10 SOC024000 10 COM079010 20 Language B2 Linguistics 12 U 93 UYZ 12 GTC 20 technology 20 literature 01 06 03 00 This volume presents an exploration of Digital Humanities (DH), a field focused on the reciprocal transformation of digital technologies and humanities scholarship. Central to DH research is the practice of modelling, which involves translating intricate knowledge systems into computational models. This book addresses a fundamental query: How can an effective language be developed to conceptualize and guide modelling in DH?Modelling, with its historical roots, carries multifaceted meanings influenced by various disciplinary contexts. Modelling Between Digital and Humanities innovatively connects DH with the historical tradition of model-based thinking in the humanities, cultural studies, and the sciences. It endeavors to reshape interpretative frameworks by contextualizing DH's modelling practices within a broader conceptual landscape.Through an exploration of digital, visual and data models, the book asserts that DH holds the potential to be a cornerstone of a novel cultural literacy paradigm. By probing the interplay between technology and thought, the book ultimately positions DH as a catalyst for transformative cultural insights. 04 00 Introduction 1. Model and Modelling in DH: Towards a Renewed Language 2. Metaphoric Reasoning and Pragmatic Modelling 3. Modelling as Semiotic Process 4. Modelling as Media Transformations 5. Modelling Text – A Case Study Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0369_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20231215 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805110989 06 15 9781800648111 06 15 9781800648463 06 15 9781800649705 06 15 9781800648951 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0369.epub 20 02 20231215 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0369 20 02 20231215 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2ce85fcb-0438-4f80-b8f7-29b84c0ddd87 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2ce85fcb-0438-4f80-b8f7-29b84c0ddd87 15 9781783743414 06 10.11647/OBP.0115 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Modernism and the Spiritual in Russian Art New Perspectives 1 B01 21 0000-0002-0544-2372 Louise Hardiman 2 B01 Nicola Kozicharow 01 eng 00 318 03 12 ABA 10 ART049000 04 N6987 20 Russia B2 Visual Arts 12 AFC 20 art 10 ART035000 B2 European Studies 12 AG B2 European Studies: Eastern European Studies 20 religion 20 modernism 20 spirituality 20 history of art 01 06 03 00 In 1911 Vasily Kandinsky published the first edition of ‘On the Spiritual in Art’, a landmark modernist treatise in which he sought to reframe the meaning of art and the true role of the artist. For many artists of late Imperial Russia – a culture deeply influenced by the regime’s adoption of Byzantine Orthodoxy centuries before – questions of religion and spirituality were of paramount importance. As artists and the wider art community experimented with new ideas and interpretations at the dawn of the twentieth century, their relationship with ‘the spiritual’ – broadly defined – was inextricably linked to their roles as pioneers of modernism.This diverse collection of essays introduces new and stimulating approaches to the ongoing debate as to how Russian artistic modernism engaged with questions of spirituality in the late nineteenth to mid-twentieth centuries. Ten chapters from emerging and established voices offer new perspectives on Kandinsky and other familiar names, such as Kazimir Malevich, Mikhail Larionov, and Natalia Goncharova, and introduce less well-known figures, such as the Georgian artists Ucha Japaridze and Lado Gudiashvili, and the craftswoman and art promoter Aleksandra Pogosskaia.Prefaced by a lively and informative introduction by Louise Hardiman and Nicola Kozicharow that sets these perspectives in their historical and critical context, Modernism and the Spiritual in Russian Art: New Perspectives enriches our understanding of the modernist period and breaks new ground in its re-examination of the role of religion and spirituality in the visual arts in late Imperial Russia. Of interest to historians and enthusiasts of Russian art, culture, and religion, and those of international modernism and the avant-garde, it offers innovative readings of a history only partially explored, revealing uncharted corners and challenging long-held assumptions. 04 00 Acknowledgements Notes on Transliteration and Conventions Notes on Contributors 1. Introduction: Modernism and the Spiritual in Russian Art by Louise Hardiman and Nicola Kozicharow 2. From Angels to Demons: Mikhail Vrubel and the Search for a Modernist Idiom by Maria Taroutina 3. ‘The Loving Labourer through Space and Time’: Aleksandra Pogosskaia, Theosophy, and Russian Arts and Crafts, c. 1900–1917 by Louise Hardiman 4. Kazimir Malevich, Symbolism, and Ecclesiastic Orthodoxy by Myroslava M. Mudrak 5. Spirituality and the Semiotics of Russian Culture: From the Icon to Avant-Garde Art by Oleg Tarasov 6. Re-imagining the Old Faith: Larionov, Goncharova, and the Spiritual Traditions of Old Believers by Nina Gurianova 7. ‘Russian Messiah’: On the Spiritual in the Reception of Vasily Kandinsky’s Art in Germany, c. 1910–1937 by Sebastian Borkhardt 8. Ellis H. Minns and Nikodim Kondakov’s The Russian Icon (1927) by Wendy Salmond 9. Stelletsky’s Murals at Saint-Serge: Orthodoxy and the Neo-Russian Style in Emigration by Nicola Kozicharow 10. The Role of the ‘Red Commissar’ Nikolai Punin in the Rediscovery of Icons by Natalia Murray 11. Ucha Japaridze, Lado Gudiashvili, and the Spiritual in Painting in Soviet Georgia by Jennifer Brewin Select Bibliography Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0115_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Scouloudi Foundation, Institute of Historical Research Cambridge, UK 04 01 20171113 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743384 06 15 9781783743391 06 15 9781783743407 06 15 9781800645349 06 15 9781783744510 06 15 9781783743414 06 15 9781783743421 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0115.epub 20 02 20171113 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0115 20 02 20171113 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:40128893-8817-408f-9df0-21fc5ebc6221 03 01 01 urn:uuid:40128893-8817-408f-9df0-21fc5ebc6221 15 9781805117469 06 10.11647/OBP.0499 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 02 23996676 01 02 Open Reports Series 01 01 More with More: Investing in the Energy Transition 2025 European Public Investment Outlook 1 B01 21 0000-0001-9972-716X Floriana Cerniglia 2 B01 21 0000-0003-0121-4329 Francesco Saraceno 01 eng 00 272 03 10 BUS070040 B2 Economics 20 Energy transition investing 04 HD9502.E82 93 KFFM 10 BUS072000 B2 European Studies 93 KNBT 20 Low‑carbon infrastructure finance 10 BUS094000 B2 Politics and Sociology 20 Sustainable energy investments 93 THY 93 KFFS 20 Renewable energy financing 20 Green investment strategies 93 KCVG 20 Decarbonisation capital allocation 01 06 03 00 This outlook offers a timely and insightful exploration of Europe’s energy transition, a process that lies at the heart of today’s environmental, economic, and political debates. It examines the diverse commitments undertaken by European countries as they navigate the challenges of decarbonization and the shift to sustainable energy systems. By analyzing both the policy frameworks and the concrete instruments adopted to reach ambitious climate and energy goals, the book sheds light on the strategies shaping the continent’s future.A particular emphasis is placed on the role of public investment, highlighting how state action can catalyze innovation, support infrastructure, and bridge gaps where market forces alone may fall short. Through this lens, the volume not only evaluates existing practices but also considers the broader implications for governance, equity, and long-term resilience.Written with clarity and rigor, the outlook will be of interest to policymakers, scholars, and practitioners seeking to understand the dynamics of Europe’s green transition. It invites readers to consider the balance between national priorities and collective European objectives, offering valuable insights into how commitments translate into action—and how public investment can be a decisive lever for change. 04 00 List of Figures List of Tables Acknowledgements Preface Introduction: Energy Transition in the EU—The Need for a Governance Revolution 1. An EU-wide Perspective on Public Investment in the Energy Transition 2. France: Preserving Investment in the Energy Transition in an Unstable Policy Environment 3. The Role of Public Support for the Energy Transition in Germany: Past and Future Tasks 4. Energy Transition and Public Investment in Italy 5. Investment in the Energy Transition in Spain 6. Tackling the Drawbacks of Past and Current EU Energy Transition Policies: The Need for a Cooperative, Mission-oriented Industrial Strategy 7. Energy Transition and Industrial Competitiveness in the EU 8. Research and Innovation Policy for the Energy Transition in the EU 9. On Grids: The Backbone of the Energy Transition 10. Investing in Critical Raw Materials for the Clean-Tech Transition in the EU 11. The EU Strategy for Green Hydrogen: More with Less (Public Investment)? 12. The Power of Energy Communities for a Just Transition in Europe 13. Making the ETS2 Socially Acceptable through Carbon Revenue Redistribution and Investments 14. (How) Can the Energy Transition in Europe be a Just Transition? Contributor Biographies 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0499_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20251208 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805117438 06 15 9781805117445 06 15 9781805117452 06 15 9781805117476 06 15 9781805117469 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0499.epub 20 02 20251208 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0499 20 02 20251208 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2ac39072-546d-4747-8d07-fd7a35e3f453 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2ac39072-546d-4747-8d07-fd7a35e3f453 15 9781783741007 06 10.11647/OBP.0065 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Mr. Emerson's Revolution 1 B01 Jean McClure Mudge 01 eng 00 490 03 12 DS 10 LIT004020 B2 Literature 04 PS1631 20 Ralph Waldo Emerson 20 abolition B2 American and Latin American Studies 12 BG 10 HIS036040 10 BIO000000 B2 Biography 12 HB 20 women's rights 12 HPQ 10 PHI005000 B2 Philosophy 20 United States 20 emancipation 20 social change 01 06 03 00 This volume traces the life, thought and work of Ralph Waldo Emerson, a giant of American intellectual history, whose transforming ideas greatly strengthened the two leading reform issues of his day: abolition and women’s rights. A broad and deep, yet cautious revolutionary, he spoke about a spectrum of inner and outer realities—personal, philosophical, theological and cultural—all of which gave his mid-career turn to political and social issues their immediate and lasting power.<break/>This multi-authored study frankly explores Emerson's private prejudices against blacks and women while he also publicly championed their causes. Such a juxtaposition freshly charts the evolution of Emerson's slow but steady application of his early neo-idealism to emancipating blacks and freeing women from social bondage. His shift from philosopher to active reformer had lasting effects not only in America but also abroad.<break/>In the U.S. Emerson influenced such diverse figures as Thoreau, Whitman, Dickinson and William James and in Europe Mickiewicz, Wilde, Kipling, Nietzsche, and Camus in Europe as well as many leading followers in India and Japan. The book includes over 170 illustrations, among them eight custom-made maps of Emerson's haunts and wide-ranging lecture itineraries as well as a new four-part chronology of his life placed alongside both national and international events as well as major inventions.<break/>Mr. Emerson's Revolution provides essential reading for students and teachers of American intellectual history, the abolitionist and women’s rights movement―and for anyone interested in the nineteenth-century roots of these seismic social changes. 04 00 Contributors Foreword: Emerson’s Renewing Power John Stauffer and Steven Brown Introduction: Emerson as Spiritual and Social Revolutionary Jean McClure Mudge The Making of a Protester 1.1 A Legacy of Revolt, 1803-1821 Phyllis Cole 1.2 Becoming an American "Adam,” 1822-1835 Wesley T. Mott Public and Private Revolutions 2.1 The "New Thinking”: Nature, Self, and Society, 1836-1850 David M. Robinson 2.2 Dialogues with Self and Society, 1835-1860 Jean McClure Mudge Emerson the Reformer 3. A Pragmatic Idealist in Action, 1850-1865 Len Gougeon Emerson’s Evolving Emphases 4. Actively Entering Old Age, 1865-1882 Jean McClure Mudge Emerson’s Legacy in America 5. Spawning a Wide New Consciousness Jean McClure Mudge Emerson in the West and East 6.1 Europe in Emerson and Emerson in Europe Beniamino Soressi 6.2 Asia in Emerson and Emerson in Asia Alan Hodder Emerson: A Chronology Selected Bibliography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0065_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 The Ralph Waldo Emerson Society Cambridge, UK 04 01 20150911 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740970 06 15 9781783740987 06 15 9781783740994 06 15 9781800644915 06 15 9781783746422 06 15 9781783741007 06 15 9781783741014 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0065.epub 20 02 20150911 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0065 20 02 20150911 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:94c92bfe-5893-4c4d-95b0-9ea2d380b030 03 01 01 urn:uuid:94c92bfe-5893-4c4d-95b0-9ea2d380b030 15 9781805113058 06 10.11647/OBP.0403 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Music and Spirituality Theological Approaches, Empirical Methods, and Christian Worship 1 B01 21 0000-0002-7043-3253 George Corbett 2 B01 21 0000-0003-2279-9274 Sarah Moerman 01 eng 00 478 03 12 AVA 93 AVLK 10 MUS048000 B2 Music 20 Spiritual B2 Archaeology and Religion 12 AVGD 93 AVLA 10 MUS048010 20 Western culture 93 AVA 20 Christianity 12 HRCR 10 REL055000 20 Musicology 93 QRVJ1 20 Ethnomusicology 20 Neuroscience 01 06 03 00 The composer Sir James MacMillan has often referred to music as ‘the most spiritual of the arts’, and for many people, regardless of religious affiliation, this rings true. In listening to music, we are drawn to dimensions of human experience beyond the material. This collection brings together leading scholars from various disciplines – including Christian theology, musicology, and psychology and neuroscience – to interrogate the intimate relationship between music and spirituality. Organised in three parts – theological approaches, empirical methods, and Christian worship – the volume covers a vibrant array of topics. From examining how the Covid-19 pandemic has reshaped the profile of contemporary worship to investigating the spiritual effects of bodily positioning in liturgical spaces, from exploring spiritual experience through heart and breathing activity, electrodermal activity, and saliva samples to comparing the spiritual experiences of British Methodists with Welsh sporting fans, these essays attend to the lived reality of people’s perceived spiritual experiences through music.This collection will be an invaluable resource for scholars in the growing field of Christian theology and music, and will serve as a cornerstone for future research at the intersection of theology, music, and psychology and neuroscience. It will also appeal to anyone curious about why music consistently, across cultures, occupies a unique space bridging the material and spiritual dimensions of human life. 04 00 Acknowledgments Notes on Contributors Introduction Foreword: A Composer’s Perspective I. THEOLOGICAL APPROACHES 1. Encountering the Uncontrollable: Music’s Resistance to Reductionism and Its Theological Ramifications 2. Cross and Consolation: Music’s Empathic Spirituality 3. Music, Breath, and Spirit 4. An Adorative Posture towards Music and Spiritual Realities 5. Religion, Science, and Music: An Augustinian Trinity 6. Dissonant Spirituality: A Hermeneutical Aesthetics of Outlaw Country II. EMPIRICAL METHODS 7. From the Sacred to the Ordinary through the Lens of Psychological Science 8. An Inquiry into Musical Trance 9. An Ethnomusicology of Spiritual Realities 10. The Concept of ‘Atmosphere’ as a Bridge between Music and Spirituality 11. Spiritual Subjects: Musicking, Biography, and the Connections We Make 12. The Impetus to Compose: Where is Fantasy Bred? III. CHRISTIAN WORSHIP 13. Music in Christian Services as a Means to Induce Religious Feelings 14. Spiritual Cultures: Innovations in Choral and Classical Music 15. Listening to the Lived Experiences of Worshippers: A Study of Post-Pandemic Mixed Ecology Worship 16. An Abductive Study of Digital Worship through the Lenses of Netnography and Digital Ecclesiology 17. Choral Singers and Spiritual Realities:A Perspective from St Mary’s Catholic Cathedral 18. Music and Spirituality in Communal Song: Methodists and Welsh Sporting Crowds Afterword: A Psychologist’s Perspective List of Figures and Tables Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0403_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of St Andrews 01 programname University of St Andrews’ Institutional Open Access Fund 16 Templeton Religion Trust Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240628 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805113027 06 15 9781805113034 06 15 9781805113041 06 15 9781805113072 06 15 9781805113058 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0403.epub 20 02 20240628 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0403 20 02 20240628 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:8b44755b-1c10-45be-8b87-9266d1df59fc 03 01 01 urn:uuid:8b44755b-1c10-45be-8b87-9266d1df59fc 15 9781800647053 06 10.11647/OBP.0374 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Music and the Making of Modern Japan Joining the Global Concert 1 A01 21 0000-0001-6512-9970 Margaret Mehl 01 eng 00 470 03 12 1FPJ 93 AVLA 20 Japan in the 1870s-early 1920s 10 MUS020000 B2 Music 93 AGA 12 HBJF B2 History 10 MUS023000 20 Western powers 93 ABA B2 Asian Studies 12 AVA 10 MUS038000 20 Music 12 AVH 93 AVM B2 Folklore and Ethnology 20 Modernization 10 POL038000 20 Globalization 12 HBTB 10 SOC026000 20 Traditional Japanese music 01 06 03 00 Japan was the first non-Western nation to compete with the Western powers at their own game. The country’s rise to a major player on the stage of Western music has been equally spectacular. The connection between these two developments, however, has never been explored.How did making music make Japan modern? How did Japan make music that originated in Europe its own? And what happened to Japan’s traditional music in the process? Music and the Making of Modern Japan answers these questions. Discussing musical modernization in the context of globalization and nation-building, Margaret Mehl argues that, far from being a side-show, music was part of the action on centre stage. Making music became an important vehicle for empowering the people of Japan to join in the shaping of the modern world. In only fifty years, from the 1870s to the early 1920s, Japanese people laid the foundations for the country’s post-war rise as a musical as well as an economic power. Meanwhile, new types of popular song, fuelled by the growing global record industry, successfully blended inspiration from the West with musical characteristics perceived as Japanese. Music and the Making of Modern Japan represents a fresh contribution to historical research on making music as a major cultural, social, and political force. 04 00 Acknowledgements Introduction: Music and Japan Overview and Chapters of the Book A Note on Terminology Japanese Names Part One: Global History, Modernity, and Western Music 1. Global History, Musical Modernity, and the Globalization of Western Music Global Modernity Musical Modernity The Globalization of Western Music Transnational Circulation in Northeast Asia ‘Western’ versus ‘Modern’ 2. Under Reconstruction: Japan, the United States, and the European Model The Beginnings of Music Education in America Concerts and the Veneration of European Art Music The Quest for a National Music 3. The Case of Japan Western Music and Musical Reform Traditional Musical Genres and the Meiji Reforms The Meiji Reforms and the Introduction of Western Music The Expansion of the Musical Infrastructure Globalization, Sound Technology, and the Quest for a Japanese Sound The Postwar ‘Musical Miracle’ and Its Critics Part Two: Music for the Nation 4. From Rites and Music to National Music 5. Isawa Shūji: Music, Movement, Science, and Language Keeping Them Together in Time: Froebel’s Movement Games Music, Language, and Science Music Education 6. Civilizing Citizens: Music Reform Isawa Shūji and the Tokyo Academy of Music The Debate about the Existence of the Tokyo Academy of Music Shikama Totsuji’s Contribution 7. Shikama Totsuji: Music Reform and a Nationwide Network Global Ambitions and a Nationwide Network: The Musical Magazine (Ongaku zasshi) Shikama Totsuji’s Other Publications Shikama Totsuji as a Performer, Collector and Inventor of Musical Instruments, and Band Instructor 8. Playing Modern: Blending Japanese and Western Music Music Reform in Practice: Graduates of the Tokyo Academy of Music and Blended Music Blended Music as a Commercial Enterprise Part Three: The World, Japan, and Sendai 9. Local Pioneers and the Beginnings of Western Music in Sendai The Shikama Brothers in Sendai Music in the Second High School Sendai’s Concert Culture around 1907 10. Foreign Actors: Kate I. Hansen A Transnational Life and a Musical Mission Kate Hansen and the Music of Others: Sendai’s Concert Culture Through Foreign Ears Teaching Japanese Girls to Sing 11. The World in Sendai Tōhoku Ongakuin The Second High School Miyagi Normal School Miyagi College Other Institutions Representing the Nation and the World in Sendai Conclusion Appendix: Chronological List of Concerts in Sendai Reported in Ongakukai Bibliography Index About the Author 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0374_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240529 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800642522 06 15 9781800648395 06 15 9781800643840 06 15 9781800649279 06 15 9781800647053 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0374.epub 20 02 20240529 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0374 20 02 20240529 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:422d4720-b975-4892-afb4-b4972109ef0a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:422d4720-b975-4892-afb4-b4972109ef0a 15 9781800647381 06 10.11647/OBP.0301 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Music in Evolution and Evolution in Music 1 A01 Steven Jan 01 eng 00 806 03 12 AVA 20 evolutionary theory 10 MUS006000 B2 Music 12 JHMC 10 MUS020000 20 music B2 Science 12 JMH 10 MUS007000 B2 Philosophy 20 relationships between music and evolutionary thought 10 MUS015000 12 PSAJ 10 SCI027000 01 06 03 00 Music in Evolution and Evolution in Music by Steven Jan is a comprehensive account of the relationships between evolutionary theory and music. Examining the ‘evolutionary algorithm’ that drives biological and musical-cultural evolution, the book provides a distinctive commentary on how musicality and music can shed light on our understanding of Darwin’s famous theory, and vice-versa. Comprised of seven chapters, with several musical examples, figures and definitions of terms, this original and accessible book is a valuable resource for anyone interested in the relationships between music and evolutionary thought. Jan guides the reader through key evolutionary ideas and the development of human musicality, before exploring cultural evolution, evolutionary ideas in musical scholarship, animal vocalisations, music generated through technology, and the nature of consciousness as an evolutionary phenomenon.A unique examination of how evolutionary thought intersects with music, Music in Evolution and Evolution in Music is essential to our understanding of how and why music arose in our species and why it is such a significant presence in our lives. 04 00 Preface (pp. xxv–xxx) Steven Jan 1 Introduction: Music and Darwinism (pp. 1–62) Steven Jan 2 The Evolution of Human Musicality (pp. 63–164) Steven Jan 3 Music-Cultural Evolution in the Light of Memetics (pp. 165–290) Steven Jan 4 Evolutionary Metaphors in Discourse on Music (pp. 291–390) Steven Jan 5 Animal “Musicality” and Animal “Music” (pp. 391–472) Steven Jan 6 Computer Simulation of Musical Evolution (pp. 473–564) Steven Jan 7 Conclusion: Music, Evolution and Consciousness (pp. 565–626) Steven Jan 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0301_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20221206 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800647350 06 15 9781800647367 06 15 9781800647374 06 15 9781800647411 06 15 9781800647404 06 15 9781800647381 06 15 9781800647398 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0301 20 02 20221206 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0301.epub 20 02 20221206 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5dd58306-0294-42b4-9f85-8c326f391300 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5dd58306-0294-42b4-9f85-8c326f391300 15 9781805114567 06 10.11647/OBP.0437 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Music, Religion and Politics at Worcester Cathedral, 680-1950 1 A01 Richard Newsholme 01 eng 00 320 03 93 AVM 10 MUS020000 B2 Music 20 Worcester Cathedral B2 Archaeology and Religion 93 AVLK 20 British Church History 10 REL015000 20 British polyphony B2 History 93 QRVJ1 10 REL055020 20 Music history 93 QRMB31 10 REL003000 10 HIS015000 20 Lady Chapel choirs 20 monastic ritual 20 liturgy and architecture 20 cathedral priories 20 cathedral choirs 01 06 03 00 This book provides a comprehensive history of music and liturgy at Worcester Cathedral, from its foundation in the seventh century to the mid-20th century. The author delves into how political shifts, public opinion, and national trends have influenced changes in the cathedral's practices over time, while also highlighting the distinct local dynamics at play.The book captures the fluctuating significance of liturgy and music across different eras, from the strict, ritualistic practices of Benedictine monks to the rejection of ceremonial traditions by Interregnum Non-Conformists. It traces how the form of worship evolved in response to the beliefs of church leaders, leading to periods of decline and revival in the cathedral’s musical standards. Notably, the study explores Worcester’s role in the development of British polyphony up to the 14th century and the comforting role of the choir during World War I.With a wealth of surviving Anglo-Saxon charters, medieval liturgical manuscripts, and unique polyphonic fragments, this volume offers rare insights into centuries-old practices. While it focuses on Worcester, the study reflects broader trends in English cathedral history, providing a vital resource for understanding the interplay of music, religion, and politics in the evolution of worship. 04 00 Acknowledgements List of IllustrationS Preface 1. The Music and Liturgy of the Medieval Mass and Office (680–1540) 2. Early Polyphony and the Worcester Lady Chapel Choir (c.1250–1540) 3. The Reformation and Changes under Four Tudor Monarchs (1520–1600) 4. Thomas Tomkins and the Earlier Seventeenth Century (1596–1646) 5. The Interregnum and Managing the Aftermath of Civil War (1646–60) 6. The Restoration of the Monarchy and Reinstating the Anglican Church (1660–1700) 7. A New Prosperity and More Settled Cathedral Liturgy (1700–40) 8. A Mixed Century: The Later Georgian Period (1740–1840) 9. Queen Victoria’s Reign: Changes after the Cathedrals Act of 1840 (1840–1900) 10. The Earlier Twentieth Century and Two World Wars (1900–50) Postscript Abbreviations Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0437_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250317 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805114536 06 15 9781805114543 06 15 9781805114550 06 15 9781805114574 06 15 9781805114567 06 15 9781805118299 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0437 20 02 20250317 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0437.epub 20 02 20250317 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:062eccdd-508e-42be-b0db-c1ee9156b5da 03 01 01 urn:uuid:062eccdd-508e-42be-b0db-c1ee9156b5da 15 9781805112570 06 10.11647/OBP.0395 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Navigating Our Way to Solutions in Marine Conservation 1 B01 21 0000-0003-3131-2579 Larry B. Crowder 01 eng 00 344 03 B2 Environmental Studies 04 GC1018 20 Marine conservation 10 NAT025000 12 PSPM 93 PSPM 10 NAT011000 12 PSVW73 93 RNKH 20 Trans-disciplinary 20 Indigenous knowledge 93 PSVM2 12 RNK 20 Climate-smart solutions 12 RNKH 20 Ecosystems 20 Governance 01 06 03 00 Navigating Our Way reflects the broader insights and diverse voices revolutionizing marine conservation. This volume brings together an array of scholars, practitioners, and experts from multiple fields, creating a network of trans-disciplinary and multi-cultural perspectives to address the complex problems in marine conservation. Larry B. Crowder, a leading voice in the field, has curated contributions on a wide range of topics, including critically endangered species in the Bahamas, Argentinian penguins, and the ecosystems of our coral reefs. The book delves deeply into human relationships with nature, the development of climate-smart solutions, and the governance of collective action. Committed to inclusivity, this volume also includes conversations across the disciplines of natural sciences, social sciences, and governance, incorporating both Western and Indigenous knowledge traditions. This volume is highly relevant to marine conservation scholars, practitioners, managers, and students, and anyone interested in preserving our marine environment. 04 00 Acknowledgements Foreword Navigating our way to solutions in marine conservation: An introduction DIVERSE APPROACHES TO SPECIES CONSERVATION 1. Conserving penguins via land and sea protection 2. Conservation as a marathon vs. a sprint: The race to save critically endangered Nassau grouper in the Bahamas 3. Goliath grouper Epinephelus itajara conservation in Cuba: A protected area, ecotourism and fisheries effort 4. New approaches to conserving endangered sea turtles INTERDISCIPLINARY APPROACHES TO MARINE ECOSYSTEMS 5. Climate change impacts on the fisheries and aquaculture sectors with a focus on Malaysia 6. Mainstreaming voluntary marine conservation programs: Insights from TURF-Reserves 7. Leadership in the global commons: Protecting the Ross Sea, Antarctica 8. Marine spatial planning in the age of climate change INNOVATIVE PATHWAYS TO SOLUTIONS 9. Exploring how place connections support sustainability solutions in marine socio-ecological systems 10. A brief conservationist’s guide to self-governance with illustrations from small-scale fisheries 11. Trait-based tools aid conservation planning for predator range shifts 12. Modern marine conservation using environmental nucleic acids (eDNA and eRNA) 13. Building the scientific and analytical framework for Dynamic Ocean Management LINKING NATURAL AND SOCIAL SCIENCE TO GOVERNANCE 14. Power, politics, and culture: The human dimensions of marine conservation technology 15. Indigenous leadership is essential to conservation: Examples from coastal British Columbia 16. A conservation practitioner’s guide to using a human-rights-based approach: applications in small-scale fisheries 17. Blue Justice principles for small-scale fisheries in marine protected areas DIVERSE VOICES FOSTER DIVERSE SOLUTIONS 18. Advancing youth-led movements for the ocean is essential 19. Recruiting, retaining and championing women, LGBTQ+, and POC researchers in marine conservationn 20. Building equal partnerships for conservation success 21. Diversity in marine science 22. The Small Island Developing States (SIDS) science/policy/business nexus 23. Strengthening NGO networks and capacity building for ocean sustainability in China CONCLUSION 24. Building a new global vision for marine conservation: Inspiration, networking and capacity sharing Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0395_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Ocean Foundation Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250130 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805112549 06 15 9781805112556 06 15 9781805112563 06 15 9781805112594 06 15 9781805112570 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0395.epub 20 02 20250130 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0395 20 02 20250130 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0ca65e36-38be-4ebd-92ab-10e98792da72 03 01 01 urn:uuid:0ca65e36-38be-4ebd-92ab-10e98792da72 15 9781800642638 06 10.11647/OBP.0265 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Negotiating Climate Change in Crisis 1 B01 21 0000-0002-0888-1362 Steffen Böhm 2 B01 21 0000-0002-0522-8843 Sian Sullivan 01 eng 00 472 03 20 climate change B2 Environmental Studies 04 QC903 12 RN 10 SCI019000 20 carbon emissions B2 Politics and Sociology 12 RNT 10 SCI026000 20 climate activism 12 RNA 10 SCI042000 12 J 20 paradigms 10 SOC026040 20 extraction 12 PSAF 20 climate change frontline country 20 governance 20 finance 20 action 20 climate crisis 20 case studies 20 social sciences 20 climate change negotiation 01 06 03 00 Climate change negotiations have failed the world. Despite more than thirty years of high-level, global talks on climate change, we are still seeing carbon emissions rise dramatically. This edited volume, comprising leading and emerging scholars and climate activists from around the world, takes a critical look at what has gone wrong and what is to be done to create more decisive action.Composed of twenty-eight essays—a combination of new and republished texts—the anthology is organised around seven main themes: paradigms; what counts?; extraction; dispatches from a climate change frontline country; governance; finance; and action(s). Through this multifaceted approach, the contributors ask pressing questions about how we conceptualise and respond to the climate crisis, providing both ‘big picture’ perspectives and more focussed case studies.This unique and extensive collection will be of great value to environmental and social scientists alike, as well as to the general reader interested in understanding current views on the climate crisis. 04 00 List of Images and Videos Acknowledgements The Authors Introduction: Climate Crisis? What Climate Crisis? Steffen Böhm and Sian Sullivan I PARADIGMS 1. One Earth, Many Futures, No Destination Mike Hulme 2. From Efficiency to Resilience: Systemic Change towards Sustainability after COVID-19 Pandemic Minna Halme, Eeva Furman, Eeva-Lotta Apajalahti, Jouni Jaakkola, Lassi Linnanen, Jari Lyytimäki, Mikko Mönkkänen, Arto O. Salonen, Katriina Soini, Katriina Siivonen, Tuuli Toivonen and Anne Tolvanen 3. On Climate Change Ontologies and the Spirit(s) of Oil Sian Sullivan II WHAT COUNTS? 4. Why Net Zero Policies Do More Harm than Good James G. Dyke, Wolfgang Knorr and Robert Watson 5. The Carbon Bootprint of the US Military and Prospects for a Safer Climate Patrick Bigger, Cara Kennelly, Oliver Belcher and Ben Neimark 6. Climate Migration Is about People, Not Numbers David Durand-Delacre, Giovanni Bettini, Sarah L. Nash, Harald Sterly, Giovanna Gioli, Elodie Hut, Ingrid Boas, Carol Farbotko, Patrick Sakdapolrak, Mirjam de Bruijn, Basundhara Tripathy Furlong, Kees van der Geest, Samuel Lietaer and Mike Hulme 7. We’ll Always Have Paris Mike Hannis 8. The Atmospheric Carbon Commons in Transition Bruce Lankford III PARADIGMS 9. The Mobilisation of Extractivism: The Social and Political Influence of the Fossil Fuel Industry Christopher Wright and Daniel Nyberg 10. End the ‘Green’ Delusions: Industrial-Scale Renewable Energy is Fossil Fuel+ Alexander Dunlap 11. I’m Sian, and I’m a Fossil Fuel Addict: On Paradox, Disavowal and (Im)Possibility in Changing Climate Change Sian Sullivan IV DISPATCHES FROM A CLIMATE CHANGE FRONTLINE COUNTRY—NAMIBIA, SOUTHERN AFRICA 12. Gendered Climate Change-Induced Human-Wildlife Conflicts (HWC) amidst COVID-19 in the Erongo Region, Namibia Selma Lendelvo, Romie Nghitevelekwa and Mechtilde Pinto 13. Environmental Change in Namibia: Land-Use Impacts and Climate Change as Revealed by Repeat Photography Rick Rohde, M. Timm Hoffman and Sian Sullivan 14. On Climate and the Risk of Onto-Epistemological Chainsaw Massacres: A Study on Climate Change and Indigenous People in Namibia Revisited Ute Dieckmann V GOVERNANCE 15. Towards a Fossil Fuel Treaty Peter Newell 16. How Governments React to Climate Change: An Interview with the Political Theorists Joel Wainwright and Geoff Mann Joel Wainwright and Geoff Mann 17. Inside Out COPs: Turning Climate Negotiations Upside Down Shahrin Mannan, Saleemul Huq and Mizan R. Khan 18. Local Net Zero Emissions Plans: How Can National Governments Help? Ian Bailey 19. Reversing the Failures of Climate Governance: Radical Action for Climate Justice Paul G. Harris VI FINANCE 20. Climate Finance and the Promise of Fake Solutions to Climate Change Sarah Bracking 21. The Promise and Peril of Financialised Climate Governance Rami Kaplan and David Levy VII ACTION(S) 22. What Is to Be Done to Save the Planet? Peter North 23. Climate Politics between Conflict and Complexity Matthew Paterson 24. Sustainable Foodscapes: Hybrid Food Networks Creating Food Change Rebecca Sandover 25. Telling the ‘Truth’: Communication of the Climate Protest Agenda in the UK Legacy Media Sharon Gardham 26. Climate Justice Advocacy: Strategic Choices for Glasgow and Beyond Patrick Bond 27. Public Engagement with Radical Climate Change Action Lorraine Whitmarsh 28. Five Questions whilst Walking: For Those that Decided to Participate in Agir Pour le Vivant Isabelle Fremeaux and Jay Jordan Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0265_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Bath Spa University Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210928 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800642607 06 15 9781800642614 06 15 9781800642621 06 15 9781800646568 06 15 9781800642652 06 15 9781800642638 06 15 9781800642645 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0265 20 02 20210928 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0265.epub 20 02 20210928 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:03408cdc-8ee5-40ea-a155-41786c904d74 03 01 01 urn:uuid:03408cdc-8ee5-40ea-a155-41786c904d74 15 9781805117841 06 10.11647/OBP.0507 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Neomania How Our Obsession With Innovation is Failing Science, and How to Restore Trust 1 A01 Krist Vaesen 01 eng 00 198 03 93 PDA 04 Q175 20 Replication crisis 10 SCI075000 B2 Science 20 Innovation 93 JHB 10 SCI034000 B2 Science: History of Science 20 History, sociology and philosophy of science 93 PDX 10 PHI004000 B2 Philosophy 10 BUS108000 20 Open Science B2 Politics and Sociology 93 QDTK 93 KJMV6 20 Scientific coordination 93 JPP 01 06 03 00 Contemporary science faces a profound poly-crisis: replication failures, weak theories, poor generalizability, and declining public trust. Neomania contends that these symptoms stem not merely from flawed practices or institutional pressures, but from a deeper cultural pathology—our collective obsession with innovation. This valorization of the new for its own sake has reshaped the scientific enterprise, privileging novelty over reliability and fragmentation over coordination.Drawing on metascience as well as the philosophy and sociology of science, Neomania offers a critical analysis of how this ethos has permeated the norms and institutions of modern science. The book traces its historical emergence, diagnoses its systemic consequences, and articulates a reform agenda centered on coordination, shared research programs, and epistemic integrity—an agenda that goes well beyond the principles of Open Science.Neomania advances a constructive vision for rebuilding science as a coherent and truth-oriented system. Combining philosophical depth with institutional analysis, it addresses students, scholars, policymakers, and practitioners concerned with the organization of knowledge production in an era of epistemic crisis. It is both a critique of contemporary scientific culture and a normative proposal for its renewal. 04 00 List of illustrations List of tables Introduction PART I: THE DIAGNOSIS 1. Science in poly-crisis 2. Neomania as an explanation of the poly-crisis 3. Neomania: A short history of the obsession PART II: THE CURE 4. Open science: Necessary but not enough 5. Coordinating our way out of the poly-crisis 6. Towards a science organized around research programmes 7. Epilogue: AI, the crisis from without, and a personal confession Acknowledgements References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0507_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Eindhoven University of Technology Cambridge, UK 04 01 20260206 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805117810 06 15 9781805117827 06 15 9781805117834 06 15 9781805117858 06 15 9781805117841 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0507 20 02 20260206 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0507.epub 20 02 20260206 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ebc98c6e-bec5-4869-b5c9-c1162fd00710 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ebc98c6e-bec5-4869-b5c9-c1162fd00710 15 9781800649484 06 10.11647/OBP.0334 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 No Life Without You Refugee Love Letters from the 1930s 1 B01 Franklin Felsenstein 2 A24 Rachel Pistol 01 eng 00 644 03 B2 Biography 04 DS134.4 10 HIS022000 12 JFSR1 93 NHTB 20 Personal correspondence B2 European Studies: German Studies 10 HIS027100 12 JPFQ 93 NHWR7 20 Refugees B2 History 12 JFFD 93 JPHX 10 POL042030 20 World War 2 20 1930s Germany 12 BJ 93 DND 10 LCO011000 12 BGH 10 BIO037000 93 DNC 20 Jewish persecution 10 BIO026000 20 England 10 SOC066000 01 06 03 00 The letters and journals of Ernst Moritz and Vera Hirsch Felsenstein, two German Jewish refugees caught in the tumultuous years leading to the Second World War, form the core of this book. Abridged in English from the original German, the correspondence and diaries have been expertly compiled and annotated by their only son who preserves his parents’ love story in their own words. Their letters, written from Germany, England, Russia, and Palestine capture their desperate efforts to save themselves and their family, friends and businesses from the fascist tyranny. The book begins by contextualizing the early lives of Moritz and Vera.Because the letters are written to each other almost daily, they are incredibly immediate. Most centrally, the letters recount an astonishing love story, sensual in its intimate detail, and full of dramatic pathos in revealing the anxieties of being apart as the Nazi threat unfolds and broadens. It is told through the voices of two exceptionally articulate letter writers.This volume offers insights into the moral and psychological dilemmas faced by German Jews as a targeted community. It affords a unique appreciation of the impact of historical and socio-political upheavals on the lives of a persecuted minority.A scholarly introduction by Rachel Pistol draws out the main themes raised by this correspondence, observing its relevance to contemporary debates about migration and political authority. 04 00 About the Editor Illustrations Preface and Acknowledgements Refugees: A Contextual Introduction by Rachel Pistol PART 1: THEN One: Familien Hirsch Two: Mainly Mope Three: Victoriaschule Four: “And So What?” Five: Heising Six: Of Books And Arts (1): Max Schwimmer Seven: Of Books And Arts (2): Thomas Mann Eight: “I Will Give Up Medicine!!!!!” Nine: Under The Swastika Ten: “Did I Do the Right Thing?” Eleven: Zionism Twelve: Gretel Thirteen: Marks and Mitja PART 2: NOW Fourteen: “I Stole a Kiss From You at the Train Station” Fifteen: Mope in Palestine Sixteen: Palestine or Vera? Seventeen: Dover Eighteen: “Happy and Sad at the Same Time” Nineteen: Letters From a Wretched Coffee House Sitter Twenty: “More of a Stranger Here Now” Twenty-one: “The Letter Writing Last Guest” Twenty-two: “Human Beings Are Good!” Twenty-three: “Every Turn of the Wheel” Twenty-four: “I Will Come to London Directly” Twenty-five: “The Alpha and Omega of My Life” Twenty-six: “This Ever So Long Time of Insatiable Longing” Twenty-seven: “10,108 white foxes” Twenty-eight: Visas, Visas, Visas Twenty-nine: “Today, For the First Time in My Life, I Wished I Were a Man!” Thirty: “The Little Fruit That Fell From the Tree” Thirty-one: “No Life Without You” Thirty-two: Afterword Glossary of Names Select Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0334_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240325 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800649453 06 15 9781800649460 06 15 9781800649477 06 15 9781800649514 06 15 9781800649484 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0334.epub 20 02 20240325 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0334 20 02 20240325 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:81fd0c37-9aa1-4e3d-ae06-1d52e2c87d86 03 01 01 urn:uuid:81fd0c37-9aa1-4e3d-ae06-1d52e2c87d86 15 9781783748662 06 10.11647/OBP.0195 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Non-communicable Disease Prevention Best Buys, Wasted Buys and Contestable Buys 1 B01 Wanrudee Isaranuwatchai 2 B01 21 0000-0003-0951-9020 Rachel A. Archer 3 B01 Yot Teerawattananon 4 B01 21 0000-0002-8896-8491 Anthony J. Culyer 01 eng 00 214 03 B2 Health 12 MB 10 MED000000 20 Non-communicable diseases 04 RA441 12 MBNH 10 MED022000 20 NCDs 20 death 12 MBN 10 MED076000 20 practical guidelines 20 Prince Mahidol Award Conference 20 PMAC 01 06 03 00 Non-communicable diseases (NCDs) are the leading cause of death worldwide, contributing to over 73% of all deaths annually. Each day NCDs cause more than 100,000 deaths, 80% of which occur in low- and middle-income countries. NCDs, however, are largely preventable, and a great deal of technical knowledge exists about how to prevent and manage them. Why, then, have we, as a global community, not been more successful at reducing this NCD burden? Does a universal problem not have a universal solution?Created by an international consortium of experts, this informative and accessible book provides practical guidelines, key learning points, and dynamic, real-world case studies to aid NCD program managers, policy officers and decision-makers in low- and middle-income countries, so that they can assess interventions for the prevention and control of NCDs.The book was commissioned by the Prince Mahidol Award Conference (PMAC), an annual international conference centred on policy of global significance related to public health. NCD Prevention: Best Buys, Wasted Buys and Contestable Buys emphasises the importance of context in NCD control and prevention, arguing that the success of an intervention lies in an ability to respond to local needs and environments. The book comprises ten chapters, which collectively explore the reasons behind, and strategies for, preventing and managing the NCD burden. It spans key themes such as political economy, the transferability of economic evidence, the role of cross-sectoral policies, the importance of deliberative processes, and health technology assessment.This book is written for the benefit of the global health community, and is primarily targeted at those individuals who are involved in NCD programs. This book will also be of interest to NCD champions, policy advocates, and educators spearheading the movement for increased visiblity of NCDs. 04 00 Forewords Acknowledgements Notes on Contributors Introduction Wanrudee Isaranuwatchai, Rachel A. Archer and Anthony J. Culyer Non-Communicable Diseases, NCD Program Managers and the Politics of Progress Sumithra Krishnamurthy Reddiar and Jesse B. Bump Framework for Implementing Best Buys and Avoiding Wasted Buys Yot Teerawattananon, Alia Luz, Manushi Sharma and Waranya Rattanavipapong Best Buys Tazeem Bhatia, Arisa Shichijo and Ryota Nakamura Wasted Buys Yot Teerawattananon, Manushi Sharma, Alia Luz, Waranya Rattanavipapong and Adam G. Elshaug Assessing the Transferability of Economic Evaluations: A Decision Framework David D. Kim, Rachel L. Bacon and Peter J. Neumann Finding the Best Evidence Thunyarat Anothaisintawee Cross-Sectoral Policies to Address Non-Communicable Diseases Melitta Jakab and Peter C. Smith Deliberative Processes in Decisions about Best Buys, Wasted Buys and Contestable Buys: Uncertainty and Credibility Kalipso Chalkidou and Anthony J. Culyer Summing Up Wanrudee Isaranuwatchai, Rachel A. Archer and Anthony J. Culyer Glossary of Abbreviations List of Illustrations and Tables 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0195_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20191212 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783748631 06 15 9781783748648 06 15 9781783748655 06 15 9781800646063 06 15 9781783748686 06 15 9781783748662 06 15 9781783748679 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0195 20 02 20191212 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0195.epub 20 02 20191212 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:118649cf-cc18-44ed-8375-15c90855749a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:118649cf-cc18-44ed-8375-15c90855749a 15 9781805112877 06 10.11647/OBP.0400 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 02 27552640 01 02 St Andrews Studies in French History and Culture 01 01 Nouvelles études sur les lieux de spectacle de la première modernité 1 B01 21 0000-0002-2102-148X Pauline Beaucé 2 B01 21 0009-0003-6811-4565 Jeffrey M. Leichman 01 fre 00 218 03 12 AN 93 ATD B2 European Studies: French Studies 10 PER011010 20 Théâtres virtuels 12 ANF 93 ATDF 10 PER011020 20 Première modernité B2 Theatre 12 1DDF 93 1DDF 20 Pratiques culturelles du passé 20 Early modern performing arts 20 Material history 20 interdisciplinary approach 01 06 03 00 Les théâtres du passé : des théâtres virtuels ? C’est une des questions passionnantes explorée dans ce livre par des chercheurs et chercheuses en littérature, musicologie, histoire, études théâtrales, histoire de l’art, architecture et sciences du numérique. Ces Nouvelles études sur les lieux de spectacle de la première modernité proposent de relever un défi épistémologique autour de la notion de virtuel pour la recherche en histoire du théâtre en engageant différents formats de réflexion : entretiens, articles multimédia, brèves de méthodologie, exposition virtuelle. L’objectif de ce volume est de situer le lieu de spectacle aussi largement que possible au carrefour des imaginaires et de ses usages pratiques. Ancrées dans le concret des archives, les contributions s’inscrivent dans la volonté d’un renouveau interprétatif en partant d’hypothèses rendues possibles par des perspectives contemporaines - nouvelles technologies, revalorisation d’objets autrefois jugés mineurs, intérêt pour les approches contrefactuelles. La diversité des objets de recherche, des méthodes et des résultats rassemblés éclaire non seulement l’histoire matérielle des spectacles de la première modernité, mais illustre aussi la nécessité de croiser les approches scientifiques pour renouveler la compréhension et la transmission des pratiques culturelles du passé. 04 00 Remerciements Introduction. Des archives au virtuel (aller-retour) I – PERFORMANCES 1. Recréation 3D et création théâtrale contemporaine : enjeux et perspectives du spectacle 1759. Ça commence la Comédie ! 2. La scène de l’Hôtel de Bourgogne en 1630. L’iconographie relue au prisme de l’infographie 3. Reconstituer les décors d’un théâtre de la première moitié du XIXe siècle. Enjeux de la recherche en scénographie II - ARCHIVES 4. Les lieux de spectacle forains de Maurice Vonderbeck et Jeanne Godefroy au tournant du XVIIIe siècle Brève de méthodologie 1. Une « rétro-architecture » pour l’histoire des spectacles : l’exemple de VESPACE 5. Étudier les wauxhalls parisiens (1766-1798) : la quête d’éléments connexes III - PÉDAGOGIES 6. Théâtres éphémères du XVIe siècle à l’épreuve du virtuel Brève de méthodologie 2. Archéologie théâtrale en Bretagne. Tentative de reconstitution en 3D du « Vieux Théâtre » de Morlaix (29) 7. Confronter nos savoirs : retour sur l’expérience Montaigne in Game IV - THÉÂTRES IMAGINÉS 8. Exposition virtuelle : les théâtres virtuels de Bordeaux (XVIIIe-XXe siècle) 9. Les salles de spectacle nantaises jamais construites de Vigné de Vigny et Ceineray (1755-1765) 10. Zones de conflit : imagination de l’expérience théâtrale militarisée en France au XVIIIe siècle 11. Un théâtre virtuel pour la Nouvelle Orléans : modélisation du Projet d’une salle de spectacle pour la Nouvelle Orléans de Jean-Hyacinthe Laclotte 12. Les humanités à l’âge du numérique : comme de la pâte à modeler Biographies des contributeurs 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0400_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20241008 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805112846 06 15 9781805112853 06 15 9781805112860 06 15 9781805112891 06 15 9781805112877 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0400.epub 20 02 20241008 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0400 20 02 20241008 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f8a1849c-0be0-4600-9653-83b0dc6de3ae 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f8a1849c-0be0-4600-9653-83b0dc6de3ae 15 9781909254732 06 10.11647/OBP.0036 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ 10 02 20542178 01 02 Open Book Classics 01 01 On History Introduction to World History (1831); Opening Address at the Faculty of Letters, 9 January 1834; Preface to History of France (1869) 1 A01 Jules Michelet 2 B06 Lionel Gossman 3 B06 Edward K. Kaplan 4 B06 Flora Kimmich 01 eng 01 fre 00 174 03 04 D21 12 HBG 10 HIS013000 B2 History 20 Jules Michelet B2 European Studies 12 HBJD 10 HIS037060 20 History of France B2 European Studies: French Studies 12 HBAH 10 HIS016000 20 World History 20 French Historiography 20 Romantic Historiography 20 English translation 01 06 03 00 Edited by Lionel Gossman, this volume contains three programmatic essays by Michelet. The first two are available here for the first time in English translation. The third, the Preface to the 1869 edition of the Histoire de France, originally published in its first English translation by Edward K. Kaplan in his Michelet’s Poetic Vision (1977), has been revised by the translator for this volume. Curated by leading scholars and translators this volume provides essential reading for anybody interested in modern French and European history. One of the greatest Romantic historians and immensely popular during his lifetime, Jules Michelet (1798-1874) fell into disfavour among the positivist historians who came after him and who regarded his work with disdain as "literature." In the 1920s and 30s, however, he began to be rediscovered and rehabilitated by the members of the influential Annales school. The objects of Michelet’s interest—living conditions, popular mentalities, laws and the arts, the historian’s relation to the objects of his study, no less than political history—have since come to occupy a central place in modern historical research. A free online-only supplement contains an essay on Michelet by John Stuart Mill from the Edinburgh Review (January 1844) and several studies of Michelet by Lionel Gossman. The University Committee on Research in the Humanities and Social Sciences of Princeton University has generously contributed to the publication of this volume. 04 00 Contributors Acknowledgments 1. Foreword by Lionel Gossman 2. Chronology of Jules Michelet 3. Michelet, Introduction to World History (1831) Translated by Flora Kimmich Notes and Clarifications 4. Michelet, Opening Address at the Faculty of Letters, 9 January 1834 Translated by Lionel Gossman 5. Michelet, Preface to History of France (1869), with Introduction by Edward K. Kaplan Translated by Edward K. Kaplan 6. Select Bibliography of Critical Writing on Michelet 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0036_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 The University Committee on Research in the Humanities and Social Sciences, Princeton University Cambridge, UK 04 01 20131009 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254701 06 15 9781909254718 06 15 9781909254725 06 15 9781800644632 06 15 9781909254732 06 15 9781909254749 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0036.epub 20 02 20131009 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0036 20 02 20131009 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1535743d-3e4a-4f91-b5bd-f79c6a07751d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:1535743d-3e4a-4f91-b5bd-f79c6a07751d 15 9781783747726 06 10.11647/OBP.0180 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 On the Literature and Thought of the German Classical Era Collected Essays 1 A01 Hugh Barr Nisbet 01 eng 00 344 03 12 D 20 eighteenth-century 10 LIT004170 B2 Literature 04 PT3805 B2 European Studies 12 JFCX 10 LIT004130 20 nineteenth-century B2 European Studies: German Studies 12 FC 10 LIT024030 20 thought 12 3J 20 philosophy 20 science 20 literature 20 religion 20 Goethe 20 Germany 20 Enlightenment 20 Lessing 20 Herder 20 Schiller 20 politics 20 German thought 20 Locke 20 Voltaire 20 Winckelmann 20 biology 20 environmentalism 20 natural history 20 art 20 'Age of Goethe' 20 Europe 01 06 03 00 This elegant collection of essays ranges across eighteenth and nineteenth-century thought, covering philosophy, science, literature and religion in the ‘Age of Goethe.’ A recognised authority in the field, Nisbet grapples with the major voices of the Enlightenment and gives pride of place to the figures of Lessing, Herder, Goethe and Schiller.These eleven essays range widely in their compass of thought and intellectual discourse, dealing incisively with themes including the philosophical implications of literature and the relationship between religion, science and politics. The result is an accomplished reflection on German thought, but also on its rebirth, as Nisbet argues for the relevance of these Enlightenment thinkers for the readers of today.The first half of this collection focuses predominantly on eighteenth-century thought, where names like Lessing, Goethe and Herder, but also Locke and Voltaire, feature. The second has a wider chronological scope, discussing authors such as Winckelmann and Schiller, while branching out from discussions of religion, philosophy and literature to explore the sciences. Issues of biology, early environmentalism, and natural history also form part of this volume. The collection concludes with an examination of changing attitudes towards art in the aftermath of the ‘Age of Goethe.’The essays in this volume have been previously published separately, but are brought together in this collection to present Nisbet’s widely-acclaimed perspectives on this fascinating period of German thought. It will be of interest to scholars and students of the intellectual life of Europe during the Enlightenment, while its engaging and lucid style will also appeal to the general reader.<break/> 04 00 Contents Foreword 1. Lucretius in Eighteenth-Century Germany: With a Commentary on Goethe’s Poem ‘Metamorphosis of Animals’ Hugh Barr Nisbet 2. On the Rise of Toleration in Europe: Lessing and the German Contribution Hugh Barr Nisbet 3. On the Function of Mystification in Lessing’s Masonic Dialogues Ernst and Falk Hugh Barr Nisbet 4. The Rationalisation of the Holy Trinity from Lessing to Hegel Hugh Barr Nisbet 5. Lessing and Misogyny: Die Matrone von Ephesus Hugh Barr Nisbet 6. The German Reception of an Irish Eccentric: The Controversy over Thomas Amory’s The Life of John Buncle, Esq. (1778–79) Hugh Barr Nisbet 7. Herder’s The Oldest Document of the Human Race and his Philosophy of Religion and History Hugh Barr Nisbet 8. The Ethical Foundation of Goethe’s Scientific Thought Hugh Barr Nisbet 9. Natural History and Human History in Goethe, Herder, and Kant Hugh Barr Nisbet 10. Schiller’s ‘Ode to Joy’: A Reappraisal Hugh Barr Nisbet 11. Laocoön in Germany: The Reception of the Group since Winckelmann Hugh Barr Nisbet List of Illustrations Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0180_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210520 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783747696 06 15 9781783747702 06 15 9781783747719 06 15 9781800645943 06 15 9781783747740 06 15 9781783747726 06 15 9781783747733 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0180 20 02 20210520 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0180.epub 20 02 20210520 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ac95136f-f19d-44fe-a3a1-621212381cec 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ac95136f-f19d-44fe-a3a1-621212381cec 15 9781783742813 06 10.11647/OBP.0103 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Open Education International Perspectives in Higher Education 1 B01 21 0000-0002-3398-5825 Patrick Blessinger 2 B01 TJ Bliss 01 eng 00 378 03 10 EDU041000 B2 Education 12 JNQ 04 LC5803.C65 20 open education 20 democratisation 12 JNV 12 JNM 20 open technologies 12 JNF 20 open access 20 inclusion 20 social justice 01 06 03 00 This insightful collection of essays explores the ways in which open education can democratise access to education for all. It is a rich resource that offers both research and case studies to relate the application of open technologies and approaches in education settings around the world. Global in perspective, this book argues strongly for the value of open education in both the developed and developing worlds. Through a mixture of theoretical and practical approaches, it demonstrates that open education promotes ideals of inclusion, diversity, and social justice to achieve the vision of education as a fundamental human right.<break/>A must-read for practitioners, policy-makers, scholars and students in the field of education. 04 00 Notes on Contributors Foreword David Wiley Preface Patrick Blessinger and TJ Bliss 1. Introduction to Open Education: Towards a Human Rights Theory Patrick Blessinger and TJ Bliss 2. Emancipation through Open Education: Rhetoric or Reality? Andy Lane 3. Technology Strategies for Open Educational Resource Dissemination Phil Barker and Lorna M. Campbell 4. Identifying Categories of Open Educational Resource Users Martin Weller, Beatriz de los Arcos, Rob Farrow, Rebecca Pitt and Patrick McAndrew 5. Situated Learning in Open Communities: The TED Open Translation Project Lidia Cámara de la Fuente and Anna Comas-Quinn 6. Educational Policy and Open Educational Practice in Australian Higher Education Adrian Stagg and Carina Bossu 7. The Identified Informal Learner: Recognizing Assessed Learning in the Open Patrina Law 8. Transformation of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education towards Open Learning Arenas: A Question of Quality Ebba Ossiannilsson, Zehra Altinay, and Fahriye Altinay 9. Three Approaches to Open Textbook Development Rajiv S. Jhangiani, Arthur G. Green, and John D. Belshaw 10. What Does It Mean to Open Education? Perspectives on Using Open Educational Resources at a US Public University Linda Vanasupa, Amy Wiley, Lizabeth Schlemer, Dana Ospina, Peter Schwartz, Deborah Wilhelm, Catherine Waitinas and Kellie Hall 11. Expanding Access to Science Field-Based Research Techniques for Students at a Distance through Open Educational Resources Audeliz Matias, Kevin Woo, and Nathan Whitley-Grassi 12. A Practitioner’s Guide to Open Educational Resources: A Case Study Howard Miller 13. Open Assessment Resources for Deeper Learning David Gibson, Dirk Ifenthaler, and Davor Orlic 14. Promoting Open Science and Research in Higher Education: A Finnish Perspective Ilkka Väänänen and Kati Peltonen 15. Credentials for Open Learning: Scalability and Validity Mika Hoffman and Ruth Olmsted 16. Open Education Practice at the University of Southern Queensland Ken Udas, Helen Partridge and Adrian Stagg Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0103_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Hewlett Foundation Cambridge, UK 04 01 20161219 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742783 06 15 9781783742790 06 15 9781783742806 06 15 9781800645226 06 15 9781783746187 06 15 9781783742813 06 15 9781783742820 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0103 20 02 20161219 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0103.epub 20 02 20161219 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d337bda3-1cd1-42a5-b23c-ddd73857347a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d337bda3-1cd1-42a5-b23c-ddd73857347a 15 9781805113140 06 10.11647/OBP.0405 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 02 2054362X 01 02 World Oral Literature Series 01 01 Oral Literary Worlds Location, Transmission and Circulation 1 B01 21 0000-0003-3989-3080 Sara Marzagora 2 B01 21 0000-0003-3608-005X Francesca Orsini 01 eng 00 364 03 10 FIC059100 04 GR72 B2 Literature 93 NHTD 20 World Literature 93 JBGB 20 Orature 10 SOC011000 93 AFKP 20 Oral Traditions 10 PER000000 93 DSM 20 Folklore 10 LIT020000 93 JBCC1 20 Vernacular Genres 20 performance 20 popular culture 20 textual circulation 01 06 03 00 The discipline of world literature has traditionally focused on written literatures, particularly the novel, with little emphasis placed on the unwritten verbal arts, despite the significance of oral literary expressions around the world, in the past as in the present. This volume redresses this gap by putting the discipline of world literature into dialogue with scholarship on orature and folklore. It asks, what does world literature look like if we start from orature, from oral texts and utterances, and from the performances and audiences that support it?Featuring contributions from an international array of scholars, Oral Literary Worlds explores oral traditions from three multilingual regions: the Maghreb, East Africa and South Asia. Essays discuss a variety of vernacular genres, from Swahili tumbuizo to Na’o folk songs, shedding light on less studied forms of vernacular oral production. Collectively, the contributions critique the characterisation of oral traditions as static and pre-modern, and underscore the contemporary relevance of orature to cultural and political discourse.Oral Literary Worlds offers a timely and accessible perspective on world literature through the lens of orature, moving away from traditional hierarchies and dichotomies that have characterised previous scholarship. It aims to open up new ways of thinking through local and transnational textual circulation, literary power dynamics, the interaction between textuality and audiences, and aesthetic philosophies. This volume will be an invaluable resource for scholars of world literature, folklore and performance studies, and will further interest teachers and students of popular culture, literature of dissent and music. 04 00 Acknowledgements Notes on Contributors List of Illustrations Foreword Introduction: Written and Unwritten Literary Geographies 1. A Hero’s Many Worlds 2. Ecopoetic and Ecolinguistic Approaches to ‘Broken Places’ 3. The Novelization of Orature in Ethiopian Village Novels 4. Fluid Texts 5. Erasure and Rehabilitation of the Halqa in Morocco 6. A Contextual and Functional Analysis of Na’o Folk Songs 7. Orature Across Generations Among the Guji-Oromo of Ethiopia 8. Sephardi Orature and the Myth of Judeo-Spanish Hispanidad 9. Two Tracks 10. Morocco’s Popular Culture Powerhouse 11. Dissenting Voices of Cairo Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0405_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 European Research Council 01 grantnumber 670876 Cambridge,UK 04 01 20250131 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805113119 06 15 9781805113126 06 15 9781805113133 06 15 9781805113157 06 15 9781805113140 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0405 20 02 20250131 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0405.epub 20 02 20250131 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:80204dff-c8a9-4155-a539-7ee980102875 03 01 01 urn:uuid:80204dff-c8a9-4155-a539-7ee980102875 15 9781906924737 06 10.11647/OBP.0025 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ 10 02 2054362X 01 02 World Oral Literature Series 01 01 Oral Literature in Africa 1 A01 Ruth Finnegan 2 A23 21 0000-0002-2262-0986 Mark Turin 01 eng 00 614 03 B2 Folklore and Ethnology 12 JHMC 20 Oral literature 04 PL8010 10 SOC002010 20 African culture B2 Anthropology 12 HBTD 10 LIT004010 12 1H 10 DRA011000 B2 Literature 20 Orality B2 Other languages 20 Unglue.it B2 African Studies 20 Storytelling 20 Limba 20 Sierra Leone 01 06 03 00 Ruth Finnegan’s Oral Literature in Africa was first published in 1970, and since then has been widely praised as one of the most important books in its field. Based on years of fieldwork, the study traces the history of storytelling across the continent of Africa. This revised edition makes Finnegan’s ground-breaking research available to the next generation of scholars. It includes a new introduction, additional images and an updated bibliography, as well as its original chapters on poetry, prose, "drum language" and drama, and an overview of the social, linguistic and historical background of oral literature in Africa. Oral Literature in Africa has been accessed by hundreds of readers in over 60 different countries, including Ethiopia, Kenya, Rwanda and numerous other African countries. The digital editions of this book are free to download thanks to the generous support of interested readers and organisations, who made donations using the crowd-funding website Unglue.it. Oral Literature in Africa is part of our World Oral Literature Series in conjunction with the World Oral Literature Project. 04 00 Contents Online Resources Illustrations Forward by Mark Turin Prefaces Acknowledgements Abbreviations Note on Sources and References I • INTRODUCTION 1. The 'oral' nature of African unwritten literature The significance of performance in actualization, transmission, and composition. Audience and occasion. Implications for the study of oral literature. Oral art as literature. 2. The perception of African oral literature Nineteenth-century approaches and collections. Speculations and neglect in the twentieth century. Recent trends in African studies and the revival of interest in oral literature. 3. The social, linguistic, and literary background Social and literary background. The linguistic basis — the example of Bantu. Some literary tools. Presentation of the material. The literary complexity of African cultures. II • POETRY 4. Poetry and patronage Variations in the poet's position. Court poets. Religious patronage. Free-lance and wandering poets. Part-time poets. A note on 'epic'. 5. Panegyric Introductory: nature and distribution; composers and reciters; occasions. Southern Bantu praise poetry: form and style; occasions and delivery; traditional and contemporary significance. 6. Elegiac poetry General and introductory. Akan funeral dirges: content and themes; structure, style, and delivery; occasions and functions; the dirge as literature. 7. Religious poetry Introductory. Didactic and narrative religious poetry and the Islamic tradition; the Swahili tenzi. Hymns, prayers, and incantations: general survey; the Fante Methodist lyric. Mantic poetry: Sotho divining praises; odu Ifa (Yoruba). 8. Special purpose poetry — war, hunting, and work Military poetry: Nguni; Akan. Hunting poetry: Yoruba ijala; Ambo hunters' songs. Work songs. 9. Lyric Occasions. Subject-matter. Form. Composition. 10. Topical and political songs Topical and local poetry. Songs of political parties and movements: Mau Mau hymns; Guinea R.D.A. songs; Northern Rhodesian party songs. 11. Children's songs and rhymes Lullabies and nursery rhymes. Children's games and verses; Southern Sudanese action songs. III • PROSE 12. Prose narratives I. Problems and theories Introductory. Evolutionist interpretations. Historical-geographical school. Classification and typologies. Structural-functional approach. Conclusion. 13. Prose narratives II. Content and form. What is known to date: content and plot; main characters. Types of tales: animal stories; stories about people; 'myths'; ‘legends' and historical narratives. What demands further study: occasions; role of narrators; purpose and function; literary conventions; performance; originality and authorship. Conclusion. 14. Proverbs The significance and concept of the proverb. Form and style. Content. Occasions and functions. Specific examples: Jabo; Zulu; Azande. Conclusion. 15. Riddles Riddles and related forms. Style and content. Occasions and uses. Conclusion. 16. Oratory, formal speaking, and other stylized forms Oratory and rhetoric: Burundi; Limba. Prayers, curses, etc. Word play and verbal formulas. Names. IV • SOME SPECIAL FORMS 17. Drum language and literature Introductory — the principle of drum language. Examples of drum literature: announcements and calls; names; proverbs; poetry. Conclusion. 18. Drama Introductory. Some minor examples: Bushman 'plays'; West African puppet shows. Mande comedies. West African masquerades: South-Eastern Nigeria; Kalabari. Conclusion. Conclusion Maps Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0025_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20120917 02 WORLD 06 15 9781906924706 06 15 9781906924713 06 15 9781906924720 06 15 9781800644526 06 15 9781906924737 06 15 9781906924744 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0025.epub 20 02 20120917 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0025 20 02 20120917 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b244f05b-a313-4d98-9549-711648813475 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b244f05b-a313-4d98-9549-711648813475 15 9781909254336 06 10.11647/OBP.0032 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ 10 02 2054362X 01 02 World Oral Literature Series 01 01 Oral Literature in the Digital Age Archiving Orality and Connecting with Communities 1 B01 21 0000-0002-2262-0986 Mark Turin 2 B01 Claire Wheeler 3 B01 Eleanor Wilkinson 01 eng 00 190 03 B2 Folklore and Ethnology 04 GR72 12 HBTD 20 Oral literature 10 SOC002010 B2 Digital Humanities 12 JFHF 20 orality 12 JFSL9 B2 Literature 20 online tools 20 digital cultural archives 12 JHMC B2 Other languages B2 African Studies 12 CFB 20 marginalised languages 20 ethnography 20 linguistics 01 06 03 00 Thanks to ever-greater digital connectivity, interest in oral traditions has grown beyond that of researcher and research subject to include a widening pool of global users. When new publics consume, manipulate and connect with field recordings and digital cultural archives, their involvement raises important practical and ethical questions. This volume explores the political repercussions of studying marginalised languages; the role of online tools in ensuring responsible access to sensitive cultural materials; and ways of ensuring that when digital documents are created, they are not fossilized as a consequence of being archived. Fieldwork reports by linguists and anthropologists in three continents provide concrete examples of overcoming barriers—ethical, practical and conceptual—in digital documentation projects. Oral Literature in the Digital Age is an essential guide and handbook for ethnographers, field linguists, community activists, curators, archivists, librarians, and all who connect with indigenous communities in order to document and preserve oral traditions. 04 00 Contents Editors Contributors Introduction by Mark Turin, Claire Wheeler and Eleanor Wilkinson I. Principles and Methods of Archiving and Conservation 1. The Archive Strikes Back: Effects of Online Digital Language Archiving on Research Relations and Property Rights Thomas Widlok 2. Access and Accessibility at ELAR, A Social Networking Archive for Endangered Languages Documentation David Nathan 3. Multiple Audiences and Co-Curation: Linking an Ethnographic Archive of Endangered Oral Traditions to Contemporary Contexts Judith Aston and Paul Matthews II. Engagements and Reflections from the Field 4. Researchers as Griots? Reflections on Multimedia Fieldwork in West Africa Daniela Merolla and Felix Ameka in collaboration with Kofi Dorvlo 5. American Indian Oral Literature, Cultural Identity and Language Revitalisation: Some Considerations for Researchers Margaret Field 6. Ecuador's Indigenous Cultures: Astride Orality and Literacy Jorge Gómez Rendón 7. From Shrine to Stage: A Personal Account of the Challenges of Archiving the Tejaji Ballad of Rajasthan Madan Meena 8. Mongghul Ha Clan Oral History Documentation Ha Mingzong, Ha Mingzhu, and C.K. Stuart Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0032_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20130510 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254305 06 15 9781909254312 06 15 9781909254329 06 15 9781800644595 06 15 9781909254336 06 15 9781909254343 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0032 20 02 20130510 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0032.epub 20 02 20130510 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7c258197-4377-449b-a307-bcdf194b6b34 03 01 01 urn:uuid:7c258197-4377-449b-a307-bcdf194b6b34 15 9781805114123 06 10.11647/OBP.0428 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 02 2054362X 01 02 World Oral Literature Series 01 01 Oral Poetry 1 A01 Ruth Finnegan 01 eng 00 428 03 93 JBGB 10 LIT020000 B2 Literature 20 Oral Poetry 04 PN1341 B2 Anthropology 20 Comparative Analysis 93 DSM 10 LIT022000 B2 Folklore and Ethnology 93 JHB 10 SOC002010 20 Transmission 20 Cultural Context 93 DSA 10 SOC011000 93 JHMC 20 Social Phenomenon 20 Literary Tradition 01 06 03 00 This book offers a comprehensive introduction to the vast field of 'oral poetry,' encompassing everything from American folksongs, contemporary pop songs, and Inuit lyrics, to the heroic epics of Homer, biblical psalms, and epic traditions in Asia and the Pacific. Taking a broad comparative approach, it explores oral poetry across Africa, Asia, Oceania, Europe, and the Americas. Drawing on global research, Ruth Finnegan, the author of the seminal Oral Literature in Africa, sheds light on key debates such as the nature of oral tradition, the relationship between poetry and society, the differences between oral and written forms, and the role of poets in predominantly non-literate contexts. Written from a primarily anthropological and literary perspective, this study contributes to the socio-cultural aspects of verbal art while also engaging with the literary dimensions of poetry which happens at any given moment to be unwritten. Finnegan's clear, non-technical language and extensive use of translated examples make this work accessible to a wide audience, appealing not only to sociologists and anthropologists but also to those with an interest in poetry, in comparative literature, and in global folk traditions. The re-issue of this classic study is now augmented by further illustrations and a newly written Introduction and Conclusion, situating it in the context of the contemporary study of literature. 04 00 Acknowledgements Foreword Mark Turin Preface to the 1977 edition Preface to the 2025 edition 1. Introductory 1.1 The importance of oral poetry 1.2 Some forms of oral poetry 1.3 What is ‘oral’ in oral poetry? 1.4 The ‘poetry’ in oral poetry 1.5 Performance and text 2. Some approaches to the study of oral poetry 2.1 Romantic and evolutionist theories 2.2 The ‘historical-geographical’ school 2.3 Sociological approaches and the sociology of literature 2.4 Two ‘ideal types’ of society and poetry 3. Composition 3.1 Is memorisation the key factor? 3.2 Composition-in-performance and the oral-formulaic theory 3.3 How valid is the oral-formulaic theory? 3.4 Prior composition, memorisation and performance 3.5 Conclusion 4. Style and performance 4.1 The relevance of style and performance 4.2 Prosodic systems 4.3 Repetition, style and structure 4.4 Language and diction 4.5 Performance 4.6 Is there a special oral style? 4.7 Conclusion 5. Transmission, distribution and publication 5.1 Oral transmission over space and time: some striking cases 5.2 Inert tradition, memorisation or re-creation? 5.3 How do oral poems reach their audiences? 5.4 ‘Oral transmission’ and writing 5.5 Conclusion 6. Poets and their positions 6.1 The poet: five examples 6.2 Some types of poets: specialists, experts and occasional poets 6.3 Are oral poets anonymous? 6.4 The poet as seer 6.5 The poet as individual genius 7. Audience, context and function 7.1 Some types of audience 7.2 The effect and the composition of audiences 7.3 The purpose and meaning of poetry: local theories 7.4 Some effects of oral poetry 8. Poetry and society 8.1 The link between poetic and social institutions 8.2 Does one type of poetry always go with a particular form of society? ‘Heroic age’, ‘ballad society’ and ‘oral culture’ 8.3 Literature as the reflection and consequence of social forms 8.4 Literature as social action Concluding comment Afterword Web links Bibliography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0428_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250528 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805114093 06 15 9781805114109 06 15 9781805114116 06 15 9781805114130 06 15 9781805114123 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0428.epub 20 02 20250528 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0428 20 02 20250528 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f47b7d98-56cb-4d8c-a313-0d0e09d06352 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f47b7d98-56cb-4d8c-a313-0d0e09d06352 15 9781783741656 06 10.11647/OBP.0067 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20595751 01 02 Dickinson College Commentaries 01 01 Ovid, Amores (Book 1) 1 A01 William Turpin 01 eng 00 264 03 12 DB 10 LIT004190 20 Ovid 04 PA6537 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 20 Amores B2 Classics 12 DCF 10 LIT014000 12 CFP B2 Classics: Latin Textbooks 20 erotic poetry 10 POE008000 10 POE023020 20 Rome 10 FOR016000 20 latin literature 20 commentary 20 vocabulary 20 notes 01 06 03 00 From Catullus to Horace, the tradition of Latin erotic poetry produced works of literature which are still read throughout the world. Ovid’s Amores, written in the first century BC, is arguably the best-known and most popular collection in this tradition. This book contain embedded audio files of the original text read aloud by Aleksandra Szypowska.<break/>Born in 43 BC, Ovid was educated in Rome in preparation for a career in public services before finding his calling as a poet. He may have begun writing his Amores as early as 25 BC. Although influenced by poets such as Catullus, Ovid demonstrates a much greater awareness of the funny side of love than any of his predecessors. The Amores is a collection of romantic poems centered on the poet’s own complicated love life: he is involved with a woman, Corinna, who is sometimes unobtainable, sometimes compliant, and often difficult and domineering. Whether as a literary trope, or perhaps merely as a human response to the problems of love in the real world, the principal focus of these poems is the poet himself, and his failures, foolishness, and delusions.<break/>By the time he was in his forties, Ovid was Rome’s most important living poet; his Metamorphoses, a kaleidoscopic epic poem about love and hatred among the gods and mortals, is one of the most admired and influential books of all time. In AD 8, Ovid was exiled by Augustus to Romania, for reasons that remain obscure. He died there in AD 17.<break/>The Amores were originally published in five books, but reissued around 1 AD in their current three-book form. This edition of the first book of the collection contains the complete Latin text of Book 1, along with commentary, notes and full vocabulary. Both entertaining and thought-provoking, this book will provide an invaluable aid to students of Latin and general readers alike. 04 00 Preface Abbreviations 1. The Life of Ovid 2. The Amores 3. The Manuscript Tradition of Ovid’s Amores by Bart Huelsenbeck, with the assistance of Dan Plekhov 4. Select Bibliography 5. Scansion 6. Epigram: preface from the author 7. Amores 1.1: Ovid finds his muse 8. Amores 1.2: Conquered by Cupid 9. Amores 1.3: Just give me a chance 10. Amores 1.4: Secret signs 11. Amores 1.5: The siesta 12. Amores 1.6: On the doorstep 13. Amores 1.7: Violence and love 14. Amores 1.8: The bad influence 15. Amores 1.9: Love and war 16. Amores 1.10: Love for sale 17. Amores 1.11: Sending a message 18. Amores 1.12: Shooting messengers 19. Amores 1.13: Oh how I hate to get up in the morning 20. Amores 1.14: Bad hair 21. Amores 1.15: Poetic immortality Full vocabulary for Ovid’s Amores, Book 1 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0067_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20160515 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741625 06 15 9781783741632 06 15 9781783741649 06 15 9781800644939 06 15 9781783744190 06 15 9781783741656 06 15 9781783741663 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0067 20 02 20160515 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0067.epub 20 02 20160515 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a292bc0f-f026-4759-acd0-da081c2b9f1d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a292bc0f-f026-4759-acd0-da081c2b9f1d 15 9781783740857 06 10.11647/OBP.0073 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542445 01 02 Classics Textbooks 01 01 Ovid, Metamorphoses, 3.511-733 Latin Text with Introduction, Commentary, Glossary of Terms, Vocabulary Aid and Study Questions 1 A01 Ingo Gildenhard 2 A01 Andrew Zissos 01 eng 00 262 03 12 DB 10 LIT004190 20 Ovid 04 PA6519.M3 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides B2 Classics 12 DCF 10 LIT014000 20 Metamorphoses 12 CFP B2 Classics: Latin Textbooks 20 myth 10 POE008000 10 FOR016000 20 latin literature 20 commentary 20 vocabulary 01 06 03 00 This extract from Ovid's 'Theban History' recounts the confrontation of Pentheus, king of Thebes, with his divine cousin, Bacchus, the god of wine. Notwithstanding the warnings of the seer Tiresias and the cautionary tale of a character Acoetes (perhaps Bacchus in disguise), who tells of how the god once transformed a group of blasphemous sailors into dolphins, Pentheus refuses to acknowledge the divinity of Bacchus or allow his worship at Thebes. Enraged, yet curious to witness the orgiastic rites of the nascent cult, Pentheus conceals himself in a grove on Mt. Cithaeron near the locus of the ceremonies. But in the course of the rites he is spotted by the female participants who rush upon him in a delusional frenzy, his mother and sisters in the vanguard, and tear him limb from limb.<break/>The episode abounds in themes of abiding interest, not least the clash between the authoritarian personality of Pentheus, who embodies 'law and order', masculine prowess, and the martial ethos of his city, and Bacchus, a somewhat effeminate god of orgiastic excess, who revels in the delusional and the deceptive, the transgression of boundaries, and the blurring of gender distinctions.<break/>This course book offers a wide-ranging introduction, the original Latin text, study aids with vocabulary, and an extensive commentary. Designed to stretch and stimulate readers, Gildenhard and Zissos's incisive commentary will be of particular interest to students of Latin at AS and undergraduate level. It extends beyond detailed linguistic analysis to encourage critical engagement with Ovid's poetry and discussion of the most recent scholarly thought. 04 00 Acknowledgements Abbreviations Symbols and Terms Reference Works Grammatical Terms Ancient Literature Introduction 1. Ovid and His Times 2. Ovid’s Literary Progression: Elegy to Epic 3. The Metamorphoses: A Literary Monstrum 3a. Genre Matters 3b. A Collection of Metamorphic Tales 3c. A Universal History 3d. Anthropological Epic 3e. A Reader’s Digest of Greek and Latin Literature 4. Ovid’s Theban Narrative 5. The Set Text: Pentheus and Bacchus 5a. Sources and Intertexts 5b. The Personnel of the Set Text 6. The Bacchanalia and Roman Culture Text Commentary 511–26: Tiresias’ Warning to Pentheus 527–71: Pentheus’ Rejection of Bacchus 531–63: Pentheus’ Speech 572–691: The Captive Acoetes and his Tale 692–733: Pentheus’ Gruesome Demise Appendices 1. Versification 2. Glossary of Rhetorical and Syntactic Figures Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0073_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20160905 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740826 06 15 9781783740833 06 15 9781783740840 06 15 9781800644977 06 15 9781783746262 06 15 9781783740857 06 15 9781783740864 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0073.epub 20 02 20160905 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0073 20 02 20160905 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:25c7dcab-45e2-4625-9d2f-de09ccc01668 03 01 01 urn:uuid:25c7dcab-45e2-4625-9d2f-de09ccc01668 15 9781906924485 06 10.11647/OBP.0014 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/ 10 02 23996676 01 02 Open Reports Series 01 01 Peace and Democratic Society 1 B01 Amartya Sen 01 eng 00 166 03 20 Amartya Sen 12 JPA 04 JZ5538 10 POL003000 B2 Politics and Sociology 12 JPV 20 peace 10 POL035000 20 democracy 10 SOC051000 20 violence 20 Commonwealth Commission on Respect and Understanding 20 terrorism 20 organised violence 20 war 20 Civil Paths to Peace 20 Commonwealth Secretariat 20 prejudice 20 identity 01 06 03 00 Recent acts of terrorism and the current unrest in the Middle East remind us how important it is to understand the relationship between violence, peace and democracy. In a challenging and insightful essay, Amartya Sen explores ideas around 'organised violence' (such as war, genocide and terrorism) and violence against the individual. Highlighting the inadequacies of some of the widely accepted explanations for violence—including the idea that the world is experiencing a 'clash of civilisations'—Sen makes a plea for a global, multilateral debate on the causes of conflict, and an understanding of the multiple identities of the individuals involved. The introductory essay draws on the findings of the Commonwealth Commission on Respect and Understanding, which was chaired by Sen, and established to promote mutual communication and understanding among all faiths and communities in the Commonwealth. Its timely report, "Civil Paths to Peace", suggests that governments, media and educators—indeed, everyone—must take the time to understand the complexities around violent behaviour and its causes, without prejudging what these might be. 04 00 Part I. VIOLENCE AND CIVIL SOCIETY by Amartya Sen Part II. CIVIL PATHS TO PEACE: Report of the Commonwealth Commission on Respect and Understanding Members of the Commission Executive Summary 1. Why do Respect and Understanding Matter? 2. The Nature and Nurture of Violence 3. Poverty, Inequality and Humiliation 4. History, Grievance and Conflict 5. Political Participation 6. The Role of Media and Communication 7. Young People and Education 8. Multilateralism and the International Order 9. The Way Forward and Conclusions Afterward: Original preface and letter of presentation to the Report References Bibliography Appendix: Written submissions to the Commonwealth Commission on Respect and Understanding Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0014_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20110620 02 WORLD 06 15 9781906924393 06 15 9781906924409 06 15 9781906924416 06 15 9781800644410 06 15 9781906924485 06 15 9781906924492 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0014 20 02 20110620 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0014.epub 20 02 20110620 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2da3938d-b94d-4013-97e9-fc36302abce6 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2da3938d-b94d-4013-97e9-fc36302abce6 15 9781805116103 06 10.11647/OBP.0469 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Performance Research Methods Interdisciplinary Methods for Theatre, Dance and Performance Studies 1 B01 21 0000-0002-9202-5277 Liesbeth Groot Nibbelink 2 B01 21 0009-0002-5214-9213 Laura Karreman 01 eng 00 478 03 93 JNZ 10 PER011000 20 Performance studies 04 PN1576 B2 Theatre 93 GP B2 Music 10 PER003000 20 Research methodologies 93 AT 10 SOC024000 20 Theatre and dance 93 ABA 10 EDU015000 20 Practice-based learning 20 Interdisciplinary approaches 10 LAN004000 01 06 03 00 'Performance Research Methods' is the first comprehensive guide to contemporary methodologies in performance studies, offering a clear and structured overview of the tools currently shaping research in theatre, dance, and performance. While many volumes focus on individual methods, this book uniquely surveys a range of approaches, presenting their historical background, analytical potential, practical application, and interdisciplinary relevance.Designed with clarity and usability in mind, each chapter follows a consistent structure: introduction, contextual framing, practical application, case study demonstration, interdisciplinary expansion, and suggestions for further reading. This format enables readers to compare methods with ease and understand how each can be adapted to real-world research.Developed by scholars actively teaching these methods in graduate and undergraduate programs, this hands-on volume addresses a key gap in the field: the lack of explicit, accessible discussions of performance research methods. Responding to the societal, technological, and ecological contexts of contemporary performance, the book makes visible the knowledge practices that often remain confined to the classroom.Accessible to students, researchers, and arts professionals alike, this volume provides an essential resource for anyone looking to engage critically and creatively with performance in the twenty-first century. 04 00 List of Illustrations List of Audio/Video files About the Contributors Acknowledgments Introduction Liesbeth Groot Nibbelink and Laura Karreman PART I: OBJECT-ORIENTED DRAMATURGIES AND CULTURAL ANALYSIS 1. Concept-Based Analysis Laura Karreman 2. Dramaturgical Analysis: A Relational Approach Liesbeth Groot Nibbelink and Sigrid Merx 3. Spectatorship Analysis Maaike Bleeker 4. Movement Analysis Andrew Fuhrmann, Lise Uytterhoeven, and Rachel Fensham 5. Dance Analysis Sarah Whatley 6. Music Always Does Something: Analysing Musical Theatre Millie Taylor 7. A Multimodal Critical Discourse Analysis of Listening Pieter Verstraete PART II: HISTORIES, CONTEXTS, ECOLOGIES 8. Discourse Analysis Sruti Bala 9. Creating Art Ecologies through Contextual Analysis Liesbeth Groot Nibbelink 10. Cultural Materialism and the Politics of Performance Dick Zijp 11. Tracing Histories: An Archaeological Approach Evelyn Wan 12. Archival Research Expanded: Bodily Archives and Embodied Fabulation Lisa Skwirblies PART III: SITUATED KNOWLEDGES 13. Intersectionality Anika Marschall 14. Personal Narratives and Social Constructs through Autoethnography in Performance Studies Wigbertson Julian Isenia 15. Autoethnography in Performance Studies: The Performativity of Queer Parenting Fabiola Camuti and Annemijn van der Schaar PART IV: EMBEDDED AND PROCESS-BASED APPROACHES 16. Practice-led Research: Transversal Ways of Sensing/Knowing Konstantina Georgelou 17. Affective Attunement: Mapping the Invisible Theron Schmidt 18. Doing Performance Philosophy: Thinking alongside Performance Laura Cull Ó Maoilearca 19. Hyphenated Thinking in Performance Processes: Thinking through Performance-pedagogical Entanglements with More-than-human Matter Christel Stalpaert Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0469_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20251024 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805116073 06 15 9781805116080 06 15 9781805116097 06 15 9781805116110 06 15 9781805116103 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0469 20 02 20251024 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0469.epub 20 02 20251024 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:528973a6-7d98-410c-b23f-92787840e491 03 01 01 urn:uuid:528973a6-7d98-410c-b23f-92787840e491 15 9781800646933 06 10.11647/OBP.0295 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Performing Deception Learning, Skill and the Art of Conjuring 1 A01 21 0000-0001-6883-531X Brian Rappert 01 eng 00 228 03 04 BF1623 20 entertainment magic 10 TEC052000 B2 Theatre 12 UB 04 BF1623 12 JFHX 20 perception B2 Philosophy 10 TRU004000 20 deception 12 JMB 10 SOC008000 10 ART060000 12 JHMC 20 learning 12 AFKP 12 ASZG 01 06 03 00 In Performing Deception, Brian Rappert reconstructs the practice of entertainment magic by analysing it through the lens of perception, deception and learning, as he goes about studying conjuring himself.Through this novel meditation on reasoning and skill, Rappert elevates magic from the undertaking of mere trickery to an art that offers the basis for rethinking our possibilities for acting in the modern world.Performing Deception covers a wide range of theories in sociology, philosophy, psychology and elsewhere in order to offer a striking assessment of the way secrecy and deception are woven into social interactions, as well as the illusionary and paradoxical status of expertise. 04 00 Preface: Attention, Attention, Attention! Brian Rappert Transcription Notes 1. A Kind of Magic Brian Rappert 2. Self and Other Brian Rappert 3. Control and Cooperation Brian Rappert 4. Natural and Contrived Brian Rappert 5. Proficiency and Inability Brian Rappert 6. Truth and Deception Brian Rappert 7. Control and Care Brian Rappert 8. Learning and Unlearning Brian Rappert Index Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0295_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Exeter Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220527 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800646902 06 15 9781800646919 06 15 9781800646926 06 15 9781800646964 06 15 9781800646957 06 15 9781800646933 06 15 9781800646940 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0295.epub 20 02 20220527 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0295 20 02 20220527 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6bd6e2a3-d139-4f18-b86d-b61f1a2f7951 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6bd6e2a3-d139-4f18-b86d-b61f1a2f7951 15 9781805114284 06 10.11647/OBP.0431 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Phenomenography in the 21st Century A Methodology for Investigating Human Experience of the World 1 A01 21 0000-0002-3937-7732 Gerlese S. Åkerlind 01 eng 00 312 03 04 BF318 10 EDU040000 93 JNC 20 Phenomenography B2 Politics and Sociology 10 EDU037000 20 Human experience B2 Philosophy 93 QDTK 10 EDU009000 20 Epistemology 93 J 20 Research methodology 10 SOC024000 10 SOC019000 20 Social sciences 20 Educational research 10 PSY030000 10 PHI004000 01 06 03 00 Phenomenography offers a distinctive approach to studying human experience of the world, by highlighting different ways in which the same phenomena (concepts, objects, events) are experienced within any group of people. Phenomenography focuses on the relationship between meaning—people’s holistic understanding of phenomena—and structure, that is the part-whole structure of people’s awareness of phenomena. This structure of awareness then forms the basis for identifying differences in the experienced meaning of phenomena, and how awareness needs to change to allow new meanings to emerge—whether educationally, historically, culturally or socially. Over its 50-year history, there have been substantial advancements in the methods and theoretical assumptions underlying phenomenographic research, but these developments are not always recognised. This book details how the 21st-century practice of phenomenography differs from its earlier iterations, emphasising that earlier works can be misleading when used to justify current research practices.Phenomenography is a developing, not static, approach to social science research, and this book introduces further methodological and theoretical extensions to the research. Although most commonly used in educational research, the potential of phenomenography to contribute to research in other social science disciplines is increasingly being recognised and is further emphasised in this book. In this way, this book is not only essential reading for doctoral students, but will also be of interest to those already experienced in phenomenography, and to social science researchers within and outside the field of education. 04 00 List of tables List of figures Acknowledgments Foreword Preface 1. Introduction to phenomenography and the aims of this book 2. Developments in phenomenography over time: From a research ‘approach’ to a ‘methodology’ 3. Variation in understandings of phenomenography 4. Variation in understandings of structural relationships in phenomenography Study methods 5. Epistemological assumptions in phenomenography: Implications for methods 6. Study design, data gathering and the phenomenographic interview 7. Analysing data and reporting research outcomes 8. Adding further structure to the outcome space: Structural relationships between dimensions of variation 9. Phenomenography and variation theory: The development of complementary traditions 10. Phenomenography and collective awareness: The potential of phenomenography to contribute to the broader social sciences References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0431_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250210 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805114253 06 15 9781805114260 06 15 9781805114277 06 15 9781805114291 06 15 9781805114284 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0431.epub 20 02 20250210 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0431 20 02 20250210 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c48877a0-51d3-4c74-adeb-86c52eb7ba9b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c48877a0-51d3-4c74-adeb-86c52eb7ba9b 15 9781805113829 06 10.11647/OBP.0421 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Phenomenology and the Philosophy of Technology 1 B01 21 0000-0002-2009-2198 Bas de Boer 2 B01 21 0000-0002-6602-019X Jochem Zwier 01 eng 00 304 03 10 PHI018000 B2 Philosophy 93 QDHR5 04 T14 20 Technological artifacts 20 Contemporary life 10 PHI013000 B2 Politics and Sociology 93 QDTJ 93 PDR 10 PHI026000 20 Postphenomenology 93 3M 10 PHI016000 20 Temporality 20 Philosophy of technology 01 06 03 00 Our contemporary world is undeniably intertwined with technology, influencing every aspect of human life. This edited volume delves into why modern philosophical approaches to technology closely align with phenomenology and explores the implications of this relationship. Over the past two decades, scholars have emphasized users’ lived experiences and their interactions with technological practices, arguing that technologies gain meaning and shape within specific contexts, actively shaping those contexts in return. This book investigates the phenomenological roots of contemporary philosophy of technology, examining how phenomenology informs analyses of temporality, use, cognition, embodiment, and environmentality.Divided into three sections, the volume begins by exploring the role of phenomenological methods in the philosophy of technology, and further investigates the methodological implications of combining phenomenology with other philosophical schools. The second section examines technology as a phenomenon, debating whether it should be analysed as a whole or through individual artifacts. The final section addresses the practical applications of phenomenological insights in design practices and democratic engagement.By offering a systematic exploration of the connection between phenomenology and technology, this volume provides valuable insights for scholars, students, and researchers in related fields, highlighting the continued relevance of phenomenological perspectives in understanding our technologically mediated world. 04 00 About the Contributors Introduction: Articulating the Phenomenological Legacy of the Philosophy of Technology Part I: The Phenomenological Method in the Philosophy of Technology 1. Ecological Hermeneutic Phenomenology: A Method to Explore the Ontic and Ontological Structures of Technologies in the World 2. Towards a Hermeneutic Phenomenology of Technology 3. The Institution of Technology Part II: The Phenomenon of Technology 4. The Activist Potential of Postmodern Phenomenology of Technology 5. Technological Mediation without Empirical Borders 6. Seeing the Phenomenon: The Radical Disembodiment of In Vitro Human Reproduction 7. Artificial Intelligence and the Need to Redefine Human Traits Part III: Phenomenology and Technological Practices 8. Nothing in Practice: Entanglements of Sartre’s Nothingness and Social Media Practice 9. Attending to the Online Other: A Phenomenology of Attention on Social Media Platforms 10. Three Embodied Dimensions of Communication: Phenomenological Lessons for and from the Field of Augmented and Alternative Communication Technology Epilogue List of Figures Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0421_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20241016 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805113799 06 15 9781805113805 06 15 9781805113812 06 15 9781805113836 06 15 9781805113829 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0421 20 02 20241016 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0421.epub 20 02 20241016 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9e8b481c-615e-4c16-bffb-222652dc079c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:9e8b481c-615e-4c16-bffb-222652dc079c 15 9781783749171 06 10.11647/OBP.0202 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Photography in the Third Reich Art, Physiognomy and Propaganda 1 B01 Christopher Webster 01 eng 00 310 03 B2 Film and Photography 12 JFC 10 PHO007000 20 photo-historical survey 04 TR73 12 AJ B2 European Studies 20 photographers 10 SOC024000 12 AJB B2 European Studies: German Studies 20 National Socialism 12 AP B2 History 20 Third Reich B2 Media Studies and Journalism 20 physiognomic photography 20 ethnographic photography 20 Selbstgleichschaltung 20 photography 01 06 03 00 This lucid and comprehensive collection of essays by an international group of scholars constitutes a photo-historical survey of select photographers who embraced National Socialism during the Third Reich. These photographers developed and implemented physiognomic and ethnographic photography, and, through a Selbstgleichschaltung (a self-co-ordination with the regime), continued to practice as photographers throughout the twelve years of the Third Reich.The volume explores, through photographic reproductions and accompanying analysis, diverse aspects of photography during the Third Reich, ranging from the influence of Modernism, the qualitative effect of propaganda photography, and the utilisation of technology such as colour film, to the photograph as ideological metaphor. With an emphasis on the idealised representation of the German body and the role of physiognomy within this representation, the book examines how select photographers created and developed a visual myth of the ‘master race’ and its antitheses under the auspices of the Nationalist Socialist state.Photography in the Third Reich approaches its historical source photographs as material culture, examining their production, construction and proliferation. This detailed and informative text will be a valuable resource not only to historians studying the Third Reich, but to scholars and students of film, history of art, politics, media studies, cultural studies and holocaust studies. 04 00 Contents Foreword Eric Kurlander Introduction Editor’s Introduction Christopher Webster Photo Lessons: Teaching Physiognomy during the Weimar Republic Pepper Stetler STATE Dark Sky, White Costumes: The Janus State of Modern Photography in Germany 1933–1945 Rolf Sachsse LEADERS ‘The Deepest Well of German Life’: Hierarchy, Physiognomy and the Imperative of Leadership in Erich Retzlaff’s Portraits of the National Socialist Elite Christopher Webster WORKERS The Timeless Imprint of Erna Lendvai-Dircksen’s Das deutsche Volksgesicht (Face of the German Race) Andrés Mario Zervigón HEIMAT Photography, Heimat, Ideology Ulrich Hägele MYTH ‘Transmissions from an Extrasensory World’ — Ethnos and Mysticism in the Photographic Nexus Christopher Webster SCIENCE Science and Ideology: Photographic ‘Economies of Demonstration’ in Racial Science Amos Morris Reich Conclusion Download Christopher Webster Bibliography List of Illustrations About the Team 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0202_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210107 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783749140 06 15 9781783749157 06 15 9781783749164 06 15 9781800646131 06 15 9781783749195 06 15 9781783749171 06 15 9781783749188 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0202.epub 20 02 20210107 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0202 20 02 20210107 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d58f3e57-88c2-44ed-8b57-89cf2790973a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d58f3e57-88c2-44ed-8b57-89cf2790973a 15 9781783742363 06 10.11647/OBP.0094 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Piety in Pieces How Medieval Readers Customized their Manuscripts 1 A01 21 0000-0002-1633-7607 Kathryn M. Rudy 01 eng 00 412 03 12 DSBB B2 History of the Book 10 LIT007000 20 Medieval manuscripts 04 Z105 20 codicology 12 HRLC 10 LIT011000 20 book personalisation 10 LIT025040 20 material culture of the book 20 customization 20 religion 20 devotional 20 medievalism 20 medieval studies 01 06 03 00 Medieval manuscripts resisted obsolescence. Made by highly specialised craftspeople (scribes, illuminators, book binders) with labour-intensive processes using exclusive and sometimes exotic materials (parchment made from dozens or hundreds of skins, inks and paints made from prized minerals, animals and plants), books were expensive and built to last. They usually outlived their owners. Rather than discard them when they were superseded, book owners found ways to update, amend and upcycle books or book parts.These activities accelerated in the fifteenth century. Most manuscripts made before 1390 were bespoke and made for a particular client, but those made after 1390 (especially books of hours) were increasingly made for an open market, in which the producer was not in direct contact with the buyer. Increased efficiency led to more generic products, which owners were motivated to personalise. It also led to more blank parchment in the book, for example, the backs of inserted miniatures and the blanks ends of textual components. Book buyers of the late fourteenth and throughout the fifteenth century still held onto the old connotations of manuscripts—that they were custom-made luxury items—even when the production had become impersonal.Owners consequently purchased books made for an open market and then personalised them, filling in the blank spaces, and even adding more components later. This would give them an affordable product, but one that still smacked of luxury and met their individual needs. They kept older books in circulation by amending them, attached items to generic books to make them more relevant and valuable, and added new prayers with escalating indulgences as the culture of salvation shifted.Rudy considers ways in which book owners adjusted the contents of their books from the simplest (add a marginal note, sew in a curtain) to the most complex (take the book apart, embellish the components with painted decoration, add more quires of parchment). By making sometimes extreme adjustments, book owners kept their books fashionable and emotionally relevant. This study explores the intersection of codicology and human desire.Rudy shows how increased modularisation of book making led to more standardisation but also to more opportunities for personalisation. She asks: What properties did parchment manuscripts have that printed books lacked? What are the interrelationships among technology, efficiency, skill loss and standardisation? 04 00 Notes to the reader Abbreviations used in this book Introduction: A new approach to codicology Types of augmentations Part I: The modular method A. Modular and non-modular, compared B. The hierarchy of decoration C. Modules and blank space D. Precursors of book modules E. Implications of the modular method F. Adopters of the modular method G. Complicated stratigraphy Part II: Changes that did not require rebinding A. Correcting the text B. Adding text to the blank folios and interstices 1. Noting who owned, commissioned, and paid for items 2. Adding family information 3. Adding legal documents 4. Adding a gloss 5. Adding calendrical data 6. Changing a text to reflect updated circumstances 7. Adding text to make a book appropriate as a didactic tool 8. Adding prayers C. Augmenting the existing decoration D. Drawing or painting images directly onto bound parchment E. Adding physical material superficially 1. Attaching parchment sheets to blank areas of the book 2. Adding other objects to blank parchment Part III: Changes that required rebinding Rebinding A. Adding leaves bearing texts B. Adding leaves bearing images 1. Images for the most common offices 2. Images for indulgences 3. Portraits and personalizing details 4. Images for adding value 5. Images for missals 6. Other single-leaf miniatures 7. Packages of images 8. Images removed from one manuscript and inserted into another C. Adding quires 1. Adding a bifolium 2. Adding one or more full quires Part IV: Complicated interventions and complete overhauls Building a book out of disparate quires A. An atelier in Bruges B. Unica C. The convent of St. Ursula 1. Oxford, Bodleian Library, Ms. Rawl. Liturg. E.9* 2. The Hague, Koninklijke Bibliotheek, Ms. 132 G 3. Uppsala, Universitetsbiblioteket, Ms. C 517 k D. The convent of St. Agnes in Delft E. The Masters of the Dark Eyes 1. Alongside the Master of Gijsbrecht van Brederode 2. Leeds, Brotherton Ms. 7 with an added booklet Part V: Patterns of desire A. Desire to personalize the book B. Desire to commemorate a changed family situation C. Desire to store small precious objects D. Desire for more embellishment E. Recycling and refurbishing F. Desire to make foreign-produced manuscripts locally relevant G. Desire to incorporate new prayers H. Fear of hell I. Desire to reflect wealth J. Changes, social and codicological Bibliography List of illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0094_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Leverhulme Trust 16 University of Edinburgh Cambridge, UK 04 01 20160926 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742332 06 15 9781783742349 06 15 9781783742356 06 15 9781800645134 06 15 9781783746224 06 15 9781783742363 06 15 9781783742370 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0094 20 02 20160926 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0094.epub 20 02 20160926 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:77577544-6a20-414c-b752-caa819978656 03 01 01 urn:uuid:77577544-6a20-414c-b752-caa819978656 15 9781800640566 06 10.11647/OBP.0229 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Plato's 'Republic' An Introduction 1 A01 Sean McAleer 01 eng 00 348 03 04 B395 B2 Classics 12 DB 10 PHI000000 20 Plato 12 HPCA 10 PHI000000 20 philosophy B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 20 classical philosophy 12 H 10 PHI002000 B2 Philosophy 20 ancient philosophy 12 HP 20 political theory 20 justice 20 history 20 society 01 06 03 00 This book is a lucid and accessible companion to Plato’s Republic, throwing light upon the text’s arguments and main themes, placing them in the wider context of the text’s structure. In its illumination of the philosophical ideas underpinning the work, it provides readers with an understanding and appreciation of the complexity and literary artistry of Plato’s Republic. McAleer not only unpacks the key overarching questions of the text – What is justice? And Is a just life happier than an unjust life? – but also highlights some fascinating, overlooked passages which contribute to our understanding of Plato’s philosophical thought.Plato’s 'Republic': An Introduction offers a rigorous and thought-provoking analysis of the text, helping readers navigate one of the world’s most influential works of philosophy and political theory. With its approachable tone and clear presentation, it constitutes a welcome contribution to the field, and will be an indispensable resource for philosophy students and teachers, as well as general readers new to, or returning to, the text. 04 00 Table of Contents Acknowledgments Introduction Sean McAleer 1. Fathers and Sons: Book I Sean McAleer 2. Taming the Beast: Socrates versus Thrasymachus, Book I Sean McAleer 3. A Fresh Start: Book II Sean McAleer 4. Blueprints for a Platonic Utopia: Education and Culture, Books II and III Sean McAleer 5. Starting to Answer the First Question: The Political Virtues, Book IV Sean McAleer 6. The Republic’s First Question Answered at Last: Personal Justice, Book IV Sean McAleer 7. Questions about the Ideal Polis: The Three Waves, Book V Sean McAleer 8. Surfing the Third Wave: Plato’s Metaphysical Elevator, the Powers Argument, and the Infallibility of Knowledge, Book V Sean McAleer 9. The Philosopher’s Virtues: Book VI Sean McAleer 10. Metaphors to Think by: The Sun and Divided Line Analogies, Book VI Sean McAleer 11. The Allegory of the Cave: Book VII Sean McAleer 12. The Decline and Fall of the Ideal City-Soul: Books VIII–IX Sean McAleer 13. The Republic’s Second Question Answered: Three and a Half Arguments that the Just Life is Happier, Book IX Sean McAleer 14. Are We There Yet?: Tying up Loose Ends in Book X Sean McAleer Afterword Sean McAleer List of Illustrations Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0229_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20201106 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800640535 06 15 9781800640542 06 15 9781800640559 06 15 9781800646339 06 15 9781800640580 06 15 9781800640566 06 15 9781800640573 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0229.epub 20 02 20201106 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0229 20 02 20201106 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7958d750-15e3-4f45-aefa-f25016b7dada 03 01 01 urn:uuid:7958d750-15e3-4f45-aefa-f25016b7dada 15 9781800648944 06 10.11647/OBP.0326 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Play in a Covid Frame Everyday Pandemic Creativity in a Time of Isolation 1 B01 Anna Beresin 2 B01 21 0000-0003-1926-9715 Julia Bishop 01 eng 00 522 03 20 coronavirus B2 Education 04 HQ782 12 JF 10 SOC026040 12 JHB 20 lockdowns B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC002010 B2 Anthropology 12 JHBS 20 play 10 SOC047000 12 JNC 20 pandemic 10 PSY012000 20 folklore 12 MBNH 10 PSY034000 12 JMC 10 PSY004000 20 psychology 12 JHMC 10 PSY002000 20 sociology 20 anthropology 20 education 20 playwork 01 06 03 00 During the international coronavirus lockdowns of 2020–2021, millions of children, youth, and adults found their usual play areas out of bounds and their friends out of reach. How did the pandemic restrict everyday play and how did the pandemic offer new spaces and new content? This unique collection of essays documents the ways in which communities around the world harnessed play within the limiting frame of Covid-19. Folklorists Anna Beresin and Julia Bishop adopt a multidisciplinary approach to this phenomenon, bringing together the insights of a geographically and demographically diverse range of scholars, practitioners, and community activists. The book begins with a focus on social and physical landscapes before moving onto more intimate portraits of play among the old and young, including coronavirus-themed games and novel toy inventions. Finally, the co-authors explore the creative shifts observed in frames of play, ranging from Zoom screens to street walls.This singular chronicle of coronavirus play will be of interest to researchers and students of developmental psychology, childhood studies, education, playwork, sociology, anthropology and folklore, as well as to toy, museum, and landscape designers. This book will also be of help to parents, professional organizations, educators, and urban planners, with a postscript of concrete suggestions advocating for the essential role of play in a post-pandemic world. 04 00 List of Illustrations and Recordings Introduction Anna Beresin and Julia Bishop Section 1: Landscapes 1. ‘Tag, You’ve Got Coronavirus!’ Chase Games in a Covid Frame Julia Bishop 2. Gathered in Play: Play as the Common Space during the Covid-19 Lockdown in Serbia Živka Krnjaja and Nevena Mitranić 3. Up, Down, Stop, Go, and Everything In Between: Promoting a Resident-Driven Play-based Agenda during a Global Pandemic in Rochester, New York Holly Sienkiewicz, Jenn Beideman, Beatriz LeBron, Shanielia Lewis, Emma Morrison, Lydia Rivera, and Dina Faticone 4. ‘Let Them Play’: Exploring Class, the Play Divide and the Impact of Covid-19 in the Republic of Ireland Maria O’Dwyer, Carmel Hannan, and Patricia Neville 5. How Playwork in the United Kingdom Coped with Covid-19 and the 23 March Lockdown Pete King 6. Playworkers’ Experiences, Children’s Rights and Covid-19: A Case Study of Kodomo Yume Park, Japan Mitsunari Terada, Mariia Ermilova, and Hitoshi Shimamura Section 2: Portraits 7. Objects of Resilience: Plush Perspectives on Pandemic Toy Play in Finland Katriina Heljakka 8. ‘This Is the Ambulance, This Truck’: Covid as Frame, Theme and Provocation in Philadelphia, USA Anna Beresin 9. Parents’ Perspectives on Their Children’s Play and Friendships during the Covid-19 Pandemic in England Caron Carter 10. Digital Heroes of the Imagination: An Exploration of Disabled-Led Play in England during the Covid-19 Pandemic William Renel and Jessica Thom 11. Play and Vulnerability in Scotland during the Covid-19 Pandemic Nicolas Le Bigre 12. How Young Children Played during the Covid-19 Lockdown in 2020 in Ireland: Findings from the Play and Learning in the Early Years (PLEY) Covid-19 Study Suzanne M. Egan, Jennifer Pope, Chloé Beatty, and Clara Hoyne 13. Children’s Emerging Play and Experience in the Covid-19 Era: Educational Endeavours and Changes in South Korea Pool Ip Dong 14. The Observatory of Children’s Play Experiences during Covid-19: A Photo Essay John Potter and Michelle Cannon Section 3: Shifting Frames 15. Happy Yardi Gras! Playing with Carnival in New Orleans during the Covid-19 Pandemic Martha Radice 16. ‘We Stayed Home and Found New Ways to Play’: A Study of Playfulness, Creativity and Resilience in Australian Children during the Covid-19 Pandemic Judy McKinty, Ruth Hazleton, and Danni von der Borch 17. Techno-Mischief: Negotiating Exaggeration Online in Quarantine Anna Beresin 18. What’s behind the Mask? Family, Fandoms and Playful Caring around Children’s Masks during the Covid-19 Pandemic Yinka Olusoga and Catherine Bannister 19. Art in the Streets: Playful Politics in the Work of The Velvet Bandit and SudaLove Heather Shirey Conclusion: Covid in a Play Frame Anna Beresin and Julia Bishop Author Biographies Postscript: Suggestions for Those Who Work and Play with Children, Youth and Adults Anna Beresin, Julia Bishop, with Chloé Beatty, Caron Carter, Suzanne Egan, Beatriz LeBron, Ruth Hazleton, Katriina Heljakka, Nicolas Le Bigre, Shanielia Lewis, Judy McKinty, Nevena Mitranić, Emma Morrison, Patricia Neville, John Potter, Martha Radice, Holly Sienkiewicz, and Danni von der Borch Acknowledgements Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0326_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230601 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800648913 06 15 9781800648920 06 15 9781800648937 06 15 9781800648975 06 15 9781800648944 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0326.epub 20 02 20230601 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0326 20 02 20230601 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:773bfb1f-565d-4481-af24-ed882c584d64 03 01 01 urn:uuid:773bfb1f-565d-4481-af24-ed882c584d64 15 9781800641358 06 10.11647/OBP.0244 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Politics and the Environment in Eastern Europe 1 B01 21 0000-0003-3516-7786 Eszter Krasznai Kovacs 01 eng 00 342 03 04 DJK51 20 East Europe B2 Environmental Studies 10 NAT010000 12 RNKC 10 NAT011000 B2 Politics and Sociology 12 RNKH 20 West Europe 20 Environment B2 European Studies 12 RND 10 SCI026000 B2 European Studies: Eastern European Studies 20 Political ecology 20 Environmentalism 01 06 03 00 Europe remains divided between east and west, with differences caused and worsened by uneven economic and political development. Amid these divisions, the environment has become a key battleground. The condition and sustainability of environmental resources are interlinked with systems of governance and power, from local to EU levels. Key challenges in the eastern European region today include increasingly authoritarian forms of government that threaten the operations and very existence of civil society groups; the importation of locally-contested conservation and environmental programmes that were designed elsewhere; and a resurgence in cultural nationalism that prescribes and normalises exclusionary nation-building myths.This volume draws together essays by early-career academic researchers from across eastern Europe. Engaging with the critical tools of political ecology, its contributors provide a hitherto overlooked perspective on the current fate and reception of ‘environmentalism’ in the region. It asks how emergent forms of environmentalism have been received, how these movements and perspectives have redefined landscapes, and what the subtler effects of new regulatory regimes on communities and environment-dependent livelihoods have been.Arranged in three sections, with case studies from Czechia, Hungary, Lithuania, Poland, Romania and Serbia, this collection develops anthropological views on the processes and consequences of the politicisation of the environment. It is valuable reading for human geographers, social and cultural historians, political ecologists, social movement and government scholars, political scientists, and specialists on Europe and European Union politics. 04 00 Acknowledgements Contributors Introduction: Political Ecology in Eastern Europe Eszter Krasznai Kovacs Part I 1. The Dismantling of Environmentalism in Hungary Eszter Krasznai Kovacs and György Pataki 2. The Making of the Environmental and Climate Justice Movements in the Czech Republic Arnošt Novák 3. The Construction of Climate Justice Imaginaries through Resistance in the Czech Republic and Poland Mikulás Černìk 4. Gaps of Warsaw: Urban Environmentalism through Green Interstices Jana Hrckova Part II 5. Far-right Grassroots Environmental Activism in Poland and the Blurry Lines of ‘Acceptable’ Environmentalisms Balsa Lubarda 6. Contorted Naturalisms: The Concept of Romanian Nationalist Mountains Alexandra Coțofană 7. A (Hi)Story of Dwelling in a (Post)Mining Town in Romania Imola Püsök Part III 8. The Shifting Geopolitical Ecologies of Wild Nature Conservation in Romania George Iordăchescu 9. Domesticating the Taste of Place: Post-Socialist Terroir and Policy Landscapes in Tokaj, Hungary June Brawner 10. A Geographical Political Ecology of Eastern European Food Systems Renata Blumberg 11. What is Not Known about Rural Development? Village Experiences from Serbia Jovana Dikovic 12. Failure to Hive. A Co-narrated Story of a Failed Social Co-operative from the Hungarian Countryside Éva Mihalovics and Zsüli Fehér Concluding Thoughts Eszter Krasznai Kovacs, György Pataki, Arnošt Novák, Mikulás Černìk, Jana Hrckova, Balsa Lubarda, Alexandra Coțofană, Imola Püsök, George Iordăchescu, June Brawner, Renata Blumberg, Jovana Dikovic, Éva Mihalovics and Zsüli Fehér List of Figures Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0244_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210728 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800641327 06 15 9781800641334 06 15 9781800641341 06 15 9781800646445 06 15 9781800641372 06 15 9781800641358 06 15 9781800641365 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0244.epub 20 02 20210728 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0244 20 02 20210728 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:fafcd81d-cc87-47fc-8397-a75b57aa3edb 03 01 01 urn:uuid:fafcd81d-cc87-47fc-8397-a75b57aa3edb 15 9781800648456 06 10.11647/OBP.0319 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Prismatic Jane Eyre Close-Reading a World Novel Across Languages 1 A01 21 0000-0001-7295-0687 Matthew Reynolds 2 A01 Andrés Claro 3 A01 21 0000-0003-3411-1633 Annmarie Drury 4 A01 Mary Frank 5 A01 21 0000-0002-6223-0587 Paola Gaudio 6 A01 21 0000-0002-2198-5406 Rebecca Ruth Gould 7 A01 21 0000-0001-9707-3158 Jernej Habjan 8 A01 Yunte Huang 9 A01 21 0000-0002-6585-7588 Eugenia Kelbert 10 A01 21 0000-0001-6000-3666 Ulrich Timme Kragh 11 A01 21 0000-0001-5936-7067 Abhishek Jain 12 A01 21 0000-0002-1963-3137 Ida Klitgård 13 A01 Léa Rychen 14 A01 Madli Kütt 15 A01 Ana Teresa Marques dos Santos 16 A01 21 0000-0003-0464-683X Cláudia Pazos-Alonso 17 A01 21 0000-0002-0211-8673 Eleni Philippou 18 A01 Yousif M. Qasmiyeh 19 A01 Céline Sabiron 20 A01 Kayvan Tahmasebian 21 A01 21 0000-0003-2722-6766 Giovanni Pietro Vitali 01 eng 00 896 03 12 D 93 FBC 10 FIC098040 20 Jane Eyre B2 Literature: Comparative Literature 04 PR4167.J5 20 adaptation studies 12 DS 93 DS 10 LIT004120 B2 Literature 93 DSBF 12 DSK B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 10 LIT024040 20 translation studies 93 DSM 12 HBLL 10 LIT020000 20 reception studies 20 publishing history 20 comparative analysis 20 feminism 01 06 03 00 Jane Eyre, written by Charlotte Brontë and first published in 1847, has been translated more than six hundred times into over sixty languages. Prismatic Jane Eyre argues that we should see these many re-writings, not as simple replications of the novel, but as a release of its multiple interpretative possibilities: in other words, as a prism. Prismatic Jane Eyre develops the theoretical ramifications of this idea, and reads Brontë’s novel in the light of them: together, the English text and the many translations form one vast entity, a multilingual world-work, spanning many times and places, from Cuba in 1850 to 21st-century China; from Calcutta to Bologna, Argentina to Iran. Co-written by many scholars, Prismatic Jane Eyre traces the receptions of the novel across cultures, showing why, when and where it has been translated (and no less significantly, not translated – as in Swahili), and exploring its global publishing history with digital maps and carousels of cover images. Above all, the co-authors read the translations and the English text closely, and together, showing in detail how the novel’s feminist power, its political complexities and its romantic appeal play out differently in different contexts and in the varied styles and idioms of individual translators. Tracking key words such as ‘passion’ and ‘plain’ across many languages via interactive visualisations and comparative analysis, Prismatic Jane Eyre opens a wholly new perspective on Brontë’s novel, and provides a model for the collaborative close-reading of world literature. Prismatic Jane Eyre is a major intervention in translation and reception studies and world and comparative literature. It will also interest scholars of English literature, and readers of the Brontës. 04 00 Acknowledgements Prefatory Note Illustrations Introduction Matthew Reynolds I. Prismatic Translation and Jane Eyre as a World Work Matthew Reynolds II. The World Work in Language(s) Matthew Reynolds 1. Jane, Come with Me to India: The Narrative Transformation of Janeeyreness in the Indian Reception of Jane Eyre Ulrich Timme Kragh and Abhishek Jain 2. Who Cares What Shape the Red Room is? Or, On the Perfectibility of the Source Text Paola Gaudio 3. Jane Eyre’s Prismatic Bodies in Arabic Yousif M. Qasmiyeh 4. Translating the French in the French Translations of Jane Eyre Céline Sabiron III. Locating the Translations Matthew Reynolds 5. Representation, Gender, Empire: Jane Eyre in Spanish Andrés Claro 6. Commissioning Political Sympathies: The British Council’s Translation of Jane Eyre in Greece Eleni Philippou 7. Searching for Swahili Jane Annmarie Drury 8. The Translatability of Love: The Romance Genre and the Prismatic Reception of Jane Eyre in Twentieth-Century Iran Kayvan Tahmasebian and Rebecca Ruth Gould IV Close-Reading the Multiplicitous Text Through Language(s) Matthew Reynolds V. ‘Passion’ through Language(s) Matthew Reynolds 9. A Mind of her Own: Translating the ‘volcanic vehemence’ of Jane Eyre into Portuguese Ana Teresa Marques dos Santos and Cláudia Pazos-Alonso 10. The Movements of Passion in the Danish Jane Eyre Ida Klitgård 11. Emotional Fingerprints: Nouns Expressing Emotions in Jane Eyre and its Italian Translations Paola Gaudio VI. ‘Plain’ through Language(s) Matthew Reynolds 12. Proper Nouns and Not So Proper Nouns: The Poetic Destiny of Jane Eyre in Chinese Yunte Huang 13. Formality of Address and its Representation of Relationships in Three German Translations of Jane Eyre Mary Frank 14. Biblical Intertextuality in the French Jane Eyre Léa Rychen VII. ‘Walk’ and ‘Wander’ through Language(s); Prismatic Scenes; and Littoral Reading Matthew Reynolds 15. Free Indirect Jane Eyre: Brontë’s Peculiar Use of Free Indirect Speech, and German and Slovenian Attempts to Resolve It Jernej Habjan 16. ‘Beside myself; or rather out of myself’: First Person Presence in the Estonian Translation of Jane Eyre Madli Kütt 17. Appearing Jane, in Russian Eugenia Kelbert VIII. Conclusions Matthew Reynolds Lives of Some Translators List of Translations Data and Code Notes on the Co-Authors Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0319_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC) Cambridge, UK 04 01 20231114 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800648425 06 15 9781800648432 06 15 9781800648449 06 15 9781800648487 06 15 9781800648470 06 15 9781800648456 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0319.epub 20 02 20231114 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0319 20 02 20231114 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:bc907159-c6ee-46be-8feb-c959d7140b8a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:bc907159-c6ee-46be-8feb-c959d7140b8a 15 9781783748129 06 10.11647/OBP.0187 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Prose Fiction An Introduction to the Semiotics of Narrative 1 A01 21 0000-0001-7821-316X Ignasi Ribó 01 eng 00 158 03 10 EDU015000 12 H B2 Literature 04 PN212 20 textbook 10 FIC029000 20 storytelling B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 12 YQE 10 EDU029050 12 FYB 20 narrative theory 20 high-school 12 JNM 20 college 12 DSB 20 literature 20 literary theory 20 creative writing 01 06 03 00 This concise and highly accessible textbook outlines the principles and techniques of storytelling. It is intended as a high-school and college-level introduction to the central concepts of narrative theory – concepts that will aid students in developing their competence not only in analysing and interpreting short stories and novels, but also in writing them.This textbook prioritises clarity over intricacy of theory, equipping its readers with the necessary tools to embark on further study of literature, literary theory and creative writing. Building on a ‘semiotic model of narrative,’ it is structured around the key elements of narratological theory, with chapters on plot, setting, characterisation, and narration, as well as on language and theme – elements which are underrepresented in existing textbooks on narrative theory. The chapter on language constitutes essential reading for those students unfamiliar with rhetoric, while the chapter on theme draws together significant perspectives from contemporary critical theory (including feminism and postcolonialism).This textbook is engaging and easily navigable, with key concepts highlighted and clearly explained, both in the text and in a full glossary located at the end of the book. Throughout the textbook the reader is aided by diagrams, images, quotes from prominent theorists, and instructive examples from classical and popular short stories and novels (such as Jane Austen’s Pride and Prejudice, Franz Kafka’s ‘The Metamorphosis,’ J. K. Rowling’s Harry Potter, or Dostoyevsky’s The Brothers Karamazov, amongst many others).Prose Fiction: An Introduction to the Semiotics of Narrative can either be incorporated as the main textbook into a wider syllabus on narrative theory and creative writing, or it can be used as a supplementary reference book for readers interested in narrative fiction. The textbook is a must-read for beginning students of narratology, especially those with no or limited prior experience in this area. It is of especial relevance to English and Humanities major students in Asia, for whom it was conceived and written. 04 00 About the author Acknowledgements Preface 1. Introduction 1.1 What Is Narrative? 1.2 Genres 1.3 Prose Fiction 1.4 Story and Discourse 1.5 Beyond Literature Summary References 2. Plot 2.1 The Thread of Narrative 2.2 Emplotment 2.3 Beginnings, Middles, and Ends 2.4 Conflict and Resolution 2.5 Suspense and Surprise Summary References 3. Setting 3.1 The World of Narrative 3.2 Topography and Atmosphere 3.3 Kinds of Setting 3.4 Description 3.5 Verisimilitude Summary References 4. Characterisation 4.1 The Actants of Narrative 4.2 Individuation 4.3 Kinds of Character 4.4 Representing Characters 4.5 Dialogue Summary References 5. Narration 5.1 The Expression of Narrative 5.2 Narrators and Narratees 5.3 Focalisation 5.4 Telling and Showing 5.5 Commentary Summary References 6. Language 6.1 The Style of Narrative 6.2 Foregrounding 6.3 Figures of Speech 6.4 Symbolism 6.5 Translation Summary References 7. Theme 7.1 The Meaning of Narrative 7.2 Identity 7.3 Ideology 7.4 Morality 7.5 Art and Politics Summary References Bibliography Illustrations Examples of Short Stories and Novels Glossary of Narrative Terms 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0187_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20191212 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783748099 06 15 9781783748105 06 15 9781783748112 06 15 9781800645998 06 15 9781783748143 06 15 9781783748129 06 15 9781783748136 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0187.epub 20 02 20191212 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0187 20 02 20191212 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:fa7895bf-22f2-4a9f-8361-8e74c9798670 03 01 01 urn:uuid:fa7895bf-22f2-4a9f-8361-8e74c9798670 15 9781805112211 06 10.11647/OBP.0389 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Psychological Perspectives on Musical Experiences and Skills Research in the Western Balkans and Western Europe 1 B01 21 0000-0002-9235-8389 Blanka Bogunović 2 B01 21 0000-0002-1981-0834 Renee Timmers 3 B01 21 0000-0003-3061-9317 Sanela Nikolić 01 eng 00 428 03 93 AVA 12 JHMC 10 MUS015000 B2 Music 20 Psychology of Music B2 European Studies 12 JMAN 93 JMB 10 PSY030000 20 Western Balkans 12 1DD 93 GTM 10 MUS000000 20 Music Appreciation B2 Politics and Sociology 20 Aesthetic Experiences 12 AVA 10 SOC053000 10 LAN004000 20 Performance Skills 20 Music preferences 20 Music perception and cognition 20 Musicians’ personality, motivation and well-being 20 Western Europe 20 Music education and expertise 20 Creative, Performance and Listening Skills 20 Musical audiences 20 Cross-cultural studies 20 Socio-cultural context 01 06 03 00 Psychology of Music is a flourishing area of research in the Western Balkans. However, much of its findings and insights have remained relatively unknown outside the region. Psychological Perspectives on Musical Experiences and Skills features recent research from the Western Balkans, foregrounding its specific topics, methods, and influences, and bringing it into productive conversation with complementary research from Western Europe and further afield.The essays in this collection investigate the psychology of listening and performance and their relevance to music practice. Employing a range of research methodologies, they address divergent themes, from a cross-cultural understanding of aesthetic experiences and innovations to attract new audiences, to developmental perspectives on musical growth and the challenges of mastering performance skills. Authors reflect independently and collaboratively on how these psychological processes are shaped by the different traditions and geopolitical conditions inside and outside the Western Balkans. The result is a volume that emphasizes how musical experiences and practices happen not in isolation but in socio-cultural environments that contribute to their definition. This work will appeal to musicians, music educators, students, researchers, and psychologists with an interest in the psychology of music and exemplify ways forward in decolonizing academia. 04 00 Acknowledgments Notes on Editors Notes on Contributors List of Figures List of Tables List of Statistical Abbreviations and Symbols 1. Introduction: Music Psychology Research in the Western Balkans and Western Europe Blanka Bogunović, Renee Timmers, and Sanela Nikolić PART I: AESTHETIC AND EMOTIONAL EXPERIENCES OF MUSIC 2. The Role of Affective Dimensions in the Aesthetic Experience of Music Dragan Janković and Maja Mađarev 3. Aesthetic Experiences of Contemporary Music from the Perspectives of a Composer, a Performer, and a Musicologist Sanela Nikolić and Ivana Miladinović Prica 4. Aesthetic Emotions in Music: Theory, Measurements, and Cross-cultural Comparison Renee Timmers, Scott Bannister, and Thomas M. Lennie PART II: MUSIC LISTENING IN CONTEXT 5. Sound Experience and Imagination at Early School Age: An Opportunity for Unleashing Children’s Creative Potential Mirsada Zećo, Marina Videnović, and Lejla Silajdžić 6. Adolescent Musical Preferences and their Relationship with Schwartz’s Basic Values Ivana Stepanović Ilić, Marina Videnović, Zora Krnjaić, and Ksenija Krstić 7. How Professional Musicians Can Better Connect to Audiences for Live Classical Music: Assessing Theory And Practice in the Light of the COVID-19 Crisis John Sloboda PART III: MUSIC COGNITION IN PERFORMANCE AND PRACTICE 8. Influences of Physical and Imagined Others in Music Students’ Experiences of Practice and Performance Andrea Schiavio, Henrique Meissner, and Renee Timmers 9. 4E Music Cognition in Theory and Practice Andrea Schiavio and Dylan van der Schyff 10. Memorisation of Twentieth-Century Piano Music: A Longitudinal Case Study Valnea Žauhar, Dunja Crnjanski, and Igor Bajšanski 11. Memory for Music: Research and Practice for Performers Jane Ginsborg PART IV: PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSICIANS—FROM MOTIVATION AND PERSONALITY TO ADDRESSING CHALLENGES AND ANXIETY 12. Motivation and Personality as Factors of Musical Accomplishments: A Developmental and Cultural Perspective Blanka Bogunović 13. The Lived Experience of Radical Acceleration in the Biographical Narratives of Exceptionally Gifted Adult Musicians Olja Jovanović, Ana Altaras Dimitrijević, Dejana Mutavdžin, and Blanka Bogunović 14. The Personality of Music Students with Diverse Vocal and Instrumental Skills Ana Butković 15. Theoretical and Practical Challenges in Dealing with Music Performance Anxiety Katarina Habe and Michele Biasutti 16. How do European and Western Balkans Conservatoires Help Music Students with their Health and Well-being? Raluca Matei and Jane Ginsborg 17. Conclusion: Progressing the State of the Art of Music Psychology Renee Timmers, Blanka Bogunović, and Sanela Nikolić Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0389_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240620 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805112181 06 15 9781805112198 06 15 9781805112204 06 15 9781805112235 06 15 9781805112211 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0389.epub 20 02 20240620 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0389 20 02 20240620 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:79fdfacc-265f-41cd-8b3d-f7ec3881dbdd 03 01 01 urn:uuid:79fdfacc-265f-41cd-8b3d-f7ec3881dbdd 15 9781805114901 06 10.11647/OBP.0444 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/ 10 02 27538044 01 02 The Global Qur'an 01 01 Qur’an Translations in the Eastern Bloc and Beyond 1 B01 21 0000-0001-7909-7893 Elvira Kulieva 2 B01 21 0000-0001-6603-5116 Johanna Pink 3 B01 21 0000-0002-8305-1166 Mykhaylo Yakubovych 01 eng 00 340 03 B2 Archaeology and Religion 04 BP131.14 93 QRPF1 20 Qur'an translations 10 REL037000 B2 Linguistics 20 Post-communist societies 93 QRVC 10 REL017000 93 1QFW 20 Islamic authority 10 REL084000 93 5PGP 10 HIS032020 20 Religious identity 20 Eastern Bloc history 10 HIS037070 20 State policies on religion 01 06 03 00 This book offers the first comprehensive exploration of Qur’an translations across the diverse landscapes of the former Eastern Bloc, from Uzbekistan to the German Democratic Republic. With a focus on how Islamic texts have been shaped by state policies, ideological shifts, and religious identities, it traces connections between these regions and the wider world, including Saudi Arabia, Turkey, and China. This volume draws on perspectives from both Sunni and Shia traditions, as well as contributions by non-Muslim scholars. Through archival research and close textual analysis, the contributors demonstrate how translations of the Qur’an have served not only as religious texts but also as reflections of profound transformations in national and religious identities in communist and post-communist societies. Qur’an translations have gained prominence within the modern Muslim publishing world, and their analysis reveals a dynamic interplay between local politics and global Islamic discourse. They have become symbols of religious resurgence, cultural renewal, and intellectual exchange—but also objects of persecution and contestation. Based on multilingual sources, this collection is an essential resource for understanding Qur’an translations as a significant scholarly and cultural phenomenon in the modern era. 04 00 Acknowledgements Transliteration Notes Contributors List of Illustrations Introduction Elvira Kulieva and Johanna Pink Part I: Qur’an Translations Across National Boundaries 1. Hybrid Subjectivity in a Translation of the Qur’an: al-Ramzī’s Farewell to Sufism Alfrid Bustanov 2. ‘Vernacular Qur’anic Space’ within Post-Soviet Uzbekistan: A Qur’an Translation by a Leader of the Turkestani Émigré Community, and its Uzbek Competition Filipp Khusnutdinov 3. ‘I Quenched the Thirst of Seventy Million’: Sumayya ʿAfīfī, an Egyptian Qur’an Translator for a Post-Soviet Readership Elvira Kulieva Part II: State Policies and Qur’an Translations 4. The State, ‘Official’ ʿUlamāʾ and Tatar Qur’an Commentary-Translations in Russia Elmira Akhmetova 5. A ‘Qur’an Race’ in the Cold War: Max Henning’s Qur’an Translation in the German Democratic Republic Johanna Pink 6. Constructing a Qur’an-Based sīra in Post-Soviet Azerbaijan: Denominational Approaches to the Prophet’s Biography in Azerbaijani Qur’an Translations Elnura Azizova 7. Implications of Theological Diversity in Shii-Authored Translations of the Qur’an and tafsīrs into Russian Akif Tahiiev Index About the Team 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0444_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250521 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805114871 06 15 9781805114888 06 15 9781805114895 06 15 9781805114918 06 15 9781805114901 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0444 20 02 20250521 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0444.epub 20 02 20250521 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b23d8abf-4114-4472-8a84-30bbe88de0c4 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b23d8abf-4114-4472-8a84-30bbe88de0c4 15 9781800648104 06 10.11647/OBP.0313 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/ 01 01 Rāgs Around the Clock A Handbook for North Indian Classical Music, with Online Recordings in the Khayāl Style 1 A01 21 0000-0003-1365-4188 David Clarke 2 B25 Vijay Rajput 01 eng 00 262 03 12 AV 93 AVLA 10 MUS006000 B2 Music 20 Rāgs B2 Asian Studies 12 AVA 93 AVM 10 MUS020000 20 North Indian classical music 93 AVA 12 AVGE 20 Handbook 10 MUS015000 93 AVX 12 JHMC 10 MUS032000 20 Songs (music and text) 12 1FKA 93 NHF 20 world music 12 AVX 20 ethnomusicology 01 06 03 00 Rāgs Around the Clock is a rich and vibrant compendium for the discovery and study of North Indian classical music. The theory and practice of rāg are explored through two interlinked resources: a handbook of essays and analyses offering technical, historical, cultural and aesthetic perspectives; and two online albums – Rāg samay cakra and Twilight Rāgs from North India – featuring khayāl singer Vijay Rajput and accompanists.Extracts from the albums are also embedded into the text to enhance learning and understanding. Each rāg is accompanied by a description of its chief characteristics and technical features, a notation of the song (bandiś) on which the performance is based, and a transliteration and translation of the song text. Distinctively, Rāg samay cakra also includes spoken renditions of each of the texts, helping non-Hindavi speakers to achieve the correct pronunciation.Sharing insights from both theory and practice, this collection draws on recent scholarship while also showcasing the vocal idiom – the gāyakī – of Vijay Rajput, a disciple of the late Pandit Bhimsen Joshi. It offers invaluable reading for students and researchers of Indian classical music, world music and ethnomusicology, and a rich repository for teacher and student practitioners of the khayāl vocal style. The combination of an aural and written exploration of rāg will appeal to anyone drawn to this form of music – whether newcomer, student (śiṣyā) or aficionado (rasika). 04 00 Online Albums: Track List Rāg Samay Cakra Twilight Rāgs from North India Preface and Acknowledgements Biographical Notes Transliteration and Other Textual Conventions Prologue: First Encounters Introduction: Origins, Overview, Contexts 1. CONCEPTS, CONVENTIONS, HISTORY AND CULTURE 1.1 Elements of Indian Classical Music 1.2 Sargam Notation 1.3 Rāg 1.4 Tāl 1.5 Tānpurā Drone, Svar 1.6 Rāg and Time: Samay Cakra 1.7 Khayāl: Stylistic and Performance Conventions 1.8 Khayāl: Ornamentation 1.9 Khayāl: Origins 1.10 V. N. Bhatkhande 1.11 The Guru-Śiṣyā Paramparā 1.12 Riyāz 2. A CYCLE OF RĀGS: RĀG SAMAY CAKRA 2.1 The Album and Its Supporting Materials 2.2 The Song Texts 2.3 Notating the Bandiśes (and Performing Them) 2.4 Terminology Used in the Rāg Specifications 2.5 The Rāgs 3. EXPLORATIONS AND ANALYSES (I): RĀG SAMAY CAKRA 3.1 Introduction 3.2 How Do You Sing an Ālāp? 3.3 How Do You Sing a Choṭā Khayāl? 4. EXPLORATIONS AND ANALYSES (II): TWILIGHT RĀGS FROM NORTH INDIA 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Rāg Bhairav: Texts, Notations and Commentaries 4.3 How Do You Sing a Baṛā Khayāl? Performance Conventions, Aesthetics, Temporality Epilogue: Laya/Pralaya Glossary of Terms Used in Hindustani Classical Music References List of Audio Examples List of Figures Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0313_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Newcastle University Cambridge, UK 04 01 20241002 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800648074 06 15 9781800648098 06 15 9781800648135 06 15 9781800648104 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0313 20 02 20241002 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0313.epub 20 02 20241002 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d2982949-7f7c-4527-8a55-6e4115adee99 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d2982949-7f7c-4527-8a55-6e4115adee99 15 9781800641228 06 10.11647/OBP.0241 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Reading Backwards An Advance Retrospective on Russian Literature 1 B01 Timothy Langen 2 B01 21 0000-0001-7615-6720 Muireann Maguire 01 eng 00 302 03 20 anticipatory plagiarism 12 DS 10 LCO000000 B2 Literature 04 PG2925 12 1DVUA B2 European Studies 10 LCO008010 20 Oulipo B2 European Studies: Eastern European Studies 20 French literature 12 HBJ 10 LIT004240 20 Russian literature 20 literary canon 20 literary influence 20 nineteenth-century literature 20 Gogol 20 Dostoevsky 20 Tolstoy 20 Raphael 20 Homer 20 Hall Caine 20 Coetzee 20 Petrushevskaia 20 classics 20 cultural heritage 20 Russian Studies 20 comparative literature 20 reception studies 20 translation studies 01 06 03 00 This edited volume employs the paradoxical notion of ‘anticipatory plagiarism’—developed in the 1960s by the ‘Oulipo’ group of French writers and thinkers—as a mode for reading Russian literature. Reversing established critical approaches to the canon and literary influence, its contributors ask us to consider how reading against linear chronologies can elicit fascinating new patterns and perspectives.Reading Backwards: An Advance Retrospective on Russian Literature re-assesses three major nineteenth-century authors—Gogol, Dostoevsky and Tolstoy—either in terms of previous writers and artists who plagiarized them (such as Raphael, Homer, or Hall Caine), or of their own depredations against later writers (from J.M. Coetzee to Liudmila Petrushevskaia).Far from suggesting that past authors literally stole from their descendants, these engaging essays, contributed by both early-career and senior scholars of Russian and comparative literature, encourage us to identify the contingent and familiar within classic texts. By moving beyond rigid notions of cultural heritage and literary canons, they demonstrate that inspiration is cyclical, influence can flow in multiple directions, and no idea is ever truly original.This book will be of great value to literary scholars and students working in Russian Studies. The introductory discussion of the origins and context of ‘plagiarism by anticipation’, alongside varied applications of the concept, will also be of interest to those working in the wider fields of comparative literature, reception studies, and translation studies. 04 00 Contributor Biographies Acknowledgements Introduction: Countersense and Interpretation Muireann Maguire and Timothy Langen I. Gogol 1. Something for Nothing: Imagination and Collapse in O’Brien, Krzhizhanovsky, and Gogol Timothy Langen 2. Seeing Backwards: Raphael’s Portrait of Nikolai Vasil’evich Gogol Ilya Vinitsky II. Dostoevsky 3. The Voice of Ivan: Ethical Plagiarism in Dostoevsky and Coetzee Michael Bowden 4. Foretelling the Past: Fyodor Dostoevsky Follows Guzel’ Yakhina into the Heart of Darkness David Gillespie and Marina Korneeva 5. Notes from the Other Side of the Chronotope: Dostoevsky Anticipating Petrushevskaia Inna Tigountsova III. Tolstoy 6. Master and Manxman: Reciprocal Plagiarism in Tolstoy and Hall Caine Muireann Maguire 7. The Posteriority of the Anterior: Levinas, Tolstoy, and Responsibility for the Other Steven Shankman 8. From Sky to Sea: When Andrei Bolkonsky Voiced Achilles Svetlana Yefimenko Afterword: But Seriously, Folks…. (Pierre Bayard and the Russians) Eric Naiman List of Figures Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0241_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Exeter 01 programname Institutional Open Access Fund 16 University of Missouri 01 programname Research Council Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210618 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800641198 06 15 9781800641204 06 15 9781800641211 06 15 9781800641242 06 15 9781800641228 06 15 9781800641235 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0241.epub 20 02 20210618 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0241 20 02 20210618 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0bdf8479-ab91-4d79-9936-587bd97277fe 03 01 01 urn:uuid:0bdf8479-ab91-4d79-9936-587bd97277fe 15 9781800643710 06 10.11647/OBP.0284 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Reading the Juggler of Notre Dame Medieval Miracles and Modern Remakings 1 A01 21 0000-0002-6400-2764 Jan M. Ziolkowski 01 eng 00 468 03 12 ACK 10 LIT022000 B2 Literature 20 Our Lady’s Tumbler 04 PQ1534.T5 B2 European Studies: French Studies 20 French poem 12 JFHF 10 LIT011000 12 D 10 LIT025040 20 medieval dance 20 medieval folklore 20 medieval iconography 20 medievalism 20 medieval studies 01 06 03 00 In this two-part anthology, Jan M. Ziolkowski builds on themes uncovered in his earlier The Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity. Here he focuses particularly on the performing arts.Part one contextualises Our Lady’s Tumbler, a French poem of the late 1230s, by comparing it with episodes in the Bible and miracles in a wide variety of medieval European sources. It relates this material to analogues and folklore across the ages from, among others, Persian, Jewish and Hungarian cultures. Part two scrutinizes the reception and impact of the poem with reference to modern European and American literature, including works by the Nobel prize-winner Anatole France, professor-poet Katharine Lee Bates, philosopher-historian Henry Adams and poet W.H. Auden.This innovative collection of sources introduces readers to many previously untranslated texts, and invites them to explore the journey of Our Lady’s Tumbler across both sides of the Atlantic.Reading the Juggler of Notre Dame: Medieval Miracles and Modern Remakings will benefit scholars and students alike. The short introductions and numerous annotations shed light on unusual beliefs and practices of the past, making the readings accessible to anyone with an interest in the arts and an openness to the Middle Ages. 04 00 Overview Part 1: “Our Lady’s Tumbler”: Sources and Analogues, Medieval to Modern Introduction 1. The Medieval Story A. “Our Lady’s Tumbler” B. The Table of Exempla, in Alphabetical Order: “Joy” 2. The Bible and Apocrypha A. “The Dancing of David before the Ark” B. “The Dancing of Mary before the Altar” C. “The Widow’s Mite” 3. The Life of the Fathers A. “Miserere” B. “Goliard” 4. The Pious Sweat of Monks A. Cistercian Miracles of Monks Working B. Gautier de Coinci, The Miracles of Our Lady: “A Monk of Chartreuse” 5. The Jongleur and the Black Virgin of Rocamadour A. The Miracles of Our Lady of Rocamadour: “On the Wax Form That Came Down upon a Viol” B. Gautier de Coinci, The Miracles of Our Lady: “Of the Candle that Came Down to the Jongleur” C. Alfonso X the Wise, Songs of Holy Mary: “The Jongleur of Rocamadour” 6. The Jongleurs and the Holy Candle of Arras A. “The Foundation of the Jongleur Confraternity in Arras” (in Latin) 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0284_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Harvard University Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220725 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800643680 06 15 9781800643697 06 15 9781800643703 06 15 9781800646698 06 15 9781800643734 06 15 9781800643710 06 15 9781800643727 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0284.epub 20 02 20220725 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0284 20 02 20220725 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:fca7ec1d-2329-4331-b468-3f5caba29cb6 03 01 01 urn:uuid:fca7ec1d-2329-4331-b468-3f5caba29cb6 15 9781805112426 06 10.11647/OBP.0393 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Reign of the Beast The Atheist World of W. D. Saull and his Museum of Evolution 1 A01 Adrian Desmond 01 eng 00 676 03 20 Evolution theories 12 HBLL 10 HIS015060 B2 History 93 NHD 04 QH31.S29 12 HRQA5 93 RBX 10 SCI054000 B2 Science: History of Science 20 W. D. Saull B2 Biography 12 JPF 93 QRYA5 10 REL004000 20 Science Museums in London B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 Geology 10 HIS037060 12 JPA 93 NHB 20 1830s radical thinking 93 JNB 10 POL042040 20 Atheism 10 EDU016000 20 Co-Operation 20 Fossils 20 Dinosaurs 20 Prehistoric Archaeology 01 06 03 00 In the 1830s, decades before Darwin published the Origin of Species, a museum of evolution flourished in London. Reign of the Beast pieces together the extraordinary story of this lost working-man's institution and its enigmatic owner, the wine merchant W. D. Saull. A financial backer of the anti-clerical Richard Carlile, the ‘Devil's Chaplain’ Robert Taylor, and socialist Robert Owen, Saull outraged polite society by putting humanity’s ape ancestry on display. He weaponized his museum fossils and empowered artisans with a knowledge of deep geological time that undermined the Creationist base of the Anglican state. His geology museum, called the biggest in Britain, housed over 20,000 fossils, including famous dinosaurs. Saull was indicted for blasphemy and reviled during his lifetime. After his death in 1855, his museum was demolished and he was expunged from the collective memory. Now multi-award-winning author Adrian Desmond undertakes a thorough reading of Home Office spy reports and subversive street prints to re-establish Saull's pivotal place at the intersection of the history of geology, atheism, socialism, and working-class radicalism. 04 00 About the Author Abbreviations Preface 1. Evolution Underground – Setting the Stage 2. Introducing Saull Part I — 1820s: Dirty Dives and Subversive Origins 3. From Eternity to Here: Blasphemy, Eternalism, and the Emerging Question of Origins 4. From the Devil’s Chaplain to That Dirty Little Jacobin Part II — 1830s: The Shaven Ape at New Jerusalem’s Gate 5. Perfectibility 6. Founding the Museum — June 1831 7. Monkey-Man —The Bristol Lecture 1833 8. The Antichrist and the Shaven Monkey 9. Damned Monkeys 10. An Appeal to the Revolutionary Enemy 11. Creation on the Cheap 12. Making Sense of the Museum 13. A Purpose-built Museum — 1835 14. Satires on Saull 15. Martyrs, Churches, and Vestries 16. Lease-holder of the New Moral World Part III — 1840s: Atheists and Aborigines 17. Halls of Science 18. The Atheist Breakaway 19. Backlash 20. Peace and Harmony 21. Secularism and Salvage 22. British Aborigines 23. Reforming Scientific Society 24. Museum and Pantheon for the Masses 25. Celebrating the Dead Part IV — 1850s: Destruction 26. Provisions for the Afterlife 27. Death and Dissolution Appendix 1: The Authorship of “D.”. 1826. “Letter From A Friend: On Fossil Exuviae and Planetary Motion.” Republican 14 (8 September 1826): 265–67 Appendix 2: The Authorship of “D.”. 1832. Letter from a Student in the Sciences to a Student of Theology. London: John Brooks Appendix 3: Saull’s Publications Appendix 4: The Major London Lecture Venues of Freethought, Radicalism, and Owenism in the 1830s Appendix 5: Geology Lecturers in Owenite, Radical, and Mutual Instruction Institutions Appendix 6: Saull’s Close Coterie Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0393_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240508 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805112396 06 15 9781805112402 06 15 9781805112419 06 15 9781805112440 06 15 9781805112426 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0393.epub 20 02 20240508 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0393 20 02 20240508 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:67a02374-4e51-43b5-830b-c85e4c3a7b08 03 01 01 urn:uuid:67a02374-4e51-43b5-830b-c85e4c3a7b08 15 9781783744763 06 10.11647/OBP.0138 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 2514250X 01 02 Open Field Guides Series 01 01 Remote Capture Digitising Documentary Heritage in Challenging Locations 1 B01 Patrick Sutherland 2 B01 21 0000-0001-5331-6592 Adam Farquhar 3 B01 Jody Butterworth 4 B01 Andrew Pearson 01 eng 00 192 03 12 AJG B2 Digital Humanities 20 scholarly digitisation project 10 SOC019000 04 Z701.3.C65 12 GM 20 guide B2 Material Culture 10 PHO007000 B2 Anthropology 20 British Library 12 GP 10 SOC024000 20 Endangered Archives Programme 10 REF020000 20 EAP 20 archive digitisation 20 endangered archives 01 06 03 00 This is a must-read how-to guide if you are planning to embark on a scholarly digitisation project. Tailored to the specifications of the British Library’s EAP (Endangered Archives Programme) projects, it is full of sound, practical advice about planning and carrying out a successful digitisation project in potentially challenging conditions.<break/>From establishing the scope of the project, via practical considerations about equipment, work routines, staffing, and negotiating local politics, to backing up your data and successfully completing your work, Remote Capture walks you through every stage. Bursting with helpful hints, advice and experiences from people who have completed projects everywhere around the globe from Latin America to Africa to Asia, this book offers a taste of the challenges you might encounter and the best ways to find solutions.<break/>With a particular focus on the process of digitisation, whether using a camera or a scanner, Remote Capture is invaluable reading for anybody considering such a project. It will be particularly useful to those who apply for an EAP grant, but the advice in these pages is necessary for anyone wondering how to go about digitising an archive.<break/> 04 00 List of figures List of tables Contributors Foreword Acknowledgements A note on the text boxes Brands and manufacturers Digital resources Introduction 1. Planning the project 2. Equipment and skills for digitising in the field 3. Image standards 4. Collection care and document handling 5. A workflow for digitisation 6. On the ground Conclusion Further resources Useful downloads Other reading Glossary Index Digital Appendices 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0138_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180416 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783744732 06 15 9781783744749 06 15 9781783744756 06 15 9781800645578 06 15 9781783746132 06 15 9781783744763 06 15 9781783744770 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0138 20 02 20180416 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0138.epub 20 02 20180416 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c6884d68-2305-4fc3-887c-70d28a3fdf90 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c6884d68-2305-4fc3-887c-70d28a3fdf90 15 9781800642454 06 10.11647/OBP.0263 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode.es 01 01 Replanteando la acción social por la música la búsqueda de la convivencia y la ciudadanía en la Red de Escuelas de Música de Medellín 1 A01 21 0000-0002-1315-5680 Geoffrey Baker 2 B06 Claudia García 02 eng 01 spa 00 510 03 20 acción social 12 AVA B2 Education 10 MUS006000 12 JHMC 10 MUS007000 B2 Music 20 música 12 AVH 10 MUS020000 B2 Politics and Sociology B2 Other languages 01 06 03 00 ¿Cómo podemos comprender mejor el pasado, el presente y el futuro de la Acción Social por la Música (ASPM)?Este libro pionero examina el desarrollo de La Red de Escuelas de Música de Medellín, una red de 27 escuelas fundada en 1996 en la segunda ciudad principal de Colombia como respuesta a su reputación como la ciudad más peligrosa en la Tierra. Inspirada en El Sistema, el programa venezolano fundacional de educación musical, La Red es, no obstante, notablemente diferente: su historia es una de múltiples reinvenciones y de una búsqueda continua para mejorar su oferta educativa y alcanzar mejor sus objetivos sociales. Sus reflexiones internas e intentos de transformación arrojan luz valiosa sobre el pasado, el presente y el futuro de ASPM.Basado en un año de trabajo de campo intensivo en Colombia y escrito por Geoffrey Baker, autor de El Sistema: Orchestrating Venezuela’s Youth (2014), este importante volumen ofrece nuevas perspectivas sobre ASPM y su evolución tanto en el ámbito académico como en la práctica. Será de interés para un público muy variado: empleados y líderes de programas ASPM; educadores musicales; patrocinadores y responsables políticos; y estudiantes y académicos de campos como ASPM, la educación musical, la etnomusicología y otros campos relacionados. 04 00 Tabla de contenido Lista de acrónimos Agradecimientos Introducción Geoffrey Baker Parte 1 1. Creación, Redirección y Reforma de La Red Geoffrey Baker 2. La Red Reacciona: Tensiones, Debates y Resistencia Geoffrey Baker 3. La Red a través de un Lente Social Geoffrey Baker 4. La Nueva Imagen de Medellín para el Mundo Geoffrey Baker Parte 2 5. Cambio Geoffrey Baker 6. Desafíos Geoffrey Baker 7. Posibilidades de Transformación Geoffrey Baker Epílogo Geoffrey Baker Bibliografía Lista de figuras Índice 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0263_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Royal Holloway, University of London 01 programname Music & Letters Trust 16 Music & Letters Trust 01 programname Music & Letters Trust Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220208 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800642423 06 15 9781800642430 06 15 9781800642447 06 15 9781800646544 06 15 9781800642478 06 15 9781800642454 06 15 9781800642461 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0263.epub 20 02 20220208 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0263 20 02 20220208 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2f56f49c-cf69-453b-8fb9-b3bd35759bae 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2f56f49c-cf69-453b-8fb9-b3bd35759bae 15 9781805110972 06 10.11647/OBP.0356 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Research, Writing, and Creative Process in Open and Distance Education Tales from the Field 1 B01 21 0000-0001-8282-7092 Dianne Conrad 01 eng 00 237 03 10 EDU037000 B2 Education 12 GPS 93 JN 20 Open and Distance Education 04 PN146 20 Academic writing 10 EDU029100 12 JN 93 JNT 20 Academic publishing 10 EDU041000 12 JNF 93 JNQ 20 Covid-19 12 JNQ 20 educational emergency 12 JNK 01 06 03 00 This collection of reflective essays is a treasure trove of advice, reflection and hard-won experience from experts in the field of open and distance education. Each chapter offers tried-and-tested advice for nascent academic writers, delivered with personal, rich, and wonderful stories of the authors’ careers, their process, their research and their writing, and the struggles and triumphs they have encountered in the course of their careers.The contributors explore the philosophies that guide their work, the conflicts and barriers they have overcome and the mentors and opportunities that sustain and stimulate them, always focused on making their experiences relevant and useful for scholars who are in the early stages of their writing lives. These rich and informative essays will appeal to anyone who wants to learn more about the crafts of research and writing, and the unseen struggles involved in publishing and “being heard.” 04 00 Acknowledgement Contributing Authors Foreword: The Way of Academic Writing 1. Introduction and Welcome 2. The Way of Academic Writing: Reflections of a Traveller 3. On Being Written 4. What Lies Beneath 5. Reminiscences and Reflections: No Regrets 6. Intrinsic Motivation, Agency, and Self-Efficacy: Journeying From “Quasi-University” Student to Steward of the ODE Community 7. 1001 Nights of Research: The Good, Bad, and the Ugly Magic Carpet Ride 8. Creative Academic Writing and Anatomy of a Scholarly Paper 9. Writing and Making the World 10. A Collaborative Approach to Research and Writing 11. Serendipity: Becoming a Specialist in Online Learning 12. Writing in the Margins: Maintaining a Scholarly Voice as an Executive 13. Indigenous, Settler, Diasporic, and Post-colonial: The Identities Woven Through our Academic Writing 14. Born Curious and in Trouble: Making Sense of Writing 15. A Few Words in Conclusion Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0356_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230818 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805110941 06 15 9781805110958 06 15 9781805110965 06 15 9781805111009 06 15 9781805110996 06 15 9781805110972 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0356.epub 20 02 20230818 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0356 20 02 20230818 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2c349332-fbfb-41f0-b34a-40ae8423dd4f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2c349332-fbfb-41f0-b34a-40ae8423dd4f 15 9781783740758 06 10.11647/OBP.0046 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Resemblance and Representation An Essay in the Philosophy of Pictures 1 A01 Ben Blumson 01 eng 00 222 03 04 B105.R4 12 CFA 20 Depiction 10 PHI001000 B2 Philosophy 12 HPN 10 PHI038000 20 Representation 12 HPM 10 PHI015000 20 Resemblance 20 Pictorial Representation 20 Pictures 20 Language 20 Intentionality 01 06 03 00 It’s a platitude – which only a philosopher would dream of denying – that whereas words are connected to what they represent merely by arbitrary conventions, pictures are connected to what they represent by resemblance. The most important difference between my portrait and my name, for example, is that whereas my portrait and I are connected by my portrait’s resemblance to me, my name and I are connected merely by an arbitrary convention. The first aim of this book is to defend this platitude from the apparently compelling objections raised against it, by analysing depiction in a way which reveals how it is mediated by resemblance. It’s natural to contrast the platitude that depiction is mediated by resemblance, which emphasises the differences between depictive and descriptive representation, with an extremely close analogy between depiction and description, which emphasises the similarities between depictive and descriptive representation. Whereas the platitude emphasises that the connection between my portrait and me is natural in a way the connection between my name and me is not, the analogy emphasises the contingency of the connection between my portrait and me. Nevertheless, the second aim of this book is to defend an extremely close analogy between depiction and description. The strategy of the book is to argue that the apparently compelling objections raised against the platitude that depiction is mediated by resemblance are manifestations of more general problems, which are familiar from the philosophy of language. These problems, it argues, can be resolved by answers analogous to their counterparts in the philosophy of language, without rejecting the platitude. So the combination of the platitude that depiction is mediated by resemblance with a close analogy between depiction and description turns out to be a compelling theory of depiction, which combines the virtues of common sense with the insights of its detractors. 04 00 List of illustrations Acknowledgements Note on the text 1. Introduction 1.1 An ostensive definition of depiction 1.2 The analysis of resemblance as sharing properties 1.3 An intuitive taxonomy of representation 1.4 The methodology of analysis 1.5 Conclusion 2. Defining Depiction 2.1 Grice’s analysis of speaker meaning 2.2 The intended effect in Grice’s analysis 2.3 The salient feature in Grice’s analysis 2.4 Abell’s analysis of depiction 2.5 Conclusion 3. Depiction and Intention 3.1 Objections to the necessity of intention 3.2 Objections to the necessity of an audience 3.3 Objections to the sufficiency of intention 3.4 Objections to the necessity of reasons 3.5 Conclusion 4. Depiction and Convention 4.1 Goodman’s definition of symbol systems 4.2 Formal definition of languages 4.3 Lewis’ analysis of convention 4.4 Analysis of depictive symbol systems 4.5 Conclusion 5. Symbol Systems 5.1 Analysis of conventional language 5.2 Analysis of symbol systems in use 5.3 Depiction outside of symbol systems 5.4 Meaning outside conventional language 5.5 Conclusion 6. Depiction and Composition 6.1 Theories of representation 6.2 The finite axiomatization constraint 6.3 The mirror constraint 6.4 The structural constraint 6.5 Conclusion 7. Interpreting Images 7.1 Compositionality and language understanding 7.2 Compositionality and understanding pictures 7.3 Understanding pictures without compositionality 7.4 Understanding language without compositionality 7.5 Conclusion 8. Intentionality and Inexistence 8.1 Analysing depiction in intentional terms 8.2 Denying depiction is relational 8.3 Denying relations are between existents 8.4 Depiction of states of affairs 8.5 Conclusion 9. Perspective and Possibility 9.1 The possible worlds analysis of content 9.2 Centred properties and possible worlds 9.3 The two-dimensional analysis of content 9.4 Structured intensions and impossible worlds 9.5 Conclusion 10. Pictures and Properties 10.1 Predicate nominalism 10.2 Class nominalism 10.3 Scientific realism 10.4 Inegalitarian nominalism 10.5 Conclusion References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0046_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 National University of Singapore Cambridge, UK 04 01 20140921 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740727 06 15 9781783740734 06 15 9781783740741 06 15 9781800644731 06 15 9781783740758 06 15 9781783740765 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0046.epub 20 02 20140921 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0046 20 02 20140921 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d0845f09-2d72-4ae9-bdc1-a3cdadfa2ad4 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d0845f09-2d72-4ae9-bdc1-a3cdadfa2ad4 15 9781800648661 06 10.11647/OBP.0322 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Reshaping Food Systems to improve Nutrition and Health in the Eastern Mediterranean Region 1 A01 21 0000-0001-7387-8277 Ayoub Al-Jawaldeh 2 A01 21 0000-0002-8852-7899 Alexa Meyer 01 eng 00 316 03 04 HD9018.M44 B2 Health 12 JFCV 20 nutrition 10 SOC055000 20 health 12 MBNH3 10 SOC008060 10 HEA048000 12 WBH 20 World Health Organization (WHO) Eastern Mediterranean Region 20 food systems actions 10 HEA034000 12 WBHS 12 1QRM 10 CKB055000 01 06 03 00 This detailed and comprehensive study examines nutrition and health in the World Health Organization (WHO) Eastern Mediterranean Region, presenting the six game-changing food systems actions proposed by the WHO and the progress of their implementation in the region.The WHO Eastern Mediterranean Region is a particularly complex place to study: an area of economic contrasts with changing dietary patterns and stark differences between high levels of malnutrition and a prevalence of overweight and obesity. As a result, actions to improve the nutritional situation of the population are urgently sought. The strategies explored in this book offer a unique opportunity to change food systems all over the world, addressing aspects including sustainable food production, the impact of marketing and labelling on behaviour, and the effect of global events such as climate change, war and the COVID-19 pandemic.Reshaping Food Systems is an essential read at a time when malnutrition in all its forms, including undernourishment, micronutrient deficiencies and overweight and obesity, pose a serious threat to global health, and is of particular interest for policymakers working in nutrition and public health. 04 00 About the Authors ix Introduction xv Part 1: Food Systems: Concept, Definitions, and Approaches xxi 1.1. The Food Systems Approach: Definitions and Concept 1 1.2 Challenges to Current Food Systems 7 1.3 Food Waste and Losses and Water Use 13 1.4 Sustainable Food Systems for Healthy Diets of the Future 23 Part 2: The Nutritional and Health Situation in the Countries of the WHO Eastern Mediterranean Region 29 2.1 Undernourishment in the WHO Eastern Mediterranean Region 31 2.2 The Increasing Problem of Overweight and Obesity 43 2.3 Micronutrient Deficiencies 53 2.4 Young Children and Infant Feeding Practices: Rate of Exclusive Breastfeeding, Early Breastfeeding Initiation and Complementary Feeding 63 2.5 Dietary Intake and Consumption Patterns of Adults and Adolescents 71 Part 3: Food System Actions as ‘Game Changers’ with a Special Focus on Regional Aspects and Effects 79 Goals and Objectives: Improving Food Environments and Empowering Consumers in their Food Demands to Make Diets Healthier and More Sustainable 81 3.1 Fiscal Policies for Healthy and Sustainable Diets 83 3.2 Regulation of Marketing of Foods and Non-Alcoholic Beverages as well as Breastmilk Substitutes through Traditional and Digital Media 95 3.3 Food Labelling with Focus on Front-of-Pack Labelling 125 3.4 Reformulating Food Products 143 3.5 Public Food Procurement and Service Policies to Support Healthy Sustainable Diets 177 3.6 Food Fortification, Including Biofortification 205 4. Conclusion and Outlook 243 References 247 Index 283 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0322_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230109 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800648630 06 15 9781800648647 06 15 9781800648654 06 15 9781800648692 06 15 9781800648685 06 15 9781800648661 06 15 9781800648678 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0322.epub 20 02 20230109 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0322 20 02 20230109 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b6e54855-16d6-492a-9ac5-a3d22a3a0fde 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b6e54855-16d6-492a-9ac5-a3d22a3a0fde 15 9781800641297 06 10.11647/OBP.0243 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Rethinking Social Action through Music The Search for Coexistence and Citizenship in Medellín’s Music Schools 1 A01 21 0000-0002-1315-5680 Geoffrey Baker 01 eng 00 476 03 12 AVA 10 MUS006000 20 music B2 Music B2 Education 12 JHMC 10 MUS020000 20 social action 12 AVH 10 MUS007000 B2 Politics and Sociology 20 Red de Escuelas de Música de Medellín 20 Colombia 20 El Sistema 20 Venezuela 20 music education 20 history 20 society 20 SATM 20 policy-making 20 ethnomusicology 01 06 03 00 How can we better understand the past, present and future of Social Action through Music (SATM)?This ground-breaking book examines the development of the Red de Escuelas de Música de Medellín (the Network of Music Schools of Medellín), a network of 27 schools founded in Colombia’s second city in 1996 as a response to its reputation as the most dangerous city on Earth. Inspired by El Sistema, the foundational Venezuelan music education program, the Red is nonetheless markedly different: its history is one of multiple reinventions and a continual search to improve its educational offering and better realise its social goals. Its internal reflections and attempts at transformation shed valuable light on the past, present, and future of SATM. 04 00 List of Acronyms Acknowledgements Introduction PART I 1. Creating, Redirecting, and Reforming the Red 2. The Red Pushes Back: Tensions, Debates, and Resistance 3. The Red through a Social Lens 4. The New Image of Medellín to the World PART II 5. Change 6. Challenges 7. Possibilities of Transformation Afterword Bibliography List of Figures Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0243_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Music & Letters Trust 16 Royal Holloway, University of London Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210412 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800641266 06 15 9781800641273 06 15 9781800641280 06 15 9781800646438 06 15 9781800641310 06 15 9781800641297 06 15 9781800641303 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0243 20 02 20210412 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0243.epub 20 02 20210412 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:55f121ce-5da4-4b87-b96f-90d768850551 03 01 01 urn:uuid:55f121ce-5da4-4b87-b96f-90d768850551 15 9781783749645 06 10.11647/OBP.0213 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Right Research Modelling Sustainable Research Practices in the Anthropocene 1 B01 Chelsea Miya 2 B01 Oliver Rossier 3 B01 21 0000-0001-7430-4742 Geoffrey Rockwell 01 eng 00 558 03 B2 Anthropology 10 EDU037000 20 Educational institutions 04 GF75 12 GP B2 Environmental Studies 12 GPS 10 SOC002000 20 social change 12 JH 20 political change 20 institutional practices 12 JHMC 20 scholarly research practices 20 age of the Anthropocene 20 relationship to the environment 01 06 03 00 Educational institutions play an instrumental role in social and political change, and are responsible for the environmental and social ethics of their institutional practices. The essays in this volume critically examine scholarly research practices in the age of the Anthropocene, and ask what accountability educators and researchers have in ‘righting’ their relationship to the environment. The volume further calls attention to the geographical, financial, legal and political barriers that might limit scholarly dialogue by excluding researchers from participating in traditional modes of scholarly conversation.As such, Right Research is a bold invitation to the academic community to rigorous self-reflection on what their research looks like, how it is conducted, and how it might be developed so as to increase accessibility and sustainability, and decrease carbon footprint. The volume follows a three-part structure that bridges conceptual and practical concerns: the first section challenges our assumptions about how sustainability is defined, measured and practiced; the second section showcases artist-researchers whose work engages with the impact of humans on our environment; while the third section investigates how academic spaces can model eco-conscious behaviour.This timely volume responds to an increased demand for environmentally sustainable research, and is outstanding not only in its interdisciplinarity, but its embrace of non-traditional formats, spanning academic articles, creative acts, personal reflections and dialogues. Right Research will be a valuable resource for educators and researchers interested in developing and hybridizing their scholarly communication formats in the face of the current climate crisis. 04 00 Contents Contributor Biographies Editors’ Preface Oliver Rossier, Chelsea Miya and Geoffrey Rockwell SECTION ONE: RE-DEFINING SUSTAINABILITY 1. Why Should We Try to Be Sustainable?: Expected Consequences and the Ethics of Making an Indeterminate Difference Howard Nye 2. Sustainability in the Anthropocene: From Forests to the Globe Petra Dolata 3. Academia, Abstraction and the Anthropocene: Changing the Story for Right Relationship Kristine Kowalchuk 4. Kitting the Digital Humanities for the Anthropocene: Digital Metabolism and Eco-Critical DH Amanda Starling Gould 5. Impact of the Digital Revolution on Worldwide Energy Consumption Doug Barlage and Gem Shoute 6. Sustainable DNA: In Conversation Mél Hogan and Deb Verhoeven SECTION TWO: ART AND/IN THE ANTHROPOCENE 7. Design Education in the Anthropocene: Teaching Systems Thinking Eric Benson and Priscilla Ferronato 8. Inspiration from Goethe’s Tender Empiricism: How to be the Person Collecting, Analyzing and Visualizing Data Joshua Korenblat 9. Solidarity Seeds: Situated Knowledges in Bishan Village, Wang Chau Village and Aarey Forest Michael Leung 10. e-Waste Peep Show: A Research-Creation Project on the (In)visibility of Technological Waste Lai-Tze Fan 11. Art, Ecology, and the Politics of Form: A Panel Revisited Natalie Loveless, Andrew S. Yang, Karin Bolender, Christa Donner, Scott Smallwood, Leanne Olson and Jesse Beier Art and/in the Anthropocene Natalie Loveless The Aesthetics of Hidden Ecologies Andrew S. Yang R.A.W. Arts of Barnyard Becomings Karin Bolender From Repulsion to Care Leanne Olson Nurture/Future/Sculpture Christa Donner Thoughts on an Unfinished Composition... Scott Smallwood Against Frontier Sustainability (or, Breaking Up with The High Frontier) Jessie Beier Aesthetic Attunements Natalie Loveless SECTION THREE: SUSTAINABLE CAMPUSES 12. The Weight of The Digital: Experiencing Infrastructure with InfraVU Ted Dawson 13. Asking Why: Cultivating Eco-Consciousness in Research Labs Allison Paradise 14. Sustainability, Living Labs and Repair: Approaches to Climate Change Mitigation Hart Cohen, Francesca Sidoti, Alison Gill, Abby Mellick Lopes, Maryella Hatfield and Jonathon Allen A Decade of Design-led Sustainability Projects at Western Sydney Abby Mellick Lopes and Jonathon Allen Case Studies in Sustainability: The South Vineyard Creek Story Maryella Hatfield Re-pair: An Open Project for Cultures and Economies of Repair in Western Sydney Alison Gill, Abby Mellick Lopes and Francesca Sidoti Coda Hart Cohen 15. An Intro to Econferences Geoffrey Rockwell, Oliver Rossier and Chelsea Miya 16. Econferences Are Not the Same, but Are They Good Enough? Terry Anderson 17. Online Conferences: Some History, Methods and Benefits Nick Byrd 18. ‘Greening’ Academic Gatherings: A Case for Econferences Oliver Rossier, Chelsea Miya and Geoffrey Rockwell List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0213_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Alberta Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210429 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783749614 06 15 9781783749621 06 15 9781783749638 06 15 9781800646193 06 15 9781783749669 06 15 9781783749645 06 15 9781783749652 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0213.epub 20 02 20210429 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0213 20 02 20210429 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:672517b6-6b6d-4447-ac2f-06ee8238e484 03 01 01 urn:uuid:672517b6-6b6d-4447-ac2f-06ee8238e484 15 9781800640740 06 10.11647/OBP.0232 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Romanticism and Time Literary Temporalities 1 B01 21 0000-0001-6622-9455 Sophie Laniel-Musitelli 2 B01 Céline Sabiron 01 eng 00 312 03 12 D 10 LIT000000 B2 Literature 04 PN603 20 time 12 DSBF 10 LIT004120 B2 Literature: Comparative Literature 20 William Blake 20 British 12 DS B2 European Studies 10 LIT024030 12 DSC 10 LIT024040 20 Romantic 12 DSK 10 LIT014000 20 literature 20 poetry 20 eighteenth century 20 nineteenth century 20 history 20 Percy Shelley 20 John Clare 20 Samuel Rodgers 20 Frankenstein 20 periodisation 20 poetics of time 20 ecology 20 futurity 20 opera 20 atemporality 20 Venice 20 America 20 Europe 20 Beethoven 20 Irving 20 Nietzsche 20 Beckett 20 philosophy 01 06 03 00 ‘Eternity is in love with the productions of time’. This original edited volume takes William Blake’s aphorism as a basis to explore how British Romantic literature creates its own sense of time. It considers Romantic poetry as embedded in and reflecting on the march of time, regarding it not merely as a reaction to the course of events between the late-eighteenth and mid-nineteenth centuries, but also as a form of creative engagement with history in the making.The authors offer a comprehensive overview of the question of time from a literary perspective, applying a diverse range of critical approaches to Romantic authors from William Blake and Percy Shelley to John Clare and Samuel Rodgers. Close readings uncover fresh insights into these authors and their works, including Frankenstein, the most familiar of Romantic texts.Revising current thinking about periodisation, the authors explore how the Romantic poetics of time bears witness to the ruptures and dislocations at work within chronological time. They consider an array of topics, such as ecological time, futurity, operatic time, or the a-temporality of Venice. As well as surveying the Romantic canon’s evolution over time, these essays approach it as a phenomenon unfolding across national borders. Romantic authors are compared with American or European counterparts including Beethoven, Irving, Nietzsche and Beckett.Romanticism and Time will be of great value to literary scholars and students working in Romantic Studies. It will be of further interest to philosophers and historians working on the connections between philosophy, history and literature during the nineteenth century. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgements Introduction: The Times of Romanticism Sophie Laniel-Musitelli and Céline Sabiron Section I: Restoration, Revival, and Revolution across Romantic Europe 1. Future Restoration Paul Hamilton 2. Anthropocene Temporalities and British Romantic Poetry Evan Gottlieb 3. Beethoven: Revolutionary Transformations Gregory Dart Section II: Romantic Conceptions of Time 4. The Temporality of the Soul: Immanent Conceptions of Time in Wordsworth and Byron Ralf Haekel 5. ‘Footing slow across a silent plain’: Time and Walking in Keatsian Poetics Oriane Monthéard Section III: The Poetics of Time 6. Contracting Time: John Clare’s The Shepherd’s Calendar Lily Dessau 7. Book-Time in Charles Lamb and Washington Irving Matthew Redmond 8. ‘A disciple of Albertus Magnus [...] in the eighteenth century’: Anachronism and Anachrony in Frankenstein Anne Rouhette Section IV: Persistence and Afterlives 9. Heaps of Time in Beckett and Shelley Laura Quinney 10. ‘Thy Wreck a Glory’: Venice, Subjectivity, and Temporality in Byron and Shelley and the Post-Romantic Imagination Mark Sandy Section V: Romanticism and Periodisation Romanticism and Periodisation: A Roundtable David Duff, Nicholas Halmi, Fiona Stafford, Martin Procházka and Laurent Folliot 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0232_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210310 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800640719 06 15 9781800640726 06 15 9781800640733 06 15 9781800646353 06 15 9781800640764 06 15 9781800640740 06 15 9781800640757 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0232.epub 20 02 20210310 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0232 20 02 20210310 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:92b5a6a0-36c4-4a98-8840-1716d374ad69 03 01 01 urn:uuid:92b5a6a0-36c4-4a98-8840-1716d374ad69 15 9781783746965 06 10.11647/OBP.0167 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Sailing from Polis to Empire Ships in the Eastern Mediterranean during the Hellenistic Period 1 B01 21 0000-0002-0003-6615 Emmanuel Nantet 01 eng 00 138 03 B2 Archaeology and Religion 12 HBJD 20 Hellenistic archaeology 10 HIS002010 04 VM16 B2 Classics 12 HBLA 20 Hellenistic economy 04 S25 12 HBTM B2 History 20 naval architecture B2 European Studies 20 shipping in the eastern Mediterranean 20 maritime trade 20 the Mediterranean 01 06 03 00 This book represents a significant contribution to the fields of Hellenistic archaeology, Hellenistic economy, naval architecture and shipping in the eastern Mediterranean. It asks (and answers) questions that are often simply assumed and not systematically investigated.<break/>— Dr. Conor Trainor, University of WarwickWhat can the architecture of ancient ships tell us about their capacity to carry cargo or to navigate certain trade routes? How do such insights inform our knowledge of the ancient economies that depended on maritime trade across the Mediterranean?These and similar questions lie behind Sailing from Polis to Empire, a fascinating insight into the practicalities of trading by boat in the ancient world. Allying modern scientific knowledge with Hellenistic sources, this interdisciplinary collection brings together experts in various fields of ship archaeology to shed new light on the role played by ships and sailing in the exchange networks of the Mediterranean. Covering all parts of the Eastern Mediterranean, these outstanding contributions delve into a broad array of data – literary, epigraphical, papyrological, iconographic and archaeological – to understand the trade routes that connected the economies of individual cities and kingdoms.Unique in its interdisciplinary approach and focus on the Hellenistic period, this collection digs into the questions that others don’t think to ask, and comes up with (sometimes surprising) answers. It will be of value to researchers in the fields of naval architecture, Classical and Hellenistic history, social history and ancient geography, and to all those with an interest in the ancient world or the seafaring life. 04 00 Preliminary Notes Authors Preface Alain Bresson 1. The Hellenistic Merchantmen: A Contribution to the Study of the Mediterranean Economies Emmanuel Nantet 2. Evolutions of the Representation of the Eastern Mediterranean in the Hellenistic Period Jean-Marie Kowalski 3. Naval Architecture. The Hellenistic Hull Design: Origin and Evolution Patrice Pomey 4. Naves Pingere: 'Painting Ships' in the Hellenistic Period Martin Galinier and Emmanuel Nantet 5. The Rise of the Tonnage in the Hellenistic Period Emmanuel Nantet 6. A Note on the Navigation Space of the Baris-Type Ships from Thonis-Heracleion Alexander Belov Bibliography List of Tables and Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0167_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200722 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783746934 06 15 9781783746941 06 15 9781783746958 06 15 9781800645820 06 15 9781783746989 06 15 9781783746965 06 15 9781783746972 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0167 20 02 20200722 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0167.epub 20 02 20200722 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6b03a31a-3b84-4063-a8c9-ed239b5b0e43 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6b03a31a-3b84-4063-a8c9-ed239b5b0e43 15 9781805111443 06 10.11647/OBP.0365 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Saki (H.H. Munro) Original and Uncollected Stories 1 B01 Bruce Gaston 01 eng 00 105 03 12 DS 93 DS 10 LIT004120 B2 Literature 04 PR6025.U675 20 Saki 12 DSA 93 DSBH B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 10 LIT024050 04 PR6025.U675 20 Short stories 93 DSK 12 HBJD1 20 Hector Hugh Munro 10 LIT018000 12 3JJ 20 Edwardian England 20 Periodical publications 01 06 03 00 The short stories of Hector Hugh Munro, better known by his pen name Saki, have remained in print continuously for over a hundred years. This collection is the first of its kind to present his stories as they were originally published in newspapers and magazines, preserving their internal consistency and contemporary references lost in revisions for The Chronicles of Clovis and subsequent collected editions. A trove of annotations and carefully sourced bibliographical information illuminates the Edwardian context behind the thirteen selected stories, of which three (‘Mrs. Pendercoet’s Lost Identity’, ‘The Romance of Business’ and ‘The Optimist’) were only recently rediscovered.Saki: Original and Uncollected Stories will be essential reading for scholars interested in these textual variants of this inimitable writer’s works and their publication histories. Spanning literary genres, this collection will also appeal to a general audience of any interested readers. 04 00 Introduction Chronology Esmé Tobermory Mrs Packletide’s Tiger The Background The Jesting of Arlington Stringham Adrian The Chaplet Wratislav Filboid Studge Ministers of Grace Mrs Pendercoet’s Lost Identity The Optimist The Romance of Business Further Reading Textual Variants 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0365_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240604 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805111412 06 15 9781805111429 06 15 9781805111436 06 15 9781805111474 06 15 9781805111443 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0365.epub 20 02 20240604 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0365 20 02 20240604 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:27a32643-96a0-45d6-9bc9-dbfa76d2fe00 03 01 01 urn:uuid:27a32643-96a0-45d6-9bc9-dbfa76d2fe00 15 9781783744138 06 10.11647/OBP.0129 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Science as Social Existence Heidegger and the Sociology of Scientific Knowledge 1 A01 Jeff Kochan 01 eng 00 444 03 04 B3279.H49 12 PDX 10 PHI018000 B2 Philosophy 20 sociology of scientific knowledge 20 Martin Heidegger B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SCI075000 20 existential conception of science B2 Science 10 SOC026040 10 PHI000000 20 philosophy of science B2 Science: History of Science 20 social science 20 history of science 20 Science and Technology Studies 01 06 03 00 In this bold and original study, Jeff Kochan constructively combines the sociology of scientific knowledge (SSK) with Martin Heidegger’s early existential conception of science. Kochan shows convincingly that these apparently quite different approaches to science are, in fact, largely compatible, even mutually reinforcing. By combining Heidegger with SSK, Kochan argues, we can explicate, elaborate, and empirically ground Heidegger’s philosophy of science in a way that makes it more accessible and useful for social scientists and historians of science. Likewise, incorporating Heideggerian phenomenology into SSK renders SKK a more robust and attractive methodology for use by scholars in the interdisciplinary field of Science and Technology Studies (STS). Kochan’s ground-breaking reinterpretation of Heidegger also enables STS scholars to sustain a principled analytical focus on scientific subjectivity, without running afoul of the orthodox subject-object distinction they often reject.Science as Social Existence is the first book of its kind, unfurling its argument through a range of topics relevant to contemporary STS research. These include the epistemology and metaphysics of scientific practice, as well as the methods of explanation appropriate to social scientific and historical studies of science. Science as Social Existence puts concentrated emphasis on the compatibility of Heidegger’s existential conception of science with the historical sociology of scientific knowledge, pursuing this combination at both macro- and micro-historical levels.Beautifully written and accessible, Science as Social Existence puts new and powerful tools into the hands of sociologists and historians of science, cultural theorists of science, Heidegger scholars, and pluralist philosophers of science. 04 00 Introduction Chapter One - The Sociology of Scientific Knowledge, Phenomenology,and the Problem of the External World 1. Introduction 2. Scepticism and SSK 3. SSK and External-World Realism 4. Phenomenology and the ‘Natural Attitude’ 5. The Phenomenology of Subjectivity in Heidegger’s Being and Time 6. Heidegger’s Response to External-World Scepticism 7. A Heideggerian Critique of SSK’s Response to External-World Scepticism 8. Conclusion Chapter Two - A Minimal Realism for Science Studies 1. Introduction 2. Heidegger’s Existential Conception of Science 3. Getting at the Real 4. A Phenomenological Reformulation of SSK’s Residual Realism 5. Rouse on Heidegger and Realism 6. Minimal Realism and Scientific Practice 7. Conclusion Appendix Chapter Three - Finitude, Humility, and the Bloor-Latour Debate 1. Introduction 2. Kantian Humility and the Thing-in-Itself 3. Latour’s Attack on Social Constructivism 4. Bloor’s Defence of Social Constructivism 5. Where the Dust Settles in the Debate 6. Heidegger and the Thing-in-Itself 7. Putting the Bloor-Latour Debate to Rest 8. The Humility of Science Studies 9. Conclusion Chapter Four - Things, Thinking, and the Social Foundations of Logic 1. Introduction 2. Heidegger on the Unity of Things and Thinking 3. Heidegger’s Phenomenological History of Logic: Plato 4. Heidegger’s Phenomenological History of Logic: Aristotle 5. Heidegger’s Phenomenological History of Logic: Descartes 6. Heidegger’s Phenomenological History of Logic: Kant 7. ‘The Argument Lives and Feeds on Something’ 8. Time and Tradition at the Existential Root of Logic 9. From the Phenomenology of Thinking to the Sociology of Knowledge 10. The Social Foundations of Logic 11. Conclusion Chapter Five - Mathēsis and the Emergence of Early-Modern Science 1. Introduction 2. Modern Science as Mathēsis 3. Renaissance Regressus and the Logic of Discovery 4. From Renaissance Regressus to Early-Modern Mathēsis 5. Mathematics and Metaphysics at the Cusp of the Early-Modern Period 6. Nature, Art, and Final Causes in Early-Modern Natural Philosophy 7. Conclusion Chapter Six - Mathematics, Experiment, and the Ends of Scientific Practice 1. Introduction 2. The Galilean First Thing and the Aims of Experiment 3. Releasing Experimental Things 4. Boyle versus Line: A Study in Experimental Fact-Making 5. Social Imagery and Early-Modern Science 6. Conclusion Chapter Seven - Conclusion: Subjects, Systems, and Other Unfinished Business Appendix Acknowledgements Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0129_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20171218 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783744107 06 15 9781783744114 06 15 9781783744121 06 15 9781800645486 06 15 9781783744602 06 15 9781783744138 06 15 9781783744145 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0129 20 02 20171218 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0129.epub 20 02 20171218 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5e01605e-399d-4157-91f8-2052dbe82582 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5e01605e-399d-4157-91f8-2052dbe82582 15 9781805115854 06 10.11647/OBP.0465 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Science in the Salon: Atoms and Animals in Madeleine de Scudéry’s 'Conversations' (1680–92) An Essay and Translation 1 A01 21 0000-0001-5683-7967 Helena Taylor 01 eng 00 248 03 93 DSB B2 European Studies: French Studies 10 LIT004150 20 Madeleine de Scudéry 04 PQ1922.Z5 20 Early Modern Science 10 LIT004290 93 PDX B2 Philosophy 10 PHI016000 93 QDHR B2 Science: History of Science 20 Women in Philosophy 93 DSK 20 Seventeenth-Century Literature 10 SOC010000 B2 Women and Gender Studies 20 Animal Studies 93 JBSF1 10 SCI034000 20 Epistemology and Atomism 93 JBCC9 01 06 03 00 Madeleine de Scudéry (1607–1701) was a celebrated seventeenth-century novelist and essayist, yet her engagement with natural philosophy and the sciences has been largely overlooked. This volume presents the first English translation of 'The Story of Two Chameleons' (1688) and situates it within Scudéry’s broader scientific and philosophical writing. Beyond this seminal text, the book explores her reflections on atomism, natural history, and epistemology, revealing her critical engagement with cutting-edge theories of her time, including a challenge to the Cartesian ‘animal-machine’ hypothesis.By translating and analyzing key sections from her multi-volume Conversations (1680–1692), including ‘On Uncertainty’, ‘The Story of Prince Ariamène’, which features Democritus, and ‘On Butterflies’, alongside selected manuscript material, this volume demonstrates how Scudéry’s interdisciplinary approach defied rigid intellectual boundaries, activating what Anne-Lise Rey terms ‘epistemic mobility.’ Her work offers a vital perspective on women’s contributions to the history of science and philosophy, and illuminates the ways in which marginalized voices engaged with and shaped knowledge production.With a critical introduction and extensive commentary, this open access edition makes Scudéry’s work widely available to scholars and students in early modern studies, French literature, philosophy, animal studies, and the environmental humanities. It is a timely contribution to ongoing efforts to recover women’s intellectual history and reassess the intersections of literature, science, and philosophy in early modern Europe. 04 00 Acknowledgements I. ESSAY Introduction: Atoms and Animals in Madeleine de Scudéry’s Conversations and Other Works II. TRANSLATIONS Approaches to Translation ‘On Uncertainty’ ‘The Story of Two Chameleons’ Manuscript Animals ‘The Story of Prince Ariamene’ ‘On Butterflies’ Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0465_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 UK Research and Innovation 01 projectname ‘Cultures of Philosophy: Women Writing Knowledge in Early Modern Europe’ 01 grantnumber EP/Y006372/1 16 University of Exeter Cambridge, UK 04 01 20260130 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805115823 06 15 9781805115830 06 15 9781805115847 06 15 9781805115861 06 15 9781805115854 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0465.epub 20 02 20260130 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0465 20 02 20260130 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a097a036-44ea-43d0-9d00-58619be354a4 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a097a036-44ea-43d0-9d00-58619be354a4 15 9781783743216 06 10.11647/OBP.0111 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 2054362X 01 02 World Oral Literature Series 01 01 Searching for Sharing Heritage and Multimedia in Africa 1 B01 Daniela Merolla 2 B01 21 0000-0002-2262-0986 Mark Turin 01 eng 00 158 03 B2 Anthropology 04 GR350 12 JHMC 20 Oral literature 10 SOC002010 20 Africa B2 African Studies 10 LAN025060 12 UG 12 2H B2 Digital Humanities 10 LIT004010 20 technology 12 JHBT B2 Material Culture 20 multimedia 10 SOC005000 20 sharing 20 literary heritage 20 digital heritage 20 anthropology 20 linguistic 20 history 01 06 03 00 In a world where new technologies are being developed at a dizzying pace, how can we best approach oral genres that represent heritage? Taking an innovative and interdisciplinary approach, this volume explores the idea of sharing as a model to construct and disseminate the knowledge of literary heritage with the people who are represented by and in it.<break/>Expert contributors interweave sociological analysis with an appraisal of the transformative impact of technology on literary and cultural production. Does technology restrict, constraining the experience of an oral performance, or does it afford new openings for different aesthetic experiences? Topics explored include the Mara Cultural Heritage Digital Library, the preservation of Ewe heritage material, new eresources for texts in Manding languages, and the possibilities of technauriture.This timely and necessary collection also examines to what extent digital documents can be and have been institutionalised in archives and museums, how digital heritage can remain free from co-option by hegemonic groups, and the roles that exist for community voices.A valuable contribution to a fast-developing field, this book is required reading for scholars and students in the fields of heritage, anthropology, linguistics, history and the emerging disciplines of multi-media documentation and analysis, as well as those working in the field of literature, folklore, and African studies. It is also important reading for museum and archive curators. 04 00 Notes on Contributors Introduction By Daniela Merolla 1. The Mara Cultural Heritage Digital Library: The Implications of the Digital Return of Oral Tradition By Jan Bender Shetler 2. Technauriture as a Platform to Create an Inclusive Environment for the Sharing of Research By Russell H. Kaschula 3. From Restitution to Redistribution of Ewe Heritage: Challenges and Prospects By Kofi Dorvlo 4. YouTube in Academic Teaching: A Multimedia Documentation of Siramori Diabaté’s Song "Nanyuman” By Brahima Camara, Graeme Counsel and Jan Jansen 5. New Electronic Resources for Texts in Manding Languages By Valentin Vydrin 6. Questioning "Restitution”: Oral Literature in Madagascar By Brigitte Rasoloniaina and Andriamanivohasina Rakotomalala Afterword: Sharing Located By Mark Turin 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0111_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Leiden University Cambridge, UK 04 01 20170515 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743186 06 15 9781783743193 06 15 9781783743209 06 15 9781800645301 06 15 9781783744183 06 15 9781783743216 06 15 9781783743223 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0111.epub 20 02 20170515 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0111 20 02 20170515 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:333eccd0-8bdf-45a7-9637-ee6fa9549f85 03 01 01 urn:uuid:333eccd0-8bdf-45a7-9637-ee6fa9549f85 15 9781800643772 06 10.11647/OBP.0285 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Second Chance My Life in Things 1 A01 Ruth Rosengarten 01 eng 00 292 03 12 BG 10 BIO000000 20 evocative objects 04 N6797.R5765 B2 Women and Gender Studies 10 BIO022000 12 JMRM 20 memories B2 Visual Arts 10 BIO001000 12 JFCD 20 materiality 12 AGB 10 ART065000 20 loss 12 AJB 20 migration 10 PHO011010 20 childless woman 12 DSA 01 06 03 00 In this intimate memoir, Ruth Rosengarten explores the subject of evocative objects through a series of interconnected essays.Evocative objects reflect our attitudes to our own lives and how we seek to display ourselves to ourselves. They are therefore, closely linked to our memories, and how we filter, process and reconstruct them. Rosengarten explores the themes and associations invoked by her own evocative objects, which are frequently shabby things of no material value. They are, importantly, often objects that, in their materiality, bear traces of actions, of something-having-been. Through the associative pathways that these objects have paved, she discusses her experiences with the losses she has undergone, her family’s migrations, and what it means to be a childless woman. This leads her to address the question of what will become of her storied objects and the memories attached to them when she is no longer in existence.This memoir offers an interdisciplinary approach to collecting and compiling fragments of one’s life, paying close attention to the evocative objects that embody us. In doing so, these essays explore loss, memory, childlessness, longing, family history, literature and art theory through material entities which reveal the immaterial ‘things’ at the heart of this study. This book is sure to be of interest to anyone stimulated by memory work and the relationship between humans and their possessions. 04 00 Situating Objects and Things Evocative Objects My World Hair Tracks, Traces, Evidence In Extremis Reading and Writing Objects Orphaned Fay Legacy Abject My Father’s Hairbrush Nature Smoking Lighter Album Digression: My Parents Photographs Photograph Album Photograph Dear Fusia List Stain Unforgotten Still(ed) Life These Are Works that Move Me Time The Book of Our History Studio Still Declutter Ways of Seeing Happiness The Museum of Innocence Shame Lost Hair Gorgeous Nothings Me Afterword Reading Index Acknowledgements 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0285_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220823 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800643741 06 15 9781800643758 06 15 9781800643765 06 15 9781800646704 06 15 9781800643796 06 15 9781800643772 06 15 9781800643789 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0285.epub 20 02 20220823 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0285 20 02 20220823 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7b23dbc9-0b00-4016-bdfe-1e09c07292c2 03 01 01 urn:uuid:7b23dbc9-0b00-4016-bdfe-1e09c07292c2 15 9781783742714 06 10.11647/OBP.0078 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 23996676 01 02 Open Reports Series 01 01 Security in a Small Nation Scotland, Democracy, Politics 1 B01 Andrew W. Neal 01 eng 00 252 03 04 DA765 12 JP 10 POL012000 B2 Politics and Sociology 20 Scotland 20 independence 12 JPRB 12 JPSL 20 Referendum 20 security 20 intelligence 20 regional cooperation 20 terrorism 20 small states 20 constitutional debates 20 nationhood 01 06 03 00 The 2014 Referendum on Scottish independence sparked debate on every dimension of modern statehood. Levels of public interest and engagement were unprecedented, as demonstrated by record-breaking voter turnout. Yet aside from Trident, the issue of security was relatively neglected in the campaigns, and there remains a lack of literature on the topic. In this volume Andrew Neal has collated a variety of interdisciplinary perspectives on security and constitutional change in Scotland and the UK, including writing from experts in foreign policy analysis, intelligence studies, parliamentary studies, and journalism.Security in a Small Nation provides an illuminating analysis of the politics of security. Its authors reflect on a number of related issues including international comparisons, alliances, regional cooperation, terrorism, intelligence sharing, democratic oversight, and media coverage. It has a particular focus on what security means for small states and democratic politics. <break/>The book draws on current debates about the extent of intelligence powers and their implications for accountability, privacy, and human rights. It examines the foreign and security policy of other small states through the prism of Scottish independence, providing unique insight into the bureaucratic and political processes associated with multi-level security governance. These contributions provide a detailed picture of the changing landscape of security, including the role of diverse and decentralised agencies, and new security interdependencies within and between states.The analysis presented in this book will inform ongoing constitutional debates in the UK and the study of other secessionist movements around the world. Security in a Small Nation is essential reading for any follower of UK and Scottish politics, and those with an interest in security and nationhood on a global scale. 04 00 Acknowledgements Notes on Contributors Introduction by Andrew W. Neal 1. Perspectives on Small State Security in the Scottish Independence Debate by Juliet Kaarbo and Daniel Kenealy 2. Do Small States Need ‘Alliance Shelter’? Scotland and the Nordic Nations by Baldur Thorhallsson and Alyson J. K. Bailes 3. Security, Privacy and Oversight by Charles D. Raab 4. Parliamentary Oversight of Intelligence Agencies: Lessons from Westminster by Hugh Bochel and Andrew Defty 5. Scotland and the Politics of Intelligence Accountability by Colin Atkinson, Nick Brooke and Brian Harris 6. ‘Hardly a Moment’s Discussion’? Intelligence and the Scottish Referendum by Sandy Hardie 7. Press Scrutiny and the Proposals for Security and Intelligence in an Independent Scotland by Eamonn P. O’Neill 8. To Speak Security or Not to Speak Security? Responsibility and Deference in the Scottish Independence Debate by Andrew W. Neal Concluding Remarks: The Narrative of Security and Pathways of Transition by Thierry Balzacq 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0078_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Edinburgh Cambridge, UK 04 01 20170315 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742684 06 15 9781783742691 06 15 9781783742707 06 15 9781800645011 06 15 9781783745869 06 15 9781783742714 06 15 9781783742721 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0078 20 02 20170315 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0078.epub 20 02 20170315 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d6dc2d29-c954-472c-8bc8-ee7a8f2399ca 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d6dc2d29-c954-472c-8bc8-ee7a8f2399ca 15 9781805116998 06 10.11647/OBP.0488 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Sensing Violence Reading with the Marquis de Sade 1 A01 Will McMorran 01 eng 00 266 03 93 DSB 10 LIT004150 B2 Literature 20 Marquis de Sade 04 PQ2063.S3 93 DSK 20 Embodied Cognition B2 European Studies 10 LIT025000 93 DSBH B2 European Studies: French Studies 10 LIT007000 20 Violence 93 JBFK 10 LIT004290 20 Pedagogy B2 Philosophy 93 JMR 10 PSY008000 20 Translation Studies 20 Pornography 10 SOC051000 01 06 03 00 What does reading fictional violence do to us as readers? To find out, this provocative and original book turns to the works of an author synonymous with sexual violence: the Marquis de Sade. Drawing on psychology, cognitive literary studies, and empirical research, it argues that reading is a fundamentally embodied act – and one that implicates us far more than we might like to think in fictional depictions of violence.This book turns not just to Sade for answers, but to his readers. Where previous studies have focussed either on Sade’s language or his philosophy, this one places the lived experience of actual readers at the heart of its investigations. Taking particular scenes from Sade’s fiction, from a young girl posing as a statue in ‘Eugénie de Franval’ to the brutal rape of the heroine of Justine, this book explores what happens not just on the page but in the minds and bodies of readers as they bring these scenes to life.Drawing on questionnaires completed by readers of those scenes, and on his own experience as a reader, teacher and translator of Sade, the author challenges the disembodied approach that has dominated Sade studies and literary criticism more broadly over recent decades. This is not just a book about Sade—it’s a radical exploration of what happens to us when we are confronted with scenes of violence. Urgent, accessible, and personal, it offers a new model for understanding reading as a matter of making sensations as well as making sense. 04 00 Acknowledgements Abbreviations, References and Translations List of Figures Introduction 1. Looking and Touching with Eugénie Introduction Before Eugénie: Palincests Eugénie and Myrrha Lights, Camera, Reaction Beyond Eugénie: On Touching Statues After Valmont: From Fantasy to Perversion Conclusion 2. Hearing and Feeling with Justine Introduction Scenes of Listening Reading as Listening Justine’s Scream Once More, with Einfühlung Bad Vibrations Conclusion 3. Translating with Sade Introduction The Translator’s Body How Not to Translate Sade Smelling Silling Back to Sodom From Translating to Rerererereading Sade Conclusion 4. Teaching with Sade Introduction Embodied Pedagogies Teaching in the Boudoir Sade in the Classroom Conclusion Conclusion Digital Appendix of resources available online at: https://doi.org/10.11647/OBP.0488#resources Bibliography Primary Sources Secondary Sources Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0488_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Queen Mary, University of London Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250924 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805116967 06 15 9781805116974 06 15 9781805116981 06 15 9781805117001 06 15 9781805116998 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0488.epub 20 02 20250924 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0488 20 02 20250924 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:43291d43-a02b-489f-8c3e-f281c557862f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:43291d43-a02b-489f-8c3e-f281c557862f 15 9781800641013 06 10.11647/OBP.0239 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Shaping the Digital Dissertation Knowledge Production in the Arts and Humanities 1 B01 21 0000-0002-3608-0132 Virginia Kuhn 2 B01 21 0000-0001-8448-314X Anke Finger 01 eng 00 290 03 20 digital dissertation 10 EDU037000 B2 Education 12 JNT 04 Z692.E42 20 academic research 12 H B2 Media Studies and Journalism 10 TEC000000 20 interactive dissertation 12 JNV 12 CAL 20 paper dissertation 20 digital projects 12 U 01 06 03 00 Digital dissertations have been a part of academic research for years now, yet there are still many questions surrounding their processes. Are interactive dissertations significantly different from their paper-based counterparts? What are the effects of digital projects on doctoral education? How does one choose and defend a digital dissertation? This book explores the wider implications of digital scholarship across institutional, geographic, and disciplinary divides.The volume is arranged in two sections: the first, written by senior scholars, addresses conceptual concerns regarding the direction and assessment of digital dissertations in the broader context of doctoral education. The second section consists of case studies by PhD students whose research resulted in a natively digital dissertation that they have successfully defended. These early-career researchers have been selected to represent a range of disciplines and institutions.Despite the profound effect of incorporated digital tools on dissertations, the literature concerning them is limited. This volume aims to provide a fresh, up-to-date view on the digital dissertation, considering the newest technological advances. It is especially relevant in the European context where digital dissertations, mostly in arts-based research, are more popular.Shaping the Digital Dissertation aims to provide insights, precedents and best practices to graduate students, doctoral advisors, institutional agents, and dissertation committees. As digital dissertations have a potential impact on the state of research as a whole, this edited collection will be a useful resource for the wider academic community and anyone interested in the future of doctoral studies. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgements Contributor Biographies Introduction: Shedding Light on the Processof Digital Knowledge Production Anke Finger and Virginia Kuhn 1. Dissertating in Public Kathleen Fitzpatrick 2. Publication Models and Open Access Cheryl E. Ball 3. The Digital Monograph? Key Issues in Evaluation Virginia Kuhn 4. #DigiDiss: A Project Exploring Digital Dissertation Policies, Practices and Archiving Kathie Gossett and Liza Potts 5. The Gutenberg Galaxy will be Pixelated or How to Think of Digital Scholarship as The Present: An Advisor’s Perspective Anke Finger 6. Findable, Impactful, Citable, Usable, Sustainable (FICUS): A Heuristic for Digital Publishing Nicky Agate, Cheryl E. Ball, Allison Belan, Monica McCormick and Joshua Neds-Fox 7. Navigating Institutions and Fully Embracing the Interdisciplinary Humanities: American Studies and the Digital Dissertation Katherine Walden and Thomas Oates 8. MADSpace: A Janus-Faced Digital Companion to a PhD Dissertation in Chinese History Cécile Armand 9. Publish Less, Communicate More! Reflecting the Potentials and Challenges of a Hybrid Self-Publishing Project Sarah-Mai Dang 10. #SocialDiss: Transforming the Dissertation into Networked Knowledge Production Erin Rose Glass 11. Highly Available Dissertations: Open Sourcing Humanities Scholarship Lisa Tagliaferri 12. The Digital Thesis as a Website: SoftPhD.com, from Graphic Design to Online Tools Anthony Masure 13. Writing a Dissertation with Images, Sounds and Movements: Cinematic Bricolage Lena Redman 14. Precarity and Promise: Negotiating Research Ethics and Copyright in a History Dissertation Celeste Tường Vy Sharpe 15. Lessons from the Sandbox: Linking Readership, Representation and Reflection in Tactile Paths Christopher Williams List of illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0239_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Connecticut Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210504 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800640986 06 15 9781800640993 06 15 9781800641006 06 15 9781800646407 06 15 9781800641037 06 15 9781800641013 06 15 9781800641020 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0239 20 02 20210504 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0239.epub 20 02 20210504 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4c68161b-5e01-4fde-9ca7-31da46ab9962 03 01 01 urn:uuid:4c68161b-5e01-4fde-9ca7-31da46ab9962 15 9781800640863 06 10.11647/OBP.0234 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Terrestrial Mammal Conservation Global Evidence for the Effects of Interventions for Terrestrial Mammals Excluding Bats and Primates 1 A01 21 0000-0003-4461-8833 Nick A. Littlewood 2 A01 Ricardo Rocha 3 A01 21 0000-0003-3294-7592 Rebecca K. Smith 4 A01 Philip A. Martin 5 A01 Sarah L. Lockhart 6 A01 Rebecca F. Schoonover 01 eng 00 1094 03 B2 Environmental Studies 10 NAT010000 04 QL703 12 RNKC 20 Terrestrial mammals 20 conservation actions 12 RNKH 10 SCI026000 20 biodiversity 12 RND 20 International Union for Conservation of Nature classification 20 evidence-based approach 01 06 03 00 Terrestrial Mammal Conservation provides a thorough summary of the available scientific evidence of what is known, or not known, about the effectiveness of all of the conservation actions for wild terrestrial mammals across the world (excluding bats and primates, which are covered in separate synopses). Actions are organized into categories based on the International Union for Conservation of Nature classifications of direct threats and conservation actions. Over the course of fifteen chapters, the authors consider interventions as wide ranging as creating uncultivated margins around fields, prescribed burning, setting hunting quotas and removing non-native mammals.This book is written in an accessible style and is designed to be an invaluable resource for anyone concerned with the practical conservation of terrestrial mammals.The authors consulted an international group of terrestrial mammal experts and conservationists to produce this synopsis. Funding was provided by the MAVA Foundation, Arcadia and National Geographic Big Cats Initiative.Terrestrial Mammal Conservation is the seventeenth publication in the Conservation Evidence Series, linked to the online resource www.ConservationEvidence.com. Conservation Evidence Synopses are designed to promote a more evidence-based approach to biodiversity conservation. Others in the series include Bat Conservation, Primate Conservation, Bird Conservation and Forest Conservation and more are in preparation. Expert assessment of the evidence summarised within synopses is provided online and within the annual publication What Works in Conservation. 04 00 Contents Advisory Board About the authors Acknowledgements 1. About this book Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland 2. Threat: Residential and commercial development Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland 3. Threat: Agriculture and Aquaculture Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland 4. Threat: Energy production and mining Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland 5. Threat: Transportation and service corridors Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland 6. Threat: Biological resource use Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland 7. Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland 8. Threat: Natural system modifications Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland 9. Threat: Invasive alien and other problematic species Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland 10. Threat: Pollution Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland 11. Threat: Climate change and severe weather Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland 12. Habitat protection Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland 13. Habitat restoration and creation Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland 14. Species management Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland 15. Education and awareness raising Nick A. Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip A. Martin, Sarah L. Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland Appendix 1: Journals (and years) searched Index About the Team 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0234_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 MAVA Foundation 16 Arcadia Fund 16 National Geographic Big Cats Initiative Cambridge, UK 04 01 20201230 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800640832 06 15 9781800640849 06 15 9781800640856 06 15 9781800646377 06 15 9781800640887 06 15 9781800640863 06 15 9781800640870 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0234 20 02 20201230 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0234.epub 20 02 20201230 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ca9bf45b-fa62-4b06-af91-c7e5bda64622 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ca9bf45b-fa62-4b06-af91-c7e5bda64622 15 9781783743667 06 10.11647/OBP.0120 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Text Genetics in Literary Modernism and Other Essays 1 A01 Hans Walter Gabler 01 eng 00 410 03 12 DS 10 LIT024000 B2 Literature 04 P47 20 textual criticism 12 DSK B2 European Studies 20 genetic criticism 10 LIT004130 10 COM087000 B2 Digital Humanities 20 literary criticism 12 U 20 composition 20 canonisation 20 book design 20 digital scholarly editing 01 06 03 00 This collection of essays from world-renowned scholar Hans Walter Gabler contains writings from a decade and a half of retirement spent in exploration of textual criticism, genetic criticism, and literary criticism. In these sixteen stimulating contributions, he develops theories of textual criticism and editing that are inflected by our advance into the digital era; structurally analyses arts of composition in literature as well as music; and traces the cultural implications discernible in book design, and in the societal processes of the canonisation of works of literature and their authors.Distinctive and ambitious, these essays move beyond the development of concerns voiced in the community of critics and scholars. Gabler responds innovatively to the issues involved and often endeavours to re-think their urgencies through allowing orthodox tenets of national schools of textual criticism to converge and merge. He moves between a variety of topics, ranging from fresh genetic approaches to the work of James Joyce and Virginia Woolf, to significant contributions to the theorisation of scholarly editing in the digital age.Written in Gabler’s fluent style, these rich and elegant compositions are essential reading for literary and textual critics, scholarly editors, readers of James Joyce, New Modernism specialists, and all those interested in textual scholarship and digital editing within the encompassing framework of Digital Humanities. 04 00 Foreword 1. The Rocky Road to Ulysses 2. ‘He chronicled with patience’: Early Joycean Progressions Between Non-Fiction and Fiction 3. James Joyce Interpreneur 4. Structures of Memory and Orientation: Steering a Course Through Wandering Rocks 5. Editing Text—Editing Work 6. Theorizing the Digital Scholarly Edition 7. Thoughts on Scholarly Editing 8. Beyond Author-Centricity in Scholarly Editing 9. Sourcing and Editing Shakespeare: The Bibliographical Fallacy 10. The Draft Manuscript as Material Foundation for Genetic Editing and Genetic Criticism 11. A Tale of Two Texts: Or, How One Might Edit Virginia Woolf’s To the Lighthouse 12. Auto-Palimpsests: Virginia Woolf’s Late Drafting of Her Early Life 13. From Memory to Fiction: An Essay in Genetic Criticism 14. Johann Sebastian Bach’s Two-Choir Passion 15. Argument into Design: Editions as a Sub-Species of the Printed Book 16. Cultural versus Editorial Canonising: The Cases of Shakespeare, of Joyce Bibliography Acknowledgments List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0120_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180220 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743636 06 15 9781783743643 06 15 9781783743650 06 15 9781800645394 06 15 9781783744879 06 15 9781783743667 06 15 9781783743674 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0120.epub 20 02 20180220 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0120 20 02 20180220 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9787df40-8b86-4d8c-8a23-8260ec90011a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:9787df40-8b86-4d8c-8a23-8260ec90011a 15 9781906924027 06 10.11647/OBP.0001 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/ 01 01 That Greece Might Still Be Free The Philhellenes in the War of Independence 1 A01 William St Clair 2 A24 Roderick Beaton 01 eng 00 440 03 04 DF807 20 Greece 12 HBJD 10 HIS042000 B2 Literature 12 1DVG B2 Biography 20 Greek History 10 HIS054000 12 3JH 10 HIS037060 B2 History 20 Lord Byron B2 European Studies 20 War of Independence 20 Philhellenes 20 war 20 history 20 Romanticism 01 06 03 00 When in 1821, the Greeks rose in violent revolution against the rule of the Ottoman Turks, waves of sympathy spread across Western Europe and the United States. More than a thousand volunteers set out to fight for the cause. The Philhellenes, whether they set out to recreate the Athens of Pericles, start a new crusade, or make money out of a war, all felt that Greece had unique claim on the sympathy of the world. As Lord Byron wrote, "I dreamed that Greece might still be Free"; and he died at Missolonghi trying to translate that dream into reality. William St Clair's meticulously researched and highly readable account of their aspirations and experiences was hailed as definitive when it was first published. Long out of print, it remains the standard account of the Philhellenic movement and essential reading for any students of the Greek War of Independence, Byron, and European Romanticism. Its relevance to more modern ethnic and religious conflicts is becoming increasingly appreciated by scholars worldwide. This revised edition includes a new introduction by Roderick Beaton, an updated bibliography and many new illustrations. 04 00 Introduction by Roderick Beaton 1. The Outbreak 2. The Return of the Ancient Hellenes 3. The Regiment 4. Two Kinds of War 5. The Cause of Greece, the Cause of Europe 6. The Road to Marseilles 7. Chios 8. The Battalion of Philhellenes 9. The Battle of Peta 10. The Triumph of the Captains 11. The Return Home 12. The German Legion 13. Knights and Crusaders 14. Secrets of State 15. Enter the British 16. Lord Byron joins the Cause 17. 'To bring Freedom and Knowledge to Greece' 18. Arrivals at Missolonghi 19. The Byron Brigade 20. Essays in Regeneration 21. The New Apostles 22. The English Gold 23. The Coming of the Arabs 24. The Shade of Napoleon 25. 'No freedom to fight for at home' 26. French Idealism and French Cynicism 27. Regulars Again 28. A New Fleet 29. Athens and Navarino 30. America to the Rescue 31. Later Appendix I: Remarks on Numbers Appendix II: The Principal Philhellenic Expeditions Notes on the Select Bibliography Select Bibliography Bibliography of Primary and Secondary Material Since 1972 Notes Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0001_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20081101 02 WORLD 06 15 9781906924003 06 15 9781906924010 06 15 9781906924027 06 15 9781800644281 06 15 9781906924027 06 15 9781906924027 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0001.epub 20 02 20081101 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0001 20 02 20081101 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2de0dafa-1843-47cc-a55f-0e557fa87cf9 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2de0dafa-1843-47cc-a55f-0e557fa87cf9 15 9781783740307 06 10.11647/OBP.0041 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Anglo-Scottish Ballad and its Imaginary Contexts 1 A01 David Atkinson 01 eng 00 226 03 20 Ballads 12 DS 10 LIT004120 B2 Literature 04 PR507 20 ballad studies 12 DSB B2 European Studies 10 LIT000000 B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 folk songs 20 oral transmission 20 textual scholarship 20 critique génétique 01 06 03 00 This is the first book to combine contemporary debates in ballad studies with the insights of modern textual scholarship. Just like canonical literature and music, the ballad should not be seen as a uniquely authentic item inextricably tied to a documented source, but rather as an unstable structure subject to the vagaries of production, reception, and editing. Among the matters addressed are topics central to the subject, including ballad origins, oral and printed transmission, sound and writing, agency and editing, and textual and melodic indeterminacy and instability. While drawing on the time-honoured materials of ballad studies, the book offers a theoretical framework for the discipline to complement the largely ethnographic approach that has dominated in recent decades. Primarily directed at the community of ballad and folk song scholars, the book will be of interest to researchers in several adjacent fields, including folklore, oral literature, ethnomusicology, and textual scholarship. 04 00 References and Abbreviations List of Illustrations Preface 1. Where Is the Ballad? 2. On the Nature of Evidence 3. Textual Authority and the Sources of Variance 4. The Material Ballad 5. Sound and Writing 6. Agency, Intention, and the Problem of Version (with a brief history of ballad editing) 7. Palimpsest or texte génétique 8. Afterword: ‘All her friends cried out for shame’ Select Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0041_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20140312 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740277 06 15 9781783740284 06 15 9781783740291 06 15 9781800644687 06 15 9781783740307 06 15 9781783740314 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0041 20 02 20140312 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0041.epub 20 02 20140312 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f353c08f-8cdb-47b9-9ca2-56782942878a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f353c08f-8cdb-47b9-9ca2-56782942878a 15 9781805114802 06 10.11647/OBP.0442 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The Art of Becoming Infinite Mou Zongsan’s Vertical Rethinking of Self and Subjectivity 1 A01 Gabriella Stanchina 01 eng 00 368 03 04 B5234.M674 20 Mou Zongsan 10 PHI003000 B2 Philosophy 93 QDHC B2 Asian Studies 20 Chinese philosophy of the self 93 JMS 10 PHI026000 93 1FPC 20 Comparative philosophy 10 PHI016000 20 Moral self-cultivation 10 PHI005000 10 REL000000 20 Subjectivity and self-consciousness 20 Eastern vs. Western philosophical models 01 06 03 00 Mou Zongsan is arguably the most important Chinese philosopher of the twentieth century. This work delves into the philosopher's exploration of self and subjectivity, setting Mou Zongsan’s theories against Western paradigms. Mou contrasts Western ‘horizontal’ model, based on the separation of subject and object, and aimed at cognitive enhancement, with the ‘vertical’ view dominant in the Confucian and Daoist tradition. The vertical model has, at its core, a practical-performative interpretation of the subject, based on the moral self-cultivation. This spiritual cultivation enables the finite human being to ‘become infinite,’ embodying the original unlimited moral mind that constitutes the Self and the universe.In addressing fundamental questions of self-consciousness and self-identity, the book contextualizes Mou's philosophy within contemporary discussions in neuroscience and cognitive science. By placing Mou's ideas in dialogue with Western thought—examining thinkers like Husserl, Kant, Hegel, and Lévinas—as well as with Daoist and Confucian vision of mind, this work opens a pathway to understanding selfhood beyond purely epistemological boundaries.This book will be of interest to readers and scholars interested in the contemporary debate about mind and the Self, as well as those intrigued by the new horizons opened by a cross-cultural Western-Chinese approach to subjectivity. 04 00 INTRODUCTION A Vertical Rethinking of the Self: The Significance of This Study Mou Zongsan’s Life and Works Chapter-by-Chapter Overview 1. THE QUESTION OF SUBJECTIVITY 1.1 The True Face of Mount Lu 1.2 Contemporary Perspectives on Self 1.3 Comparative Perspectives 2. MOU ZONGSAN AND THE CRITIQUE OF THE COGNITIVE MIND 2.1 Towards a New Philosophy of Mind 2.2 Structure and Significance of the Critique of the Cognitive Mind 2.3 Perception and Apperception 2.4 Self-Consciousness and Psychological States 2.5 The Problem of Self 2.6 From the Physiological Self to the Logical Self 2.7 Self-Consciousness and Meaning 2.8 The Oscillation between Self-Limitation and Springing Out (跳起) 2.9 The Mind of the Quiet Shining (Jizhaoxin 寂照心) 2.10 Toward the Transcendent Mind: The Meaning and Use of Zi 自 3. THE “DIAPHANOUS SUBJECT” IN DAOIST THOUGHT 3.1 Daoism as the Metaphysics of the State of Mind 3.2 Jingjie as Spiritual State and Hodological Space 3.3 Withdrawing and Progressing: Western Subject versus Daoist Subject 3.4 The Three-Step Dialectics of Daoism 3.5 The Daoist Subjectivity According to Mou 3.6 The Diaphanous Subject 3.7 Self-Awareness and Trans-consciousness 3.8 Priority of the Sense of Sight 3.9 Subject, Ancestor, Host 3.10 Diaphanous Subject and Thin Subject 4. CONSTITUTIVE MIND AND CONSTITUTIVE NATURE: THE MORAL SUBJECT IN CONFUCIANISM 4.1 Confucianism and “Authentic Subjectivity” 4.2 Freedom and Indeterminacy 4.3 The Performative Subject 4.4 The Subject as Incipience and Origin 4.5 Constitutive Mind and Constitutive Nature 4.6 Subjectivity and Interiority 4.7 Conclusion: The Child in the Well 5. SELF-LIMITATION OF THE MORAL SELF AS KENOSIS 5.1 Kenosis: History of a Concept 5.2 Paradoxes of Self-Limitation 5.3 Abyss and Sinkhole: Self-Limitation as Sinking 5.4 Kenosis as Alienation: Hegel and Mou 5.5 Kenosis as “Making Space for the Other”: Tzimtzum and Lévinas 5.6 Tremor and Awakening: Mou and Lévinas CONCLUSIONS: FACETS OF SELF ACROSS CULTURES The Contemplative Subject in Western Culture: Interiority, Reflection, Solitude The Confucian Moral Subject in Mou’s Thought: Rethinking the Concepts of Interiority and Reflection Loneliness and “Vigilance in Solitude” Differences between Chinese and Western Culture: From “What Is a Self?” to “How to Become an Authentic Self?” BIBLIOGRAPHY INDEX 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0442_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250127 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805114772 06 15 9781805114789 06 15 9781805114796 06 15 9781805114819 06 15 9781805114802 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0442.epub 20 02 20250127 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0442 20 02 20250127 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:15c4038a-863a-4ce6-ab9e-2674ead655c3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:15c4038a-863a-4ce6-ab9e-2674ead655c3 15 9781783748990 06 10.11647/OBP.0199 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Atheist's Bible Diderot's 'Éléments de physiologie' 1 A01 Caroline Warman 01 eng 00 442 03 04 B825 20 Diderot B2 European Studies 12 HP 10 PHI000000 12 DSB B2 European Studies: French Studies 10 LIT004150 20 philosophy 12 DN 10 LIT024030 20 man B2 Philosophy 12 3J 20 matter 20 mind 20 body 20 emotion 20 perception 20 human 20 soul 20 materialism 20 nature 20 Naigeon 20 Enlightenment 01 06 03 00 ‘Love is harder to explain than hunger, for a piece of fruit does not feel the desire to be eaten’: Denis Diderot’s Éléments de physiologie presents a world in flux, turning on the relationship between man, matter and mind. In this late work, Diderot delves playfully into the relationship between bodily sensation, emotion and perception, and asks his readers what it means to be human in the absence of a soul.The Atheist’s Bible challenges prevailing scholarly views on Diderot’s Éléments, asserting its contemporary philosophical importance, and prompting its readers to inspect more closely this little-known and little-studied work. This book is accompanied by a digital edition of Jacques-André Naigeon’s Mémoires historiques et philosophiques sur la vie et les ouvrages de Denis Diderot (1823), a work which, Warman argues, represents the first publication of Diderot’s Éléments, long before its official publication date of 1875.The Atheist’s Bible constitutes a major contribution to the field of Diderot studies, and will be of further interest to scholars and students of materialist natural philosophy in the Age of Enlightenment and beyond. 04 00 Contents Preface 1. Introduction: The Curious Materialist Caroline Warman 2. ‘Toutes les imperfections de l’inachèvement’: The Mystification about the Manuscript Fragments Caroline Warman 3. Material World and Embodied Mind Caroline Warman 4. Diderot the Physiologist Caroline Warman 5. 1790: Naigeon and the Adresse à l’Assemblée nationale Caroline Warman 6. 1792: Naigeon’s Article on ‘Diderot’ in the Encyclopédie méthodique: Philosophie ancienne et moderne Caroline Warman 7. 1794: ‘Le citoyen Garron’, the Comité d’instruction publique, and the Lost Manuscript of the Éléments de physiologie Caroline Warman 8. 1794–95: Garat and the École normale Caroline Warman 9. 1796–97: Cabanis and Destutt de Tracy at the Institut national Caroline Warman 10. 1798, 1802: Naigeon, the OEuvres de Diderot, and the Censored Preface to Montaigne Caroline Warman 11. 1820: Garat’s Mémoires historiques sur la vie de M. Suard, sur ses écrits, et sur le XVIIIe siècle Caroline Warman 12. 1823: Naigeon’s Mémoires historiques et philosophiques sur la vie et les ouvrages de Denis Diderot Caroline Warman 13. Conclusion Caroline Warman Acknowledgements Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0199_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Oxford Cambridge, UK 04 01 20201112 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783748969 06 15 9781783748976 06 15 9781783748983 06 15 9781800646100 06 15 9781783749010 06 15 9781783748990 06 15 9781783749003 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0199.epub 20 02 20201112 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0199 20 02 20201112 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:41aed95c-de6c-4b37-b533-fe79af56cf82 03 01 01 urn:uuid:41aed95c-de6c-4b37-b533-fe79af56cf82 15 9781783742615 06 10.11647/OBP.0099 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 25150766 01 02 Applied Theatre Praxis 01 01 Theatre and War Notes from the Field 1 A01 21 0000-0002-6864-692X Nandita Dinesh 01 eng 00 210 03 12 AN 10 PER011000 04 PN2041.W37 20 theatre B2 Theatre 12 ANF 10 PER011010 20 performances B2 Politics and Sociology 12 JH 10 SOC002010 20 war 20 etnography 12 JPWS 20 community theatre 12 JWXK 20 ethics 01 06 03 00 Nandita Dinesh places Kipling’s "six honest serving-men" (who, what, when, where, why, how) in productive conversation with her own experiences in conflict zones across the world to offer a theoretical and practical reflection on making theatre in times of war. This timely and important book weaves together Dinesh’s personal narrative with the public story of modern conflict, illustrating as it does, the importance of theatre as a force for ethical deliberation and social justice. In it Dinesh asks how theatre might intervene in times and places of conflict and how we might reflect on such interventions. In pursuit of answers, Theatre and War adopts the methods of auto-ethnography, positioning the theatrical practitioner at the heart of conflict zones in northern Uganda, Guatemala, Northern Ireland, Mexico, Rwanda, Kenya, Nagaland, and Kashmir. No longer a detached observer, the researcher and practitioner has to be able to meld theory with practice; to speak to ‘doing’, without undervaluing the importance of ‘thinking about doing’.<break/>Each chapter approaches the need for a synthesis of theory and practice by way of a term of inquiry―Why, Where, Who, What, When―and each is equipped with a set of unflinchingly honest field notes that are designed to reveal some of the ‘hows’ from the author’s own repertoire: questions and issues that were encountered during her own theatrical undertakings, along with first hand reflection on the complexities, potential, and challenges that attended her global work in community theatre. Within these notes are strategies that give the reader a practical insight into how the discussion might find its footing on the ground of war.<break/>The range and scope of this book make it required reading for those interested in theatre―practitioners, researchers, and students alike—as well as those seeking to understand the applications of the arts for ethics, politics, and education. 04 00 Contents Introduction 1. Why 2. Where 3. Who 4. What 5. When Conclusions Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0099_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20160727 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742585 06 15 9781783742592 06 15 9781783742608 06 15 9781800645189 06 15 9781783746286 06 15 9781783742615 06 15 9781783742622 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0099.epub 20 02 20160727 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0099 20 02 20160727 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f56ab50d-1eb9-4168-930a-d0b82c96cbfb 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f56ab50d-1eb9-4168-930a-d0b82c96cbfb 15 9781805114222 06 10.11647/OBP.0430 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The Birds That Wouldn’t Sing Remembering the D-Day Wrens 1 A01 21 0000-0003-4141-9150 Justin Smith 01 eng 00 562 03 04 D810.W7 10 HIS027000 B2 History 93 NHWR7 20 Wrens 20 D-Day B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 10 HIS027090 93 NHW 93 1DDU 20 Archival History 10 HIS058000 20 Admiral Sir Bertram Ramsay 10 BIO008000 93 DNBH 10 HIS015070 20 Operation Overlord 20 Women's Military Service 20 World War II 20 Women's Royal Naval Service 20 Family History 20 Letters 20 Memoir 01 06 03 00 This compelling book offers a unique perspective on D-Day and its aftermath through the personal testimonies of the Wrens who worked for Admiral Sir Bertram Ramsay during Operation Overlord. Drawing on public and private archives, it reveals the untold stories of the women serving in the Women’s Royal Naval Service (WRNS), balancing their wartime contributions with the strictures of secrecy and censorship. The narrative is framed by letters from these Wrens, which provide intimate glimpses into both the personal and professional challenges they faced during World War II.The book captures the atmosphere of war as experienced by British auxiliaries. It highlights the Wrens' vital but often overlooked role in the D-Day planning effort and beyond, revealing the surreal coexistence of the ordinary and extraordinary in wartime. Focusing in particular on the wartime archive of one of the Wrens, Joan Prior, the author brings to life the contribution of these women to the war effort, while also offering insights into British, French, and German morale and culture. This thoughtful and moving account adds depth to the broader historical narrative of World War II, making it a valuable addition for both the general reader and the professional historian. 04 00 Acknowledgements List of Figures and Videos The Wrennery Prologue: Letters from an Unknown Woman PART I — Overlord Embroidery 1. Wrens’ Calling (London, 1942–1944) 2. Coming of Age (Southwick Park, Summer 1944) PART II — The Far Shore 3. Liberation (Granville, September 1944) 4. The Cutty Wren (Saint-Germain-en-Laye, Autumn 1944) PART III — The Song of Joannah 5. Victory in Europe (especially Paris and Somerset, Spring 1945) 6. Occupational Therapy (Germany, 1945–1946) Epilogue: Keeping Mum Select Family Tree Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0430_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20241219 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805114192 06 15 9781805114208 06 15 9781805114215 06 15 9781805114239 06 15 9781805114222 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0430.epub 20 02 20241219 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0430 20 02 20241219 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:680cd745-edbf-406f-9976-1ebfebbb6c93 03 01 01 urn:uuid:680cd745-edbf-406f-9976-1ebfebbb6c93 15 9781800643475 06 10.11647/OBP.0279 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 The Classical Parthenon Recovering the Strangeness of the Ancient World 1 A01 William St Clair 2 B01 21 0000-0002-1425-6985 Lucy Barnes 3 B01 David St Clair 01 eng 00 344 03 10 ARC005020 B2 Archaeology and Religion 20 Athenian Acropolis 12 HBLL 04 NA281 12 1DVG 10 HIS042000 B2 History 20 symbol of democracy 12 JFS 20 Parthenon 10 POL031000 20 classical Athenian worldview 20 temple structure 20 narrative analysis 01 06 03 00 Complementing Who Saved the Parthenon? this companion volume sets aside more recent narratives surrounding the Athenian Acropolis, supposedly ‘the very symbol of democracy itself’, instead asking if we can truly access an ancient past imputed with modern meaning. And, if so, how?In this book William St Clair presents a reconstructed understanding of the Parthenon from within the classical Athenian worldview. He explores its role and meaning by weaving together a range of textual and visual sources into two innovative oratorical experiments – a speech in the style of Thucydides and a first-century CE rhetorical exercise – which are used to develop a narrative analysis of the temple structure, revealing a strange story of indigeneity, origins, and empire.The Classical Parthenon offers new answers to old questions, such as the riddle of the Parthenon frieze, and provides a framing device for the wider relationship between visual artefacts, built heritage, and layers of accumulated cultural rhetoric. This groundbreaking and pertinent work will appeal across the disciplines to readers interested in the classics, art history, and the nature of history, while also speaking to a general audience that is interrogating the role of monuments in contemporary society. 04 00 Editors’ Note Lucy Barnes and David St Clair Preface Paul Cartledge 1. Recovering the Strangeness Studying a Strange World Recovering Ancient Attitudes to Religion Myths, Origin Stories and the ‘Emergence from Brutishness’ Narrative Viewing Light and Time Looking In / Looking Out: Experiments in Recovering the Strangeness 2. ‘How do we set straight our sacred city?’ A Reflection on this Experiment 3. Looking at the Parthenon in Classical Athens Stories Told in Stone Making the Mute Stones Speak: The Role of the Viewer 4. A New Answer to an Old Question The Scene Above the East Door Recovering the Ancient Meanings of the Ion Myth 5. ‘On the Temple dedicated to the Divine Minerva, vulgarly called the Parthenon’ A Note on the Second Experiment 6. Heritage Bibliography Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0279_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220824 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800643444 06 15 9781800643451 06 15 9781800643468 06 15 9781800646780 06 15 9781800643499 06 15 9781800643475 06 15 9781800643482 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0279 20 02 20220824 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0279.epub 20 02 20220824 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:49c185aa-8be6-4240-8508-ff80a46696a3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:49c185aa-8be6-4240-8508-ff80a46696a3 15 9781909254787 06 10.11647/OBP.0039 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Classic Short Story, 1870-1925 Theory of a Genre 1 A01 Florence Goyet 2 B06 Yvonne Freccero 01 eng 01 fre 00 220 03 20 Florence Goyet 12 FYB 10 LIT018000 B2 Literature 04 PN441 12 DSK 20 Guy de Maupassant 10 LIT020000 B2 Literature: Comparative Literature 20 Henry James 20 Giovanni Verga 20 Anton Chekhov 20 Akutagawa Ryūnosuke 20 Short Stories 01 06 03 00 The ability to construct a nuanced narrative or complex character in the constrained form of the short story has sometimes been seen as the ultimate test of an author's creativity. Yet during the time when the short story was at its most popular - the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries - even the greatest writers followed strict generic conventions that were far from subtle. This expanded and updated translation of Florence Goyet's influential La Nouvelle, 1870-1925: Description d'un genre à son apogée (Paris, 1993) is the only study to focus exclusively on this classic period across different continents. Ranging through French, English, Italian, Russian and Japanese writing - particularly the stories of Guy de Maupassant, Henry James, Giovanni Verga, Anton Chekhov and Akutagawa Ryūnosuke - Goyet shows that these authors were able to create brilliant and successful short stories using the very simple 'tools of brevity' of that period. In this challenging and far-reaching study, Goyet looks at classic short stories in the context in which they were read at the time: cheap newspapers and higher-end periodicals. She demonstrates that, despite the apparent intention of these stories to question bourgeois ideals, they mostly affirmed the prejudices of their readers. In doing so, her book forces us to re-think our preconceptions about this 'forgotten' genre. 04 00 Acknowledgements Introduction PART I: STRUCTURE 1. Paroxystic Characterisation 2. Antithetic Structure 3. Ending with a Twist 4. The Tools of Brevity 5. Conclusion to Part I PART II: MEDIA 6. Exoticism in the Classic Short Story 7. Short Stories and the Travelogue PART III: READER, CHARACTER AND AUTHOR 8. A Foreign World 9. Dialogue and Character Discreditation 10. The Narrator, the Reflector and the Reader 11. Distance and Emotion 12. Conclusion to Part III: Are Dostoevsky’s Short Stories Polyphonic? Epilogue: Beyond the Classic Short Story Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0039_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20140113 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254756 06 15 9781909254763 06 15 9781909254770 06 15 9781800644663 06 15 9781783744206 06 15 9781909254787 06 15 9781909254794 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0039 20 02 20140113 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0039.epub 20 02 20140113 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:945bedcd-435c-49f5-9fc6-c704f6da5a10 03 01 01 urn:uuid:945bedcd-435c-49f5-9fc6-c704f6da5a10 15 9781783747948 06 10.11647/OBP.0184 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 The DARPA Model for Transformative Technologies Perspectives on the U.S. Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency 1 B01 William Boone Bonvillian 2 B01 Richard Van Atta 3 B01 Patrick Windham 01 eng 00 508 03 12 KCP B2 Politics and Sociology 10 TEC025000 04 U394.A75 20 U.S. Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency 20 DARPA B2 Information Technology and Computer Science 12 JP 10 TEC056000 B2 American and Latin American Studies 12 JPP 10 POL063000 20 transformative technologies 12 TBX 20 U.S. Government 20 DARPA model 01 06 03 00 The U.S. Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) has played a remarkable role in the creation new transformative technologies, revolutionizing defense with drones and precision-guided munitions, and transforming civilian life with portable GPS receivers, voice-recognition software, self-driving cars, unmanned aerial vehicles, and, most famously, the ARPANET and its successor, the Internet.Other parts of the U.S. Government and some foreign governments have tried to apply the ‘DARPA model’ to help develop valuable new technologies. But how and why has DARPA succeeded? Which features of its operation and environment contribute to this success? And what lessons does its experience offer for other U.S. agencies and other governments that want to develop and demonstrate their own ‘transformative technologies’?This book is a remarkable collection of leading academic research on DARPA from a wide range of perspectives, combining to chart an important story from the Agency’s founding in the wake of Sputnik, to the current attempts to adapt it to use by other federal agencies. Informative and insightful, this guide is essential reading for political and policy leaders, as well as researchers and students interested in understanding the success of this agency and the lessons it offers to others. 04 00 Notes on Contributors Acknowledgements 1. Introduction: DARPA—The Innovation Icon Patrick Windham and Richard Van Atta PART I: PERSPECTIVES ON DARPA 2. Fifty Years of Innovation and Discovery Richard Van Atta 3. NSF and DARPA as Models for Research Funding: An Institutional Analysis Michael J. Piore, Phech Colatat, and Elisabeth Beck Reynolds 4. The Connected Science Model for Innovation—The DARPA Model William B. Bonvillian 5. The Value of Vision in Radical Technological Innovation Tamara L. Carleton 6. ARPA Does Windows: The Defense Underpinning of the PC Revolution Glenn R. Fong 7. Rethinking the Role of the State in Technology Development: DARPA and the Case for Embedded Network Governance Erica R. H. Fuchs 8. DARPA’s Process for Creating New Programs David W. Cheney and Richard Van Atta 9. Some Questions about the DARPA Model Patrick Windham PART II: THE ROLE OF DARPA PROGRAM MANAGERS 10. DARPA—Enabling Technical Innovation Jinendra Ranka 11. Program Management at DARPA: A Personal Perspective Larry Jackel PART III: APPLYING THE DARPA MODEL IN OTHER SITUATIONS 12. Lessons from DARPA for Innovating in Defense Legacy Sectors William B. Bonvillian 13. ARPA-E and DARPA: Applying the DARPA Model to Energy Innovation William B. Bonvillian and Richard Van Atta 14. IARPA: A Modified DARPA Innovation Model William B. Bonvillian 15. Does NIH need a DARPA? Robert Cook-Deegan PART IV: CONCLUSIONS 16. Lessons from DARPA’s Experience Richard Van Atta, Patrick Windham and William B. Bonvillian Recommendations for Further Reading List of Illustrations and Tables Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0184_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200109 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783747917 06 15 9781783747924 06 15 9781783747931 06 15 9781800645967 06 15 9781783747962 06 15 9781783747948 06 15 9781783747955 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0184 20 02 20200109 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0184.epub 20 02 20200109 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f0b680d2-068b-4ada-b08e-b5fc1cb52237 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f0b680d2-068b-4ada-b08e-b5fc1cb52237 15 9781805112631 06 10.11647/OBP.0396 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 The Diagrammatics of ‘Race’ Visualizing Human Relatedness in the History of Physical, Evolutionary, and Genetic Anthropology, ca. 1770-2020 1 A01 Marianne Sommer 01 eng 00 372 03 B2 Anthropology 20 diagrams 04 GN34.3.C43 12 J 93 JBSL1 10 SOC070000 20 anthropology 93 JBSL13 12 JFSL1 B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC002010 12 JHM 93 JHM 20 race and diversity B2 Science: History of Science 10 SOC008000 20 history of science 12 JHMC 93 JHMC 20 visual representation 20 family trees 01 06 03 00 This is the first book that engages with the history of diagrams in physical, evolutionary, and genetic anthropology. Since their establishment as scientific tools for classification in the eighteenth century, diagrams have been used to determine but also to deny kinship between human groups. In nineteenth-century craniometry, they were omnipresent in attempts to standardize measurements on skulls for hierarchical categorization. In particular the ’human family tree’ was central for evolutionary understandings of human diversity, being used on both sides of debates about whether humans constitute different species well into the twentieth century. With recent advances in (ancient) DNA analyses, the tree diagram has become more contested than ever―does human relatedness take the shape of a network? Are human individual genomes mosaics made up of different ancestries? Sommer examines the epistemic and political role of these visual representations in the history of ‘race’ as an anthropological category. How do such diagrams relate to imperial and (post-)colonial practices and ideologies but also to liberal and humanist concerns?The Diagrammatics of 'Race' concentrates on Western projects from the late 1700s into the present to diagrammatically define humanity, subdividing and ordering it, including the concomitant endeavors to acquire representative samples―bones, blood, or DNA―from all over the world. Contributing to the ‘diagrammatic turn’ in the humanities and social sciences, it reveals connections between diagrams in anthropology and other visual traditions, including in religion, linguistics, biology, genealogy, breeding, and eugenics. 04 00 Acknowledgements About the Author Introduction Part I. Building a Diagrammatics of ‘Race’ in the Emerging Field of Anthropology 1. Esthetics, Diagrammatics, and Metrics: The Beginnings of Physical Anthropology 2. Samuel George Morton and His (Paper) Skulls 3. Kinship Denied and Acknowledged 4. Prichard’s Third Edition of Researches (1836–47) and Nott’s and Gliddon’s Types of Mankind (1854) 5. Codifying a Diagrammatics of ‘Race’ Part II. Maps, Scales, and Trees as (Intertwined) Diagrams of Human Genealogy and Evolution 6. The First Tree of the Human ‘Races’: Mappa Mundi, Chain of Being, and Tree of Life 7. Map, Scale, and Tree in Natural History 8. Map, Scale, and Tree in Darwin, Haeckel and Co.: The Genealogy of the Human Species 9. Map, Scale, and Tree in Darwin, Haeckel and Co.: The Genealogy of the Human ‘Races’ 10. About Treeing… Part III. Radicalizing versus Deconstructing the Family Tree of the Human ‘Races’ 11. Denying Even the Tree-Structured Human Kinship 12. Meandering Rivers and Synthetic Networks against Polygenism 13. The Reaffirmation of the Polygenist ‘Tree’ 14. Cable or Tangled Skein? 15. Missing Links to the Eugenic Pedigrees Part IV. The Tree, the Map, the Mosaic, and the Network in Genetic Anthropology 16. The History, Geography, and Politics of Human Genes 17. Genetic Trees, Admixture, and Mosaics 18. Gene Flow and Ancient DNA: Trees with Connecting Branches 19. The (Diagrammatic) Narratives of Genetic Revolutions 20. Deconstructing the Tree Diagram to a Mess – or at least a Net Postscript References List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0396_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Lucerne Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240730 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805112600 06 15 9781805112617 06 15 9781805112624 06 15 9781805112655 06 15 9781805112631 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0396 20 02 20240730 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0396.epub 20 02 20240730 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:8ed75376-60fc-4921-99b5-db1fa509b79d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:8ed75376-60fc-4921-99b5-db1fa509b79d 15 9781800642393 06 10.11647/OBP.0262 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Diaries of Anthony Hewitson, Provincial Journalist, Volume 1 1865–1887 1 B01 21 0000-0001-5943-475X Andrew Hobbs 01 eng 00 726 03 20 Anthony Hewitson 12 KNTJ B2 Media Studies and Journalism 04 PN5123.A77 10 SOC052000 B2 Biography 10 HIS015060 12 JFD 20 Victorian journalist 12 3JH B2 History 10 LAN008000 20 provincial newspaper 20 diaries 20 creation of Victorian newspapers 20 Victorian fatherhood 20 Victorian town 01 06 03 00 Anthony Hewitson (1836-1912) was a typical Victorian journalist, working in one of the largest sectors of the periodical press, provincial newspapers. His diaries, written between 1862 and 1912, lift the veil of anonymity hiding the people, processes and networks involved in the creation of Victorian newspapers. They also tell us about Victorian fatherhood, family life, and the culture of a Victorian town.Diaries of nineteenth-century provincial journalists are extremely rare. Anthony Hewitson went from printer’s apprentice to newspaper reporter and eventually editor of his own paper. Every night he jotted down the day’s doings, his thoughts and feelings. The diaries are a lively account of the reporter’s daily round, covering meetings and court cases, hunting for gossip or attending public executions and variety shows, in and around Preston, Lancashire.Andrew Hobbs’s introduction and footnotes provide background and analysis of these valuable documents. This full scholarly edition offers a wealth of new information about reporting, freelancing, sub-editing, newspaper ownership and publishing, and illuminates aspects of Victorian periodicals and culture extending far beyond provincial newspapers.The Diaries of Anthony Hewitson, Provincial Journalist are an indispensable research tool for local and regional historians, as well as social and political historians with an interest in Victorian studies and the media. They are also illuminating for anyone interested in nineteenth-century social and cultural history.Open Book Publishers gratefully acknowledge funding for this book from the Marc Fitch Fund, the Historic Society of Lancashire & Cheshire, and the University of Central Lancashire. 04 00 List of Illustrations Acknowledgements Introduction Editing method Maps ‘My Life’ Family history and brief autobiography Hewitson’s reminiscences of his time on the Preston Guardian The diaries 1865 1866 1867 1868 1872 1873 1874 1875 1881 1884 1885 1887 People frequently mentioned Glossary of technical, dialect and archaic words The Diaries of Anthony Hewitson, Provincial Journalist Chronology Biographical sketch of Hewitson from the Yorkshire Bibliographer, 1888 Hewitson’s diaries and other papers in Lancashire Archives Books written or edited by Hewitson Bibliography Books read by Hewitson Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0262_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 The Marc Fitch Fund 16 University of Central Lancashire 16 Historic Society of Lancashire & Cheshire Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220926 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800642362 06 15 9781800642379 06 15 9781800642386 06 15 9781800646889 06 15 9781800642416 06 15 9781800642393 06 15 9781800642409 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0262 20 02 20220926 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0262.epub 20 02 20220926 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2fc9d2a6-c527-4019-b3af-ff4ffb2fe2b8 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2fc9d2a6-c527-4019-b3af-ff4ffb2fe2b8 15 9781906924751 06 10.11647/OBP.0019 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ 10 02 20542429 01 02 Digital Humanities Series 01 01 The Digital Public Domain Foundations for an Open Culture 1 B01 Melanie Dulong de Rosnay 2 B01 21 0000-0002-7867-1926 Juan Carlos De Martin 3 A23 Charles R. Nesson 01 eng 00 249 03 20 Copyright B2 Digital Humanities 04 K1443.P83 10 LAW050010 12 UBJ 10 COM087000 20 creative commons B2 Law 12 LNRC 10 LAW104000 B2 Law: Intellectual Property 20 the commons 20 communia 20 cultural studies 20 open culture 20 Internet regulation 20 licensing 20 digital age 20 digitization 20 copyright law 01 06 03 00 Digital technology has made culture more accessible than ever before. Texts, audio, pictures and video can easily be produced, disseminated, used and remixed using devices that are increasingly user-friendly and affordable. However, along with this technological democratization comes a paradoxical flipside: the norms regulating culture's use —copyright and related rights —have become increasingly restrictive. This book brings together essays by academics, librarians, entrepreneurs, activists and policy makers, who were all part of the EU-funded Communia project. Together the authors argue that the Public Domain —that is, the informational works owned by all of us, be that literature, music, the output of scientific research, educational material or public sector information —is fundamental to a healthy society. The essays range from more theoretical papers on the history of copyright and the Public Domain, to practical examples and case studies of recent projects that have engaged with the principles of Open Access and Creative Commons licensing. The book is essential reading for anyone interested in the current debate about copyright and the Internet. It opens up discussion and offers practical solutions to the difficult question of the regulation of culture at the digital age. The free PDF edition of this title was made possible by generous funding received from the European Union (eContentplus framework project ECP-2006-PSI-610001). 04 00 Foreword by Charles Nesson Introduction by Melanie Dulong de Rosnay and Juan Carlos De Martin Manifesto and Policy Recommendations I. Introducing the Digital Public Domain 1. Communia and the European Public Domain Project: A Politics of the Public Domain Giancarlo Frosio II. Legal Framework 2. Consume and Share: Making Copyright Fit for the Digital Agenda Marco Ricolfi 3. Evaluation of the Directive 2001/29/EC in the Digital Information Society Lucie Guibault 4. Building Digital Commons through Open Access Management of Copyright-related Rights Giuseppe Mazziotti III. Developments and Case Studies 5. Contractually-constructed Research Commons: A Critical Economic Appraisal Enrico Bertacchini 6. Social Motivations and Incentives in Ex Situ Conservation of Microbial Genetic Resources Tom Dedeurwaerdere, Per M. Stromberg and Unai Pascual 7. Open Knowledge: Promises and Challenges Rufus Pollock and Jo Walsh 8. Science Commons: Building the Research Web Kaitlin Thaney 9. The DRIVER Project: The Socio-economic Benefits of a European Scientific Commons Karen Van Godtsenhoven 10. CC REL: The Creative Commons Rights Expression Language Hal Abelson, Ben Adida, Mike Linksvayer and Nathan Yergler 11. The Value of Registering Creative Works Roland Alton Scheidl, Joe Benso and Martin Springer Select Bibliography of Resources Cited 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0019_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Foundation for Baltic and East European Studies 01 projectname ECP-2006-PSI-610001 Cambridge, UK 04 01 20120326 02 WORLD 06 15 9781906924454 06 15 9781906924461 06 15 9781906924478 06 15 9781800644465 06 15 9781906924751 06 15 9781906924768 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0019 20 02 20120326 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0019.epub 20 02 20120326 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7ac3a25b-a9f2-4c53-bbb3-b20737bd5bb6 03 01 01 urn:uuid:7ac3a25b-a9f2-4c53-bbb3-b20737bd5bb6 15 9781805116516 06 10.11647/OBP.0477 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Economics of Cultural Loss Harm and Resilience in North American Indigenous Communities 1 A01 Mukesh Eswaran 2 A23 Ronald L. Trosper 01 eng 00 218 03 04 E98.E2 B2 Economics 20 Indigenous Economics 93 JBSL11 10 SOC062000 93 1QF 20 Cultural Erosion B2 Psychology and Psychoanalysis 10 SOC026040 20 Deaths of Despair 93 JBFA B2 Psychology and Psychoanalysis 10 SOC031000 B2 Anthropology 10 BUS023000 20 Historical Trauma 93 MBN B2 Health 93 JBF 10 POL029000 20 Reconciliation and Policy 93 5PBA 10 HEA028000 20 Mental Health Disparities 01 06 03 00 Why do North American Indigenous Peoples face such grave conditions in health, poverty, and mortality—including alarmingly high rates of suicide, alcoholism, and drug abuse? In this groundbreaking book, Mukesh Eswaran confronts these urgent questions through the lens of economics, focusing deeply on an underexplored aspect: the erosion of Indigenous culture. While empirical studies have shed some light on Indigenous struggles, Eswaran argues that mainstream economic theory fails to grasp the unique realities of Indigenous communities. His work introduces innovative models that incorporate cultural and communal values—particularly the sacredness of land and the importance of extended family and communal life—as foundational components of Indigenous well-being.Eswaran emphasizes that policies rooted in conventional economics, which often ignore culture, are ill-suited to address Indigenous issues, in particular, what has been identified as ‘Deaths of Despair’ among Indigenous Peoples. Drawing from Indigenous scholars and Elders, he shows how historical trauma—passed through generations—has systematically dismantled cultural and communal supports. His theoretical framework helps explain the rise in substance abuse and suicide, and points toward new, culturally sensitive policy approaches. While advancing economic theory relevant to Indigenous issues, the book also proposes a meaningful path toward healing and justice for Indigenous communities. It is a vital read for economists, policymakers, students, and anyone concerned with Indigenous history, well-being, equity and reconciliation. 04 00 Foreword Ronald L. Trosper Preface Introduction: Culture and Indigenous Wellbeing PART I Effects of the Erosion of Indigenous Land Rights A Simple Economic Model of an Indigenous Community Incorporating Cultural Belongingness The Failure of the Dawes’ Act in America and Canadian Attempts to Privatize Indigenous Reserves PART II The Health Effects of the Erosion of Indigenous Community Indigenous Historical Trauma in the North American Context An Economic Model to Capture Effects of Historical Trauma Some Adverse Effects of Historical Trauma on Indigenous Communities The Consequences for Indigenous Deaths of Despair Indigenous Survivance Some Concluding Thoughts References Use of Copyrighted Material Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0477_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250728 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805116486 06 15 9781805116493 06 15 9781805116509 06 15 9781805116523 06 15 9781805116516 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0477 20 02 20250728 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0477.epub 20 02 20250728 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:511353d9-7541-404e-b87d-1254c54520dd 03 01 01 urn:uuid:511353d9-7541-404e-b87d-1254c54520dd 15 9781805113645 06 10.11647/OBP.0417 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 The Embassy, the Ambush, and the Ogre Greco-Roman Influence in Sanskrit Theater 1 A01 21 0000-0002-4752-8588 Roberto Morales-Harley 01 eng 00 288 03 93 ATD B2 Classics 10 PER011000 04 PK2907.G74 20 Sanskrit B2 Asian Studies 93 DBSG 20 Greco-Roman 10 PER011020 93 2BBA 20 Epic poetry B2 Theatre 20 Theatre 20 philological analysis 20 cultural exchange 01 06 03 00 This volume presents a sophisticated and intricate examination of the parallels between Sanskrit and Greco-Roman literature. By means of a philological and literary analysis, Morales-Harley hypothesizes that Greco-Roman literature was known, understood, and recreated in India. Moreover, it is argued that the techniques for adapting epic into theater could have been Greco-Roman influences in India, and that some of the elements adapted within the literary motifs (specifically the motifs of the embassy, the ambush, and the ogre) could have been Greco-Roman borrowings by Sanskrit authors.This book draws on a wide variety of sources, including Iliad, Phoenix, Rhesus and Cyclops (Greco-Roman) as well as Mahābhārata, The Embassy, The Five Nights and The Middle One (Sanskrit). The result is a well-supported argument which presents us with the possibility of cultural exchange between the Greco-Roman world and India – a possibility which, though hypothetical, is worth acknowledging.Due to its comparative nature, this volume will appeal to both Indologists and Classicists, including Mahābhārata scholars, Sanskrit theater scholars, and those interested in comparative work with Sanskrit literature. It brings an original perspective to the field, and provides inspiration for new lines of research. 04 00 List of Abbreviations 1. Can Literary Parallelisms Prove Cultural Contact?: Theater Following in Epic’s Footsteps 2. The Embassy: A “Potifar’s Wife” Story 3. The Ambush: The Tale of the Tricked Trickster 4. The Ogre: “Nobody Seeks to Kill Me!” 5. Sanskrit Authors Adapting Greco-Roman Texts: Influences in the Adaptation Techniques Proposed Influences Proposed Borrowings Followed Chronologies References List of Tables Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0417_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240829 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805113614 06 15 9781805113621 06 15 9781805113638 06 15 9781805113652 06 15 9781805113645 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0417.epub 20 02 20240829 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0417 20 02 20240829 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6ed799de-77a5-44fd-80aa-5a9940b3a44c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6ed799de-77a5-44fd-80aa-5a9940b3a44c 15 9781906924614 06 10.11647/OBP.0015 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/ 01 01 The End of the World Apocalypse and its Aftermath in Western Culture 1 A01 Maria Manuel Lisboa 01 eng 00 224 03 20 Apocalypse 12 JFC 10 LIT004260 B2 Literature 04 PN56.E63 20 Brave New World 12 DS B2 European Studies 10 PER004030 12 AP 20 Nineteen Eighty-Four B2 Visual Arts 20 1984 20 Oryx and Crake 20 Blade Runner 20 Armageddon 20 Harry Potter 20 Terminator 20 cultural studies 20 film studies 20 literature 20 Margaret Atwood 20 George Orwell 20 Aldous Huxley 20 Douglas Adams 20 John Wyndham 01 06 03 00 Our fear of the world ending, like our fear of the dark, is ancient, deep-seated and perennial. It crosses boundaries of space and time, recurs in all human communities and finds expression in every aspect of cultural production – from pre-historic cave paintings to high-tech computer games. This book examines historical and imaginary scenarios of Apocalypse, the depiction of its likely triggers, and imagined landscapesin the aftermath of global destruction. Its discussion moves effortlessly from classic novels including Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World, George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four and Margaret Atwood’s Oryx and Crake, to blockbuster films such as Blade Runner, Armageddon and The Terminator. The author also takes into account religious doctrine, scientific research and the visual arts to create a penetrating, multi-disciplinarystudy that provides profound insight into one of Western culture’s darkest and most enduring preoccupations. 04 00 Prologue Chapter 1 Apocalypse Now and Again Chapter 2 The World Gone M.A.D. Chapter 3 And Then There Was Nothing: Is The End Ever Really The End? Chapter 4 Falling out with Hal and Hester Chapter 5 Dying of Happiness: Utopia at the End of this World Afterword Libera Me, Domine, De Vita Æterna 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0015_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Cambridge Cambridge, UK 04 01 20110920 02 WORLD 06 15 9781906924508 06 15 9781906924515 06 15 9781906924522 06 15 9781800644427 06 15 9781906924614 06 15 9781906924621 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0015 20 02 20110920 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0015.epub 20 02 20110920 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0a273bfc-0d28-4613-b618-2092f4df6a69 03 01 01 urn:uuid:0a273bfc-0d28-4613-b618-2092f4df6a69 15 9781783742462 06 10.11647/OBP.0096 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Environment in the Age of the Internet Activists, Communication, and the Digital Landscape 1 B01 Heike Graf 01 eng 00 192 03 20 Environment B2 Environmental Studies 10 NAT010000 04 P96.E57 12 RN 10 COM079000 20 Internet 12 JFD B2 Media Studies and Journalism 20 ecology 10 SOC000000 12 UD 20 communication 20 media studies 20 blogs 20 ecological activism 01 06 03 00 How do we talk about the environment? Does this communication reveal and construct meaning? Is the environment expressed and foregrounded in the new landscape of digital media?The Environment in the Age of the Internet is an interdisciplinary collection that draws together research and answers from media and communication studies, social sciences, modern history, and folklore studies. Edited by Heike Graf, its focus is on the communicative approaches taken by different groups to ecological issues, shedding light on how these groups tell their distinctive stories of "the environment". This book draws on case studies from around the world and focuses on activists of radically different kinds: protestors against pulp mills in South America, resistance to mining in the Sámi region of Sweden, the struggles of indigenous peoples from the Arctic to the Amazon, gardening bloggers in northern Europe, and neo-Nazi environmentalists in Germany. Each case is examined in relation to its multifaceted media coverage, mainstream and digital, professional and amateur.Stories are told within a context; examining the "what" and "how" of these environmental stories demonstrates how contexts determine communication, and how communication raises and shapes awareness. These issues have never been more urgent, this work never more timely. The Environment in the Age of the Internet is essential reading for everyone interested in how humans relate to their environment in the digital age. 04 00 Notes on Contributors Foreword 1. Introduction by Heike Graf Resonance in News Media About this Volume References 2. The Environment in Disguise: Insurgency and Digital Media in the Southern Cone by Virginia Melián Background Digital Media and Protest The Study Camouflaged Arguments User-Generated Content and Mainstream Media Networking beyond the Digital Mobile Personal Engagement Opportunities for Public Debate Civic Engagement and Media Practice Conclusion References 3. Exploitation or Preservation? Your Choice! Digital Modes of Expressing Perceptions of Nature and the Land by Coppélie Cocq Mining Boom, Land Rights, and Perceptions of the Environment YouTube: A Channel for Environmental Activism Contesting Narratives Media Logic Polarisation or Zone of Contact Conclusions References 4. Natural Ecology Meets Media Ecology: Indigenous Climate Change Activists’ Views on Nature and Media by Anna Roosvall and Matthew Tegelberg Introduction Defining Traditional Ecological Knowledge Defining Media Ecology Method and Material Analysis Conclusions References 5. The Culture of Nature: The Environmental Communication of Gardening Bloggers by Heike Graf Garden Blogs Environmental Communication from a Systems-Theoretical Perspective Difference-Theoretical Approach The Role of Topics Ecology and Gardening in the Mainstream Media The Topics of Gardening Blogs Consumption: Developing/Refusing a ‘Buyosphere’ Production: Developing Green Gardening Conclusions References 6. The Militant Media of Neo-Nazi Environmentalism by Madeleine Hurd and Steffen Werther NPD Media: Party Websites Emotions The NPD and the Environment The Neo-Nazi World of Umwelt & Aktiv Nature-Oriented Action: A Cure for National Ills Women, Youth, and Germanic Nature: From Umwelt to Aktion References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0096_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Foundation for Baltic and East European Studies Cambridge, UK 04 01 20160718 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742431 06 15 9781783742448 06 15 9781783742455 06 15 9781800645158 06 15 9781783746293 06 15 9781783742462 06 15 9781783742479 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0096.epub 20 02 20160718 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0096 20 02 20160718 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:27ee8b2e-cd7f-420e-97ab-5ae534bb78e4 03 01 01 urn:uuid:27ee8b2e-cd7f-420e-97ab-5ae534bb78e4 15 9781800647893 06 10.11647/OBP.0336 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The Era of Global Risk An Introduction to Existential Risk Studies 1 B01 21 0000-0002-2834-0993 SJ Beard 2 B01 Martin Rees 3 B01 21 0000-0002-0084-0734 Catherine Richards 4 B01 21 0000-0001-6544-4663 Clarissa Rios Rojas 01 eng 00 334 03 20 Existential Risk Studies 12 GPQD 93 GTQ 10 NAT011000 B2 Politics and Sociology B2 Environmental Studies 12 JFFS 93 JPQB 20 Natural systems 10 POL033000 12 GTF 93 JHB 10 POL028000 20 Technological advances 20 Environmental breakdown 12 JFF 10 SOC026000 20 Natural disasters 20 Nuclear threats 20 Management 20 Research 01 06 03 00 This innovative and comprehensive collection of essays explores the biggest threats facing humanity in the 21st century; threats that cannot be contained or controlled and that have the potential to bring about human extinction and civilization collapse. Bringing together experts from many disciplines, it provides an accessible survey of what we know about these threats, how we can understand them better, and most importantly what can be done to manage them effectively.These essays pair insights from decades of research and activism around global risk with the latest academic findings from the emerging field of Existential Risk Studies. Voicing the work of world leading experts and tackling a variety of vital issues, they weigh up the demands of natural systems with political pressures and technological advances to build an empowering vision of how we can safeguard humanity’s long-term future. The book covers both a comprehensive survey of how to study and manage global risks with in-depth discussion of core risk drivers: including environmental breakdown, novel technologies, global scale natural disasters, and nuclear threats. The Era of Global Risk offers a thorough analysis of the most serious dangers to humanity. Inspiring, accessible, and essential reading for both students of global risk and those committed to its mitigation, this book poses one critical question: how can we make sense of this era of global risk and move beyond it to an era of global safety? 04 00 Preface Introduction 1. A Brief History of Existential Risk and the People Who  Worked to Mitigate It 2. Theories and Models: Understanding and Predicting  Societal Collapse 3. Existential Risk and Science Governance 4. Beyond “Error and Terror”: Global Justice and Global  5. We Have to Include Everyone: Enabling Humanity to  Reduce Existential Risk 6. Natural Global Catastrophic Risks 7. Ecological Breakdown and Human Extinction 8. Biosecurity, Biosafety and Dual Use: Will Humanity  Minimise Potential Harms in the Age of Biotechnology? 9. From Turing’s Speculations to an Academic  Discipline: A History of AI Existential Safety 10. Military Artificial Intelligence as a Contributor to Global Catastrophic Risk Afterword Contributor Biographies Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0336_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Centre for the Study of Existential Risk Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230823 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800647862 06 15 9781800647879 06 15 9781800647886 06 15 9781800647923 06 15 9781800647916 06 15 9781800647893 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0336 20 02 20230823 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0336.epub 20 02 20230823 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c7a8579a-2de3-4899-a700-8a906fb8fadb 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c7a8579a-2de3-4899-a700-8a906fb8fadb 15 9781800648739 06 10.11647/OBP.0323 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The European Experience A Multi-Perspective History of Modern Europe, 1500–2000 1 B01 21 0000-0001-9551-2989 Jan Hansen 2 B01 21 0000-0003-4505-5040 Jochen Hung 3 B01 21 0000-0002-3686-1801 Jaroslav Ira 4 B01 21 0000-0003-4134-0805 Judit Klement 5 B01 21 0000-0002-8462-0957 Sylvain Lesage 6 B01 21 0000-0001-5899-259X Juan Luis Simal 7 B01 21 0000-0002-6044-2316 Andrew Tompkins 01 eng 00 992 03 04 D209 B2 European Studies 12 HBJD 10 HIS010000 20 modern European history 20 European prospective 12 HBLH 10 HIS010020 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 12 HBLL 10 HIS037090 B2 History 20 identities 20 cultural encounters 12 HBLW 10 HIS037040 B2 History: International Relations 12 HBTB 10 HIS037050 20 power 20 citizenship 10 HIS037060 20 economic development 10 HIS037070 01 06 03 00 The European Experience brings together the expertise of nearly a hundred historians from eight European universities to internationalise and diversify the study of modern European history, exploring a grand sweep of time from 1500 to 2000. Offering a valuable corrective to the Anglocentric narratives of previous English-language textbooks, scholars from all over Europe have pooled their knowledge on comparative themes such as identities, cultural encounters, power and citizenship, and economic development to reflect the complexity and heterogeneous nature of the European experience. Rather than another grand narrative, the international author teams offer a multifaceted and rich perspective on the history of the continent of the past 500 years. Each major theme is dissected through three chronological sub-chapters, revealing how major social, political and historical trends manifested themselves in different European settings during the early modern (1500–1800), modern (1800–1900) and contemporary period (1900–2000). This resource is of utmost relevance to today’s history students in the light of ongoing internationalisation strategies for higher education curricula, as it delivers one of the first multi-perspective and truly ‘European’ analyses of the continent’s past. Beyond the provision of historical content, this textbook equips students with the intellectual tools to interrogate prevailing accounts of European history, and enables them to seek out additional perspectives in a bid to further enrich the discipline. 04 00 Introduction 1.1.1 Ideas of Europe in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 1.1.2 Ideas of Europe in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 1.1.3 Ideas of Europe in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 1.2.1 Borders in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 1.2.2 Borders in Modern History (1800–1900) 1.2.3 Borders in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 1.3.1 Migration in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 1.3.2 Migration and Diaspora in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 1.3.3 Migration in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 1.4.1 Europe’s Other(ed)s: The Americas, Africa, Asia, and Middle East in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 1.4.2 Europe’s Other(ed)s: The Americas, Africa, Asia, and the Middle East in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 1.4.3 Europe’s Other(ed)s: The Americas, Africa, Asia, and the Middle East in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 2.1.1 Demographic Change in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 2.1.2 Demographic Change in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 2.1.3 Demographic Change in Europe in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 2.2.1 Interethnic Relations in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 2.2.2 Interethnic Relations in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 2.2.3 Interethnic Relations in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 2.3.1 Household and Family in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 2.3.2 Household and Family in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 2.3.3 Household and Family in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 2.4.1 Inequalities in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 2.4.2 Inequalities in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 2.4.3 Inequalities in Contemporary History (c. 1900–2000) 3.1.1 State-building and Nationalism in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 3.1.2 State-building and Nationalism in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 3.1.3 State-building and Nationalism in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 3.2.1 Empire and Colonialism in Early Modern History (1500–1800) 3.2.2 Empire and Colonialism in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 3.2.3 Empires and Colonialism in Contemporary History (1900–2000) 3.3.1 Revolutions and Civil Wars in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 3.3.2 Revolutions and Civil Wars in Modern History (c. 1800–1900) 3.3.3 Revolutions and Civil Wars in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 3.4.1 Peace and Conflict in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 3.4.2 Peace and Conflict in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 3.4.3 Peace and Conflict in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 3.5.1 Protest and Social Movements in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 3.5.2 Protest and Social Movements in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 3.5.3 Protest and Social Movements in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 4.1.1 Science and Technological Change in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 4.1.2 Science and Technological Change in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 4.1.3 Science and Technological Change in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 4.2.1 Social Engineering and Welfare in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 4.2.2 Social Engineering and Welfare in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 4.2.3 Social Engineering and Welfare in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 4.3.1 Education and Knowledge Transfer in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 4.3.2 Education and Knowledge Transfer in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 4.3.3 Education and Knowledge Transfer in Contemporary History (1900–2000) 4.4.1 Understanding and Controlling the Environment in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 4.4.2 Understanding and Controlling the Environment in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 4.4.3 Understanding and Controlling the Environment in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 5.1.1 Entrepreneurs, Markets and Companies in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 5.1.2 Entrepreneurs, Markets and Companies in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 5.1.3 Entrepreneurs, Companies and Markets in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 5.2.1 Distributing Wealth in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 5.2.2 Distributing Wealth in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 5.2.3 Distributing Wealth in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 5.3.1 Production and Consumption in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 5.3.2 Production and Consumption in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 5.3.3 Production and Consumption in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 5.4.1 Labour and Forced Labour in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 5.4.2 Labour in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 5.4.3 Labour and Forced Labour in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 6.1.1 Religions in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 6.1.2 Religions in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 6.1.3 Religions in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 6.2.1 Ideologies in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 6.2.2 Ideologies in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 6.2.3 Ideologies in Contemporary History (c.1900–2000) 6.3.1 Centres and Peripheries in Early Modern Europe (c. 1500–1800) 6.3.2 Centres and Peripheries in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 6.3.3 Centres and Peripheries in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 6.4.1 Generations and Lifecycles in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 6.4.2 Generations and Lifecycles in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 6.4.3 Generations and Lifecycles in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 7.1.1 Experiments and Avant-gardes in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 7.1.2 Experiments and Avant-gardes in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 7.1.3 Experiments and Avant-Gardes in Contemporary History (1900–2000) 7.2.1 Mass Media and Popular Culture in Early Modern History (1500–1800) 7.2.2 Mass Media and Popular Culture in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 7.2.3 Mass Media and Popular Culture in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 7.3.1 Sports and Leisure in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 7.3.2 Sports and Leisure in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 7.3.3 Sports and Leisure in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 7.4.1 Heritage and Memory in Early Modern History (ca. 1500–1800) 7.4.2 Heritage and Memory in Modern History (ca. 1800–1900) 7.4.3 Heritage and Memory in Contemporary History (ca. 1900–2000) 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0323_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 European Commission 01 programname Erasmus+ 01 projectname Teaching European History in the 21st Century Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230221 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800648708 06 15 9781800648715 06 15 9781800648722 06 15 9781800648760 06 15 9781800648753 06 15 9781800648739 06 15 9781800648746 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0323.epub 20 02 20230221 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0323 20 02 20230221 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9c6c8c83-8efc-402b-8ebe-872f4230b305 03 01 01 urn:uuid:9c6c8c83-8efc-402b-8ebe-872f4230b305 15 9781783749263 06 10.11647/OBP.0205 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Simplified Signs A Manual Sign-Communication System for Special Populations, Volume 1. 1 A01 John D. Bonvillian 2 A01 Nicole Kissane Lee 3 A01 Tracy T. Dooley 4 A01 Filip T. Loncke 01 eng 00 650 03 12 C 10 EDU000000 B2 Education 04 HV2741 20 manual sign communication 12 CB 10 LAN017000 B2 Linguistics 20 mastering spoken languages 12 CFZ 10 LAN000000 20 mastering full sign languages 20 intellectual disabilities 20 cerebral palsy 20 autism 20 aphasia 01 06 03 00 Simplified Signs presents a system of manual sign communication intended for special populations who have had limited success mastering spoken or full sign languages. It is the culmination of over twenty years of research and development by the authors. The Simplified Sign System has been developed and tested for ease of sign comprehension, memorization, and formation by limiting the complexity of the motor skills required to form each sign, and by ensuring that each sign visually resembles the meaning it conveys.Volume 1 outlines the research underpinning and informing the project, and places the Simplified Sign System in a wider context of sign usage, historically and by different populations. Volume 2 presents the lexicon of signs, totalling approximately 1000 signs, each with a clear illustration and a written description of how the sign is formed, as well as a memory aid that connects the sign visually to the meaning that it conveys.While the Simplified Sign System originally was developed to meet the needs of persons with intellectual disabilities, cerebral palsy, autism, or aphasia, it may also assist the communication needs of a wider audience – such as healthcare professionals, aid workers, military personnel, travellers or parents, and children who have not yet mastered spoken language. The system also has been shown to enhance learning for individuals studying a foreign language.Lucid and comprehensive, this work constitutes a valuable resource that will enhance the communicative interactions of many different people, and will be of great interest to researchers and educators alike. 04 00 Contents Preface and Acknowledgments John D. Bonvillian and William Boone Bonvillian Postscript 1. Introduction John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke Addressing Concerns about Sign-Communication Training and Teaching Special Populations The Simplified Sign System Goals, Clarifications, and Recommendations Other Potential Users of the Simplified Sign System Contents and Structure of the Two Volumes 2. Use of Manual Signs and Gestures by Hearing Persons: Historical Perspectives John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke The Origins of Language Signs as a Natural and Universal Form of Communication Gestural and Sign Use Cross-Culturally Sign Communication in North America Europeans in the New World and their Communicative Interactions through Signs Early European Gestural Communication Concluding Remarks 3. Deaf Persons and Sign Languages John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke Deaf Education and the Recognition of Sign Languages Sign Production Different Sign Languages and Obstacles to Sign Communication Worldwide Unique Aspects of Sign Languages Iconic Signs Sign Language Acquisition Concluding Remarks 4. Sign Communication in Persons with an Intellectual Disability or with Cerebral Palsy John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke An Early Study Intellectual Disability Cerebral Palsy Recommendations for Enhancing the Sign-Learning Environment Selecting Signs 5. Childhood Autism and Sign Communication John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke Childhood Autism Sign-Communication Training and Teaching Dispelling Myths Teaching Generalization and Spontaneous Communication Skills Motor and Imitation Abilities Other Non-Oral Approaches Evaluative Comments 6. Sign-Communication Intervention in Adults and Children with Aphasia John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke Introduction to Aphasia and Apraxia Sign-Communication Training Outcomes Sign Facilitation of Spoken Language Acquired Childhood Aphasia and Landau-Kleffner Syndrome Developmental Language Disorder and Childhood Apraxia of Speech Concluding Remarks 7. Use of Manual Signs and Gestures by Hearing Persons: Contemporary Perspectives John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke Teaching Signs to Hearing Infants of Hearing Parents Socioeconomic Intervention Programs and Language Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) in Academic Settings Using Manual Signs to Improve Reading Comprehension Facilitating Foreign Language Vocabulary Acquisition Learning to Sign May Positively Affect One’s Cognitive Abilities Concluding Remarks 8. Development of the Simplified Sign System John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke Background Information Step One: Iconic Sign Selection Step Two: Sign Formation Modification Step Three: Testing of Simplified Signs with Undergraduate Students Step Four: Comparison Testing of Simplified Signs Step Five: Feedback from Users Step Six: Memory Aids Concluding Remarks 9. Application and Use of the Simplified Sign System with Persons with Disabilities John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke Approaches to Teaching the Simplified Sign System Guidelines for Using the Simplified Sign System Frequently Asked Questions Concluding Remarks Appendix A: Sign Language Dictionaries and Other Sources Appendix B: Handshapes John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke Appendix C: Palm, Finger, and Knuckle Orientation John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke Palm Orientation Finger/Knuckle Orientation Glossary References Author Biographies Name Index Subject Index About the publishing team 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0205_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200730 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783749232 06 15 9781783749249 06 15 9781783749256 06 15 9781800646155 06 15 9781783749287 06 15 9781783749263 06 15 9781783749270 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0205 20 02 20200730 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0205.epub 20 02 20200730 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e5ba6be6-72ee-479e-812f-2d6e588e1a3c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:e5ba6be6-72ee-479e-812f-2d6e588e1a3c 15 9781800640023 06 10.11647/OBP.0220 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Simplified Signs A Manual Sign-Communication System for Special Populations, Volume 2. 1 A01 John D. Bonvillian 2 A01 Nicole Kissane Lee 3 A01 Tracy T. Dooley 4 A01 Filip T. Loncke 01 eng 00 1136 03 12 C 10 EDU000000 B2 Education 04 HV2741 20 manual sign communication 12 CB 10 LAN017000 B2 Linguistics 20 mastering spoken languages 12 CFZ 10 LAN000000 20 mastering full sign languages 20 intellectual disabilities 20 cerebral palsy 20 autism 20 aphasia 01 06 03 00 Simplified Signs presents a system of manual sign communication intended for special populations who have had limited success mastering spoken or full sign languages. It is the culmination of over twenty years of research and development by the authors. The Simplified Sign System has been developed and tested for ease of sign comprehension, memorization, and formation by limiting the complexity of the motor skills required to form each sign, and by ensuring that each sign visually resembles the meaning it conveys.Volume 1 outlines the research underpinning and informing the project, and places the Simplified Sign System in a wider context of sign usage, historically and by different populations. Volume 2 presents the lexicon of signs, totalling approximately 1000 signs, each with a clear illustration and a written description of how the sign is formed, as well as a memory aid that connects the sign visually to the meaning that it conveys.While the Simplified Sign System originally was developed to meet the needs of persons with intellectual disabilities, cerebral palsy, autism, or aphasia, it may also assist the communication needs of a wider audience – such as healthcare professionals, aid workers, military personnel, travellers or parents, and children who have not yet mastered spoken language. The system also has been shown to enhance learning for individuals studying a foreign language.Lucid and comprehensive, this work constitutes a valuable resource that will enhance the communicative interactions of many different people, and will be of great interest to researchers and educators alike. 04 00 Contents Preface John D. Bonvillian 10. Introduction to the Simplified Sign System John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke 11. The Simplified Sign System Lexicon John D. Bonvillian, Nicole Kissane Lee, Tracy T. Dooley and Filip T. Loncke Author Biographies Subject Index Sign Index About the publishing team 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0220_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200730 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783749997 06 15 9781800640009 06 15 9781800640016 06 15 9781800646254 06 15 9781800640047 06 15 9781800640023 06 15 9781800640030 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0220 20 02 20200730 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0220.epub 20 02 20200730 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d619b261-c2c2-48cf-a644-c0606b13692b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d619b261-c2c2-48cf-a644-c0606b13692b 15 9781783746712 06 10.11647/OBP.0162 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Social Media in Higher Education Case Studies, Reflections and Analysis 1 B01 21 0000-0002-4501-7522 Chris Rowell 01 eng 00 302 03 10 EDU000000 12 JN 04 LB2395.7 B2 Media Studies and Journalism 20 social media 10 EDU015000 B2 Education 20 Higher Education 12 JNM 10 COM060140 B2 Information Technology and Computer Science 12 JNV 20 university 20 student learning 12 UBW 20 enhance teaching and learning 20 digital communication 20 Twitter 01 06 03 00 How does social media affect working life in Higher Education? How are universities harnessing its power to aid student learning? This innovative collection brings together academics and those working in professional services to examine these questions and more. The diverse and expert contributors analyse the many ways social media can be used to enhance teaching and learning, research, professional practice, leadership, networking and career development. The impact of social media is evaluated critically, with an eye both to the benefits and the problems of using these new forms of digital communication.This is the first volume to give such detailed attention to this area of high interest. Its innovative approach extends to its creation, with contributors found via their presence on Twitter. The short and impactful chapters are accessible while retaining an academic focus through their application of relevant learning theory and educational context.Social Media and Higher Education is essential reading for any professional working in higher education, including lecturers teaching education courses. It is also significant for researchers looking at more recent developments in higher education and what it means to work in a modern higher education environment. 04 00 Acknowledgements Contributors Part One Introduction From a Tweet to a Blog, to a Podcast, to a Book Chris Rowell Social Media in Higher Education – The Podcast Chris Rowell Part Two Professional Practice Developing a Professional Online Presence and Effective Network Sue Beckingham Re-Engineered CPD and Modelled Use of Cloud Tools and Social Media by Academic Developers Martin Compton and Timos Almpanis Ten Days of Twitter Mark Warnes Open and Networked Scholarship Suzan Koseoglu Part Three Teaching and Learning Exploring the Use of Social Media in the Higher Education Classroom Alex Avramenko and Chrissi Nerantzi The Use of Social Media Tools and Their Application to Creative Students Serena Gossain Role of Social Media in Learning: Benefits and Drawbacks — How Social Presence Theory Explains Conflicting Findings Paul Kawachi Bursting Out of the Bubble: Social Media, Openness and Higher Education Jennie Blake, Chris Millson and Sam Aston Cambridge Analytica, Facebook, and Understanding Social Media Beyond the Screen Zoetanya Sujon Part Four Leadership Leadership and Social Media Julie Hall Leadership and Social Media: Challenges and Opportunities Donna M. Lanclos and Lawrie Phipps Part Five Building Networks Building Cohort Identity through Social Media David Webster Creating a Sense of Belonging and Connectedness for the Student Arrival Experience in a School of Arts and Humanities Rachel Challen Joint Reflection on Twitter, Phenomenography and Learning Friendships Margy MacMillan and Chrissi Nerantzi PressEd — Where the Conference Is the Hashtag Pat Lockley and Natalie Lafferty Part Six Innovation Expertise in Your Ears; Why You Should Jump on the Podcasting Bandwagon Dave Musson Etiquette for the Anthropocene Jane Norris Learning to Twalk: An Analysis of a New Learning Environment Andrew Middleton and Alex Spiers Academics’ Understanding of Learning Spaces: Attitudes, Practices and Outcomes Explored through the Use of Social Media Santanu Vasant Part Seven The Personal Journey Somewhere in Between: My Experience of Twitter as a Tool for Continuous Personal Development Andy Horton The ‘Healthy Academic’, Social Media, and a Personal and Professional Journey Neil Withnell Glossary List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0162_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190630 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783746682 06 15 9781783746699 06 15 9781783746705 06 15 9781800645806 06 15 9781783746736 06 15 9781783746712 06 15 9781783746729 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0162 20 02 20190630 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0162.epub 20 02 20190630 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:85a6a080-c3fe-4bfe-9ea8-337b06241316 03 01 01 urn:uuid:85a6a080-c3fe-4bfe-9ea8-337b06241316 15 9781805117124 06 10.11647/OBP.0487 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Solidarity in Contingency Rorty’s Constructive Project 1 B01 21 0000-0003-1990-0204 Elin D. Huckerby 2 B01 21 0000-0001-9338-6077 Marianne Janack 01 eng 00 242 03 04 B945.R524 10 PHI019000 B2 Philosophy 93 QDTS 20 Richard Rorty 10 PHI020000 B2 Politics and Sociology 20 Pragmatism 93 QDHR3 20 Democratic solidarity 93 JPHV 10 PHI000000 20 Contingency 93 JHBA 10 PHI034000 20 Ironism 93 JBSF11 10 POL007000 20 Liberal ironist 10 SOC026040 01 06 03 00 Richard Rorty (1931–2007), once dubbed ‘the man who killed truth’, is best known for challenging the idea that philosophy provides foundational knowledge. Yet beyond the controversy lies a vital, underexplored side of Rorty’s work: his constructive vision for fostering democratic solidarity in a world shaped by contingency and uncertainty. This volume shifts focus from defending Rorty to applying his insights for today’s fractured, post-truth culture.Centered on Rorty’s "Contingency, Irony, and Solidarity" (1989), the collection explores how his pragmatism helps us reimagine philosophy as a cultural practice—one grounded not in timeless truths, but in shared hopes, vocabularies, and democratic cooperation. The volume brings together seven original essays that revisit Rortyan concepts like liberal ironism, poetic redescription, eirenism, and democratic solidarity, and explore their implications for social justice, feminist theory, public discourse, and the humanities.Rather than lament relativism or retreat into essentialism, these contributions demonstrate how Rorty’s philosophy offers practical, imaginative tools for navigating difference and building inclusive societies. Emphasizing creativity over certainty and solidarity over skepticism, this timely volume reclaims Rorty’s legacy as a philosopher of hope—and a resource for democratic renewal in our era of radical uncertainty. 04 00 Contributor Biographies Abbreviations for Key Works by Richard Rorty 1. Introduction: From Explication to Application 2. Rorty’s Interpretations and the Possibility of Social Change 3. Tenderness as the Norm: Rorty on ‘Intense Mental Pain’ 4. Actually (Anti-)Utopian? Levitas, Rorty and the Conditions of Utopianism 5. Pragmatist Eirenism in Post-Truth Society 6. Creative Doubts against Authoritarian Certainty: Rorty through Reparative Critique 1 7. Rortyan Irony as Civic Virtue in Our Myside Society 8. Irony as Hope and the Future of the Humanities Works Cited Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0487_frontcover.png Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20251202 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805117094 06 15 9781805117100 06 15 9781805117117 06 15 9781805117131 06 15 9781805117124 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0487.epub 20 02 20251202 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0487 20 02 20251202 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:898c98da-87ba-40fa-9879-47ceaa23968e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:898c98da-87ba-40fa-9879-47ceaa23968e 15 9781805116356 06 10.11647/OBP.0473 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Sounding the Bookshelf 1501 Music in a Year of Italian Printed Books 1 A01 21 0000-0003-4053-8916 Tim Shephard 2 A01 21 0009-0006-0507-1344 Oliver Doyle 3 A01 Ciara O’Flaherty 4 A01 Annabelle Page 5 A01 21 0000-0002-7571-3350 Laura Ştefănescu 01 eng 00 386 03 93 A 10 MUS020000 B2 Music 20 Renaissance 93 AVL B2 European Studies: Italian Studies 20 Italy 10 LIT004200 93 DSBB 10 HIS020000 B2 History of the Book 20 music 93 NHDL 10 SOC002000 20 sound 20 hearing 93 JBCC 10 LAN027000 20 knowledge 10 PHI012000 10 PHI037000 01 06 03 00 This volume explores how everyday texts in Renaissance Italy engaged with music, sound, and hearing. Of the 358 known editions printed in 1501, only a few contained formal music notation or specialist theory. Yet a surprising wealth of musical knowledge emerges from religious texts, classical commentaries, lifestyle guides, poetry, and more. These sources—rarely penned by professional musicians—reflect the broader cultural presence of music in early 16th-century life, touching on themes like music’s moral influence, its role in education, and its scientific understanding. Drawing from an ambitious cross-disciplinary survey, this groundbreaking study repositions everyday references to music as vital to understanding Renaissance musical culture. It challenges scholars to look beyond elite and theoretical traditions, and instead engage with the rich, often-overlooked world of non-specialist musical discourse. Set against the backdrop of 1501—a landmark year when Ottaviano Petrucci revolutionized music printing—this book offers a compelling snapshot of how music was understood and discussed by ordinary readers in Renaissance Italy. By sounding out these diverse voices, the project reimagines the contours of music history and opens new avenues for musicological inquiry. 04 00 0. Introduction 0.1 Methodology 0.2 Authors and Readers 0.3 The 1501 Corpus and Contemporary Libraries 0.4 Everyday Musical Knowledge 0.5 Structure and Editorial Policies 1. Lifestyle 1.1 Education 1.2 Conduct 1.3 Health and Wellbeing 1.4 Astrology 1.5 Conclusions 2. Poetry 2.1 Indications of Performance 2.2 Landscape 2.3 The Beloved 2.4 The Author 2.5 Conclusions 3. Scholarship 3.1 Natural Philosophy 3.2 Rhetoric 3.3 Literature 3.4 History 3.5 Law 4. Conclusions to Volume 1: A Musical Life in Italy c.1501 Sounding the Bookshelf 1501 Appendix: 1501 Excerpts Bibliographies 1501 Books Other Primary Sources Modern Literature Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0473_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Sheffield Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250806 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805116325 06 15 9781805116332 06 15 9781805116349 06 15 9781805116363 06 15 9781805116356 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0473 20 02 20250806 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0473.epub 20 02 20250806 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f28abf1f-68c0-437b-8440-660b3685cfe2 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f28abf1f-68c0-437b-8440-660b3685cfe2 15 9781909254886 06 10.11647/OBP.0049 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 02 2054362X 01 02 World Oral Literature Series 01 01 Stories from Quechan Oral Literature 1 A01 A.M. Halpern 2 A01 Amy Miller 01 eng 00 548 03 04 E99.Y94 B2 Folklore and Ethnology 12 JHMC 20 Quechan mythology 10 SOC002010 B2 Anthropology 10 FOR031000 12 JFHF 20 Quechan language 12 2J 10 LIT004060 B2 Literature 20 World Oral Literature Series 20 Oral tradition B2 Other languages B2 American and Latin American Studies 20 Storytelling 01 06 03 00 The Quechan are a Yuman people who have traditionally lived along the lower part of the Colorado River in California and Arizona. They are well known as warriors, artists, and traders, and they also have a rich oral tradition. The stories in this volume were told by tribal elders in the 1970s and early 1980s. The eleven narratives in this volume take place at the beginning of time and introduce the reader to a variety of traditional characters, including the infamous Coyote and also Kwayúu the giant, Old Lady Sanyuuxáv and her twin sons, and the Man Who Bothered Ants. <break/>This book makes a long-awaited contribution to the oral literature and mythology of the American Southwest, and its format and organization are of special interest. Narratives are presented in the original language and in the storytellers’ own words. A prosodically-motivated broken-line format captures the rhetorical structure and local organization of the oral delivery and calls attention to stylistic devices such as repetition and syntactic parallelism. Facing-page English translation provides a key to the original Quechan for the benefit of language learners. The stories are organized into "story complexes”, that is, clusters of narratives with overlapping topics, characters, and events, told from diverse perspectives. In presenting not just stories but story complexes, this volume captures the art of storytelling and illuminates the complexity and interconnectedness of an important body of oral literature. Stories from Quechan Oral Literature provides invaluable reading for anyone interested in Native American cultural heritage and oral traditions more generally. 04 00 Notes on Contributors Foreword by Mark Turin Introduction by Amy Miller Part I: The stories and their cultural context Part II: How this volume came about Acknowledgments References 1. The Man Who Bothered Ants The Man Who Bothered Ants, told by Jessie Webb Escalante 2. Two Stories about the Orphan Boy and the Monster ‘Aréey, told by an anonymous Quechan elder Tsakwshá Kwapaaxkyée (Seven Heads), told by John Comet 3. Xarathó Xarathó, told by Jessie Webb Escalante 4. Three Stories about Kwayúu Kwayúu, told by Mary Kelly Escalanti Kwayúu, told by Josefa Hartt Púk Atsé, told by Rosita Carr 5. Three Stories about Old Lady Sanyuuxáv ‘Aakóoy Sanyuuxáv, told by an anonymous Quechan elder ‘Aakóoy Sanyuuxáv, told by Josefa Hartt Shakwatxót, told by John Comet 6. ‘Aavém Kwasám ‘Aavém Kwasám, told by Tom Kelly 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0049_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20141124 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254855 06 15 9781909254862 06 15 9781909254879 06 15 9781800644762 06 15 9781909254886 06 15 9781909254893 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0049.epub 20 02 20141124 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0049 20 02 20141124 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:cfe3c298-00e0-4cc1-b67e-795bbda94665 03 01 01 urn:uuid:cfe3c298-00e0-4cc1-b67e-795bbda94665 15 9781805115748 06 10.11647/OBP.0462 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Stories of Hope Reimagining Education 1 B01 21 0000-0002-1582-9394 Sandra Abegglen 2 B01 21 0000-0003-1280-0104 Tom Burns 3 B01 21 0000-0003-3161-5967 Richard F. Heller 4 B01 Rajan Madhok 5 B01 21 0000-0001-5297-4163 Fabian Neuhaus 6 B01 21 0000-0003-3930-387X John Sandars 7 B01 21 0000-0003-0484-7623 Sandra Sinfield 8 B01 21 0000-0002-9943-011X Upasana Gitanjali Singh 01 eng 00 659 03 10 EDU015000 B2 Education 20 Higher Education Reform 93 JNM 04 LB2806.23 10 EDU034000 93 JNF B2 Psychology and Psychoanalysis 20 Student Engagement 10 EDU040000 20 Innovative Teaching 93 JNT 10 EDU051000 20 Educational Leadership 93 JNA 10 EDU032000 93 JKS 20 Learning Transformation 10 EDU046000 20 Radical Hope in Education 01 06 03 00 Higher education is in crisis. Students are disengaged, lecturers are burned out, and universities seem more preoccupied with rankings and revenue than with knowledge and wellbeing. But rather than dwell on the problems, this book focuses on solutions—on hope.Bringing together a diverse range of educators and practitioners, this collection showcases real-world innovations that challenge the status quo and offer glimpses of a more humane and inspiring educational future. From rethinking systems and curriculum design to fostering imaginative collaboration and exploring the role of technology, the book highlights practical, hopeful interventions that are already making a difference.This is not a manifesto of complaints but an invitation to reimagine education. The contributors offer fresh perspectives from around the world, illustrating how small but meaningful changes can transform learning spaces, empower educators, and inspire students. For academics, teachers, administrators, and anyone invested in the future of education, this book serves as both a source of inspiration and a call to action. It is an evolving ecosystem of ideas—grounded in practice, rich with possibility, and rooted in radical hope. Now is the time to create the change we wish to see. 04 00 Biographies List of Illustrations Foreword Mary O’Kane Introduction: Reimagining education Sandra Abegglen, Tom Burns, Richard Heller, Rajan Madhok, Fabian Neuhaus, John Sandars, Sandra Sinfield, and Upasana Gitanjali Singh I. Examples of System Change Examples of system change: Introduction Rajan Madhok 1. Inverting the distribution of Higher Education: From top-down to student-led Richard F. Heller and Stephen Leeder 2. A critical pedagogy for a critical time Jane Booth 3. Serious fun: Reimagining Higher Education from a humane perspective Sarah Honeychurch 4. Fostering hope and humanity through transformative education: A call to reimagine mentorship Shivaani Chugh, Anurag Mishra, Aashima Dabas, and Chandini Chugh 5. Creating hope through T-shaped values Earle Abrahamson, Nina Namaste, Corinne A. Green, Mayi Arcellana-Panlilio, Lisa Hatfield, and Michelle J. Eady 6. The human and nothing but the whole human: With head, heart, and hand Nathalie Tasler 7. Becoming wildly nomadic with the Nomadic Detective Agency-Assemblage Mark Ingham 8. Playful Higher Education futures: Hopeful and utopian thinking in pedagogy Kim Holflod II. How Technology Can Shape the Future How technology can shape the future: Introduction Upasana Gitanjali Singh 9. The emotional impact of nature seen through the lenses of virtual reality (VR) and revealed through the power of expressive art Gabriella Rodolico and Fiona McGregor 10. CanadARThistories: Collaboratively designing an open-access course Johanna Amos and Alena Buis 11. PhDForum: An online quiet study room providing a public space that nurtures the personal experience of being part of a global community Donna Peach 12. “The art of conversation”: Educational guidance practitioners and support for distance-learning students Oliver Burney, Jennifer Hillman, Mark Kershaw, Stephanie Newton, Elizabeth Shakespeare, and Sean Starbuck III. Creative Curriculum Design Creative curriculum design: Introduction Tom Burns, Sandra Sinfield, and Sandra Abegglen 13. Hope Street: Reimagining learning journeys Laura Bissell and David Overend 14. The other F word: Re-storying student failure in Canadian Higher Education Victoria A. Fritz 15. “Armed love”: A case study in cultivating a pedagogy of hope Chris Cachia 16. The XXXX game: A character-based tool for learning Louise Sheridan 17. Reimagining the sage–guide dichotomy: A life-long learner’s story of teaching and learning in Higher Education Katherine Herbert and Yeslam Al-Saggaf 18. Playing with learning: Adopting a playful approach to Higher Education learning and teaching John Parkin 19. Making plants cool again: Re-introducing botany as a beacon of hope and innovation in our educational systems Geyan Surendran, Adam Bromley, James Connorton, Lian X. Liu, Paul A. Townsend, Michael Heinrich, and Shelini Surendran 20. Putting theory into (proposed) action: The significance of campaign planning as an assessment task Luke Ray Di Marco Campbell 21. Freedom to learn: Developing autonomous critical learners through self-assessment in Higher Education Agnese Di Domenico, Aidan Harvey, Beth Karp, Elizabeth Veldon, Ingeborg van Knippenberg, John Cowan, and Zack Moir 22. Hope in an art school Simone Maier IV. Imaginative Collaboration and Co-creation Imaginative collaboration and co-creation: Introduction Sandra Abegglen, Tom Burns, and Sandra Sinfield 23. Embracing compassion: Nonviolent communication for transformative teaching and learning in higher education Anna Troisi 24. Better Together: Towards a new organising principle and mindset for co-creation Nikita Asnani, Inca Hide-Wright, Jess Humphreys, Bo Kelestyn, and Jean Mutton 25. Peer review: No crime no punishment Debbie Holley 26. Co-creating networks of hope in an interdisciplinary degree for mature students Catherine Bates, Tracy Campbell, Colin Webb, and Lucy Yeboa 27. A quiet hope: Enhancing institution-wide inclusive assessment practices Siobhán O’Neill and Laura Lee 28. The moongazers: A creative vision of Higher Education Sandra Abegglen, Tom Burns, and Sandra Sinfield V. Beyond the Curriculum Beyond the curriculum: Introduction John Sandars 29. Learning vs education: A view beyond the divide Akitav Sharma 30. Belonging through compassion: Supporting hope through the design of a website for educational development and social justice Vikki Hill and Liz Bunting 31. Humanising student and instructor experiences to nurture relationships and improve engagement Umme Mansoory 32. The ten wellness spheres to support student and staff health and wellbeing in a modern, post-1992 university in, through, and outside of the study lifecycle Michelle Morgan 33. Unlocking a new generation of leaders: How universities can support students’ inner development goals Nayiri Keshishi 34. The pedagogy of joy and engaged presence Phoenix Perry 35. “Resilience Finders”: Flourishing in life through immersive game experiences Rachel Higdon and Hilary Thomson 36. Storying the silences of social mobility Karen Arm 37. How can you know what you don’t know?: Changing the narrative around the “successful learner” Stephanie Diane Jury 38. An imperfect practice? What barriers are there to providing outdoor education opportunities for primary-aged children? Megan McGee 39. Moving, making, and mingling: Moving towards an embodied pedagogy Susannah McKee and Marie Stephenson 40. Food for thought: Pandemic hope Hilda Mary Mulrooney 41. “It’s a bit like academic me-time”: Can virtual mini writing retreats contribute to a more joyful, creative, and humane Higher Education? Aspasia Eleni Paltoglou, Alison Williams, Arriarne Pugh, and Rossella Sorte 42. The opportunity of constraint: How beating one’s head against the wall can open a door Joshua Thorpe VI. Focus On the Teachers Focus on the teachers: Introduction Richard Heller 43. Addressing the challenges of the new, internationalised Higher Education ecosystem by applying successful teacher adaptation strategies: Promoting the human side of teaching in the Central European context Rita Koris, Marta Folmeg, Imre Fekete, and Ágnes Pál 44. If the tomatoes don’t grow, we don’t blame the plant: A reflection on co-created CPD sessions for staff reimagining education and the impact on their daily practice Mâir Bull, Stephanie Aldred, Sophie Bessant, Sydney-Marie Duignan, and Eileen Pollard 45. Embracing compassion and self-care: Educator wellbeing amidst the chaos Lee Fallin 46. Decoloniality and nonviolence as a pedagogy of hope: Chilean pre-service teachers and their reconceptualisation of inclusive classrooms Gaston Bacquet 47. Avengers Assemble! Working together and valuing professional services staff expertise in programme design Zak Liddell and Leigh Kilpert 48. “If you know, you know”: Creating lightbulb moments through reverse mentoring Rachael O’Connor Conclusion: Steps toward hope Sandra Abegglen, Tom Burns, Richard Heller, Rajan Madhok, Fabian Neuhaus, John Sandars, Sandra Sinfield, and Upasana Gitanjali Singh Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0462_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250702 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805115717 06 15 9781805115724 06 15 9781805115731 06 15 9781805115755 06 15 9781805115748 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0462 20 02 20250702 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0462.epub 20 02 20250702 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:dc555850-7655-4fe0-b6b5-421fc76b8d6d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:dc555850-7655-4fe0-b6b5-421fc76b8d6d 15 9781909254626 06 10.11647/OBP.0033 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ 10 02 2054362X 01 02 World Oral Literature Series 01 01 Storytelling in Northern Zambia Theory, Method, Practice and Other Necessary Fictions 1 A01 Robert Cancel 2 A23 21 0000-0002-2262-0986 Mark Turin 01 eng 00 294 03 B2 Folklore and Ethnology 12 JHMC 04 LB1042 10 LIT004010 20 Zambian stories B2 Anthropology 12 JFHF 10 SOC002010 20 storytelling 12 2H B2 Literature 20 oral history 10 SOC011000 20 oral literature B2 Other languages 20 African folklore studies B2 African Studies 20 African storytelling 20 Bemba language 01 06 03 00 More than just a book, Storytelling in Northern Zambia lets you watch videos of the storytellers while you read. Storytelling plays an important part in the vibrant cultural life of Zambia and in many other communities across Africa. This innovative book provides a collection and analysis of oral narrative traditions as practiced by five Bemba-speaking ethnic groups in Zambia. The integration of newly digitalised audio and video recordings into the text enables the reader to encounter the storytellers themselves and hear their narratives as they were recounted during Robert Cancel’s research trips to Zambia. Robert Cancel's thorough critical interpretation, combined with these newly digitalised audio and video materials, makes Storytelling in Northern Zambia a much needed addition to the slender corpus of African folklore studies that deal with storytelling performance. Cancel threads his way between the complex demands of African fieldwork studies, folklore theory, narrative modes, reflexive description and simple documentation and succeeds in bringing to the reader a set of performers and their performances that are vivid, varied and instructive. He illustrates this living narrative tradition with a wide range of examples, and highlights the social status of narrators and the complex local identities that are at play. Cancel’s innovative study tells us not only about storytelling but sheds light on the study of oral literatures throughout Africa and beyond. Its innovative format, meanwhile, explores new directions in the integration of primary source material into scholarly texts. This book is part of our World Oral Literature Series in conjunction with the World Oral Literature Project. 04 00 Audio-Visual Resources Acknowledgements Foreword by Mark Turin I. Writing Oral Narrative: The Role and Description of Self in Recording Living Traditions II. The Tabwa Context: Mature Shifting of Frames and Adolescent Assertion III. Chiefs, Tricksters and Christians: Bemba Tales and Lessons IV. Bisa Storytelling: The Politics of Hunting, Beer-Drinks, and Elvis V. Telling Tales While Keeping Secrets: Two Lunda Storytelling Sessions VI. Stories on Demand: A Performance Session Among the Bwile VII. Conclusion: Lessons from Frozen Moments Works cited Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0033_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20130715 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254596 06 15 9781909254602 06 15 9781909254619 06 15 9781800644601 06 15 9781909254626 06 15 9781909254633 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0033 20 02 20130715 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0033.epub 20 02 20130715 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e47bf0e6-1baf-4119-b845-2f69decc6859 03 01 01 urn:uuid:e47bf0e6-1baf-4119-b845-2f69decc6859 15 9781783746835 06 10.11647/OBP.0164 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 26326914 01 02 Semitic Languages and Cultures 01 01 Studies in Rabbinic Hebrew 1 B01 Shai Heijmans 01 eng 00 238 03 B2 Cambridge Semitic Languages and Cultures 12 HRCG 20 Mishnah 04 PJ4908 10 REL006020 12 CFF 10 LAN009010 B2 Linguistics 20 Talmud B2 Archaeology and Religion 12 CFP 20 Jewish text 20 Palestine 20 Babylonia 20 Rabbinic Hebrew 01 06 03 00 This volume presents a collection of articles centring on the language of the Mishnah and the Talmud – the most important Jewish texts (after the Bible), which were compiled in Palestine and Babylonia in the latter centuries of Late Antiquity. Despite the fact that Rabbinic Hebrew has been the subject of growing academic interest across the past century, very little scholarship has been written on it in English.Studies in Rabbinic Hebrew addresses this lacuna, with eight lucid but technically rigorous articles written in English by a range of experienced scholars, focusing on various aspects of Rabbinic Hebrew: its phonology, morphology, syntax, pragmatics and lexicon. This volume is essential reading for students and scholars of Rabbinic studies alike, and constitutes the first in a new series, Studies in Semitic Languages and Cultures, in collaboration with the Faculty of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies at the University of Cambridge. 04 00 Introduction Shai Heijmans 1. Rabba and Rava, ʾAbba and ʾAva: Spelling, Pronunciation and Meaning Yochanan Breuer 2. The Vocalisation of MS Cambridge of the Mishnah: An Encounter Between Traditions Yehudit Henshke 3. Adjacency Pairs and Argumentative Steps in The Halakhic Give-and-Take Conversations in The Mishnah Rivka Shemesh-Raiskin 4. Tannaitic Aramaic: Methodological Remarks and a Test Case Christian Stadel 5. Rabbinic Entries in R. Judah Ibn-Tibbon's Translation of Duties of the Hearts Barak Avirbach 6. The Distinction Between Branches of Rabbinic Hebrew in Light of the Hebrew of the Late Midrash Yehonatan Wormser 7. Two Textual Versions of Psiqata of the Ten Commandments Shlomi Efrati 8. Vowel Reduction in Greek Loanwords in the Mishnah: The Phenomenon and Its Significance Shai Heijmans Contributors About the Publishing Team Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0164_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200519 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783746804 06 15 9781783746811 06 15 9781783746828 06 15 9781800645813 06 15 9781783747689 06 15 9781783746835 06 15 9781783746842 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0164 20 02 20200519 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0164.epub 20 02 20200519 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:cd8be6da-bcc3-48fa-8e32-16d508617513 03 01 01 urn:uuid:cd8be6da-bcc3-48fa-8e32-16d508617513 15 9781783749508 06 10.11647/OBP.0209 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 26326914 01 02 Semitic Languages and Cultures 01 01 Studies in the Grammar and Lexicon of Neo-Aramaic 1 B01 21 0000-0002-2550-9896 Geoffrey Khan 2 B01 21 0000-0002-9407-1453 Paul M. Noorlander 01 eng 00 540 03 B2 Cambridge Semitic Languages and Cultures 12 CFF 20 Neo-Aramaic dialects 04 PJ5282 10 REL006020 20 Aramaic 12 CFP 10 LAN009010 B2 Linguistics 20 Middle East 20 migration 20 language typology 20 historical linguistics 01 06 03 00 The Neo-Aramaic dialects are modern vernacular forms of Aramaic, which has a documented history in the Middle East of over 3,000 years. Due to upheavals in the Middle East over the last one hundred years, thousands of speakers of Neo-Aramaic dialects have been forced to migrate from their homes or have perished in massacres. As a result, the dialects are now highly endangered. The dialects exhibit a remarkable diversity of structures. Moreover, the considerable depth of attestation of Aramaic from earlier periods provides evidence for pathways of change. For these reasons the research of Neo-Aramaic is of importance for more general fields of linguistics, in particular language typology and historical linguistics.The papers in this volume represent the full range of research that is currently being carried out on Neo-Aramaic dialects. They advance the field in numerous ways. In order to allow linguists who are not specialists in Neo-Aramaic to benefit from the papers, the examples are fully glossed. 04 00 Contents Glossing Abbreviations Contributors Preface Geoffrey Khan and Paul M. Noorlander Abstracts A History of the Intransitive Preterite of Ṭuroyo: From a Property Adjective to a Finite Tense Eugene Barsky and Sergey Loesov Towards a Typology of Possessors and Experiencers in Neo-Aramaic: Non-Canonical Subjects as Relics of a Former Dative Case Paul M. Noorlander The Jewish Neo-Aramaic Dialect of Dohok: Two Folktales and Selected Features of Verbal Semantics Dorota Molin Verbal Forms Expressing Discourse Dependency in North-Eastern Neo-Aramaic Geoffrey Khan Conditional Patterns in the Jewish Neo-Aramaic Dialect of Zakho Eran Cohen Language Contact and Ṭuroyo: The Case of the Circumstantial Clause Michael Waltisberg The Morphosyntactic Conservatism of Western Neo-Aramaic despite Contact with Syrian Arabic Ivri Bunis On the Afel Stem in Western Neo-Aramaic Steven E. Fassberg The Re-Emergence of the Genitive in North-Eastern Neo-Aramaic Ariel Gutman Modelling Variation in the Neo-Aramaic Dialect of Azran with Articulatory Phonology Lidia Napiorkowska On the Origin of Some Plant Names in Ṣūrayt/Ṭūrōyo in Ṭūr ʿAbdīn Aziz Tezel Remarks on Selected Exponents of the 208-Swadesh List in Ṭuroyo Eugene Barsky and Yulia Furman Neo-Aramaic Animal Names Hezy Mutzafi A Corpus-Based Swadesh Word List for Literary Christian Urmi (New Alphabet Texts) Alexey Lyavdansky Lexical Items relating to Material Culture in the NENA Dialects of the Aqra Region Aziz Emmanuel Eliya Al-Zebari Arabic Loanwords in the Neo-Aramaic Dialect of Ankawa Salam Neamah Hirmiz Hakeem Language Loss in the Ṣūrayt/Ṭūrōyo-speaking Communities of the Diaspora in Sweden Sina Tezel About the publishing team Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0209_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210115 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783749478 06 15 9781783749485 06 15 9781783749492 06 15 9781800646179 06 15 9781783749522 06 15 9781783749508 06 15 9781783749515 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0209 20 02 20210115 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0209.epub 20 02 20210115 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b31a77f0-a675-423d-a9e4-2b1b460f2463 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b31a77f0-a675-423d-a9e4-2b1b460f2463 15 9781805116301 06 10.11647/OBP.0472 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/public-domain/cc0/ 01 01 Surveillance and Control of Dengue Vectors in the United States and Territories 1 A01 Roberto Barrera 01 eng 00 148 03 B2 Health 93 MBNS 10 MED028000 20 Mosquito-borne Diseases 04 RA644.D4 20 Dengue Virus B2 Environmental Studies 93 MBN 10 MED078000 10 MED022090 93 RNPG 20 Vector-Borne Infections 20 Climate Change and Health 10 MED097000 93 MJCJ 20 Disease Outbreaks 10 SCI025000 20 Public Health Epidemiology 10 SCI013080 01 06 03 00 'Surveillance and Control of Dengue Vectors in the United States and Territories' offers a comprehensive exploration of the challenges and strategies involved in managing dengue vectors, particularly Aedes mosquitoes, in the US and its territories. With over 13 million dengue cases reported in the Americas in 2024 alone, this timely book synthesizes critical information on vector species, transmission cycles, and effective surveillance and control methods. Dr. Roberto Barrera, a seasoned expert in mosquito ecology and Vector-Borne diseases, presents evidence-based recommendations for public health officials, researchers, and community stakeholders. This essential guide not only addresses the complexities of dengue transmission but also emphasizes the importance of integrated vector management and community engagement in preventing outbreaks. Whether you are a public health professional, a student, or simply interested in vector ecology, this book serves as a vital resource for understanding and combating dengue in an ever-evolving landscape. 04 00 About the Author Acknowledgements List of Illustrations and Tables Preface Introduction Dengue Vectors Aedes Transmitted Virus (ATV) Cycles Risk of ATVs in the US and Territories Dengue Vector Surveillance Dengue Vector Control Dengue Vector Management in Dengue Outbreaks Personal Protection Against Mosquito Bites and Recommendations for Improving Surveillance and Control References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0472_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250704 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805116271 06 15 9781805116288 06 15 9781805116295 06 15 9781805116318 06 15 9781805116301 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0472.epub 20 02 20250704 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0472 20 02 20250704 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a37498d0-9a5f-40b4-ae31-a496a3ced985 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a37498d0-9a5f-40b4-ae31-a496a3ced985 15 9781800647183 06 10.11647/OBP.0297 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Susan Isaacs A Life Freeing the Minds of Children 1 A01 Philip Graham 01 eng 00 382 03 04 BF109.I75 12 BG 10 BIO000000 B2 Biography 20 Susan Isaacs 10 BIO022000 20 biography B2 Education 12 PDX 20 educationist 12 JM 10 SCI075000 B2 Women and Gender Studies 10 BIO032000 12 JNC 20 psychoanalyst 12 BGT 10 EDU009000 12 JN 10 SOC026040 12 JNF 12 YQJ 01 06 03 00 This revised and expanded edition of Susan Isaacs: A Life Freeing the Minds of Children by Philip Graham, provides a comprehensive biography of a highly influential educationist and psychoanalyst. The book covers Isaacs’ childhood through to the end of her life, making it of great interest to historians of British education and of psychoanalysis as well as to practicing early years teachers and psychoanalysts.Graham describes the origins of the theories behind Isaacs’ work while also placing her contribution into context with other contemporary educationists. He draws on a range of sources including her own published and unpublished papers, multiple archives and intimate letters. Such wealth of information and anecdotes gives an insight into her childhood, marriage, and career creating a deeper understanding of both Isaacs’ personal life and her achievements.As only the second biography on Isaacs, this book is a valuable resource that shines a light on the life of a figure who has often been neglected in this field of study. It provides a shift away from the various male-dominated accounts currently prevalent within this area of research. Susan Isaacs is crucial reading to raise our awareness and appreciation of the person behind the work, while also highlighting and celebrating the impact she has made on today’s education and psychoanalytic practice. 04 00 Acknowledgements Preface Preface to Second Edition Introduction 1. Damaged Roots 2. Our Star Student 3. An Academic Marriage 4. Finding A Place on the Couch 5. The Malting House School: A Dream Becomes Reality 6. Rise and Fall of The Malting House School 7. Resurfacing 8. Settled on the Couch 9. The Wisdom of Ursula Wise 10. Teaching the Teachers 11. Psychoanalysis in the 1930s: Building up to War 12. Battling for the Minds of Children 13. Legacies 14. Postscript References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0297_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230307 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800647152 06 15 9781800647169 06 15 9781800647176 06 15 9781800647213 06 15 9781800647206 06 15 9781800647183 06 15 9781800647190 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0297.epub 20 02 20230307 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0297 20 02 20230307 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:26928aa4-c6b9-42ca-9ffb-12fbbea7f06d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:26928aa4-c6b9-42ca-9ffb-12fbbea7f06d 15 9781783740031 06 10.11647/OBP.0035 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ 10 02 20542445 01 02 Classics Textbooks 01 01 Tacitus, Annals, 15.20-23, 33-45 Latin Text, Study Aids with Vocabulary, and Commentary 1 A01 Mathew Owen 2 A01 Ingo Gildenhard 01 eng 02 lat 00 278 03 12 HBLA1 10 HIS002020 04 PA6705.A9 20 Tacitus B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 12 CFP B2 Classics 10 FOR033000 20 Nero 12 4KL 20 Annales B2 Classics: Latin Textbooks 10 LIT004190 20 historiography 20 ancient Rome 20 Latin 20 ancient literature 01 06 03 00 The emperor Nero is etched into the Western imagination as one of ancient Rome’s most infamous villains, and Tacitus’ Annals have played a central role in shaping the mainstream historiographical understanding of this flamboyant autocrat. This section of the text plunges us straight into the moral cesspool that Rome had apparently become in the later years of Nero’s reign, chronicling the emperor’s fledgling stage career including his plans for a grand tour of Greece; his participation in a city-wide orgy climaxing in his publicly consummated ‘marriage’ to his toy boy Pythagoras; the great fire of AD 64, during which large parts of central Rome went up in flames; and the rising of Nero’s ‘grotesque’ new palace, the so-called ‘Golden House’, from the ashes of the city. This building project stoked the rumours that the emperor himself was behind the conflagration, and Tacitus goes on to present us with Nero’s gruesome efforts to quell these mutterings by scapegoating and executing members of an unpopular new cult then starting to spread through the Roman empire: Christianity. All this contrasts starkly with four chapters focusing on one of Nero’s most principled opponents, the Stoic senator Thrasea Paetus, an audacious figure of moral fibre, who courageously refuses to bend to the forces of imperial corruption and hypocrisy. This course book offers a portion of the original Latin text, study aids with vocabulary, and a commentary. Designed to stretch and stimulate readers, Owen’s and Gildenhard’s incisive commentary will be of particular interest to students of Latin at both A2 and undergraduate level. It extends beyond detailed linguistic analysis and historical background to encourage critical engagement with Tacitus’ prose and discussion of the most recent scholarly thought. 04 00 1. Preface and acknowledgements 2. Introduction 2.1 Tacitus: life and career 2.2 Tacitus’ times: the political system of the principate 2.3 Tacitus’ oeuvre: opera minora and maiora 2.4 Tacitus’ style (as an instrument of thought) 2.5 Tacitus’ Nero-narrative: Rocky-Horror-Picture Show and Broadway on the Tiber 2.6 Thrasea Paetus and the so-called ‘Stoic opposition’ 3. Latin text with study questions and vocabulary aid 4. Commentary Section 1: Annals 15.20–23 (i) 20.1–22.1: The Meeting of the Senate (ii) 22.2: Review of striking prodigies that occurred in AD 62 (iii) 23.1–4: Start of Tacitus’ account of AD 63: the birth and death of Nero’s daughter by Sabina Poppaea, Claudia Augusta Section 2: Annals 15.33–45 (AD 64) (i) 33.1–34.1: Nero’s coming-out party as stage performer (ii) 34.2–35.3: A look at the kind of creatures that populate Nero’s court – and the killing of an alleged rival (iii) 36: Nero considers, but then reconsiders, going on tour to Egypt (iv) 37: To show his love for Rome, Nero celebrates a huge public orgy that segues into a mock-wedding with his freedman Pythagoras (v) 38–41: The fire of Rome (vi) 42–43: Reconstructing the Capital: Nero’s New Palace (vii) 44: Appeasing the Gods, and Christians as Scapegoats (viii) 45: Raising of Funds for Buildings 5. Bibliography 6. Visual aids 6.1 Map of Italy 6.2 Map of Rome 6.3 Family Tree of Nero and Junius Silanus 6.4 Inside the Domus Aurea 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0035_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20130920 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740000 06 15 9781783740017 06 15 9781783740024 06 15 9781800644625 06 15 9781783740031 06 15 9781783740048 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0035 20 02 20130920 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0035.epub 20 02 20130920 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a2855a5c-88c1-4a90-970a-29c01996a3ae 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a2855a5c-88c1-4a90-970a-29c01996a3ae 15 9781783744718 06 10.11647/OBP.0137 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 2054362X 01 02 World Oral Literature Series 01 01 Tales of Darkness and Light Soso Tham's The Old Days of the Khasis 1 A01 Soso Tham 2 B06 21 0000-0003-3907-1394 Janet Hujon 3 A15 21 0000-0002-2262-0986 Mark Turin 01 eng 01 kha 00 100 03 12 DS 10 LCO004000 B2 Literature 04 PL4451.9.T46 20 Soso Tham B2 Anthropology 12 DCQ 20 Khasi 10 LIT022000 12 DCF 20 long poem B2 Other languages 10 POE009000 B2 Asian Studies 20 poetry 20 northeastern India 01 06 03 00 Soso Tham (1873–1940), the acknowledged poet laureate of the Khasis of northeastern India, was one of the first writers to give written poetic form to the rich oral tradition of his people.Poet of landscape, myth and memory, Soso Tham paid rich and poignant tribute to his tribe in his masterpiece The Old Days of the Khasis. Janet Hujon’s vibrant new translation presents the English reader with Tham’s long poem, which keeps a rich cultural tradition of the Khasi people alive through its retelling of old narratives and acts as a cultural signpost for their literary identity.This book is essential reading for anyone with an interest in Indian literature and culture and in the interplay between oral traditions and written literary forms.<break/>This edition includes:• Original text • English translation<break/>• Critical apparatus • Embedded audio recordings of the original text 04 00 Preface Mark Turin Acknowledgements 1. Introduction 2. A Short Biographical Note 3. Khasi Folktales About Darkness and Light 4. Ki Symboh Ksiar (Grains of Gold) 5. Ka Persyntiew (The Flower Garden) 6. Pyrthei Mariang (The Natural World) 7. U Lyoh (The Cloud) 8. U Rngiew (The Dark One) 9. U Simpyllieng (The Rainbow) 10. Ka Ïing I Mei (Home) 11. Ka Meirilung (Gentle Motherland) 12. Lum Lamare (Lamare Peak) 13. Ka Aïom Ksiar (Season of Gold) Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0137_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180425 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783744688 06 15 9781783744695 06 15 9781783744701 06 15 9781800645561 06 15 9781783745050 06 15 9781783744718 06 15 9781783744725 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0137.epub 20 02 20180425 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0137 20 02 20180425 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d7add46b-f9b3-4565-9496-28b6c8ed9ace 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d7add46b-f9b3-4565-9496-28b6c8ed9ace 15 9781805112150 06 10.11647/OBP.0388 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Tangible and Intangible Heritage in the Age of Globalisation 1 B01 21 0000-0002-8778-5132 Lilia Makhloufi 01 eng 00 256 03 93 AM 12 AMC B2 Anthropology 10 ARC014000 04 CC135 20 Heritage studies 20 Architecture and sociology B2 History 12 JFC 10 SOC002010 93 TNKX 10 ART009000 93 JHMC B2 Politics and Sociology 12 RPC 20 Urban planning B2 Architecture 10 POL002000 20 Preservation of built environment 93 RPC 12 TNKX 12 ABC 20 Globalisation 10 HIS039000 93 NHTB 01 06 03 00 This book offers a rich collection of perspectives on the complex interplay between tangible and intangible heritage. Offering a close and critical examination of heritage preservation in countries including Algeria, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Chile, Egypt, Iran, Japan, Morocco, Oman, Syria and Tunisia, these essays illustrate the need to redefine heritage as an interdisciplinary and intercultural concept. They interrogate heritage paradigms while also providing concrete recommendations to promote the preservation of physical heritage spaces, and the cultural practices and social relationships that depend on them.Rich in detail and broad in relevance, this book emphasises specific cultural realities while also reflecting on the impact of global historical, social, economic and political trends to heritage conservation, scrutinising the conditions of the past to adapt them to the needs of the present and future. It will be of great relevance to all those interested in the preservation and management of heritage sites, including architects, urban planners, landscape architects, historians, sociologists and archaeologists, as well as heritage marketing, museum and cultural tourism professionals. 04 00 Scientific and review committees Notes on contributors List of illustrations Preface Introduction: Tangible and Intangible Heritage I. BUILT HERITAGE AND RESIDENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS 1. Socio-Spatial Practices of a Community Living Beneath the Land in Beni Zelten, South-Eastern Tunisia 2. Impact of Jurisprudential Heritage in the Organisation of the Medina of Tunis: Joint Ownership, Social Practices and Customs II. CULTURAL HERITAGE AND INTANGIBLE COMPONENTS 3. Revisiting Definitions and Challenges of Intangible Cultural Heritage: The Case of the Old Centre of Mashhad 4. Promoting the Role of Egyptian Museums in Nurturing and Safeguarding Intangible Cultural Heritage 5. Syrian Intangible Cultural Heritage: Characteristics and Challenges of Preservation III. LIVING HERITAGE AND CULTURAL TOURISM POTENTIAL 6. Mutrah Old Market, Oman: Analysis to Enhance a Living Heritage Site 7. Study on the Visual Perception of Historical Streetscapes Using Kansei Engineering: Cherchell City, Algeria 8. Western Churches in Nagasaki and Amakusa as Sites of Memory IV. HERITAGE SITES AND PRESERVATION CHALLENGES 9. Tradition Versus Modernity in Heritage Preservation Discourse in Postcolonial Morocco: Jemaa el-Fna Plaza, Marrakesh 10. Integrity and Authenticity: Humberstone and Santa Laura Saltpeter Works (Chile) 11. (Identity) Politics and the National Museum of Bosnia and Herzegovina Conclusion: Heritage in the Age of Globalisation Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0388_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Arab-German Young Academy of Sciences and Humanities Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240410 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805112129 06 15 9781805112136 06 15 9781805112143 06 15 9781805112174 06 15 9781805112150 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0388.epub 20 02 20240410 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0388 20 02 20240410 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:71d2f379-5ebe-4f20-a125-89c567ca336e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:71d2f379-5ebe-4f20-a125-89c567ca336e 15 9781783741403 06 10.11647/OBP.0071 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 23971134 01 02 OBP Series in Mathematics 01 01 Teaching Mathematics at Secondary Level 1 A01 Tony Gardiner 01 eng 00 332 03 12 JNT 10 MAT030000 04 QA11.2 20 Teaching B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 10 EDU029010 B2 Mathematics 12 PB 20 secondary school 10 MAT000000 20 mathematics 12 YQM 20 Key Stage 3 12 PBC 20 secondary education 20 principles and concepts 01 06 03 00 Teaching Mathematics is nothing less than a mathematical manifesto. Arising in response to a limited National Curriculum, and engaged with secondary schooling for those aged 11 ̶ 14 (Key Stage 3) in particular, this handbook for teachers will help them broaden and enrich their students’ mathematical education. It avoids specifying how to teach, and focuses instead on the central principles and concepts that need to be borne in mind by all teachers and textbook authors—but which are little appreciated in the UK at present.<break/>This study is aimed at anyone who would like to think more deeply about the discipline of ‘elementary mathematics’, in England and Wales and anywhere else. By analysing and supplementing the current curriculum, Teaching Mathematics provides food for thought for all those involved in school mathematics, whether as aspiring teachers or as experienced professionals. It challenges us all to reflect upon what it is that makes secondary school mathematics educationally, culturally, and socially important. 04 00 About the author Introduction and summary I.Background: Why focus on Key Stage 3? II.The general advice in the Key Stage 3 programme of study 1.Aims 2.Working mathematically III.The listed subject content for Key Stage 3 1.Number (and ratio and proportion) 2.Algebra 3.Geometry and measures 4.Probability and Statistics IV.A sample curriculum for all—written from a humane mathematical viewpoint 1.Very Brief version 2.Brief version 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0071_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20160208 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741373 06 15 9781783741380 06 15 9781783741397 06 15 9781800644960 06 15 9781783741403 06 15 9781783741410 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0071 20 02 20160208 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0071.epub 20 02 20160208 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:15fd0c6f-5674-4c9a-aafe-695fe451e8ab 03 01 01 urn:uuid:15fd0c6f-5674-4c9a-aafe-695fe451e8ab 15 9781805112754 06 10.11647/OBP.0398 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Teaching Music Performance in Higher Education Exploring the Potential of Artistic Research 1 B01 21 0000-0002-0212-9030 Helen Julia Minors 2 B01 21 0000-0002-4704-5420 Stefan Östersjö 3 B01 21 0000-0001-9123-1733 Gilvano Dalagna 4 B01 21 0000-0002-2255-2063 Jorge Salgado Correia 01 eng 00 340 03 10 EDU029050 20 Higher Music Performance Education 04 MT18 B2 Music 93 YPAD 93 AVS 10 EDU057000 B2 Education 20 Music pedagogy 20 Interpretation and performance research 10 MUS041000 20 Student-centred approaches 20 Music industry 20 Student-centered approaches 01 06 03 00 Higher Music Performance Education, as taught and learned in universities and conservatoires in Europe, is undergoing transformation. Since the nineteenth century, the master-apprentice pedagogical model has dominated, creating a learning environment that emphasises the development of technical skills rather than critical and creative faculties. This book contributes to the renewal of this field by being the first to address the potential of artistic research in developing student-centred approaches and greater student autonomy. This potential is demonstrated in chapters illustrating artistic research projects that are embedded within higher music education courses across Europe, with examples ranging from instrumental tuition and ensemble work to the development of professional employability skills and inclusive practices. Bringing together diverse and experienced voices working within Higher Music Education but often also as professional performers, this edited collection pairs critical reflection with artistic insight to present new approaches to curricula for teaching interpretation and performance. It calls for greater collaboration between Higher Education and professional music institutions to create closer bonds with music industries and, thereby, improve students’ career opportunities. Teaching Music Performance in Higher Education will appeal to scholars, performers, teachers, but also students whose interests centre on innovative practices in conservatoires and music departments. 04 00 Acknowledgements Introduction PART I: ARTISTIC RESEARCH IN HIGHER MUSIC EDUCATION 1. A Swedish Perspective on Artistic Research Practices in First and Second Cycle Education in Music 2. Experimentation as a Learning Method: A Case Study Exploring Affordances of a Musical Instrument 3. Finding Voice: Developing Student Autonomy from Imitation to Performer Agency 4. Teaching Musical Performance from an Artistic Research-Based Approach: Reporting on a Pedagogical Intervention in Portugal PART II: NOVEL APPROACHES TO TEACHING INTERPRETATION AND PERFORMANCE 5. Artistic Practice as Embodied Learning: Reconnecting Pedagogy, Improvisation, and Composition 6. Working Together Well: Amplifying Group Agency and Motivation in Higher Music Education 7. Score-Based Learning and Improvisation in Classical Music Performance 8. Intercultural Musicking: Reflection in, on, and for Situated Klezmer Ensemble Performance PART III: CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES OF MUSIC PERFORMANCE EDUCATION IN SOCIETY 9. The Musical Object in Deep Learning 10. Rethinking Music Performance Education Through the Lens of Today’s Society 11. Experience, Understanding and Intercultural Competence: The Ethno Programme 12. Employability Skills within an Inclusive Undergraduate and Postgraduate Performance Curriculum in the UK 13. Conclusion: Probing, Positioning, (Re)Acting About the Contributors List of Figures List of Tables List of Audio and Video Musical Examples Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0398_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240527 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805112723 06 15 9781805112730 06 15 9781805112747 06 15 9781805112778 06 15 9781805112754 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0398.epub 20 02 20240527 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0398 20 02 20240527 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0d1b85bd-17a8-43c5-8fb0-888895909913 03 01 01 urn:uuid:0d1b85bd-17a8-43c5-8fb0-888895909913 15 9781800641853 06 10.11647/OBP.0253 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Technology, Media Literacy, and the Human Subject A Posthuman Approach 1 A01 21 0000-0002-2392-2169 Richard S. Lewis 01 eng 00 264 03 10 COM060140 12 JNV 20 media literate B2 Media Studies and Journalism 04 P96.M4 20 media infrastructures B2 Politics and Sociology 10 TEC041000 12 UBW 20 information and communication technologies (ICTs) B2 Information Technology and Computer Science 10 SOC052000 12 U 12 GTC 20 media investigations 12 JFD 20 postphenomenology 12 HP 20 media ecology 20 philosophical posthumanism 20 complexity theory 01 06 03 00 What does it mean to be media literate in today’s world? How are we transformed by the many media infrastructures around us? We are immersed in a world mediated by information and communication technologies (ICTs). From hardware like smartphones, smartwatches, and home assistants to software like Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and Snapchat, our lives have become a complex, interconnected network of relations. Scholarship on media literacy has tended to focus on developing the skills to access, analyze, evaluate, and create media messages without considering or weighing the impact of the technological medium—how it enables and constrains both messages and media users. Additionally, there is often little attention paid to the broader context of interrelations which affect our engagement with media technologies.This book addresses these issues by providing a transdisciplinary method that allows for both practical and theoretical analyses of media investigations. Informed by postphenomenology, media ecology, philosophical posthumanism, and complexity theory the author proposes both a framework and a pragmatic instrument for understanding the multiplicity of relations that all contribute to how we affect—and are affected by—our relations with media technology. The author argues persuasively that the increased awareness provided by this posthuman approach affords us a greater chance for reclaiming some of our agency and provides a sound foundation upon which we can then judge our media relations. This book will be an indispensable tool for educators in media literacy and media studies, as well as academics in philosophy of technology, media and communication studies, and the post-humanities. 04 00 Acknowledgements 1. Introduction: Problematizing our Relations with Media Technologies Richard S. Lewis Part I: Situating the Interdisciplinary Concepts 2. Situating Media Literacy Richard S. Lewis 3. Understanding the Medium Through the Technological Relation Richard S. Lewis 4. The Posthuman: Situating the Subject in Human-Tech Relations Richard S. Lewis Part II: Developing a Posthuman Approach: A Framework and Instrument 5. Developing the Intrasubjective Mediating Framework Richard S. Lewis 6. Developing an Instrument to Leverage the Framework Richard S. Lewis 7. Conclusion Richard S. Lewis References List of Tables and Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0253_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Université Catholique de Lille 16 Vrije Universiteit Brussel 16 Prescott College Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210603 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800641822 06 15 9781800641839 06 15 9781800641846 06 15 9781800646483 06 15 9781800641877 06 15 9781800641853 06 15 9781800641860 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0253 20 02 20210603 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0253.epub 20 02 20210603 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:eb027f72-c08a-4538-911f-8eb3771f2bfd 03 01 01 urn:uuid:eb027f72-c08a-4538-911f-8eb3771f2bfd 15 9781783741052 06 10.11647/OBP.0062 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Tellings and Texts Music, Literature and Performance in North India 1 B01 21 0000-0003-3608-005X Francesca Orsini 2 B01 21 0000-0002-7433-9117 Katherine Butler Schofield 01 eng 00 566 03 12 DS B2 Folklore and Ethnology 04 GR72.3 10 LIT008020 20 North India 12 HBTB 20 Pakistan 10 PER019000 B2 Theatre 12 1FM B2 Asian Studies 10 SOC002010 20 storytelling 20 oral performances B2 Other languages B2 Music 20 texts 20 improvisation 20 social identity 01 06 03 00 Examining materials from early modern and contemporary North India and Pakistan, Tellings and Texts brings together seventeen first-rate papers on the relations between written and oral texts, their performance, and the musical traditions these performances have entailed. The contributions from some of the best scholars in the field cover a wide range of literary genres and social and cultural contexts across the region. <break/>The texts and practices are contextualized in relation to the broader social and political background in which they emerged, showing how religious affiliations, caste dynamics and political concerns played a role in shaping social identities as well as aesthetic sensibilities. By doing so this book sheds light into theoretical issues of more general significance, such as textual versus oral norms; the features of oral performance and improvisation; the role of the text in performance; the aesthetics and social dimension of performance; the significance of space in performance history and important considerations on repertoires of story-telling.<break/>Tellings and Texts is essential reading for anyone with an interest in South Asian culture and, more generally, in the theory and practice of oral literature, performance and story-telling. 04 00 Acknowledgments Note on Translation and Transliteration Introduction by Francesca Orsini and Katherine Butler Schofield I: Between Texts and Practices 1. The Example in Dadupanthi Homiletics by Monika Horstmann 2. Making it Vernacular in Agra: The Practice of Translation by Seventeenth-Century Jains by John E. Cort 3. World Enough and Time: Religious Strategy and Historical Imagination in an Indian Sufi Tale by Muzaffar Alam 4. Hearing Mo‘jizat in South Asian Shi‘ism by Amy Bard II: Books and Performances, Books for Performance 5. Note to Self: What Marathi Kirtankars’ Notebooks Suggest about Literacy, Performance, and the Travelling Performer in Pre-Colonial Maharashtra by Christian Lee Novetzke 6. A Handbook for Storytellers: The Ṭirāz al-akhbār and the Qissa Genre by Pasha M. Khan 7. Did Surdas Perform the Bhāgavata Purāṇa? by John Stratton Hawley 8. Text, Orality, and Performance in Newar Devotional Music by Richard Widdess III: Written Clues about Performed Texts 9. Listening for the Context: Tuning in to the Reception of Riti Poetry by Allison Busch 10. Reading the Acts and Lives of Performers in Mughal Persian Texts by Sunil Sharma 11. Persian Poets on the Streets: The Lore of Indo-Persian Poetic Circles in Late Mughal India by Stefano Pellò 12. Texts and Tellings: Kathas in the Fifteenth and Sixteenth Centuries by Francesca Orsini 13. A Curious King, a Psychic Leper, and the Workings of Karma: Bajid’s Entertaining Narratives by Imre Bangha IV: Musical Knowledge and Aesthetics 14. Raga in the Early Sixteenth Century by Allyn Miner 15. Learning to Taste the Emotions: The Mughal Rasika by Katherine Butler Schofield 16. Paradigms of Performance and Poetical Composition in the Seventeenth-Century Bengali Literature of Arakan by Thibaut d’Hubert 17. The Shi‘i Faces of Nizamuddin: Nizami Drumming and Texts in Delhi and Karachi by Richard K. Wolf Notes on Contributors Select Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0062_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 King's College London Cambridge, UK 04 01 20151005 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741021 06 15 9781783741038 06 15 9781783741045 06 15 9781800644892 06 15 9781783746415 06 15 9781783741052 06 15 9781783741069 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0062.epub 20 02 20151005 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0062 20 02 20151005 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2e013a64-935f-4be4-9c51-3eac22929627 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2e013a64-935f-4be4-9c51-3eac22929627 15 9781805110835 06 10.11647/OBP.0354 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Tener Demasiado Ensayos Filosóficos sobre el Limitarismo 1 B01 21 0000-0002-2893-1814 Ingrid Robeyns 2 B06 Héctor Iñaki Larrínaga Márquez 02 eng 01 spa 00 460 03 12 HP 20 Limitarismo 10 PHI000000 B2 Philosophy 93 QD B2 Economics 12 HPCF 10 PHI019000 93 QDTS 20 Recursos materiales 12 HPS 93 KCP 20 Limitarismo económico 10 PHI034000 B2 Politics and Sociology 12 KCA 20 Limitarismo ecológico B2 Other languages 10 POL023000 93 RND 20 Generaciones futuras 10 POL044000 12 RNA 20 Justicia distributiva 20 Justicia intergeneracional 01 06 03 00 'Tener demasiado' es el primer volumen académico dedicado al limitarismo: la idea de que el uso de los recursos económicos o de los ecosistemas no sobrepasen ciertos límites. Se trata de un concepto profundamente arraigado en el pensamiento económico y político, por lo que es posible encontrar premisas similares en pensadores como Platón, Aquino o Spinoza. No obstante, 'Tener demasiado' es el primer ejemplar en el campo de la filosofía política contemporánea en el que el limitarismo se explora en profundidad y con detalle.Asimismo, este estudio reúne por primera vez los mejores escritos de los principales teóricos del limitarismo, lo que le convierte en una contribución esencial al campo de la filosofía política, en general, y de las teorías sobre la justicia distributiva, en particular. Incluye tanto artículos seminales ya publicados como nuevos capítulos y se presenta como lectura indispensable para académicos y estudiantes de teoría política y filosofía, así como para todos aquellos interesados en cuestiones relacionadas con la justicia distributiva. 04 00 Prefacio del traductor vii Héctor Iñaki Larrínaga Márquez Prefacio ix Ingrid Robeyns 1. Introducción a la filosofía del limitarismo 1 Ingrid Robeyns 2. Tener demasiado 17 Ingrid Robeyns 3. Los límites a la riqueza en la historia de la filosofía occidental 69 Matthias Kramm e Ingrid Robeyns 4. Razones basadas en la autonomía a favor del limitarismo 103 Danielle Zwarthoed 5. Limitarismo: ¿Patrón, principio o presunción? 147 Dick Timmer 6. Los límites del limitarismo 171 Robert Huseby 7. ¿Por qué el limitarismo? 197 Ingrid Robeyns 8. Limitarismo presuntivo: Una respuesta a Robert Huseby 227 Dick Timmer 9. Suficiencia, límites y perspectivas de umbrales múltiples 245 Colin Hickey 10. Un argumento neorrepublicano a favor del limitarismo 277 Elena Icardi 11. El argumento del autorrespeto a favor del limitarismo 303 Christian Neuhäuser 12. Cambio climático, justicia distributiva y límites “preinstitucionales” a la apropiación de recursos 331 Colin Hickey 13. Límites ecológicos: Ciencia, justicia, políticas y la vida buena 373 Fergus Green 14. Limitarismo y generaciones futuras 401 Tim Meijers Biografías de los colaboradores 435 Índice analítico 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0354_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240219 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805110804 06 15 9781805110811 06 15 9781805110828 06 15 9781805110866 06 15 9781805110835 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0354.epub 20 02 20240219 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0354 20 02 20240219 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4dda5bc2-7368-4dcb-b982-c314cfc00c5f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:4dda5bc2-7368-4dcb-b982-c314cfc00c5f 15 9781783746644 06 10.11647/OBP.0161 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Tennyson’s Poems New Textual Parallels 1 A01 21 0000-0003-2455-3323 R. H. Winnick 01 eng 00 308 03 12 DC 10 LIT004120 B2 Literature 04 PR5553 20 Tennyson 12 DCF B2 European Studies 10 LIT024040 20 poetry 12 DSBF B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 10 LIT014000 20 textual parallels 20 antecedent texts 10 LIT000000 20 digitized texts 01 06 03 00 In Tennyson’s Poems: New Textual Parallels, R. H. Winnick identifies more than a thousand previously unknown instances in which Tennyson phrases of two or three to as many as several words are similar or identical to those occurring in prior works by other hands—discoveries aided by the proliferation of digitized texts and the related development of powerful search tools over the three decades since the most recent major edition of Tennyson’s poems was published.Each of these instances may be deemed an allusion (meant to be recognized as such and pointing, for definable purposes, to a particular antecedent text), an echo (conscious or not, deliberate or not, meant to be noticed or not, meaningful or not), or merely accidental. Unless accidental, Winnick writes, these new textual parallels significantly expand our knowledge both of Tennyson’s reading and of his thematic intentions and artistic technique. Coupled with the thousand-plus textual parallels previously reported by Christopher Ricks and other scholars, he says, they suggest that a fundamental and lifelong aspect of Tennyson’s art was his habit of echoing any work, ancient or modern, which had the potential to enhance the resonance or deepen the meaning of his poems.The new textual parallels Winnick has identified point most often to the King James Bible and to such canonical authors as Shakespeare, Milton, Dryden, Pope, Thomson, Cowper, Shelley, Byron, and Wordsworth. But they also point to many authors rarely if ever previously cited in Tennyson editions and studies, including Michael Drayton, Richard Blackmore, Isaac Watts, Erasmus Darwin, John Ogilvie, Anna Lætitia Barbauld, Letitia Elizabeth Landon, John Wilson, and—with surprising frequency—Felicia Hemans.Tennyson’s Poems: New Textual Parallels is thus a major new resource for Tennyson scholars and students, an indispensable adjunct to the 1987 edition of Tennyson’s complete poems edited by Christopher Ricks. 04 00 Numbers and alphanumerics (such as ‘1A’) before poem titles are those assigned by Christopher Ricks in his 1987 edition of Tennyson’s complete poems (see Preface). An asterisk following a poem number indicates that the poem appears in both the selected and the complete Ricks edition; its absence, that the poem appears only in the latter. Preface 1A Three Translations of Horace 1 Translation of Claudian’s ‘Rape of Proserpine’ 2 The Devil and the Lady 3 Armageddon 4 The Coach of Death, A Fragment 5 Memory [Memory! dear enchanter!] 8 Remorse 9 The Dell of E— 10 Anthony and Cleopatra 16 ‘Did not thy roseate lips outvie’ 26 On Sublimity 27 Time: An Ode 30 The Walk at Midnight 45 ‘Oh! ye wild winds, that roar and rave’ 46 Babylon 47 Love [Almighty Love!] 48 Exhortation to the Greeks 50 ‘Come hither, canst thou tell me if this skull’ 51 The Dying Man to His Friend 54A ‘The musky air was mute’ 55 The Outcast 58A The Invasion of Russia by Napoleon Buonaparte 59 Playfellow Winds 61 Home 62 ‘Among some Nations Fate hath placed too far’ 63 To Poesy [O God, make this age great] 64 The Lark 67 Timbuctoo 73* Mariana 75 Madeline 78* Supposed Confessions of a Second-Rate Sensitive Mind 79 The Burial of Love 83 Recollections of the Arabian Nights 84 Ode to Memory 87 Adeline 88* A Character 91 The Poet 95 Hero to Leander 99 The Grasshopper 101 Chorus, in an Unpublished Drama, Written Very Early 106 To a Lady Sleeping 107 Sonnet [Could I outwear my present state of woe] 108 Sonnet [Though Night hath climbed her peak of highest noon] 109 Sonnet [Shall the hag Evil die with child of Good] 110 Sonnet [The pallid thunderstricken sigh for gain] 124 Amy 126 Memory [Ay me!] 127 Ode: O Bosky Brook 128 Perdidi Diem 130 Sense and Conscience 132 ‘In deep and solemn dreams’ 140 Lines on Cambridge of 1830 143 A Fragment [Where is the Giant of the Sun] 144 ‘O wake ere I grow jealous of sweet Sleep’ 145 ‘The constant spirit of the world exults’ 146 Sonnet [When that rank heat of evil’s tropic day] 151 Sonnet [There are three things which fill my heart with sighs] 153 The Lover’s Tale 155 ‘My life is full of weary days’ 158 ‘If I were loved, as I desire to be’ 159* The Lady of Shalott 160* Mariana in the South 161 Eleänore 162 The Miller’s Daughter 163* Fatima 164* Œnone 166* To — . With the Following Poem [The Palace of Art] 167* The Palace of Art 169 The Hesperides 170* The Lotos-Eaters 171 Rosalind 172 ‘My Rosalind, my Rosalind’ 173* A Dream of Fair Women 174 Song [Who can say] 175 Margaret 176 Kate 179 To — [As when with downcast eyes] 185 Sonnet [Alas! how weary are my human eyes] 190 ‘Pierced through with knotted thorns of barren pain’ 192 The Ruined Kiln 193 The Progress of Spring 194 ‘Hail Briton!’ 200 Early Spring [1833] 207 The Ante-Chamber 208 The Gardener’s Daughter; Or, The Pictures 209* The Two Voices 210* St Simeon Stylites 212 St Agnes’ Eve 214 ‘Hark! the dogs howl!’ 215 Whispers 216* On a Mourner 217* Ulysses 218* Tithon 219 Tiresias 220 Semele 223 Youth 225* The Epic [Morte d’Arthur] 227* ‘Oh! that ’twere possible’ 233 ‘Fair is that cottage in its place’ 238 ‘I loving Freedom for herself’ 240 The Blackbird 241* The Day-Dream 246 Lady Clara Vere de Vere 250 Sonnet [Ah, fade not yet from out the green arcades] 251 To Rosa 254 Three Sonnets to a Coquette 255 Sonnet [How thought you that this thing could captivate?] 257 The Voyage 259 The Flight 263 ‘The tenth of April! is it not?’ 265* A Farewell 267 Will Waterproof’s Lyrical Monologue 270 Amphion 271* Locksley Hall 275* Edwin Morris or, The Lake 276* The Golden Year 276A ‘Wherefore, in these dark ages of the Press’ 277* The Vision of Sin 279 Love and Duty 285B The Wanderer 286* The Princess, A Medley 289 To — , After Reading a Life and Letters 290 The Losing of the Child 291 The Sailor Boy 296* In Memoriam A. H. H. 297 To the Vicar of Shiplake 299* To the Queen 300 ‘Little bosom not yet cold’ 301* To E. L., on His Travels in Greece 306 The Third of February, 1852 307 Hands All Round! [1852] 308 Suggested by Reading an Article in a Newspaper 310* Will 311* The Daisy 312* To the Rev. F. D. Maurice 313 The Brook 316* Maud, A Monodrama 317 The Letters 324* Tithonus 329 Ode Sung at the Opening of the International Exhibition 330* Enoch Arden 337 Aylmer’s Field 1793 339 A Dedication 353 The Higher Pantheism 355 Lucretius 363 To the Rev. W. H. Brookfield 367 Prefatory Sonnet to the ‘Nineteenth Century’ 377* Prefatory Poem to My Brother’s Sonnets 383 De Profundis 386 Sir John Oldcastle, Lord Cobham 390 Prologue to General Hamley [The Charge of the Heavy Brigade] 392 Epilogue [The Charge of the Heavy Brigade] 394* To Virgil 395 The Throstle 398* To E. FitzGerald 399 Poets and their Bibliographies 400* The Dead Prophet 407 Freedom 410 The Fleet 413 Vastness 415 The Ancient Sage 417* Locksley Hall Sixty Years After 420 Demeter and Persephone 424 Happy, The Leper’s Bride 425* To Mary Boyle 426* Far — Far — Away 427* To the Marquis of Dufferin and Ava 431 Merlin and the Gleam 441 The Death of Œnone 443 St Telemachus 454 Kapiolani 462* Crossing the Bar Idylls of the King 464* The Coming of Arthur 465* Gareth and Lynette 466* The Marriage of Geraint 467* Geraint and Enid 468* Balin and Balan 469* Merlin and Vivien 470* Lancelot and Elaine 471* The Holy Grail 472* Pelleas and Ettarre 473* The Last Tournament 474* Guinevere 475* The Passing of Arthur Alphabetical Index of Tennyson Poems Discussed Index of Antecedent Writers and Works Discussed 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0161_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190418 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783746613 06 15 9781783746620 06 15 9781783746637 06 15 9781800645790 06 15 9781783746668 06 15 9781783746644 06 15 9781783746651 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0161.epub 20 02 20190418 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0161 20 02 20190418 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2c8012d8-3cfb-401b-bf6f-029babc64d70 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2c8012d8-3cfb-401b-bf6f-029babc64d70 15 9781805113690 06 10.11647/OBP.0418 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 02 30497477 01 02 Critical Physical Geography: Interdisciplinary Approaches to Nature, Power and Politics 01 01 The Field Guide to Mixing Social and Biophysical Methods in Environmental Research 1 B01 21 0000-0001-5335-9058 Rebecca Lave 2 B01 21 0000-0002-6077-6076 Stuart Lane 01 eng 00 644 03 20 Anthropocene B2 Anthropology 10 SCI026000 93 TQ B2 Environmental Studies 20 Mixed-Methods Research 93 RNF 10 SCI043000 20 Environmental research 10 SCI019000 B2 Science: Applied Science 93 YPMP6 20 Critical Physical Geography B2 Politics and Sociology 10 REF020000 20 Earth Systems Sciences 20 Field Guide 01 06 03 00 Despite ongoing debates about its origins, the Anthropocene—a new epoch characterized by significant human impact on the Earth's geology and ecosystems—is widely acknowledged. Our environment is increasingly a product of interacting biophysical and social forces, shaped by climate change, colonial legacies, gender norms, hydrological processes, and more. Understanding these intricate interactions requires a mixed-methods approach that combines qualitative and quantitative, biophysical and social research.However, mixed-methods environmental research remains rare, hindered by academic boundaries, limited training, and the challenges of interdisciplinary collaboration. Time, funding, and the integration of diverse data further complicate this research, whilst the dynamics and ethics of interdisciplinary teams add another layer of complexity.Despite these challenges, mixed-methods research offers a more robust and ultimately transformative understanding of environmental questions. This Field Guide aims to inspire and equip researchers to undertake such studies. Organized like a recipe book, it assists researchers in the preparation of their field work, as well as offering entry points to key methods and providing examples of successful mixed-methods projects.This book will be of interest to scholars wishing to tackle environmental research in a more holistic manner, spanning ‘sister’ disciplines such as anthropology, statistics, political science, public health, archaeology, geography, history, ecology, and Earth science. 04 00 Acknowledgements List of Illustrations 1. Introduction to the Field Guide Section 1: Building your research kitchen 2. Introduction to building the research ‘kitchen’ 3. Frames, disciplines and mixing methods in environmental research 4. Mixed methods in tension: lessons for and from the research process 5. Expanding research ethics for inclusive and transdisciplinary research 6. Embracing and enacting critical and constructive approaches to teaching Critical Physical Geography 7. Integrating ethnographic and physical science methods in interdisciplinary research projects: Reflections on pedagogy and practice for ‘deep interdisciplinary’ engagement within the Sajag-Nepal Project 8. The environmental impacts of fieldwork: making an environmental impact statement 9. Inclusive practices in fieldwork 10. Fieldwork safety planning and risk management Section 2: Research Recipes Inspiring examples of mixed methods environmental research 11. Introduction to the research recipes 12. On the dialogue between ethnographic field work and statistical modelling 13. Revealing the social histories of ancient savannas and intact forests using a historical ecology approach in Central Africa 14. The interface between hydrological modelling and political ecology 15. ‘A hydrologist and a rhetorician walk into a workshop,’ or How we learned to collaborate on a decade of mixed methods river research across the humanities and biophysical sciences 16. Using mixed methods to confront disparities in public health interventions in urban community gardens 17. Space and place in participatory arts-based research 18. Antarctic mosaic: Mixing methods and metaphors in the McMurdo Dry Valleys 19. Engaging remote sensing and ethnography to seed alternative landscape stories and scripts 20. Mixing geoarchaeology, geohistory and ethnology to reconstruct landscape changes on the Longue Durée Section 3: Introduction to the List of Ingredients 21. Introduction to the list of ingredients 22. Archival methods 23. Arts-based environmental research 24. Case studies 25. Descriptive statistics 26. Environmental modelling 27. Focus groups 28. Geochronological Methods 29. Historical ecology 30. Hydraulic modelling 31. Hydrological modelling 32. Interviews: Structured, semi-structured and open-ended 33. Oral history 34. Participant observation and ethnography 36. Participatory methods 37. Q method 38. Sampling 39. (Critical) Satellite Remote Sensing 40. Social network analysis 41. Soil toxicological analysis 42. Statistical inference 43. Survey and questionnaire methods 44. Textual analysis 45. Uncrewed airborne systems Contributing authors Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0418_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250225 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805113669 06 15 9781805113676 06 15 9781805113683 06 15 9781805113706 06 15 9781805113690 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0418 20 02 20250225 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0418.epub 20 02 20250225 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e0ee1c99-4f88-4ee5-b0a1-d0539a618c04 03 01 01 urn:uuid:e0ee1c99-4f88-4ee5-b0a1-d0539a618c04 15 9781800641914 06 10.11647/OBP.0254 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 The Form of Ideology and the Ideology of Form Cold War, Decolonization and Third World Print Cultures 1 B01 21 0000-0003-3608-005X Francesca Orsini 2 B01 Neelam Srivastava 3 B01 Laetitia Zecchini 01 eng 00 340 03 12 AFH 10 ART048000 20 decolonization B2 History 04 Z289 .F67 20 Cold War B2 History: International Relations 12 JFCD 10 SOC024000 20 anti-imperialist commitments 12 HBTB 10 HIS027030 B2 Literature 20 Afro-Asian solidarity 10 HIS027110 12 JFC B2 Literature: Comparative Literature 12 HBTW 10 HIS027130 12 HBLW3 10 HIS037070 01 06 03 00 This timely volume focuses on the period of decolonization and the Cold War as the backdrop to the emergence of new and diverse literary aesthetics that accompanied anti-imperialist commitments and Afro-Asian solidarity. Competing internationalist frameworks produced a flurry of writings that made Asian, African and other world literatures visible to each other for the first time. The book’s essays examine a host of print culture formats (magazines, newspapers, manifestos, conference proceedings, ephemera, etc.) and modes of cultural mediation and transnational exchange that enabled the construction of a variously inflected Third-World culture which played a determining role throughout the Cold War.The essays in this collection focus on locations as diverse as Morocco, Tunisia, South Asia, China, Spain, and Italy, and on texts in Arabic, English, French, Hindi, Italian, and Spanish. In doing so, they highlight the combination of local debates and struggles, and internationalist networks and aspirations that found expression in essays, novels, travelogues, translations, reviews, reportages and other literary forms.With its comparative study of print cultures with a focus on decolonization and the Cold War, the volume makes a major contribution both to studies of postcolonial literary and print cultures, and to cultural Cold War studies in multilingual and non-Western contexts, and will be of interest to historians and literary scholars alike. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgements List of Illustrations Notes on Contributors Note on Transliteration Introduction Francesca Orsini, Neelam Srivastava and Laetitia Zecchini 1. The Traveller as Internationalist: Syed Mujtaba Ali Supriya Chaudhuri 2. Writing Friendship: The Fraternal Travelogue and China-India Cultural Diplomacy in the 1950s Jia Yan 3. Literary Activism: Hindi Magazines, the Short Story and the World Francesca Orsini 4. Publishing the Resistance: Third-Worldist Writing in Cold War Italy Neelam Srivastava 5. The Meanings, Forms and Exercise of ‘Freedom’: The Indian PEN and the Indian Committee for Cultural Freedom (1930s-1960s) Laetitia Zecchini 6. Moroccan Intellectuals Between Decolonisation and the Arab Cold War: Abdallah Laroui’s Critical and Literary Writing Karima Laachir 7. The Poetics and Politics of Solidarity: Barg el-Lil (1961) and Afrotopia Itzea Goikolea-Amiano 8. Euforia, Desencanto: Roberto Bolaño and Barcelona Publishing in the Transition to Democracy Paulo Lemos Horta Afterword: A World of Print Peter Kalliney Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0254_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220223 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800641884 06 15 9781800641891 06 15 9781800641907 06 15 9781800646872 06 15 9781800641938 06 15 9781800641914 06 15 9781800641921 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0254.epub 20 02 20220223 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0254 20 02 20220223 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:158ff319-ebe5-4b06-99b8-702185861e73 03 01 01 urn:uuid:158ff319-ebe5-4b06-99b8-702185861e73 15 9781800643536 06 10.11647/OBP.0280 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 02 23996676 01 02 Open Reports Series 01 01 The Great Reset 2021 European Public Investment Outlook 1 B01 21 0000-0001-9972-716X Floriana Cerniglia 2 B01 21 0000-0003-0121-4329 Francesco Saraceno 3 B01 Andrew Watt 01 eng 00 258 03 10 BUS036000 B2 Economics 12 KFFM 20 public investment 04 RA644.C67 10 BUS032000 20 Europe B2 European Studies 12 K 12 1QFE 10 BUS051000 20 European governments B2 Politics and Sociology 20 COVID-19 recession 20 sustainable Europe 20 climate change 20 human capital formation 20 NextGenerationEU 01 06 03 00 This timely and insightful collection of essays written by economists from a range of academic and policy institutes explores the subject of public investment through two avenues. The first examines public investment trends and needs in Europe, addressing the initiatives taken by European governments to tackle the COVID-19 recession and to rebuild their economies. The second identifies key domains where European public investment is needed to build a more sustainable Europe, from climate change to human capital formation.Building on the 2020 edition, The Great Reset demonstrates the value of public capital both within European countries and as a European public good, shedding light on the impact that the NextGenerationEU’s Recovery and Resilience Facility will likely have on the macroeconomic structure of the European economy. The first part of the Outlook assesses the state of public investment in Europe at large, as well as focusing on five countries (France, Germany, Italy, Poland and Spain) as case studies. The second part focuses on the challenges posed by the pandemic and the pillars of the NextGenerationEU investment plan, with chapters ranging from education and digitalization, to territorial cohesion and green transition.This book is a must-read for economists, policymakers, and scholars interested in the impact and recovery of European countries during a time of extensive uncertainty. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgements Authors’ Biographies Preface Franco Bassanini, Sebastian Dullien, Alberto Quadrio Curzio and Xavier Ragot Introduction Floriana Cerniglia, Francesco Saraceno and Andrew Watt References Part I-Outlook 1. Public Investment in the Pandemic—Europe at a Glance Andrea Brasili, Atanas Kolev, Debora Revoltella and Jochen Schanz 2. From Fiscal Consolidation to the Plan de relance: Investment Trends in France Mathieu Plane and Francesco Saraceno 3. Public Investment in Germany: Much More Needs to Be Done Katja Rietzler and Andrew Watt 4. Relaunching Public Investment in Italy Giovanni Barbieri and Floriana Cerniglia 5. Public Investment in Poland Adam Czerniak and Sebastian Płóciennik 6. Trends and Patterns in Public Investment in Spain: An Update José Villaverde and Adolfo Maza PART II-Challenges 7. Crowding In-Out of Public Investment Luigi Durand, Raphael Espinoza, William Gbohoui and Mouhamadou Sy 8. Investing in Health Pierre-Yves Geoffard 9. Education, Human Capital, and Social Cohesion Lieve Fransen, Romano Prodi and Edoardo Reviglio 10. COVID-19 and the Corporate Digital Divide Désirée Rückert, Reinhilde Veugelers, Antilia Virginie and Christoph Weiss 11. EU Investment in Energy Supply for Europe Carlo Jaeger, Diana Mangalagiu and Jonas Teitge 12. Environmental Impact Evaluation of a European High-Speed Railway Network along the "European Silk Road” Maximilian Zangl, Katharina Weber, Muhammad Usman Zahid and Mario Holzner 13. Cohesion Policy and Public Investment in the EU Giuseppe Coco and Raffaele Lagravinese List of Tables List of Illustrations 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0280_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20211126 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800643505 06 15 9781800643512 06 15 9781800643529 06 15 9781800646650 06 15 9781800643550 06 15 9781800643536 06 15 9781800643543 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0280.epub 20 02 20211126 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0280 20 02 20211126 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:fff33c6a-ed8c-49b5-af9d-5a7fca366bc4 03 01 01 urn:uuid:fff33c6a-ed8c-49b5-af9d-5a7fca366bc4 15 9781783743810 06 10.11647/OBP.0123 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542178 01 02 Open Book Classics 01 01 The Idea of Europe Enlightenment Perspectives 1 B01 21 0000-0002-6061-8502 Catriona Seth 2 B01 Rotraud von Kulessa 01 eng 00 178 03 12 DQ 20 Europe B2 European Studies 10 LCO008000 20 Enlightenment 12 HP 10 PHI034000 B2 Philosophy 12 HPS 20 peace 10 PHI019000 12 1QFE 20 European union 10 HIS010000 20 anthology 20 common values 20 Rousseau 20 Voltaire 20 Kant 20 Hume 01 06 03 00 In view of the challenges—many of which are political—that different European countries are currently facing, scholars who work on the eighteenth century have compiled this anthology which includes earlier recognitions of common values and past considerations of questions which often remain pertinent nowadays. During the Enlightenment, many men and women of letters envisaged the continent’s future in particular when stressing their hope that peace could be secured in Europe. The texts gathered here, and signed by major thinkers of the time (Rousseau, Montesquieu, Voltaire, Kant, Hume or Staël for instance), as well as by writers history has forgotten, present the reflections, with a couple of chronological extensions (from Sully to Victor Hugo) of authors from the long eighteenth century—the French Empire and the fall of Napoleon generated numerous upheavals—on Europe, its history, its diversity, but also on what the nations, which, in all their diversity, make up a geographical unit, have in common. They show the historical origins of the project of a European union, the desire to consolidate the continent’s ties to the Maghreb or to Turkey, the importance granted to commerce and the worries engendered by history’s convulsions, but also the hope vested in future generations.<break/>The Idea of Europe follows its sister edition in French, L’idée de l’Europe au Siècle des Lumières, also published by Open Book. 04 00 Preface 1. Friedrich Schiller, ‘Ode to Joy’ A Hymn for Europe 2. Maximilien de Béthune, duc de Sully, Memoirs Henry IV of France’s Great Design 3. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Project for Perpetual Peace in Europe Europe: A Project for Peace 4. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, A Lasting Peace through the Federation of Europe A Study of Abbé de Saint-Pierre’s Suggestions 5. Immanuel Kant, Perpetual Peace Universal Peace 6. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Project for Perpetual Peace in Europe What Size should Europe Be? 7. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Judgment on Perpetual Peace The European Union: An Unrealistic Project? 8. Edward Gibbon, The History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire Seeing Beyond Borders 9. Louis de Jaucourt, ‘Europe’ in Diderot and D’Alembert’s Encyclopédie Europe in the Encyclopédie 10. Diego de Torres Villarroel, The Fantastic Voyage of the Great Piscátor of Salamanca The Geography of Europe 11. Anonymous, ‘Academy of History’ in Supplement to the Encyclopédie History and Political Interests 12. Maximilien de Béthune, Duke of Sully, Memoirs A Prototype for the European Parliament? 13. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Project for Perpetual Peace in Europe Europe and Islam 14. Voltaire, Essay on the Mores and the Spirit of the Nations Europe’s True Wealth is its Cultural Heritage 15. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Outlines of an Historical View of the Progress of the Human Mind Making Rules to Bring About Peace 16. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Project for Perpetual Peace in Europe Our Russian Neighbour 17. Voltaire, The Century of Louis XIV Christian Europe as a Great Republic? 18. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, the Model of Foreign Nations, or French Europe Unity in Diversity 19. Montesquieu, The Spirit of Laws European Commerce 20. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Project for Perpetual Peace in Europe Religious Toleration 21. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, the Model of Foreign Nations, or French Europe The Riches of European Cuisine 22. Montesquieu, Persian Letters Europe through Persian Eyes 23. Germaine de Staël, On Literature Considered in Relation to Social Institutions Literature from the North to the South 24. François-Ignace d’Espiard de La Borde, The Spirit of Nations Of National Characters 25. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, the Model of Foreign Nations, or French Europe Linguistic Diversity in Europe 26. August Wilhem Schlegel, Outline of the European Conditions of German Literature The Role of Germany in European Culture 27. Gabriel-François Coyer, Voyage Through Italy and Holland The Rape of Europa 28. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Project for Perpetual Peace in Europe An Economic Union 29. Charles de Villers, Constitutions of the Three Free-Hanseatic Towns, Lubeck, Bremen and Hambourg, with a Memorandum on the Rank these Towns should Occupy in Europe’s Commercial Organisation A Common European Market 30. Stanislas Leszczynski, Conversation Between a European and an Islander from the Kingdom of Dumocala The Empire of Reason 31. Tomás de Iriarte, Literary Fables The Circulation of Riches 32. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, the Model of Foreign Nations, or French Europe European Sociability 33. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Project for Perpetual Peace in Europe The Safety of Europe’s Borders 34. Marie Leprince de Beaumont, The Young Ladies’ Magazine, Or Dialogues Between a Discreet Governess and Several Young Ladies of the First Rank Under Her Education Colonial Europe 35. Louis-Jules Barbon Mancini-Mazarini-Nivernois, Duke of Nevers, Fables Another Vision of Education 36. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, the Model of Foreign Nations, or French Europe The Importance of Trade 37. Johann Gottfried Herder, Ideas on the Philosophy of the History of Humanity The Diversity and Unity of Europe 38. Françoise de Graffigny, Letters of a Peruvian Princess A Critique of European Mores 39. David Hume, Political Discourses European Civilisation 40. Louis-Antoine Muratori, Treatise on Public Happiness The Progress of Justice in Europe 41. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, the Model of Foreign Nations, or French Europe Bringing Europeans together 42. Germaine de Staël, Corinne, or Italy Italy and the Origins of European Culture 43. Marie-Anne du Boccage, Letters about England, Holland and Italy Europe and French Fashion 44. Friedrich Schlegel, Journey to France Europe Between Decline and Renewal 45. Charles-Irénée Castel de Saint Pierre, Project for Perpetual Peace in Europe The Linguistic Wealth of Europe 46. Novalis, Christianity, or Europe Spiritual Advent 47. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, the Model of Foreign Nations, or French Europe The Café: The European Place for Socialising 48. Johann Gottfried Herder, Ideas on the Philosophy of the History of Humanity Happiness in Europe 49. Germaine de Staël, Germany The Origins of European Unity 50. José Cadalso, Moroccan Letters European Diversity Through the Foreign Gaze 51. William Robertson, The History of the Reign of the Emperor Charles V. With a View of the Progress of Society in Europe, from the Subversion of the Roman Empire, to the Beginning of the Sixteenth Century Navigation and Commercial Exchanges 52. Johann Gottfried Herder, Ideas on the Philosophy of the History of Humanity Europe and its Long History of Migration 53. William Robertson, The History of the Reign of Emperor Charles V Union in Diversity 54. Diego de Torres Villarroel, ‘Sonnet’, in The Muse’s Distractions Europe, A Political Whole 55. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Amusing and Moral Letters What are Europeans like? 56. James Boswell, Journal of a Tour to the Hebrides To Be Cosmopolitan 57. Louis-Antoine Caraccioli, Paris, the Model of Foreign Nations, or French Europe French Style in Europe 58. David Hume, ‘Essay VII. Of the Balance of Power’ The Balance of Power and Future Peace 59. José Cadalso, Moroccan Letters A Republic of the Wise 60. Jean-Charles-Léonard Simonde de Sismondi, Historical View of the Literature of the South of Europe Europe’s Future in the Slow Lane 61. Germaine de Staël, Germany The Union of Philosophers 62. Louis-Antoine-Léon de Saint-Just, Speech, 3 March 1794 A New Idea in Europe 63. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Outlines of an Historical View of the Progress of the Human Mind A Humanitarian Vision 64. Jean-François Melon, Political Essay on Commerce Towards the Balance of Powers 65. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Considerations on the Government of Poland Towards Cultural Uniformity 66. José Cadalso, Moroccan Letters Europe and Africa 67. Emmanuel Kant, Idea for a Universal History from a Cosmopolitan Point of View Fulfilling Nature’s Aims 68. Napoleon Bonaparte, quoted by Emmanuel-Auguste-Dieudonné-Marius de Las Cases, Memorial of Saint-Helena Governing Europe? 69. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas de Caritat de Condorcet, Outlines of an Historical View of the Progress of the Human Mind Know the World and Make it a Better Place 70. Benjamin Constant, On the Spirit of Conquest and Usurpation in Respect of European Civilisation An End to Wars in Europe? 71. Napoleon Bonaparte, quoted by Emmanuel-Auguste-Dieudonné-Marius de Las Cases, Memorial of Saint-Helena Visions of the Future 72. José Cadalso, Letter from José Cadalso to Tomás de Iriarte A Critique of Eurocentrism 73. Napoleon Bonaparte, quoted by Emmanuel-Auguste-Dieudonné-Marius de Las Cases, Memorial of Saint Helena Political Hegemony and European Union 74. Alexandre-Frédéric-Jacques de Masson de Pezay, Helvetic, Alsatian and Franc-Comtois Vigils Europe without Frontiers 75. Jean-Charles-Léonard Simonde de Sismondi, Historical View of the Literature of the South of Europe Multiple Influences 76. Jean de Müller, ‘Letter 80’ (January 1778) What Future for Europe? 77. Benjamin Constant, The Liberty of the Ancients Compared with that of the Moderns The Character of Modern Exchanges 78. Pierre-Simon Laplace, An Exposition of the System of the World Unity through Measures 79. Victor Hugo, The Rhine The Franco-German Couple as the Pillars of Peace in Europe 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0123_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 The Société française d’étude du XVIIIe siècle 16 Augsburg University 16 University of Oxford Cambridge, UK 04 01 20170623 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743780 06 15 9781783743797 06 15 9781783743803 06 15 9781800645424 06 15 9781783744152 06 15 9781783743810 06 15 9781783743827 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0123 20 02 20170623 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0123.epub 20 02 20170623 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f58f1508-85e4-47ec-93a7-66a7fb694dae 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f58f1508-85e4-47ec-93a7-66a7fb694dae 15 9781800640443 06 10.11647/OBP.0227 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 26347253 01 02 Global Communications 01 01 The Image of Africa in Ghana's Press The Influence of Global News Organisations 1 A01 21 0000-0001-8975-4607 Michael Serwornoo 01 eng 00 256 03 12 1H 04 DT30.5 10 LAN008000 B2 Media Studies and Journalism 20 Press 12 JFD 20 journalism 10 SOC052000 20 Africa 10 HIS001050 12 J 20 Ghana 12 KNTJ 20 news organisations 20 image of Africa 20 Western media 20 Afro-pessimism 20 newsworthiness 20 intermedia agenda setting 20 postcolonial theory 20 ethnography 20 journalism studies 20 media studies 20 Social sciences 01 06 03 00 <break/>The Image of Africa in Ghana’s Press is a comprehensive and highly analytical study of the impact of foreign news organisations on the creation of an image of Africa in its own press. Identifying a problematic focus on the Western media in previous studies of the African media image, Serwornoo uses the Ghanaian press as a case study to explore the effects of centuries of Afro-pessimistic discourse in the foreign press on the continent’s self-description.This study brings together a number of theoretical approaches, including newsworthiness, intermedia agenda setting, postcolonial theory and the hierarchy of influences, to question the processes underpinning the creation of media content. It is particularly innovative in its application of the methodological frameworks of ethnographic content analysis and ethnographic interview techniques to unveil the perspectives of journalists and editors.The Image of Africa in Ghana’s Press presents a vital contribution of the highest academic standard to the growing literature surrounding Afro-pessimism and postcolonial studies. It will be of great value to scientists in the field of journalism studies, as well as researchers interested in the merging of journalism research, postcolonial studies, and ethnography.<break/> 04 00 Acknowledgements Introduction Michael Serwornoo 1. Historical and Contextual Antecedents Michael Serwornoo 2. Benefitting from the State of the Art Michael Serwornoo 3. Theoretical and Conceptual Frameworks Michael Serwornoo 4. Methodology Download Michael Serwornoo 5. Portrayal of Africa: Results of Ethnographic Content Analysis Michael Serwornoo 6. Postcolonial Trajectories of the Ghanaian Press: Discussing Actors, Conditions and the Power Dynamics Michael Serwornoo 7. Discussing Africa’s Media Image in Ghana: A Synergy of Actors, Conditions and Representations Michael Serwornoo Appendices References 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0227_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210105 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800640412 06 15 9781800640429 06 15 9781800640436 06 15 9781800646322 06 15 9781800640467 06 15 9781800640443 06 15 9781800640450 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0227 20 02 20210105 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0227.epub 20 02 20210105 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9cae11f4-2e65-4d4e-b44a-70fb190fc620 03 01 01 urn:uuid:9cae11f4-2e65-4d4e-b44a-70fb190fc620 15 9781783742967 06 10.11647/OBP.0106 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 23996676 01 02 Open Reports Series 01 01 The Infrastructure Finance Challenge 1 B01 Ingo Walter 01 eng 00 134 03 10 BUS032000 B2 Business and Management 04 HC79.C3 20 Infrastructure 12 K 10 BUS051000 20 finance 20 economics 20 welfare 20 sustainability 20 social progress 20 report 20 Stern School of Business 20 New York University 01 06 03 00 Infrastructure and its effects on economic growth, social welfare, and sustainability receive a great deal of attention today. There is widespread agreement that infrastructure is a key dimension of global development and that its impact reaches deep into the broader economy with important and complex implications for social progress. At the same time, infrastructure finance is among the most complex and challenging areas in the global financial architecture. Ingo Walter, Professor of Finance, Corporate Governance and Ethics Emeritus at the Stern School of Business, New York University, and his team of experts tackles the issue by focussing on key findings backed by serious theoretical and empirical research. The result is a set of viable guideposts for researchers, policy-makers, students and anybody interested in the complex challenges of contemporary economy. 04 00 Preface Executive Summary Some Key Conclusions 1. Infrastructure, Performance and Economic Growth 2. Investable Infrastructure Assets 3. Infrastructure Attributes and Problems of Market Failure 4. Legal Structures and Frameworks 5. Beyond Economics: Governance and Infrastructure Development 6. The Global Infrastructure Development Sector 7. Infrastructure Finance 8. Structuring the Financial Mosaic 9. Identification and Mitigation of Project-related Risks 10. Intermediating Infrastructure Finance: Market Contours 11. Establishing Robust Markets for Infrastructure-backed Securities 12. Infrastructure Equity as an Asset Class 13. Project and Infrastructure Debt as an Asset Class 14. Portfolio Optimization: Institutional Investors and Asset Managers 15. Accelerating Infrastructure Finance 16. Some Solutions References List of Contributors 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0106_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20161121 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742936 06 15 9781783742943 06 15 9781783742950 06 15 9781800645257 06 15 9781783746194 06 15 9781783742967 06 15 9781783742974 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0106.epub 20 02 20161121 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0106 20 02 20161121 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:abc9a8e0-7d7d-4486-8033-440787623635 03 01 01 urn:uuid:abc9a8e0-7d7d-4486-8033-440787623635 15 9781783743568 06 10.11647/OBP.0118 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Jewish Unions in America Pages of History and Memories 1 A01 Bernard Weinstein 2 B06 21 0000-0003-4522-9936 Maurice Wolfthal 01 eng 00 334 03 20 Bernard Weinstein 12 HBLW 04 HD6305.J3 10 HIS036060 B2 Politics and Sociology 10 HIS022000 B2 History 12 JFSR1 20 unionism B2 American and Latin American Studies 12 LNHR 10 POL013000 20 United States 20 Jewish Unions 12 JFFN 10 SOC007000 20 socialism 20 United Hebrew Trades 20 labor history 20 Jewish history 20 immigration 01 06 03 00 Newly arrived in New York in 1882 from Tsarist Russia, the sixteen-year-old Bernard Weinstein discovered an America in which unionism, socialism, and anarchism were very much in the air. He found a home in the tenements of New York and for the next fifty years he devoted his life to the struggles of fellow Jewish workers.The Jewish Unions in America blends memoir and history to chronicle this time. It describes how Weinstein led countless strikes, held the unions together in the face of retaliation from the bosses, investigated sweatshops and factories with the aid of reformers, and faced down schisms by various factions, including Anarchists and Communists. He co-founded the United Hebrew Trades and wrote speeches, articles and books advancing the cause of the labor movement. From the pages of this book emerges a vivid picture of workers’ organizations at the beginning of the twentieth century and a capitalist system that bred exploitation, poverty, and inequality. Although workers’ rights have made great progress in the decades since, Weinstein’s descriptions of workers with jobs pitted against those without, and American workers against workers abroad, still carry echoes today. The Jewish Unions in America is a testament to the struggles of working people a hundred years ago. But it is also a reminder that workers must still battle to live decent lives in the free market. For the first time, Maurice Wolfthal’s readable translation makes Weinstein’s Yiddish text available to English readers. It is essential reading for students and scholars of labor history, Jewish history, and the history of American immigration. 04 00 Abbreviations Introduction by Maurice Wolfthal The Jewish Unions in America: Pages of History and Memories by Bernard Weinstein The First Jewish Immigrants in the United States How the Jewish Immigrants of the 1880s Earned a Living The First Jewish Workers in the American Trade Unions The First "Radicals” Among the Jewish Immigrants of the 1880s and the Beginning of the Jewish Labor Movement in America The Strange Case of Comrade Wolf Hymie "the American” The First Jewish Theater Choristers’ Union The Jewish Actors’ Union The Yiddish Varieties The Jewish Typesetters’ Union The Founding of the United Hebrew Trades of New York How We Organized Strikes The Panic of 1893 and the First Splits Within the Jewish Labor Movement The Schism in the Socialist Labor Party The First Years of the Jewish Labor Movement in Philadelphia The Beginning of the Jewish Labor Movement in Chicago The Unions of the Cap and Millinery Trade The Millinery Trade and the Union The History of the Tailors in the Men’s Clothing Industry The Struggle of the Tailors’ Union Against the Plague of the "Open Shops” The Custom Tailors’ Union The Story of the Knee-Pants Makers’ Union The Union of the Children’s Jacket Makers The Union of the Basted Children’s Jacket Pressers The Union of the Unbasted Children’s Jacket Makers The Pants Makers’ Union of New York The Vest Makers’ Union in New York The Shirt Makers’ Union The Great Garment Workers’ Strike of 1913 in New York How the Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America Was Founded The Women’s Garment Unions in America The Jamaica Incident and Other Trials The Cloak Makers’ Unions in Other Cities The First Jewish Unions of Waist Makers, Wrapper Makers, Buttonhole Makers, Embroidery Workers, and Other Ladies’ Garment Workers The Birth of the International Ladies’ Garment Workers’ Union The Strike of 300 Skirt Makers Against the Firm of John Bonwit in 1905 The Industrial Workers of the World Also Founds a Cloak Makers’ Union The Reefer Makers’ Strike of 1907 The Historic General Strike of the 18,000 Waist Makers in 1909 The Great Cloak Makers’ Strike of 1910 and the Founding of the Largest Jewish Union The First Years After the Strike The General Strike of the Cleveland Cloak Makers in 1911 The Triangle Fire The Protocol of the New York Ladies’ Waist and Dress Makers’ Union of 1913 The General Strike of the Wrapper, Kimono, and Housedress Makers and the White Goods Workers of 1913 The Hourwich Affair and the First Civil War in the Cloak Makers’ Union The Organizing Work of the ILGWU in Other Cities from 1915 to 1919 The Breaking of the Protocol and the Strikes of 1916, 1919, and 1921 The General Strike of the Dress Makers in 1923 The Ladies’ Tailors’ Union of New York The Raincoat Workers’ Union The Struggle with the Communists in the Joint Action Committee The General Strike of 1926 and the Expulsion of the Communists The Rebirth of the Cloak Makers’ Union The Jewish Bakers’ Unions The 1927 Bakers’ Strike Against Two Big Firms, Pechter and Messing The Jewish Bakers’ Unions in Other Cities The Furriers’ Union The Founding of the International Fur Workers’ Union The Union of Jewish Painters The Pocketbook Makers’ Union The Suitcase Workers’ Union The Trunk Makers’ Union The Neckwear Makers’ Union The Union of Cleaners and Dyers The Union of Mattress and Bed Spring Makers The Seltzer Workers’ Union of New York The Union of Clerks and Retail Dress-Goods Stores The Union of Grocery Clerks The Union of Jewish Waiters The Union of Paper Box Makers The Union of Jewish Barbers The Union of Jewish Shoemakers The Union of Jewish Tin Workers The Union of Jewelry Workers The Union of Butcher Workers The Union of Jewish Newspaper Writers in New York The Union of Jewish Bookbinders The Jewish Laundry Workers (The Steam Laundry Workers’ Union) The Union of Wet-Wash Laundry Drivers The Pressers of Old Shirts in Hand Laundries The Union of Jewish Inside Iron Workers The Union of Jewish Furniture Drivers The Union of Workers with Live and Kosher-Slaughter Fowl The Little Unions The Disappeared Unions The New Generation of Jewish Workers in America The Jewish Carpenters and Wood Workers Jewish Plumbers Jewish Moving Picture Operators Jewish Bricklayers, Masons, and Plasterers Jewish Metal Workers and Machinists Jewish Workers in Radio and Aviation Jewish Drivers of Cars and Taxis Conclusion Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0118_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180206 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743537 06 15 9781783743544 06 15 9781783743551 06 15 9781800645370 06 15 9781783744831 06 15 9781783743568 06 15 9781783743575 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0118 20 02 20180206 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0118.epub 20 02 20180206 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:dbaff6fe-49a1-4c7a-8dfb-79f298714014 03 01 01 urn:uuid:dbaff6fe-49a1-4c7a-8dfb-79f298714014 15 9781783744367 06 10.11647/OBP.0132 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity Volume 1: The Middle Ages 1 A01 21 0000-0002-6400-2764 Jan M. Ziolkowski 01 eng 00 406 03 12 ACK 10 LIT022000 B2 Literature 04 PQ1534.T5 20 The Juggler of Notre Dame B2 European Studies 12 JFHF 10 LIT011000 20 Middle Ages 12 D B2 European Studies: French Studies 10 LIT025040 20 reception studies 20 Modernity 20 medieval studies 20 medievalism 20 philology 20 literary history 20 art history 20 folklore 20 performance studies 01 06 03 00 This ambitious and vivid study in six volumes explores the journey of a single, electrifying story, from its first incarnation in a medieval French poem through its prolific rebirth in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The Juggler of Notre Dame tells how an entertainer abandons the world to join a monastery, but is suspected of blasphemy after dancing his devotion before a statue of the Madonna in the crypt; he is saved when the statue, delighted by his skill, miraculously comes to life.<break/>Jan Ziolkowski tracks the poem from its medieval roots to its rediscovery in late nineteenth-century Paris, before its translation into English in Britain and the United States. The visual influence of the tale on Gothic revivalism and vice versa in America is carefully documented with lavish and inventive illustrations, and Ziolkowski concludes with an examination of the explosion of interest in The Juggler of Notre Dame in the twentieth century and its place in mass culture today.<break/>The Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity is a rich case study for the reception of the Middle Ages in modernity. Spanning centuries and continents, the medieval period is understood through the lens of its (post)modern reception in Europe and America. Profound connections between the verbal and the visual are illustrated by a rich trove of images, including book illustrations, stained glass, postage stamps, architecture, and Christmas cards.<break/>Presented with great clarity and simplicity, Ziolkowski's work is accessible to the general reader, while its many new discoveries will be valuable to academics in such fields and disciplines as medieval studies, medievalism, philology, literary history, art history, folklore, performance studies, and reception studies. 04 00 Note to the Reader Preface 1. The Medieval Beginnings of Our Lady’s Tumbler The French Poem The Manuscripts Gautier de Coinci and Anonymity Picardy The Identity of the Poet The Bas-de-Page Miniature: Of Marginal Interest The Genre: Long Story Short The Table of Exempla, in Alphabetical Order The Latin Exemplum The Life of the Fathers True Story: Why the Story Succeeded 2. Dancing for God The Tumbler Notre Dame versus Saint Mary The Equivocal Status of Jongleurs Trance Dance Jongleurs of God Holy Fools Fact or Fiction? 3. Cistercian Monks and Lay Brothers The Order of Cîteaux Cistercians and the Virgin Mother’s Milk Mary’s Head-Coverings Cistercian Lay Brothers Conversion Therapy The Language of Silence Gym Clothes Sweat Cloth The Weighing of Souls The Latin-Less Lay Brother and Our Lady 4. Reformation Endings: A Temporary Vanishing Act What Makes a Story Popular? Walsingham, England’s Nazareth Madonnas of the World Wars Literary Iconoclasm Marian Apparitions 5. A Troupe of Sources and Analogues King David’s Dancing The Widow’s Mites The Virgin’s Miraculous Images and Apparitions The Jongleur of Rocamadour The Holy Candle of Arras The Pious Sweat of Monks and Lay Brothers The Love of Statuesque Beauty The Holy Face of Christ and Virgin Saints Notes Notes to Preface Notes to Chapter 1 Notes to Chapter 2 Notes to Chapter 3 Notes to Chapter 4 Notes to Chapter 5 Bibliography List of Illustrations Index Note to the Reader Preface 1. The Medieval Beginnings of Our Lady’s Tumbler The French Poem The Manuscripts Gautier de Coinci and Anonymity Picardy The Identity of the Poet The Bas-de-Page Miniature: Of Marginal Interest The Genre: Long Story Short The Table of Exempla, in Alphabetical Order The Latin Exemplum The Life of the Fathers True Story: Why the Story Succeeded 2. Dancing for God The Tumbler Notre Dame versus Saint Mary The Equivocal Status of Jongleurs Trance Dance Jongleurs of God Holy Fools Fact or Fiction? 3. Cistercian Monks and Lay Brothers The Order of Cîteaux Cistercians and the Virgin Mother’s Milk Mary’s Head-Coverings Cistercian Lay Brothers Conversion Therapy The Language of Silence Gym Clothes Sweat Cloth The Weighing of Souls The Latin-Less Lay Brother and Our Lady 4. Reformation Endings: A Temporary Vanishing Act What Makes a Story Popular? Walsingham, England’s Nazareth Madonnas of the World Wars Literary Iconoclasm Marian Apparitions 5. A Troupe of Sources and Analogues King David’s Dancing The Widow’s Mites The Virgin’s Miraculous Images and Apparitions The Jongleur of Rocamadour The Holy Candle of Arras The Pious Sweat of Monks and Lay Brothers The Love of Statuesque Beauty The Holy Face of Christ and Virgin Saints Notes Notes to Preface Notes to Chapter 1 Notes to Chapter 2 Notes to Chapter 3 Notes to Chapter 4 Notes to Chapter 5 Bibliography List of Illustrations Index Note to the Reader Preface 1. The Medieval Beginnings of Our Lady’s Tumbler The French Poem The Manuscripts Gautier de Coinci and Anonymity Picardy The Identity of the Poet The Bas-de-Page Miniature: Of Marginal Interest The Genre: Long Story Short The Table of Exempla, in Alphabetical Order The Latin Exemplum The Life of the Fathers True Story: Why the Story Succeeded 2. Dancing for God The Tumbler Notre Dame versus Saint Mary The Equivocal Status of Jongleurs Trance Dance Jongleurs of God Holy Fools Fact or Fiction? 3. Cistercian Monks and Lay Brothers The Order of Cîteaux Cistercians and the Virgin Mother’s Milk Mary’s Head-Coverings Cistercian Lay Brothers Conversion Therapy The Language of Silence Gym Clothes Sweat Cloth The Weighing of Souls The Latin-Less Lay Brother and Our Lady 4. Reformation Endings: A Temporary Vanishing Act What Makes a Story Popular? Walsingham, England’s Nazareth Madonnas of the World Wars Literary Iconoclasm Marian Apparitions 5. A Troupe of Sources and Analogues King David’s Dancing The Widow’s Mites The Virgin’s Miraculous Images and Apparitions The Jongleur of Rocamadour The Holy Candle of Arras The Pious Sweat of Monks and Lay Brothers The Love of Statuesque Beauty The Holy Face of Christ and Virgin Saints Notes Notes to Preface Notes to Chapter 1 Notes to Chapter 2 Notes to Chapter 3 Notes to Chapter 4 Notes to Chapter 5 Bibliography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0132_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180611 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783744336 06 15 9781783744343 06 15 9781783744350 06 15 9781800645516 06 15 9781783745708 06 15 9781783744367 06 15 9781783744374 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0132 20 02 20180611 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0132.epub 20 02 20180611 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f85d6a40-8ec4-464c-b971-e2e11464ca5f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f85d6a40-8ec4-464c-b971-e2e11464ca5f 15 9781783745098 06 10.11647/OBP.0143 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity Volume 2: Medieval Meets Medievalism 1 A01 21 0000-0002-6400-2764 Jan M. Ziolkowski 01 eng 00 354 03 12 ACK 10 LIT022000 B2 Literature 04 PQ1534.T5 20 The Juggler of Notre Dame B2 European Studies 12 JFHF 10 LIT011000 20 Middle Ages 12 D B2 European Studies: French Studies 10 LIT025040 20 reception studies 20 Modernity 20 medieval studies 20 medievalism 20 philology 20 literary history 20 art history 20 folklore 20 performance studies 01 06 03 00 This ambitious and vivid study in six volumes explores the journey of a single, electrifying story, from its first incarnation in a medieval French poem through its prolific rebirth in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The Juggler of Notre Dame tells how an entertainer abandons the world to join a monastery, but is suspected of blasphemy after dancing his devotion before a statue of the Madonna in the crypt; he is saved when the statue, delighted by his skill, miraculously comes to life.<break/>Jan Ziolkowski tracks the poem from its medieval roots to its rediscovery in late nineteenth-century Paris, before its translation into English in Britain and the United States. The visual influence of the tale on Gothic revivalism and vice versa in America is carefully documented with lavish and inventive illustrations, and Ziolkowski concludes with an examination of the twentieth century explosion of interest in The Juggler of Notre Dame and its place in mass culture today.<break/>Volume 2: Medieval Meets Medievalism deals with the influence of the tale in nineteenth- and early-twentieth-century Europe and America, and the development of literary medievalism at this time.<break/>Presented with great clarity and simplicity, Ziolkowski’s work is accessible to the general reader, while its many new discoveries will be valuable to academics in such fields and disciplines as medieval studies, medievalism, philology, literary history, art history, folklore, performance studies, and reception studies. 04 00 Note to the Reader 1. Tumbling Back into France, by Way of Philology 2. Notre Dame: The Virgin in Nineteenth-Century France 3. Franglais Juggling 4. Anatole France 5. Le Jongleur de Notre Dame Notes Bibliography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0143_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180725 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783745067 06 15 9781783745074 06 15 9781783745081 06 15 9781800645622 06 15 9781783745715 06 15 9781783745098 06 15 9781783745104 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0143.epub 20 02 20180725 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0143 20 02 20180725 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9c231193-af98-4b94-a359-ef7f37bde765 03 01 01 urn:uuid:9c231193-af98-4b94-a359-ef7f37bde765 15 9781783745241 06 10.11647/OBP.0146 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity Volume 3: The American Middle Ages 1 A01 21 0000-0002-6400-2764 Jan M. Ziolkowski 01 eng 00 492 03 12 ACK 10 LIT022000 B2 Literature 20 Middle Ages 04 PQ1534.T5 B2 European Studies 12 JFHF 10 LIT011000 20 reception studies 12 D B2 European Studies: French Studies 10 LIT025040 20 Modernity 12 AMX 10 ARC005070 20 medieval studies 12 FW 20 medievalism 20 philology 20 literary history 20 art history 20 folklore 20 performance studies 20 Henry Adams 20 Ralph Adams Cram 20 Gothic architecture 20 American architecture 20 Gothic reception in America 01 06 03 00 This ambitious and vivid study in six volumes explores the journey of a single, electrifying story, from its first incarnation in a medieval French poem through its prolific rebirth in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The Juggler of Notre Dame tells how an entertainer abandons the world to join a monastery, but is suspected of blasphemy after dancing his devotion before a statue of the Madonna in the crypt; he is saved when the statue, delighted by his skill, miraculously comes to life. Jan Ziolkowski tracks the poem from its medieval roots to its rediscovery in late nineteenth-century Paris, before its translation into English in Britain and the United States. The visual influence of the tale on Gothic revivalism and vice versa in America is carefully documented with lavish and inventive illustrations, and Ziolkowski concludes with an examination of the explosion of interest in The Juggler of Notre Dame in the twentieth century and its place in mass culture today. Volume 3: The American Middle Ages hinges upon two figures influenced by the juggler: Henry Adams, scion of Presidents and distinguished cultural historian whose works contributed to the rise of medievalism in America during the Gilded Age, and Ralph Adams Cram, the architect whose vision of Gothic accounts directly or indirectly for the campuses of West Point, Princeton, Yale, Chicago, Notre Dame, and many other universities across America. The Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity is a rich case study for the reception of the Middle Ages in modernity. Spanning centuries and continents, the medieval period is understood through the lens of its (post)modern reception in Europe and America. Profound connections between the verbal and the visual are illustrated by a rich trove of images, including book illustrations, stained glass, postage stamps, architecture, and Christmas cards. Presented with great clarity and simplicity, Ziolkowski's work is accessible to the general reader, while its many new discoveries will be valuable to academics in such fields and disciplines as medieval studies, medievalism, philology, literary history, art history, folklore, performance studies, and reception studies. 04 00 Note to the Reader 1. The Tumbling Worlds of Henry Adams 2. Our Lady’s Tumbler in Mont Saint Michel and Chartres 3. Britain and the Making of the American Middle Ages 4. The Boston Bohemians 5. The Rise of Collegiate Gothic 6. Point Taken: Gothic Modernism and the Modern Middle Ages Notes Bibliography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0146_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180831 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783745210 06 15 9781783745227 06 15 9781783745234 06 15 9781800645653 06 15 9781783745265 06 15 9781783745241 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0146.epub 20 02 20180831 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0146 20 02 20180831 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3cefd24e-f7de-4924-a3fa-35aec836ee62 03 01 01 urn:uuid:3cefd24e-f7de-4924-a3fa-35aec836ee62 15 9781783745326 06 10.11647/OBP.0147 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity Volume 4: Picture That: Making a Show of the Jongleur 1 A01 21 0000-0002-6400-2764 Jan M. Ziolkowski 01 eng 00 520 03 12 ACK 10 LIT022000 B2 Literature 20 Middle Ages 04 PQ1534.T5 B2 European Studies 12 JFHF 10 LIT011000 20 reception studies 12 D B2 European Studies: French Studies 10 LIT025040 20 Modernity 12 AMX 10 ARC005060 20 medieval studies 10 ART035000 12 AVGC 20 medievalism 20 philology 20 literary history 20 art history 20 folklore 20 performance studies 20 classical music 20 Jules Massenet 20 Mary Garden 20 Le jongleur de Notre Dame 01 06 03 00 This ambitious and vivid study in six volumes explores the journey of a single, electrifying story, from its first incarnation in a medieval French poem through its prolific rebirth in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The Juggler of Notre Dame tells how an entertainer abandons the world to join a monastery, but is suspected of blasphemy after dancing his devotion before a statue of the Madonna in the crypt; he is saved when the statue, delighted by his skill, miraculously comes to life.<break/>Jan Ziolkowski tracks the poem from its medieval roots to its rediscovery in late nineteenth-century Paris, before its translation into English in Britain and the United States. The visual influence of the tale on Gothic revivalism and vice versa in America is carefully documented with lavish and inventive illustrations, and Ziolkowski concludes with an examination of the explosion of interest in The Juggler of Notre Dame in the twentieth century and its place in mass culture today. Volume 4 examines the famous Le jongleur de Notre Dame by the French composer Jules Massenet, which took Europe by storm after premiering in 1902 and then crossed the Atlantic to the impresario Oscar Hammerstein and the diva Mary Garden, who gave the opera new legs as a female juggler.<break/>Presented with great clarity and simplicity, Ziolkowski's work is accessible to the general reader, while its many new discoveries will be valuable to academics in such fields and disciplines as medieval studies, medievalism, philology, literary history, art history, folklore, performance studies, and reception studies. 04 00 Note to the Reader 1. The Composer The Jongleur in the Circle of Richard Wagner Tannhäuser The Medievalesque Oeuvre of Jules Massenet The Tall Tale of the Libretto The Middle Ages of the Opera Sage Wisdom Juggling Secular and Ecclesiastical The Jongleur of Monte Carlo Jean, Bénédictine, and Selling Gothic The Musician of Women The All-Male Cast 2. The Diva Mary Garden Takes America Oscar Hammerstein I Making a Travesti of Massenet’s Tenor Selling the Jongleur Mary Garden Dances the Role The Role of Dance Sexless, Sexy… and What Sex? The Jongleur Goes to Notre Dame The College Woman as Jongleur: Skirting the Issue From Opera to Vaudeville 3. Images of the Virgin The Power of Madonnas in the Round Madonnas in Majesty Animated Images Miracles of Madonnas 4. The Crypt Grottoes and Crypts Madonnas in Crypts Cistercian Crypts Gothic Crypts 5. Enlightening the Virgin The Incandescent Virgin Dressing Madonnas: What Are You Wearing? Carrying a Torch for Mary Lighting Effects: Lights, Camera, Action! Voyeurism and Performance Art 6. Cloistering the USA: Everybody Must Get Stones Stony Silence Collecting Clusters of Cloisters A Gothic Room of Her Own: Vanderbilt and Gardner Raymond Pitcairn and the "New Church” The Hearst Castle The Last Hurrah 7. The Great War and Its Aftermath Ruining Europe Reims: Martyr City and Cathedral Rebuilding Europe in America German Expressionism French Piety Painting the Juggler American Gothic Notes Notes to Chapter 1 Notes to Chapter 2 Notes to Chapter 3 Notes to Chapter 4 Notes to Chapter 5 Notes to Chapter 6 Notes to Chapter 7 Bibliography Abbreviations Referenced Works List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0147_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20181002 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783745296 06 15 9781783745302 06 15 9781783745319 06 15 9781800645660 06 15 9781783745722 06 15 9781783745326 06 15 9781783745333 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0147 20 02 20181002 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0147.epub 20 02 20181002 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e3bb9423-94a5-4212-8fef-03ce966b44d4 03 01 01 urn:uuid:e3bb9423-94a5-4212-8fef-03ce966b44d4 15 9781783745371 06 10.11647/OBP.0148 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity Volume 5: Tumbling into the Twentieth Century 1 A01 21 0000-0002-6400-2764 Jan M. Ziolkowski 01 eng 00 408 03 12 ACK 10 LIT022000 B2 Literature 20 Middle Ages 04 PQ1534.T5 B2 European Studies 12 JFHF 10 LIT011000 20 reception studies 12 D B2 European Studies: French Studies 10 LIT025040 20 Modernity 12 AMX 10 ARC005060 20 medieval studies 10 ART035000 12 AVGC 20 medievalism 20 philology 20 literary history 20 art history 20 folklore 20 performance studies 20 classical music 20 Jules Massenet 20 Mary Garden 20 Le jongleur de Notre Dame 01 06 03 00 This ambitious and vivid study in six volumes explores the journey of a single, electrifying story, from its first incarnation in a medieval French poem through its prolific rebirth in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The Juggler of Notre Dame tells how an entertainer abandons the world to join a monastery, but is suspected of blasphemy after dancing his devotion before a statue of the Madonna in the crypt; he is saved when the statue, delighted by his skill, miraculously comes to life.Jan Ziolkowski tracks the poem from its medieval roots to its rediscovery in late nineteenth-century Paris, before its translation into English in Britain and the United States. The visual influence of the tale on Gothic revivalism and vice versa in America is carefully documented with lavish and inventive illustrations, and Ziolkowski concludes with an examination of the explosion of interest in The Juggler of Notre Dame in the twentieth century and its place in mass culture today. In this volume Jan Ziolkowski follows the juggler of Notre Dame as he cavorts through new media, including radio, television, and film, becoming closely associated with Christmas and embedded in children’s literature. <break/>Presented with great clarity and simplicity, Ziolkowski's work is accessible to the general reader, while its many new discoveries will be valuable to academics in such fields and disciplines as medieval studies, medievalism, philology, literary history, art history, folklore, performance studies, and reception studies. 04 00 Note to the Reader 1. Juggling across Print Printed Books as Pseudomanuscripts Image-Makers Go Mainstream Missal Attack Handwriting the Medieval Typing a Translation Medieval French for Amateurs A One-Novel French Novelist French Language-Study 2. Juggling across New Media Making a Spectacle of Miracle Sister Beatrice Sister Angelica Audio Recording Silent Film Charlie Chaplin: Tramp Meets Tumbler 3. Juggling across Faiths The Ecumenical Juggler The Hasidic Whistle-Blower The Jewish Jongleur The Catholic Juggler The Juggler and the Paulines Two Bills: Buckley Jr. and Bennett The Lyric Juggler and Patrick Kavanagh "The Chapel at Mountain State Mental Hospital” 4. The Yuletide Juggler Easter Tumbling The Commercial Aesthetic of "Ye Olde” Noel Juggling: The Gift That Keeps on Giving The Juggler in Holiday Books and Cards Amateur Theater Mass Radio Mid-Century Medieval US Television Postwar Britain The French Connection Juggler Film Juggler Christmas Books Live On Related Stories of the Season 5. Children’s Juggler and Child Juggler Suitable for Children Downsizing the Juggler American Children’s Literature European Children’s Literature Global Children’s Entertainment Folktale or Faketale? Tomie dePaola’s The Clown of God Notes Bibliography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0148_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20181031 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783745340 06 15 9781783745357 06 15 9781783745364 06 15 9781800645677 06 15 9781783745739 06 15 9781783745371 06 15 9781783745388 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0148 20 02 20181031 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0148.epub 20 02 20181031 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:91119ad0-f1ef-4a59-bff5-ea3621a25dd9 03 01 01 urn:uuid:91119ad0-f1ef-4a59-bff5-ea3621a25dd9 15 9781783745425 06 10.11647/OBP.0149 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Juggler of Notre Dame and the Medievalizing of Modernity Volume 6: War and Peace, Sex and Violence 1 A01 21 0000-0002-6400-2764 Jan M. Ziolkowski 01 eng 00 332 03 12 ACK 10 LIT022000 B2 Literature 20 Middle Ages 04 PQ1534.T5 B2 European Studies 12 JFHF 10 LIT011000 20 reception studies 12 D B2 European Studies: French Studies 10 LIT025040 20 Modernity 12 AMX 10 ARC005060 20 medieval studies 10 ART035000 12 AVGC 20 medievalism 20 philology 20 literary history 20 art history 20 folklore 20 performance studies 20 classical music 20 Le jongleur de Notre Dame 01 06 03 00 This ambitious and vivid study in six volumes explores the journey of a single, electrifying story, from its first incarnation in a medieval French poem through its prolific rebirth in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The Juggler of Notre Dame tells how an entertainer abandons the world to join a monastery, but is suspected of blasphemy after dancing his devotion before a statue of the Madonna in the crypt; he is saved when the statue, delighted by his skill, miraculously comes to life.<break/>Jan Ziolkowski tracks the poem from its medieval roots to its rediscovery in late nineteenth-century Paris, before its translation into English in Britain and the United States. The visual influence of the tale on Gothic revivalism and vice versa in America is carefully documented with lavish and inventive illustrations, and Ziolkowski concludes with an examination of the explosion of interest in The Juggler of Notre Dame in the twentieth century and its place in mass culture today. In this concluding volume, Ziolkowski explores the popularity of The Juggler of Notre Dame from the 1930s through the Second World War, especially in the Allied Resistance. Its popularity in the United States was subsequently maintained by figures as diverse as Tony Curtis and W. H. Auden, and although recently the story and medievalism have lost ground, the future of both holds promise.<break/>Presented with great clarity and simplicity, Ziolkowski's work is accessible to the general reader, while its many new discoveries will be valuable to academics in such fields and disciplines as medieval studies, medievalism, philology, literary history, art history, folklore, performance studies, and reception studies. 04 00 Note to the Reader 1. Juggler Allies France Great Britain United States 2. The Juggler by Jingoism: Nazis and Their Neighbors Virginal Visions Belgium The Netherlands Germany Curt Sigmar Gutkind Hans Hömberg After the War Austria 3. Portrait of the Artist as a Young Juggler Richard Sullivan, Notre Dame Professor R. O. Blechman, Cartoon Juggler Robert Lax, Poet among Acrobats Tony Curtis, Prime-Time Juggler W. H. Auden, The Ballad of Barnaby Music from Massenet to Peter Maxwell Davies 4. Membranes of Things Past Misremembering and Remembering Getting a Rise from the Male Member Jung’s Jongleur 5. Positively Medieval: The Once and Future Juggler The Juggler’s Prospects Gropius vs. the Gothic Ivory Tower The Tumbler’s Tumble Michel Zink Reminds France We All Need the Middle Ages The Simplicity of Atonement Acknowledgments Notes Notes to Chapter 1 Notes to Chapter 2 Notes to Chapter 3 Notes to Chapter 4 Notes to Chapter 5 Notes to Acknowledgments Bibliography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0149_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20181211 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783745395 06 15 9781783745401 06 15 9781783745418 06 15 9781800645684 06 15 9781783745746 06 15 9781783745425 06 15 9781783745432 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0149.epub 20 02 20181211 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0149 20 02 20181211 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a42032e9-53be-4042-9d71-f1109bec8c4f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a42032e9-53be-4042-9d71-f1109bec8c4f 15 9781805111795 06 10.11647/OBP.0381 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/ 10 02 27538044 01 02 The Global Qur'an 01 01 The Kingdom and the Qur’an Translating the Holy Book of Islam in Saudi Arabia 1 A01 21 0000-0002-8305-1166 Mykhaylo Yakubovych 01 eng 00 226 03 B2 Archaeology and Religion 04 BP131.13 12 HRAX 10 LAN023000 93 NHB 20 Qur'an translation 10 HIS037060 12 JFSR2 B2 Linguistics 93 QRP 20 Saudi Arabia 12 1FBXS B2 History 20 Islamic theology 93 QRVC 10 REL037060 10 HIS037070 20 Modern print culture 20 Middle Eastern political history 10 REL006000 20 Translation studies 01 06 03 00 This book presents a detailed analysis of the translation of the Qur’an in Saudi Arabia, the most important global actor in the promotion, production and dissemination of Qur’an translations. From the first attempts at translation in the mid-twentieth century to more recent state-driven efforts concerned with international impact, The Kingdom and the Qur’an adeptly elucidates the link between contemporary Islamic theology and the advent of modern print culture. It investigates this critical juncture in both Middle Eastern political history and the intellectual evolution of the Muslim world, interweaving literary, socio-historical, and socio-anthropological threads to depict the intricate backdrop of the Saudi ‘Qur'an translation movement’.Mykhaylo Yakubovych provides a comprehensive historical overview of the debates surrounding the translatability of the Qur'an, as well as exploring the impact of the burgeoning translation and dissemination of the holy book upon Wahhabi and Salafi interpretations of Islam. Backed by meticulous research and drawing on a wealth of sources, this work illuminates an essential facet of global Islamic culture and scholarly discourse. 04 00 A Note on the Author Acknowledgements Notes on Transliteration and Translation Abbreviations Introduction 1. Twentieth-Century Debates on the Translatability of the Qur’an in the Middle East 2. The Muslim World League: A Forerunner to International Translational daʿwa Networks 3. The Hilālī-Khān Translation: The First Interpretation of the Qur’an in a Foreign Language by Saudi Scholars 4. The King Fahd Complex for the Printing of the Qur’an: A Turning Point in the History of Qur’an Translations 5. Translation for Everyone: Collaborative Saudi Publishing Projects in Foreign Languages Conclusion Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0381_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240208 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805111764 06 15 9781805111771 06 15 9781805111788 06 15 9781805111818 06 15 9781805111795 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0381 20 02 20240208 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0381.epub 20 02 20240208 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b9c04b78-a0c8-40d3-8daa-19c695a650fe 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b9c04b78-a0c8-40d3-8daa-19c695a650fe 15 9781805110217 06 10.11647/OBP.0344 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The Last Man Who Knew Everything Thomas Young 1 A01 Andrew Robinson 2 A23 Martin Rees 01 eng 00 296 03 12 BG 10 BIO000000 B2 Biography 04 Q143.Y7 20 Thomas Young 10 BIO015000 12 BJ B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 physicist 12 BGT 10 HIS002030 20 physician B2 Science: History of Science 20 Egyptologist 12 HDDG 20 decipher 20 Rosetta Stone 20 biography 01 06 03 00 No one has given the polymath Thomas Young (1773–1829) the all-round examination he so richly deserves—until now. Celebrated biographer Andrew Robinson portrays a man who solved mystery after mystery in the face of ridicule and rejection, and never sought fame.As a physicist, Young challenged the theories of Isaac Newton and proved that light is a wave. As a physician, he showed how the eye focuses and proposed the three-colour theory of vision, only confirmed a century and a half later. As an Egyptologist, he made crucial contributions to deciphering the Rosetta Stone. It is hard to grasp how much Young knew.This biography is the fascinating story of a driven yet modest hero who cared less about what others thought of him than for the joys of an unbridled pursuit of knowledge—with a new foreword by Martin Rees and a new postscript discussing polymathy in the two centuries since the time of Young. It returns this neglected genius to his proper position in the pantheon of great scientific thinkers. 04 00 Foreword ix Martin Rees Preface xv Introduction xvii 1. Child Prodigy 1 2. Fellow of the Royal Society 19 3. Itinerant Medical Student 29 4. ‘Phenomenon’ Young 45 5. Physician of Vision 57 6. Royal Institution Lecturer 75 7. Let There Be Light Waves 85 8. ‘Natural Philosophy and the Mechanical Arts’ 105 9. Dr Thomas Young, M.D., F.R.C.P. 123 10. Reading the Rosetta Stone 135 11. Waves of Enlightenment 157 12. Walking Encyclopaedia 171 13. In the Public Interest 181 14. Grand Tour 193 15. Duelling with Champollion 201 16. A Universal Man 215 Postscript: Polymathy Then—and Now? 233 Bibliography 243 List of Illustrations 251 Index 253 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0344_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230509 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805110187 06 15 9781805110194 06 15 9781805110200 06 15 9781805110248 06 15 9781805110231 06 15 9781805110217 06 15 9781805110224 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0344.epub 20 02 20230509 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0344 20 02 20230509 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6d9c1a64-b53d-4ddf-8c7e-c90c5488efff 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6d9c1a64-b53d-4ddf-8c7e-c90c5488efff 15 9781800649934 06 10.11647/OBP.0341 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The Last Years of Polish Jewry Volume 1: At the Edge of the Abyss: Essays, 1927–33 1 A01 Yankev Leshchinsky 2 B06 Robert Brym 3 B06 Eli Jany 4 B01 Robert Brym 01 eng 01 yid 00 178 03 04 DS134.55 12 HBLW 10 HIS022000 B2 Politics and Sociology 20 Yankev Leshchinsky B2 European Studies 12 HBTZ 10 SOC007000 20 socioeconomics 10 HIS010010 12 JFSR1 20 politics 10 HIS037070 20 Jews 20 Eastern Europe 20 Ukraine 20 sociology 20 interwar period 20 Poland 20 nationalism 20 pogroms 20 history 20 Holocaust 01 06 03 00 Ukrainian-born Yankev Leshchinsky (1876–1966) was the leading scholarly and journalistic analyst of Eastern European Jewish socioeconomic and political life from the 1920s to the 1950s. Known as “the dean of Jewish sociologists” and “the father of Jewish demography,” Leshchinsky published a series of insightful and moving essays in Yiddish on Polish Jewry between 1927 and 1937. Despite heightened interest in interwar Jewish communities in Poland in recent years, these essays (like most of Leshchinsky’s works) have never been translated into English. The Last Years of Polish Jewry helps to rectify this situation by translating some of Leshchinsky’s key essays. A thoughtful Introduction by Robert Brym provides the context of the author’s life and work. The essays in this volume, based on years of research and first-hand observation, focus on the period 1927–33. The rise of militant Polish nationalism and the ensuing anti-Jewish boycotts and pogroms; the increasing exclusion of Jews from government employment and the universities; the destitution, hunger, suicide, and efforts to emigrate that characterized Jewish life; the psychological toll taken by mass uncertainty and hopelessness—all this falls within the author’s ambit. Few works in English have the range and depth of Leshchinsky’s essays on the last years of the three million Polish Jews who were to perish at the hand of the Nazi regime. This book will be of interest to researchers and students of Eastern European history and society, especially those with an interest in Eastern Europe’s Jewish communities on the brink of the Holocaust. 04 00 List of Tables List of Illustrations Introduction Robert Brym About the translation and the translators Background 1. On the Sociology of Polish Jewry A. Introduction B. Population density and geographical segregation C. Socio-economic segregation D. Political segregation E. The influence of heritage F. The crisis 2. The birth pangs of the Jewish working class 3. The heritage of the Jewish factory owner Foreground 4. National Bolshevism 5. A flood of small promissory notes 6. Jews are collapsing in the streets from hunger 7. At night in the old market 8. Three-quarters of the Jewish population lack enough to live on 9. The destruction of Jewish economic life in Lodz 10. Fallen Jewish Vilna 11. The superfluous 12. Emigration tragedies Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0341_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230308 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800649903 06 15 9781800649910 06 15 9781800649927 06 15 9781800649965 06 15 9781800649958 06 15 9781800649934 06 15 9781800649941 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0341.epub 20 02 20230308 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0341 20 02 20230308 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7b30b0e1-2e8c-459a-9412-d7e360623f74 03 01 01 urn:uuid:7b30b0e1-2e8c-459a-9412-d7e360623f74 15 9781805110002 06 10.11647/OBP.0342 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The Last Years of Polish Jewry Volume 2: The Permanent Pogrom, 1935–37 1 A01 Yankev Leshchinsky 2 B06 Robert Brym 3 B06 Eli Jany 4 B01 Robert Brym 01 eng 01 yid 00 190 03 12 HBLW 10 HIS022000 93 NHTB B2 Politics and Sociology 20 Yankev Leshchinsky B2 European Studies 12 HBTZ 93 JBFH 10 SOC007000 20 socioeconomics 10 HIS010010 12 JFSR1 93 NHD 20 politics 10 HIS037070 20 Jews 93 NHB 20 Eastern Europe 20 Ukraine 20 sociology 20 interwar period 20 Poland 20 nationalism 20 pogroms 20 history 20 Holocaust 01 06 03 00 Ukrainian-born Yankev Leshchinsky (1876-1966) was the leading scholarly and journalistic analyst of Eastern European Jewish socioeconomic and political life from the 1920s to the 1950s. Known as “the dean of Jewish sociologists” and “the father of Jewish demography,” Leshchinsky published a series of insightful and moving essays in Yiddish on Polish Jewry between 1927 and 1937. Despite heightened interest in interwar Jewish communities in Poland in recent years, these essays (like most of Leshchinsky’s works) have never been translated into English.The Last Years of Polish Jewry helps to rectify this situation by translating some of Leshchinsky’s key essays. A thoughtful Introduction by Robert Brym provides the context of the author’s life and work.The essays in this volume, based on years of research and first-hand observation, focus on the period 1935-37. The rise of militant Polish nationalism and the ensuing anti-Jewish boycotts and pogroms; the increasing exclusion of Jews from government employment and the universities; the destitution, hunger, suicide, and efforts to emigrate that characterized Jewish life; the psychological toll taken by mass uncertainty and hopelessness—all this falls within the author’s ambit. Few works in English have the range and depth of Leshchinsky’s essays on the last years of the three million Polish Jews who were to perish at the hand of the Nazi regime.This book will be of interest to researchers and students of Eastern European history and society, especially those with an interest in Eastern Europe’s Jewish communities on the brink of the Holocaust. 04 00 List of figures Introduction About the translation and the translators Part 1: Pogroms 1. The pogroms in Poland, 1935–37 2. Pogrom gunpowder 3. The Minsk-Mazovyetsk pogrom 4. The Pshitik pogrom Part 2: Official antisemitism 5. Government antisemitism 6. The first ghetto benches in the universities 7. Ghetto benches Part 3: Jewish responses 8. Jewish self-defence 9. Protests against pogroms 10. Old-fashioned methods in new times 11. Suicides 12. Is emigration a solution? 13. Jews flee Poland References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0342_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240916 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800649972 06 15 9781800649989 06 15 9781800649996 06 15 9781805110033 06 15 9781805110002 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0342.epub 20 02 20240916 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0342 20 02 20240916 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:535a3525-05af-4b95-800e-37bcdd025244 03 01 01 urn:uuid:535a3525-05af-4b95-800e-37bcdd025244 15 9781783745036 06 10.11647/OBP.0142 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Life and Letters of William Sharp and “Fiona Macleod” Volume 1: 1855–1894 1 A01 William F. Halloran 01 eng 00 710 03 10 BIO007000 12 BJ B2 Literature 04 PR5357 20 William Sharp 10 BIO025000 12 DS B2 European Studies 20 Fiona Macleod 20 diaries 12 DSK B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 10 LCO011000 B2 Biography 12 DSC 20 letters 12 3JH 20 poetry 20 biography 20 Victorian Era 20 Britain 01 06 03 00 William Sharp (1855-1905) conducted one of the most audacious literary deceptions of his or any time. Sharp was a Scottish poet, novelist, biographer and editor who in 1893 began to write critically and commercially successful books under the name Fiona Macleod. This was far more than just a pseudonym: he corresponded as Macleod, enlisting his sister to provide the handwriting and address, and for more than a decade "Fiona Macleod" duped not only the general public but such literary luminaries as William Butler Yeats and, in America, E. C. Stedman.Sharp wrote "I feel another self within me now more than ever; it is as if I were possessed by a spirit who must speak out". This three-volume collection brings together Sharp’s own correspondence – a fascinating trove in its own right, by a Victorian man of letters who was on intimate terms with writers including Dante Gabriel Rossetti, Walter Pater, and George Meredith – and the Fiona Macleod letters, which bring to life Sharp’s intriguing "second self". With an introduction and detailed notes by William F. Halloran, this richly rewarding collection offers a wonderful insight into the literary landscape of the time, while also investigating a strange and underappreciated phenomenon of late-nineteenth-century English literature. It is essential for scholars of the period, and it is an illuminating read for anyone interested in authorship and identity. 04 00 Acknowledgements Introduction Chapter One: 1855–1881 Chapter Two: 1882–1884 Chapter Three: 1885–1886 Chapter Four: 1887–1888 Chapter Five: 1889 Chapter Six: 1890 Chapter Seven: 1891 Chapter Eight: 1892a Chapter Nine: 1892b Chapter Ten: 1893 Chapter Eleven: 1894 Notes Appendix List of Illustrations 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0142_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20181127 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783745005 06 15 9781783745012 06 15 9781783745029 06 15 9781800645615 06 15 9781783746606 06 15 9781783745036 06 15 9781783745043 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0142 20 02 20181127 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0142.epub 20 02 20181127 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e8fbf422-7c23-4314-96c4-ec93b546f004 03 01 01 urn:uuid:e8fbf422-7c23-4314-96c4-ec93b546f004 15 9781783748723 06 10.11647/OBP.0196 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Life and Letters of William Sharp and "Fiona Macleod" Volume 2: 1895-1899 1 A01 William F. Halloran 01 eng 00 648 03 10 BIO007000 12 BJ B2 Literature 04 PR5357 20 William Sharp 10 BIO025000 12 DS B2 European Studies 20 Scottish poet 12 DSK B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 10 LCO011000 20 Scottish novelist B2 Biography 12 DSC 20 Scottish biographer 12 3JH 20 Scottish editor 20 Fiona Macleod 20 correspondence 20 Victorian man 01 06 03 00 William Sharp (1855-1905) conducted one of the most audacious literary deceptions of his or any time. Sharp was a Scottish poet, novelist, biographer and editor who in 1893 began to write critically and commercially successful books under the name Fiona Macleod. This was far more than just a pseudonym: he corresponded as Macleod, enlisting his sister to provide the handwriting and address, and for more than a decade "Fiona Macleod" duped not only the general public but such literary luminaries as William Butler Yeats and, in America, E. C. Stedman.<break/>Sharp wrote "I feel another self within me now more than ever; it is as if I were possessed by a spirit who must speak out". This three-volume collection brings together Sharp’s own correspondence – a fascinating trove in its own right, by a Victorian man of letters who was on intimate terms with writers including Dante Gabriel Rossetti, Walter Pater, and George Meredith – and the Fiona Macleod letters, which bring to life Sharp’s intriguing "second self".With an introduction and detailed notes by William F. Halloran, this richly rewarding collection offers a wonderful insight into the literary landscape of the time, while also investigating a strange and underappreciated phenomenon of late-nineteenth-century English literature. It is essential for scholars of the period, and it is an illuminating read for anyone interested in authorship and identity. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgements Introduction William F. Halloran Chapter Twelve William F. Halloran Chapter Thirteen William F. Halloran Chapter Fourteen William F. Halloran Chapter Fifteen William F. Halloran Chapter Sixteen William F. Halloran Chapter Seventeen William F. Halloran Chapter Eighteen William F. Halloran Chapter Nineteen William F. Halloran Endnotes List of Illustrations Appendix About the team 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0196_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200414 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783748693 06 15 9781783748709 06 15 9781783748716 06 15 9781800646070 06 15 9781783748747 06 15 9781783748723 06 15 9781783748730 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0196.epub 20 02 20200414 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0196 20 02 20200414 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2453ebf2-1189-485c-a0a6-2aa2e6d4f17e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2453ebf2-1189-485c-a0a6-2aa2e6d4f17e 15 9781800640085 06 10.11647/OBP.0221 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Life and Letters of William Sharp and "Fiona Macleod" Volume 3: 1900-1905 1 A01 William F. Halloran 01 eng 00 486 03 10 BIO007000 12 BJ B2 Literature 04 PR5357 20 William Sharp 10 BIO025000 12 DS B2 European Studies 20 Scottish poet 12 DSK B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 10 LCO011000 20 Scottish novelist B2 Biography 12 DSC 20 Scottish biographer 12 3JH 20 Scottish editor 20 Fiona Macleod 20 correspondence 20 Victorian man 01 06 03 00 William Sharp (1855-1905) conducted one of the most audacious literary deceptions of his or any time. Sharp was a Scottish poet, novelist, biographer and editor who in 1893 began to write critically and commercially successful books under the name Fiona Macleod. This was far more than just a pseudonym: he corresponded as Macleod, enlisting his sister to provide the handwriting and address, and for more than a decade "Fiona Macleod" duped not only the general public but such literary luminaries as William Butler Yeats and, in America, E. C. Stedman.Sharp wrote "I feel another self within me now more than ever; it is as if I were possessed by a spirit who must speak out". This three-volume collection brings together Sharp’s own correspondence – a fascinating trove in its own right, by a Victorian man of letters who was on intimate terms with writers including Dante Gabriel Rossetti, Walter Pater, and George Meredith – and the Fiona Macleod letters, which bring to life Sharp’s intriguing "second self".With an introduction and detailed notes by William F. Halloran, this richly rewarding collection offers a wonderful insight into the literary landscape of the time, while also investigating a strange and underappreciated phenomenon of late-nineteenth-century English literature. It is essential for scholars of the period, and it is an illuminating read for anyone interested in authorship and identity. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgements Introduction William F. Halloran Chapter Twenty William F. Halloran Chapter Twenty-One William F. Halloran Chapter Twenty-Two William F. Halloran Chapter Twenty-Three William F. Halloran Chapter Twenty-Four William F. Halloran Chapter Twenty-Five William F. Halloran Afterword William F. Halloran Appendix 1 William F. Halloran Appendix 2 Endnotes List of Illustrations 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0221_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200925 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800640054 06 15 9781800640061 06 15 9781800640078 06 15 9781800646261 06 15 9781800640108 06 15 9781800640085 06 15 9781800640092 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0221.epub 20 02 20200925 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0221 20 02 20200925 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a93b05df-4265-4be8-9101-2bcebac859eb 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a93b05df-4265-4be8-9101-2bcebac859eb 15 9781909254985 06 10.11647/OBP.0069 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Life of August Wilhelm Schlegel, Cosmopolitan of Art and Poetry 1 A01 21 0000-0002-4928-4513 Roger Paulin 01 eng 00 678 03 20 August Wilhelm Schlegel 12 BG 10 BIO007000 B2 Literature 04 PT2503.S3 12 BGL 20 biography B2 European Studies 10 LIT004170 12 D B2 European Studies: German Studies 20 German Romaticism 10 LIT024040 B2 Biography 12 DS 20 European Romanticism 20 Madame de Stael 01 06 03 00 This is the first full-scale biography, in any language, of a towering figure in German and European Romanticism: August Wilhelm Schlegel whose life, 1767 to 1845, coincided with its inexorable rise. As poet, translator, critic and oriental scholar, Schlegel's extraordinarily diverse interests and writings left a vast intellectual legacy, making him a foundational figure in several branches of knowledge. He was one of the last thinkers in Europe able to practise as well as to theorise, and to attempt to comprehend the nature of culture without being forced to be a narrow specialist. With his brother Friedrich, for example, Schlegel edited the avant-garde Romantic periodical Athenaeum; and he produced with his wife Caroline a translation of Shakespeare, the first metrical version into any foreign language. Schlegel's Lectures on Dramatic Art and Literature were a defining force for Coleridge and for the French Romantics. But his interests extended to French, Italian, Spanish and Portuguese literature, as well to the Greek and Latin classics, and to Sanskrit.August Wilhelm Schlegel is the first attempt to engage with this totality, to combine an account of Schlegel’s life and times with a critical evaluation of his work and its influence. Through the study of one man's rich life, incorporating the most recent scholarship, theoretical approaches, and archival resources, while remaining easily accessible to all readers, Paulin has recovered the intellectual climate of Romanticism in Germany and traced its development into a still-potent international movement. The extraordinarily wide scope and variety of Schlegel's activities have hitherto acted as a barrier to literary scholars, even in Germany. In Roger Paulin, whose career has given him the knowledge and the experience to grapple with such an ambitious project, Schlegel has at last found a worthy exponent. 04 00 Acknowledgements List of Abbreviations Introduction 1. Family, Childhood and Youth (1767-1794) 2. Jena and Berlin (1795-1804) 2.1 Jena 2.2 Berlin (1801-1804) 2.3 The Berlin Lectures 3.The Years with Madame de Staël (1804-1817) 3.1 With Madame de Staël in Coppet and Acosta 1805-1807 3.2 Vienna 3.3 The Flight: Caught Up in History 3.4 Scholarly Matters 4. Bonn and India (1818-1845) 4.1 Bonn 4.2 India 5. The Past Returns 5.1 The Last Years 1834-1845 Short Biographies Select Bibliography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0069_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Cambridge 01 programname Department of German and Dutch 16 Trinity College, Cambridge Cambridge, UK 04 01 20160201 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254954 06 15 9781909254961 06 15 9781909254978 06 15 9781800644953 06 15 9781783746347 06 15 9781909254985 06 15 9781909254992 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0069 20 02 20160201 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0069.epub 20 02 20160201 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:918e76d5-a51f-4698-a3b4-87672329413d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:918e76d5-a51f-4698-a3b4-87672329413d 15 9781805112693 06 10.11647/OBP.0397 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The Life of Nuns Love, Politics, and Religion in Medieval German Convents 1 A01 21 0000-0002-1994-5157 Henrike Lähnemann 2 A01 21 0000-0003-3762-2818 Eva Schlotheuber 3 B06 Anne Simon 01 eng 00 210 03 04 BX4220.G3 20 Germany 12 HBLC1 10 HIS037010 B2 History 93 NHDJ B2 Archaeology and Religion 93 JBSF1 12 JFSJ1 20 Nuns 10 REL033000 B2 European Studies 93 JBSR 12 JFSR 20 Medieval society 10 REL084000 B2 European Studies: German Studies 12 HRAM2 93 QRAM2 20 Reformation 20 Convent life B2 Women and Gender Studies 20 Archival research 01 06 03 00 In the Middle Ages half of those who chose the religious life were women, yet historians have overlooked entire generations of educated, feisty, capable and enterprising nuns, condemning them to the dusty silence of the archives. What, though, were their motives for entering a convent and what was their daily routine behind its walls like? How did they think, live and worship, both as individuals and as a community? How did they maintain contact with the families and communities they had left behind?Henrike Lähnemann and Eva Schlotheuber offer readers a vivid insight into the largely unknown lives and work of religious women in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries. Using previously inaccessible personal diaries and letters, as well as tapestries, painting, architecture and music, the authors show that the nuns were, in fact, an active, even influential part of medieval society. They functioned as role models and engaged in spirited dialogue with other convents, with the citizens of their home towns and with the local nobility. Full of self-confidence, they organised their demanding daily lives; ran their complex convent economies as successful businesses; offered girls a comprehensive theological, musical and practical education; produced magnificent manuscripts; ministered to the convent sick and dying with homemade medicines and to family and friends with advice. Initially—and fiercely—they resisted the Reformation, only for some of the convents to survive as Protestant women’s foundations to this day.Now, for the first time in centuries, this account by Henrike Lähnemann and Eva Schlotheuber allows the voices of these remarkable women to be heard outside the cloister and to invite us into their world. 04 00 Prologue: Voices from the Past I. Enclosure 1. The Nuns’ Flight 2. The Convent Living Space 3. The Ebstorf World Map II. Education 1. The Convent as School 2. The Convent as Cultural and Educational Space 3. The Heiningen Philosophy Tapestry III. Nuns, Family, and Community 1. Life History and Family Influence 2. The Family and the Convent Community 3. Representation and Status IV. Love and Friendship 1. Friendship Beyond Convent Walls 2. The Idea of Friendship 3. Christ Embracing John the Evangelist as Spiritual Bridehood V. Music and Reform 1. Secular Songs while Breaking Flax 2. Convent Reform 3. Music Instruction in Kloster Ebstorf VI. Reformation 1. The Papal Legate Arrives in Town 2. Convents during the Reformation 3. A Vision of the Reformation VII. Illness and Dying 1. Death in the Community 2. Medicinal Knowledge and the Rituals of Dying 3. This World and the Next in the Wienhausen Nuns’ Choir VIII. Appendix 1. Convent Histories 2. Schematic Representations of Convent Life 3. Glossary of Terms 4. List of Illustrations 5. Sources and Secondary Literature Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0397_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240621 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805112662 06 15 9781805112679 06 15 9781805112686 06 15 9781805112716 06 15 9781805112693 06 15 9781805114246 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0397.epub 20 02 20240621 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0397 20 02 20240621 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:70fafc82-7a5e-4b53-ad82-d54b8e17c4fc 03 01 01 urn:uuid:70fafc82-7a5e-4b53-ad82-d54b8e17c4fc 15 9781909254381 06 10.11647/OBP.0028 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ 10 02 20543611 01 02 Yeats Annual 01 01 The Living Stream Yeats Annual No. 18 1 B01 Warwick Gould 01 eng 00 398 03 12 DSC 10 LIT004120 B2 Literature 04 PR5907 20 William Butler Yeats B2 European Studies 10 POE005020 20 Yeats Annual B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 Warwick Gould 20 Institute of English Studies 20 Irish literature 20 Heaney 20 Irish poetry 01 06 03 00 Yeats Annual No. 18 is another special issue in this renowned research-level series offering a tribute to the pioneering Yeats scholar, A. Norman Jeffares.<break/> Memories of the man are shared by Seamus Heaney, Christopher Rush and Colin Smythe, who compiles a bibliography of Jeffares’s work. Terence Brown, Neil Corcoran, Warwick Gould, Joseph M. Hassett, Phillip L. Marcus, Ann Saddlemyer, Ronald Schuchard, Deirdre Toomey and Helen Vendler offer essays on such topics as Yeats and the Colours of Poetry, Yeats’s Shakespeare, Yeats and Seamus Heaney, Lacrimae Rerum and Tragic Joy, Raftery’s work on Yeats’s Thoor Ballylee, Edmund Dulac’s portrait of Mrs George Yeats, The Tower as an anti-Modernist monument, with close studies of ‘Vacillation’, ‘Her Triumph’, and ‘The Cold Heaven’. <break/>Throughout, the essays are inflected with memories of Jeffares and his critical methods. The volume is rounded with further essays on A Vision by Neil Mann and Matthew de Forrest, while reviews of recent editions and studies are provided by Matthew Campbell, Wayne K. Chapman, Sandra Clark, Denis Donoghue, Nicholas Grene, Joseph M. Hassett, and K.P.S. Jochum.<break/>Yeats Annual is published by Open Book Publishers in association with the Institute of English Studies, University of London. 04 00 List of Illustrations Abbreviations Editorial Board Notes on Contributors Editor's Introduction Acknowledgements and Editorial Information ESSAYS IN MEMORY OF A NORMAN JEFFARES Professor Alexander Norman Jeffares 11 Aug. 1920-1 June 2005 Christopher Rush From the Window of the House Seamus Heaney Lips and Ships, Peers and Tears: Lacrimae Rerum and Tragic Joy Warwick Gould Yeats and the Colours of Poetry Terence Brown Yeats’s Shakespeare: ‘There is a Good Deal of my Father in it’ Denis Donoghue What Raftery Buit Joseph M. Hassett A Portrait of George Yeats Ann Saddlemyer The Tower: Yeats’s Anti-Modernist Monument Ronald Schuchard Vacillation: Between What and What? Helen Vendler W. B. Yeats and the Creative Process: The Example of ‘Her Triumph’ Phillip L. Marcus The Cold Heaven Deirdre Toomey Question Me Again: Reflections of W. B. Yeats and Seamus Heaney Neil Corcoran A Checklist of the Writings of Alexander Norman Jeffares (1920-2005) Colin Smythe ‘MASTER WHAT IS MOST ABSTRACT’: A FORUM ON A VISION A Vision (1925): A Review Essay Neil Mann Yeats and the New Physics Matthew M. DeForrest REVIEWS ‘A Law Indifferent to Blame or Praise’: W. B. Yeats, The Tower (1928): Manuscript Materials, edited by Richard J. Finneran, with Jared Curtis and Ann Saddlemyer Wayne K. Chapman Denis Donoghue, On Eloquence Sandra Clark Nicholas Grene, Yeats’s Poetic Codes Joseph M. Hassett W. B. Yeats, The King of the Great Clock Tower and A Full Moon in March: Manuscript Materials, edited by Richard Allen Cave Nicholas Grene Helen Vendler, Our Secret Discipline: Yeats and Lyric Form Denis Donoghue Ronald Schuchard, The Last Minstrels: Yeats and the Revival of the Bardic Arts Matthew Campbell Fiorenzo Fantaccini, W.B. Yeats e la cultura italiana K. P. S. Jochum Margaret Mills Harper, Wisdom of Two: The Spiritual and Literary Collaboration of George and W. B. Yeats Denis Donoghue PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0028_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20130228 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254350 06 15 9781909254367 06 15 9781909254374 06 15 9781800644557 06 15 9781909254381 06 15 9781909254398 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0028.epub 20 02 20130228 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0028 20 02 20130228 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ba31e68c-e442-4b12-8c74-ebd47e12b55e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ba31e68c-e442-4b12-8c74-ebd47e12b55e 15 9781800647824 06 10.11647/OBP.0309 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 The Merger Mystery Why Spend Ever More on Mergers When So Many Fail? 1 A01 Geoff Meeks 2 A01 J. Gay Meeks 01 eng 00 180 03 10 BUS069030 B2 Business and Management 04 HG4028.M4 12 K 20 mergers and acquisitions 10 BUS015000 12 KCA 20 statistical analysis 10 BUS001010 20 case evidence 12 KJVB 10 BUS077000 20 financial engineering 12 LNCD1 10 BUS017010 20 incentives 12 JHBC 10 BUS027010 10 BUS079000 10 BUS034000 10 BUS045000 10 BUS064010 10 BUS104000 01 06 03 00 Statistical studies over the last forty-five years show that, although there are success stories, very many mergers and acquisitions do not result in the increased operating profits that economics textbooks would lead one to expect. As consultancy McKinsey have put it, ‘Anyone who has researched merger success rates knows that roughly 70% fail’. Yet—mysteriously—M&A activity has boomed across the globe, with a forty-fold increase in deals done each year now compared with four decades ago, in spite of the adverse general evidence. How can it be that talented, energetic, highly skilled, law-abiding, income-maximising participants in the M&A market will often promote mergers that lead to no operating gains, frequently with adverse effects on the wider economy too?Drawing on findings from a wealth of statistical analyses and case evidence from many businesses, the book presents answers to this merger mystery. In a synthesis of ideas from several disciplines, solutions are detected in misaligned incentives, distorted financial engineering and information asymmetry. By revealing how weaknesses at multiple points can interact and cumulate to produce inefficient outcomes, the discussion serves as a corrective to the overwhelmingly positive tone of most commentary on M&A, whilst also advocating changes in participants’ contracts, in taxation, and in regulation which could significantly reduce the number of mergers that fail.Designed to be accessible to a wide readership, the book will be of interest to investors, to M&A practitioners and commentators, to researchers and students of economics, political economy, finance, management and accounting, and—importantly—to policy makers working in these areas. 04 00 Author Biographies Preface Acknowledgements List of Abbreviations PART ONE INTRODUCING THE MYSTERY 1. The Challenge PART TWO DETECTION: FOLLOWING THE CLUES Section A Misaligned Incentives for Executives, Advisers and Others 2. Incentives for Executives Geoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks 3. Incentives for Advisers Geoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks 4. Incentives for Other Participants Geoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks Section B Distorted Financial Engineering: Moral Hazard, Tax Privileges and Private Equity 5. Moral Hazard Geoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks 6. Subsidies for Merging Firms Geoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks 7. Private Equity (PE) Geoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks Section C Information Asymmetry 8. Inefficient Mergers in an ‘Efficient’ Market Geoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks 9. The Accountant’s M&A Cookbook Geoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks 10. Feedback Loops Geoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks PART THREE RESOLUTION: REVIEW AND REFORM 11. Exemplars of Failure Geoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks 12. Remedies? Geoff Meeks and J. Gay Meeks Appendix 1: Measuring Success or Failure Appendix II: Managing Earnings around M&A References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0309_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220623 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800647794 06 15 9781800647800 06 15 9781800647817 06 15 9781800647855 06 15 9781800647848 06 15 9781800647824 06 15 9781800647831 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0309.epub 20 02 20220623 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0309 20 02 20220623 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:317a9a27-3bf5-4cef-9091-c355f71b7122 03 01 01 urn:uuid:317a9a27-3bf5-4cef-9091-c355f71b7122 15 9781800648173 06 10.11647/OBP.0314 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The Nordic Minuet Royal Fashion and Peasant Tradition 1 B01 21 0000-0001-6394-5210 Petri Hoppu 2 B01 21 0000-0002-9959-1474 Egil Bakka 3 B01 Anne Margrete Fiskvik 01 eng 00 586 03 20 Anthology 12 ASD 93 ATQR B2 Dance 04 GV1796.M5 10 PER003090 12 ASDC 93 ATQ B2 European Studies 20 Minuet 10 PER003100 12 ASDR 10 HIS054000 B2 History 93 NHTB 20 Nordic countries 20 Dance culture 12 HBTB 10 HIS044000 93 NHD 12 1D 93 AVLP 20 Historical context 10 MUS011000 12 3J 20 Dance revival 01 06 03 00 This major new anthology of the minuet in the Nordic countries comprehensively explores the dance as a historical, social and cultural phenomenon. One of the most significant dances in Europe, with a strong symbolic significance in western dance culture and dance scholarship, the minuet has evolved a distinctive pathway in this region, which these rigorous and pioneering essays explore.As well as situating the minuet in different national and cultural contexts, this collection marshals a vast number of sources, including images and films, to analyze the changes in the dance across time and among different classes. Following the development of the minuet into dance revival and historical dance movements of the twentieth century, this rich compendium draws together a distinguished group of scholars to stimulate fresh evaluations and new perspectives on the minuet in history and practice.The Nordic Minuet: Royal Fashion and Peasant Tradition is essential reading for researchers, students and practitioners of dance; musicologists; and historical and folk dancers; it will be of interest to anybody who wants to learn more about this vibrant dance tradition. 04 00 Foreword 1. Introduction PART I: DEFINING AND SITUATING THE MINUET IN HISTORY AND RESEARCH 2. Situating the Minuet 3. The Minuet as Part of Instrumental and Dance Music in Europe PART II: REFERENCES AND NARRATIVES 4. Nordic Dancing Masters during the Eighteenth Century 5. The Minuet in Sweden – and its Eastern Part Finland – during the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries and in Sweden after 1800 6. The Minuet in Finland after 1800 7. The Minuet in Norway 8. The Minuet in Denmark 1688–1820 PART III: SOURCES ABOUT THE DANCE FORM AND HOW THEY WERE CREATED 9. Historical Examples of the Forms of the Minuet 10. The Minuet in the Theatre 11. Collecting Minuets in Denmark in the Twentieth Century 12. Collecting Minuets among the Swedish-speaking Population in Finland 13. Minuet Music in the Nordic Countries PART IV: THE MINUET AS MOVEMENT PATTERNS 14. Nordic Forms of the Minuet 15. Minuet Structures 16. New Perspectives on the Minuet Step PART V: POST REVIVAL – THE LATE TWENTIETH AND TWENTY-FIRST CENTURIES 17. Minuet Memories and the Minuet among the Swedish-speaking Population in Finland today 18. Minuet Constructions and Reconstructions 19. New Forms and Contexts of the Minuet in the Nordic Countries EPILOGUE 20. Some Reflections on the Minuet List of Illustrations List of Videos Map of Locations About the Authors Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0314_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge,UK 04 01 20240425 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800648142 06 15 9781800648159 06 15 9781800648166 06 15 9781800648203 06 15 9781800648173 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0314.epub 20 02 20240425 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0314 20 02 20240425 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ef8211a4-1080-455f-926f-79f5ab140fcf 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ef8211a4-1080-455f-926f-79f5ab140fcf 15 9781800644014 06 10.11647/OBP.0289 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 27538044 01 02 The Global Qur'an 01 01 The Official Indonesian Qurʾān Translation The History and Politics of Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya 1 A01 21 0000-0002-3338-8158 Fadhli Lukman 01 eng 00 366 03 20 Al Qur'an dan Terjemahnya B2 Archaeology and Religion 04 BP131.15.I5 12 HRCG 10 REL006020 12 CFF 20 Indonesia 10 LAN009010 12 CFP 20 translation 20 Qur'ān 20 state 20 politicisation 20 tafsīr 20 production 20 text 20 reception 01 06 03 00 This book studies the political and institutional project of Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya, the official translation of the Qurʾān into Indonesian by the Indonesian government. It investigates how the translation was produced and presented, and how it is read, as well as considering the implications of the state’s involvement in such a work.Lukman analyses the politicisation of the Qurʾān commentary through discussion of how the tafsīr mechanism functions in this version, weighing up the translation’s dual constraints: the growing political context, on the one hand, and the tafsīr tradition on the other. In doing so, the book pays attention to three key areas: the production phase, the textual material, and the reception of the translation by readers.This book will be of value to scholars with an interest in tafsīr studies, modern and Southeast Asian or Indonesian tafsīr sub-fields, the study of Qurʾān translations, and Indonesian politics and religion more broadly. 04 00 About the Author Acknowledgments Table of Figures Notes on Transliteration and Translation Glossary and Abbreviations Introduction Approach The History of Indonesian State Qur’an Projects Qur’an Translation as a Sub-Genre of Tafsīr Structural Overview 1. Islam and Muslims in the State of Indonesia: A Brief Overview Sunnism and the Islamization of Indonesia Governing Religion: The Relationship between the State and Religious Groups The Role of Religious Mass Movements The Ahmadiyya and Its Publication Projects 2. An Introduction to Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya The Contributing Institutions and the Publishers of Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya The Various Editions of Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya The Various Forms of Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya Conclusion 3. The Political Significance of Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya Sukarno and the Ideologization of Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya Suharto and the De-ideologization of Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya The Post-Suharto Period Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya and the State’s Preoccupation with Language Conclusion 4. The Hermeneutical Production The General Structure of Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya The Development of the Collaborative Translation Process Methodology The Legacy of the Gandul Method The Sources Consulted by the Translation Teams Conclusion 5. Between Official Translation and the Official Reform Q 4:1, The Creation Verse Q 4:3, Marriage and Polygamy Q 4:34, The Political Rights of Women Q 1:7 and Q 3:19: Religious Tolerance and Pluralism Conclusion 6. The Official Translation and Ideological Vocabulary of the State Esa and Khalifah: Pancasila or Islamic Caliphate Q 5:51, Awliyāʾ: ‘Pemimpin-pemimpin’ (‘Leaders’) or ‘Teman Setia’ (‘Loyal Friend’) Q 6:123, Akābir Mujrimīha: ‘Penjahat Terbesar’ or ‘Pembesar yang Jahat’ Q 4:59 and 83, Ūlu al-Amr: ‘Pemegang Kekuasaan’ Conclusion 7. One Translation, Two Faces: The Ambivalent Authority of the Official Qur’an Translation Ahok and Q 5:51: A Politicized Verse The Accusation of Religious Blasphemy Al-Qur’an dan Terjemahnya and the Interpretive Dimension of the Blasphemy Allegations Imagining the State Authority in the Translation Conclusion Concluding Remarks: What Is an Official Qur’an Translation? Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0289_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20221006 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800643987 06 15 9781800643994 06 15 9781800644007 06 15 9781800649224 06 15 9781800644038 06 15 9781800644014 06 15 9781800644021 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0289.epub 20 02 20221006 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0289 20 02 20221006 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c881b206-5b16-4f05-91c5-17f23ef1564c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c881b206-5b16-4f05-91c5-17f23ef1564c 15 9781909254237 06 10.11647/OBP.0030 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ 01 01 The Passion of Max von Oppenheim Archaeology and Intrigue in the Middle East from Wilhelm II to Hitler 1 A01 Lionel Gossman 01 eng 00 416 03 04 DD231.O66 10 HIS014000 B2 History 12 JFSR1 20 Nazi history 20 anti-semitism 10 HIS026000 B2 History: International Relations 12 JPFQ B2 Asian Studies 12 HBJF1 20 Middle East 10 REL072000 20 German history 12 HBJD B2 Politics and Sociology 12 HDDC 20 Jewish history 01 06 03 00 Born into a prominent German Jewish banking family, Baron Max von Oppenheim (1860-1946) was a keen amateur archaeologist and ethnologist. His discovery and excavation of Tell Halaf in Syria marked an important contribution to knowledge of the ancient Middle East, while his massive study of the Bedouins is still consulted by scholars today. He was also an ardent German patriot, eager to support his country's pursuit of its "place in the sun". Excluded by his part-Jewish ancestry from the regular diplomatic service, Oppenheim earned a reputation as "the Kaiser's spy" because of his intriguing against the British in Cairo, as well as his plan, at the start of the First World War, to incite Muslims under British, French and Russian rule to a jihad against the colonial powers. After 1933, despite being half-Jewish according to the Nuremberg Laws, Oppenheim was not persecuted by the Nazis. In fact, he placed his knowledge of the Middle East and his connections with Muslim leaders at the service of the regime. Ranging widely over many fields—from war studies to archaeology and banking history—The Passion of Max von Oppenheim tells the gripping and at times unsettling story of one part-Jewish man's passion for his country in the face of persistent and, in his later years, genocidal anti-Semitism. 04 00 INTRODUCTION PART I. FAMILY BACKGROUND, DIPLOMATIC CAREER, ROLE IN WORLD WAR I 1. The Oppenheims 2. The Charm of the Orient 3. Attaché in Cairo. "The Kaiser’s Spy" 4. The Spectre of Pan-Islamism and Jihad. The Background of Oppenheim’s 1914 Denkschrift betreffend die Revolutionierung der islamischen Gebiete Unserer Feinde 5. Oppenheim’s 1914 Denkschrift 6. Promoter of German Economic Expansion and the Berlin-Baghdad Railway PART II. THE ARCHAEOLOGIST: TELL HALAF 7. Discovery and Excavation, Publications and Critical Reception 8. Financial Difficulties. The Fate of the Tell Halaf Finds PART III."THE KAISER’S SPY" UNDER NATIONAL SOCIALISM. "LEBEN IM NS-STAAT" 9. Questions 10. The Oppenheims and their Bank under National Socialism 11. Waldemar and Friedrich Carl von Oppenheim, so-called "Quarter-Jews", during the National Socialist Regime: Work for the Abwehr (German Counter-Intelligence) and Association with the Conservative "Widerstand" (German Resistance) 12. Max von Oppenheim, "Half-Jew," during the National Socialist Regime (i) Oppenheim and the Race Question (ii) Support of the Regime 13. Plotting for Nazi Germany. Oppenheim’s Role in the Middle East Policy of the Third Reich 14. Max von Oppenheim’s Last Years PART IV. MAX VON OPPENHEIM’S RELATION TO NATIONAL SOCIALISM IN CONTEXT. SOME RESPONSES OF "NON-ARYAN” GERMANS TO NATIONAL SOCIALISM 15. Two Jewish Organizations: the Verband nationaldeutscher Juden(Association of German National Jews) and the Reichsbund jüdischer Frontsoldaten (Jewish War Veterans Association) 16. Some Individuals: Schoeps, Pevsner, Kantorowicz, Landmann 17. By Way of Conclusion APPENDIX of originals and translations of passages quoted INDEX OF NAMES 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0030_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20130131 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254206 06 15 9781909254213 06 15 9781909254220 06 15 9781800644571 06 15 9781909254237 06 15 9781909254244 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0030.epub 20 02 20130131 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0030 20 02 20130131 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2a68c002-616e-4dd5-bed7-1ba7ddbbd72a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2a68c002-616e-4dd5-bed7-1ba7ddbbd72a 15 9781783749119 06 10.11647/OBP.0201 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 'The Philosophes' by Charles Palissot 1 B01 21 0000-0001-8476-1613 Jessica Goodman 2 B01 Olivier Ferret 01 eng 01 fre 00 234 03 20 Charles Palissot de Montenoy 12 HP 10 LCO008000 B2 Literature 04 PQ2019.P25 B2 European Studies 12 HPS 20 Les Philosophes 10 PHI034000 12 2ADF 20 comedy B2 European Studies: French Studies 10 PHI019000 B2 Philosophy 20 play 20 critical apparatus 20 translation 01 06 03 00 In 1760, the French playwright Charles Palissot de Montenoy wrote Les Philosophes – a scandalous farcical comedy about a group of opportunistic self-styled philosophers. Les Philosophes emerged in the charged historical context of the pamphlet wars surrounding the publication of Diderot and d’Alembert’s Encyclopédie, and delivered an oblique but acerbic criticism of the intellectuals of the eighteenth-century Enlightenment, including the likes of Diderot and Rousseau.This book presents the first high-quality English translation of the play, including critical apparatus. The translation is based on Olivier Ferret’s edition, and renders the text into iambic pentameter to preserve the character of the original. Adaptations are further provided of Ferret’s introduction and notes.This masterful and highly accessible translation of Les Philosophes opens up this polemical text to a non-specialist audience. It will be a valuable resource to non-Francophone scholars and students working on the philosophical exchanges of the Enlightenment.Moreover, this translation – the result of a year-long project undertaken by Jessica Goodman with six of her undergraduate French students – expounds the value of collaboration between scholar and student, and, as such, provides a model for other language tutors embarking on translation projects with their students. 04 00 Contents Introduction Jessica Goodman and Olivier Ferret Letter by Mr Palissot, Author of the Comedy The Philsophes, to Serve as a Preface to the Play Charles Palissot de Montenoy and Jessica Goodman The Philosophes Lettre du Sieur Palissot, Auteur de la Comédie des Philosophes, pour Servir de Préface a la Pièce Charles Palissot de Montenoy Les Philosophes Endnotes Jessica Jessica and Olivier Ferret Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0201_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210121 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783749089 06 15 9781783749096 06 15 9781783749102 06 15 9781800646124 06 15 9781783749133 06 15 9781783749119 06 15 9781783749126 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0201.epub 20 02 20210121 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0201 20 02 20210121 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0ddeb731-9a49-4c5a-b1b2-e2f97b0a2181 03 01 01 urn:uuid:0ddeb731-9a49-4c5a-b1b2-e2f97b0a2181 15 9781800640924 06 10.11647/OBP.0235 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Writing and Publishing Scientific Papers A Primer for the Non-English Speaker 1 A01 21 0000-0002-6467-9812 Gábor L. Lövei 01 eng 00 214 03 12 C 10 EDU000000 20 science communication 04 T11 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 12 CB B2 Education 04 L68 10 LAN000000 20 scientific papers 12 CF 10 LAN009000 B2 Reference Books 20 writing 12 CFDM 20 publishing 20 planning 20 English 20 style 20 grammar 20 communication 20 scientific publishing 20 scientific communication 20 languages 01 06 03 00 Gábor Lövei’s scientific communication course for students and scientists explores the intricacies involved in publishing primary scientific papers, and has been taught in more than twenty countries. Writing and Publishing Scientific Papers is the distillation of Lövei’s lecture notes and experience gathered over two decades; it is the coursebook many have been waiting for.The book’s three main sections correspond with the three main stages of a paper’s journey from idea to print: planning, writing, and publishing. Within the book’s chapters, complex questions such as ‘How to write the introduction?’ or ‘How to submit a manuscript?’ are broken down into smaller, more manageable problems that are then discussed in a straightforward, conversational manner, providing an easy and enjoyable reading experience.Writing and Publishing Scientific Papers stands out from its field by targeting scientists whose first language is not English. While also touching on matters of style and grammar, the book’s main goal is to advise on first principles of communication.This book is an excellent resource for any student or scientist wishing to learn more about the scientific publishing process and scientific communication. It will be especially useful to those coming from outside the English-speaking world and looking for a comprehensive guide for publishing their work in English. 04 00 Contents Part I: Before You Start Lectori Salutem Gábor Lövei 1. Some Basics Gábor Lövei 2. The Scientific Literature and Elements of Scientometrics Gábor Lövei 3. Citation Statistics, Scientometrics Gábor Lövei 4. Decisions to Take Before You Begin Writing Gábor Lövei Part II: Writing The Paper 5. How to Compose the Title Gábor Lövei 6. The Delicate Art of Deciding about Authorship Gábor Lövei 7. How (and Why) to List the Addresses Gábor Lövei 8. Abstract and Keywords Gábor Lövei 9. How to Write the Introduction? Gábor Lövei 10. How to Write the Material and Methods Section? Gábor Lövei 11. How to Write the Results? Gábor Lövei 12. How to Write the Discussion? Gábor Lövei 13. Acknowledgements and Appendices Gábor Lövei 14. How to Cite References? Gábor Lövei 15. Constructing Figures: A Tricky Art? Gábor Lövei 16. Analysis of Sample Graphs Gábor Lövei 17. How to Design Tables? Gábor Lövei 18. The Writing Process: How to Write the First Version? Gábor Lövei Part III: Publishing the Paper 19. Putting It All Together: Preparing the Final Version Gábor Lövei 20. How to Submit a Manuscript? Gábor Lövei 21. The Manuscript Handling Process (Scientific Editing) Gábor Lövei 22. On Receipt of the Editor’s Report Gábor Lövei 23. How to Write Revisions? Gábor Lövei 24. Submitting the Final Version Gábor Lövei 25. What Happens to the Manuscript After Acceptance? Gábor Lövei 26. What to Do with a Published Paper? Gábor Lövei 27. How to Write a Conference Proceedings Paper? Gábor Lövei 28. How to Write a Review Article? Gábor Lövei 29. How to Write a Book Chapter? Gábor Lövei 30. The Scientific Style Gábor Lövei A Final Note Gábor Lövei Literature Cited List of Figures Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0235_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Aarhus University Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210519 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800640894 06 15 9781800640900 06 15 9781800640917 06 15 9781800646384 06 15 9781800640948 06 15 9781800640924 06 15 9781800640931 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0235 20 02 20210519 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0235.epub 20 02 20210519 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a1305745-7e87-4fb0-b7fd-918c58ae00e4 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a1305745-7e87-4fb0-b7fd-918c58ae00e4 15 9781909254428 06 10.11647/OBP.0037 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/ 10 02 2054362X 01 02 World Oral Literature Series 01 01 Xiipúktan (First of All) Three Views of the Origins of the Quechan People 1 A01 George Bryant 2 A01 Amy Miller 01 eng 00 220 03 B2 Anthropology 04 E99.Y94 20 George Bryant 12 JHMC 10 SOC002010 20 Amy Miller 10 FOR031000 12 JFHF B2 Other languages 12 2J B2 American and Latin American Studies 10 LIT004060 20 Quechan people 20 Quechan language 20 A Yuma Account of Origins 20 World Oral Literature Series 01 06 03 00 The Quechan people live along the lower part of the Colorado River in the United States. According to tradition, the Quechan and other Yuman people were created at the beginning of time, and their Creation myth explains how they came into existence, the origin of their environment, and the significance of their oldest traditions. The Creation myth forms the backdrop against which much of the tribe’s extensive oral literature may be understood. At one time there were almost as many different versions of the Quechan creation story as there were Quechan families. Now few people remember them. This volume, presented in the Quechan language with facing-column translation, provides three views of the origins of the Quechan people. One synthesizes narrator George Bryant’s childhood memories and later research. The second is based upon J. P. Harrington’s A Yuma Account of Origins (1908). The third provides a modern view of the origins of the Quechan, beginning with the migration from Asia to the New World and ending with the settlement of the Yuman tribes at their present locations. Publication of this book is made possible by the Institute of Museum and Library Services Native American / Native Hawaiian Museum Services Program grant number MN-00-13-0025-13. This collection is for the Quechan people and will also interest linguists, anthropologists, oral literature specialists, and anyone curious about Native American culture. 04 00 Authors’ biographies Dedication Part I: Acknowledgements and Introduction Acknowledgements Introduction A Quechan Account of Origins The Quechan Legend of the Creation The Migration of the Yuman Tribes From English to Quechan From recording to manuscript Alphabet Grammar Conventions References Part II: The Quechan Legend of the Creation Retold in the Quechan language by George Bryant Part III: A Quechan Account of Origins Retold in the Quechan language by George Bryant Part IV: The Migration of the Yuman Tribes Told in the Quechan language by George Bryant Notes 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0037_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20131117 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254404 06 15 9781909254640 06 15 9781909254411 06 15 9781800644649 06 15 9781909254428 06 15 9781909254435 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0037 20 02 20131117 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0037.epub 20 02 20131117 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1ee37276-3cfc-4acd-a954-54a5b7cb309b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:1ee37276-3cfc-4acd-a954-54a5b7cb309b 15 9781805117209 06 10.11647/OBP.0493 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542178 01 02 Open Book Classics 01 01 Xouth, The Ape A Tale of Manners 1 A01 Iakovos Pitsipios 2 B06 Neo G. Christodoulides 01 eng 00 102 03 93 DB 10 FIC052000 20 Greek satire B2 Literature 04 PA5610.P518 B2 European Studies 10 FIC019000 93 FUP 20 Post-independence Greece 20 Cultural identity 93 DSK 10 FIC014000 B2 History 10 FIC051000 93 NHTB 20 Western mimicry 20 Ape valet 10 FIC016000 93 NHTR1 10 HIS042000 20 Travel writing parody 01 06 03 00 'Xouth, the Ape', published in 1848 by Iakovos Pitsipios is a pioneering and satirical Greek novel that deftly blends humour, cultural critique, and biting social commentary. The novel is set in the aftermath of the Greek War of Independence. The story follows a young Greek man, desperate to present himself as a European aristocrat, who finds himself entangled with Xouth—an ape who is, in fact, a German travel writer transformed as punishment for his vanity and prejudices.Through the interactions between the protagonist and the ape-valet, Pitsipios skewers the pretensions of Greece’s newly minted elites, exposing the often comical efforts to mimic Western manners and ideals. The novel lampoons the wave of Western travel writers who ‘discovered’ Greece, poking fun at their colonial attitudes and superficial observations. The figure of Xouth serves as both a mirror and a caricature, reflecting the absurdities of identity, authenticity, and cultural imitation in a society striving to define itself between East and West.Translated in English for the first time, with an expansive Introduction by Neo G. Christodoulides, the novel explores themes of national identity, the pitfalls of mimicry, and the complexities of cultural exchange. Rich with allusions to both Greek and European literary traditions, Pitsipios draws sharp parallels between his characters’ quests for legitimacy and the real historical debates around language, class, and belonging in 19th-century Greece. The novel’s polyglossic style—a blend of archaic, official, and colloquial Greek—further emphasises the layered and fractured nature of Greek identity at the time.Despite its initial obscurity, the novel’s relevance endures: its sharp satire and insightful social analysis make it not just a humorous adventure, but a revealing document of post-revolutionary Greece and its ongoing negotiations with modernity, Western influence, and self-perception. 'Xouth, the Ape' is a hidden gem that deserves renewed attention from readers, scholars, and anyone fascinated by the crossroads of cultures. 04 00 Foreword Neo G. Christodoulides Introduction: The Literary Precursors of Xouth, the Ape 1. Kallistratos Evgenides and Xouth, the Ape 2. The Journey 3. The Recognition 4. The Release 5. The Crime 6. Divine Justice 7. The Wilderness 8. The Captivity 9. Ligarides 10. The Return 11. The Sweet Little Soultana 12. The True Love of Fashionable Women, or the Yellow Ball Gown 13. The Journey of Xouth with Maloukatos and Ligarides 14. The Four Great Trials of My ‘Sister’ in Three Hours 15. Master Ligarides Is Writing His Fashionable Travelogue 16. Maloukatos’ Thoughts on the Travelogue of Master Ligarides 17. The Malady Selected Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0493_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20251028 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805117179 06 15 9781805117186 06 15 9781805117193 06 15 9781805117216 06 15 9781805117209 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0493.epub 20 02 20251028 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0493 20 02 20251028 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:dec04488-faa2-4a6a-a431-6d8fc75fd086 03 01 01 urn:uuid:dec04488-faa2-4a6a-a431-6d8fc75fd086 15 9781783744572 06 10.11647/OBP.0135 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20543611 01 02 Yeats Annual 01 01 Yeats's Legacies Yeats Annual No. 21 1 B01 Warwick Gould 01 eng 00 684 03 12 DSC 10 LIT014000 B2 Literature 04 PR5906 20 William Butler Yeats B2 European Studies 20 Ireland 10 LIT004120 B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 10 POE005020 20 poetry 20 drama 20 Institute of English Studies 01 06 03 00 The two great Yeats Family Sales of 2017 and the legacy of the Yeats family’s 80-year tradition of generosity to Ireland’s great cultural institutions provide the kaleidoscope through which these advanced research essays find their theme. Hannah Sullivan’s brilliant history of Yeats’s versecraft challenges Poundian definitions of Modernism; Denis Donoghue offers unique family memories of 1916 whilst tracing the political significance of the Easter Rising; Anita Feldman addresses Yeats’s responses to the Rising’s appropriation of his symbols and myths, the daring artistry of his ritual drama developed from Noh, his poetry of personal utterance, and his vision of art as a body reborn rather than a treasure preserved amid the testing of the illusions that hold civilizations together in ensuing wars. Warwick Gould looks at Yeats as founding Senator in the new Free State, and his valiant struggle against the literary censorship law of 1929 (with its present-day legacy of Irish anti-blasphemy law still presenting a constitutional challenge). Drawing on Gregory Estate documents, James Pethica looks at the evictions which preceded Yeats’s purchase of Thoor Ballylee in Galway; Lauren Arrington looks back at Yeats, Ezra Pound, and the Ghosts of The Winding Stair (1929) in Rapallo. Having co-edited both versions of A Vision, Catherine Paul offers some profound reflections on ‘Yeats and Belief’. Grevel Lindop provides a pioneering view of Yeats’s impact on English mystical verse and on Charles Williams who, while at Oxford University Press, helped publish the Oxford Book of Modern Verse. Stanley van der Ziel looks at the presence of Shakespeare in Yeats’s Purgatory. William H. O’Donnell examines the vexed textual legacy of his late work, On the Boiler while Gould considers the challenge Yeats’s intentionalism posed for once-fashionable post-structuralist editorial theory. John Kelly recovers a startling autobiographical short story by Maud Gonne. While nine works of current biographical, textual and literary scholarship are reviewed, Maud Gonne is the focus of debate for two reviewers, as are Eva Gore-Booth, Constance and Casimir Markievicz, Rudyard Kipling, David Jones, T. S. Eliot and his presence on the radio.<break/> 04 00 List of Illustrations Abbreviations Editorial Board Notes on Contributors Editor’s Introduction Acknowledgements and Editorial Information ESSAYS How Yeats Learned to Scan HANNAH SULLIVAN EASTER 1916 DENIS DONOGHUE The Invisible Hypnotist: Myth and Spectre in Some Post-1916 Poems and Plays by W. B. Yeats ANITA FELDMAN ‘Satan, Smut & Co.’: Yeats and the Suppression of Evil Literature in the Early Years of the Irish Free State WARWICK GOULD ‘Uttering, mastering it’? Yeats’s Tower, Lady Gregory’s Ballylee, and the Eviction of 1888 JAMES PETHICA Fighting Spirits: W. B. Yeats, Ezra Pound, and the Ghosts of The Winding Stair (1929) LAUREN ARRINGTON W. B. Yeats and the Problem of Belief (with an Afterword, ‘The Centaur and the Daimon’ by WARWICK GOULD) CATHERINE E. PAUL Charles Williams and W. B. Yeats GREVEL LINDOP Shakespeare in Purgatory: ‘A Scene of Tragic Intensity’ STANLEY VAN DER ZIEL The Textual History of Yeats’s On the Boiler WILLIAM H. O’DONNELL RESEARCH UPDATES Maud Gonne’s Fictional Affair: ‘A Life’s Sketch’ Edited and with notes by JOHN KELLY Conflicted Legacies: Yeats’s Intentions and Editorial Theory WARWICK GOULD REVIEW ESSAYS AND REVIEWS ‘Both beautiful, one a gazelle’: An Essay reviewing Sonja Tiernan, Eva Gore-Booth: An Image of Such Politics and Lauren Arrington, Revolutionary Lives: Constance and Casimir Markievicz DEIRDRE TOOMEY W. B. Yeats, On Baile’s Strand: Manuscript Materials, ed. by Jared Curtis and Declan Kiely RICHARD ALLEN CAVE W. David Soud, Divine Cartographies: God, History and Poeisis in W. B. Yeats, David Jones, and T. S. Eliot GREVEL LINDOP Yeats, Philosophy, and the Occult, ed. by Matthew Gibson and Neil Mann R. A. GILBERT Alexander Bubb, Meeting Without Knowing It: Kipling and Yeats at the Fin de Siècle JAD ADAMS Emily C. Bloom, The Wireless past: Anglo-Irish Writers and the BBC, 1931–1968 EMILIE MORIN Ezra Pound, Posthumous Cantos, ed. by Massimo Bacigalupo STODDARD MARTIN Adrian Frazier, The Adulterous Muse: Maud Gonne, Lucien Millevoye and W. B. Yeats with an Afterword by DEIRDRE TOOMEY STODDARD MARTIN Publications Received 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0135_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180322 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783744541 06 15 9781783744558 06 15 9781783744565 06 15 9781800645547 06 15 9781783744572 06 15 9781783744589 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0135.epub 20 02 20180322 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0135 20 02 20180322 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:325f05bf-e46d-4d35-a1cc-6d9a32da6bbc 03 01 01 urn:uuid:325f05bf-e46d-4d35-a1cc-6d9a32da6bbc 15 9781783740208 06 10.11647/OBP.0038 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 02 20543611 01 02 Yeats Annual 01 01 Yeats's Mask Yeats Annual No. 19 1 B01 Margaret Mills Harper 2 B01 Warwick Gould 01 eng 00 496 03 12 DSC 10 LIT004120 B2 Literature 04 PR5907 20 William Butler Yeats B2 European Studies 10 POE005020 20 Yeats Annual B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 Warwick Gould 20 Margaret Mills Harper 20 Yeats's Mask 20 Institute of English Studies 20 Irish literature 20 Irish poetry 01 06 03 00 Yeats’s Mask, Yeats Annual No. 19 is a special issue in this renowned research-level series. Fashionable in the age of Wilde, the Mask changes shape until it emerges as Mask in the system of A Vision. Chronologically tracing the concept through Yeats’s plays and those poems written as ‘texts for exposition’ of his occult thought which flowers in A Vision itself (1925 and 1937), the volume also spotlights ‘The Mask before The Mask’ numerous plays including Cathleen Ni-Houlihan, The King’s Threshold, Calvary, The Words upon the Window-pane, A Full Moon in March and The Death of Cuchulain. There are excurses into studies of Yeats’s friendship with the Oxford don and cleric, William Force Stead, his radio broadcasts, the Chinese contexts for his writing of ‘Lapis Lazuli’. His self-renewal after The Oxford Book of Modern Verse, and the key occult epistolary exchange ‘Leo Africanus’, edited from MSS by Steve L. Adams and George Mills Harper, is republished from the elusive Yeats Annual No. 1 (1982). The essays are by David Bradshaw, Michael Cade-Stewart, Aisling Carlin, Warwick Gould, Margaret Mills Harper, Pierre Longuenesse, Jerusha McCormack, Neil Mann, Emilie Morin, Elizabeth Müller and Alexandra Poulain, with shorter notes by Philip Bishop and Colin Smythe considering Yeats’s quatrain upon remaking himself and the pirate editions of The Land of Heart’s Desire. Ten reviews focus on various volumes of the Cornell Yeats MSS Series, his correspondence with George Yeats, and numerous critical studies. Yeats Annual is published by Open Book Publishers in association with the Institute of English Studies, University of London. 04 00 List of Illustrations Abbreviations Editorial Board Notes on the Contributors Editors’ Introduction Acknowledgements and Editorial Information YEATS’S MASK The Mask before The Mask WARWICK GOULD The King’s Threshold, Calvary, The Death of Cuchulain: Yeats’s Passion Plays ALEXANDRA POULAIN To ‘make others see my dream as I had seen it’: Yeats’s Aesthetics in Cathleen ni Houlihan AISLING CARLIN ‘Oxford Poets’: Yeats, T. S. Eliot and William Force Stead DAVID BRADSHAW Playing with Voices and with Doubles in Two of Yeats’s Plays: The Words upon the Window-pane and A Full Moon in March PIERRE LONGUENESSE The Mask of Derision in Yeats’s Prologue to A Vision (1937) ELIZABETH MÜLLER A Vision and Yeats’s Late Masks MARGARET MILLS HARPER The Mask of A Vision NEIL MANN ‘I beg your pardon?’: W. B. Yeats, Audibility and Sound Transmission EMILIE MORIN Mask and Robe: Yeats’s Oxford Book of Modern Verse (1936) and New Poems (1938) MICHAEL CADE-STEWART The Poem on the Mountain: A Chinese Reading of Yeats’s ‘Lapis Lazuli’ JERUSHA McCORMACK The Manuscript of ‘Leo Africanus’, Reprinted from Yeats Annual 1 edited by STEVE L. ADAMS and GEORGE MILLS HARPER SHORTER NOTES ‘My Dear Miss Brachvogel...’ A Ms Version of a Yeats Quatrain PHILIP R. BISHOP The Land Of Heart’s Desire: Some Hitherto Unrecorded Printings – ‘Work in Progress’ COLIN SMYTHE Wheels and Butterflies: Title, Structure, Cover Design WARWICK GOULD REVIEWS W. B. Yeats and Lady Gregory, Where there is Nothing and The Unicorn from the Stars: Manuscript Materials, ed. Wim Van Mierlo RICHARD ALLEN CAVE The King’s Threshold: Manuscript Materials, edited by Declan Kiely RICHARD ALLEN CAVE W. B. Yeats, At The Hawk’s Well and The Cat and the Moon: Manuscript Materials, ed. Andrew Parkin RICHARD ALLEN CAVE Karen E. Brown, The Yeats Circle, Verbal and Visual Relations in Ireland, 1880–1939 TOM WALKER W. B. Yeats and George Yeats, The Letters ed. Ann Saddlemyer; W. B. Yeats’s ‘A Vision’: Explications and Contexts, ed. Neil Mann, Matthew Gibson and Claire Nally LAUREN ARRINGTON Sean Pryor, W. B. Yeats, Ezra Pound and the Poetry of Paradise STODDARD MARTIN Writings on Literature and Art: G. W. Russell – A.E., edited and with an Introduction by Peter Kuch NICHOLAS ALLEN Joseph M. Hassett, W. B. Yeats and the Muses MICHAEL CADE-STEWART Michael McAteer, Yeats and European Drama TARA STUBBS R. F. Foster, Words Alone: Yeats and his Inheritances GERALDINE HIGGINS PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0038_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20131220 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740178 06 15 9781783740185 06 15 9781783740192 06 15 9781800644656 06 15 9781783740208 06 15 9781783740215 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0038.epub 20 02 20131220 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0038 20 02 20131220 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1f0a2f4f-7a52-46d4-88af-c652a579272e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:1f0a2f4f-7a52-46d4-88af-c652a579272e 15 9781783743315 06 10.11647/OBP.0113 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Zombies in Western Culture A Twenty-First Century Crisis 1 A01 John Vervaeke 2 A01 Filip Miscevic 3 A01 Christopher Mastropietro 01 eng 00 104 03 04 GR581 12 JFC 10 PER004130 B2 Visual Arts 20 Zombies 12 JFCA B2 Literature 10 PER004030 20 popular culture 10 FIC028070 12 JFD 20 media studies 12 APF 10 REL062000 20 Western culture 20 apocalypse 20 alienation 20 crisis of meaning 20 cultural studies 01 06 03 00 Why has the zombie become such a pervasive figure in twenty-first-century popular culture? John Vervaeke, Christopher Mastropietro and Filip Miscevic seek to answer this question by arguing that particular aspects of the zombie, common to a variety of media forms, reflect a crisis in modern Western culture. The authors examine the essential features of the zombie, including mindlessness, ugliness and homelessness, and argue that these reflect the outlook of the contemporary West and its attendant zeitgeists of anxiety, alienation, disconnection and disenfranchisement. They trace the relationship between zombies and the theme of secular apocalypse, demonstrating that the zombie draws its power from being a perversion of the Christian mythos of death and resurrection. Symbolic of a lost Christian worldview, the zombie represents a world that can no longer explain itself, nor provide us with instructions for how to live within it.The concept of 'domicide' or the destruction of home is developed to describe the modern crisis of meaning that the zombie both represents and reflects. This is illustrated using case studies including the relocation of the Anishinaabe of the Grassy Narrows First Nation, and the upheaval of population displacement in the Hellenistic period. Finally, the authors invoke and reformulate symbols of the four horseman of the apocalypse as rhetorical analogues to frame those aspects of contemporary collapse that elucidate the horror of the zombie.Zombies in Western Culture: A Twenty-First Century Crisis is required reading for anyone interested in the phenomenon of zombies in contemporary culture. It will also be of interest to an interdisciplinary audience including students and scholars of culture studies, semiotics, philosophy, religious studies, eschatology, anthropology, Jungian studies, and sociology. 04 00 Authors Acknowledgements 1. A New Zeitgeist 2. A Transition in Metaphors: A Brief History of Monster Zeitgeists 3. The Four Symbols of the Zombie Metaphor 3.1 The First Symbol: The Semiosis of the Zombie 3.2 The Second Symbol: The Name of the Zombie 3.3 The Third Symbol: The Failure of the Metanarrative 3.4 The Fourth Symbol: The Zombie Apocalypse 4. A Worldview in Crisis: The Domicide of Apocalypse 4.1 Grassy Narrows 4.2 Domicide of the Hellenistic Era 5. The Four Horsemen of the Zombie Apocalypse: Converging Evidence for a Crisis in Meaning 5.1 Death 5.2 Famine 5.3 Pestilence 5.4 War 6. An Introduction to the Genealogy of the Meaning Crisis 6.1 The Meaning that Was Lost: Three Orders of a Worldview 6.2 How the Meaning Was Lost: The Fall of the Three Orders 7. Conclusion References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0113_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20170615 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743285 06 15 9781783743292 06 15 9781783743308 06 15 9781800645325 06 15 9781783744169 06 15 9781783743315 06 15 9781783743322 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0113.epub 20 02 20170615 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0113 20 02 20170615 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:21e8a235-103d-40a1-a488-bba144f862d1 03 01 01 urn:uuid:21e8a235-103d-40a1-a488-bba144f862d1 15 9781805114758 06 10.11647/OBP.0441 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Αncient Greek II A 21st-Century Approach 1 A01 Philip S. Peek 01 eng 00 816 03 93 2AHA B2 Classics 20 elementary textbook 10 LIT004190 20 ancient Greek language B2 Classics: Greek Textbooks 10 FOR033000 93 YPCS 93 4TC 10 EDU029080 20 Greek words B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 20 the essential word endings 20 the eight parts of speech 20 grammatical concepts 01 06 03 00 In this elementary textbook, Philip S. Peek draws on his twenty-five years of teaching experience to present the ancient Greek language in an imaginative and accessible way that promotes creativity, deep learning, and diversity.The course is built on three pillars: memory, analysis, and logic. Readers memorize the top 550 most frequently occurring ancient Greek words, the essential word endings, the eight parts of speech, and the grammatical concepts they will most frequently encounter when reading authentic ancient texts. Analysis and logic exercises enable the identification of clitics and full words as well as the translation and parsing of genuine ancient Greek sentences, with compelling reading selections in English and in Greek offering starting points for contemplation, debate, and reflection. A series of thirty entries by James F. Patterson, using a simplified morphophonemic approach to understanding language improve readers’ understanding of word formation, their vocabulary, and their ability to read and understand Ancient Greek.This combination of memory-based learning and concept- and skill-based learning gradually builds the confidence of the reader, teaching them how to learn by guiding them from a familiarity with the basics to proficiency in reading this beautiful language. Ancient Greek II: A 21st-Century Approach is written for high-school and university students, but is an instructive and rewarding text for anyone who wishes to learn ancient Greek. 04 00 Author’s Biography Preface Module 31 – The Perfect and Pluperfect of ω-verbs and ἵστημι | Mixed Declension Adjectives | Dative of Agent Module 32 – The Imperative | Consonant Stems. Enclitics Module 33 – The Present, Future, and Aorist Active Participle | The Attributive Participle | The Future Participle of Purpose · The Genitive Absolute Module 34 – The Present, Future, Aorist Middle and Passive Participle | The Perfect Active, Middle, and Passive Participle | The Substantive Participle Module 35 – The Participle cont. | Τhe Supplementary Participle Module 36 – The Participle cont. | The Circumstantial Participle Module 37 – The Subjunctive | The Present and Aorist Subjunctive Module 38 – The Subjunctive cont. | Hortatory | Prohibitive | Deliberative | Emphatic Denial | Tentative Assertion Module 39 – The Optative Module 40 – The Subjunctive and the Optative in Purpose and Fear Clauses Module 41 – The Optative and the Subjunctive in Habitual, Potential, and Prospective Conditions Module 42 – Counterfactual and Neutral Conditions | Unrealizable Wishes Module 43 – Subordinate Clauses of Cause and Time Module 44 – Verbs of Judgment, Necessity, Obligation, and Seeming Module 45 – Indirect Statement: That-Clauses and Interrogative Clauses Module 46 – Subordinate Clauses in Indirect Question and Statement Module 47 – Word Order: Clitics and Full Words Module 48 – Word Order: Scheppers’ Colon Hypothesis Module 49 – Word Order and Continuity Module 50 – Word Order and Discontinuity Module 51 – Chiastic Word Order and Ring Composition Module 52 – Word Order and Tension Module 53 – Narratology I: Authors, Narrators, Narratees, Materials, Texts, Stories Module 54 – Narratology II: Focalization or Point of View and Text 1 Module 55 – Narratology III: Focalization or Point of View and Text 2 Module 56 – Narratology IV: Time 1 Module 57 – Narratology V: Time 2 Module 58 – Narratology VI: Time 3 Module 59 – Narratology VII: Space Module 60 – Memory Appendix I: Case and Function Chart Appendix II: Vocabulary 1-550 Appendix III: Adjective, Adverb, Noun, Pronoun Chart Appendix IV: Verb and Participle Chart NGDAV Appendix V: Verb and Participle Chart NAGDV Answer Key Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0441_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250331 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805114727 06 15 9781805114734 06 15 9781805114741 06 15 9781805114765 06 15 9781805114758 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0441.epub 20 02 20250331 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0441 20 02 20250331 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6e7bfa1d-afbe-4881-af3f-e4fa09c08155 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6e7bfa1d-afbe-4881-af3f-e4fa09c08155 15 9781805116660 06 10.11647/OBP.0480 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 2514250X 01 02 Open Field Guides Series 01 01 Польові зйомки Оцифрування документальної спадщини у складних умовах 1 B01 Джоді Баттерворт 2 B01 Ендрю Пірсон 3 B01 Патрік Сазерленд 4 B01 21 0000-0001-5331-6592 Адам Фаркухар 02 eng 01 ukr 00 176 03 B2 Digital Humanities 93 GLP 10 SOC019000 20 посібник для наукового проєкту з оцифрування 93 GLC B2 Material Culture 10 PHO007000 20 Британська бібліотека B2 Anthropology 10 SOC024000 20 Програма збереження архівів, що перебувають під загрозою зникнення (EAP) 10 REF020000 20 оцифрування архівів 20 архіви, що перебувають під загрозою зникнення 01 06 03 00 Цей посібник обов'язково треба прочитати, якщо ви плануєте розпочати науковий проект з оцифрування. Посібник відповідає специфікаціям проєктів EAP (Програма збереження архівів, що перебувають під загрозою зникнення) Британської бібліотеки, він наповнений хорошими практичними рекомендаціями щодо планування та реалізації успішного проекту з оцифрування в потенційно складних умовах.«Польові зйомки» допоможе вам на кожному етапі вашої роботи, від визначення обсягу проєкту до практичних міркувань щодо обладнання, робочих процедур, підбору персоналу, обговорення місцевої специфіки та резервного копіювання даних і успішного завершення проєкту. Ця книга містить безліч корисних порад та підказок, отриманих з досвіду людей, які реалізовували проєкти в різних куточках світу - від Латинської Америки до Африки та Азії, змальовуючи виклики, з якими ви можете зіткнутися, та пропонуючи найкращі шляхи їх вирішення. В центрі уваги «Польових зйомок» - процес оцифрування, як за допомогою фотоапарата, так і сканера, тож посібник є вкрай корисним для тих, хто розглядає можливість реалізації подібного проєкту. Книга буде особливо корисною для тих, хто подає заявку на грант EAP, але поради на цих сторінках необхідні всім, хто цікавиться оцифруванням архівів. 04 00 Список зображень Список таблиць Автори Передмова Подяки Примітка до вставок у тексті Бренди та виробники Цифрові ресурси Вступ 1. Планування проєкту Розробка проєкту Розрахунок бюджету 2. Обладнання та навички для оцифрування в польових умовах Камери та сканери Дзеркальна цифрова камера: загальний вступ Дзеркальні фотоапарати DSLR: принципи та налаштування Штативи, підставки для копіювання та пульти дистанційного керування Освітлення та спалах Необхідне обладнання та навички Практичні поради для фотографування в польових умовах Жорсткі диски та впорядкування даних Сканери 3. Стандарти зображень Вступ Що варто врахувати Приклади хороших і поганих зображень Як уникнути поширених проблем 4. Догляд за колекцією та робота з документами Загальні принципи безпечного поводження з бібліотечними матеріалами Брудний і запилений матеріал Фотографії та негативи зі скляних пластин Розрізнені аркуші Переплетені об’єкти Сховище 5. Робочий процес оцифрування Підготовка Створення цифрових зображень Перейменування та впорядкування цифрових зображень Обробка та експорт цифрових зображень Резервне копіювання Перевірка на віруси Каталогізація/створення метаданих 6. На місці Перед від’їздом Політика Місцеві зв’язки та партнерства Управління очікуваннями Комунікація Персонал та управління ним Гроші Інформаційно-просвітницька робота Висновок Додаткові ресурси Корисні завантаження Інше читання Глосарій 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0480_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20251009 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805116639 06 15 9781805116646 06 15 9781805116653 06 15 9781805116677 06 15 9781805116660 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0480.epub 20 02 20251009 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0480 20 02 20251009 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c13b8011-9f08-491b-a334-650db131a4e3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c13b8011-9f08-491b-a334-650db131a4e3 15 9781800647756 06 10.11647/OBP.0308 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The Poetic Edda A Dual-Language Edition 1 A01 Edward Pettit 01 eng 01 non 00 894 03 12 DSBB 10 LIT011000 B2 Literature 04 PT7234.E5 20 translation 12 D B2 European Studies 10 FIC014020 20 Old Norse-Icelandic mythology 12 2ACSX 20 heroic legend B2 Other languages 10 POE022000 12 DC 20 medieval poems 20 Poetic Edda 20 Elder Edda 01 06 03 00 This book is an edition and translation of one of the most important and celebrated sources of Old Norse-Icelandic mythology and heroic legend, namely the medieval poems now known collectively as the Poetic Edda or Elder Edda. Included are thirty-six texts, which are mostly preserved in medieval manuscripts, especially the thirteenth-century Icelandic codex traditionally known as the Codex Regius of the Poetic Edda. The poems cover diverse subjects, including the creation, destruction and rebirth of the world, the dealings of gods such as Óðinn, Þórr and Loki with giants and each other, and the more intimate, personal tragedies of the hero Sigurðr, his wife Guðrún and the valkyrie Brynhildr. Each poem is provided with an introduction, synopsis and suggestions for further reading. The Old Norse texts are furnished with a textual apparatus recording the manuscript readings behind this edition’s emendations, as well as select variant readings. The accompanying translations, informed by the latest scholarship, are concisely annotated to make them as accessible as possible.As the first open-access, single-volume parallel Old Norse edition and English translation of the Poetic Edda, this book will prove a valuable resource for students and scholars of Old Norse literature. It will also interest those researching other fields of medieval literature (especially Old English and Middle High German), and appeal to a wider general audience drawn to the myths and legends of the Viking Age and subsequent centuries. 04 00 Acknowledgements ix Signs and Abbreviations xi Introduction 1 Poems from the Codex Regius of the Poetic Edda (Gammel kongelig Samling 2365 4to) 29 Vǫluspá (Codex Regius) 31 Hávamál 73 Vafþrúðnismál 135 Grímnismál 165 Fǫr Skírnis 207 Hárbarðsljóð 231 Hymiskviða 259 Lokasenna 283 Þrymskviða 325 Vǫlundarkviða 341 Alvíssmál 365 Helgakviða Hundingsbana in fyrri 385 Helgakviða Hjǫrvarðssonar 409 Helgakviða Hundingsbana ǫnnur 433 Frá dauða Sinfjǫtla 457 Grípisspá 461 Reginsmál 479 Fáfnismál 495 Sigrdrífumál 519 Brot af Sigurðarkviðu 537 Guðrúnarkviða in fyrsta 551 Sigurðarkviða in skamma 567 Helreið Brynhildar 595 Dráp Niflunga 605 Guðrúnarkviða ǫnnur 609 Guðrúnarkviða in þriðja 629 Oddrúnargrátr 639 Atlakviða in grœnlenzka 657 Atlamál in grœnlenzku 679 Guðrúnarhvǫt 715 Hamðismál 727 Poems from Other Manuscripts 745 Vǫluspá (Hauksbók) 747 Baldrs draumar 771 Rígsþula 783 Hyndluljóð 805 Svipdagsmál (Gróugaldr and Fjǫlsvinnsmál) 831 Index 863 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0308_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230303 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800647725 06 15 9781800647732 06 15 9781800647749 06 15 9781800647787 06 15 9781800647770 06 15 9781800647756 06 15 9781800647763 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0308.epub 20 02 20230303 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0308 20 02 20230303 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a590e991-d685-471f-8dea-0c78b54f4500 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a590e991-d685-471f-8dea-0c78b54f4500 15 9781783747474 06 10.11647/OBP.0176 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Pogroms in Ukraine, 1918-19 Prelude to the Holocaust 1 B06 21 0000-0003-4522-9936 Maurice Wolfthal 01 eng 01 yid 00 116 03 04 D639.J4 12 HBLW 10 HIS022000 B2 History 20 Jewish people B2 European Studies 12 HBTZ 10 HIS010010 20 pogroms B2 European Studies: Eastern European Studies 10 HIS037070 12 JFSR1 20 Ukraine 20 Jewish communities B2 Literature B2 Other languages 20 Volunteer Army 20 Russian White Army 20 Nokhem Schtif 20 Yiddish linguist 20 Yiddish 01 06 03 00 Between 1918 and 1921 an estimated 100,000 Jewish people were killed, maimed or tortured in pogroms in Ukraine. Hundreds of Jewish communities were burned to the ground and hundreds of thousands of people were left homeless and destitute, including orphaned children. A number of groups were responsible for these brutal attacks, including the Volunteer Army, a faction of the Russian White Army.The Pogroms in Ukraine, 1918-19: Prelude to the Holocaust is a vivid and horrifying account of the atrocities committed by the Volunteer Army, written by Nokhem Schtif, an eminent Yiddish linguist and social activist who joined the relief efforts on behalf of the pogrom survivors in Kiev. Schtif’s testimony, published in 1923, was born from his encounters there and from the weighty archive of documentation amassed by the relief workers. This was one of the earliest efforts to systematically record human rights atrocities on a mass scale.Originally written in Yiddish and here skillfully translated and introduced by Maurice Wolfthal, The Pogroms in Ukraine, 1918-19 brings to light a terrible and historically neglected series of persecutions that foreshadowed the Holocaust by twenty years. It is essential reading for academics and students in the fields of human rights, Jewish studies, Russian and Soviet studies, and Ukraine studies. 04 00 Preface Grzegorz Rossoliński-Liebe Introduction Maurice Wolfthal Further Reading The Pogroms in Ukraine: The Period of the Volunteer Army Nokhem Shtif Preface The Situation of the Jews in Ukraine before the Arrival of Denikin’s Volunteer Army Before the Pogroms and During the Pogroms The Volunteer Army’s Own Style of Pogrom The Causes of the Pogroms. Pogroms as Part of the Military and Political Program. The Connection to the High Command. List of Jewish Communities that Were Destroyed Sources Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0176_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190617 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783747443 06 15 9781783747450 06 15 9781783747467 06 15 9781800645905 06 15 9781783747498 06 15 9781783747474 06 15 9781783747481 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0176 20 02 20190617 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0176.epub 20 02 20190617 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:62d82013-26de-4f5b-ac9b-f7210abb1eec 03 01 01 urn:uuid:62d82013-26de-4f5b-ac9b-f7210abb1eec 15 9781783747078 06 10.11647/OBP.0169 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Politics of Language Contact in the Himalaya 1 B01 Selma K. Sonntag 2 B01 21 0000-0002-2262-0986 Mark Turin 01 eng 00 198 03 B2 Anthropology 12 CFB 20 Himalaya 10 LAN009050 04 P35.5.A78 20 Himalayan region 12 JPB B2 Linguistics 10 SOC002010 12 JF 20 politics of language contact 10 SOC053000 12 JH 10 POL009000 20 Tibet 12 1F 20 Assam 10 POL062000 20 Nepal 20 sociolinguistics 20 political science 20 political science 01 06 03 00 This highly original and timely collection brings together case studies from salient areas of the Himalayan region to explore the politics of language contact. Promoting a linguistically and historically grounded perspective, The Politics of Language Contact in the Himalaya offers nuanced insights into language and its relation to power in this geopolitically complex region.Edited by respected scholars in the field, the collection comprises five new research contributions by established and early-career researchers who have been significantly engaged in the Himalayan region. Grounded in a commitment to theoretically informed area studies, and covering Tibet (China), Assam (India), and Nepal, each case study is situated within contemporary debates in sociolinguistics, political science, and language policy and planning. Bridging disciplines and transcending nation-states, the volume offers a unique contribution to the study of language contact and its political implications.The Politics of Language Contact in the Himalaya is essential reading for researchers in the fields of language policy and planning, applied linguistics, and language and literary education. The detailed introduction and concluding commentary make the collection accessible to all social scientists concerned with questions of language, and the volume as a whole will be of interest to scholars in anthropology, sociolinguistics, political science and Asian studies. 04 00 Contributors Preface Introduction: Language Politics and Language Contact Selma K. Sonntag Language Contact and the Politics of Recognition amongst Tibetans in the People’s Republic of China: The rTa’u-Speaking ‘Horpa’ of Khams Tunzhi (Sonam Lhundrop), Hiroyuki Suzuki, and Gerald Roche What Happened to the Ahom Language? The Politics of Language Contact in Assam Selma K. Sonntag Transforming Language to Script: Constructing Linguistic Authority through Language Contact in Schools in Nepal Uma Pradhan The Significance of Place in Ethnolinguistic Vitality: Spatial Variations Across the Kaike-Speaking Diaspora of Nepal Maya Daurio Speaking Chone, Speaking ‘Shallow’: Dual Linguistic Hegemonies in China’s Tibetan Frontier Bendi Tso and Mark Turin Concluding Thoughts on Language Shift and Linguistic Diversity in the Himalaya: The Case of Nepal Mark Turin List of Tables and Figures Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0169_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190815 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783747047 06 15 9781783747054 06 15 9781783747061 06 15 9781800645844 06 15 9781783747092 06 15 9781783747078 06 15 9781783747085 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0169 20 02 20190815 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0169.epub 20 02 20190815 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0ea743b8-e4f2-4259-bad8-a8fc5d3838a0 03 01 01 urn:uuid:0ea743b8-e4f2-4259-bad8-a8fc5d3838a0 15 9781800644199 06 10.11647/OBP.0292 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 The Power of Music An Exploration of the Evidence 1 A01 Susan Hallam 2 A01 21 0000-0002-8749-0799 Evangelos Himonides 01 eng 00 846 03 12 AVA 04 ML3830 10 MUS006000 B2 Music 20 music education B2 Education 12 JHMC 10 MUS020000 20 music practice 12 JMH 10 MUS007000 20 psychology 20 listening to music 10 MUS015000 20 making music 20 music therapy 20 meta-research 01 06 03 00 Building on her earlier work, 'The Power of Music: A Research Synthesis of the Impact of Actively Making Music on the Intellectual, Social and Personal Development of Children and Young People', this volume by Susan Hallam and Evangelos Himonides is an important new resource in the field of music education, practice, and psychology.A well-signposted text with helpful subheadings, 'The Power of Music: An Exploration of the Evidence' gathers and synthesises research in neuroscience, psychology, and education to develop our understanding of the effects of listening to and actively making music. Its chapters address music’s relationship with literacy and numeracy, transferable skills, its impact on social cohesion and personal wellbeing, as well as the roles that music plays in our everyday lives.Considering evidence from large population samples to individual case studies and across age groups, the authors also pose important methodological questions to the research community. 'The Power of Music' defends qualitative research against a requirement for randomised control trials that can obscure the diverse and often fraught contexts in which people of all ages and backgrounds are exposed to, and engage with, music.This magnificent and comprehensive volume allows the evidence about the power of music to speak for itself, thus providing an essential directory for those researching music education and its social, personal, and cognitive impact across human ages and experiences. 04 00 Author Biographies Susan Hallam Evangelos Himonides Preface 1. Introduction Music, Its Functions and Origins Transfer of Learning Methodological Issues Ways of Engaging with Music and Varying Levels of Commitment Music Therapy Interpreting the Research Findings 2. Music and Neuroscience Neuroscientific Methods Changes in the Brain following Musical Activity Comparisons between Musicians’ and Non-Musicians’ Expertise The Automation of Skills as Expertise Increases Bimanual Motor Coordination Multisensory Learning Neurological Differences Relating to Genre and the Instrument Played Studies with Child Musicians and Non-Musicians Genetic and Maturational Effects versus Training Effects Intervention Studies Overview 3. Aural Perception and Language Skills Explanations of the Relationships between Music and Language Comparisons between Musicians and Non-Musicians Research with Children Research with those with Auditory or Language Impairments Overview 4. Literacy and Related Language Skills Correlation Studies and Comparisons between Musicians and Non-Musicians Intervention Studies Children Facing Challenges with Literacy Skills Are Pitch or Rhythm Programmes More Effective in Enhancing Literacy? Reviews, Meta-Analyses and Conclusions Spelling Writing Overview 5. Music, Spatial Reasoning and Mathematical Performance Comparisons between Musicians and Non-Musicians, and Correlation Studies Musical Interventions and Spatial-Temporal Reasoning The Relationships between Spatial Skills and Mathematics The Relationships between Music, Spatial Skills and Mathematics Musical Engagement and Mathematical Performance Overview 6. The Impact of Musical Engagement on Memory Visual Memory Research with Children Verbal Memory Research with Children Working Memory Research with Adults Research with Children and Young People Older Adults Reviews and Meta-Analyses Overview 7. Executive Functioning and Self-Regulation Research with Adults Research with Children Research with Older People Reviews of the Literature Overview 8. Intellectual Development Nature or Nurture Correlational and Comparative Research with Adults Correlation and Comparative Research with Children Intervention Studies Music and Emotional Intelligence Studies with Older Adults Reviews and Meta-Analyses Overview 9. Musicians and Creativity Neurological Studies of Creativity Correlational and Comparative Research on Musicians The Personality of Musicians and Creativity Intervention Studies Creativity in Later Life Reviews and Meta-Analyses Overview 10. General Attainment Correlation and Comparative Studies Large-Scale Research Research with Disadvantaged Populations Intervention Research Reviews and Meta-Analyses Explanations for the Research Findings Neurological Studies Length of Engagement with Music Type, Nature and Quality of Musical Training The Role of Executive Functions in Attainment Personality Factors Motivation Overview 11. Music and Studying Listening to Music prior to Completing a Task Background Music The Nature of the Music Preferred Music, Familiarity and Liking Preference for Music of One’s Own Culture The Nature of the Task To Be Completed Background Music and Memory Background Music and Attention Reading Comprehension Second-Language Learning Background Music and English as a Second Language Individual Differences Musical Expertise Gender Personality Background Music and Metacognition The Impact of Background Music on Children’s Behaviour and Task Performance Background Music and Primary-School Children Background Music and Older Students Research with Children with Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, ADHD and Developmental Difficulties Children with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder and Attention Deficit Disorder Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties Older Adults and those with Cognitive Impairment Reviews and Meta-Analyses Explaining the Impact of Background Music on Cognitive Performance An Explanatory Framework Overview 12. Re-Engagement and Motivation Motivation Motivation Developed through Engagement with Music Children and Young People Facing Challenging Life Circumstances El Sistema and Sistema-inspired Programmes Raised Aspirations and Motivation for Learning Self-Beliefs School Attendance and Positive Attitudes towards School Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties Transferable Skills Music Interventions Unrelated to El Sistema School Attendance and Attitudes towards School The Integration of Young People with Special Educational Needs into Mainstream Education School-Based Music Therapy Interventions for Children with Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties The Role of Rap and Hip Hop in Therapy in School Contexts Music Programmes for Young Offenders Music Programmes for Adult Offenders Choirs Projects Using Gamelan Assorted Music Therapies Overview 13. Personal, Social and Physical Development Personal Development Music and Identity Music and Personality Self-Beliefs Self-Beliefs, Deprivation and Disaffection Children with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities Ensemble Participation Musical Preferences and Self-Esteem Social Development Musical Ensembles and Teamwork School Climate Sistema Programmes Prosocial Skills and Empathy Interventions for Children with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities Physical Development Music, Locomotor Performance and Coordinated Motor Skills Overview 14. Psychological Wellbeing The Use of Music to Support Emotional Stability and Manage Moods Singing Wellbeing in Young Children Music and Wellbeing in School-Aged Participants Music and Wellbeing in Adolescents and Young People Actively Making Music Music and Wellbeing in Adults Participation in Musical Activities Attendance at Music Festivals Music and Wellbeing in the Older Generation Music, Wellbeing and the COVID-19 Pandemic The Impact of the Pandemic on Music Professionals Overview 15. Music and Physical and Mental Health The Role of Music in Psychological and Physical Health Music, Stress and the Immune System Active Music-Making and the Promotion of General Good Health Music, Health and the Older Generation Music, Dementia and Care in the Home Reviews of the Relationship between Music Therapy and Dementia Music, Public Health and Music on Prescription The Role of Community Music and Creative Workshops Music, Brain Plasticity and Movement Breathing Speech Impairment Music in Hospital Settings Music and Mental Health: Stress, Anxiety and Depression Mental Health Care in Children, Adolescents and Young People Insomnia Music, Trauma and Abuse Severe Mental Ill-Health Overview 16. Music, Inclusion and Social Cohesion Music and Conflict Music and Refugees Social Inclusion Overview 17. Music in Everyday Life Music and Leisure Listening to Music Attending Live Musical Events Actively Making Music Socioeconomic Status Music in the Arts Listening to Support Everyday Activities Music and Driving Music at Work and to Accompany Mental Activity Music and Exercise Music, Commerce and Consumption The Economics of Music Music and Non-Human Species Overview Reflections on an Exploration of the Evidence for the Power of Music Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0292_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220711 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800644168 06 15 9781800644175 06 15 9781800644182 06 15 9781800646766 06 15 9781800644212 06 15 9781800644199 06 15 9781800644205 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0292.epub 20 02 20220711 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0292 20 02 20220711 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:75e078a6-ed0d-4b23-9153-b374a65df225 03 01 01 urn:uuid:75e078a6-ed0d-4b23-9153-b374a65df225 15 9781805111375 06 10.11647/OBP.0364 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The Predatory Paradox Ethics, Politics, and Practices in Contemporary Scholarly Publishing 1 A01 21 0000-0002-6926-5520 Amy Koerber 2 A01 21 0000-0001-7063-3397 Jesse C. Starkey 3 A01 21 0000-0002-0383-1905 Karin Ardon-Dryer 4 A01 21 0000-0001-9626-0453 R. Glenn Cummins 5 A01 21 0000-0002-6080-4727 Lyombe Eko 6 A01 21 0000-0002-0543-5009 Kerk F. Kee 01 eng 00 282 03 10 EDU014000 B2 Education 93 JNFC 12 KNTP 20 predatory publishing 04 Z286.S37 10 BUS008000 93 KJG 12 LATC B2 Law: Intellectual Property 20 scholarly ethics 10 BUS070000 12 KN 93 KN B2 Philosophy 20 scholarly politics 20 scholarly practices 20 universities 20 scholarly publishing 01 06 03 00 In today’s ‘publish or perish’ academic setting, the institutional prizing of quantity over quality has given rise to and perpetuated the dilemma of predatory publishing. Upon a close examination, however, the definition of ‘predatory’ itself becomes slippery, evading neat boxes or lists which might seek to easily define and guard against it. This volume serves to foreground a nuanced representation of this multifaceted issue. In such a rapidly evolving landscape, this book becomes a field guide to its historical, political, and economic aspects, presenting thoughtful interviews, legal analysis and original research. Case studies from both European-American and non-European-American stakeholders emphasize the worldwide nature of the challenge faced by researchers of all levels.This coauthored book is structured into both textual and supplemental materials. Key takeaways, discussion questions, and complete classroom activities accompanying each chapter provide opportunities for engagement and real-world applications of these concepts. Crucially relevant to early career researchers and the senior faculty, library scholars, and administrators who mentor and support them, 'The Predatory Paradox: Ethics, Politics, and Practices in Contemporary Scholarly Publishing' offers practical recommendations for navigating the complex and often contradictory advice currently available. University instructors and teaching faculty will also find the reading essential in order to properly prepare both graduate and undergraduate students for the potential pitfalls endemic to scholarly publishing. 04 00 Author Information Acknowledgements Introduction 1. Ethical, Legal, and Policy Issues in the Knowledge Creation Paradigm: The Case of OMICS International, Open Access, and ‘Predatory’ Publishing 2. Open Science, Open Data: The ‘Open’ Movement in Scholarly Publishing 3. Research Quality: Understanding Definitions of and  Challenges to Quality in the Knowledge Production Process 4. Scientific Hoaxes and the Predatory Paradox: Past, Present,  and Future 5. Avoiding the Pitfalls of Predatory Publishing: Guidance for Graduate Students and Junior Scholars 6. What’s Being Taught about Predatory Publishing?  A Systematic Review of University Resources 7. Predatory Paradoxes: What Comes Next? Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0364_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 National Science Foundation 01 grantnumber 1926348 Cambridge, UK 04 01 20231024 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805111344 06 15 9781805111351 06 15 9781805111368 06 15 9781805111405 06 15 9781805111399 06 15 9781805111375 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0364 20 02 20231024 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0364.epub 20 02 20231024 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:6c5ac548-c111-48bb-8651-7d3f363b0588 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6c5ac548-c111-48bb-8651-7d3f363b0588 15 9781783745579 06 10.11647/OBP.0140 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Red Countess Select Autobiographical and Fictional Writing of Hermynia Zur Mühlen (1883-1951) 1 A01 Hermynia Zur Mühlen 2 B01 Lionel Gossman 01 eng 00 451 03 12 BGH 10 BIO006000 B2 Biography 04 PT2653.U7 20 World War I 10 BIO022000 20 First World War B2 Literature 10 BIO026000 B2 European Studies 20 Great War B2 European Studies: German Studies 20 women's history 20 memoir 20 biography 20 autobiography 20 Germany 20 European History 20 German literature 20 Austrian literature 20 feminism 20 Nazism 20 Austro-Hungarian Empire 01 06 03 00 Born into a distinguished aristocratic family of the old Habsburg Empire, Hermynia Zur Mühlen spent much of her childhood and early youth travelling in Europe and North Africa with her diplomat father. Never comfortable with the traditional roles women were expected to play, she broke as a young adult both with her family and, after five years on his estate in the old Czarist Russia, with her German Junker husband, and set out as an independent, free-thinking individual, earning a precarious living as a writer. She translated over 70 books from English, French and Russian into German, notably the novels of Upton Sinclair, which she turned into best-sellers in Germany; produced a series of detective novels under a pseudonym; wrote seven engaging and thought-provoking novels of her own, six of which were translated into English; contributed countless insightful short stories and articles to newspapers and magazines; and, having become a committed socialist, achieved international renown in the 1920s with her Fairy Tales for Workers’ Children, which were widely translated including into Chinese and Japanese. Because of her fervent and outspoken opposition to National Socialism, she and her life-long Jewish partner, Stefan Klein, had to flee first Germany, where they had settled, and then, in 1938, her native Austria. They found refuge in England, where Zur Mühlen died, forgotten and virtually penniless, in 1951. This new, expanded edition contains: Zur Mühlen’s autobiographical memoir, The End and the Beginning; The editor’s detailed notes on the persons and events mentioned in the autobiography; A selection of Zur Mühlen’s short stories and two fairy tales; A synopsis of Zur Mühlen’s untranslated novel Our Daughters the Nazi Girls; An essay by the Editor on Zur Mühlen’s life and work; A bibliography of Zur Mühlen’s novels in English translation; A portfolio of selected illustrations of her work by George Grosz and Heinrich Vogeler; A free online supplement with additional original material 04 00 Translator’s Introductory Note Acknowledgments 1. The End and the Beginning: The Book of My Life 2. Supplement to The End and the Beginning 3. Notes on Persons and Events Mentioned in the Memoir 4. Feuilletons and Fairy Tales: A Sampling Editor’s Note The Red Redeemer Confession High Treason Death of a Shade A Secondary Happiness The Señora Miss Brington We Have to Tell Them Painted on Ivory The Sparrow The Spectacles 5. Our Daughters the Nazi Girls. A Synopsis in English 6. Remembering Hermynia Zur Mühlen: A Tribute 7. Works by Hermynia Zur Mühlen in English Translation 8. Image Portfolio List of Illustrations 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0140_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180723 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783745548 06 15 9781783745555 06 15 9781783745562 06 15 9781800645592 06 15 9781783746095 06 15 9781783745579 06 15 9781783745586 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0140 20 02 20180723 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0140.epub 20 02 20180723 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ef5e4013-a46c-4e61-924b-5c95f5f86f8b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ef5e4013-a46c-4e61-924b-5c95f5f86f8b 15 9781783741250 06 10.11647/OBP.0054 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Scientific Revolution Revisited 1 A01 Mikuláš Teich 01 eng 00 156 03 12 PDX 04 Q125.2 10 SCI034000 B2 Science 20 Scientific Revolution 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 20 science B2 Science: History of Science 12 HBJD 10 HIS010000 B2 Politics and Sociology 20 society 20 seventeenth century 20 Europe 01 06 03 00 The Scientific Revolution Revisited brings Mikuláš Teich back to the great movement of thought and action that transformed European science and society in the seventeenth century. Drawing on a lifetime of scholarly experience in six penetrating chapters, Teich examines the ways of investigating and understanding nature that matured during the late Middle Ages and the Renaissance, charting their progress towards science as we now know it and insisting on the essential interpenetration of such inquiry with its changing social environment. The Scientific Revolution was marked by the global expansion of trade by European powers and by interstate rivalries for a stake in the developing world market, in which advanced medieval China, remarkably, did not participate. It is in the wake of these happenings, in Teich's original retelling, that the Thirty Years War and the Scientific Revolution emerge as products of and factors in an uneven transition in European and world history: from natural philosophy to modern science, feudalism to capitalism, the late medieval to the early modern period. <break/>With a narrative that moves from pre-classical thought to the European institutionalisation of science – and a scope that embraces figures both lionised and neglected, such as Nicole Oresme, Francis Bacon, Thomas Hobbes, Isaac Newton, René Descartes, Thaddeus Hagecius, Johann Joachim Becher – The Scientific Revolution Revisited illuminates the social and intellectual sea changes that shaped the modern world. 04 00 Note on Terminology and Acknowledgements Preface Introduction 1 From Pre-classical to Classical Pursuits 2 Experimentation and Quantification 3 Institutionalisation of Science 4 Truth(s) 5 The Scientific Revolution: The Big Picture 6 West and East European Contexts Epilogue References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0054_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20150420 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741229 06 15 9781783741236 06 15 9781783741243 06 15 9781800644816 06 15 9781783741250 06 15 9781783741267 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0054 20 02 20150420 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0054.epub 20 02 20150420 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4c0a96a3-734a-4330-b8d6-78a3c642f8cd 03 01 01 urn:uuid:4c0a96a3-734a-4330-b8d6-78a3c642f8cd 15 9781805113775 06 10.11647/OBP.0420 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The Struggle You Can’t See Experiences of Neurodivergent and Invisibly Disabled Students in Higher Education 1 A01 21 0000-0002-8462-2557 Ash Lierman 01 eng 00 282 03 93 4TW 10 EDU026000 B2 Education 04 LC4812 20 Neurodivergent students 10 EDU015000 20 Invisible disabilities 93 JNM B2 Psychology and Psychoanalysis 20 Higher education 93 JNSC B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC029000 B2 Health 93 MKFK 10 PSY022010 20 Social justice 10 HEA039150 93 JNFK 20 Universal Design for Learning 20 Chronic illnesses 10 EDU048000 01 06 03 00 This book offers a comprehensive review of current research on the higher education experiences of neurodivergent undergraduate students and those with invisible disabilities. Grounded in principles of social justice and equity, this work draws from design thinking, the neurodiversity model, and Universal Design for Learning, to explore the context of higher education in relation to neurodivergent and disabled students.The author discusses findings from literature on the experiences of students with ADHD, dyslexia, autism, psychiatric disabilities, traumatic brain injuries, and disabling chronic physical illnesses. The inclusion of students with chronic illnesses is particularly timely, given the rising prevalence of long COVID symptoms and other lasting health impacts among university-aged individuals. Moreover Ash Lierman, who has extensive experience of serving students marginalized students, gives voice to this community, thus providing both a synthesis of existing research, and highlighting the needs and challenges of the students themselves.The Struggle You Can’t See serves as a valuable resource for researchers and practitioners seeking to understand and support this underserved population, offering insights for transformational change in higher education. 04 00 About the Author List of Abbreviations Introduction Part I: Foundations 1. The Higher Education Landscape 2. Terminology, Categories, and Complicating Factors Part II: Challenges 3. Institutional Systems, Disability Services, and the Tensions of Self-Advocacy and Disclosure 4. Curriculum and Classroom 5. Co-Curricular Campus Life 6. Intersectional Considerations Part III: Directions for Positive Change 7. Curricular Support Strategies 8. Co-Curricular Strategies Conclusions Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0420_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20241104 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805113744 06 15 9781805113751 06 15 9781805113768 06 15 9781805113782 06 15 9781805113775 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0420.epub 20 02 20241104 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0420 20 02 20241104 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:4e32c230-e711-4e32-a5ac-337dc02ea359 03 01 01 urn:uuid:4e32c230-e711-4e32-a5ac-337dc02ea359 15 9781783742219 06 10.11647/OBP.0091 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 23996676 01 02 Open Reports Series 01 01 The Universal Declaration of Human Rights in the 21st Century A Living Document in a Changing World 1 B01 Gordon Brown 01 eng 00 144 03 12 JPA 04 K3238.31948 10 POL000000 B2 Politics and Sociology 20 Universal Declaration of Human Rights 20 Global Citizenship Commission 12 JPV B2 Law 10 POL035010 20 Gordon Brown 10 POL035000 20 NYU 20 Global Institute for Advanced Study 20 global citizenship 01 06 03 00 The Global Citizenship Commission was convened, under the leadership of former British Prime Minister Gordon Brown and the auspices of NYU’s Global Institute for Advanced Study, to re-examine the spirit and stirring words of The Universal Declaration of Human Rights. The result – this volume – offers a 21st-century commentary on the original document, furthering the work of human rights and illuminating the ideal of global citizenship. What does it mean for each of us to be members of a global community?<break/>Since 1948, the Declaration has stood as a beacon and a standard for a better world. Yet the work of making its ideals real is far from over. Hideous and systemic human rights abuses continue to be perpetrated at an alarming rate around the world. Too many people, particularly those in power, are hostile to human rights or indifferent to their claims. Meanwhile, our global interdependence deepens.<break/>Bringing together world leaders and thinkers in the fields of politics, ethics, and philosophy, the Commission set out to develop a common understanding of the meaning of global citizenship – one that arises from basic human rights and empowers every individual in the world. This landmark report affirms the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and seeks to renew the 1948 enterprise, and the very ideal of the human family, for our day and generation. 04 00 Glossary Introduction by Gordon Brown Preface by Paul Boghossian Acknowledgments Executive Summary Preamble 1. The Long and Influential Life of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights 1.1 History of the UDHR 1.2 Affirming and protecting the UDHR 1.3 The changing context 1.4 The enduring relevance of the UDHR 1.5 Legal status 1.6 Foundational principles 1.7 Universality 1.8 Interconnectivity of rights 2. The Evolving Understanding of Rights 2.1 Rights of members of specific groups a. The rights of women b. The rights of children c. The rights of the disabled, including the profoundly disabled d. Rights related to sexual orientation e. The rights of prisoners 2.2 Rights of groups as such a. The right to national self-determination, including regional autonomy and subsidiarity b. The rights of indigenous peoples c. Ethnic cleansing d. The rights of peoples prejudiced at the national or communal level by climate change 2.3 Rights related to other issues involving vital interests a. Migration b. Statelessness c. Administrative justice d. Corruption e. Privacy from state or corporate electronic surveillance f. Access to the Internet and electronic communication on a global scale g. Extreme poverty and deep economic inequality h. Healthcare i. A safe, clean, healthy, and sustainable environment 2.4 An open task 3. Limitations and Derogations 3.1 Adequacy of Article 29 account of limitations 3.2 Derogation of rights in national or international emergencies 3.3 Regulation of the use of force 4. Social and Economic Rights 4.1 The importance of social and economic rights 4.2 Relation to availability of resources 4.3 Responsibilities for social and economic rights 4.4 Poverty reduction and other human rights 5. Responsibility for Human Rights 5.1 The special role of states 5.2 Other entities a. Sub-national governments b. International institutions c. Corporations d. Private persons 5.3 Responsibilities of rights-bearers 5.4 No closed model of responsibility 6. Implementation of Human Rights 6.1 Introduction 6.2 State of play on representative rights a. Anti-slavery (Article 4) b. Anti-torture (Article 5) c. Free expression (Article 19) and free association (Article 20) d. Education (Article 26) e. Summary 6.3 Suggestions on implementation a. Recommendations for strengthening the UN system on human rights implementation i. Implement the recommendations of UN human rights mechanisms ii. Enhance the OHCHR’s field presence iii. Raise human rights concerns for consideration by the UN Security Council iv. Limit the UN Security Council veto in the case of mass atrocities v. Harness technology to enhance human rights accountability b. National and regional legal systems c. NGOs d. Human rights education i. The UDHR and human rights education for all ii. The UDHR and human rights education since iii. Transformative human rights education iv. Advancing transformative human rights education 6.4 Sovereignty a. General (human rights as limits on sovereignty) b. Sanctions, denunciations, and other measures c. Responsibility to Protect 7. Human Rights and a Global Ethic Appendix A: The Universal Declaration of Human Rights Appendix B: Members of the Commission Appendix C: Members of the Philosophers' Committee Online Appendices Appendix D: Human Rights Education Appendix E: Human Rights Implementation 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0091_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20160418 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742189 06 15 9781783742196 06 15 9781783742202 06 15 9781800645103 06 15 9781783746071 06 15 9781783742219 06 15 9781783742226 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0091 20 02 20160418 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0091.epub 20 02 20160418 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:f8941c4a-0178-4db5-b910-b5ad1c0b8296 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f8941c4a-0178-4db5-b910-b5ad1c0b8296 15 9781800643352 06 10.11647/OBP.0277 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The Voice of the Century The Culture of Italian Bel Canto in Luisa Tetrazzini’s Recorded Interpretations 1 A01 21 0000-0001-6884-4697 Massimo Zicari 01 eng 00 232 03 12 AVX 20 bel canto 04 MT845 10 MUS051000 B2 Music 12 AVA 20 Luisa Tetrazzini 10 MUS007000 12 AVGC5 20 Italian operatic tradition 10 MUS041000 12 1DST 20 Rossini 20 Donizetti 20 Bellini 20 Verdi 01 06 03 00 The fields of performance studies, empirical musicology, and the musicology of recordings have seen a tremendous development in recent years, shedding new light on the recent history of our performing tradition and conveying essential information to music practitioners, critics and audiences.This innovative work considers the notion of bel canto and the manner in which this vibrant tradition lives in the records of Luisa Tetrazzini (1871-1940), one of the most celebrated sopranos ever. Tetrazzini, whose discographic career includes about 120 recordings, belongs to that generation of inspirational performers who heralded the dawn of a new era of music appreciation, alongside such iconic figures as Enrico Caruso, Adelina Patti and Nellie Melba.Drawing on a vast body of scholarship and a number of contemporary reviews, Massimo Zicari establishes Tetrazzini’s role in the Italian operatic tradition and its much disputed set of performing conventions. His transcriptions of her recorded interpretations from Rossini, Donizetti, Bellini and Verdi will prove invaluable to singers and conductors interested in a tradition that goes back to legendary figures such as Jenny Lind and Maria Malibran. The author also discusses her voice quality and technique, tempo flexibility, her use of vibrato and portamento—features of musical performance that question several widely-held, normative views about aesthetics and interpretative tradition.The volume includes eighty-eight musical examples and its closing section consists of the vocal scores of thirteen operatic arias. The musical material (both examples and transcriptions) is entirely original. This unique approach seeks to combine an academic perspective with the making of the music, in the hope that the plea for originality may be enhanced by models from the past. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgements Introduction Massimo Zicari 1. The Voice of the Century: Luisa Tetrazzini and Her Discographic Legacy Massimo Zicari 2. The Rossinian Repertoire Massimo Zicari 3. Donizetti’s Operas Massimo Zicari 4. Bellini and the New Declamatory Style Massimo Zicari 5. Verdi’s Style: The End of Bel Canto? Massimo Zicari Conclusions Massimo Zicari Transcriptions Massimo Zicari List of Illustrations Select Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0277_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Swiss National Science Foundation 01 grantnumber 10BP12_209286 Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220429 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800643321 06 15 9781800643338 06 15 9781800643345 06 15 9781800646797 06 15 9781800643376 06 15 9781800643352 06 15 9781800643369 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0277 20 02 20220429 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0277.epub 20 02 20220429 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:78813578-b073-48f2-9f5f-847037d644dc 03 01 01 urn:uuid:78813578-b073-48f2-9f5f-847037d644dc 15 9781783748303 06 10.11647/OBP.0190 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Waning Sword Conversion Imagery and Celestial Myth in 'Beowulf' 1 A01 Edward Pettit 01 eng 00 562 03 12 DSBB 04 GR950.S9 10 LIT011000 B2 Literature 20 Old English 12 D B2 European Studies 20 Old English heroic poem 12 2ABA 20 Beowulf B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 Old Norse 20 god Ing/Yngvi-Freyr 20 medieval studies 20 medievalism 01 06 03 00 The image of a giant sword melting stands at the structural and thematic heart of the Old English heroic poem Beowulf. This meticulously researched book investigates the nature and significance of this golden-hilted weapon and its likely relatives within Beowulf and beyond, drawing on the fields of Old English and Old Norse language and literature, liturgy, archaeology, astronomy, folklore and comparative mythology.In Part I, Pettit explores the complex of connotations surrounding this image (from icicles to candles and crosses) by examining a range of medieval sources, and argues that the giant sword may function as a visual motif in which pre-Christian Germanic concepts and prominent Christian symbols coalesce.In Part II, Pettit investigates the broader Germanic background to this image, especially in relation to the god Ing/Yngvi-Freyr, and explores the capacity of myths to recur and endure across time. Drawing on an eclectic range of narrative and linguistic evidence from Northern European texts, and on archaeological discoveries, Pettit suggests that the image of the giant sword, and the characters and events associated with it, may reflect an elemental struggle between the sun and the moon, articulated through an underlying myth about the theft and repossession of sunlight.The Waning Sword: Conversion Imagery and Celestial Myth in 'Beowulf' is a welcome contribution to the overlapping fields of Beowulf-scholarship, Old Norse-Icelandic literature and Germanic philology. Not only does it present a wealth of new readings that shed light on the craft of the Beowulf-poet and inform our understanding of the poem’s major episodes and themes; it further highlights the merits of adopting an interdisciplinary approach alongside a comparative vantage point. As such, The Waning Sword will be compelling reading for Beowulf-scholars and for a wider audience of medievalists. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgements Signs and Abbreviations 1. Introduction: Beowulf, an Early Anglo-Saxon Epic Edward Pettit Part I. Ice, Candle and Cross: Images of the Giant Sword in Beowulf 2. The Giant Sword and the Ice Edward Pettit 3. The Giant Sword and the Candle Edward Pettit 4. The Giant Sword and the Cross Edward Pettit Part II. Sun-Swords and Moon-Monsters: On the Theft and Recovery of Sunlight in Beowulf and Other Early Northern Texts 5. Whose Sword Is It, Anyway? Edward Pettit 6. Ing, Ingvi-Freyr and Hroðgar Edward Pettit 7. Freyr, Skírnir and Gerðr Edward Pettit 8. Lævateinn and the Maelstrom-Giantess Edward Pettit 9. Freyr's Solar Power and the Purifying Sword Edward Pettit 10. Freyr, Heorot and the Hunt for the Solar Stag Edward Pettit 11. A Tale of Two Creatures: The Theft and Recovery of Sunlight in Riddle 29 Edward Pettit 12. Another Tale of Two Creatures: The Loss and Recovery of the Solar Draught-Beast in Wið Dweorh Edward Pettit 13. The Solar Antler in Sólarljóð Edward Pettit 14. Grendel, His Mother, and Other Moon-Monsters Edward Pettit 15. The Sun in the Pike Edward Pettit 16. Conclusion: Beowulf, an Anglo-Saxon Song of Ice and Fire Edward Pettit Supplementary Note List of Illustrations Index Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0190_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200114 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783748273 06 15 9781783748280 06 15 9781783748297 06 15 9781800646025 06 15 9781783748327 06 15 9781783748303 06 15 9781783748310 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0190.epub 20 02 20200114 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0190 20 02 20200114 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:cc1c7f14-65e9-4467-9a26-08949314df6e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:cc1c7f14-65e9-4467-9a26-08949314df6e 15 9781800648807 06 10.11647/OBP.0324 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Thinking Blue / Writing Red Marxism and the (Post)Human 1 A01 Stephen Tumino 01 eng 00 308 03 04 HX523 93 JHMC 12 JHMC 20 Marxism B2 Philosophy 10 SOC002010 20 Contemporary culture 12 HBLX 93 JHBA B2 Literature 10 SOC026040 12 JPFC 93 KCSA B2 Media Studies and Journalism 10 POL042060 20 Social movements 20 Capitalism 12 JFM 93 JPFC 10 POL005000 20 globalization 20 Cultural politics 20 cultural theory 20 neoliberalism 01 06 03 00 Thinking Blue/Writing Red interrogates contemporary culture across a range of texts, from the pandemic (‘Covid’ and ‘Trump Speak’) to high theory (Melville's narratives) and popular culture (Beyoncé's ‘Formation’ and Super Bowl performance, Twin Peaks , metamodern ‘cli-fi’ films). Inspired by Derrida’s idea of the secret, Tumino examines the significance of social movements (Black Lives Matter, Occupy, alter-globalization) and naïve art (Darger, Ryden) to argue that these texts speak of the secrets that capitalism cannot speak. Contending that the cultural surfaces narrate only the ‘nonsecret,’ that to see the social logic of the culture one must dig into what Bruno Latour questions as the ‘deep dark below,’ Thinking Blue/Writing Red reads these texts to tease out the underlying narratives of the culture of capital.This book will be of interest to students in several disciplines, including philosophy, literary and cultural studies, film studies, women's studies, critical race studies, history, LGBTQ+ studies and environmental studies. 04 00 A Class(ical) Preface Theory 1. Marxism 2. (Post)humanity 3. Globality Culture 4. Affect 5. Beyoncé 6. Bartleby 7. Paul 8. Occupy 9. Twin Peaks 10. Trump Speak Critique 11. Capital 12. Critique 13. Covid 14. Communism Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0324_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240808 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800648777 06 15 9781800648784 06 15 9781800648791 06 15 9781800648838 06 15 9781800648807 06 15 9781805118329 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0324.epub 20 02 20240808 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0324 20 02 20240808 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7b2a1d77-c7cb-41c2-905c-3910dc764980 03 01 01 urn:uuid:7b2a1d77-c7cb-41c2-905c-3910dc764980 15 9781783741304 06 10.11647/OBP.0057 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Thomas Annan of Glasgow Pioneer of the Documentary Photograph 1 A01 Lionel Gossman 01 eng 00 192 03 12 AJ B2 Film and Photography 10 PHO010000 20 Thomas Annan 04 TR820.5 12 AJB 10 PHO014000 20 photography 20 documentary 10 PHO001000 20 Glasgow 10 PHO023040 10 PHO016000 20 portraits 20 landscapes 20 Victorian Scotland 01 06 03 00 In the wake of Glasgow’s transformation in the nineteenth-century into an industrial powerhouse, the "Second City of the Empire,” a substantial part of the old town of Adam Smith degenerated into an overcrowded and disease-ridden slum. The Old Closes and Streets of Glasgow, Thomas Annan’s photographic record of this central section of the city prior to its demolition in accordance with the City of Glasgow Improvements Act of 1866, is widely recognized as a classic of nineteenth-century documentary photography. Annan’s achievement as a photographer of paintings and a portrait and landscape photographer is less widely known. Thomas Annan: Photographer of Victorian Scotland offers a handy, comprehensive and copiously illustrated overview of the full range of the photographer’s work. The book opens with a brief account of the immediate context of Annan’s career as a photographer: the astonishing florescence of photography in Victorian Scotland. Successive chapters deal with each of the main fields of his activity, touching along the way on issues such as the nineteenth-century debate over the status of photography — a mechanical practice or an artistic one? — and the still ongoing controversies surrounding the documentary photograph in particular. While the text itself is intended for the general reader, extensive endnotes amplify particular themes and offer guidance to readers interested in pursuing these themes further. 04 00 Prefactory Note and Acknowledgments 1. Introduction 2. Paintings 3. Portraits 4. Landscapes 5. The Built Environment 6. The Old Closes and Streets of Glasgow 7. Epilogue Endnotes List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0057_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 The University Committee on Research in the Humanities and Social Sciences, Princeton University Cambridge, UK 04 01 20150525 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741274 06 15 9781783741281 06 15 9781783741298 06 15 9781800644847 06 15 9781783746460 06 15 9781783741304 06 15 9781783741311 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0057 20 02 20150525 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0057.epub 20 02 20150525 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:bcaeaa65-3a28-4a8f-a964-321f045e1513 03 01 01 urn:uuid:bcaeaa65-3a28-4a8f-a964-321f045e1513 15 9781805116714 06 10.11647/OBP.0481 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 'Thou Shalt Not Stand Idly By' Jews of Conscience on Palestine 1 B01 Susan Landau 01 eng 00 166 03 04 DS149 20 Jewish anti-Zionism B2 Politics and Sociology 93 QRJ 10 REL040030 93 JPW 20 Palestinian solidarity 10 REL040090 20 Israel-Palestine conflict 93 NHTQ 10 POL059000 93 JBSL 20 Moral dissent 10 POL045000 10 HIS019000 93 JPVH 20 Settler colonialism 20 Jewish progressive voices 10 SOC051000 01 06 03 00 This volume is a timely and powerful collection of Jewish dissent against Zionism and the impact of Israeli statehood on the indigenous Palestinian population. Bridging history, politics, theology, and conflict studies, this book traces a moral and intellectual tradition of resistance from within the global Jewish community—one rooted in values of justice, equality, and compassion. From early twentieth-century critics like Ahad Ha’am and Hannah Arendt to contemporary scholars, rabbis, journalists, and activists, the voices gathered here challenge the dominant narratives that conflate Judaism with Zionism.As violence escalates in Gaza and misinformation clouds public understanding, this book offers essential historical context and urgently needed counter-narratives. Through curated quotes, essays, and reflections, it documents how generations of Jews have spoken out—often at personal cost—against militarism, racism, and settler colonialism. In doing so, it reclaims an ethical tradition that links solidarity with Palestine with all struggles for justice throughout the world.This is an anti-war, anti-prejudice book for anyone seeking clarity amid polarization. In this unprecedented political moment, it is an essential resource for educators, activists, faith leaders, and all who value human rights. By amplifying voices of conscience, it deepens our understanding of Israel-Palestine relations and reminds us of the enduring power of moral dissent. 04 00 Author’s Bio About the Book About the Author I. RECLAIMING JEWISH VOICES OF CONSCIENCE ON ISRAEL-PALESTINE I.1 “A Land Without a People” I.2 The Zionist Idea I.3 Judaism Is not Zionism I.4 On Occupation I.5 On Divestment I.6 On Peace and Justice II. AMPLIFYING JEWISH VOICES OF JUSTICE ON ISRAELPALESTINE II.1 Democracy, Equality, Refugees II.2 Apartheid and Boycott, Divestment, and Sanctions (BDS) II.3 Zionism, Then and Now II.4 Nonviolent Activism II.5 As a Jew II.6 Antisemitism and Interfaith Relations III. ENGAGING JEWISH VOICES OF CONSCIENCE AND DISSENT, POST 7 OCTOBER 2023 III.1 Initial Responses: In the Aftermath of 7 October 2023 III.2 Considering the Context: Settler Colonialism, Supremacy, and Hubris III.3 Unbending the Arc: Genocide, Complicity, and Responsibility III.4 Critical Distinctions: Antisemitism, Zionism,and Judaism III.5 Praying With Our Feet: Jewish Values in Action III.6 A Moral Reckoning:Statements of Conscience III.7 The College Campus: Dissent, Repression, and Resistance III.8 Affirming the Prophetic: Hope in Action Acknowledgements Voices Notes 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0481_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250625 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805116684 06 15 9781805116691 06 15 9781805116707 06 15 9781805116721 06 15 9781805116714 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0481 20 02 20250625 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0481 20 02 20250625 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:42d81275-bfec-47f7-8002-3afcf1ecdde9 03 01 01 urn:uuid:42d81275-bfec-47f7-8002-3afcf1ecdde9 15 9781805111054 06 10.11647/OBP.0370 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Toevallige ontmoetingen Bio-ethiek voor een gehavende planeet 1 A01 21 0000-0003-1062-7918 Kristien Hens 2 A12 Christina Stadlbauer 3 A12 Bart H.M. Vandeput 01 dut 00 290 03 20 bio-ethiek B2 Health 12 JFM 93 MBDC 10 MED050000 04 QH332 20 filosofie 12 JFMG 10 MED058090 93 MKJA B2 Philosophy B2 Other languages 12 PSAD 93 PSC 10 PSY022020 20 wetenschappelijk onderzoek 20 ethisch 12 MJNA 93 PD 10 SCI072000 20 interdisciplinaire projecten 12 JHB 10 SCI101000 12 PDR 01 06 03 00 In dit rigoureuze en noodzakelijke boek brengt Kristien Hens bio-ethiek en filosofie van de biologie bij elkaar, met het argument dat het ethisch noodzakelijk is om in het wetenschappelijk onderzoek een plaatsje vrij te houden voor de filosofen. Hun rol is behalve ethisch ook conceptueel: zij kunnen de kwaliteit en de coherentie van het wetenschappelijk onderzoek verbeteren door erop toe te zien dat specifieke concepten op een consistente en doordachte manier worden gebruik binnen interdisciplinaire projecten. Hens argumenteert dat toeval en onzekerheid een centrale rol spelen in de bio-ethiek, maar dat die in een spanningsrelatie kunnen raken met de pogingen om bepaalde theorieën ingang te doen vinden als wetenschappelijke kennis: bij het beschrijven van organismen en praktijken creëren we op een bepaalde manier de wereld. Hens stelt dat dit noodzakelijk een ethische activiteit betreft.Doorheen de verkenning van genetisch onderzoek, biomedische ethiek, autismeonderzoek en het concept ‘risico’ toont Hens aan dat er niet zoiets bestaat als ‘universeel’ of ‘neutraal’ wetenschappelijk of klinisch weten. Integendeel, uitgaan van de gesitueerdheid van individuele ervaringen is essentieel om de wereld rondom ons te begrijpen, om er de beperkingen van in te zien (en die van onszelf) en om een ethische toekomst vorm te geven.Toevallige ontmoetingen is gericht op een breed publiek van geïnteresseerden in bio-ethiek, filosofie, antropologie en sociologie, en op onderzoekers in biomedische en milieuwetenschappen. Daarnaast is het ook relevant voor beleidsmakers. De artistieke bijdrage van Christina Stadlbauer en Bartaku zal inspirerend zijn voor kunstenaars en schrijvers die zich op het snijvlak bewegen van kunst en wetenschappen. 04 00 Opmerking aan de lezer over de keuze van de beelden en schetsen Voorwoord: Van Rensselaer Potter 1. Een fundament voor de bio-ethiek: Van Rensselaer Potters nalatenschap 2. Overzicht van de argumentatie DEEL ÉÉN: WETENSCHAP 3. Onderzoeksethiek 4. Tegen elk dualisme 5. Ontwikkeling en ethiek DEEL TWEE: TOEVAL EN CREATIVITEIT 6. Een hond is een hond is een hond: Over natuur en waarden 7. Een procesontologie voor de bio-ethiek 8. Tijd, cultuur en creativiteit 9. Symbiose en interdependentie DEEL DRIE: ERVAREN 10. Medische ethiek en milieu-ethiek 11. Ziekten, stoornissen, handicaps en normen 12. Standpunten DEEL VIER: PROBLEMEN 13. Terug naar het milieu 14. Zorgende verantwoordelijkheid 15. Onvergeten verleden 16. Een creatieve en toekomstgerichte bio-ethiek DEEL VIJF: BIO-ETHIEK 17. Concepten: Risico’s 18. Ontwikkeling: Autismeonderzoek 19. Trouble: Krokodillen en muizen 20. Creativiteit: Een game dat bio-ethici inspireert Epiloog: Denken met … Bibliografie Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0370_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230918 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800648883 06 15 9781805110293 06 15 9781805110088 06 15 9781805110361 06 15 9781805110644 06 15 9781805111054 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0370 20 02 20230918 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0370.epub 20 02 20230918 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:90aa9d84-a940-4812-bcd8-0d3f2587b41a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:90aa9d84-a940-4812-bcd8-0d3f2587b41a 15 9781783742066 06 10.11647/OBP.0088 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542178 01 02 Open Book Classics 01 01 Tolerance The Beacon of the Enlightenment 1 B01 Caroline Warman 2 B06 Caroline Warman 01 eng 01 fre 00 144 03 04 B1925.E5 20 Enlightenment B2 European Studies 12 HP 10 PHI000000 B2 European Studies: French Studies 12 HPS 10 PHI034000 20 philosophers 20 anthology 12 DQ 10 PHI019000 B2 Philosophy 20 equality 10 LCO008000 20 freedom 20 tolerance 01 06 03 00 This anthology, inspired by Voltaire’s advice that a text needed to be concise to have real influence, contains firey extracts from forty different authors, from the philosophers everyone’s heard of to those whose brilliant writings are less well-known. They are immensely diverse in style and topic, but all have in common their passionate commitment to equality, freedom, and tolerance, and every single one resonates powerfully with the issues our world faces today. The book was first published by the Société française d’étude du dix-huitième siècle (the French Society for Eighteenth-Century Studies) in the wake of the Charlie Hebdo assassinations in January 2015 as a mark of solidarity, and as a response to the wide-spread interest in Enlightenment values. With the support of the British Society for Eighteenth-Century Studies, it has now been translated by 102 French students and tutors from Oxford University. 04 00 Introduction by Caroline Warman Acknowledgements 1.The Declaration of the Rights of Man and the Citizen, 1789 2.Voltaire, ‘Prayer to God’, from Treatise on Tolerance, 1763 3.Three aphorisms from Denis Diderot, Philosophical Thoughts, 1746; Montesquieu, The Spirit of the Laws, 1748; and Voltaire, Portable Philosophical Dictionary, 1764 4.Nicolas de Condorcet, 'On Admitting Women to the Rights of Citizenship', 1790 5.John Locke, Letter on Toleration, 1686 6.Denis Diderot, ‘Aius Locutius’, from the Encyclopédie, 1751 7.Montesquieu, ‘On the Enslavement of Negroes’, from The Spirit of the Laws 8.Jean-François Marmontel, ‘Minds are not Enlightened by the Flames of an Executioner’s Pyre’, from Belisarius, 1767 9.Three aphorisms from Diderot The Philosopher and Marshal ***’s Wife Have a Deep Chat, 1774; Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Émile, or On Education, 1762; and Frederick the Great of Prussia 10.Abbé Grégoire, On Freedom of Worship, 1794 11.Immanuel Kant, ‘Dare to Know’, from What is Enlightenment?, 1784 12.Pierre-Augustin Caron de Beaumarchais, The Marriage of Figaro, 1784 13.Pierre Bayle, On Tolerance, or A philosophical Commentary on these Words of the Gospel, Luke XIV. 23, Compel Them to Come in, 1686 14.Alexandre Deleyre, ‘Fanaticism’, from the Encyclopédie, 1756 15.Four aphorisms from Louis de Jaucourt, ‘Intolerant’, from the Encyclopédie, 1765; William Warburton, Essay on Egyptian Hieroglyphics, 1744; Rousseau, Émile, or On Education; and Anon., ‘Refugees’, from the Encyclopédie, 1765 16.Jean le Rond d’Alembert, On the Suppression of the Jesuits, 1765 17.Jeanne-Marie Roland, Personal Memoirs, 1795 18.Evariste de Parny, The War of the Gods, 1799 19.Olympe de Gouges, The Declaration of the Rights of Woman and the Female Citizen, 1791 20.Pierre Bayle, On Tolerance, 1686 21.Voltaire, La Henriade, 1723 22.Three aphorisms from Diderot, The Eleutheromaniacs, 1772; Rousseau, The Social Contract, 1762; and Moses Mendelssohn, Morning Hours, 1785 23.Montesquieu, The Persian Letters, 1721 24.Abbé Grégoire, 'New Observations on the Jews and in Particular on the Jews of Amsterdam and Frankfurt', 1807 25.Rétif de la Bretonne, Paris Nights, 1788 26.Three aphorisms from Diderot, Philosophical Thoughts; Cesare Beccaria, On Crimes and Punishments, 1786; and Rousseau, The Social Contract 27.Voltaire, Candide, 1759 28.d’Alembert, ‘Geometer’, from the Encyclopédie, 1757 29.Rabaut Saint-Étienne, ‘No Man Should Be Harassed for His Opinions nor Troubled in the Practice of His Religion’, 1789 30.Three aphorisms from Diderot, ‘Letter to My Brother’, 1760; Voltaire, Treatise on Metaphysics, 1735; and Rousseau, The Citizen, or An Address on Political Economy, 1765 31.Diderot, Extract from a Letter to Princess Dashkova, 3 April 1771 32.Voltaire, ‘Free Thinking’, from Dictionary of Philosophy, 1764 33.Jacques-Henri Bernardin de Saint-Pierre, ‘Reflections on Slavery’, from A Voyage to the Island of Mauritius, 1773 34.Pierre de Marivaux, The French Spectator, 5 October 1723 35.Louis-Alexandre Devérité, Collected Documents of Interest on the Case of the Desecration of the Abbeville Crucifix, which Occurred on 9th August 1765, 1776 36.Anon., The Private and Public Life of the Posterior Marquis de Villette, Retroactive Citizen, 1791 37.Three aphorisms from Diderot, Philosophical Thoughts; Marivaux, The French Spectator; and Pierre Jean George Cabanis, On Sympathy, 1802 38.Leandro Fernández de Moratín, ‘A Philanthropic Congregation’, 1811 39.Montesquieu, The Spirit of the Laws 40.Voltaire, ‘On Universal Tolerance’, 1763 41.Three aphorisms from Diderot, Philosophical Thoughts; Marivaux, The French Spectator; and Voltaire, ‘Fanaticisme’, from Portable Philosophical Dictionary 42.Condorcet, Anti-superstitious Almanack, 1773-74 43.Montesquieu, Persian Letters 44.José Cadalso y Vázquez de Andrade, Defence of the Spanish Nation against Persian Letter 78 by Montesquieu, 1775 45.Nicolas-Edme Rétif, known as Rétif de la Bretonne, Ninth Juvenal. The False Immorality of the Freedom of the Press, 1796 46.Condorcet, Anti-superstitious Almanack 47.Gotthold Ephraim Lessing, Nathan the Wise, 1779 48.Three aphorisms from Germaine de Staël, Reflections on the French Revolution, 1818; Beccaria, On Crimes and Punishments; and Rousseau, Reveries of a Solitary Walker, 1782 49.Luis Guttiérez, Cornelia Bororquia, or the Inquisition’s Victim, 1801 50.Bernardin de Saint-Pierre, ‘Fraternal Harmonies’, 1815 51.Diderot, Supplement to Bougainville’s Voyage, 1772 52.Louis de Rouvroy, Duc de Saint-Simon, Memoirs, posthumous 53.Three aphorisms from Alexandre Deleyre, ‘Fanaticism’, from the Encyclopédie; Olaudah Equiano, The Interesting Narrative of the Life of Olaudah Equiano, or Gustavus Vassa, the African, 1789; and Voltaire, Letter to Jean Le Rond d’Alembert, 9 November 1764 54.Helvétius, Essays on the Mind, 1758 55.Louis-Sébastien Mercier, Portrait of Paris, 1781 56.Juan Pablo Forner, In Praise of Spain and its Literary Merit, 1786 57.Jean-Pierre Claris de Florian, ‘The Two Persians’, 1792 58.Three aphorisms from Rousseau, Émile, or on Education; Voltaire, Letter to the King of Prussia, 20 December 1740; and Jaucourt, ‘Tolerance’, censored article from the Encyclopédie 59.Voltaire, On the Horrible Danger of Reading, 1765 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0088_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 British Society for Eighteenth-Century Studies Cambridge, UK 04 01 20160104 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742035 06 15 9781783742042 06 15 9781783742059 06 15 9781800645080 06 15 9781783742066 06 15 9781783742073 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0088.epub 20 02 20160104 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0088 20 02 20160104 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b59f517f-1ec8-43b4-a9cd-4b66649760cb 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b59f517f-1ec8-43b4-a9cd-4b66649760cb 15 9781800649620 06 10.11647/OBP.0337 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Touching Parchment: How Medieval Users Rubbed, Handled, and Kissed Their Manuscripts Volume 1: Officials and Their Books 1 A01 21 0000-0002-1633-7607 Kathryn M. Rudy 01 eng 00 272 03 10 HIS037010 B2 History of the Book 20 Medieval book 12 WCS 04 Z110.H36 10 ANT052000 12 HBLC1 20 religious 12 JFCD 20 secular 10 SOC002010 12 JHBT 20 touching 20 handling 20 rituals 20 medieval 01 06 03 00 The Medieval book, both religious and secular, was regarded as a most precious item. The traces of its use through touching and handling during different rituals such as oath-taking, is the subject of Kathryn Rudy’s research in Touching Parchment. Rudy presents numerous and fascinating case studies that relate to the evidence of use and damage through touching and or kissing. She also puts each study within a category of different ways of handling books, mainly liturgical, legal or choral practice, and in turn connects each practice to the horizontal or vertical behavioural patterns of users within a public or private environment. With her keen eye for observation in being able to identify various characteristics of inadvertent and targeted wear, the author adds a new dimension to the Medieval book. She gives the reader the opportunity to reflect on the social, anthropological and historical value of the use of the book by sharpening our senses to the way users handled books in different situations. Rudy has amassed an incredible amount of material for this research and the way in which she presents each manuscript conveys an approach that scholars on Medieval history and book materiality should keep in mind when carrying out their own research. What perhaps is most striking in her articulate text, is how she expresses that the touching of books was not without emotion, and the accumulated effects of these emotions are worthy of preservation, study and further reflection.This volume is part of a four-volume set, with two additional titles forthcoming. 04 00 Acknowledgments vii Abbreviations xv PART I: Introduction xvii 1. Feeling One’s Way Through the Book 1 I. Structure of the Book 4 II. Damage 5 III. A Haptic Approach 10 2. Ways of Touching Manuscripts 29 I. Inadvertent Wear 29 II. Targeted Wear 32 Part II: Books and Authority 45 3. Swearing on Relics and Gospels 51 I. Swearing on Gospels 54 II. Proffering the Book 69 4. Kissing: From Relics to Manuscripts 81 I. Kissing Missals 85 II. A Brief History of the Missal 86 III. Transformations of the Book 108 IV. Printed Canon Pages 118 5. Swearing: From Gospels to Legal Manuscripts 123 I. Last Judgment Imagery for Reinforcing Obligation 125 II. Local Government: Customary Law Books 137 III. The University: Old Proctors’ Book 154 IV.The Inquisition: Inquisitor’s Manual 160 6. Performances Within the Church 167 I. Choral Manuscripts 167 II. Books and Holy Water 176 III. Grand Obituary of Notre-Dame in Paris 186 Conclusion: The Gloves Are Off 213 Coda 223 Index 225 Bibliography 227 Illustrations 239 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0337_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230418 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800649590 06 15 9781800649606 06 15 9781800649613 06 15 9781800649651 06 15 9781800649644 06 15 9781800649620 06 15 9781800649637 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0337.epub 20 02 20230418 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0337 20 02 20230418 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:0160f491-95ea-4998-812b-b313d2149c24 03 01 01 urn:uuid:0160f491-95ea-4998-812b-b313d2149c24 15 9781805111672 06 10.11647/OBP.0379 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Touching Parchment: How Medieval Users Rubbed, Handled, and Kissed Their Manuscripts Volume 2: Social Encounters with the Book 1 A01 21 0000-0002-1633-7607 Kathryn M. Rudy 01 eng 00 474 03 10 HIS037010 B2 History of the Book 20 Medieval book 93 NHDJ 12 WCS 10 ANT052000 12 HBLC1 20 religious 93 WC 12 JFCD 93 JHMC 20 secular 10 SOC002010 12 JHBT 20 touching 20 handling 20 rituals 01 06 03 00 In the late middle ages (ca. 1200-1520), both religious and secular people used manuscripts, was regarded as a most precious item. The traces of their use through touching and handling during different rituals such as oath-taking, public reading, and memorializing the dead, is the subject of Kathryn Rudy’s research in Touching Parchment. This second volume, Social Encounters with the Book, delves into the physical interaction with books in various social settings, including education, courtly assemblies, and confraternal gatherings. Looking at acts such as pointing, scratching, and ‘wet-touching’, the author zooms in on smudges and abrasions on medieval manuscripts as testimonials of readers’ interaction with the book and its contents. In so doing, she dissects the function of books in oaths, confraternal groups, education, and courtly settings, illuminating how books were used as teaching aids and tools for conveying political messages. The narrative paints a vivid picture of medieval reading, emphasizing bodily engagement, from page-turning to the intimate act of kissing pages. Overall, this text offers a captivating exploration of the tactile and social dimensions of book use in late medieval Europe broadening our perspective on the role of objects in rituals during the middle ages. Social Encounters with the Book provides a fundamental resource to anybody interested in medieval history and book materiality more widely.This volume is part of a four-volume set, with two additional titles forthcoming. 04 00 Acknowledgments Figures Abbreviations Introduction I. Ideas from Volume 1 II. Taxonomy for touching Chapter 1: Professing Obedience I. From professions to vows II. Professions in later centuries and broader social contexts III. Expanding oath-taking: Confraternities in churches IV. Out of the church and into the castle V. Testaments in Mariënpoel VI. Hinged thinking: A civic context Chapter 2: Confraternities of Laypeople I. The colorful confraternity of St Nicholas II. Ducal patronage at Linkebeek III. St Sebastian at St Gorik’s Coda Chapter 3: Educators and Learners I. Teaching children how to read with manuscripts II. Teaching morals Coda Chapter 4: Performing at Court I. Interacting with images of the Virgin II. Political touching III. Rubbing romances IV. Versified religion and history V. Prose histories Coda Chapter 5: Touching Death I. A Benedictine abbess II. Remembering John Hotham, bishop of Ely III. Retouching, reusing, and restitching elements Coda Conclusion I. Models of transmitting gestures II. Touching beginnings III. Touching initials across Europe Bibliography Appendices Appendix 1: Gospels of St Loup Appendix 2: Chapter of Utrecht Gospels Appendix 3: Valenciennes Confraternity Appendix 4: Linkebeek Confraternity Appendix 5: St Gorik’s Confraternity Appendix 6: Necrology of the canonesses regular of St Vitus, Elten Appendix 7: Mortuary roll for John Hotham Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0379_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240912 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805111641 06 15 9781805111658 06 15 9781805111665 06 15 9781805111696 06 15 9781805111672 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0379.epub 20 02 20240912 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0379 20 02 20240912 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9e769634-9a53-4d6f-a9f2-24f2e957f5d9 03 01 01 urn:uuid:9e769634-9a53-4d6f-a9f2-24f2e957f5d9 15 9781800642331 06 10.11647/OBP.0261 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Towards an Ethics of Autism A Philosophical Exploration 1 A01 21 0000-0003-1062-7918 Kristien Hens 01 eng 00 206 03 20 Autism 12 MJN 10 PHI005000 B2 Politics and Sociology 04 RC553.A88 B2 Health 12 MJNA 20 Perspectives on autism 10 PHI031000 10 EDU040000 20 History of autism 12 HPQ B2 Philosophy 20 Leo Kanner 12 PSAD 10 PSY022020 20 Hans Asperger 20 Ethical reflections about autism 01 06 03 00 What does it mean to say that someone is autistic?Dynamics of Autism is an exploration of this question and many more. In this thoughtful, wide-ranging book, Kristien Hens examines a number of perspectives on autism, including psychiatric, biological, and philosophical, to consider different ways of thinking about autism, as well as its meanings to those who experience it, those who diagnose it, and those who research it. Hens delves into the history of autism and its roots in the work of Leo Kanner and Hans Asperger to inform a contemporary ethical analysis of the models we use to understand autism today. She explores the various impacts of a diagnosis on autistic people and their families, the relevance of disability studies, the need to include autistic people fully in discussions about (and research on) autism, and the significance of epigenetics to future work on autism.Hens weaves together a variety of perspectives that guide the reader in their own ethical reflections about autism. Rich, accessible, and multi-layered, this essential reading for for philosophers, educational scientists, and psychologists who are interested in philosophical-ethical questions related to autism, but it also has much to offer to teachers, allied health professionals, and autistic people themselves. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgements Prologue: Dynamics and Ethics of Autism Kristien Hens PART I: DIMENSIONS OF AUTISM 1. The Origins of Autism Kristien Hens 2. The Nature of Psychiatric Diagnoses Kristien Hens 3. Cognitive Explanations of Autism: Beyond Theory of Mind Kristien Hens 4. Sociological and Historical Explanations of Autism Kristien Hens PART II: EXPERIENCES OF AUTISM 5. Difference and Disability Kristien Hens 6. Epistemic Injustice and Language Kristien Hens 7. Experiences of Autism Kristien Hens and Raymond Langenberg 8. Interlude: Autism and Time Kristien Hens PART III: DYNAMICS OF AUTISM 9. Labels and Looping Effects Kristien Hens 10. Dynamic Approaches Kristien Hens 11. Autism and Genetics Kristien Hens Epilogue: Towards an Ethics of Autism Kristien Hens Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0261_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210707 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800642300 06 15 9781800642317 06 15 9781800642324 06 15 9781800646537 06 15 9781800642355 06 15 9781800642331 06 15 9781800642348 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0261.epub 20 02 20210707 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0261 20 02 20210707 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:920c1756-8f26-412a-8c3b-eb488b01bb3f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:920c1756-8f26-412a-8c3b-eb488b01bb3f 15 9781805114468 06 10.11647/OBP.0435 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Tragedy and the Witness Shakespeare and Beyond 1 A01 Fred Parker 01 eng 00 256 03 93 DDT 10 LIT004120 B2 Theatre 20 Tragic Drama 10 LIT013000 93 MKPB B2 Philosophy 20 Witnessing and Testimony 10 LIT015000 B2 Psychology and Psychoanalysis 93 QDTQ 20 Shakespeare 93 DSM 10 PSY036000 20 Trauma Studies 20 Madness in Literature 10 SOC051000 20 Ethics of Storytelling 10 PHI005000 01 06 03 00 As he dies, Hamlet pleads with Horatio to ‘report me aright … tell my story’. This book deals with the task of bearing witness to anguish, atrocity, and madness, as these are staged in the tragic theatre. Focusing on the relationship between the protagonist and the onlooker or witness, it explores how the tragic figure, often and understandably viewed as alien or culpable or profoundly strange, struggles to be understood. Centred on Shakespeare, its wide-ranging approach also introduces works by (among others) the Greeks, Racine, Ibsen, Pirandello, Kafka, Beckett, and Kane.The discussion intersects with trauma studies and with psychoanalytic theory, especially around how subjective experience is ‘held’ by others. The challenge of entering into such difficult experience is likened to the offering of hospitality to the foreigner or stranger: the challenge of overcoming xenophobia. Another large concern is with how tragedy represents madness, and how far such states of mind may be shared with an audience, particularly through the lens of King Lear.Written in an accessible style, this book grounds tragedy in matters that resonate in common experience, from mental breakdown and our need to be heard to questions around grieving, trauma, and the ethics of telling someone’s story. 04 00 Preface 1. Overview: Phaedra and the Nurse 2. Welcoming the Stranger 3. Imperfect Witness 4. The Crime and Punishment Story 5. Giving Audience to Madness Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0435_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250415 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805114437 06 15 9781805114444 06 15 9781805114451 06 15 9781805114475 06 15 9781805114468 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0435.epub 20 02 20250415 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0435 20 02 20250415 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a040b79c-2e3e-4bbf-aaa5-664f666ae9b6 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a040b79c-2e3e-4bbf-aaa5-664f666ae9b6 15 9781800648593 06 10.11647/OBP.0321 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Transforming Conservation A Practical Guide to Evidence and Decision Making 1 B01 21 0000-0002-6498-0437 William J. Sutherland 01 eng 00 428 03 20 conservation management B2 Environmental Studies 10 NAT010000 12 RNKC 04 S944.5.D42 20 decision-making processes 10 NAT011000 12 RNKH 12 RND 10 SCI026000 20 use of evidence 10 NAT000000 20 use of resources 20 public support 10 SCI000000 20 political support 20 experts provide solutions 01 06 03 00 There are severe problems with the decision-making processes currently widely used, leading to ineffective use of evidence, faulty decisions, wasting of resources and the erosion of public and political support. In this book an international team of experts provide solutions. The transformation suggested includes rethinking how evidence is assessed, combined, communicated and used in decision-making; using effective methods when asking experts to make judgements (i.e. avoiding just asking an expert or a group of experts!); using a structured process for making decisions that incorporate the evidence and having effective processes for learning from actions. In each case, the specific problem with decision making is described with a range of practical solutions. Adopting this approach to decision-making requires societal change so detailed suggestions are made for transforming organisations, governments, businesses, funders and philanthropists. The practical suggestions include twelve downloadable checklists. The vision of the authors is to transform conservation so it is more effective, more cost-efficient, learns from practice and is more attractive to funders. However, the lessons of this important book go well beyond conservation to decision-makers in any field. 04 00 Preface ix A Vision of Transformed Conservation Practice ix References x List of Authors xi Acknowledgements xv Reference xv PART I: WHAT IS THE PROBLEM? 1 1. Introduction: The Evidence Crisis and the Evidence Revolution 3 1.1 The Aim of the Book 5 1.2 The Evidence Crisis 5 1.3 Why is Poor Decision Making So Common? 7 1.4 The Evidence Revolution 11 1.5 The Case for Adopting Evidence Use 14 1.6 The Inefficiency Paradox 17 1.7 Transforming Decision Making 17 1.8 Structure of the Book 22 References 23 PART II: OBTAINING, ASSESSING AND SUMMARISING EVIDENCE 29 2. Gathering and Assessing Pieces of Evidence 31 2.1 What Counts as Evidence? 33 2.2 A Framework for Assessing the Weight of Evidence 36 2.3 Weighing the Evidence 41 2.4 Subjects of Evidence 42 2.5 Sources of Evidence 47 2.6 Types of Evidence 55 2.7 Acknowledgements 68 References 68 3. Assessing Collated and Synthesised Evidence 75 3.1 Collating the Evidence 77 3.2 Systematic Maps 77 3.3 Subject-Wide Evidence Syntheses 82 3.4 Systematic Reviews 85 3.5 Rapid Evidence Assessments 86 3.6 Meta-Analyses 87 3.7 Open Access Effect Sizes 90 3.8 Overviews of Reviews 92 References 92 4. Presenting Conclusions from Assessed Evidence 95 4.1 Principles for Presenting Evidence 97 4.2 Describing Evidence Searches 98 4.3 Presenting Different Types of Evidence 100 4.4 Presenting Evidence Quality 106 4.5 Balancing Evidence of Varying Strength 107 4.6 Visualising the Balance of Evidence 110 4.7 Synthesising Multiple Evidence Sources 112 References 130 5. Improving the Reliability of Judgements 133 5.1 The Role of Judgements in Decision-Making 135 5.2 When Experts Are Good (and Not so Good) 135 5.3 Blind Spots of the Human Mind 138 5.4 Strategies for Improving Judgements 142 5.5 Structured Frameworks for Making Group Judgements 154 5.6 Practical Methods for Improving Routine Judgements 159 References 164 PART III: MAKING AND APPLYING DECISIONS 177 6. Identifying Stakeholders and Collaborating with Communities 179 6.1 The Benefits of Community-Working 181 6.2 Types of Community Engagement 183 6.3 Identifying Who to Collaborate With 185 6.4 Initiating Contact 186 6.5 Creating and Maintaining Trust 189 6.6 Collaborating 189 References 193 7. Framing the Problem and Identifying Potential Solutions 197 7.1 The Approach to Identifying Problems and Potential Solutions 199 7.2 Defining the Scope of the Project and the Conservation Targets 200 7.3 Understanding the Biological and Human System 200 7.4 Identifying Threats and Opportunities 202 7.5 Taking Stock 213 7.6 Identifying Potential Actions 215 7.7 Developing Questions and Assumptions 220 References 227 8 Making Decisions for Policy and Practice 235 8.1 What is a Structured Approach to Decision-Making? 237 8.2 Filter Easy Decisions: Deciding Whether to Invest in Decision Making 241 8.3 Preparing to Make the Decision 244 8.4 Making Decisions 247 8.5 Multi-Criteria Analysis 248 8.6 Strategy Table 258 8.7 Classifying Decisions 258 8.8 Decision Trees 259 8.9 Creating Models 259 8.10 Achieving Consensus 263 References 264 9. Creating Evidence-Based Policy and Practice 269 9.1 How Embedding Evidence Improves Processes 271 9.2 General Principles for Embedding Evidence into Processes 272 9.3 Evaluating Evidence Use 275 9.4 Evidence-Based Species and Habitat Management Plans 278 9.5 Evidence-Based Guidance 279 9.6 Evidence-Based Policy 282 9.7 Evidence-Based Business Decisions 283 9.8 Evidence-Based Writing and Journalism 286 9.9 Evidence-Based Funding 288 9.10 Evidence-Based Decision-Support Tools 294 9.11 Evidence-Based Models 297 References 300 10. How Conservation Practice Can Generate Evidence 305 10.1 Ensuring Data Collection is Useful 307 10.2 Collecting Data Along the Causal Chain 308 10.3 Incorporating Tests into Conservation Practice 315 10.4 Design of Experiments and Tests 317 10.5 Value of Information: When Do We Know Enough? 322 10.6 Writing Up and Sharing Results 323 References 327 PART IV: TRANSFORMING SOCIETY 331 11. Creating a Culture of Evidence Use 333 11.1 Why Changing Cultures is Critical 335 11.2 Auditing Current Evidence Use 335 11.3 Creating an Evidence-Use Plan 338 11.4 Creating Expectations and Opportunities for Evidence Use 339 11.5 Providing the Capacity to Deliver Evidence Use 341 11.6 Training, Capacity Building, and Certification 341 11.7 Learning from Failure 342 11.8 Case Studies: Organisations who Shifted to Embrace Evidence Use 348 References 363 12. Transforming Practice: Checklists for Delivering Change 367 12.1 The Importance of Checklists 370 12.2 The Decision-Making Process 372 12.3 Organisations 372 12.4 Knowledge Brokers 375 12.5 Practitioners and Decision Makers 377 12.6 Commissioners of Reports and Advice 377 12.7 Funders and Philanthropists 379 12.8 The Research and Education Community 381 References 385 13. Supplementary Material from Online Resources 387 13.1 Sources of Evidence 388 13.2 Teaching Evidence Use 388 13.3 Building the Evidence Base 388 13.4 Delivering Change 389 13.5 Collaborators 390 References 390 Checklists, Boxes and Tables 393 Checklists 393 Boxes 393 Tables 394 Figures 397 Index 401 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0321_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20221206 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800648562 06 15 9781800648579 06 15 9781800648586 06 15 9781800648623 06 15 9781800648616 06 15 9781800648593 06 15 9781800648609 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0321.epub 20 02 20221206 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0321 20 02 20221206 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:abe4f061-ba27-4f41-a3aa-7e17c5924d51 03 01 01 urn:uuid:abe4f061-ba27-4f41-a3aa-7e17c5924d51 15 9781800649866 06 10.11647/OBP.0340 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Translating Russian Literature in the Global Context 1 B01 21 0000-0001-7615-6720 Muireann Maguire 2 B01 21 0000-0003-4998-0233 Cathy McAteer 01 eng 00 726 03 93 DNT 12 DS 10 LCO000000 B2 Literature: Comparative Literature 04 PG2985 20 Translation studies 12 1DVUA 93 DS 10 LCO008010 B2 Literature 20 Russian Literature 93 2AGR B2 European Studies 20 Global Context 12 HBJ 10 LIT004240 B2 European Studies: Eastern European Studies 10 LCO014000 20 Literary reception 20 socio-cultural microhistory 20 Comparative literature 01 06 03 00 Translating Russian Literature in the Global Context examines the translation and reception of Russian literature as a world-wide process. This volume aims to provoke new debate about the continued currency of Russian literature as symbolic capital for international readers, in particular for nations seeking to create or consolidate cultural and political leverage in the so-called ‘World Republic of Letters’. It also seeks to examine and contrast the mechanisms of the translation and uses of Russian literature across the globe.This collection presents academic essays, grouped according to geographical location, by thirty-seven international scholars. Collectively, their expertise encompasses the global reception of Russian literature in Europe, the Former Soviet Republics, Africa, the Americas, and Asia. Their scholarship concentrates on two fundamental research areas: firstly, constructing a historical survey of the translation, publication, distribution and reception of Russian literature, or of one or more specific Russophone authors, in a given nation, language, or region; and secondly, outlining a socio-cultural microhistory of how a specific, highly influential local writer, genre, or literary group within the target culture has translated, transmitted, or adapted aspects of Russian literature in their own literary production. Each section is prefaced with a short essay by the co-editors, surveying the history of the reception of Russian literature in the given region.Considered as a whole, these chapters offer a wholly new overview of the extent and intercultural penetration of Russian and Soviet literary soft power during the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. This volume will open up Slavonic Translation Studies for the general reader, the student of Comparative Literature, and the academic scholar alike. 04 00 Acknowledgements Introduction: The Greatest Gift? EUROPE Russian Literature in Europe: An Overview Catalonia More Than a Century of Dostoevsky in Catalan Estonia Russian Literature in Estonia between 1918 and 1940 with Special Reference to Dostoevsky Finland The Pendulum of Translating Russian Literature in Finland France “May Russia Find Her Thoughts Faithfully Translated”: E. M. de Vogüé’s Importation of Russian Literature into France Germany Mann’s View of Dostoevsky and Tolstoy in Times of War and Peace: Doctor Faustus (1947) Greece Two Translation Periods in Dostoevsky’s Canon Formation in Greece (1886-1900 and 1926-54) The Reception of Russian and Soviet Literature in Interwar and Postwar Greece Hungary “Russia has so far given humanity nothing but samovars”: On the Reception of Russian Literature in Hungary from the Beginning to Nabokov and Beyond Ireland Alastar Sergedhebhít Púiscín, the Séacspír of Russia: On the Irish Language Translations of Pushkin Italy Mariia Olsuf’eva: The Italian Voice of Soviet Dissent or, the Translator as a Transnational Socio-Cultural Actor Russian Literature in Italian: The Twentieth Century Scandinavia – Sweden and Norway ‘The mysteries of the nerves in a starving body’: Knut Hamsun and Dostoevsky Romania Dostoevsky in Romanian Culture: At the Crossroads between East and West Scotland Russian Poetry and the Rewilding of Scottish Literature: 1917 to the Present Spain Countess Emilia Pardo Bazán (1851-1921): The Single-handed Populariser of Russian Literature in Spain Ukraine Translating Russian Literature in Soviet and Post-Soviet Ukraine AFRICA AND THE MIDDLE EAST Russian Literature in Africa: An Overview Angola The Spectre of Maksim Gorky: The Influence of Mother on Angola’s Geração Cultura The Arabic-speaking Peoples Maksim Gorky and Arabic Literature: From The Thousand and One Nights to Contemporary Classics Ethiopia A Handbook of the Socialist Movement: Gorky’s Mother in Ethiopia ASIA Russian Literature in Asia: An Overview China The Reception of Dostoevsky in Early 20th-Century China India Translation as a Cultural Event, a Journey, a Mediation, a Carnival of Creativity: A Study of the Reception of Russian literature in Colonial and Postcolonial India The Translation of Russian Literature into Hindi The Visibility of the Translator: A Case of Telugu Section in Progress Publishers and Raduga Tolstoy in India: Translating Aspirations across Continents Tolstoy Embracing Tamil: Ninety Years of Lev Tolstoy in Tamil Literature Japan Translation from Russian in the Melting Pot of Japanese Literature Kazakhstan Abai Kunanbaiuly and Russian Culture: Changing Paradigms in Post-Soviet Kazakhstan Mongolia Cultural Dialogue between Russia and Mongolia: Gombosuren Tserenpil and the Poetics of Translating Dostoevsky’s Novel Turkey Traces of the Influence of Russian Literary Translations on Turkish Literature of the 1900s Pushkin’s Journey through Turkish Translations Uzbekistan From Russian to Uzbek (1928-53): Unequal Cultural Transfers and Institutional Supervision under Stalinist Rule Vietnam Translation of Russian Literature in North and South Vietnam during 1955-75: Two Ways of ‘Rewriting’ the History of Russian Literature in Vietnam NORTH AND SOUTH AMERICA Brazil Translating Russian Literature in Brazil: Politics, Emigration, University and Journalism (1930-74) Colombia Pale Fire of the Revolution: Notes on the Reception of Russian Literature in Colombia Cuba and the Caribbean The Last Soviet Border: Translation Practices in the Caribbean during the Cold War Mexico Three Stages in the Translation of Russian Literature in Mexico, 1921-2021 The USA Contemporary Russophone Literature of Ukraine in the Changing World of Russian Literature Russian Literature in the Anglophone Nations: An Overview Bibliography Author Biographies Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0340_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 European Research Council 01 programname Horizon 2020 Research and Innovation 01 grantnumber 802437 Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240403 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800649835 06 15 9781800649842 06 15 9781800649859 06 15 9781800649897 06 15 9781800649866 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0340 20 02 20240403 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0340.epub 20 02 20240403 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:da4b5b80-d8ee-4a5d-b64d-abd0f85de3ab 03 01 01 urn:uuid:da4b5b80-d8ee-4a5d-b64d-abd0f85de3ab 15 9781805110491 06 10.11647/OBP.0348 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Transparent Minds in Science Fiction An Introduction to Alien, AI and Post-Human Consciousness 1 A01 Paul Matthews 01 eng 00 144 03 12 DSK 10 FIC028000 93 FL B2 Information Technology and Computer Science 20 neuroscience 04 PN3433.6 93 DSK 12 FL 10 LIT004260 B2 Philosophy 20 science fiction 12 FLC 93 JMR B2 Literature 20 philosophy 10 PSY051000 12 GTR 20 literary theory 10 PSY008000 20 artificial intelligence 12 JM 20 human minds 12 JMR 20 posthuman 01 06 03 00 Transparent Minds explores the intersection between neuroscience and science fiction stories. Paul Matthews expertly analyses the narratives of humans and nonhumans from Mary Shelley to Kazuo Ishiguro across 200 years of the genre. In doing so he gives lucid insight into the meaning of existence and self-awareness. Rigorously researched and highly accessible, Matthews argues that psycho-emotional science fiction writers both imitate and inform alien and post-human consciousnesses through exploratory narratives and metaphor.Drawing from a diverse range of scholars and critics, Matthews explores topics such as psychonarration and neuroaesthetics, to create a thoughtful and cogent argument. By synthesising concepts from philosophy, neuroscience, and literary theory, Matthews posits the potential for science fiction to bridge the gap in understanding between AI and human minds. Given the recent advancements in AI technology, Matthews’ timely discussion enters the speculative realm of sentient technology and postcyborg ethics. The work constitutes a major contribution to cross-disciplinary perspectives on alien and posthuman psychology, that engages with future states of existence in both ourselves and the machines we create. Transparent Minds will be of interest to innovators, authors, and science fiction enthusiasts alike. 04 00 Preface 1. Introduction 2. Authorial Approaches 3. Awakenings 4. The Alien, the Artificial, and the Extended 5. Hive and Distributed Mind 6. Supercedure: Into the Posthuman 7. Conclusion Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0348_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20231017 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805110460 06 15 9781805110477 06 15 9781805110484 06 15 9781805110521 06 15 9781805110514 06 15 9781805110491 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0348.epub 20 02 20231017 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0348 20 02 20231017 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9c9db6fd-0ec8-4c27-805b-7e7810c10e97 03 01 01 urn:uuid:9c9db6fd-0ec8-4c27-805b-7e7810c10e97 15 9781805111559 06 10.11647/OBP.0377 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Trix The Other Kipling 1 A01 Barbara Fisher 01 eng 00 260 03 20 Alice MacDonald Kipling Fleming 12 BGL 10 BIO007000 B2 Biography 93 DSG 04 PR4849.K5 10 BIO026000 93 DNC 12 DSBH B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 Trix 93 DSA 10 LIT006000 B2 Literature 20 Rudyard Kipling 12 VFV 20 Victorian women authors 20 mental illness 20 colonial India 01 06 03 00 This volume represents the first biography of Alice MacDonald Kipling Fleming (1868-1948), known as Trix. Rarely portrayed with sympathy or accuracy in biographies of her famous brother Rudyard, Trix was a talented writer and a memorable character in her own right whose fascinating life was unknown until now. In telling Trix’s story, Barbara Fisher rescues her from the misrepresentations, trivializations, and outright neglect of Rudyard’s many biographers. This book provides the first account of Trix’s life, beginning with the horrible childhood she shared with Rudyard as a Raj orphan in England. The biography follows adolescent Trix as she returned to India, where her brother encouraged her to write poems and stories, which were regularly mistaken for his. Her marriage to a stiff Scottish officer is chronicled from its hopeful beginnings through its childless, cheerless middle to its calm and compromised end. Trix’s bouts of mental illness are described in sympathetic detail.Turning her attention to Trix’s oeuvre Barbara Fisher locates and attributes all of her short fiction, poetry, and journalism, giving special attention to Trix’s two ambitious but flawed novels. She also puts into historical context Trix’s long and productive participation as a medium for the Society for Psychical Research.Most importantly, Trix: The Other Kipling gives a voice, a mind, and a heart to a misunderstood, misrepresented, but indomitable woman – an accomplishment which will be of great interest to readers interested in Victorian women authors, in the cultural interchanges between England and colonial India, in serious psychical research, in the early treatment of mental illness, and more generally, in the everyday life and struggles of intellectual women of the 19th and early 20th century. 04 00 Acknowledgements Introduction 1. The House of Desolation 2. Macdonalds and Kiplings 3. Rescue 4. The Family Square 5. The Heart of a Maid 6. Wife of Jack 7. A Pinchbeck Goddess 8. Breakdown 9. Psychic Research 10. Relapse and Exile 11. Recovery and Return Notes Select Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0377_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240904 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805111528 06 15 9781805111535 06 15 9781805111542 06 15 9781805111573 06 15 9781805111559 06 15 9781805118336 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0377.epub 20 02 20240904 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0377 20 02 20240904 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3659a9fc-9fad-41c0-b647-a99e6398ff0d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:3659a9fc-9fad-41c0-b647-a99e6398ff0d 15 9781805113591 06 10.11647/OBP.0416 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Troubled People, Troubled World Psychotherapy, Ethics and Society 1 A01 Michael Briant 01 eng 00 218 03 93 MKMT1 B2 Philosophy 10 PSY028000 20 Psychotherapy 20 Collective Psychopathology 93 MKMT5 B2 Politics and Sociology 10 PSY010000 20 Contemporary conflicts B2 Health 93 JMH 10 PSY026000 93 JMAF 20 Persecutory conscience 10 PSY031000 B2 Psychology and Psychoanalysis 20 Humanistic conscience 20 Humanistic ethics 01 06 03 00 Ethical issues are the stuff of psychotherapy, and in fact Freud envisaged the process as one in which an unexamined, irrational and oppressive conscience gives way to one more benignly rooted in reason. Therapists endeavour to be non-judgemental and, indeed, are no more qualified to pass judgement on others than anyone else; do they nevertheless learn anything about ethics from their disciplined listening? The same question was asked after the war about the persecution of the Jews and other minorities, and it’s a very live issue again, faced as we are by movements like ISIS, or Putinism in Russia, that cause great suffering in the name of religious or moral regeneration - a bewildering paradox that David Astor, former editor of The Observer called ‘the scourge’.Can psychotherapy throw any light on it, or contribute any ideas as to how we might contain, if not prevent, the barbarism it sanctions? Can it offer any insights into a different, more inclusive kind of ethics, and if so, can we glean any guidance from it as to how we might further it?These are the questions the author explores, drawing on psychoanalytic thinking on these issues for over a century and illustrated by his work with individuals over four decades. 04 00 Acknowledgements Foreword Preface to the Second Edition Introduction 1. Psychotherapy and Ethics 2. Instincts or Relationship: An Historic Divide 3. Of Dark Materials and their Weaving 4. Pascal’s Paradox 5. Guilt and Shame 6. Only Connect 7. Conclusion Appendix A: Psychoanalysis and Democracy Appendix B: Psychoanalysis and Science Postscript Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0416_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250304 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805113560 06 15 9781805113577 06 15 9781805113584 06 15 9781805113607 06 15 9781805113591 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0416 20 02 20250304 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0416.epub 20 02 20250304 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e5bb9f8f-7ea5-48c2-917c-43677e2608d3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:e5bb9f8f-7ea5-48c2-917c-43677e2608d3 15 9781783740901 06 10.11647/OBP.0076 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Twentieth-Century Russian Poetry Reinventing the Canon 1 B01 21 0000-0003-3065-2053 Katharine Hodgson 2 B01 Joanne Shelton 3 B01 Alexandra Smith 01 eng 00 512 03 12 DSC 10 LIT014000 B2 Literature 04 PG3056 20 Russia B2 European Studies 10 LIT004240 20 poetry B2 European Studies: Eastern European Studies 20 Twentieth-century 20 literary canon 20 Soviet Union 20 Brodskii 20 Akhmatova 20 Mandel′shtam 01 06 03 00 The canon of Russian poetry has been reshaped since the fall of the Soviet Union. A multi-authored study of changing cultural memory and identity, this revisionary work charts Russia’s shifting relationship to its own literature in the face of social upheaval.<break/>Literary canon and national identity are inextricably tied together, the composition of a canon being the attempt to single out those literary works that best express a nation’s culture. This process is, of course, fluid and subject to significant shifts, particularly at times of epochal change. This volume explores changes in the canon of twentieth-century Russian poetry from the 1991 collapse of the Soviet Union to the end of Putin’s second term as Russian President in 2008. In the wake of major institutional changes, such as the abolition of state censorship and the introduction of a market economy, the way was open for wholesale reinterpretation of twentieth-century poets such as Iosif Brodskii, Anna Akhmatova and Osip Mandel′shtam, their works and their lives. In the last twenty years many critics have discussed the possibility of various coexisting canons rooted in official and non-official literature and suggested replacing the term "Soviet literature" with a new definition – "Russian literature of the Soviet period".<break/>Contributions to this volume explore the multiple factors involved in reshaping the canon, understood as a body of literary texts given exemplary or representative status as "classics". Among factors which may influence the composition of the canon are educational institutions, competing views of scholars and critics, including figures outside Russia, and the self-canonising activity of poets themselves. Canon revision further reflects contemporary concerns with the destabilising effects of emigration and the internet, and the desire to reconnect with pre-revolutionary cultural traditions through a narrative of the past which foregrounds continuity. Despite persistent nostalgic yearnings in some quarters for a single canon, the current situation is defiantly diverse, balancing both the Soviet literary tradition and the parallel contemporaneous literary worlds of the emigration and the underground.<break/>Required reading for students, teachers and lovers of Russian literature, Twentieth-Century Russian Poetry brings our understanding of post-Soviet Russia up to date. 04 00 Notes on Contributors 1. Introduction: Twentieth-Century Russian Poetry and the Post-Soviet Reader: Reinventing the Canon By Katharine Hodgson and Alexandra Smith 2. From the Margins to the Mainstream: Iosif Brodskii and the Twentieth-Century Poetic Canon in the Post-Soviet Period By Aaron Hodgson 3. ‘Golden-Mouthed Anna of All The Russias’: Canon, Canonisation, and Cult By Alexandra Harrington 4. Vladimir Maiakovskii and the National School Curriculum By Natalia Karakulina 5. The Symbol of the Symbolists: Aleksandr Blok in the Changing Russian Literary Canon By Olga Sobolev 6. Canonical Mandel′shtam By Andrew Kahn 7. Revising the Twentieth-Century Poetic Canon: Ivan Bunin in Post-Soviet Russia By Joanne Shelton 8. From Underground to Mainstream: The Case of Elena Shvarts By Josephine von Zitzewitz 9. Boris Slutskii: A Poet, his Time, and the Canon By Katharine Hodgson 10. The Diasporic Canon of Russian Poetry: The Case of the Paris Note By Maria Rubins 11. The Thaw Generation Poets in the Post-Soviet Period By Emily Lygo 12. The Post-Soviet Homecoming of First-Wave Russian Émigré Poets and its Impact on the Reinvention of the Past By Alexandra Smith 13. Creating the Canon of the Present By Stephanie Sandler Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0076_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC) 01 projectname Reconfiguring the Canon of Twentieth-Century Russian Poetry, 1991-2008 01 grantnumber AH/H039619/1 Cambridge, UK 04 01 20170421 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783740871 06 15 9781783740888 06 15 9781783740895 06 15 9781800645004 06 15 9781783745852 06 15 9781783740901 06 15 9781783740918 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0076.epub 20 02 20170421 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0076 20 02 20170421 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:fad3128f-945a-43a9-9f27-b696521c0386 03 01 01 urn:uuid:fad3128f-945a-43a9-9f27-b696521c0386 15 9781783741915 06 10.11647/OBP.0084 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Tyneside Neighbourhoods Deprivation, Social Life and Social Behaviour in One British City 1 A01 Daniel Nettle 01 eng 00 146 03 B2 Economics 20 Ethnography 04 HM821 12 KCR 10 SOC045000 20 comparative study 12 KCP B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC053000 12 JHBC 10 SOC050000 20 social behaviour 12 JHBL 10 POL024000 20 United Kingdom 20 economic deprivation 10 POL029000 20 social solidarity 01 06 03 00 Nettle’s book presents the results of five years of comparative ethnographic fieldwork in two different neighbourhoods of the same British city, Newcastle upon Tyne. The neighbourhoods are only a few kilometres apart, yet whilst one is relatively affluent, the other is amongst the most economically deprived in the UK. Tyneside Neighbourhoods uses multiple research methods to explore social relationships and social behaviour, attempting to understand whether the experience of deprivation fosters social solidarity, or undermines it. The book is distinctive in its development of novel quantitative methods for ethnography: systematic social observation, economic games, household surveys, crime statistics, and field experiments. Nettle analyses these findings in the context of the cultural, psychological and economic consequences of economic deprivation, and of the ethical difficulties of representing a deprived community. In so doing the book sheds light on one of the main issues of our time: the roles of culture and of socioeconomic factors in determining patterns of human social behaviour.<break/>Tyneside Neighbourhoods is a must read for scholars, students, individual readers, charities and government departments seeking insight into the social consequences of deprivation and inequality in the West.<break/>Nettle’s book presents the results of five years of comparative ethnographic fieldwork in two different neighbourhoods of the same British city, Newcastle upon Tyne. The neighbourhoods are only a few kilometres apart, yet whilst one is relatively affluent, the other is amongst the most economically deprived in the UK. Tyneside Neighbourhoods uses multiple research methods to explore social relationships and social behaviour, attempting to understand whether the experience of deprivation fosters social solidarity, or undermines it. The book is distinctive in its development of novel quantitative methods for ethnography: systematic social observation, economic games, household surveys, crime statistics, and field experiments. Nettle analyses these findings in the context of the cultural, psychological and economic consequences of economic deprivation, and of the ethical difficulties of representing a deprived community. In so doing the book sheds light on one of the main issues of our time: the roles of culture and of socioeconomic factors in determining patterns of human social behaviour. Tyneside Neighbourhoods is a must read for scholars, students, individual readers, charities and government departments seeking insight into the social consequences of deprivation and inequality in the West.<break/> 04 00 1. Introduction Prelude About this book The city context: Newcastle upon Tyne Motivations for the Tyneside Neighbourhoods Project Competing narratives: Kropotkin versus the Mountain People 2. Study sites and methods The study neighbourhoods Development of methods: General considerations Description of datasets 3. Mutual aid Introduction Round one: Social interactions in the streets Round two: Self-reported social capital Round three: Dictator Games Close to the edge The return of the lost letter, and other encounters 4. Crime and punishment Introduction The spreading of disorder and the maintenance of antisocial behaviour Littering and crime reports The Theft Game An experiment with information The strange case of the norms effect that didn’t happen 5. From cradle to grave Introduction Children’s use of the streets Social trust through childhood Social trust through adulthood No country for old men 6. Being there Introduction Perceptual experience and context sensitivity An experiment with minibuses The social diet 7. Conclusions and reflections Introduction Summary and implications of findings The economic grit and the cultural pearl Structural change versus nudges The ethics of representation and the value of ethnography References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0084_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Newcastle University Cambridge, UK 04 01 20151215 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741885 06 15 9781783741892 06 15 9781783741908 06 15 9781800645042 06 15 9781783746361 06 15 9781783741915 06 15 9781783741922 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0084 20 02 20151215 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0084.epub 20 02 20151215 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:67824104-1de5-423a-ba57-6b844d6feef9 03 01 01 urn:uuid:67824104-1de5-423a-ba57-6b844d6feef9 15 9781805115083 06 10.11647/OBP.0448 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Uncovering European Private Law A Student Handbook 1 B01 21 0000-0003-4380-9961 Marija Bartl 2 B01 Laura Burgers 3 B01 21 0009-0007-8236-7242 Chantal Mak 01 eng 00 368 03 B2 Business and Management 20 European private law 10 LAW014000 93 LNB 20 Comparative legal systems B2 Law 10 LAW016000 93 LNA 20 Contract and tort law 10 LAW059000 93 LNV 10 LAW011000 93 LBDK 20 Transnational legal frameworks 93 KJJ 20 Sustainability in law 20 Digitalization in private law 93 GTQ 01 06 03 00 Aimed at bridging a crucial gap in legal education, Uncovering European Private Law provides a comprehensive introduction to the evolving field of European private law. This innovative handbook addresses the interplay of national, European, and transnational rules governing relationships between private actors, including individuals and businesses. Designed with students in mind, this volume not only covers foundational concepts but also explores cutting-edge developments in areas such as contract, tort, property, and company law.What sets this handbook apart is its contextual approach. By integrating societal and theoretical perspectives, it encourages students to critically evaluate private law's role in addressing global challenges like digitalization, sustainability, and globalization. Gathering the expertise of over twenty international law scholars, the handbook reflects the expertise of academics deeply engaged in teaching and research.With structured chapters and accessible narratives, this handbook replaces piecemeal materials previously used in courses. It offers coherence and depth, making it an essential resource for understanding the legal frameworks that shape commerce, legal practice, and broader societal issues. Whether for mandatory or elective courses, this guide empowers students to navigate and critically assess the dynamic field of European private law providing an essential resource for the private lawyers of the future. 04 00 Contributor Biographies I. INTRODUCTION 1. The Evolving Concept of Private Law in Europe 3 Laura Burgers, Marija Bartl, and Chantal Mak 1. The ‘Private’ in Private Law 2. Private Autonomy as a General Principle of Private Law 3. The Maker of Private Law in Europe 4. The Meaning of ‘European Private Law’ 5. Points for Reflection Bibliography II. FOUNDATIONS 2. (In)justice in European Private Law 23 Martijn W. Hesselink 1. Introduction 2. The Idea of Justice 3. Private Law as an Agent of (In)justice 4. The EU’s Responsibility for Justice 5. EU Private Law as an Agent of (In)justice Points for Reflection Bibliography 3. Negative Integration, European Private Law, and the Government’s Role in the Marketplace 45 C. J. W. (Jaap) Baaij 1. Introduction 2. The Evolution from Negative to Positive European Integration 3. The Normative Link between Negative Integration and European Private Law 4. Concluding Remarks 5. Points for Reflection Bibliography 4. Positive Integration: Harmonisation of National Law through Directives and Regulations 65 Marco B. M. Loos 1. Introduction 2. Legal Architecture 3. Societal Relevance: Stakes and Challenges 4. Points for Reflection Bibliography 5. Human Rights in Private Law 89 Chantal Mak 1. Introduction: Private Actors and the Public Interest 2. Legal Context: Constitutionalising Private Law 3. Societal Relevance: The Imaginative Power of Private Law 4. Points for Reflection Bibliography III. INSTITUTIONS 6. Bona fides (Good Faith) in European Private Law 109 Talya Deibel Introduction Legal Context Societal Implications Conclusion and Points for Reflection Bibliography 7. Concepts of Ownership in European Property Law: Centralising the Social Function of Ownership 127 Eva Vermeulen 1. Introduction: What Is European Property Law? 2. Legal Context: Three Concepts of Ownership and their Coexistence in European Property Law 3. Prevalent Ownership Concepts and Their Effects on Rising Inequality and Ecological Disaster 4. Conclusion: Time for a More Central Role for Social Ownership? 5. Points for Reflection Bibliography 8. Limited Liability through the Lens of Expected Value Analysis 155 Michael Bakker and Rolef de Weijs 1. Introduction: The Limited Liability Corporation 2. Expected Value, Expected Return, and Expected Rate of Return 3. Limited Liability through the Lens of Expected Value Analysis 4. Legal Strategies to Address Externalisation through the Corporate Form 5. Conclusion and Points for Reflection Bibliography 9. Consumers in European Private Law 171 Joasia Luzak 1. Introduction: ‘Ordinary People’ 2. Legal Architecture 4. Points for Reflection: ‘Try Again’ Bibliography IV. TRANSFORMATIONS 10. Social Enterprises and the Role of Profit in Company Law 193 Nena van der Horst and Marleen van Uchelen 1. Introduction 2. Legal Framework for Profit Distribution in Social Enterprises in Europe 3. Profit Distribution in Social Enterprises in a Societal Context 4. Conclusions 5. Points for Reflection Bibliography 11. Financial Crises and European Private Law 207 Guido Comparato 1. Introduction 2. Legal Context 3. Societal Relevance 4. Points for Reflection Bibliography 12. The Construction of European Housing Markets through European Private Law 229 Irina Domurath 1. Introduction 2. EU ‘Housing Regulation’ with Impact on Contract Law 3. Beyond the Law: Welfare, Commodities, and Finance 4. Conclusions and Points for Reflection Bibliography 13. Data Subjects in European Private Law 255 Antonio Davola 1. Introduction 2. Legal Context: Data Subjects and Their Rights in the European Normative Framework 3. Societal Relevance: Control over Data as a Core Concept for Individuals’ Freedom 4. Points for Reflection Bibliography 14. EU Sustainable Finance Regulation: An Analysis in the Context of Contemporary Debates in European Private Law 273 Jennifer de Lange-Collins 1. Introduction: Sustainable Finance, in the Context of Issues in EPL 2. Legal Context: The EU Approach to Sustainable Finance 3. Societal Context: Analysis of the EU approach to Sustainable Finance 4. Conclusions 5. Points for Reflection Bibliography V. METHODS 15. Private Law and Political Economy 297 Marija Bartl 1. Introduction: On ‘Law and Political Economy’ as an Approach to Studying Law 2. Legal Context 3. Markets and Private Law 4. Societal Implications: Transforming Markets via Private Law 5. Points for Reflection Bibliography 16. Methods of Comparative Legal Research: How to Set Up and Carry Out a Comparative Legal Research Project 311 Marieke Oderkerk 1. Introduction 2. A Methodological Framework for Comparative Legal Research 3. Goals of Comparative Legal Research 4. Methods and Techniques of Comparative Legal Research 5. Conclusion 6. Points for Reflection Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0448_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Amsterdam Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250605 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805115052 06 15 9781805115069 06 15 9781805115076 06 15 9781805115090 06 15 9781805115083 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0448.epub 20 02 20250605 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0448 20 02 20250605 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:8e8c0b3e-76eb-4c1c-b335-1a481cec1ae0 03 01 01 urn:uuid:8e8c0b3e-76eb-4c1c-b335-1a481cec1ae0 15 9781783744817 06 10.11647/OBP.0139 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 23996676 01 02 Open Reports Series 01 01 Undocumented Migrants and Healthcare Eight Stories from Switzerland 1 A01 21 0000-0001-7959-3483 Marianne Jossen 01 eng 00 116 03 12 M B2 Politics and Sociology 04 RA989.S9 10 SOC007000 20 undocumented migrants B2 Health 20 healthcare 12 JKS 10 SOC057000 12 JKSN1 20 Switzerland 12 1DF 20 inclusion 20 non-governmental organisations 20 Public Health 20 Migration Studies 01 06 03 00 What do undocumented migrants experience when they try to access healthcare? How do they navigate the (often contradictory) challenges presented by bureaucratic systems, financial pressures, attitudes to migrants, and their own healthcare needs?<break/>This urgent study uses a grounded theory approach to explore the ways in which undocumented migrants are included in or excluded from healthcare in a Swiss region. Marianne Jossen explores the ways migrants try to obtain healthcare on their own, with the help of NGOs or via insurance, and how they cope if they fail, whether by using risky strategies to access healthcare or leaving serious health issues untreated. Jossen shows that even for those who succeed, inclusion remains partial and fraught with risks.<break/>Based on interviews with migrants, health practitioners and NGO staff and using a rigorous academic approach, Undocumented Migrants and Healthcare is an important contribution to a vital contemporary issue. It is necessary reading for researchers in Public Health and Migration Studies, as well as government and non-governmental organisations in Switzerland and beyond. It will be of interest to anyone concerned with healthcare and migration in the twenty-first century. 04 00 1. Just going to hospital 2. Undocumented migrants, healthcare and health 3. Telling stories about healthcare for undocumented migrants 4. Settling in 5. The NGO and its network 6. Insurance 7. Healthcare for undocumented migrants 8. Literature 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0139_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Stiftung Lindenhof Bern 16 Swiss Red Cross Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180530 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783744787 06 15 9781783744794 06 15 9781783744800 06 15 9781800645585 06 15 9781783745272 06 15 9781783744817 06 15 9781783744824 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0139 20 02 20180530 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0139.epub 20 02 20180530 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5b666395-b379-4b49-b058-fdec3941e5e2 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5b666395-b379-4b49-b058-fdec3941e5e2 15 9781805113430 06 10.11647/OBP.0412 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Urban Heritage and Sustainability in the Age of Globalisation 1 B01 21 0000-0002-8778-5132 Lilia Makhloufi 01 eng 00 328 03 93 AM B2 Anthropology 10 ARC014000 04 CC136.5 20 Cityscapes 20 Heritage B2 History 10 SOC002010 93 TNKX 10 ART009000 20 Interdisciplinary 93 JHMC B2 Politics and Sociology B2 Architecture 10 POL002000 93 RPC 20 Urban context 20 Conservation 10 HIS039000 93 NHTB 20 Globalized world 01 06 03 00 This book offers a deep exploration of architectural and urban heritage, using interdisciplinary and intercultural approaches to assess how historical, social, economic and political factors have impacted heritage development and its sustainability. It sheds light on the stakes of heritage conservation, management and maintenance in today’s globalised world. Through detailed studies of historic cities, the book explores both the tangible aspects of their built heritage (urban fabric, housing design, construction methods and materials for thermal comfort) and the intangible components of local communities (including identities, cultures, religions, values and ways of life) in diverse case studies in Egypt, France, India, Iran, Jordan, Morocco, Syria and Tunisia.By addressing not only urban and architectural heritage but also socio-cultural, environmental and political issues—including economic challenges and climatic concerns—this book is an essential resource for scholars and researchers across fields, including architecture, civil engineering, urban planning, sociology and philosophical anthropology. 04 00 Scientific and Review Committees Notes on Contributors List of illustrations Preface Introduction: Urban Heritage and Sustainability I. HISTORIC HERITAGE: URBAN DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL EFFECTS 1. Mumbai: A Metropolis Forged in Lasting Fragments of Urbs Prima in Indis 2. Urban Development of Palmyra, Post-war Damage Assessment and Recovery Policy 3. The Urban Development of Si-ye Tir Street in Tehran II. OLD NEIGHBOURHOODS: COMMUNITIES AND LOCAL PARTICIPATION 4. Sustainable Cultural Heritage through Participatory Planning: A Transect Walk in the Lweibdeh Neighbourhood in Amman 5. Tackling Sustainability in Bordeaux: Bridging Modern and Traditional Neighbourhoods 6. Sustainable Urban Conservation of Historical Cities: The Case of Fez Medina, Morocco III. SUSTAINABLE HERITAGE: CLIMATE, THERMAL COMFORT AND DESIGN 7. The Medina of Tunis, a Heritage Model for Urban Sustainability: Urban Morphology and Outdoor Thermal Comfort 8. The Colonial Heritage of Tunis: Simple Collective Memory or an Environmental Resource? 9. The Evaluation of Passive Cooling Strategies in the Persian Garden Pavilion as a Model of Sustainable Heritage IV. URBAN HERITAGE: RENEWAL OF LANDSCAPES AND ATMOSPHERES 10. Heritage as a Vector of Sustainable Urban Regeneration: The Case of North Shahjahanabad 11. The Historic Urban Landscape Approach as a Tool for Port Said Heritage Conservation 12. Old City Atmospheres in the Age of Globalisation Conclusion: Sustainability in the Age of Globalisation Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0412_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Arab-German Young Academy of Sciences and Humanities Cambridge, UK 04 01 20240926 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805113409 06 15 9781805113416 06 15 9781805113423 06 15 9781805113447 06 15 9781805113430 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0412 20 02 20240926 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0412.epub 20 02 20240926 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e0fe9894-a235-4425-ab5c-9964b9dca34e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:e0fe9894-a235-4425-ab5c-9964b9dca34e 15 9781783742165 06 10.11647/OBP.0090 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Verdi in Victorian London 1 A01 21 0000-0001-6884-4697 Massimo Zicari 01 eng 00 360 03 12 AVA 20 Giuseppe Verdi 04 ML410.V4 10 MUS028000 12 AVC 10 MUS020000 20 Music 12 AVGC5 20 Italian opera 10 MUS050000 12 AVGC9 20 music reception 12 AVH 20 Victorian London 20 nineteenth century 01 06 03 00 Now a byword for beauty, Verdi’s operas were far from universally acclaimed when they reached London in the second half of the nineteenth century. Why did some critics react so harshly? Who were they and what biases and prejudices animated them? When did their antagonistic attitude change? And why did opera managers continue to produce Verdi’s operas, in spite of their alleged worthlessness?Massimo Zicari’s Verdi in Victorian London reconstructs the reception of Verdi’s operas in London from 1844, when a first critical account was published in the pages of The Athenaeum, to 1901, when Verdi’s death received extensive tribute in The Musical Times. In the 1840s, certain London journalists were positively hostile towards the most talked-about representative of Italian opera, only to change their tune in the years to come. The supercilious critic of The Athenaeum, Henry Fothergill Chorley, declared that Verdi’s melodies were worn, hackneyed and meaningless, his harmonies and progressions crude, his orchestration noisy. The scribes of The Times, The Musical World, The Illustrated London News, and The Musical Times all contributed to the critical hubbub.Yet by the 1850s, Victorian critics, however grudging, could neither deny nor ignore the popularity of Verdi’s operas. Over the final three decades of the nineteenth century, moreover, London’s musical milieu underwent changes of great magnitude, shifting the manner in which Verdi was conceptualized and making room for the powerful influence of Wagner. Nostalgic commentators began to lament the sad state of the Land of Song, referring to the now departed "palmy days of Italian opera." Zicari charts this entire cultural constellation.Verdi in Victorian London is required reading for both academics and opera aficionados. Music specialists will value a historical reconstruction that stems from a large body of first-hand source material, while Verdi lovers and Italian opera addicts will enjoy vivid analysis free from technical jargon. For students, scholars and plain readers alike, this book is an illuminating addition to the study of music reception. 04 00 List of Illustrations 1. Music Journalism in Early Victorian London 2. Ernani (1845) 3. Nabucco and I Lombardi (1846) 4. I due Foscari and I masnadieri (1847) 5. Attila (1848) 6. Uneventful Years: 1849–1852 7. Rigoletto (1853) 8. Il trovatore (1855) 9. A Moral Case: The Outburst of La traviata (1856) 10. Luisa Miller (1858) 11. I vespri siciliani (1859) 12. The Years 1860 and 1861: Un ballo in maschera 13. Inno delle nazioni (1862) 14. Don Carlos and La forza del destino (1867) 15. The Late 1860s and Wagner’s L’Olandese dannato (1870) 16. Verdi’s Requiem and Wagner’s Lohengrin (1875) 17. Aida (1876) 18. Music Journalism in London: The Late 1870s and 1880s 19. Otello at the Royal Lyceum (1889) 20. Falstaff at Covent Garden (1894) Select Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0090_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20160711 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742134 06 15 9781783742141 06 15 9781783742158 06 15 9781800645097 06 15 9781783746309 06 15 9781783742165 06 15 9781783742172 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0090 20 02 20160711 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0090.epub 20 02 20160711 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5d109328-6090-4754-ade6-2c981800a4a5 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5d109328-6090-4754-ade6-2c981800a4a5 15 9781783741755 06 10.11647/OBP.0066 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Vertical Readings in Dante's Comedy Volume 1 1 B01 21 0000-0002-7043-3253 George Corbett 2 B01 Heather Webb 01 eng 00 282 03 20 Dante Alighieri 12 DS 10 LIT004200 B2 Literature 04 PQ4435 20 Commedia 12 DSC B2 European Studies 10 POE019000 B2 European Studies: Italian Studies 20 Inferno 10 LIT011000 20 Purgatorio 20 Paradiso 20 Italian poetry 20 Italian literature 20 vertical readings 20 comparative 01 06 03 00 Vertical Readings in Dante’s Comedy is a reappraisal of the poem by an international team of thirty-four scholars. Each vertical reading analyses three same-numbered cantos from the three canticles: Inferno i, Purgatorio i and Paradiso i; Inferno ii, Purgatorio ii and Paradiso ii; etc. Although scholars have suggested before that there are correspondences between same-numbered cantos that beg to be explored, this is the first time that the approach has been pursued in a systematic fashion across the poem.<break/>This collection – to be issued in three volumes – offers an unprecedented repertoire of vertical readings for the whole poem. As the first volume exemplifies, vertical reading not only articulates unexamined connections between the three canticles but also unlocks engaging new ways to enter into core concerns of the poem. The three volumes thereby provide an indispensable resource for scholars, students and enthusiasts of Dante. 04 00 Acknowledgements Editions Followed and Abbreviations Notes on the Contributors Introduction by George Corbett and Heather Webb 1.i. Pagan Dawn of a Christian Vision by George Corbett 1.ii. Orientation by Heather Webb 2. Reading Time, Text and the World by Matthew Treherne 3. The Bliss and Abyss of Freedom: Hope, Personhood and Particularity by Vittorio Montemaggi 4. Virtuous Pagans, Hopeless Desire and Unjust Justice by John Marenbon 5. Massacre, Miserere and Martyrdom by Robin Kirkpatrick 6. Divided City, Slavish Italy, Universal Empire by Claire E. Honess 7. The Wheeling Sevens by Simon A. Gilson 8. Civitas and Love: Looking Backward from Paradiso viii by Brenda Deen Schildgen 9. ‘Without Any Violence’ by Zygmunt G. Barański 10. Humility and the (P)arts of Art by K P Clarke 11. The Art of Teaching and the Nature of Love by Paola Nasti Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0066_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Trinity College, Cambridge 16 Selwyn College, Cambridge 16 Italian Department, University of Cambridge 16 Cambridge Italian Research Network (CIRN) 16 Centre for Medieval Literature (University of Southern Denmark and University of York) 16 University of Notre Dame 16 University of Leeds Cambridge, UK 04 01 20150901 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741724 06 15 9781783741731 06 15 9781783741748 06 15 9781800644922 06 15 9781783746101 06 15 9781783741755 06 15 9781783741762 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0066 20 02 20150901 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0066.epub 20 02 20150901 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:61608ed1-e6aa-41e8-a05d-d6888114e2b3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:61608ed1-e6aa-41e8-a05d-d6888114e2b3 15 9781783742561 06 10.11647/OBP.0100 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Vertical Readings in Dante's Comedy Volume 2 1 B01 21 0000-0002-7043-3253 George Corbett 2 B01 Heather Webb 01 eng 00 304 03 20 Dante Alighieri 12 DS 10 LIT004200 B2 Literature 04 PQ4302 20 Commedia 12 DSC B2 European Studies 10 LIT011000 B2 European Studies: Italian Studies 20 Inferno 10 POE019000 20 Purgatorio 20 Paradiso 20 Italian poetry 20 Italian literature 20 vertical readings 20 comparative 01 06 03 00 Vertical Readings in Dante’s Comedy is a reappraisal of the poem by an international team of thirty-four scholars. Each vertical reading analyses three same-numbered cantos from the three canticles: Inferno i, Purgatorio i and Paradiso i; Inferno ii, Purgatorio ii and Paradiso ii; etc. Although scholars have suggested before that there are correspondences between same-numbered cantos that beg to be explored, this is the first time that the approach has been pursued in a systematic fashion across the poem.This collection – to be issued in three volumes – offers an unprecedented repertoire of vertical readings for the whole poem. As the first volume exemplifies, vertical reading not only articulates unexamined connections between the three canticles but also unlocks engaging new ways to enter into core concerns of the poem. The three volumes thereby provide an indispensable resource for scholars, students and enthusiasts of Dante. 04 00 Acknowledgements Editions Followed and Abbreviations Notes on the Contributors Introduction George Corbett and Heather Webb 12. Centaurs, Spiders and Saints Christian Moevs 13. ‘Would you Adam and Eve it?’ Robert Wilson 14. The Patterning of History: Poetry, Politics and Adamic Renewal Catherine M. Keen 15. Dante’s Fatherlands Simone Marchesi 16. Politics of Desire Manuele Gragnolati 17. Seductive Lies, Unpalatable Truths, Alter Egos Tristan Kay 18. Women, War and Wisdom Anne C. Leone 19. Inside Out Ambrogio Camozzi Pistoja 20. Prediction, Prophecy and Predestination: Eternalising Poetry in the Commedia Claudia Rossignoli 21. God’s Beloved: From Pitch, Through Script, to Writ Corinna Salvadori Lonergan 22. Truth, Autobiography and the Poetry of Salvation Giuseppe Ledda Bibliography Index of Names 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0100_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Trinity College, Cambridge 16 Selwyn College, Cambridge 16 Keith Sykes 16 Italian Department, University of Cambridge 16 Cambridge Italian Research Network (CIRN) Cambridge, UK 04 01 20161212 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742530 06 15 9781783742547 06 15 9781783742554 06 15 9781800645196 06 15 9781783746118 06 15 9781783742561 06 15 9781783742578 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0100.epub 20 02 20161212 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0100 20 02 20161212 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:a69522bd-1a8b-4414-b2d8-674512bf0235 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a69522bd-1a8b-4414-b2d8-674512bf0235 15 9781783743612 06 10.11647/OBP.0119 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Vertical Readings in Dante's Comedy Volume 3 1 B01 21 0000-0002-7043-3253 George Corbett 2 B01 Heather Webb 01 eng 00 264 03 20 Dante Alighieri 12 DS 10 LIT004200 B2 Literature 04 PQ4302 20 Commedia 12 DSC B2 European Studies 10 POE019000 B2 European Studies: Italian Studies 20 Inferno 10 LIT011000 20 Purgatorio 20 Paradiso 20 Italian poetry 20 Italian literature 20 vertical readings 20 comparative 01 06 03 00 Vertical Readings in Dante’s Comedy is a reappraisal of the poem by an international team of thirty-four scholars. Each vertical reading analyses three same-numbered cantos from the three canticles: Inferno i, Purgatorio i and Paradiso i; Inferno ii, Purgatorio ii and Paradiso ii; etc. Although scholars have suggested before that there are correspondences between same-numbered cantos that beg to be explored, this is the first time that the approach has been pursued in a systematic fashion across the poem.This collection in three volumes offers an unprecedented repertoire of vertical readings for the whole poem. As the first volume exemplifies, vertical reading not only articulates unexamined connections between the three canticles but also unlocks engaging new ways to enter into core concerns of the poem. The three volumes thereby provide an indispensable resource for scholars, students and enthusiasts of Dante.The volume has its origin in a series of thirty-three public lectures held in Trinity College, the University of Cambridge (2012-2016) which can be accessed at the Cambridge Vertical Readings in Dante’s Comedy website. 04 00 Acknowledgements Editions Followed and Abbreviations Notes on the Contributors Introduction by George Corbett and Heather Webb 23. Our Bodies, Our Selves: Crucified, Famished, and Nourished by Peter S. Hawkins 24. True Desire, True Being, and Truly Being a Poet by Janet Soskice 25. Changes by George Ferzoco 26. The Poetics of Trespassing by Elena Lombardi 27. Containers and Things Contained by Ronald L. Martinez 28. Cosmographic Cartography of the ‘Perfect’ Twenty-Eights by Theodore J. Cachey Jr. 29. Truth, Untruth and the Moment of Indwelling by John Took 30. Brooks, Melting Snow, River of Light by Piero Boitani 31. Beauty and the Beast by Catherine Pickstock 32. Particular Surprises: Faces, Cries and Transfiguration by David F. Ford 33 and 34. Ice, Fire and Holy Water by Rowan Williams Bibliography Index of Names 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0119_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Trinity College, Cambridge 16 Selwyn College, Cambridge 16 Cambridge Italian Research Network (CIRN) 16 Italian Department, University of Cambridge 16 Keith Sykes Cambridge, UK 04 01 20171204 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743582 06 15 9781783743599 06 15 9781783743605 06 15 9781800645387 06 15 9781783744534 06 15 9781783743612 06 15 9781783743629 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0119.epub 20 02 20171204 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0119 20 02 20171204 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:85cc4bb1-a397-4904-9213-36f1e71e334c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:85cc4bb1-a397-4904-9213-36f1e71e334c 15 9781783746033 06 10.11647/OBP.0158 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542445 01 02 Classics Textbooks 01 01 Virgil, Aeneid 11, Pallas and Camilla, 1–224, 498–521, 532–596, 648–689, 725–835 Latin Text, Study Aids with Vocabulary, and Commentary 1 A01 Ingo Gildenhard 2 A01 John Henderson 01 eng 02 lat 00 596 03 B2 Classics 12 HBLA1 10 LIT004190 04 PA6803.B31 20 Virgil 20 Aeneid 12 CFP B2 Classics: Latin Textbooks 10 LIT004190 12 4KL 10 FOR033000 20 Pallas B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 20 Camilla 20 original Latin text 20 vocabulary aids 20 study questions 20 commentary 20 A-Level 20 AS-Level 01 06 03 00 A dead boy (Pallas) and the death of a girl (Camilla) loom over the opening and the closing part of the eleventh book of the Aeneid. Following the savage slaughter in Aeneid 10, the book opens in a mournful mood as the warring parties revisit yesterday’s killing fields to attend to their dead. One casualty in particular commands attention: Aeneas’ protégé Pallas, killed and despoiled by Turnus in the previous book. His death plunges his father Evander and his surrogate father Aeneas into heart-rending despair – and helps set up the foundational act of sacrificial brutality that caps the poem, when Aeneas seeks to avenge Pallas by slaying Turnus in wrathful fury. Turnus’ departure from the living is prefigured by that of his ally Camilla, a maiden schooled in the martial arts, who sets the mold for warrior princesses such as Xena and Wonder Woman. In the final third of Aeneid 11, she wreaks havoc not just on the battlefield but on gender stereotypes and the conventions of the epic genre, before she too succumbs to a premature death. In the portions of the book selected for discussion here, Virgil offers some of his most emotive (and disturbing) meditations on the tragic nature of human existence – but also knows how to lighten the mood with a bit of drag.This course book offers the original Latin text, vocabulary aids, study questions, and an extensive commentary. Designed to stretch and stimulate readers, Ingo Gildenhard’s volume will be of particular interest to students of Latin studying for A-Level or on undergraduate courses. It extends beyond detailed linguistic analysis to encourage critical engagement with Virgil’s poetry and the most recent scholarly thought.King's College, Cambridge, has generously contributed to this publication. 04 00 Introduction 1. Virgil & Homer, or: The Overall Design of the Aeneid (and Book 11’s Place Within It) 2. Aeneid 11 3. Further Themes: Battle, Death, Ethnicity Text Commentary Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0158_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 King's College, University of Cambridge Cambridge, UK 04 01 20181205 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783746002 06 15 9781783746019 06 15 9781783746026 06 15 9781800645769 06 15 9781783746057 06 15 9781783746033 06 15 9781783746040 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0158 20 02 20181205 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0158.epub 20 02 20181205 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d578b548-3938-4047-9426-ea82796ad7b3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d578b548-3938-4047-9426-ea82796ad7b3 15 9781909254183 06 10.11647/OBP.0023 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/3.0/ 10 02 20542445 01 02 Classics Textbooks 01 01 Virgil, Aeneid, 4.1–299 Latin Text, Study Questions, Commentary and Interpretative Essays 1 A01 Ingo Gildenhard 01 eng 00 320 03 B2 Classics 12 HBLA1 10 HIS002020 04 PA6801.A6 20 Virgil 20 Aeneid 12 CFP B2 Classics: Latin Textbooks 10 LIT004190 12 4KL 20 classics 10 FOR033000 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 20 sixth-form study guide 20 translation 20 Ancient Rome 20 Latin 20 classics textbook series 01 06 03 00 Love and tragedy dominate book four of Virgil’s most powerful work, building on the violent emotions invoked by the storms, battles, warring gods, and monster-plagued wanderings of the epic’s opening. Destined to be the founder of Roman culture, Aeneas, nudged by the gods, decides to leave his beloved Dido, causing her suicide in pursuit of his historical destiny. A dark plot, in which erotic passion culminates in sex, and sex leads to tragedy and death in the human realm, unfolds within the larger horizon of a supernatural sphere, dominated by power-conscious divinities. Dido is Aeneas’ most significant other, and in their encounter Virgil explores timeless themes of love and loyalty, fate and fortune, the justice of the gods, imperial ambition and its victims, and ethnic differences. This course book offers a portion of the original Latin text, study questions, a commentary, and interpretative essays. Designed to stretch and stimulate readers, Ingo Gildenhard’s incisive commentary will be of particular interest to students of Latin at both A2 and undergraduate level. It extends beyond detailed linguistic analysis to encourage critical engagement with Virgil’s poetry and discussion of the most recent scholarly thought. 04 00 Acknowledgements 1. Preface 2. Latin Text 3. Study Questions 4. Commentary 5. Interpretative Essays 5.1. Content and Form 5.2. Historiographical Dido 5.3. Allusion 5.4. Religion 6. Bibliography 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0023_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20121122 02 WORLD 06 15 9781909254152 06 15 9781909254169 06 15 9781909254176 06 15 9781800644502 06 15 9781909254183 06 15 9781909254190 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0023 20 02 20121122 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0023.epub 20 02 20121122 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3047a8b4-d669-4067-8b8a-c908c348c408 03 01 01 urn:uuid:3047a8b4-d669-4067-8b8a-c908c348c408 15 9781783742660 06 10.11647/OBP.0101 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20542178 01 02 Open Book Classics 01 01 Wallenstein A Dramatic Poem 1 A01 Friedrich Schiller 2 B06 Flora Kimmich 3 A24 21 0000-0002-4928-4513 Roger Paulin 01 eng 00 322 03 12 DSG 20 Frederich Schiller 10 LIT004170 B2 Literature 04 PT2473.W3 12 AN B2 European Studies 10 LIT013000 20 Wallenstein trilogy B2 European Studies: German Studies 20 german drama 20 Thirty Years' War 20 translation 20 commentary 20 glossary 20 European literature and history 01 06 03 00 By the time Frederich Schiller came to write the Wallenstein trilogy, his reputation as one of Germany’s leading playwrights was all but secured. Consisting of Wallenstein’s Camp, The Piccolomini and The Death of Wallenstein, this suite of plays appeared between 1798 and 1799, each production under the original direction of Schiller’s collaborator and mentor, Johann Wolfgang (von) Goethe. Across the three plays, which are now commonly performed and printed together, Schiller charts the thwarted rebellion of General Albrecht von Wallenstein. Based loosely on the events of the Thirty Years' War, the trilogy provides a unique vantage on an army’s loyalty to their commander and the machinations and intrigues of international diplomacy, giving insight into the military hero who is placed on the threshold between these forces as they are increasingly pitted against one another.The Wallenstein trilogy, formally innovative and modern beyond its time, is a brilliant study of power, ambition and betrayal. In this new translation—the latest in a long line of distinguished English translations of the play, starting with Coleridge's in Schiller's lifetime—Flora Kimmich succeeds in rendering what is often a difficult source text into language that is at once accessible and enjoyable. Coupled with a complete and careful commentary and a glossary, both of which are targeted to undergraduates, and accompanied by an authoritative introductory essay by Roger Paulin, this edition also includes embedded readings in German of the play and links to the original German text. It will be an invaluable resource for students of German, European literature and history, and military history, as well as to all readers approaching this important set of plays for the first time. 04 00 Translator’s Note by Flora Kimmich Additional Resources Introduction by Roger Paulin Wallenstein’s Camp Prologue Characters Act One The Piccolomini. In five acts Characters Act One Act Two Act Three Act Four Act Five The Death of Wallenstein. A tragedy in five acts Characters Act One Act Two Act Three Act Four Act Five Notable Names Notes to Wallenstein’s Camp Notes to The Piccolomini Notes to The Death of Wallenstein 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0101_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20170220 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742639 06 15 9781783742646 06 15 9781783742653 06 15 9781800645202 06 15 9781783745883 06 15 9781783742660 06 15 9781783742677 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0101 20 02 20170220 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0101.epub 20 02 20170220 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:3c91221f-4381-4ff1-bdde-ab7aa4fe3daf 03 01 01 urn:uuid:3c91221f-4381-4ff1-bdde-ab7aa4fe3daf 15 9781783747351 06 10.11647/OBP.0174 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Waltzing Through Europe Attitudes towards Couple Dances in the Long Nineteenth Century 1 B01 21 0000-0002-9959-1474 Egil Bakka 2 B01 21 0000-0002-9105-2230 Theresa Jill Buckland 3 B01 Helena Saarikoski 4 B01 Anne von Bibra Wharton 01 eng 00 494 03 12 ASD B2 Dance 20 dance studies 04 GV1761 10 MUS011000 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 20 historiography 12 1D 20 cultural memory 12 3J 20 folklore 20 dance 20 Waltz 20 Polka 01 06 03 00 From ‘folk devils’ to ballroom dancers, Waltzing Through Europe explores the changing reception of fashionable couple dances in Europe from the eighteenth century onwards.A refreshing intervention in dance studies, this book brings together elements of historiography, cultural memory, folklore, and dance across comparatively narrow but markedly heterogeneous localities. Rooted in investigations of often newly discovered primary sources, the essays afford many opportunities to compare sociocultural and political reactions to the arrival and practice of popular rotating couple dances, such as the Waltz and the Polka. Leading contributors provide a transnational and affective lens onto strikingly diverse topics, ranging from the evolution of romantic couple dances in Croatia, and Strauss’s visits to Hamburg and Altona in the 1830s, to dance as a tool of cultural preservation and expression in twentieth-century Finland.Waltzing Through Europe creates openings for fresh collaborations in dance historiography and cultural history across fields and genres. It is essential reading for researchers of dance in central and northern Europe, while also appealing to the general reader who wants to learn more about the vibrant histories of these familiar dance forms. 04 00 Preface 1. The Round Dance Paradigm Egil Bakka 2. The State of Research Egil Bakka 3. A Survey of the Chapters in the Book Egil Bakka 4. The Waltz at Some Central European Courts Egil Bakka 5. The Polka as a Czech National Symbol Daniela Stavělová 6. Decency, Health, and Grace Endangered by Quick Dancing?: The New Dance Style in Bohemia in 1830 Dorota Gremlicová 7. Reception of Nineteenth-Century Couple Dances in Hungary László Felföldi 8. The Waltz among Slovenians Rebeka Kunej 9. Dancing and Politics in Croatia: The Salonsko Kolo as a Patriotic Response to the Waltz Ivana Katarinčić and Iva Niemčić 10. Waltzing Through Europe: Johann Strauss (the Elder) in Hamburg and Altona in 1836 Jörgen Torp 11. Continuity and Reinvention: Past Round Dances in Present Estonia Sille Kapper 12. The Ban on Round Dances 1917–1957: Regulating Social Dancing in Norwegian Community Houses Egil Bakka 13. Dance and ‘Folk Devils’ Mats Nilsson 14. Nostalgia as a Perspective on Past Dance Culture in Finland Helena Saarikoski 15. A Twenty-First Century Resurrection: The Potresujka, the Croatian Polka Tremblante Tvrtko Zebec List of Illustrations Contributor Biographies Index About the Team 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0174_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20200910 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783747320 06 15 9781783747337 06 15 9781783747344 06 15 9781800645882 06 15 9781783747375 06 15 9781783747351 06 15 9781783747368 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0174 20 02 20200910 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0174.epub 20 02 20200910 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:b31e5110-ca42-4c5b-a9a3-e0a415ce1efe 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b31e5110-ca42-4c5b-a9a3-e0a415ce1efe 15 9781783744060 06 10.11647/OBP.0128 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Warlike and Peaceful Societies The Interaction of Genes and Culture 1 A01 21 0000-0001-7773-8247 Agner Fog 01 eng 00 364 03 04 HM626 12 JMH B2 Politics and Sociology 10 PSY031000 20 sociology B2 Anthropology 20 collective psychology 04 F64 12 GTJ 10 POL010000 20 evolutionary psychology B2 History 12 JWA 10 SOC026040 B2 History: International Relations 12 JHM 10 PSY053000 20 regality theory 20 anthropology 12 HPS 10 POL012000 20 ecology 20 conflict 20 security 01 06 03 00 Are humans violent or peaceful by nature? We are both.<break/>In this ambitious and wide-ranging book, Agner Fog presents a ground-breaking new argument that explains the existence of differently organised societies using evolutionary theory. It combines natural sciences and social sciences in a way that is rarely seen.<break/>According to a concept called regality theory, people show a preference for authoritarianism and strong leadership in times of war or collective danger, but desire egalitarian political systems in times of peace and safety. These individual impulses shape the way societies develop and organise themselves, and in this book Agner argues that there is an evolutionary mechanism behind this flexible psychology. Incorporating a wide range of ideas including evolutionary theory, game theory, and ecological theory, Agner analyses the conditions that make us either strident or docile. He tests this theory on data from contemporary and ancient societies, and provides a detailed explanation of the applications of regality theory to issues of war and peace, the rise and fall of empires, the mass media, economic instability, ecological crisis, and much more.<break/>Warlike and Peaceful Societies: The Interaction of Genes and Culture draws on many different fields of both the social sciences and the natural sciences. It will be of interest to academics and students in these fields, including anthropology, political science, history, conflict and peace research, social psychology, and more, as well as the natural sciences, including human biology, human evolution, and ecology. 04 00 1. Introduction 1.1. A different kind of social science 1.2. Overview of the book 2. The Theory of Regal and Kungic Cultures 2.1. In a nutshell: ‘regal’ and ‘kungic’ explained 2.2. Evolutionary basis for regality theory 2.3. An evolutionarily stable strategy 2.4. The behavior of the leader 2.5. Why are most warriors and chiefs men? 2.6. Cultural effects of regal and kungic tendencies 3. Contributions from Other Theories 3.1. Influence of the environment: Contributions from ecological theory 3.2. Nature or nurture: Evolution of sociality 3.3. Fertility: Contributions from life history theory 3.4. Contributions from political demography 3.5. World view and personality: Authoritarianism theory 3.6. Contributions from other social psychological theories 3.7. Contributions from social values theories 3.8. The theory of tight and loose cultures and other culture theories 3.9. Contributions from human empowerment theory 3.10. Moral panics: Contributions from the sociology of deviance 4. Different Kinds of War in Human History 4.1. The rise of empires: Contributions from cultural selection theory 4.2. The fall of empires: Contributions from historical dynamics theory 4.3. General theories of war and peace 4.4. Changing patterns of war 4.5. Theories of revolution 5. Economic Determinants of Conflict and Fear 5.1. Fear is profitable: The economy of the mass media 5.2. Economic booms and busts 5.3. Greed or grievance: Economic theories of civil war 5.4. The resource curse 5.5. Example: Proxy war in Afghanistan 6. Strategic Uses of Fear 6.1. Terrorism conflicts 6.2. The strategy of tension in Italy and elsewhere 6.3. Fabrication of threats and conflicts 6.4. Example: Why World War II started 7. Regality Theory Applied to Ancient Cultures 7.1. Andamanese 7.2. Arrernte 7.3. Babylonians 7.4. Chiricahua Apache 7.5. Copper Inuit (Eskimo) 7.6. E De (Rhadé) 7.7. Ganda 7.8. Gilyak 7.9. Hausa 7.10. Inca 7.11. !Kung 7.12. Maasai 7.13. Mbuti 7.14. Somali 7.15. Warao 7.16. Yahgan 7.17. Yanomamo 7.18. Yi (Lolo, Nuosu) 8. Statistical Testing of Regality Theory 8.1. Problems of cross-cultural statistics 8.2. Ancient cultures, large sample 8.3. Subsample, 18 cultures 8.4. Contemporary cultures, large sample 8.5. Evidence from existing studies 8.6. Conclusion of the statistical tests 9. Discussion and Conclusion 9.1. Summary of findings 9.2. Three epochs in human history 9.3. The regal/kungic dynamics and human social development 9.4. New explanations of well-known phenomena 9.5. Integration with other theories 9.6. Policy lessons 9.7. Supporting evidence 9.8. What regality theory can be used for 9.9. Further discussion 10. Bibliography 11. Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0128_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20171016 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783744039 06 15 9781783744046 06 15 9781783744053 06 15 9781800645479 06 15 9781783744275 06 15 9781783744060 06 15 9781783744077 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0128 20 02 20171016 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0128.epub 20 02 20171016 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:e5a383b0-3295-4027-986e-cc71e52db1d3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:e5a383b0-3295-4027-986e-cc71e52db1d3 15 9781783744244 06 10.11647/OBP.0130 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Wellbeing, Freedom and Social Justice The Capability Approach Re-Examined 1 A01 21 0000-0002-2893-1814 Ingrid Robeyns 01 eng 00 266 03 20 Capability Approach 04 HD75 12 KCR B2 Philosophy 10 SOC045000 B2 Economics 12 KCP 04 R635 10 SOC053000 20 wellbeing 20 freedom 12 JHBC 10 SOC050000 B2 Textbooks and Learning Guides 12 JHBL 10 POL024000 20 social justice 12 HPS 10 POL029000 20 Social Science 20 economic disparity 20 public policy 01 06 03 00 Notions such as wellbeing, freedom, and social justice are integral to evaluating social progress and developing policies. One increasingly influential way to think about these concepts is the capability approach, a theoretical framework which was pioneered by the philosopher and economist Amartya Sen in the 1980s.In this book Ingrid Robeyns orientates readers new to the capability approach through offering an explanation of this framework. Wellbeing, Freedom and Social Justice also endeavors to resolve historical disputes in the literature and thus will be equally engaging to those familiar with the field. The author offers a novel and illuminating account of how the capability approach can be understood in a variety of academic disciplines and fields of application. Special attention is paid to clarifying misunderstandings that have been caused by different disciplinary assumptions and the interpretive consequences they have for our consideration of the capability approach.Robeyns argues that respecting the distinction between the general capability approach, and more specific capability theories or applications, helps to clear up confusion and misinterpretation. In addition, the author presents detailed analyses of well-known objections to the capability approach, and also discusses how it relates to other schools of analysis such as theories of justice, human rights, basic needs, and the human development approach.Wellbeing, Freedom and Social Justice offers an original and comprehensive account of the field. The book will appeal to scholars of the capability approach as well as new readers looking for an interdisciplinary introduction. 04 00 Acknowledgements 1. Introduction 1.1 Why the capability approach? 1.2 The worries of the sceptics 1.3 A yardstick for the evaluation of prosperity and progress 1.4 Scope and development of the capability approach 1.5 A guide for the reader 2. Core Ideas and the Framework 2.1 Introduction 2.2 A preliminary definition of the capability approach 2.3 The capability approach versus capability theories 2.4 The many modes of capability analysis 2.5 The modular view of the capability approach 2.6 The A-module: the non-optional core of all capability theories 2.6.1 A1: Functionings and capabilities 2.6.2 A2: Functionings and capabilities are value-neutral categories 2.6.3 A3: Conversion factors 2.6.4 A4: The means-ends distinction 2.6.5 A5: Functionings and capabilities as the evaluative space 2.6.6 A6: Other dimensions of ultimate value 2.6.7 A7: Value pluralism 2.6.8 A8: The principle of each person as an end 2.7 The B-modules: non-optional modules with optional content 2.7.1 B1: The purpose of the capability theory 2.7.2 B2: The selection of dimensions 2.7.3 B3: Human diversity 2.7.4 B4: Agency 2.7.5 B5: Structural constraints 2.7.6 B6: The choice between functionings, capabilities, or both 2.7.7 B7: Meta-theoretical commitments 2.8 The C-modules: contingent modules 2.8.1 C1: Additional ontological and explanatory theories 2.8.2 C2: Weighing dimensions 2.8.3 C3: Methods for empirical analysis 2.8.4 C4: Additional normative principles and concerns 2.9 The modular view of the capability account: a summary 2.10 Hybrid theories 2.11 The relevance and implications of the modular view 2.12 A visualisation of the core conceptual elements 2.13 The narrow and broad uses of the capability approach 2.14 Conclusion 3. Clarifications 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Refining the notions of ‘capability’ and ‘functioning’ 3.2.1 Capability as an opportunity versus capability as an opportunity set 3.2.2 Nussbaum’s terminology 3.2.3 What are ‘basic capabilities’? 3.2.4 Conceptual and terminological refinements 3.3 Are capabilities freedoms, and if so, which ones? 3.3.1 Capabilities as positive freedoms? 3.3.2 Capabilities as opportunity or option freedoms? 3.3.3 Are capabilities best understood as freedoms? 3.4 Functionings or capabilities? 3.5 Human diversity in the capability approach 3.6 Collective capabilities 3.7 Which notion of wellbeing is used in the capability approach? 3.7.1 The aim and context of accounts of wellbeing 3.7.2 The standard taxonomy of philosophical wellbeing accounts 3.7.3 The accounts of wellbeing in the capability approach 3.8 Happiness and the capability approach 3.8.1 What is the happiness approach? 3.8.2 The ontological objection 3.8.3 Mental adaptation and social comparisons 3.8.4 Comparing groups 3.8.5 Macro analysis 3.8.6 The place of happiness in the capability approach 3.9 The capability approach and adaptive preferences 3.10 Can the capability approach be an explanatory theory? 3.11 A suitable theory for all normative questions? 3.12 The role of resources in the capability approach 3.13 The capability approach and theories of justice 3.13.1 A brief description of the literature on theories of justice 3.13.2 What do we need for a capability theory of justice? 3.13.3 From theories of justice to just practices and policies 3.14 Capabilities and human rights 3.14.1 What are human rights? 3.14.2 The interdisciplinary scholarship on human rights 3.14.3 Why a capability-based account of human rights? 3.14.4 Are capabilities sufficient to construct a theory of human rights? 3.14.5 The disadvantages 3.15 Conclusion 4. Critiques and Debates 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Is everything that’s called a capability genuinely a capability? 4.3 Should we commit to a specific list of capabilities? 4.4 Why not use the notion of needs? 4.5 Does the capability approach only address the government? 4.6 Is the capability approach too individualistic? 4.6.1 Different forms of individualism 4.6.2 Does the capability approach pay sufficient attention to groups? 4.6.3 Social structures, norms and institutions in the capability approach 4.7 What about power and political economy? 4.7.1 Which account of power and choice? 4.7.2 Should we prioritise analysing the political economy? 4.8 Is the capability approach a liberal theory? 4.9 Why ‘human development’ is not the same idea 4.10 Can the capability approach change welfare economics? 4.10.1 Welfare economics and the economics discipline 4.10.2 Non-welfarism 4.10.3 Empirical possibilities and challenges 4.10.4 Towards a heterodox capabilitarian welfare economics? 4.11 Taking stock 5. Which Future for the Capability Approach? References Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0130_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20171211 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783744213 06 15 9781783744220 06 15 9781783744237 06 15 9781800645493 06 15 9781783744596 06 15 9781783744244 06 15 9781783744251 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0130.epub 20 02 20171211 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0130 20 02 20171211 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:d80c3e55-57ce-47c6-ac83-38a2417dad58 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d80c3e55-57ce-47c6-ac83-38a2417dad58 15 9781800640269 06 10.11647/OBP.0224 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 What is Authorial Philology? 1 B01 Paola Italia 2 B01 21 0000-0001-6833-8073 Giulia Raboni 01 eng 01 ita 00 214 03 12 D 10 LIT004130 B2 Literature 04 P47 20 philology 20 Authorial Philology 12 JFCX 10 LIT000000 B2 Literature: Comparative Literature 12 DS 10 LIT025000 20 textbook 12 D 20 editing ‘authorial texts’ 20 how to read critical editions 01 06 03 00 A stark departure from traditional philology, What is Authorial Philology? is the first comprehensive treatment of authorial philology as a discipline in its own right. It provides readers with an excellent introduction to the theory and practice of editing ‘authorial texts’ alongside an exploration of authorial philology in its cultural and conceptual architecture. The originality and distinction of this work lies in its clear systematization of a discipline whose autonomous status has only recently been recognised (at least in Italy), though its roots may extend back as far as Giorgio Pasquali.<break/> <break/>This pioneering volume offers both a methodical set of instructions on how to read critical editions, and a wide range of practical examples, expanding upon the conceptual and methodological apparatus laid out in the first two chapters. By presenting a thorough account of the historical and theoretical framework through which authorial philology developed, Paola Italia and Giulia Raboni successfully reconceptualize the authorial text as an ever-changing organism, subject to alteration and modification.<break/> <break/>What is Authorial Philology? will be of great didactic value to students and researchers alike, providing readers with a fuller understanding of the rationale behind different editing practices, and addressing both traditional and newer methods such as the use of the digital medium and its implications. Spanning the whole Italian tradition from Petrarch to Carlo Emilio Gadda, this ground-breaking volume provokes us to consider important questions concerning a text’s dynamism, the extent to which an author is ‘agentive’, and, most crucially, about the very nature of what we read. 04 00 Contents Preface Introduction to the English Translation Acknowledgments Introduction Paola Italia and Giulia Raboni 1. History Paola Italia and Giulia Raboni 2. Methods Paola Italia 3. Italian Examples Paola Italia and Giulia Raboni 4. European Examples 4.1 Lope de Vega’s La Dama Boba Marco Presotto and Sònia Boadas 4.2 Percy Bysshe Shelley’s Poems Margherita Centenari 4.3 Jane Austen’s The Watsons Francesco Feriozzi 4.4 Marcel Proust’s À la recherche du temps perdu Carmela Marranchino 4.5 Samuel Beckett’s En attendant Godot / Waiting for Godot Olga Beloborodova, Dirk Van Hulle and Pim Verhulst References Glossary List of Illustrations 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0224_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Università di Bologna Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210301 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800640238 06 15 9781800640245 06 15 9781800640252 06 15 9781800646292 06 15 9781800640283 06 15 9781800640269 06 15 9781800640276 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0224 20 02 20210301 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0224.epub 20 02 20210301 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7988a2ba-7f1c-4754-943d-07dc4d2dc109 03 01 01 urn:uuid:7988a2ba-7f1c-4754-943d-07dc4d2dc109 15 9781783741601 06 10.11647/OBP.0060 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20594240 01 02 What Works in Conservation 01 01 What Works in Conservation 2015 1 B01 21 0000-0002-6498-0437 William J. Sutherland 2 B01 21 0000-0002-8304-4468 Lynn V. Dicks 3 B01 21 0000-0001-5055-1079 Nancy Ockendon 4 B01 21 0000-0003-3294-7592 Rebecca K. Smith 01 eng 00 372 03 20 Conservation 10 NAT010000 12 RNK 10 NAT011000 20 practical conservation 12 RNKH 20 effectiveness of intervention 12 RND 10 SCI026000 20 amphibian conservation 20 bird conservation 20 farmland conservation 20 soil fertility 20 pest control 01 06 03 00 Is planting grass margins around fields beneficial for wildlife? Which management interventions increase bee numbers in farmland? Does helping migrating toads across roads increase populations? How do you reduce predation on bird populations? What Works in Conservation has been created to provide practitioners with answers to these and many other questions about practical conservation.<break/>This book provides an assessment of the effectiveness of over 200 conservation interventions based on summarized scientific evidence relevant to the practical global conservation of amphibians, reducing the risk of predation for birds, conservation of European farmland biodiversity and some aspects of enhancing natural pest control and soil fertility. It contains key results from the summarized evidence for each conservation intervention and an assessment of the effectiveness of each by international expert panels. The volume is published in partnership with the Conservation Evidence project and is fully linked to the project's website where background papers such as abstracts and published journal articles can be freely accessed. 04 00 Introduction 1. AMPHIBIAN CONSERVATION 1.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 1.2 Threat: Agriculture 1.3 Threat: Energy production and mining1.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 1.5 Threat: Biological resource use 1.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 1.7 Threat: Natural system modifications 1.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 1.9 Threat: Pollution 1.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather 1.11 Habitat protection 1.12 Habitat restoration and creation 1.13 Species management 1.14 Education and awareness raising 2. BAT CONSERVATION 2.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 2.2 Threat: Agriculture 2.3 Threat: Energy production – wind turbines 2.4 Threat: Energy production – mining 2.5 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 2.6 Threat: Biological resource use 2.7 Threat: Human disturbance – caving and tourism 2.8 Threat: Natural system modification – natural fire and fire suppression 2.9 Threat: Invasive species 2.10 Threat: Pollution 2.11 Providing artificial roost structures for bats 2.12 Education and awareness raising 3. BIRD CONSERVATION 3.1 Habitat protection 3.2 Education and awareness raising 3.3 Threat: Residential and commercial development 3.4 Threat: Agriculture 3.5 Threat: Energy production and mining 3.6 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 3.7 Threat: Biological resource use 3.8 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 3.9 Threat: Natural system modifications 3.10 Habitat restoration and creation 3.11 Threat: Invasive alien and other problematic species 3.12 Threat: Pollution 3.13 Threat: Climate change, extreme weather and geological events 3.14 General responses to small/declining populations 3.15 Captive breeding, rearing and releases (ex situ conservation) 4. FARMLAND CONSERVATION 4.1 All farming systems 4.2 Arable farming 4.3 Perennial (non-timber) crops 4.4 Livestock farming 4.5 Threat: Residential and commercial development 4.6 Threat: Agri-chemicals 4.7 Threat: Transport and service corridors 4.8 Threat: Hunting and trapping (for pest control, food or sport) 4.9 Threat: Natural system modification 4.10 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 4.11 Threat: Education and awareness 5. SOME ASPECTS OF CONTROL OF FRESHWATER INVASIVE SPECIES 5.1 Threat: Invasive amphibians 5.2 Threat: Invasive crustaceans 6. SOME ASPECTS OF ENHANCING NATURAL PEST CONTROL 6.1 Reducing agricultural pollution 6.2 All farming systems 6.3 Arable farming 6.4 Perennial farming 6.5 Livestock farming and pasture 7. ENHANCING SOIL FERTILITY 7.1 Reducing agricultural pollution 7.2 All farming systems 7.3 Arable farming 7.4 Livestock and pasture farming 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0060_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 08 01 20150701 13 20220627 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783741571 06 15 9781783741588 06 15 9781783741595 06 15 9781800644878 06 15 9781783741601 06 15 9781783741618 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0060.epub 20 02 20150701 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0060 20 02 20150701 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:61c1e760-f8bf-48b1-a0fa-98fa94b751c2 03 01 01 urn:uuid:61c1e760-f8bf-48b1-a0fa-98fa94b751c2 15 9781783743117 06 10.11647/OBP.0109 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20594240 01 02 What Works in Conservation 01 01 What Works in Conservation 2017 1 B01 21 0000-0002-6498-0437 William J. Sutherland 2 B01 21 0000-0002-8304-4468 Lynn V. Dicks 3 B01 21 0000-0001-5055-1079 Nancy Ockendon 4 B01 21 0000-0003-3294-7592 Rebecca K. Smith 01 eng 00 442 03 20 Conservation 10 NAT010000 12 RNK 20 environment 10 NAT011000 12 RNKH 20 practical intervention 12 RND 10 SCI026000 20 amphibians 20 bats 20 birds 20 farmland 20 soil fertility 20 forests 20 invasive species 01 06 03 00 Is leaving headlands in fields unsprayed beneficial for wildlife?<break/>Is paying farmers to cover the costs of bird conservation measures effective?<break/>Is using prescribed fire beneficial for young trees in forests?<break/>Does translocating frogs benefit wild populations?<break/>Is providing artificial roost structures for bats beneficial?What Works in Conservation has been created to provide practitioners with answers to these and many other questions about practical conservation. This book provides an assessment of the effectiveness of 763 conservation interventions based on summarized scientific evidence. Chapters cover the practical global conservation of amphibians, bats, birds and forests, conservation of European farmland biodiversity and some aspects of enhancing natural pest control, enhancing soil fertility and control of freshwater invasive species. It contains key results from the summarized evidence for each conservation intervention and an assessment of the effectiveness of each by international expert panels. The accompanying website www.conservationevidence.com describes each of the studies individually, and provides full references.This is the second edition of What Works in Conservation, which is revised on an annual basis. It will also available online as a free-to-download PDF at www.conservationevidence.com 04 00 Introduction 1. AMPHIBIAN CONSERVATION 1.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 1.2 Threat: Agriculture 1.3 Threat: Energy production and mining 1.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 1.5 Threat: Biological resource use 1.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 1.7 Threat: Natural system modifications 1.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 1.9 Threat: Pollution 1.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather 1.11 Habitat protection 1.12 Habitat restoration and creation 1.13 Species management 1.14 Education and awareness raising 2. BAT CONSERVATION 2.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 2.2 Threat: Agriculture 2.3 Threat: Energy production – wind turbines 2.4 Threat: Energy production – mining 2.5 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 2.6 Threat: Biological resource use 2.7 Threat: Human disturbance – caving and tourism 2.8 Threat: Natural system modification – natural fire and fire suppression 2.9 Threat: Invasive species 2.10 Threat: Pollution 2.11 Providing artificial roost structures for bats 2.12 Education and awareness raising 3. BIRD CONSERVATION 3.1 Habitat protection 3.2 Education and awareness raising 3.3 Threat: Residential and commercial development 3.4 Threat: Agriculture 3.5 Threat: Energy production and mining 3.6 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 3.7 Threat: Biological resource use 3.8 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 3.9 Threat: Natural system modifications 3.10 Habitat restoration and creation 3.11 Threat: Invasive alien and other problematic species 3.12 Threat: Pollution 3.13 Threat: Climate change, extreme weather and geological events 3.14 General responses to small/ declining populations 3.15 Captive breeding, rearing and releases (ex situ conservation) 4. FARMLAND CONSERVATION 4.1 All farming systems 4.2 Arable farming 4.3 Perennial (non-timber) crops 4.4 Livestock farming 4.5 Threat: Residential and commercial development 4.6 Threat: Agri-chemicals 4.7 Threat: Transport and service corridors 4.8 Threat: Hunting and trapping (for pest control, food or sport) 4.9 Threat: Natural system modification 4.10 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 4.11 Threat: Education and awareness 5. FOREST CONSERVATION 5.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 5.2 Threat: Agriculture 5.3 Threat: Transport and service corridors 5.4 Threat: Biological resource use 5.5 Habitat protection 5.6 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 5.7 Threat: Pollution 5.8 Threat: Climate change and severe weather 5.9 Habitat protection 5.10 Habitat restoration and creation 5.11 Actions to improve survival and growth rate of planted trees 5.12 Education and awareness raising 6. SOME ASPECTS OF CONTROL OF FRESHWATER INVASIVE SPECIES 6.1 Threat: Invasive plants 6.2 Threat: Invasive molluscs 6.3 Threat: Invasive crustaceans 6.4 Threat: Invasive fish 6.5 Threat: Invasive reptiles 6.6 Threat: Invasive amphibians 7. SOME ASPECTS OF ENHANCING NATURAL PEST CONTROL 7.1 Reducing agricultural pollution 7.2 All farming systems 7.3 Arable farming 7.4 Perennial farming 7.5 Livestock farming and pasture 8. ENHANCING SOIL FERTILITY 8.1 Reducing agricultural pollution 8.2 All farming systems 8.3 Arable farming 8.4 Livestock and pasture farming 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0109_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 08 01 20170116 13 20230404 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743087 06 15 9781783743094 06 15 9781783743100 06 15 9781800645288 06 15 9781783743117 06 15 9781783743124 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0109 20 02 20170116 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0109.epub 20 02 20170116 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:aeee3735-c973-492b-a8a6-42b4e31f02d9 03 01 01 urn:uuid:aeee3735-c973-492b-a8a6-42b4e31f02d9 15 9781783744312 06 10.11647/OBP.0131 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20594240 01 02 What Works in Conservation 01 01 What Works in Conservation 2018 1 B01 21 0000-0002-6498-0437 William J. Sutherland 2 B01 21 0000-0002-8304-4468 Lynn V. Dicks 3 B01 21 0000-0001-5055-1079 Nancy Ockendon 4 B01 21 0000-0002-3984-2403 Silviu O. Petrovan 5 B01 21 0000-0003-3294-7592 Rebecca K. Smith 01 eng 00 660 03 20 Conservation 10 NAT010000 12 RNK 20 environment 10 NAT011000 12 RNKH 20 practical intervention 12 RND 10 SCI026000 20 amphibians 20 bats 20 birds 20 farmland 20 soil fertility 20 forests 20 invasive species 01 06 03 00 What are the best means of reducing illegal hunting of primates?<break/>Does changing the type of livestock benefit heathland vegetation?<break/>Does removing the upper layer of peat enhance peatland restoration?<break/>Is flame treatment effective for dealing with invasive floating pennywort?<break/>What Works in Conservation has been created to provide practitioners with answers to these and many other questions about practical conservation. This book provides an assessment of the effectiveness of 1277 conservation interventions based on summarized scientific evidence. The 2018 edition contains new chapters covering practical global conservation of primates, peatlands, shrublands and heathlands, management of captive animals as well as an extended chapter on control of freshwater invasive species. Other chapters cover the global conservation of amphibians, bats, birds and forests, conservation of European farmland biodiversity and some aspects of enhancing natural pest control, enhancing soil fertility and control of freshwater invasive species. It contains key results from the summarized evidence for each conservation intervention and an assessment of the effectiveness of each by international expert panels. The accompanying website www.conservationevidence.com describes each of the studies individually, and provides full references. 04 00 Introduction Who is What Works in Conservation for? The Conservation Evidence project Which conservation interventions are included? How we review the literature What does What Works in Conservation include? Expert assessment of the evidence Categorization of interventions How to use What Works in Conservation 1. AMPHIBIAN CONSERVATION 1.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 1.2 Threat: Agriculture 1.3 Threat: Energy production and mining 1.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 1.5 Threat: Biological resource use 1.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 1.7 Threat: Natural system modifications 1.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 1.9 Threat: Pollution 1.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather 1.11 Habitat protection 1.12 Habitat restoration and creation 1.13 Species management 1.14 Education and awareness raising 2. BAT CONSERVATION 2.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 2.2 Threat: Agriculture 2.3 Threat: Energy production – wind turbines 2.4 Threat: Energy production – mining 2.5 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 2.6 Threat: Biological resource use 2.7 Threat: Human disturbance – caving and tourism 2.8 Threat: Natural system modification – natural fire and fire suppression 2.9 Threat: Invasive species 2.10 Threat: Pollution 2.11 Providing artificial roost structures for bats 2.12 Education and awareness raising 3. BIRD CONSERVATION 3.1 Habitat protection 3.2 Education and awareness raising 3.3 Threat: Residential and commercial development 3.4 Threat: Agriculture 3.5 Threat: Energy production and mining 3.6 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 3.7 Threat: Biological resource use 3.8 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 3.9 Threat: Natural system modifications 3.10 Habitat restoration and creation 3.11 Threat: Invasive alien and other problematic species 3.12 Threat: Pollution 3.13 Threat: Climate change, extreme weather and geological events 3.14 General responses to small/ declining populations 3.15 Captive breeding, rearing and releases (ex situ conservation) 4. FARMLAND CONSERVATION 4.1 All farming systems 4.2 Arable farming 4.3 Perennial (non-timber) crops 4.4 Livestock farming 4.5 Threat: Residential and commercial development 4.6 Threat: Agri-chemicals 4.7 Threat: Transport and service corridors 4.8 Threat: Hunting and trapping (for pest control, food or sport) 4.9 Threat: Natural system modification 4.10 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 4.11 Threat: Education and awareness 5. FOREST CONSERVATION 5.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 5.2 Threat: Agriculture 5.3 Threat: Transport and service corridors 5.4 Threat: Biological resource use 5.5 Habitat protection 5.6 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 5.7 Threat: Pollution 5.8 Threat: Climate change and severe weather 5.9 Habitat protection 5.10 Habitat restoration and creation 5.11 Actions to improve survival and growth rate of planted trees 5.12 Education and awareness raising 6. PEATLAND CONSERVATION 6.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 6.2 Threat: Agriculture and aquaculture 6.3 Threat: Energy production and mining 6.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 6.5 Threat: Biological resource use 6.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 6.7 Threat: Natural system modifications 6.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 6.9 Threat: Pollution 6.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather 6.11 Habitat creation and restoration 6.12 Actions to complement planting 6.13 Habitat protection 6.14 Education and awareness 7. PRIMATE CONSERVATION 7.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 7.2 Threat: Agriculture 7.3 Threat: Energy production and mining 7.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 7.5 Threat: Biological resource use 7.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 7.7 Threat: Natural system modifications 7.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species and genes 7.9 Threat: Pollution 7.10 Education and Awareness 7.11 Habitat protection 7.12 Species management 7.13 Livelihood; economic and other incentives 8. SHRUBLAND AND HEATHLAND CONSERVATION 8.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 8.2 Threat: Agriculture and aquaculture 8.3 Threat: Energy production and mining 8.4 Threat: Biological resource use 8.5 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 8.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 8.7 Threat: Natural system modifications 8.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 8.9 Threat: Pollution 8.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather 8.11 Threat: Habitat protection 8.12 Habitat restoration and creation 8.13 Actions to benefit introduced vegetation 8.14 Education and awareness 9. MANAGEMENT OF CAPTIVE ANIMALS 9.1 Ex-situ conservation – breeding amphibians 9.2 Promoting health and welfare in captive carnivores (felids, canids and ursids) through feeding practices 9.3 Promoting natural feeding behaviours in primates in captivity 10. SOME ASPECTS OF CONTROL OF FRESHWATER INVASIVE SPECIES 10.1 Threat: Invasive plants 10.2 Threat: Invasive molluscs 10.3 Threat: Invasive crustaceans 10.4 Threat: Invasive fish 10.5 Threat: Invasive reptiles 10.6 Threat: Invasive amphibians 11. SOME ASPECTS OF ENHANCING NATURAL PEST CONTROL 11.1 Reducing agricultural pollution 11.2 All farming systems 11.3 Arable farming 11.4 Perennial farming 11.5 Livestock farming and pasture 12. ENHANCING SOIL FERTILITY 12.1 Reducing agricultural pollution 12.2 All farming systems 12.3 Arable farming 12.4 Livestock and pasture farming 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0131_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 08 01 20180516 13 20230404 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783744282 06 15 9781783744299 06 15 9781783744305 06 15 9781800645509 06 15 9781783746248 06 15 9781783744312 06 15 9781783744329 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0131.epub 20 02 20180516 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0131 20 02 20180516 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:9ae43851-be92-4d8c-a94a-36dcf5539e02 03 01 01 urn:uuid:9ae43851-be92-4d8c-a94a-36dcf5539e02 15 9781783748365 06 10.11647/OBP.0191 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20594240 01 02 What Works in Conservation 01 01 What Works in Conservation 2020 1 B01 21 0000-0002-6498-0437 William J. Sutherland 2 B01 21 0000-0002-8304-4468 Lynn V. Dicks 3 B01 21 0000-0002-3984-2403 Silviu O. Petrovan 4 B01 21 0000-0003-3294-7592 Rebecca K. Smith 01 eng 00 794 03 20 Conservation 10 NAT010000 12 RNK 20 environment 10 NAT011000 12 RNKH 20 practical intervention 12 RND 10 SCI026000 20 amphibians 20 bats 20 birds 20 farmland 20 soil fertility 20 forests 20 invasive species 01 06 03 00 Is reduced tillage in arable fields beneficial for farmland biodiversity?<break/>Is prescribed burning in grasslands beneficial for bird conservation?<break/>Does livestock exclusion from degraded peatlands benefit peatland conservation?<break/>Is the provision of artificial shelters effective for subtidal benthic invertebrate conservation?<break/>Do wind turbine modifications reduce bat fatalities? <break/>Does adding topsoil increase the abundance of heathland plants?<break/>Are interventions to reduce road impacts on amphibians effective?<break/>Do herbicides control invasive parrot's feather?What Works in Conservation has been created to provide practitioners with answers to these and many other questions about practical conservation. This book provides an assessment of the effectiveness of conservation interventions based on summarized scientific evidence. The 2020 edition contains new material on mammals, birds, marine benthic invertebrates, bat conservation and wetlands. Other chapters cover practical global conservation of primates, peatlands, shrublands and heathlands, management of captive animals as well as an extended chapter on control of freshwater invasive species, the global conservation of amphibians, bats, birds and forests, conservation of European farmland biodiversity and some aspects of enhancing natural pest control, enhancing soil fertility and control of freshwater invasive species. It contains key results from the summarized evidence for each conservation intervention and an assessment of the effectiveness of each by international expert panels. The accompanying website www.conservationevidence.com describes each of the studies individually, and provides full references.This is the fifth edition of What Works in Conservation, which is revised on an annual basis.Arcadia, DEFRA, ESRC, MAVA Foundation, NERC, Natural England, Robert Bosch Stiftung, Synchronicity Earth, South West Water and Waitrose Ltd. have generously contributed towards the publication of this volume. 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0191_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 08 01 20201210 13 20230404 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783748334 06 15 9781783748341 06 15 9781783748358 06 15 9781800646032 06 15 9781783748389 06 15 9781783748365 06 15 9781783748372 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0191.epub 20 02 20201210 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0191 20 02 20201210 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c79ca878-a17e-4ca5-929f-3b417bcc8d9c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c79ca878-a17e-4ca5-929f-3b417bcc8d9c 15 9781800642751 06 10.11647/OBP.0267 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 02 20594240 01 02 What Works in Conservation 01 01 What Works in Conservation 2021 1 B01 21 0000-0002-6498-0437 William J. Sutherland 2 B01 21 0000-0002-8304-4468 Lynn V. Dicks 3 B01 21 0000-0002-3984-2403 Silviu O. Petrovan 4 B01 21 0000-0003-3294-7592 Rebecca K. Smith 01 eng 00 1038 03 20 Conservation B2 Environmental Studies 10 NAT010000 04 QH75 12 RNKC 20 environment 10 NAT011000 12 RNKH 20 practical intervention 12 RND 10 SCI026000 20 amphibians 10 NAT000000 20 bats 10 SCI000000 20 birds 20 farmland 20 soil fertility 20 forests 20 invasive species 01 06 03 00 Does the creation of artificial reefs benefit subtidal benthic invertebrates?Is the use of organic farming instead of conventional farming beneficial to bat conservation?<break/>Does installing wildlife warning reflectors along roads benefit mammal conservation?<break/>Does the installation of exclusion and/or escape devices on fishing nets benefit marine and freshwater mammal conservation?What Works in Conservation has been created to provide practitioners with answers to these and many other questions about practical conservation.This book provides an assessment of the effectiveness of 2526 conservation interventions based on summarized scientific evidence. The 2021 edition containssubstantial new material on bat conservation, terrestrial mammal conservation and marine and freshwater mammals, thus completing the evidence for all mammal species categories. Other chapters cover practical global conservation of primates, amphibians, bats, birds, forests, peatlands, subtidal benthic invertebrates, shrublands and heathlands, as well as the conservation of European farmland biodiversity and some aspects of enhancing natural pest control, enhancing soil fertility, management of captive animals and control of freshwater invasive species. It contains key results from the summarized evidence for each conservation intervention and an assessment of the effectiveness of each by international expert panels. The accompanying website www.conservationevidence.com describes each of the studies individually, and provides full references.<break/>This is the fourth author-approved edition of What Works in Conservation, which is revised on an annual basis. 04 00 Introduction William J. Sutherland, Lynn V. Dicks, Silviu O. Petrovan and Rebecca K. Smith Who is What Works in Conservation for? 1. Amphibian Conservation Rebecca K. Smith, Helen Meredith and William J. Sutherland 1.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 1.2 Threat: Agriculture 1.3 Threat: Energy production and mining 1.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 1.5 Threat: Biological resource use 1.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 1.7 Threat: Natural system modifications 1.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 1.9 Threat: Pollution 1.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather 1.11 Habitat protection 1.12 Habitat restoration and creation 1.13 Species management 1.14 Education and awareness raising 2. Bat Conservation Anna Berthinussen, Olivia C. Richardson and John D. Altringham 2.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 2.2 Threat: Agriculture 2.3 Threat: Energy production 2.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 2.5 Threat: Biological resource use 2.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 2.7 Threat: Natural system modifications 2.8 Threat: Invasive or problematic species and disease 2.9 Threat: Pollution 2.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather 2.11 Habitat protection 2.12 Habitat restoration and creation 2.13 Species management 2.14 Education and awareness raising 3. Bird Conservation David R. Williams, Matthew F. Child, Lynn V. Dicks, Nancy Ockendon, Robert G. Pople, David A. Showler, Jessica C. Walsh, Erasmus K. H. J. zu Ermgassen and William J. Sutherland 3.1 Habitat protection 3.2 Education and awareness raising 3.3 Threat: Residential and commercial development 3.4 Threat: Agriculture 3.5 Threat: Energy production and mining 3.6 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 3.7 Threat: Biological resource use 3.8 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 3.9 Threat: Natural system modifications 3.10 Habitat restoration and creation 3.11 Threat: Invasive alien and other problematic species 3.12 Threat: Pollution 3.13 Threat: Climate change, extreme weather and geological events 3.14 General responses to small/declining populations 3.15 Captive breeding, rearing and releases (ex situ conservation) 4. Farmland Conservation Lynn V. Dicks, Joscelyne E. Ashpole, Juliana Dänhardt, Katy James, Annelie Jönsson, Nicola Randall, David A. Showler, Rebecca K. Smith, Susan Turpie, David R. Williams and William J. Sutherland 4.1 All farming systems 4.2 Arable farming 4.3 Perennial (non-timber) crops 4.4 Livestock farming 4.5 Threat: Residential and commercial development 4.6 Threat: Agri-chemicals 4.7 Threat: Transport and service corridors 4.8 Threat: Hunting and trapping (for pest control, food or sport) 4.9 Threat: Natural system modification 4.10 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 4.11 Threat: Education and awareness 5. Forest Conservation Har’el Agra, Simon Schowanek, Yohay Carmel, Rebecca K. Smith and Gidi Ne’eman 5.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 5.2 Threat: Agriculture 5.3 Threat: Transport and service corridors 5.4 Threat: Biological resource use 5.5 Habitat protection 5.6 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 5.7 Threat: Pollution 5.8 Threat: Climate change and severe weather 5.9 Habitat protection 5.10 Habitat restoration and creation 5.11 Actions to improve survival and growth rate of planted trees 5.12 Education and awareness raising 6. Peatland Conservation Nigel G. Taylor, Patrick Grillas and William J. Sutherland 6.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 6.2 Threat: Agriculture and aquaculture 6.3 Threat: Energy production and mining 6.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 6.5 Threat: Biological resource use 6.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 6.7 Threat: Natural system modifications 6.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 6.9 Threat: Pollution 6.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather 6.11 Habitat creation and restoration 6.12 Actions to complement planting 6.13 Habitat protection 6.14 Education and awareness 7. Primate Conservation Jessica Junker, Hjalmar S. Kühl, Lisa Orth, Rebecca K. Smith, Silviu O. Petrovan and William J. Sutherland 7.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 7.2 Threat: Agriculture 7.3 Threat: Energy production and mining 7.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 7.5 Threat: Biological resource use 7.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 7.7 Threat: Natural system modifications 7.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species and genes 7.9 Threat: Pollution 7.10 Education and Awareness 7.11 Habitat protection 7.12 Species management 7.13 Livelihood; economic and other incentives 8. Shrubland and Heathland Conservation Philip A. Martin, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith and William J. Sutherland 8.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 8.2 Threat: Agriculture and aquaculture 8.3 Threat: Energy production and mining 8.4 Threat: Biological resource use 8.5 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 8.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 8.7 Threat: Natural system modifications 8.8 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species 8.9 Threat: Pollution 8.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather 8.11 Threat: Habitat protection 8.12 Habitat restoration and creation 8.13 Actions to benefit introduced vegetation 8.14 Education and awareness 9. Management of Captive Animals Coral S. Jonas, Lydia T. Timbrell, Fey Young, Silviu O. Petrovan, Andrew E. Bowkett and Rebecca K. Smith 9.1 Ex-situ conservation – breeding amphibians 9.2 Promoting health and welfare in captive carnivores (felids, canids and ursids) through feeding practices 9.3 Promoting natural feeding behaviours in primates in captivity 10. Some Aspects of Control of Freshwater Invasive Species David Aldridge, Nancy Ockendon, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith and William J. Sutherland 10.1 Threat: Invasive plants 10.2 Threat: Invasive molluscs 10.3 Threat: Invasive crustaceans 10.4 Threat: Invasive fish 10.5 Threat: Invasive reptiles 10.6 Threat: Invasive amphibians 11. Some Aspects of Enhancing Natural Pest Control Hugh L. Wright, Joscelyne E. Ashpole, Lynn V. Dicks, James Hutchison, Caitlin G. McCormack and William J. Sutherland 11.1 Reducing agricultural pollution 11.2 All farming systems 11.3 Arable farming 11.4 Perennial farming 11.5 Livestock farming and pasture 12. Enhancing Soil Fertility Georgina Key, Mike Whitfield, Lynn V. Dicks, William J. Sutherland and Richard D. Bardgett 12.1 Reducing agricultural pollution 12.2 All farming systems 12.3 Arable farming 12.4 Livestock and pasture farming 13. Subtidal Benthic Invertebrate Conservation Anaelle J. Lemasson, Laura R. Pettit, Rebecca K. Smith and William J. Sutherland 13.1 Threat: Energy production and mining 13.2 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 13.3 Threat: Biological resource use 13.4 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbances 13.5 Threat: Invasive and other problematic species, genes and diseases 13.6 Threat: Pollution 13.7 Threat: Climate change and severe weather 13.8 Habitat protection 13.9 Habitat restoration and creation 13.10 Species management 13.11 Education and awareness 14. Marine and Freshwater Mammal Conservation Anna Berthinussen, Rebecca K. Smith and William J. Sutherland 14.1 Threat: Aquaculture and agriculture 14.2 Threat: Energy production and mining 14.3 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 14.4 Threat: Biological resource use 14.5 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 14.6 Threat: Natural system modifications 14.7 Threat: Invasive or problematic species and disease 14.8 Threat: Pollution 14.9 Threat: Climate change and severe weather 14.10 Habitat protection 14.11 Habitat restoration and creation 14.12 Species management 14.13 Education and awareness raising 15. Terrestrial Mammal Conservation Nick Littlewood, Ricardo Rocha, Rebecca K. Smith, Philip Martin, Sarah Lockhart, Rebecca F. Schoonover, Elspeth Wilman, Andrew J. Bladon, Katie A. Sainsbury, Stuart Pimm and William J. Sutherland 15.1 Threat: Residential and commercial development 15.2 Threat: Agriculture and aquaculture 15.3 Threat: Energy production and mining 15.4 Threat: Transportation and service corridors 15.5 Threat: Biological resource use 15.6 Threat: Human intrusions and disturbance 15.7 Threat: Natural system modifications 15.8 Threat: Invasive alien and other problematic species 15.9 Threat: Pollution 15.10 Threat: Climate change and severe weather 15.11 Habitat protection 15.12 Habitat restoration and creation 15.13 Species management 15.14 Education and awareness raising 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0267_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20210802 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800642720 06 15 9781800642737 06 15 9781800642744 06 15 9781800646582 06 15 9781800642775 06 15 9781800642751 06 15 9781800642768 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0267.epub 20 02 20210802 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0267 20 02 20210802 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:84b182e1-2d9e-48f6-b59b-ae43e582841f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:84b182e1-2d9e-48f6-b59b-ae43e582841f 15 9781805115465 06 10.11647/OBP.0456 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 02 25150766 01 02 Applied Theatre Praxis 01 01 When Katherine Brewed, a Play Telling the Story of the Peasants’ Revolt and Today’s New Radical Theatre 1 A32 Mark O'Brien 2 A01 John Cresswell 01 eng 00 108 03 93 NHDJ 20 Peasants' Revolt 10 PER011020 04 PR6103.R458 B2 Theatre 93 ATD 10 HIS037010 B2 History 20 Radical Theatre 20 Class Struggle 10 HIS054000 93 JMAL B2 Politics and Sociology 20 Medieval History 10 SOC050000 10 LIT013000 20 Political Representation 20 Katherine Brewed 10 POL042040 01 06 03 00 In the sweltering heat of 1381, England's feudal foundations trembled as the Peasants' Revolt erupted—a rebellion that would forever echo through history. Triggered by an oppressive poll tax but fuelled by deeper injustices, this uprising saw land workers, artisans, and commoners rise to challenge the authority of landowners, church, and crown. 'When Katherine Brewed' brings this momentous event to life on stage, blending historical fidelity with a bold, radical perspective.Drawing from chronicles and centuries of literary reinterpretation, this devised play reveals the struggles of the forgotten: those who dared to dream of a world free from exploitation and tyranny. Through the lens of class struggle and solidarity, the story of Wat Tyler, John Ball, and their fellow rebels unfolds, exposing the duplicity of rulers and the undying hope of those who resist.Echoing the spirit of radical theatre traditions, this play reimagines this medieval rebellion with contemporary relevance, urging audiences to reflect on enduring issues of inequality and power. Both an homage to the past and a rallying cry for the future, this production is as much a tribute to those who fought as it is an invitation to envision a world transformed. Witness history, and the lessons it still holds. 04 00 Telling the Story of the Peasants' Revolt and Today's 'New Radical Theatre' When Katherine Brewed A Play about the 1381 English Peasants' Revolt Written by John Cresswell Cast Scene 1 Scene 2 Scene 3 Scene 4 Scene 5 Scene 6 Scene 7 Scene 8 Scene 9 Scene 10 Scene 11 Scene 12 Scene 13 Scene 14 Scene 15 Scene 16 Scene 17 Scene 18 Scene 19 Scene 20 Scene 21 Scene 22 Scene 23 Scene 24 Scene 25 Scene 26 Scene 27 Scene 28 Scene 29 Scene 30 Appendix I: Supporting organisations Appendix II: Permissions Appendix III: Historical Characters Appendix IV: Fictitious Characters 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0456_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250627 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805115434 06 15 9781805115441 06 15 9781805115458 06 15 9781805115472 06 15 9781805115465 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0456.epub 20 02 20250627 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0456 20 02 20250627 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:2566ed3d-3df1-4e56-a7dc-455ecf7d3a4b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2566ed3d-3df1-4e56-a7dc-455ecf7d3a4b 15 9781783744640 06 10.11647/OBP.0136 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Who Saved the Parthenon? A New History of the Acropolis Before, During and After the Greek Revolution 1 A01 William St Clair 2 B01 David St Clair 3 B01 21 0000-0002-1425-6985 Lucy Barnes 01 eng 00 896 03 10 ARC005020 04 DF287.P3 12 HBLL B2 History 20 History of the Parthenon 12 1DVG 20 From the modern era to the present day 10 HIS042000 B2 History: International Relations 12 1QDT B2 Archaeology and Religion 20 Cultural icon 20 National identity 01 06 03 00 In this magisterial book, William St Clair unfolds the history of the Parthenon throughout the modern era to the present day, with special emphasis on the period before, during, and after the Greek War of Independence of 1821–32. Focusing particularly on the question of who saved the Parthenon from destruction during this conflict, with the help of documents that shed a new light on this enduring question, he explores the contributions made by the Philhellenes, Ancient Athenians, Ottomans and the Great Powers.Marshalling a vast amount of primary evidence, much of it previously unexamined and published here for the first time, St Clair rigorously explores the multiple ways in which the Parthenon has served both as a cultural icon onto which meanings are projected and as a symbol of particular national, religious and racial identities, as well as how it illuminates larger questions about the uses of built heritage. This book has a companion volume with the classical Parthenon as its main focus, which offers new ways of recovering the monument and its meanings in ancient times.St Clair builds on the success of his classic text, The Reading Nation in the Romantic Period, to present this rich and authoritative account of the Parthenon’s presentation and reception throughout history. With weighty implications for the present life of the Parthenon, it is itself a monumental contribution to accounts of the Greek Revolution, to classical studies, and to intellectual history. 04 00 Editors’ Note Preface William St Clair 1. Why Another Book? William St Clair 2. The Place William St Clair 3. The People William St Clair 4. The Encounter William St Clair 5. Communities, Real and Imagined William St Clair 6. The Evidence William St Clair 7. The New Science and its Enemies William St Clair 8. Towards a Practical Theory of History William St Clair 9. Romanticism and its Rhetorics William St Clair 10. The Choices William St Clair 11. The Siege of 1826 and 1827 William St Clair 12. The Surrender William St Clair 13. The Last Days of Ottoman Athens William St Clair 14. The Living William St Clair 15. The Dead William St Clair 16. ‘The World had need of them’ William St Clair 17. The Secret William St Clair 18. The Bargain William St Clair 19. The Silence William St Clair 20. The Stories William St Clair 21. Which Pasts, which Futures? William St Clair 22. Still a Dark Heritage William St Clair 23. Whose Parthenon? William St Clair 24. The Parthenon in our Time William St Clair 25. Heritage William St Clair Appendix A: The Firman Obtained by Lord Elgin in 1801 and Related Documents William St Clair Appendix B: The Firman of 1821 William St Clair Appendix C: The Intercepted Letters of the Ottoman Military Commander (‘Seraskier’) Reşid Mehmed Pasha, Often Known as Kiutahi or Reschid William St Clair Appendix D: The Firman of 1826 and Other Primary Documents Relating to the Preservation of the Ancient Monuments of Athens Issued by the Ottoman Government William St Clair Appendix E: Primary Contemporary Documents Recording the Views of those Who Opposed the Greek Revolution William St Clair Appendix F: Four Local Descriptions of Athens from the Long Millennium William St Clair Bibliography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0136_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220526 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783744619 06 15 9781783744626 06 15 9781783744633 06 15 9781800645554 06 15 9781800642997 06 15 9781783744640 06 15 9781783744657 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0136 20 02 20220526 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0136.epub 20 02 20220526 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:78a7423c-aa99-4441-9d96-bab65065a32c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:78a7423c-aa99-4441-9d96-bab65065a32c 15 9781783746514 06 10.11647/OBP.0159 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Whose Book Is it Anyway? A View from Elsewhere on Publishing, Copyright and Creativity 1 B01 Janis Jefferies 2 B01 Sarah Kember 01 eng 00 458 03 20 collection of essays B2 Law 10 LAW050010 12 LNR 04 Z551 20 copyright 10 LAN027000 B2 Law: Intellectual Property 12 LNRC 20 copyright debate 12 KNTP 20 open access 20 ethics 20 creativity 20 artist’s perspectives 20 writer’s perspectives 20 feminist perspectives 20 international perspectives 20 future of publishing 20 intellectual property 01 06 03 00 Whose Book is it Anyway? is a provocative collection of essays that opens out the copyright debate to questions of open access, ethics, and creativity. It includes views – such as artist’s perspectives, writer’s perspectives, feminist, and international perspectives – that are too often marginalized or elided altogether.<break/>The diverse range of contributors take various approaches, from the scholarly and the essayistic to the graphic, to explore the future of publishing based on their experiences as publishers, artists, writers and academics. Considering issues such as intellectual property, copyright and comics, digital publishing and remixing, and what it means (not) to say one is an author, these vibrant essays urge us to view central aspects of writing and publishing in a new light.Whose Book is it Anyway? is a timely and varied collection of essays. It asks us to reconceive our understanding of publishing, copyright and open access, and it is essential reading for anyone invested in the future of publishing. 04 00 Notes on Contributors Introduction: Whose Book is it Anyway? A View from Elsewhere on Publishing, Copyright and Creativity Janis Jefferies and Sarah Kember PART I: Opening out the Copyright Debate: Open Access, Ethics and Creativity A Statement by The Readers Project Concerning Contemporary Literary Practice, Digital Mediation, Intellectual Property, and Associated Moral Rights John Cayley and Daniel C. Howe London-Havana Diary: Art Publishing, Sustainability, Free Speech and Free Papers Louise O’Hare The Ethics of Emergent Creativity: Can We Move Beyond Writing as Human Enterprise, Commodity and Innovation? Janneke Adema Are Publishers Worth It? Filtering, Amplification and the Value of Publishing Michael Bhaskar Who Takes Legal Responsibility for Published Work? Why Both an Understanding and Lived Experience of Copyright Are Becoming Increasingly Important to Writers Alison Baverstock Telling Stories or Selling Stories: Writing for Pleasure, Writing for Art or Writing to Get Paid? Sophie Rochester Copyright in the Everyday Practice of Writers Smita Kheria Comics, Copyright and Academic Publishing: The Deluxe Edition Ronan Deazley and Jason Mathis PART II: Views from Elsewhere Diversity or die: How the Face of Book Publishing Needs to Change if it is to Have a Future Danuta Kean 10. Writing on the Cusp of Becoming Something Else J. R. Carpenter Confronting Authorship, Constructing Practices (How Copyright is Destroying Collective Practice) Eva Weinmayr Ethical Scholarly Publishing Practices, Copyright and Open Access: A View from Ethnomusicology and Anthropology Muriel Swijghuisen Reigersberg Show me the Copy! How Digital Media (Re)Assert Relational Creativity, Complicating Existing Intellectual Property and Publishing Paradigms Joseph F. Turcotte Redefining Reader and Writer, Remixing Copyright: Experimental Publishing at if:book Australia Simon Groth APPENDIX: CREATe Position Papers Publishing Industry Janis Jefferies Is the Current Copyright Framework fit for Purpose in Relation to Writing, Reading and Publishing in the Digital Age? Laurence Kaye Is the Current Copyright Framework fit for Purpose in Relation to Writing, Reading, and Publishing in the Digital Age? Richard Mollet History of Copyright Changes 1710–2013 Rachel Calder Is the Current Copyright Framework fit for Purpose in Relation to Writing, Reading, and Publishing in the Digital Age? Max Whitby List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0159_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190312 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783746484 06 15 9781783746491 06 15 9781783746507 06 15 9781800645776 06 15 9781783746538 06 15 9781783746514 06 15 9781783746521 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0159 20 02 20190312 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0159.epub 20 02 20190312 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5829a49d-d242-4c54-92c8-9625b64f6be0 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5829a49d-d242-4c54-92c8-9625b64f6be0 15 9781805110569 06 10.11647/OBP.0349 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 William Moorcroft, Potter Individuality by Design 1 A01 Jonathan Mallinson 01 eng 00 412 03 12 AFP 10 CRA028000 04 NK4210.M624 20 pottery B2 Visual Arts 93 WFN 93 AFT 20 Arts and Crafts 10 DES003000 B2 History 12 WFN 12 AFT 93 AKP 10 DES009000 B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 production 93 AGA 12 AK 10 ART015100 20 Moorcroft 20 art 12 HBTB 12 HBLW 20 industry 20 biography 20 decorative arts 20 cultural history 01 06 03 00 William Moorcroft (1872-1945) was one of the most celebrated potters of the early twentieth century. His career extended from the Arts and Crafts movement of the late Victorian age to the Austerity aesthetics of the Second World War. Rejecting mass production and patronised by Royalty, Moorcroft’s work was a synthesis of studio and factory, art and industry. He considered it his vocation to create an everyday art, both functional and decorative, affordable by more than a privileged few: ‘If only the people in the world would concentrate upon making all things beautiful, and if all people concentrated on developing the arts of Peace, what a world it might be,’ he wrote in a letter to his daughter in 1930.'William Moorcroft, Potter: Individuality by Design' is a pioneering study by Jonathan Mallinson, Emeritus Fellow of Trinity College, Oxford. It follows the career of William Moorcroft through a wealth of private papers, letters and diaries, business correspondence and published reviews in newspapers, trade magazines and art journals. Richly illustrated with examples of his pottery, it explores what lay behind the unique impact of work sought by museums and treasured in homes the world over. The book examines an artist’s very individual response to the turbulent half century in which he worked. It will appeal to both specialists and general readers with an interest in pottery, the decorative arts, and the cultural history of the times. 04 00 Abbreviations Acknowledgements Introduction: William Moorcroft, Potter PART I: MAKING A NAME 1. 1897–1900: The Making of a Potter 2. 1901–04: The End of the Beginning 3. 1905–09: Experiment and Adversity 4. 1910–12: Approaching a Crossroads 5. 1912–13: Breaking with Macintyre’s PART II: CREATING A STUDIO 6. 1913–14: A New Beginning 7. 1914–18: The Art of Survival 8. 1919–23: A Lone Furrow 9. 1924–25: Recognition of the Artist Potter 10. 1926–28: Re-negotiating the Future PART III: EXPRESSING A VISION 11. 1929–31: No Ordinary Potter 12. 1932–35: Individuality and Industrial Art 13. 1936–39: Pottery for a Troubled World 14. 1939–45: Adversity and Resolution Conclusion: Individuality by Design Bibliography List of Figures Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0349_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20230831 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805110538 06 15 9781805110545 06 15 9781805110552 06 15 9781805110590 06 15 9781805110583 06 15 9781805110569 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0349 20 02 20230831 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0349.epub 20 02 20230831 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:31255664-409e-4c57-8ee6-dbee9aa4fb7a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:31255664-409e-4c57-8ee6-dbee9aa4fb7a 15 9781800647596 06 10.11647/OBP.0304 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 William Rimmer Champion of Imagination in American Art 1 A01 Dorinda Evans 01 eng 00 250 03 12 ABA 10 ART015020 04 NB237.R6 B2 Visual Arts 20 William Rimmer 12 AFC 10 ART026000 20 modernist sculptor 12 AG 20 American sculptor 10 ART015100 12 ACV 10 ART016000 20 physician 12 AFKB 10 SCI056000 20 teacher of art anatomy 20 Cooper Union School of Design for Women 12 MFC 12 HBTB 12 JFC 01 06 03 00 William Rimmer (1816–1879) is arguably the first modernist American sculptor, although his inventive originality has not been fully acknowledged. Rimmer cultivated an art of ideas and personal expression whilst supporting himself as a physician and, later, as a teacher of art anatomy at the Cooper Union School of Design for Women in New York. Unlike his contemporaries, he advocated the creation of sculpture drawn entirely from the artist’s imagination, as opposed to antique archetypes or live models. In this way, he sought to reframe excellence in American art as something that must be found within, rather than derived from Europe. In this new monograph, the meaning of Rimmer’s works is for the first time considered from a combination of perspectives, such as close visual analysis (including X-ray and infrared), historical documentation, and social context. These are enriched with discussion of the artist’s own bipolar disorder, deeply-held spiritualism, and views on gender equality—considering women just as talented as men, he used naked male models in all-female classes long before his contemporaries, and produced an allegorical sculpture of fighting lions that criticized the tyranny of men over women.This book will be of great interest to academics, students, art museums, collectors, dealers, art historians, and members of the public with an affinity for Rimmer’s work. It will also appeal to those with a broader interest in American culture. 04 00 Acknowledgments ix 1. A Secret Inheritance 1 2. The Two-Dimensional Portraits in Context 23 3. Self-Expression in Flight and Pursuit 51 4. Swedenborg and Enigmatic Pictures 81 5. A Challenge to International Neoclassicism 117 6. Visionary Depictions 165 7. The Death and Legacy of a Maverick Artist 197 Selected Bibliography 209 List of Illustrations 225 Index 231 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0304_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20221205 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800647565 06 15 9781800647572 06 15 9781800647589 06 15 9781800647626 06 15 9781800647619 06 15 9781800647596 06 15 9781800647602 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0304.epub 20 02 20221205 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0304 20 02 20221205 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:5a78a715-9407-45ee-b282-55d02fab5639 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5a78a715-9407-45ee-b282-55d02fab5639 15 9781800643291 06 10.11647/OBP.0276 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 William Sharp and “Fiona Macleod” A Life 1 A01 William F. Halloran 01 eng 00 474 03 10 BIO007000 12 BJ B2 Literature 04 PR5357 20 William Sharp 10 BIO025000 12 DS B2 European Studies 20 Scottish poet 12 DSK B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 20 Fiona Macleod 10 HIS010000 B2 Biography 12 DSC 10 HIS015060 12 3JH 10 LCO011000 01 06 03 00 William Sharp (1855-1905) conducted one of the most audacious literary deceptions of his or any time. A Scottish poet, novelist, biographer, and editor, he began in 1893 to write critically and commercially successful books under the name Fiona Macleod who became far more than a pseudonym. Enlisting his sister to provide the Macleod handwriting, he used the voluminous Fiona correspondence to fashion a distinctive personality for a talented, but remote and publicity-shy woman. Sometimes she was his cousin and other times his lover, and whenever suspicions arose, he vehemently denied he was Fiona. For more than a decade he duped not only the general public but such literary luminaries as George Meredith, Thomas Hardy, Henry James, William Butler Yeats, and E. C. Stedman.Drawing extensively on his letters, his wife Elizabeth Sharp’s Memoir, and accounts by friends and associates, this biography provides a lucid and intimate account of William Sharp’s life, from his rejection of the dour religion of his Scottish boyhood, his turn to spiritualism, to his role in the Scottish Celtic Revival in the mid-nineties. The biography illuminates his wide network of close male and female friendships, through which he developed advanced ideas about the place of women in society, the constraints of marriage, the fluidity of gender identity, and the complexity of the human psyche. Uniquely this biography reveals the autobiographical content of the writings of Fiona Macleod, the remarkable extent to which Sharp used the feminine pseudonym to disguise his telling and retelling the complex story of his extramarital love affair with a beautiful and brilliant woman.The biography illuminates not only the talented and conflicted William Sharp, but also the cultural landscape of Great Britain in the late-nineteenth century. From late Pre-Raphaelitism through the "yellow nineties” and on to the excesses of the early twentieth century, Sharp dabbled in all the movements that comprised what some have called the Age of Decadence. 04 00 Contents Acknowledgements Preface William Halloran Chapter One William Halloran Chapter Two William Halloran Chapter Three William Halloran Chapter Four William Halloran Chapter Five William Halloran Chapter Six William Halloran Chapter Seven William Halloran Chapter Eight William Halloran Chapter Nine William Halloran Chapter Ten William Halloran Chapter Eleven William Halloran Chapter Twelve William Halloran Chapter Thirteen William Halloran Chapter Fourteen William Halloran Chapter Fifteen William Halloran Chapter Sixteen William Halloran Chapter Seventeen William Halloran Chapter Eighteen William Halloran Chapter Nineteen William Halloran Chapter Twenty William Halloran Chapter Twenty-One William Halloran Chapter Twenty-Two William Halloran Chapter Twenty-Three William Halloran Chapter Twenty-Four William Halloran Chapter Twenty-Five William Halloran Appendix 1: William Butler Yeats and Elizabeth Amelia Sharp William Halloran Appendix 2: Catherine Ann Janvier and Roselle Shields William Halloran Bibliography List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0276_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20220224 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800643260 06 15 9781800643277 06 15 9781800643284 06 15 9781800646667 06 15 9781800643314 06 15 9781800643291 06 15 9781800643307 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0276 20 02 20220224 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0276.epub 20 02 20220224 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:7c41fd51-3a22-4ac5-9c82-3406815ef3a9 03 01 01 urn:uuid:7c41fd51-3a22-4ac5-9c82-3406815ef3a9 15 9781783745142 06 10.11647/OBP.0144 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 With and Without Galton Vasilii Florinskii and the Fate of Eugenics in Russia 1 A01 21 0000-0001-8839-5948 Nikolai Krementsov 01 eng 00 694 03 20 history 04 HQ755.5.S65 12 PDX 10 SCI034000 B2 Science 20 biography 10 HIS010010 12 PDR B2 Science: History of Science 12 BGT 20 eugenics 10 HIS037060 10 POL060000 20 science 20 medicine 20 Russia 20 USSR 20 Francis Galton 20 Vasilii Florinskii 01 06 03 00 In 1865, British polymath Francis Galton published his initial thoughts about the scientific field that would become ‘eugenics.’ The same year, Russian physician Vasilii Florinskii addressed similar issues in a sizeable treatise, entitled Human Perfection and Degeneration. Initially unheralded, Florinskii’s book would go on to have a remarkable afterlife in twentieth- and twenty-first-century Russia. In this lucid and insightful work, Nikolai Krementsov argues that the concept of eugenics brings together ideas, values, practices, and fears energised by a focus on the future. It has proven so seductive to different groups over time because it provides a way to grapple with fundamental existential questions of human nature and destiny. With and Without Galton develops this argument by tracing the life-story of Florinskii’s monograph from its uncelebrated arrival amid the Russian empire’s Great Reforms, to its reissue after the Bolshevik Revolution, its decline under Stalinism, and its subsequent resurgence: first, as a founding document of medical genetics, and most recently, as a manifesto for nationalists and racial purists. Krementsov’s meticulously researched ‘biography of a book’ sheds light not only on the peculiar fate of eugenics in Russia, but also on its convoluted transnational history, elucidating the field’s protean nature and its continuing and contested appeal to diverse audiences, multiple local trajectories, and global trends. It is required reading for historians of eugenics, science, medicine, education, literature, and Russia, and it will also appeal to the general reader looking for a deeper understanding of this challenging subject. 04 00 Preface List of Abbreviations List of Illustrations Note on Names, Transliterations, and Translations Acknowledgments The Faces of Eugenics: Local Mirrors and Global Reflections I. "HYGIENIC” AND "RATIONAL” MARRIAGE 1. The Author: Vasilii Florinskii 2. The Publisher: Grigorii Blagosvetlov 3. The Book: Darwinism and Social Hygiene 4. The Hereafter: Words and Deeds II. "BOURGEOIS” AND "PROLETARIAN” EUGENICS 5. Rebirth: Eugenics and Marxism 6. Resonance: Euphenics, Medical Genetics, and Rassenhygiene 7. Afterlife: Medical Genetics and "Racial” Eugenics 8. Science of the Future: With and Without Galton Apologia: The Historian’s Craft Notes Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0144_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 University of Toronto Cambridge, UK 04 01 20180924 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783745111 06 15 9781783745128 06 15 9781783745135 06 15 9781800645639 06 15 9781783746217 06 15 9781783745142 06 15 9781783745159 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0144 20 02 20180924 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0144.epub 20 02 20180924 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:c1f46a3f-6fc8-4019-8ab3-e409f3190ad5 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c1f46a3f-6fc8-4019-8ab3-e409f3190ad5 15 9781800644144 06 10.11647/OBP.0372 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 ‘Wit’s Wild Dancing Light’ Reading the Poems of Alexander Pope 1 A01 William Hutchings 01 eng 00 312 03 20 Alexander Pope 12 DSA 93 DSC 10 LIT014000 B2 Literature 04 PR3634 20 Eighteenth-century English poetry B2 European Studies: English and Irish Studies 93 JNU 12 JNU 10 POE005020 20 Chronological reading 12 DNF 93 DS 10 LIT004120 20 Critical appraisal 93 DNL 12 DSBF 20 Age of Enlightenment 01 06 03 00 The book is a chronological reading of Alexander Pope’s poems, from the Pastorals (1709) to the four-book Dunciad (1743). Each of the 26 chapters forming the volume selects examples for detailed scrutiny, demonstrating how close reading can generate understanding of a whole poem and how critical appraisal can build into a creative survey of an entire poetic career. The book’s approach is intended to be both scholarly and accessible and 'Wit's Wild Dancing Light' will be of interest to scholars, students and anybody interested in Pope’s masterful poetry. 04 00 About the Author A Note to the Text Introduction: Reading Pope 1. Pastorals 2. Sappho to Phaon 3. An Essay on Criticism 4. Windsor Forest 5. The Rape of the Lock 6. Epistle to Mr Jervas 7. Eloisa to Abelard 8. Elegy to the Memory of an Unfortunate Lady 9. Homer, The Iliad 10. Epistle to Robert Earl of Oxford and Earl Mortimer; To Mr Addison; Epitaph on James Craggs, Esq 11. An Essay on Man 12. An Epistle to Richard Boyle, Earl of Burlington 13. An Epistle to Allen Lord Bathurst 14. An Epistle to Sir Richard Temple, Lord Cobham 15. Epistle to Miss Blount with the Works of Voiture; Epistle to Miss Blount, on her Leaving the Town after the Coronation; An Epistle to a Lady 16. The First Satire of the Second Book of Horace Imitated 17. The Second Satire of the Second Book of Horace Imitated. To Mr Bethel 18. The Second Satire of the First Book of Horace. Imitated in the Manner of Mr Pope 19. Epistle to Dr Arbuthnot 20. The First Ode of the Fourth Book of Horace: To Venus 21. The Second Epistle of the Second Book of Horace Imitated 22. The First Epistle of the Second Book of Horace Imitated. To Augustus 23. The Sixth Epistle of the First Book of Horace Imitated. To Mr Murray 24. The First Epistle of the First Book of Horace Imitated. To Lord Bolingbroke 25. Epilogue to the Satires: Dialogues I and II 26. The Dunciad Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0372_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20231219 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800643000 06 15 9781800643017 06 15 9781800644137 06 15 9781800646735 06 15 9781800644144 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0372.epub 20 02 20231219 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0372 20 02 20231219 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ba5a5ee9-4e89-414c-9f6f-f861d983bf25 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ba5a5ee9-4e89-414c-9f6f-f861d983bf25 15 9781783745685 06 10.11647/OBP.0153 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Women and Migration Responses in Art and History 1 B01 Deborah Willis 2 B01 Ellyn Toscano 3 B01 Kalia Brooks Nelson 01 eng 00 668 03 12 AG 20 collection of essays 04 JV6347 10 SOC008000 B2 Women and Gender Studies 12 AJ B2 Biography 10 SOC007000 20 women 12 JFFN 20 migration 10 SOC028000 B2 Visual Arts 12 JFS B2 Politics and Sociology 20 women’s experiences of migration 20 women’s perspectives 20 writing 20 photography 20 art 20 film 01 06 03 00 The essays in this book chart how women’s profound and turbulent experiences of migration have been articulated in writing, photography, art and film. As a whole, the volume gives an impression of a wide range of migratory events from women’s perspectives, covering the Caribbean Diaspora, refugees and slavery through the various lenses of politics and war, love and family.The contributors, which include academics and artists, offer both personal and critical points of view on the artistic and historical repositories of these experiences. Selfies, motherhood, violence and Hollywood all feature in this substantial treasure-trove of women’s joy and suffering, disaster and delight, place, memory and identity. This collection appeals to artists and scholars of the humanities, particularly within the social sciences; though there is much to recommend it to creatives seeking inspiration or counsel on the issue of migratory experiences. 04 00 List of Contributors Introduction: Women and Migration[s] D. Willis, E. Toscano and K. Brooks Nelson Part One: Imagining Family and Migration 11 Between Self and Memory Ellyn Toscano Fragments of Memory: Writing the Migrant’s Story Anna Arabindan-Kesson A Congolese Woman’s Life in Europe: A Postcolonial Diptych of Migration Sandrine Colard Migrations Kathy Engel Part Two: Mobility and Migration Carrying Memory Marianne Hirsch Making Through Motion Wangechi Mutu Strange Set of Circumstances: White Artistic Migration and Crazy Quilt Karen Finley Nora Holt: New Negro Composer and Jazz Age Goddess Cheryl A. Wall Part Three: Understanding Pathways Silsila: Linking Bodies, Deserts, Water Sama Alshaibi My Baby Saved My Life: Migration and Motherhood in an American High School Jessica Ingram Visualizing Displacement Above The Fold Lorie Novak Unveiling Violence: Gender and Migration in the Discourse of Right-Wing Populism Debora Spini A Different Lens Maaza Mengiste Reinventing the Spaces Within: The Early Images of Artist Lalla Essaydi Isolde Brielmaier Swimming with E. C. Kellie Jones Part Four: Reclaiming Our Time Kinship, the Middle Passage, and the Origins of Racial Slavery Jennifer L. Morgan Black Women’s Work: Resisting and Undoing Character Education and the ‘Good’ White Liberal Agenda Bettina L. Love Filipina Stories: Gabriela NY and Justice for Mary Jane Veloso Editha Mesina Women & Migrations: African Fashion’s Global Takeover Allana Finley What Would It Mean to Sing A Black Girl’s Song?: A Brief Statement on the Reality of Anti-Black Girl Terror Treva B. Lindsey Part Five: Situated at the Edge Fredi’s Migration: Washington’s Forgotten War on Hollywood Pamela Newkirk Julia de Burgos: Cultural Crossing and Iconicity Vanessa Pérez-Rosario Sarah Parker Remond’s Black American Grand Tour Sirpa Salenius Making Latinx Art: Juana Valdes at the Crossroads of Latinx and Latin American Art Arlene Dávila Moving Mountains: Harriet Hosmer’s Nineteenth-Century Italian Migration to Become the First Professional Woman Sculptor Patricia Cronin Part Six: Transit, Transiting, and Transition Urban Candy: Screens, Selfies and Imaginings Roshini Kempadoo Controlled Images and Cultural Reassembly: Material Black Girls Living in an Avatar World Joan Morgan Supershero Amrita Simla, Partitioned Once, Migrated Twice Sarah K. Khan Diaspora, Indigeneity, Queer Critique: Tracey Moffatt’s Aesthetics of Dwelling in Displacement Gayatri Gopinath The Performance of Doubles: The Transposition of Gender and Race in Ming Wong’s Life of Imitation Kalia Brooks Nelson Part Seven: The World is Ours, Too The Roots of Black American Women’s Internationalism: Migrations of the Spirit and the Heart Francille Rusan Wilson 'The World is Ours, Too': Millennial Women and the New Black Travel Movement Tiffany M. Gill Performing a Life: Mattie Allen McAdoo’s Odyssey from Ohio to South Africa, Australia and Beyond, 1890–1900 Paulette Young 'I Don't Pay Those Borders No Mind At All': Audley E. Moore (‘Queen Mother’ Moore) - Grassroots Global Traveler and Activist Sharon Harley Löis Mailou Jones in the World Cheryl Finley Part Eight: Emotional Cartography: Tracing the Personal The Ones Who Leave… the Ones Who Are Left: Guyanese Migration Story Grace Aneiza Ali The Acton Photograph Archive: Between Representation and Re-Interpretation Alessandra Capodacqua Reconciliations at Sea: Reclaiming the Lusophone Archipelago in Mónica de Miranda’s Video Works M. Neelika Jayawardane Transnational Minor Literature: Cristina Ali Farah’s Somali Italian Stories Alessandra Di Maio Seizing Control of the Narrative Misan Sagay Migration as a Woman’s Right: Stories from Comparative and Transnational Slavery Histories in the North Atlantic and Indian Ocean Worlds Gunja SenGupta The Sacred Migration of Sister Gertrude Morgan Imani Uzuri List of Illustrations Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0153_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20190308 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783745654 06 15 9781783745661 06 15 9781783745678 06 15 9781800645721 06 15 9781783746743 06 15 9781783745685 06 15 9781783745692 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0153 20 02 20190308 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0153.epub 20 02 20190308 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:1d76a430-7385-4f40-9262-e97adfd1daf5 03 01 01 urn:uuid:1d76a430-7385-4f40-9262-e97adfd1daf5 15 9781800647114 06 10.11647/OBP.0296 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Women and Migration(s) II 1 B01 Kalia Brooks 2 B01 Cheryl Finley 3 B01 Ellyn Toscano 4 B01 Deborah Willis 01 eng 00 406 03 12 AG B2 Biography 04 JV6347 10 SOC008000 20 women 12 AJ 20 migration 10 SOC007000 B2 Women and Gender Studies 20 intersectionality 12 JFFN 10 SOC028000 B2 Visual Arts 20 art 12 JFS 20 film 20 poetry 20 food 20 borders 20 identity 20 trauma 20 dislocation 20 humanities 20 social sciences 20 public policy 01 06 03 00 Women and Migration(s) II draws together contributions from scholars and artists showcasing the breadth of intersectional experiences of migration, from diaspora to internal displacement. Building on conversations initiated in Women and Migration: Responses in Art and History, this edited volume features a range of written styles, from memoir to artists’ statements to journalistic and critical essays. The collection shows how women’s experiences of migration have been articulated through art, film, poetry and even food.This varied approach aims to aid understanding of the lived experiences of home, loss, family, belonging, isolation, borders and identity—issues salient both in experiences of migration and in the epochal times in which we find ourselves today. These are stories of trauma and fear, but also stories of the strength, perseverance, hope and even joy of women surviving their own moments of disorientation, disenfranchisement and dislocation. This collection engages with current issues in an effort to deepen understanding, encourage ongoing reflection and build a more just future. It will appeal to artists and scholars of the humanities, social sciences, and public policy, as well as general readers with an interest in women’s experiences of migration. 04 00 Contributor Biographies Introduction Kalia Brooks, Deborah Willis, Ellyn Toscano and Cheryl Finley Part One: Migrations and Meanings in Art 1. Carry Over Sama Alshaibi 2. Marie Louise Christophe Firelei Báez 3. Astral Sea Tsedaye Makonnen 4. Maid in the USA Carolina Mayorga 5. Rapture Shirin Neshat 6. Blessing of the Boats Muna Malik 7. Island Putas Gabriella N. Báez 8. Barbadian Spirits—Altar for my Grandmother (Ottalie Adalese Dodds Maxwell, 1892–1991) Leslie King-Hammond 9. Notes from an Undisclosed Location: Someplace in the Mojave Desert, California, United States Brandy Dyess 10. Of Bodies and Borders Maria Elena Ortiz and Ana Teresa Fernández 11. Sweet Milk in the Badlands. Allison Janae Hamilton 12. Shrine for Girls: Social Justice and Aesthetic Responsivities Patricia Cronin 13. From a Hot Border Hồng-Ân Trương 14. NormaNamesake/The Choice Nashormeh N.R. Lindo Part Two: Responses in Art History and Art Criticism 15. Refugees Ifrah Mahamud Magan 16. Blue and White Forever: Embodying Race and Gender in Clay Kalia Brooks 17. Radically Sustained Care: Chandra McCormick’s Katrina Displacement as a Mother and an Artist Hannah Ryan 18. Carrie Mae Weems: Making Points and Changing Views Deborah Willis 19. Nuyorican Abstract: Thinking through Cándida Alvarez and Glendalys Medina Arlene Dávila 20. Joy Gregory: A Woman on the Go! Cheryl Finley 21. Reading against the Grain of the Black Madonna: Black Motherhood, Race and Religion Yelaine Rodriguez Part Three: Crisis 22. Back Home: Lessons from the Pandemic on Care, Gender and Justice Debora Spini 23. Requiem for a Drink of Water Bryn Evans 24. Sustaining and Retaining: A Social Ecological Reflection on Cultural Dance Performance for African Women and Femmes in Higher Education Arielsela Holdbrook-Smith 25. The ‘New’ Hollywood and Beyond: Women, Migration, and Cultural Victimhood Heike Raphael-Hernandez 26. Telling the Story of a Global Pandemic: African Wax Prints, Style, Beauty and COVID-19 in Ghana, West Africa Paulette Young 27. The Empathy Exodus Esther Armah 28. Being Woke: Visualizing Solidarity and Resistance Roshini Kempadoo Part Four: Fragmented Memories 29. A Work from Sorrow: The PEN International Women’s Manifesto Jennifer Clement 30. Undisciplined Pleasures, Vigilant Defiance 1.0 and 2.0 A.K.A. WMD: Women of Massive Delight | Our Own Sister F%#!-ing Pantheon Sarah K. Khan 31. Instants: Fragments of Return Hande Gurses 32. Reflections on Migrations and Border Crossings, Destinations and Destinies Sirpa Salenius 33. Optical Self(s): Métis Women’s Authorship Regarding Conception of Self in Pre-Independence Senegal Summer Sloane-Britt 34. Sanfoka and the Art of Archiving Black Atlantic Migrations Gunja SenGupta 35. ‘These Bones Gonna Rise Again’: A Womanist Reclamation Michelle Lanier 36. Being Beyond—Aesthetics of Resistance: Annemarie Clarac-Schwarzenbach Bettina Gockel 37. Mom Rose Melvina Lathan 38. She Carried with Her Neither Memory Nor Archive Ellyn Toscano 39. Meaning and Roots in Copper: Winifred Mason in New York and Haiti Terri Geis 40. Coconuts and Collards: Recipes and Stories from Puerto Rico to the Deep South Von Diaz 41. How to Look at Silence Nohora Arrieta Acknowledgments List of Figures Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0296_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20221114 02 WORLD 06 15 9781800647084 06 15 9781800647091 06 15 9781800647107 06 15 9781800647145 06 15 9781800647138 06 15 9781800647114 06 15 9781800647121 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0296.epub 20 02 20221114 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0296 20 02 20221114 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:812fe9cd-58e2-42fe-aea0-ed32e33ce4cb 03 01 01 urn:uuid:812fe9cd-58e2-42fe-aea0-ed32e33ce4cb 15 9781906924683 06 10.11647/OBP.0018 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/ 01 01 Women in Nineteenth-Century Russia Lives and Culture 1 B01 Wendy Rosslyn 2 B01 Alessandra Tosi 01 eng 00 261 03 12 HBJ 04 HQ1662 20 Russian history 10 SOC028000 B2 Women and Gender Studies 12 1DVUA 10 HIS032000 B2 History 20 women's history 20 feminism 10 HIS037060 B2 Literature B2 European Studies 20 nineteenth century Russia 20 cultural studies B2 European Studies: Eastern European Studies 20 women in the arts 20 gender studies 20 russian culture 20 russian literature 20 russian religion 20 russian art 20 music 20 theatre 01 06 03 00 Russian women of the nineteenth century are often thought of in their literary incarnations as the heroines of novels such as Anna Karenina and War and Peace. But their real counterparts are now becoming better understood as active contributors to Russia’s varied cultural landscape. This collection of essays examines the lives of women across Russia – from wealthy noblewomen in St Petersburg to desperately poor peasants in Siberia – discussing their interaction with the church and the law, and their rich contribution to music, art, literature and theatre. It shows how women struggled for greater autonomy and, both individually and collectively, developed a dynamic but often overlooked presence in Russia's culture and society during the long nineteenth century (1800-1917). Women in Nineteenth-Century Russia provides invaluable reading for anyone interested in Russian history, nineteenth-century culture and gender studies. 04 00 1. Framing the View: Russian Women in the Long Nineteenth Century Sibelan Forrester 2. Women and Urban Culture Barbara Alpern Engel 3. Russian Peasant Women’s Culture: Three Voices Christine D. Worobec 4. Mary and Women in Late Imperial Russian Orthodoxy Vera Shevzov 5. Women and the Visual Arts Rosalind P. Blakesley 6. Women and Music Philip Ross Bullock 7. The Rise of the Actress in Early Nineteenth-Century Russia Julie A. Cassiday 8. "How Women Should Write": Russian Women’s Writing in the Nineteenth Century Arja Rosenholm and Irina Savkina 9. Between Law and Morality: Violence against Women in Nineteenth-Century Russia Marianna G. Muravyeva Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0018_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20120102 02 WORLD 06 15 9781906924652 06 15 9781906924669 06 15 9781906924676 06 15 9781800644458 06 15 9781906924683 06 15 9781906924690 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0018 20 02 20120102 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0018.epub 20 02 20120102 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:ad159e3c-c951-4244-a764-93baafe5c2a7 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ad159e3c-c951-4244-a764-93baafe5c2a7 15 9781805115540 06 10.11647/OBP.0458 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Women Writers in the Romantic Age 1 A01 21 0000-0003-0644-9530 John Claiborne Isbell 2 B06 21 0000-0003-0644-9530 John Claiborne Isbell 01 eng 00 370 03 93 DSBD 10 LIT004130 B2 Literature 20 Women Writers in Romanticism 20 Global Romantic Literature 93 JBSF1 10 LIT004290 B2 Literature: Comparative Literature 93 DSM 10 LIT020000 20 Revolutionary Era Literature B2 Women and Gender Studies 10 LIT003000 20 Transnational Literary Studies 20 Feminist Literary History 10 HIS037050 20 Romanticism and Gender 10 SOC028000 01 06 03 00 This groundbreaking book offers a comprehensive review of six hundred and fifty women writers from over fifty national traditions, spanning Europe and the Americas during the transformative years of 1776 to 1848. Framed by revolutionary upheavals, the book explores how women writers shaped and reflected Romanticism’s global currents. It fills a critical scholarly gap, connecting disparate traditions and uncovering voices often overlooked in male-dominated literary histories.Through concise entries, the book names every woman writer identified in its vast research, from celebrated figures like Phillis Wheatley to lesser-known authors whose manuscripts lay buried in archives. Each entry provides essential biographical details, while select excerpts in seventeen languages bring these voices to life, revealing how women navigated the era’s revolutionary ideals and patriarchal barriers.Structured democratically, the volume treats all writers equally—whether anonymous, pseudonymous, or celebrated in their time. It highlights their diverse experiences: poets and novelists, abolitionists and suffragists, mothers and mill workers. From memoirs to political tracts, their works testify to the rich tapestry of women’s contributions to Romanticism.By illuminating these stories, this book challenges national silos, offering a panoramic view of Romanticism as a truly transnational, female-inclusive phenomenon. It represents a go-to resource for students and interested readers, while setting the ground for future scholars to expand this vital field of study. 04 00 Introduction Acknowledgements 1. Writers from British North America 2. Writers from France 3. Writers from German Lands 4. Writers from Habsburg Territories 5. Writers from Latin America and the Caribbean 6. Writers from Ottoman Europe 7. Writers from Romanov Territories 8. Writers from Scandinavia 9. Writers from Spain and Portugal 10. Writers from the British Isles 11. Writers from the Italian Peninsula 12. Writers from the Low Countries 13. Writers from the Swiss Confederation Conclusion: La Condition féminine Selected Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0458_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20250417 02 WORLD 06 15 9781805115519 06 15 9781805115526 06 15 9781805115533 06 15 9781805115557 06 15 9781805115540 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/OBP.0458 20 02 20250417 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0458.epub 20 02 20250417 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:94989779-bf80-4ccd-bece-fa963eb025ac 03 01 01 urn:uuid:94989779-bf80-4ccd-bece-fa963eb025ac 15 9781783742912 06 10.11647/OBP.0105 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Woodstock Scholarship An Interdisciplinary Annotated Bibliography 1 A01 Jeffrey N. Gatten 01 eng 00 194 03 20 Bibliography 12 GBCR 04 ML38.W669 B2 Music 10 REF004000 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 Reference Books 20 Woodstock 20 baby boom generation 12 HBJK 10 SOC022000 20 the Sixties 20 popular music 20 youth culture 01 06 03 00 Since August 1969, the Woodstock Music and Art Fair looms large when recounting the history and impact of the baby boom generation and the societal upheavals of the Sixties. Scholars study the sociological, political, musical, and artistic impact of the event and use it as a cultural touchstone when exploring alternative perspectives or seeking clarity. This interdisciplinary annotated bibliography records the details of over 400 English-language resources on the Festival, including books, chapters, articles, websites, transcriptions and videos. Divided into six main subsections―Culture & Society, History, Biography, Music, Film, Arts & Literature―for ease of consultation Woodstock Scholarship sheds light on all facets of a key happening in our collective history.Throughout the 1960s, popular music became increasingly reflective and suggestive of the rising political and social consciousness of the youth culture. Examples can be seen in the development of the protest song genre within the folk music boom of the early Sixties and the marriage of lifestyle to music first reflected by The Beatles with fashion, followed by psychedelic music with the emerging drug culture. Woodstock was where these themes coalesced, thus becoming the defining and last great moment of the 1960s. However, Woodstock also represented an abundant amount of experiences and ideas and moments. Thus, when exploring the complicated accounts and numerous facets of America during the turbulent Sixties one discovers scholarship on the key subjects, such as the Vietnam War or the Civil Rights Movement, often considering and debating the importance, relevance, and epic nature of Woodstock. Multiple narratives emerge: a radical engagement of the hippie movement, an overt commercial exploitation of youth culture, a political statement. Woodstock scholarship does not stand alone as field of study, but it is at the cross-road of a number of disciplines―music history, cultural studies, sociology, arts and literature, media studies, politics and economics.Providing full bibliographical details and concise, informative annotation for each entry, Woodstock Scholarship is an essential tool for students, scholars, teachers, and librarians in all these areas, as well as for anyone seeking a deeper understanding of both the Woodstock Music and Art Fair phenomenon and of the confluence of music, commerce and politics. 04 00 Preface Introduction Culture & Society Books Chapters Articles Proceedings Websites Videos History Books Chapters Articles Websites Transcriptions Videos Biography Books Chapters Music Books Chapters Articles Videos Recordings Film Books Chapters Articles Websites Videos Arts & Literature Books Chapters Articles Websites Authors, Editors and Directors Index Subject Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0105_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers 16 Loyola Marymount University Cambridge, UK 04 01 20161111 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783742882 06 15 9781783742899 06 15 9781783742905 06 15 9781800645240 06 15 9781783746200 06 15 9781783742912 06 15 9781783742929 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0105.epub 20 02 20161111 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0105 20 02 20161111 02 7.99 USD WORLD urn:uuid:fb11be21-658a-4c62-be2a-87f92d10d234 03 01 01 urn:uuid:fb11be21-658a-4c62-be2a-87f92d10d234 15 9781783743711 06 10.11647/OBP.0121 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons License 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 World of Walls The Structure, Roles and Effectiveness of Separation Barriers 1 A01 21 0000-0002-3362-6240 Said Saddiki 01 eng 00 152 03 20 Borders B2 History 12 JPS 04 JV6225 10 POL012000 B2 History: International Relations 12 JFFN 10 POL011000 20 walls 20 border security B2 Politics and Sociology 10 SOC007000 20 immigration 10 POL037000 20 Israel 20 India 20 Marocco 20 Mexico 20 U.S 20 virtual barriers 20 international relations 01 06 03 00 "We’re going to build a wall.” <break/>Borders have been drawn since the beginning of time, but in recent years artificial barriers have become increasingly significant to the political conversation across the world. Donald Trump was elected President of the United States while promising to build a wall on the Mexico border, and in Europe, the international movements of migrants and refugees have sparked fierce discussion about whether and how countries should restrict access to their territory by erecting physical barriers. Virtual walls are also built and crushed at increasing speed. In the post-9/11 era there is a greater danger from so-called "transnational non-state actors”, and computer hacking and cyberterrorism threaten to overwhelm our technological barriers.<break/>In this timely and original book, Said Saddiki scrutinises the physical and virtual walls located in four continents, including Israel, India, the southern EU border, Morocco, and the proposed border wall between Mexico and the US. Saddiki’s detailed analysis explores the tensions between the rise of globalisation, which some have argued will lead to a "borderless world” and "the end of the nation-state”, and the rapid development in recent decades of border control systems.<break/>Saddiki examines both regular and irregular cross-border activities, including the flow of people, goods, ideas, drugs, weapons, capital, and information, and explores the disparities that are reflected by barriers to such activities. He considers the consequences of the construction of physical and virtual walls, including their impact on international relations and the rise of the multi-billion dollar security market.<break/>World of Walls: The Structure, Roles and Effectiveness of Separation Barriers is important reading for all those interested in the topics of immigration, border security, international relations, and policy. 04 00 Introduction 1. Israel and the Fencing Policy 2. Border Fencing in India 3. The Fences of Ceuta and Melilla 4. The U.S.-Mexico Border Wall 5. The Wall of Western Sahara Conclusions Bibliography Index 01 00 03 02 https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0121_frontcover.jpg Open Book Publishers 01 Open Book Publishers Cambridge, UK 04 01 20171009 02 WORLD 06 15 9781783743681 06 15 9781783743698 06 15 9781783743704 06 15 9781800645400 06 15 9781783744268 06 15 9781783743711 06 15 9781783743728 WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.openbookpublishers.com/10.11647/obp.0121.epub 20 02 20171009 02 7.99 USD WORLD 09 Open Book Publishers 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0121 20 02 20171009 02 7.99 USD WORLD